Full text of "Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society"

See other formats

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

Vol. XXIV

1929

EDITED (IN SUCCESSION) BY

F. G. SCHAUPP JOHN B. SMITH GEO. H. HULST

CHAS. LOUIS POLLARD R. P. DOW

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor
G. P. ENGELHARDT

E. L. BELL

THE SCIENCE PRESS
PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER. PA.

Vol. XXIV FEBRUARY, 1929 No. 1

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

E. L. BELL GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed March 9, 1929

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
fnonth from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS, 1927

Honorary President

CHARLES

President

W. T. DAVIS

Vice-President

J. R. DE LA TORRE-BUENO
Becording Secretary

E. L. BELL
Corresponding Secretary
HOWARD NOTMAN

. LEJSTG

Treasurer

G . P. ENGELHARDT
Central Museum
Eastern Parkway
Librarian

DR. JOSEPH BEQUAERT
Curator

F. M. SCHOTT

Delegate to Council of New York
Academy of Sciences

G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

NEW SPECIES OP NEOBOBUS AND XENOBOBUS, Harry H.

Knight 1

WHAT ATTRACTION? C. A. Frost 11

AN ABERRANT BUTTERFLY— JUNONIA COENA, Wm. T. Davis 12

INFORMATION WANTED, C. A. Frost 12

PEDILUS PARVICOLLIS NOT A DENDROIDES, H. C. Fill 13

RARE BEETLE, RARER LUCK, C. A. Frost 14

EDITING, EDITORS, CONTRIBUTORS AND READERS, J. R. de la

Torre-Bueno 15

NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN LEPIDOPTERA, F. H. Chermock 20

THE CRANE FLIES OF NEW YORK : THIRD SUPPLEMENTARY

LIST, Charles P. Alexander . 22

PROTECTIVE ADAPTATIONS AMONG AQUATIC HEMIPTERA,

J. R. de la Torre-Bueno 30

THE HONEY ANT, MYRMECOCYSTUS MELLIGER AT SAN AN-
TONIO, TEXAS, H. B. Parks .J , 32

UNCOMMON COLEOPTERA, C. A. Frost 34

SOME TINGITOIDEA FROM CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA,

Carl J. Drake 35

NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF PARANDRA, Chas. Schaeffer 38

EDITORIALS: ON ENTOMOLOGISTS AND ENTOMOLOGY,

J K T -B 41

“FIT TO PRINT,” J. R. T.-B II.. Ill'll'.'! 42

BOOK NOTES: “POND PROBLEMS,” J. R. T.-B 43

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, E. L. Bell and C. L. Pollard 47

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXIV March, 1929 No. 1

NEW SPECIES OF NEOBORUS AND XENOBORUS
(HEMIPTERA, MIRIDAE).

By Harry H. Knight, Ames, Iowa.1
Neoborus wileyae n. sp.

Distinguished by the short, robust form, black color and
prominent, sericeous, recumbent silvery white pubescence.

J1. Length 3.4 mm., width 1.8 mm. Head: width 1 mm.,
vertex .47 mm. ; yellowish brown,, tylus black. Rostrum,
length 1.2 mm., reaching posterior margins of hind coxae,
dark brown to blackish. Antennae: segment I, length .31
mm.; II, 1.12 mm.; Ill, broken; black. Pronotum: length
.83 mm., width at base 1.49 mm.; basal margin sinuate at
middle and between there and basal angles ; lateral margins
nearly straight, roughly carinate.

Black, the dorsum in part dark brownish black; head ex-
cept tylus, propleura, anterior third of disk surrounding the
black calli, yellowish brown ; ostiolar peritreme white, tips of
coxae somewhat brownish, otherwise the legs uniformly
black ; membrane black. Dorsum rather uniformly, coarsely
and rather closely punctate ; clothed with prominent, seri-
ceous, recumbent silvery white pubescence. Embolar mar-
gins moderately arcuate, the edge finely but distinctly cari-
nate.

2. Length 4.4 mm., width 2.1 mm.; embolar margins
strongly arcuate. Head: width 1.1 mm., vertex .56 mm.
Antennae : segment I, length .30 mm. ; II, .96 mm. ; III, .38
mm. ; IV, .27 mm. ; black. Pronotum : length .90 mm., width
at base 1.64 mm. More robust and embolar margins more
arcuate than in the male, but very similar in coloration,
pubescence and puncturation.

1 Contribution from the Department of Zoology and Ento-
mology, Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Holotype: §, April 20, 1921, Eastland Co., Texas (Grace O.
Wiley) ; author’s collection. Allotype : same data as the type,
Paratypes : 15 J taken with the types “on Hawthorn blossoms”
according to Mrs. Wiley’s records. It is not positive that this
species breeds on hawthorn ( Crataegus ) but the record is very
suggestive. I take pleasure in naming this interesting species
after the collector, Mrs. Grace O. Wiley, who collected this and
other interesting species of Mirids for me.

Neoborus atratus n. sp.

Allied to wileyae but distinguished by the shorter rostrum
and pale marks on the scutellum.

J1. Length 3.2 mm., width 1.6 mm. Head : width .96 mm.,
vertex .42 mm. Rostrum, length 1.05 mm., reaching to mid-
dle of hind coxae, brownish black. Antennae: segment I,
length .29 mm. ; II, 1.02 mm. ; III, broken ; black. Pronotum :
length .75 mm., width at base 1.45 mm.; basal margin only
very slightly sinuate at middle ; lateral margins slightly sinu-
ate, roughly, unevenly carinate.

Color black; head yellowish to brownish black, tylus and
basal carina black, a brownish black circle on frons joining
below with tylus ; pronotum black, basal edge, median line,
collar, and ray behind outer margin of each callus, yellowish ;
scutellum with basal angles, apex, and fine median line pale
to yellow. Clothed with sericeous, recumbent, silvery pu-
bescence. Pronotum and scutellum coarsely and closely
punctate, more finely so on hemelytra. Membrane uniformly
brownish black.

Holotype: <£, June 7-17, 1916, Jemez Springs, New Mexico
(J. Woodgate) ; author’s collection.

Neoborus adeliae n. sp.

Runs to palmeri Reut. in my key (Hem. Conn., 1923, p.
561) but differs in several respects; the black clavus, median
vitta on scutellum, and broad black rays on pronotum will
distinguish it. Coloration suggestive of illitus Van D. but
the long first antennal segment will distinguish this species.

($. Length 4.3 mm., width 1.9 mm. Head: width 1.03
mm., vertex .46 mm. ; vertex and frons sharply declivent ; yel-
lowish, tylus black, frons more or less brownish black. Ros-
trum, length 1.03 mm., reaching upon intermediate coxae,
yellowish, apex black. Antennae : segment I, length .62 mm.,
black, sometimes yellowish beneath; II, 1.9 mm., black; III,

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

.68 mm., black; IV, .35 mm., black. Pronotum: length .96
mm., width at base 1.7 mm.; lateral margins straight, angu-
late, but scarcely carinate.

Dorsal surface nearly glabrous, a minute short hair aris-
ing on anterior edge of each puncture ; punctate nearly as in
palmeri, but calli less convex. Coloration pale to yellowish
and marked with black ; calli, wedge-shaped ray behind each
callus extending to basal margin of disk, median vitta on
scutellum, clavus, embolium and apical area of corium, apex
of cuneus, two subapical bands on hind femora, band near
base and on middle of hind tibiae, black. Venter and pleura
dark brownish. Membrane and veins rather uniformly black-
ish.

J. Length 4.7 mm., width 2.4 mm. Head: width 1.11
mm., vertex .58 mm. Antennae: segment I, length .53 mm.;
II, 1.27 mm.; Ill, .62 mm.; IV, .38 mm.; brownish black.
Pronotum : length 1.09 mm., width at base 1.98 mm. Slightly
more robust than the male but very similar in coloration, pu-
bescence and puncturation.

Holotype: <$, April 17, 1928, College Station, Texas (H. G.
Johnston); author’s collection. Allotype: taken with the type;
returned to Mr. Johnston. Paratypes: §, April 12, 40 J1

April 17, taken with the types on swamp privet ( Adelia parvi-
folia ) where Mr. Johnston found the species breeding, but only
in shaded situations.

Neoborus adustus n. sp.

Allied to glaber Kngt., but distinguished by the more
prominent pubescence, different color, and by the shorter
first antennal segment which in length (J') does not exceed
width of vertex.

Length 3.9 mm., width 1.66 mm. Head: width .98
mm., vertex .40 mm. ; brownish yellow, tylus except base, and
spot above base of antenna, blackish. Rostrum, length 1.06
mm., reaching to middle of intermediate coxae. Antennae:
segment I, length .34 mm., yellowish brown, blackish on an-
terior aspect; II, 1.09 mm., brownish black, III, .38 mm.,
black ; IV, .37 mm., black. Pronotum : length .80 mm., width
at base 1.46 mm.; coarsely and more sparsely punctate than
glaber, especially on anterior half of disk ; lateral margins of
disk slightly sulcate, rounded and obsoletely carinate, the
carinate line bordered by closely set coarse punctures ; yel-
lowish to brownish, dark brown on propleura, basal half of

4 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society VoI.XXIV

disk, and on inner half of calli. Scutellum slightly convex,
coarsely and unevenly punctate ; dull yellowish, a brow area
each side of median line which contrasts only very slightly
with the paler yellowish color on basal angles, apex and
median line.

Dorsum clothed with fine, short, sericeous pubescence
although obsolete on the pronotum ; moderately shining.
Color yellowish to brownish, darker brown on clavus and
corium ; cuneus uniformly pale yellowish translucent. Mem-
brane and veins pale, tinged with brownish, a fuscous spot
behind apex of cuneus and on middle of larger areole. Legs
light yellowish brown, coxae pale yellowish, hind femora
with two subapical dark brown marks, sometimes obsolete,
tips of tarsi fuscous.

J. Length 4.1 mm., width 1.9 mm. Head: width 1.02
mm., vertex .52 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .35 mm. ;
II, 1.03 mm., Ill, .40 mm.; IV, .36 mm. Pronotum: length
.86 mm., width at base 1.6 mm. Very similar to the male in
pubescence, puncturation and coloration, although usually
slightly paler and more uniformly colored.

Holotype: July 15, 1915, Springfield, Missouri (H. H.

Knight) ; author’s collection. Allotype: taken with the type.

Paratypes: 26 $ §, taken with the types on ash ( Fraxinus sp.)

5 c? 2> July 18, 1915, topotypic. 3 2 $>, April 12, 1928, College

Station, Texas (H. G. Johnston), on Fraxinus americana.

Neoborus populi n. sp.

Runs to canadensis Van D. in my key (Hem. Conn., 1923,
p. 561), but looks more like puhescens Kngt. ; distinguished
from the latter by the longer pubescence and black
antennae.

J1. Length 4.2 mm., width 1.7 mm. Head : width 1.05 mm.,
vertex .40 mm. ; frons and tylus rather prominent ; yellowish,
tylus, spot above each antennal socket, and mark each side
of median line on frons, black. Rostrum, length 1.06 mm.,
nearly attaining hind margin of sternum, yellowish, apex
black. Antennae : segment I, length .63 mm., black, some-
what paler on base; II, 1.75 mm., black ; III, .92 mm., brown-
ish ; IV, .32 mm., yellowish. Pronotum : length .92 mm.,
width at base 1.5 mm.; calli prominent, black, surrounded by
yellowish, becoming black on posterior half of disk but not
joining with black on calli ; lateral margins of disk slightly
sinuate, not distinctly carinate.

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Clothed with prominent, erect, pale pubescence, longer
and more prominent than in pubescens. Coloration pale to
yellowish and shaded with black, scutellum yellow, without
indication of any vitta; calli, posterior half of pronotal disk
but usually paler on median line, mesoscutum, inner half of
clavus although paler basally, embolium except apex, outer
margin of corium exterior to radial vein and extending
obliquely across apical area of corium to inner angles, pleura
and sternum, black. Cuneus clear, membrane and veins
blackish. Legs yellowish, apical half of hind femora and
base of tibiae becoming blackish.

Length 4.6 mm., width 1.9 mm. Head: width 1.02
mm., vertex .49 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .53 mm.,
blackish, paler on one side; II, 1.35 mm., black, paler beneath
on basal half ; III, .90 mm., yellowish ; IV, .38 mm., pale.
Pronotum: length .95 mm., width at base 1.75 mm. Very
similar to the male in pubescence and coloration' except the
areas of black somewhat reduced ; hind femora with two in-
complete, subapical black annuli ; membrane fuscous to
blackish.

Holotype: July 19, 1926, Brownfield, Illinois (Vera G.

Smith) ; author’s collection. Allotype : same date as type. Para-
types: 4^1$, July 20, Urbana, Illinois: “ on cottonwood.”

Neoborus vittifrons n. sp.

Allied to adustus but distinguished by the narrower calli
with black cephalic margins and the more closely punctate
pronotal disk.

J'. Length 3.9 mm., width 1.6 mm. Head: width .98
mm., vertex .36 mm. ; median line of and arcuate line around
frons, and vertex except smooth spot next to the eye, with
coarse closely set punctures, yellow ; tylus and median line of
frons blackish. Rostrum, length 1.12 mm., nearly attaining
hind margins of middle coxae, yellowish, apex black.
Antennae : segment I, length .34 mm., blackish, yellowish be-
neath; II, 1.06 mm.; Ill, .34 mm.; IV, (broken); black.
Pronotum: length .82 mm., width at base 1.42 mm.; disk
coarsely and closely punctate, more closely about calli than in
adustus, also the calli narrower with cephalic margins black,
more broadly black at inner angles ; yellowish, basal half of
disk more brownish, basal edge and collar white. Scutellum
slightly convex, flat on apex, coarsely punctate ; pale yellow-
ish, basal half more brownish each side of median line.

6 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Dorsum clothed with fine, short, sericeous pale pubescence.
Color uniformly pale yellowish and tinged with brown ;
cuneus and outer half of corium yellowish translucent.
Membrane pale, veins blackish, anal area and transverse mark
behind apex of cuneus, fuscous; an opaque, pale callus
bordering apex of larger areole. Legs pale to yellowish,
knees and tips of tarsi fuscous.

J. Length 4.2 mm., width 1 mm. Head: width 1.02 mm.,
vertex .49 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .34 mm., yel-
lowish, blackish line above; II, .92 mm., yellowish brown to
black, darker apically; III, .38 mm., black; IV, .34 mm.,
black. Pronotum: length .86 mm., width at base 1.6 mm.
Very similar to the male in pubescence, puncturation, and
coloration, but black marks on frons and calli frequently re-
duced to dark brown.

Holotype: J', April 26, 1926, Santa Catalina Mts., alt. 3,200 ft.,
Arizona (A. A. Nichol) ; author’s collection. Allotype: same
data as the type. Paratypes: 2^2}, taken with the types on
Fraxinus arizonicus by Mr. Nichol. 10 $ 5, April 19, 5 £ 5, May
31, 2(f 1 June 7, 1924, Tucson, Arizona (A. A. Nichol), taken
on Fraxinus arizonicus. 2A, July 20, 1917, Texas Pass, Arizona
(H. H. Knight).

Neoborus vittifrons umbratus n. subsp.

Structurally very similar to vittifrons but the dorsum and
body largely brownish black.

($. Length 4.4 mm., width 1.7 mm. Head: width .99
mm., vertex .40 mm. Rostrum, length 1.09 mm., nearly at-
taining hind margins of middle coxae. Antennae : segment
I, length .33 mm.; II, 1.03 mm.; Ill, .31 mm.; IV, .29 mm.;
black, first segment brownish on one side. Pronotum : length
,83 mm., width at base 1.51 mm.

Color dark brownish black, more black on basal half of
pronotum and inner half of corium ; each side of vertex
bordering eye, arcuate spot each side of frons, and juga
bordering tylus, yellowish ; collar and basal edge of pronotum
whitish, outer half of calli except cephalic edge and extend-
ing as a short ray just behind, narrow median line of disk,
dorsal and ventral margins of propleura, yellowish ; scutellum
dark fuscous brown, narrow median line, apex, basal angles
and extending along lateral margins, pale or whitish ;
hemelytra dark brownish black, an elongate area on outer
half of corium, a similar area on middle of clavus, and the

Fel., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

cuneus, yellowish translucent ; cuneus becoming dark brown-
ish bordering smaller areole. Membrane pale, anal area and
veins fuscous ; disk of larger areoles and spot behind cuneus,
pale fuscous. Sternum, pleura, and sides of venter, dark
brownish to black, genital segment dark brown. Legs pale
to yellowish, femora with apical half dark brownish, bian-
nulate with pale at apex ; tibiae yellowish, a dark brown line
at base on dorsal aspect, tips of tarsi fuscous.

Holotype .1 <$, June 1, 1926, Chiricahua Mts., alt. 6,000 ft.,
Arizona (A. A. Nichol) ; author’s collection. Paratype: taken

with the type.

Neoborus rufivenosus n. sp.

Distinguished by the short rostrum, blackish hemelytra,
yellow scutellum, reddish cuneus and red veins in the mem-
brane.

Length 4.7 mm., width 1.8 mm. Head: width .99
mm., vertex .415 mm.; reddish brown, frons yellowish,
coarsely punctate on vertex, sides and median line of frons,
a small smooth spot each side of vertex bordering the eye.
Rostrum, length .98 mm., extending somewhat behind mid-
dle of sternum, yellowish, apex blackish. Antennae : seg-
ment I, length .45 mm., brownish black; II, 1.36 mm., brown-
ish, becoming blackish apically; III, .45 mm., black; IV,
(broken). Pronotum: length .87 mm., width at base 1.57
mm. ; disk coarsely but not closely punctate ; brownish black,
collar and basal edge pale, calli yellowish and darkened more
or less with brown, before and behind more yellowish.
Scutellum yellow, rather coarsely and irregularly punctate.

Dorsum clothed with rather prominent, sericeous, whitish
pubescence, longer and thicker on hemelytra. Hemelytra
uniformly dark brownish black, with a tinge of red distally ;
cuneus pale translucent, becoming more or less pigmented
with red. Membrane pale, veins red, anal area, disk of
areoles, and transverse area behind cuneus, fuscous. Body
beneath yellowish to dark brown, ,.sides of sternum, pleura,
sides of venter and genital segment becoming dark brown.
Legs uniformly pale yellowish, tips of tarsi fuscous.

Length 4.2 mm., width 2 mm. Head: width 1.03 mm.,
vertex .55 mm. Antennae: segment I, length .40 mm., yel-
lowish; II, 1.09 mm., yellowish; III, .47 mm., fuscous; IV,
.38 mm., fuscous. Pronotum : length .90 mm., width at base
1.66 mm. Very similar to the male in pubescence and
puncturation, but coloration more uniformly yellowish ;

8 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

dorsum yellowish to brown, subbasal area of pronotal disk
and the pleura, dark brownish. Cuneus and veins only tinged
with reddish.

Holotype: June 7-17, 1916, Jemez Springs, alt. 6,400 ft.,

Arizona (J. Woodgate) ; author’s collection. Allotype: same data
as the type. Paratypes: 18 $ J, taken with the types.

Neoborus fasciolus n. sp.

Allied to vittifrons but larger, distinguished by the black
bands on tibiae and the uniformly yellowish frons.

Length 4.7 mm., width 1.98 mm. Head: width 1.04
mm., vertex .445 mm. ; yellow, distal half of tylus, basal half
of juga and lora, and spot on dorsal margin of antennal
socket, black. Rostrum, length 1.24 mm., reaching to near
hind margins of middle coxae, yellowish, apex blackish.
Antennae: segment I, length .39 mm., black; II, 1.15 mm.;
Ill, .42 mm. ; IV, .30 mm. ; black. Pronotum : length .95 mm.,
width at base 1.67 mm. ; coarsely punctate, basal margin more
strongly sinuate near basal angles than at middle, lateral
margins slightly sinuate, carina obsolete; brownish black,
calli and anterior half of disk yellow, inner half of calli black.
Scutellum very slightly convex, coarsely and rugosely punc-
tate ; yellow, a brown spot; each side of middle.

Dorsum clothed with moderately prominent, sericeous,
silvery white pubescence, shorter on scutellum and pronotum.
Hemelytra rather uniformly brownish black, embolium and
outer half of corium somewhat translucent ; cuneus pale yel-
lowish translucent, a fuscous spot on margin by apex of
areole. Membrane pale, anal area fuscous, veins brownish
to dusky ; a pale fuscous area behind cuneus and within distal
half of areoles. Venter blackish, margins of segments yel-
lowish along middle third, basal half of genital segment
yellowish. Pleura dark brown to black, sternum yellowish
brown. Legs pale yellowish, femora with two incomplete
subapical black bands; tibial knees black, with two inter-
rupted black bands, one on middle and the other near base ;
apical segment of tarsi fuscous.

5- Length 4.8 mm., width 2.2 mm. Head: width 1.08
mm., vertex .49 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .32 mm.,
yellowish brown, black above; II, 1.21 mm., black, more or
less yellowish on basal half ; III, .45 mm., black ; IV,
(broken). Pronotum: length .98 mm., width at base 1.85
mm. Very similar to the male in pubescence and coloration,
but the dorsum becoming paler ; however, the black on calli,
head, and legs is equally distinct.

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Holotype: <$, April 27, 1915, Arboretum near cactus garden,
Stanford University, California (Harold Morrison) ; author’s
collection. Allotype: same data as the type. Paratypes: 12 J1 J,
taken with the types.

Neoborus flaviceps n. sp.

Suggestive of paci ficus Van D., but frons more convex
and with a blackish line above on first antennal segment;
differs from fasciolus in the more convex frons and the uni-
formly pale yellowish legs.

Length 4.3 mm., width 1.8 mm. Head: width 1.03
mm., vertex .47 mm. ; frons distinctly convex median line,
sides, and middle of vertex with moderately coarse punc-
tures. Rostrum, length 1.23 mm., reaching do near hind
margins of middle coxae, yellowish, apex black. Antennae:
segment I, length .40 mm., yellowish, with blackish line
above; II, 1.21 mm., brown to fuscous, blackish apically ; III,
.38 mm., black; IV., .30 mm., black. Pronotum: length .90
mm., width at base 1.63 mm.; coarsely punctate, calli prom-
inent; lateral margins slightly sulcate, slightly rounded and
obsoletely carinate. Scutellum slightly convex, coarsely
punctate.

Clothed with fine, short, yellowish pubescence, only slightly
sericeous. Color uniformly yellowish, calli with black spot
on inner angles, corium with a brownish , cloud on apical
field ; cuneus, outer half of corium, and the embolium, yel-
lowish translucent ; collar and basal edge of pronotum whit-
ish; scutellum whitish s and tinged with yellow. Membrane
pale fumate, veins scarcely darker but edges indicated by
fuscous. Legs uniformly yellowish, tips of tarsi fuscous.

Holotype: cJl, June 1, 1926, Chiricahua Mts., alt. 6,000 ft., Ari-
zona (A. A. Nichol) ; author’s collection.

Neoborus amoenus floridanus n. subsp.

Differs from typical amoenus Reuter in the larger eyes,
narrower vertex, and shorter rostrum; coloration suggestive
of variety scutellaris Reut., but the structural characters
mentioned will separate the forms.

Length 4.4 mm., width 2.2 mm. Head: width 1.06
mm., vertex .32 mm., not equal to one-third the width of
head ; black, lower half of face pale, basal half of juga black.
Rostrum, length 1.06 mm., not attaining hind margin of
sternum, length just equal to width of head across eyes.

10 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXI-V

Antennae: segment I, length .66 mm., brownish; II, 1.57
mm., pale, apex black; III, .50 mm., pale; IV, (broken).
Pronotum: length .95 mm., width at base 1.76 mm.; calli
prominent, subconfluent, lateral carina of disk distinct, white ;
shining black, lower margin of the propleura pale. Scutellum
convex, sparsely punctate, yellow, median line and basal
margin black, mesoscutum also black.

Hemelytra black, spot near middle of corium, embolium,
and cuneus, pale translucent ; membrane and veins pale, anal
area black. Ventral surface pale, pleura, sides of sternum,
and obsoletely on sides of venter, blackish. Legs pale, apical
fourth of hind femora reddish, tips of tarsi brownish.

Holotype: J1, April 29, 1928, Ocala, Florida (E. D. Ball) ;
author’s collection.

Neoborus amoenus atriscutis n. var.

Length 5 mm. Structurally very similar to typical
amoenus Reut., but differs in the uniformly black color in-
cluding the scutellum. Differs from geminus Say in the
clear membrane, veins, and cuneus ; anal area and basal angle
of larger areole only infuscated.

Black, collar, obsolete dashes behind calli, frons except
median line, antennae except apex of second segment, and the
legs, pale ; hind femora with subapical reddish band.

Holotype: July 13, 1924, Rainy River District, Ontario,

Canada (J. F. Brimley) ; author’s collection. Paratypes: 2 J*,
June 14, 1920, Ottawa, Ontario (J. McDunnough).

Xenoborus selectus n. sp.

Allied to pettiti Reuter, but differs in the narrower vertex
and the longer second antennal segment which exceeds the
width of pronotum at base ; coloration suggestive of
neglectus Kngt., but the genital claspers are more nearly the
form of pettiti.

<$. Length 4.9 mm., width 2.2 mm. Head: width 1.12
mm., vertex .34 mm. ; the width of vertex less than one-third
the width of head. Rostrum, length 1.12 mm., not attaining
hind margin of sternum, yellowish, apex blackish. Antennae :
segment I, length .92 mm., black, pale at base; II, 1.98 mm.;
Ill, .95 mm. ; IV, .48 mm. ; black. Pronotum : length .95
mm., width at base 1.72 mm.; calli prominent, subconfluent,
lateral margins of disk slightly sulcate, rounded, ecarinate;
coarsely punctate, scutellum with finer punctures.

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 11

Color pale to yellow with black ; head yellowish, tylus and
frons black; pronotum yellowish, a triangular black area
each side on basal half of disk; scutellum yellow, mesoscutum
fuscous ; hemelytra black, cuneus, embolium, basal half of
corium except bordering clavus and outer margin on apical
fie^d, clear to pale yellowish ; membrane and veins fuscous
black ; venter and pleura blackish, sternum yellowish brown ;
legs pale yellowish, femora with two blackish subapical
bands, tibiae and tarsi fuscous. Dorsum clothed with prom-
inent, suberect, pale pubescence.

Holotype: <£ , May 30, 1916, Charleston, Missouri (E. H. Gib-
son) ; author’s collection.

What Attraction? — From the Framingham sewage filter
beds a small odoriferous stream runs between two hillocks on its
way to the Sudbury River. Along this stream I found small piles
of partly dried grass and weeds left by the workmen. Though it
was October 12 the sun beat down his rays into this little valley
with such fervor that I had removed both my coat and vest while
shaking the piles of hay over my sifting cloth and picking up the
numerous beetles that ran about in all directions. Presently I
heard a humming about me but attributed it to large flies which
are often attracted to sifting operations. Then I saw a small
black moth alight on my white shirt, then another fluttered down
to me, while a third flew around my head. After many attempts I
managed to bottle two of the elusive but persistent little fellows
and the third escaped; I saw no more during the three hours I
was there. On comparison with the two specimens in the collec-
tion of the Boston Society of Natural History (one of which I
took in Sherborn, Mass.) it proved to be Pseudanaphora arcanella
Clem. — C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

12 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

AN ABERRANT BUTTERFLY— JUNONIA COENIA.

By Wm. T. Davis, Staten Island, N. Y.

On August 13, 1927, while walking along the railroad near the
home of Col. Wirt Robinson at Wingina, Va., I noticed a Junonia
coenia that showed more white on the fore wings than usual. It
was captured and I was then surprised to discover that the hind
wings were without the usual eyed-spots. The specimen, which
is here figured together with a normal individual, is a male, and
the covering of scales on the wings is not as complete as usual.

Other interesting facts concerning Junonia coenia observed
while at Wingina were the capture of a specimen by a house
wren while it was flying near a building, also on August 13, and
the finding of a sleeping individual while looking for insects with
a lantern on August 15, with its wings tightly closed over its back,
its head pointed downward and its antennae held straight out.

While this butterfly is often quite common in open places as far
north as Staten Island, how it spends the winter is not surely
known. In parts of the South it is active or hibernates during the
winter and probably all of the Staten Island and Long Island
specimens in the spring have come from the South.

In the Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sci-
ences for 1926, pp. 77-82 there is a paper on “Inbreeding of
Junonia Coenia through Thirty-five Successive Generations,” by
Wilhelm Schrader, where much information about the species is
recorded, and illustrations given of some variations in bred indi-
viduals.

Information Wanted. — What is the food plant of Oherea
schaumi Lee. ? My only record for the capture of this species was
made on July 31, 1916, when I removed a fine specimen from the
helmet of one of Framingham’s “ Finest ” as he stood on the curb
and majestically surveyed the scenery. He looked at me a mo-
ment with obvious pity in his eyes but allowed me to escape with
my prize. — C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

Junonia coenia from Virginia.

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 13

PEDILUS PARVICOLLIS NOT A DENDROIDES.

By H. C. Fall, Tyngsboro, Mass.

In the December, 1928, number of this Journal, p. 260, Dr.
Van Dyke states his conviction that my Pedilus parvicollis is a
Dendroides, as evidenced by the shape of the head, prothorax,
and elytral features, and that the generic and family characters
are those of the latter genus and not of Pedilus.

I have been aware for some time of this particular obsession of
the Doctor’s and he and I in a friendly way have threshed it over
at some length in correspondence.

Let it be granted at once that P. parvicollis is not a typical
Pedilus. The flabellate male antennae, the narrowing of the head
immediately behind the eyes, the smaller somewhat differently
shaped thorax and a certain lankiness of form give it an appre-
ciably different appearance. It must be remembered, however,
that there are other aberrant species within the genus Pedilus.
First to break the uniformity came P. crotchi with its pectinate
male antennae though otherwise typical in aspect. Somewhat
later Horn described P. flabellatus. In this there is a further di-
vergence from the usual type in that the antennae are truly
flabellate, the thorax is smaller and of modified form, and the
tempora are distinctly shorter, less prominent and a little oblique.
Now parvicollis is practically identical with flabellatus in antennal
formation, and in shape of thorax agrees even better with the
latter than it does with Dendroides. Because of the lack of tempora
the shape of the head in parvicollis is much the same as in Den-
droides but here the head resemblance ends ; the extremely large
eyes, nearly or quite contiguous in the males, and the very long
flexible branches of the plumose antennae, both characteristic
features of Dendroides, are wholly unlike those of P. parvicollis.

I cannot agree with Dr. Van Dyke that the generic and family
characters of P. parvicollis are those of Dendroides rather than
Pedilus. As a matter of fact there is no appreciable error in say-
ing that reliable differences of family rank between Dendroides
and Pedilus are non-existent. LeConte and Horn in their family
diagnoses give only a single distinguishing character, viz., the
greater prominence of the hind coxae in the Pyrochroidae as
compared with the Anthicidae, in which family they included
Pedilus. Without going into details I wish to assert that so far as

14 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Pedilus is concerned the character is for several reasons a falla-
cious one and is so little impressive that in the standard European
Catalogue of Heyden, Reitter and Weise, Dendroides and Pedilus
are placed close together in the same family, the Pyrochroidae.

The consideration of subordinate or generic characters shows
fairly clearly that parvicollis has diverged from typical Pedilus
in the direction of Dendroides, but that as indicated above it is
certainly still nearer to flabellatus (an accepted Pedilus ) than to
any Dendroides. Furthermore, the male genitalia of parvicollis
show a closer relationship with Pedilus than with Dendroides. A
new genus might with reason be erected for parvicollis, but in that
case one must decide what to do with P. flabellatus. In any case
parvicollis is emphatically not a Dendroides.

Rare Beetle, Rarer Luck. — Strangalia ( Leptura ) deleta Lee.
is a species rarely taken in spite of the saying, “ no species is rare
if you know where to look for it.” I certainly know that I have
found specimens on a certain bunch of Spiraea flowers in a
meadow by a brook in Sherborn near a fine grove of white pines
in August on several different years. I make it a point to visit
this bush and all the others along the thousand feet of meadow
several times during the summer but it has been many years since
I took the last specimen. One was taken in Wareham, Mass., on
Solidago flowers on August 21, 1921, and I have seen one speci-
men in the collection of Mr. E. J. Smith of that town ; I have also
seen it from Isle of Springs, Me., and another locality in that
state. I have found that the species was not represented in many
of the collections of the country to which fact my two lonesome
specimens! bear witness. So much for its rarity.

One day in late summer I was collecting (mostly Hymenop-
tera) on some late Ceanotlms flowers that still showed their white
heads amid their dead and brown companions, when I dropped
my open cyanide jar. WhatT said as it landed bottom up amid
the thick bushes has no place on this page. On all fours I sought
to salvage the scattered insects and the first thing I saw was the
perfectly preserved and dried body of a fine male deleta lying
right beside my jar. — C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

Fed., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 15

EDITING, EDITORS, CONTRIBUTORS AND
READERS.

By J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, White Plains, N. Y.

The life of an editor is full of problems, particularly if he is
an entomological editor. Contributors, being a more privileged
class, are alien to these problems ; and readers see only the finished
product, which appeals — or doesn’t.

To, writers, an editor seems to be a cross between the Judge in
the black cap, the executioner with his sharp axe of office, and
the Old Boy Himself! Well, they are wrong: the editor is a
compound of the fellow in the dock, the gentleman with his head
on the block, and the damned on the grill.

And here is how it is. All editors have one problem: to
appeal to their readers. But this problem is extremely acute
with editors of special and technical publications, whose con-
stituency of readers is necessarily limited to the members of the
esoteric brotherhood to whom their journals appeal. And here
it is that editors must exercise judgment in selecting what will
appeal to their readers. It must not only be of the nature called
for by the readers, but it must also conform with the general
policy of the journal. This publication — the Bulletin of the
Brooklyn Entomological Society — for instance, is specifically
for the publication of articles on insects, but, above all, these
articles cannot be popular in the ordinary sense of many fancy
words about nothing — and mostly wrong where they deal with
facts, at that. Our articles have to be of scientific value, even
though they be but brief, non-technical notes. Then, again, they
must refer to North American insects principally, preference
being given to the insects of New York, and particularly of Long
Island. Of course, good articles are never rejected, if there is.
room available for them.

Once these conditions are met, the editor must consider just
how much space to allot to any particular group and how promptly
an article should appear. And here the editor is tied down by
what he receives and by space limitations, which will be referred
to further on.

As a general rule, this journal does not wish, as a matter of
general policy, to allot space to descriptions of varieties, forms
or aberrations, except if they come in the general discussion of
the species of a group. Our fauna does not seem to us to be.

16 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

sufficiently well worked (as the European fauna is), to make
desirable such taxonomic refinements without ample supporting
data.

When articles are accepted for publication, then comes the live
question of the proper balance to be preserved in the publication;
and the order in which to arrange such articles as are to appear.
Here, policy and space limitations rule about equally. A leading
article imposes itself by its length or by its importance, which
generally go together. Other articles are placed partly according
to space and partly so as to vary the contents of any given num-
ber. Our general desire is to preserve (if we can), a balance
between the highly technical and special and the simpler and more
general articles. But we have to publish what we get. If our
journal at times seems too abundant in technical and heavy mat-
ter, it is because we have no other.

One policy the Bulletin has rigidly adhered to ; and the
present management is little likely to depart from it. That policy
is the publication of articles exactly as received from the authors,
with no other change or correction than obvious errors of typing
or of punctuation. We go on the principle that an author knows
what he wants to say better than we or any other more heaven-
inspired editor. And we do not propose to improve on an article
or change it in any way. If an article appears on the face of it
to be erroneous, we simply do not publish it ; if some change
might make it available, we put the making of the change up to
the author. But all articles represent the views and manner of
presentation of the author (including this one), and in no way
represent editorial opinion. Hence, the responsibility for all
statements appearing in our two publications lies exclusively with
the authors. Of course, while controversial articles may be pub-
lished by us, neither this journal nor any other journal, can give
publicity and circulation to personal attacks impugning the
motives or the character of any one. “ It isn’t cricket,” or — more
properly — it is not scientific. On the other hand, every writer
who presents his views to the public must expect some kind of
a reaction to them; and just as he gladly welcomes warm praise,
so should he philosophically accept cold criticism and adverse
comment. After all, the ultimate goal of all scientific workers
is fact and truth. What is true on to-day’s known facts, tomor-
row may be shown to be romance, in the presence of later factual
knowledge. And all should be prepared for and welcome that
eternal change which is life. But it is not necessary to establish

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 17

or promote this flow of ideas by vituperation or dubious personal
remarks.

Having thus far set forth certain principles which lie at the
base of all class publications, such as are the entomological jour-
nals, let us consider now the mechanical side of editing.

At the very start, an editor must first read an article to appraise
it according to the standards of his publication. That first step
being successfully surmounted by an article, it is then scanned for
such corrections as may be required from the purely mechanical
side and marked for setting up by the printer — or, rather, com-
positor.

All publications have a set style of make up, partly from
mechanical, partly from artistic, partly from editorial considera-
tions of one kind or another. At the very start, the size of the
page of eacfi journal is fixed — that is to say, its length and width
are standard. Next in order is the size and style of type, which
governs the number of lines to the page when set up. Once the
style and size of type are determined upon, they are never varied.
Hence, it is a waste of labor for authors to indicate such details
on the MSS. If they agree with the publication’s style, well and
good, but unnecessary; if they differ, the editor simply runs the
famous blue-pencil through them and marks the articles up in the
standard form. The style of type (and the size) are ruled by legi-
bility, economy of space and cost. Most journals are printed
in io-point type, generally with lines spaced far apart, which is
very wasteful of space and comparatively uneconomical. Print-
ing experience and practice show that io-point type on n -point
body is by far the most economical of space while extremely
legible. The small size type frequently seen in journals is 8-point.
This is not only expensive, but also hard to read — a very bad size
for journals which have to be conned intensely in use. Another
matter is the arrangement of headings, new species, species named
in the body of an article, etc. Here the editor has again to be
ruled by practical considerations. New species must stand out,
so we employ bold face type of the same size as the body type.
Species in the text must also be indicated, largely for the benefit
of indexers (including the editor) and of abstractors, as well as
to make them more evident to the general reader.

Paragraphs and section heads must also be indicated, as well
as the indentation of lines or paragraphs or sections, to set them
off noticeably.

These all being done, the MS goes to the printer to be set up

18 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society VoI.XXIV

as indicated in the MS, which now has the name of copy. Print-
ers are bound to follow copy, out of the window if necessary, as
they put it in their quaint dialect. Therefore, every punctuation
mark, every capital, every paragraph, every spelling, right or
wrong, comes back to the editor as it was in the copy, in the first
proof, or galley so-called. Here the editor (if he can) catches
some more errors of typography or what-not, and corrects them.
If the editor has not been keenly on the job, he has to rephrase
sentences and paragraphs ; he adds here, he takes out there ; and
then returns the corrected galley proof to the printer for further
correction. This particular editor, being wary, makes no changes
in the matter — they cost money, at the rate of $2.50 per hour for
resetting and rearranging. And all these author’s corrections,
so-called, always take hours and hours and hours. It is rela-
tively easy to spend on a small 40 to 50 page magazine from $15
to $20 for such corrections. Our own practice is to send first
galley proof to our authors ; and if they are tempted to improve
on what is already in type, they may to their heart’s content, pro-
vided they are willing to pay the printer’s extra charge for the
work. It is a very helpful practice to have authors read the
galley proofs of their articles. It not only enables them to catch
any errors in the article itself — more likely than not in matters
beyond the editor’s omniscience — but it also acts as a check on
typographical errors. And further, it affords authors an oppor-
tunity to unburden themselves of anything not to their liking in
the article as set up; and it also commits them irrevocably to it
in final form. This is altogether a reciprocally and mutually
profitable arrangement from every point of view.

The final galley proof being corrected, it is now cut up suitably
into pages ; the pages assembled and numbered consecutively ; and
a table of contents for the number prepared. It goes again to the
printer in this shape. He cuts up the type matter into pages;
places the figures, if any ; puts the running head — the name of the
journal, date and issue — at the top of each page; and before lock-
ing up and starting to print he draws off page proofs. These
go to the editor with the dummy, as the first arrangement of the
cut up galleys is called. The editor then checks up with the
dummy to see that all corrections and changes are incorporated
in the page proof. Then, if he is wise, he very carefully rereads
the page proof to see that no errors have crept in during the
manipulations of making the galley type into pages. And finally,
the whole make up and general appearance of the number in hand

Fed., 192.9 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 19

is gone over. In these processes, all changes and corrections
have been noted on the pages as they are checked up; and the
page proof with all these notations once more travels to the
printer. Some editors call for a second corrected page proof
and o.k. on that for printing. Where the printer is reliable and
habituated to the magazine, such a corrected proof is time-wast-
ing and unnecessary. The capable proof-readers in the printing
establishment can, and do, check back page proofs. Thus, the
editor may give the order to print, on approval of only one — the
first — set of page proofs, with the assurance that the magazine
will appear in good form and in good time.

Magazines are most economically printed in multiples of 1 6
pages, technically called a form, which explains why journals run
16, 32, 48, 64, and so on, pages to the number. The necessary
handling and running of the presses is the same for all forms
under 16 pages, so this handling makes the page price higher the
smaller the form, quite a consideration in non-profitable technical
journals such as ours.

And all these details being settled well and carefully, the presses
start and soon the edition is ready for the folder, the binder, the
trimmer and the mailer. Very soon readers have it in their
hands ; and authors wonder what made them say such nonsense,
and lay it, of course, to the editor. And he, if careful, points to
the galley proof with the author’s own corrections on it; and says
nothing.

The general reader further notices how few are the articles on
Coleoptera, how unimportant the lepidopterological remarks.
But, ah! how full the pages on Ctenopsylla cheopis; or on the
inwards of dipterous taxonomy! Very unseemly and, of course,
very poor editing.

And here we are, back again where we started from, like the
symbolic snake, ever swallowing its tail and never quite succeed-
ing in getting a full meal, but rolling along like a hoop over the
bumps.

And so it may readily be seen that not only do editors get what
they deserve, but that they likewise deserve what they get, in full
measure, brimming over, darn ’em !

All authors should serve a penal term as editors, then they’ll
be less inclined to let stark justice take its course with and among
editors.

We offer our gratitude in conclusion, to all faithful readers
who have followed us, profitably, we hope, to this bitter end.

20 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN LEPIDOPTERA.

By F. H. Chermock, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Plebeus lupini ab. immaculata ab. nov.

This aberration is like the typical lupini except that it lacks all
markings on the lower surface of the secondaries, but has the
usual row of marginal spots. The submarginal row is totally ob-
literated.

Holotype, July 14, 1921 ; Topoparatype, July 14, 1921 ; Gold
Lake district, Sierra Co., Calif.

This aberration resembles P. acmon var. cotteli ab. labecula and
bears the same relationship to lupini as labecula does to cotteli. I
have several transitional specimens of lupini to immaculata, but
do not consider them worthy of a name.

Glaucopsychc xcrces var. intermedia var. nov.

This variety is probably the connecting link between G. xerccs
and its forms. G. xcrces has the spots on the undersurface solid
white, while all of its forms and aberrations have white spots with
black centers, in some cases the white almost lacking. This new
variety does not differ much from polyphemus as to size of mark-
ings except that the two spots in the discal area are fused into
one elongate white marking. The other spots differ in that they
are white and have the centers the same color as the general
ground color of the wings below. The ground color is the same
and typical G. xerces.

Holotype, March 17, 1926; Allotype, March 21, 1925; Lone
Mountain, San Francisco, Calif.

I have had in my possession about 200 specimens of G. xcrces
and varieties and forms and I am of the opinion that this variety
is the connecting link, therefore I call it ' intermedia !

Fentonia marthesia ab. nigra., ab. nov.

This aberration is the same as typical F. marthesia, except that
the primaries are totally black above. The secondaries have a
broad black marginal band, with white fringe above. The entire
underside of both wings is darker than normal specimens. The
thorax is a dark olive green, the body black above, below normal.

Holotype, August 15, 1924; Pittsburgh, Pa.

I reared this aberration along with several typical specimens.

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 21

Cercyonis ( Satyrus ) pegala race borealis.

This race is like typical pegala except that it almost totally
lacks the yellow patch on the primaries above. Below the patch
is restricted to rings around the spots.

The male has one spot on the primaries which will facilitate
the separating of it from its close ally. S. alope var. nephele is
much smaller than borealis.

Holotype, VII-10-1920; Allotype, VII-4-1920; Trumball Co.,
Ohio.

Eurymus eurytheme f. eriphyle var. nigricosta, var. nov.

This variation of eriphyle occurs in the female sex only. It is
the same as typical eriphyle, except that the yellow spots in the
marginal band are lacking in both wings. It bears the same re-
lationship to eriphyle as plicaudula does to philodice.

Holotype, VIII-1-1924; Topoparatype, VIII-1-1924; Ed-
mondton, Alberta, Canada.

Eurymus eurytheme f. eriphyle ab. laurae.

This fine aberration is the same as typical eriphyle female, ex-
cept that the yellow is replaced by white. The secondaries above
are clouded with black.

I took this specimen with a male of typical eriphyle and con-
sidered it a very unusual capture.

Holotype, VIII-1-1924; Edmondton, Alberta, Canada.

Eurymus philodice var. serrata.

This peculiar variation which occurs in the male sex only, as
far as I can see, differs from typical philodice in that the inner
margin of the marginal band is serrate or dentate. These teeth-
like markings occur between the veins. Out of at least two or
three thousand specimens I have taken about eight or nine of this
variety. At present I have six, all collected at Rossgrove, near
Aspinwall, Pa. This locality is noted for peculiar specimens due
to its very odd topography. There are arid spots and swamps in
this bowl and this probably accounts for the unusual specimens.

Holotype, VIII-8-1926; paratypes, No. 1, VIII-8-1926; Nos.
2, 3, 4, VIII-10-1926 ; No. 5, VIII-12-1926 ; Rossgrove, near
Aspinwall, Pa.

22 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

THE CRANE-FLIES OF NEW YORK: THIRD
SUPPLEMENTARY LIST.

By Charles P. Alexander, Amherst, Mass.

The preliminary list of crane-flies, including the families Tany-
deridae, Ptychopteridae, Trichoceridae, Anisopodidae and Tipu-
lidae, totalled 267 species.1 The first supplementary list2 brought
this number to 277 species. The second supplementary list3
added five species, bringing the total number to 282. In the ac-
companying list, 24 additional species are recorded, bringing the
total number of species to 306, of which 295 belong to the family
Tipulidae. A few of the species recorded at this time were in-
cluded in the New York list4 but the majority have not before
been recorded from the State.

The additions to the list of New York crane-flies are as
follows :

283 Tipula angulata Loew.

Essex County: Foot of Hurricane Mt., June 12, 1927 (C.
P. Alexander).

284 Tipula entomophthorae Alexander.

Essex County: Wilmington Notch, June 13, 1927 (C. P.
Alexander).

285 Tipula platymera Walker (= labradorica Alexander).

Essex County : Mt. Skylight, 4800-4920 feet, July 22, 1920.

286 Tipula septentrionalis Loew.

Warren County: Warrensburg, June 11, 1927 (C. P.
Alexander) .

287 Limonia ( Limonia ) hudsonica Osten Sacken.

Warren County: Warrensburg, June 11, 1927 (C. P.
Alexander).

1 Alexander, C. P. The crane-flies of New York. Part I.
Cornell University, Agr. Expt. Sta. Mem. 25 : 787-826 ; 1919.

2 Alexander, C. P. The crane-flies of New York: First sup-
plementary list. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 17: 58-62; 1922.

3 Alexander, C. P. The crane-flies of New York; Second sup-
plementary list. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 19: 57-64; 1924.

4 Leonard, M. D. A list of the insects of New York. Cornell
University, Agr. Expt. Sta. Mem. 101 : 688-701 ; 1928.

Fed., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 23

288 Limonia ( Limonia ) novae-angliae Alexander.

Orange County: Tuxedo Park, August 27-28, 1928 (F.
W. Edwards).

289 Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) profunda Alexander.

Fulton County: Sphagnum bog, near Canada Lake, 1700
feet, June 25, 1928 (C. P. Alexander).

290 Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) sphagnicola Alexander.

Fulton County: Gloversville, 900 feet, June 24, 1916, June
27, 1928 (C. P. Alexander).

291 Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) uliginosa sp. n.

Hamilton County: Lake Pleasant, 1750 feet, in sphagnum
bog, June 18-20, 1926 (C. P. Alexander).

292 Dicranoptycha elsa sp. n.

Cattaraugus County: Tunesassa, August 19, 1926 (W. P.
Alexander) .

293 Dicranota currani Alexander.

Essex County: Keene Valley, May 26, 1920 (H. Notman).

294 Limnophila harperi Alexander.

Essex County: Summit of Hurricane Mt., June 12, 1927
(C. P. Alexander).

This interesting crane-fly was described from Alberta and its
occurrence in New York is of exceptional interest. The flies
were found on the western side of the mountain, close to the
summit, where there are low cliffs continually moist with dripping
water. They rest on these exposures, quite in the manner of
Dactylolahis montana. Several pairs were in copula, resting
end-to-end on the vertical rock faces, the wings of both sexes
outspread. Detached males are very active.

295 Limnophila ( Ephelia ) solstitialis Alexander.

Chenango County: Lower Cincinnatus, July 21, 1916 (C.
P. Alexander).

Cortland County: Taylor, July 20, 1916 (C. P. Alexander).
Fulton County: Mountain Lake, 1550 feet, June 15-July 7,
1914 (C.fP. Alexander).

Hamilton County: Wells, July 29 (D. B. Young).

296 Limnophila ( Phylidorea ) auripennis Alexander.

Essex County: Keene Valley, August 20, 1920 (H. Not-
man). /

Rensselaer County: Brookview, June, 1923 (C. P. Alex-
ander) .

24 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

Tompkins County: Fall Creek, Ithaca, May 29, 1916 (C.
P. Alexander).

297 Limnophila ( Phylidorea ) caudifera Alexander.

Hamilton County: Lake Pleasant, 1750 feet, June 17-21,
1926 (C. P. Alexander).

298 Limnophila ( Phylidorea ) fumidicosta Alexander.

Tompkins County: Bools Backwater, Ithaca, June 13, 1917
(C. P. Alexander).

299 Limnophila ( Phylidorea ) luteola Alexander.

Hamilton County: Lake Pleasant, 1800 feet, in Iris swamp,
June 18-21, 1926 (C. P. Alexander).

300 Limnophila ( Phylidorea ) neadusta Alexander.

Essex County: Keene Valley, July 14, 1920 (H. Notman).

301 Limnophila ( Phylidorea ) platyphallus Alexander.

Fulton County: Masten’s Woods, Gloversville, 900 'feet,
June 12, 1926 (C. P. Alexander).

Hamilton County: Lake Pleasant, 1700 feet, June 17-20,
1926 (C. P. Alexander).

302 Gonomyia ( Gonomyia ) hidentata Alexander.

Fulton County: Sacandaga Park, August 28, 1925 (C. P.
Alexander) ; Masten’s Woods, Gloversville, 900 feet,
August 31, 1925 (C. P. Alexander).

Essex County: Ausable Chasm, August 15, 1925 (G. C.
Crampton).

303 Gonomyia ( Gonomyia ) currani Alexander.

Rensselaer County: iBrookview, June 25, 1923 (C. P.
Alexander) .

The wings are more strongly suffused with yellow, with an
evident stigma, and there are slight differences in 'the structure
of the apex of the aedeagus, but still insufficient to separate the
present material from typical currani.

304 Erioptera ( Erioptera ) ehenina Alexander.

Fulton County: Masten’s Woods, Gloversville, 900 feet,
June 16, 1924 (C. P. Alexander) ; same locality, June
27, 1928 (C. P. Alexander).

305 Ormosia ithacana sp. n.

Tompkins County: Ithaca, April 26-May 5, 1913 (C. P.
Alexander) .

306 Ormosia luteola Dietz.

Fulton County : Masten’s Woods, Gloversville, 900 feet,
August 31-September i,/i925 (C. P. Alexander).

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 25

Crane-flies Taken at Lake Pleasant, Hamilton County,
New York, June 17-23, 1926, by C. P. and
1 M. M. Alexander

The following record of Tipulidae that .• were secured at Lake
Pleasant in June is given as a contribution to our scanty knowl-
edge of the insects of the southern Adirondacks. Most of the
species iwere secured near the lake, altitude 1700 feet, a few,
indicated in the list by the words, “Hamilton Mt.” being from
the slopes of Hamilton Mt., a few miles from the lake, on
June 19th.

Tipula ( Trichotipula ) oropezoides Johnson.

Tipula dorsimacula Walker (= angustipennis Loew).

Tipula caloptera Loew*.

Tipula cayuga Alexander.

Tipula hermannia Alexander.

Tipula hinei Alexander, Hamilton Mt., 2,500 feet. >

Tipula iroquois Alexander, Hamilton Mt., 2,500 feet.

Tipula monticola Alexander.

Tipula penohscot Alexander, Hamilton Mt., 2,500 feet.

Tipula senega Alexander.

Tipida serta\ Loew.

Tipula strepens Loew.

Tipula tephrocephala Loew.

Tipula trivittata Say (= simulata Walker).

Nephrotoma euceroides Alexander.

Nephrotoma ferruginea (Fabricius).

Nephrotoma incurva (Loew).

Nephrotoma lugens (Loew).

Dolichopeza americana Needham.

Oropeza venosa Johnson. 1

Liogma nodicornis (Osten Sacken).

Phalacrocera tipulina Osten Sacken. 1
Limonia ( Limonia ) indigena (Osten Sacken).

Limonia {Limonia) puhipennis (Osten Sacken).

Limonia ( Limonia ) triocellata (Osten Sacken).

Limonia .> (Rhipidia) fidelis (Osten Sacken).

Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) liberta (Osten Sacken).

Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) longipennis (Schummel).

Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) pudica (Osten Sacken).

Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) uliginosa sp. n.

26 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society VoLXXIV

Limonia ( Geranomyia ) canadensis (Westwood).

Limonia ( Geranomyia ) rostrata (Say).

Helius flavipes (Macquart).

Tricyphona calcar (Osten Sacken).

Tricyphona inconstans (Osten Sacken).

Tricyphona paludicola Alexander. i
Tricyphona vernalis (Osten Sacken).

Amalopina flaveola (Osten Sacken).

Rhaphidolahis ( Plectromyia ) confusa Alexander.
Rhaphidolahis ( Rhaphidolahis ) tenuipes Osten Sacken.
Adelphomyia minuta Alexander.

Ula paupera Osten Sacken. i

Epiphragma fascipennis (Say).

Dactylolahis montana (Osten Sacken).

Pseudolimnophila inornata (Osten Sacken).

Pseudolimnophila toxoneura (Osten Sacken).

Limnophila ( Lasiomastix ) macrocera (Say).

Limnophila ( Lasiomastix ) tenuicornis Osten Sacken.
Limnophila > {Phylidorea) adusta Osten Sacken.

Limnophila ( Phylidorea ) caudifera Alexander.

Limnophila ( Phylidorea ) lutea Doane.

Limnophila ( Phylidorea ) luteola Alexander.

Limnophila ( Phylidorea ) platy phallus Alexander.

Limnophila ( Prionolabis ) rufibasis Osten Sacken.

Limnophila ( Dicranophragma ) fuscovaria Osten Sacken.
Limnophila areolata Osten Sacken.

Limnophila brevifurca Osten Sacken.

Limnophila subcostata Alexander.

Pilaria quadrata (Osten Sacken).

Pilaria recondita (Osten Sacken). *

Pilaria stanwoodae (Alexander) ; very abundant in bogs.
Shannonomyia lenta (Osten Sacken).

Eriocera cinerea Alexander.

Elephantomyia westwoodi Osten Sacken.

Gonomyia ( Gonomyia ) subcinerea (Osten Sacken).

Gonomyia ( Gonomyia ) sulphurella'> ( Osten Sacken).

Helobia hybrida (Meigen).

Ormosia dentifera Alexander, Hamilton Mt., 2,500-3,000 feet.
Ormosia deviata Dietz. I

Ormosia mesocera Alexander, Hamilton Mt., 2,200 feet.
Ormosia nigripila (Osten Sacken).

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 27

Ormosa nubila\ Osten Sacken).

Erioptera ( Erioptera ) septemtrionis Osten Sacken.

Erioptera ( Erioptera ) vespertina Osten Sacken.

Erioptera ( Hoplolabis ) armata Osten Sacken.

Erioptera ( Mesocyphona ) caloptera (Say).

Erioptera ( Mesocyphona ) needhami Alexander.

Erioptera ( Empeda ) stigmatica (Osten Sacken).

Erioptera ( Gonempeda ) nyctops Alexander, very abundant.

Molophilus forcipulus (Osten Sacken).

Molophilus hirtipennis (Osten Sacken).

Molophilus pubipennis (Osten Sacken).

Limonia (Dicranomyia) uliginosa sp. n.

General coloration gray, the praescutum with four narrow
brown stripes; antennae dark throughout; halteres of mod-
erate length, yellow, the knobs brown; wings with a faint
brownish tinge, the stigma large ; male hypopygium with the
lobes of the, ninth tergite conspicuous, darkened, setiferous.

Male. — Length about 5.5 mm. ; wing, 6.2 mm.

Female. — Length about 7.5 mm. ; wing, 8 mm.

Rostrum dark reddish brown ; palpi dark brown. An-
tennae dark throughout ; basal flagellar segments subglobular,
the outer segments passing into oval. Head dark brownish
gray, the center of the vertex broadly darker brown.

Pronotum gray. Mesonotal praescutum brownish gray,
with four narrow brown stripes, the long intermediate pair
almost confluent, the lateral pair less distinct, the lateral mar-
gins of the sclerite clearer gray; scutum, scutellum and post-
notum dark, heavily gray pruinose. Pleura clear light gray.
Halteres of moderate length, yellow, the knobs dark brown.
Legs with the fore and middle coxae dark brown, the pos-
terior coxae paler; trochanters testaceous yellow; legs long,
the femora obscure brownish yellow, brighter basally, the
tips rather narrowly dark brown ; tibiae pale brown, the tips
narrowly brownish black ; tarsi brownish black. Wings with
a faint brown tinge, the stigma large, darker brown ; a brown
seam along vein Cux, chiefly in cell M ; veins dark brown, the
prearcular region more yellowish. Venation: Sc relatively
short, Sc1 ending shortly beyond the origin of Rs, Sc2 shortly
before this origin, vSV-l alone being more than one-half m-cu ;
Rs a little less than twice the length of the basal deflection of
R± + 5 ; cell 1st M2 closed, relatively large, its inner end more
or less arcuated, the veins issuing from it relatively short,
the longest about equal to the cell; m-cu close to the fork
of M.

28 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

. Abdomen dark brown, sparsely pruinose, the hypopygium
somewhat brighter. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite
large and conspicuous, each lateral lobe darkened, rounded
and densely setiferous. Basistyle relatively short and stout,
the ventro-mesal lobe stout, terminating in a truncated lobe,
that bears three conspicuous curved setae. Dorsal dististyle
a short powerful, strongly curved rod, the tip narrowed into
an acute blackened spine. Ventral dististyle a large fleshy
lobe, the rostral prolongation relatively short and stout, the
two spines slightly unequal, the inner being a little longer,
the distance between the two less than one-fourth the length
of the shortest; tip of prolongation beyond the spines rela-
tively short, less than the length of the shortest spine.

Habitat: New York and New England.

Holotype, J1, Lake Pleasant, Hamilton Co., New York, in a
sphagnum bog, altitude 1,75° ^eeb June 2Q, 1926 (C. P. Alex-
ander) .

Allotopotype, §, June 18, 1926.

Paratypes, 2 5$, Foot of Mt. Mansfield, Vermont, near Stowe,
in a sphagnum bog, altitude 1,000 feet, June 22-24, 1927 (C. P.
Alexander). Types in the author’s collection.

In its general appearance, L. uliginosa most closely resembles
L. liberta (Osten Sacken) but is a very different fly.

The types were taken in association with other characteristic
bog-inhabiting crane-flies, as Phalacrocera tipulina Osten Sacken,
Pilaria stanwoodae (Alexander) and others.

Dicranoptycha elsa sp. n.

Male. — Length about 9 mm. ; wing, 9 mm.

Female. — Length about 10 mm. ; wing, 9.5 mm.

Described from alcoholic specimens.

Allied to D. septemtrionis Alexander in the short costal
fringe of the male and general coloration and venation, dif-
fering conspicuously in the structure of the male hypo-
pygium, which is unlike any of the rather numerous species
now known to occur in Eastern North America.

Wings with cell 1st M2 relatively very long and narrow,
Rs being correspondingly reduced; m-cu at from one-third
to one-half the length of cell 1st M2. Male hypopygium with
the two dististyles united basally, the outer relatively slender,
narrow, terminating in a long acute blackened spine; distal
half of the style roughened on all surfaces, on the outer face
these roughenings taking the form of acute appressed spines ;

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 29

basal half of style with short erect setae. Inner style broad
at base, angularly bent, the distal half with long conspicuous
setae, the expanded basal half with only a few setae. Lat-
eral process pale, narrowed near midlength, the outer end a
little expanded, the tip truncated. Aedeagus small, subtended
by large flattened blades of entirely distinct form from that
of D. sobrina Osten Sacken or D. megaphallus Alexander;
apex of structure deeply split by an acute V-shaped notch,
the lateral blades very extensive, their edges nearly hyaline.

Habitat: New York.

Holotype, alcoholic male, Tunesassa, Cattaraugus Co., August
19, 1926 (W. P. Alexander).

Allotopotype, §.

Types in the author’s collection.

I takei great pleasure in naming this crane-fly in honor of Mrs.
Elsa Muller Alexander. There is a bare possibility that the pres-
ent fly may represent D. sororcula Osten Sacken, a name that was
sunk by Osten Sacken in the synonymy of sobrina.

Grrnosia ithacana sp. n.

Male. — Length about 3. 8-4.2 mm. ; wing, 5-5.5 mm.

Very closely allied to O. meigenii (Osten Sacken), from
which it differs chiefly in the details of structure of the male
hypopygium. Flagellar segments a trifle longer. General
coloration dark gray, the lateral pretergites light yellow.
Legs longer, especially the posterior femora and tibiae.
Wings with the pattern paler. Venation: Veins R3 and R 4
with their tips directed slightly cephalad, especially the
former; m-cu some distance before the fork of M. Male
hypopygium with the inner dististyle a broadly dilated blade,
the apex suddenly narrowed into an acute black spine that
lies in the plane of the longitudinal axis of the style; in some
specimens, a second spine on outer margin of style near mid-
length of the blade. Longest gonapophysis with the base
widely dilated, the tip directed strongly laterad. Shorter
gonapophysis sinuous, gradually narrowed to the slender
acute apex, the outer margin before the apex with a few mi-
croscopic denticles. The laterally expanded bases of the
longer gonapophyses are very conspicuous.

Habitat: New York.

Holotype, J1, Ithaca, May 3, 1913 (C. P. Alexander).

Paratopotypes, 2 , April 26-May 5, 1913 (C. P. Alexander).

Types in the author’s collection.

30 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol • XXIV

PROTECTIVE ADAPTATIONS AMONG AQUATIC
HEMIPTERA.

By J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, White Plains, N. Y.

Size, form, color, position and behavior are closely linked with
the other three protective adaptations among the waterbugs ; in
fact color at times depends on behavior for its protective efficacy.

The Aquatic Hemiptera naturally divide themselves into the two
empirical groups — Cryptocerata and Gymnocerata. The latter
may be dismissed briefly as they do not appear to any great extent
as prey, but preeminently as predators. Their size, habits and
great agility are sufficient protection. It is possible, however,
that the smaller forms at least produce repulsive odors. At any
rate, in aquaria I have noted larger waterstriders seize Microveliae
and promptly release them uninjured. Hydrometra , owing to its
inconspicuous form and to its habit of standing on stems rising
out of the water, seems also to be safe from enemies.

It is in the Cryptocerata, mainly deep water dwellers, except
Ochteridae and Gelastocoridae, that we find the few real pro-
tective adaptations.

Takahashi has pointed out, what I also have repeatedly ob-
served in nature in Ochterus banksi, that the nymph of O. for-
mosanus carries on its back little grains of sand. O. banksi
seems to acquire more or less of a muddy coat. In consequence,
when these nymphs squat in little holes on the muddy or sandy
surfaces on which they congregate, they immediately merge into
their surroundings. O. banksi seems to be a denizen of black
marshes where its own black coat makes it invisible on the dull
surface of the black mud, where it crouches motionless in some
little pit. Gelastocoris, on the other hand, seems to be a denizen
of sandy or pebbly beaches. All the known species have the same
peculiar mottled shagreened. effect. On a sandy flat or beach
they merge at once into the surrounding soil. They are so still
they look like an inconspicuous lump of sand. Hungerford
gives an excellent illustration of a concealed Gelastocoris in his
Biology of Aquatic Hemiptera. The other members of the fam-
ily Gelastocoridae — Mononyx, Matinus, Nerthra, Peltopterus —
are either more or less granulose and variegated, or dull and
muddy looking. It has been reported that some have been taken
concealed in mud, which they quite resemble in color and with
which at times we find specimens covered.

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 31

The Belostomatidae and Naucoridae in general are of sober
dull brown-greens which must harmonize with the underwater
aspect of the vegetation, dead leaves, trash and mud among which
they hide. Belostoma flumineum has been studied by Dr. H. H.
Severin who found it exhibited marked death-feigning or cata-
leptic ability. I have never been able to quite convince myself
that this is a protective tropism, since the insect is small, an active
swimmer, very ferocious and given to concealment; so outside
of its own kind it would seem to have nothing to fear. But its
own would take little account of trance, catalepsy or death-feign-
ing, but would indeed profit by it to at least start their meal
without a struggle. The larger ones are fierce, strong and active,
and endeavor to escape by main force or by attack or threat of
attack. In fact, so far as one may judge by aquarium observa-
tions, if in danger, Belostomatids seem to place reliance on speed
as a means of escape.

Corixidae are generally protectively colored or patterned, so as
to be inconspicuous on the bottoms to which they cling by prefer-
ence. As to Notonectidae, the majority of the species are suffi-
ciently large and brightly colored to be quite conspicuous. The
sole exceptions are in the subfamily Pleinae in which the average
run of species does not quite equal 3 mm. in length, one Helo-
trephes being barely over 1 mm. These little species crawl about
aquatic vegetation, hiding among the leafage or in the crotches
of shoots from the main stem, or elsewhere on the plant. In
such situations they are quite inconspicuous.

Finally, we come to the only truly mimetic group in the aquatic
Hemiptera, the Nepidae. Nepa and its allies conceal themselves
in mud or under water. Ranatra, on the other hand, has certain
protective resemblances to little twigs. Its color is generally an
inconspicuous brown or grey (which looks dark when wet), its
form is narrow and twiglike in effect. Its motions under water
are slow and deliberate to a degree. When stalking prey it seems
scarcely to move. But it is as quick as light when it strikes. It
generally lies concealed among grasses rising out of the water,
in places in which there are twigs. When seized, or taken out
of its element, it goes into a death-feint, its stiff, ungainly long
legs crooked and pointing every which way. It is hard to detect
among the rubbish with which it comes into the net.

But always I ask myself the question — What do these sub-
aquatic dwellers look like to each other, and to the great fishes,
their gigantic enemies? Though, be it said, none except Corixi-
dae become fish food to anything more than a most limited degree.

32 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

THE HONEY ANT MYRMECOCYSTUS MELLIGER AT
SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS.

By H. B. Parks, State Apicultural Research Laboratory, San
Antonio, Texas.

As the majority of papers relative to the honey ant ( Myrme -
cocystus horti-deorum ) describe a species which is common to
the Mountainous Regions of the Southern Rockies it was rather
interesting to find honey ants very common all over the Rio
Grande Plain of Southwest Texas. Neither Wheeler or McCook
mention M. horti-deorum as being found in Texas and Wheeler in
speaking of eight sub-species of M. melliger does not mention the
finding of repletes in their nests. Some five years ago a nest was
discovered in a gravel-pit near this Laboratory. A cave-in ex-
posed a section of wall some twelve feet in height. The split re-
vealed a longitudinal section of a large nest of honey ants. The
ants entered a hole in the loose gravel near the tap-root of a
Brazil bush ( Condalia ohovata Hook) and their tunnel followed
the tap root downward for about four feet. At this point they
had a number of galleries containing ants in all stages of develop-
ment. There were no indications of stores in this part of the nest.
From the lower part of this system of galleries a tunnel continued
downward in as nearly a straight line as the large gravels would
permit. At ten feet there were a few galleries and at twelve
feet the tunnel entered a layer of soft yellow sand. Here was a
space of about four or five cubic feet which was filled with gal-
leries containing repletes in all stages of fullness. These galler-
ies were hemispherical in form both of ceiling and floor. The
diameter of the hemisphere was about four inches, the distance
between the ceiling and floor being about three-eighths of an inch.
This enabled the worker ants standing on the floor to care for the
repletes which hung from the ceiling. Each gallery contained
about fifty repletes. No sooner had the discovery been made than
the Mexicans who were loading sand and gravel took charge of
things and it was with difficulty that I obtained a sufficient number
of repletes to prove the discovery of honey ants at San Antonio.
It was rather comical to see the Mexican laborers standing around,
each one with a handful of repletes and eating them very much
as one would eat strawberries. They would place the abdomen
of the honey ant in their mouths, bite off the head and thorax

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 33

which was then discarded. I believe the total number of repletes
taken from this nest would have been close to a gallon. The re-
pletes were filled with a thick dark amber honey which very much
resembled the Brazil honey stored by honey bees. Having become
familiar with this ant a close lookout was made for the nests and
they were found in abundance. In fact, this ant is one of the
common species from the Edwards Escarpment to the Rio Grande
River. It is found wherever Brazil ( Condalia obovata Hook),
Lote ( Zizyphus obtusifolia Gray) and Colubrina ( Colubrina
texensis Gray) are found. The nests are located in almost any
kind of a place. Near San Antonio they are found in the chalk
hills among the rocks, on the flat land in soft dirt, and in the tim-
ber under the roots of trees. A very close watch has been made
of this ant during the past five years and we have found that it
obtains its honey, almost altogether from the shrubs mentioned
above. It could not obtain the honey from the galls of oak as in
many places the nests are miles from the nearest oak trees. The
insects work on the cloudy days so one has an ample opportunity
of studying their honey gathering ability. When the shrubs men-
tioned are in bloom the plants will be very heavily infested with
these ants, each one at work on the exposed nectaries. It is to
be said that in digging out nests of this species that very often
cavities are found which are completely filled with grass seeds and
quite often the ants are seen carrying the seed of Colorado grass
into their nests.

Mr. A. K. Boyles, taxidermist of the Witte Memorial Museum
of San Antonio has succeeded in transferring the honey ants to
formicaries with glass fronts. These were placed on exhibit in
the Museum. As the ants placed in the boxes contained no re-
pletes he placed a dish containing a mixture of sugar and water
in the box. In three days he had a number of completely filled
repletes. The replete filled with the clear liquid made a very
curious appearance as the abdomen walls were so thin that one
could not see them and it appared as though the head and thorax
of the replete was standing out by itself. The sugar and water
solution evidently did not agree with the honey ants as three of
them burst without any apparent .reason. Honey in its natural
condition was substituted for the sugar syrup. The ants continued
to make repletes and have done so until the number of repletes
outnumber the workers. Any form of the worker will become a
replete. In this cage there are numbers of various sizes of re-

34 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Voi. XXIV

pletes, all of them full fed. As nearly as can be determined with-
out material for comparison this species is Myrmecocystus mel-
liger.1

There is a relationship between the honey ant and the coyote
( Cams nebrascensis texensis Bailey) which appears to be con-
stant and to be well known throughout Southwest Texas. This
relationship may be stated as follows : The coyote either digs

out the nest of the honey ant for the repletes and afterwards uses
the hole as a den or the honey ants find the abundant dens of
coyotes and occupy them during the summer period because of the
softness of the dirt which has been washed in and fills the cavity
in the hard soil made by a former occupant of the den. The
actually observed facts are as follows : Any new excavation made
by coyotes will be found to follow the excavation made by honey
ants. Honey ants’ nests are frequently found in deserted coyote
dens. As it seemed improbable that an animal of ^the wolf tribe
would be attracted by the sugar syrup of the repletes, the work
of digging out the honey ant nests jwas first attributed to arma-
dillos. A very careful watch has proven that the work was done
by the coyotes.

Uncommon Coleoptera. — On October 12, 1928, while shak-
ing out piles of partly dried grass and weeds over the sifting
cloth in Framingham, Mass., I took three specimens of Xestipyge
geminatum Lee. I had never seen but one specimen of this
before; it was taken by Mr. S. A. Shaw at Hampton, N. H., on
April 13, 1924.

Under these same piles of grass I took three specimens of Cor-
ticaria varicolor Fall. The identity was established through the
kindness of the describer, Mr. H. C. Fall, who stated that he had
taken the species on Nantucket Island, and had not previously
seen the species from Massachusetts. A single specimen was re-
cently found in material taken by sifting at Nantucket by Mr. J.
H. Emerton in May, 1928. — C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

1 Determined by Dr. W. M. Wheeler as Myrmecocystus melliger
subsp. orbiceps Wheeler.

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 35

SOME TINGITOIDEA FROM CENTRAL AND SOUTH

AMERICA.

By Carl J. Drake, Ames, Iowa
In the course of the study of the lace-bugs of Central and
South America, two new secies and several interesting records
were found in a small collection kindly sent to the writer by Dr.
Edward Wagner, of the Zoologische Staatsinstitut and Zoologische
Museum, Hamburg, Germany. The new species and the distri-
butional records are given below.

Piesma cinerea Say, var. inornata McAtee.

Male, San Jose, Costa Rica, 1911-1912.

Monanthia monotropidia Stab

Male, San Jose, Costa Rica, H. Schmidt.

Monanthia C-nigrum Champion.

Female, San Jose, Costa Rica, H. Schmidt.

Teleonemia prolixa Stal.

Several examples of var. a Champion; Santos and Pernambuco,
Brazil; Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana; Ecuador.

Teleonemia lantana Distant.

Male, San Jose, Costa Rica, H. Schmidt.

Teleonemia validicornis Stal.

Male, Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana.

Teleonemia hrevipennis Champion.

Male, Marcapata, Peru.

Teleonemia albomarginata Champion.

Male, Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana, C. Heller.

Sphaerocysta glohifera Stal.

Male, Santos, Brazil, Jan. 1, 1904, Dr. H. Brauns.

Tingis colombiana n. sp. (Fig. 1.)

Broadly ovate, clothed with very fine, decumbent, incon-
spicuous pile ; brownish testaceous, the head and calli brown-
ish black. Antennae moderately stout, rather short, beset
with bristly hairs, brownish; segment I short, stout, a little
stouter and longer than two ; III slenderest, less than twice
as long as four; IV strongly enlarged towards tip, blackish.

36 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Fig. i, Tingis colombiana n. sp. (type).

Head very broad, short, with five moderately long, somewhat
decumbent, testaceous spines. Rostral channel widening pos-
teriorly, open behind, the rostrum extending to the posterior
margin of anterior coxae. Bucculae brown, contiguous in
front. Legs rather short, brown, the tarsi black.

Pronotum broad, strongly swollen through disc, coarsely
pitted, tricarinate ; lateral carinae diverging anteriorly and
extending to the calli, indistinctly reticulate, the median
slightly more elevated ; collum very distinct, reticulate, some-
what raised in the middle, there faintly projecting anteriorly.
Paranota narrbw, faintly reflexed, biseriate in front, uni-
seriate along humeri. Elytra broad, considerably longer than
abdomen, rounded behind (both taken together) ; costal area
broad, irregularly bi- to triseriate ; subcostal area triseriate ;
discoidal area long, broad, extending to the apical fourth of
elytra, the outer margin arcuate, composed of five rows of
areolae at its widest part, narrowest at' both base and apex.

Length, 2.02 mm.; width, 1.21 mm.

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 37

Holotype, male, Sabanilla, Colombia, S. A., in Zoologische
Staatsinstitut and Zoologische Museum, Hamburg, Germany.

General appearance similar to T. americana Drake, but differ-
ing in having a shorter antennae and much smaller areolae of
elytra and paranota. T. corubiana Drake is more elongate — ovate
and very closely reticulated ; the antennae are also much longer
and thicker and rather indistinctly pilose.

Corythucha fuscomaculata Stal.

6 specimens, Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, Brazil.

Corythucha palmatis n. sp.

Brownish testaceous, a few of the nervelets of paranota,
median carina and sutural area, and a narrow transverse
band near the base and a more or less indistinct oblique band
(nervelets only) near the apex of elytra brownish. Areolae
hyaline. Hood moderately large, strongly inflated behind, its
length twice its height, with a few short, black-tipped spines
on the side. Antennae moderately long, clothed with numer-
ous long bristly hairs, pale brown, segments III and IV tes-
taceous. Rostral laminae widely separated on meso- and
metathorax, contiguous behind ; rostrum brownish testa-
ceous, the apical segment fuscous, reaching between inter-
mediate coxae.

Pronotum considerably swollen, smooth, polished, finely
punctured, indistinctly reticulated behind ; lateral carinae
short, strongly curved, rounded above, widely separated from
hood, each composed of three areolae; median carina not
strongly raised, uniseriate, at its highest place about one-
fourth as high as hood, distinctly shorter than hood. Para-
nota long, broad, the outer margins beset with numerous,
moderately long spines. Elytra with large prominent tumid
elevation ; costal area wide, mostly triseriate, with short
spines along the basal two-thirds of outer margin, the are-
olae smaller and irregularly quadriseriate at base. Body
black ; legs testaceous. Wings a little longer than abdomen.
Male clasper brownish, strongly curved. Length, 3.24 mm. ;
width, 1.76 mm.

Holotype (male) and allotype (female) San Jose, Costa Rica,
Central America, H. Schmidt, in Zoologische Staatsinstitut and
Zoologische Museum, Hamburg. Paratypes, 2 specimens, taken
with types, in writer’s collection. This species resembles to some
extent C. mcelfreshi Drake, C. decens Stal, C. baccharidis Drake,
but may be distinguished from them by the much smaller and less
inflated hood.

38 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiV

THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF PARANDRA
(COL. CERAMBYCIDAE).

By Chas. Schaeffer, Brooklyn Museum, Brooklyn, N. Y.

The two species, ampliceps and gravidula, described by the late
Colonel Casey are omitted from the following table as I was un-
able to identify with certainty either one in my material, and re-
marks on them will be found below.

Key to Parandra.

1. Onychium distinct, with two setae (paronychia), one on each

side of apex; anterior intercoxal process straight between
the coxae, feebly arcuate and distinctly prolonged behind;
eyes not emarginate internally; anterior margin of pro-
thorax strongly oblique on each side near anterior angles;
form relatively narrow and depressed ; prothorax and elytra

rather sparsely and finely punctate polita

Onychium absent; intercoxal process distinctly arcuate and not
prolonged behind the coxae ; eyes emarginate internally ;
anterior margin of prothorax almost straight to the angles.
Form broader and more convex; punctuation of prothorax
and elytra variable 2

2. Punctuation of elytra exceedingly fine and sparse, almost in-

visible, punctures on prothorax distinct, moderately large,

sparse on the disk but more numerous at sides 4

Punctuation of elytra distinct, equal or subequal to that on the
prothorax 3

3. Subapical transverse impression of prothorax absent in the

male, but very distinct and not interrupted at middle in

female . brunnea

Subapical impression of prothorax distinct but interrupted at
middle in the male ; larger with relatively finer punctuation
of prothorax and elytra but mandibles more coarsely and
closely punctate than in brunnea; female unknown.

marginicollis

4. Subapical impression of prothorax in the male distinct but

narrowly interrupted at middle; mandibles of male rather
sparsely punctate with moderate punctures. Subapical im-
pression of prothorax in the female absent at middle but
distinct and generally deeply impressed on each side for
about one-third the width of the margin punctillata

Parandra polita Say.

This species, which is more elongate and less convex than

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 39

hrunnea, will be readily known by the characters given in the
table.

It was described by Say from Indiana and is recorded in the
Leng catalogue from the Southern States, Texas and Arizona. It
occurs also in different localities in Mexico and Central America.

Parandra hrunnea Fab.

Our well-known and common species is a variable insect, espe-
cially in regard to the form of prothorax and head, and it also
varies greatly in size. Thomson in Physics, 1867, pp. 114-116,
described five species based mainly on the form of prothorax and
two of these from single females. They are nothing else than in-
dividual variation and are properly placed as synonyms of hrun-
nea in our lists. The mandibles of the males generally have three
more or less distinct teeth on the inner edge, one near apex, one
near middle and one a little below base, the last two are occasion-
ally more or less confluent. Two large males, however, one from
Wisconsin and the other from Ithaca, N. Y., have the mandibles
more slender and relatively longer, bidentate only, the upper tooth
entirely wanting but as they do not possess any other distinctive
character, I consider them at present as aberrations of hrunnea.

It is apparently a widely distributed species if all the localities
given in the Leng catalogue are correct, though I have before me
two specimens from the Nat. Museum collection, kindly loaned
by Mr. Fisher, which are labelled “ Ariz.”

Parandra ampliceps Casey.

The main characters separating this species from hrunnea, as
given by its describer, are the larger eyes and the carina along the
anterior face of the hind tibiae much nearer the inner than the
outer edge. This latter character is apparently not only variable
but also varies in the same specimen if viewed from different
angles. The subapical transverse impression of prothorax is
absent in the male and distinct but interrupted at middle in the
females in the types, also in gravidula as Mr. Fisher kindly in-
formed me, and therefore both would go with hrunnea in my table.

I have two males, one from North Carolina and one from Long
Island, N. Y., and also several females, which I place here with
a little doubt. It seems to me that ampliceps is a more strongly
developed form of hrunnea and would perhaps be better placed as
a variety of the latter than as a distinct species.

Parandra gravidula Casey.

This species is differentiated by its describer from hrunnea

40 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiV

by the stouter form, the antennae not quite so long as the width
of the head — much longer than the width of the head in brunnea
— margin of epistoma abruptly dentiform at the middle. — gradu-
ally and feebly anteriorly prominent medially in brunnea.

Casey’s specimens were from Pennsylvania and westward and
he says that it is abundant, while he apparently had only one male
from New York of what he determined as Fabricius’ brunnea.
In my material I could not find a single specimen in which the an-
tennae are shorter than the width of the head. The prominent or
dentiform process at middle of anterior margin of epistoma,
however, is variable and if Casey was correct in the measurement
of the antennae, gravidula should be considered a variety of
brunnea, otherwise as a synonym.

Parandra marginicollis n. sp.

Form and color as in brunnea but generally larger than
that species, prothorax at anterior margin with a more or less
distinct transverse impression, deeply impressed laterally but
gradually becoming shallower toward middle, where it is ob-
solete ; punctuation of head, prothorax and elytra much finer
than in brunnea. Length, mandibles excluded, 14-22 mm.

Two specimens from Los Angeles Co., Calif., in the Dietz col-
lection of which the largest one (22 mm.) is considered the type
and two specimens in the National Museum collection, one from
Los Angeles Co., Calif. (Coquilett), the other from S. Bernadino
Mts., Calif. (C. C. Zeus), paratypes.

Only males have been seen.

Parandra punctillata n. sp.

Form and color of brunnea, but with very fine sparse,
nearly invisible, small punctuation of elytra which is more
evident at sides ; prothorax more distinctly punctate with
larger punctures.

Male: Prothorax near anterior margin with a shallow
transverse impression, which is more or less interrupted at
middle.

Female: The transverse anterior impression of prothorax
distinct at sides but broadly interrupted at middle. Length,
mandibles excluded, 15-20 mm.

Male type and female allotype from Sta, Catalina Mts., Arizona
(Christman coll.), in the National Museum; paratypes from
Prescott, Arizona, in the Brooklyn Museum.

Described from three males and three females, two of the latter
have the interrupted transverse impression of prothorax very
deep at sides, in the other specimen the impression is more faint.

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 41

EDITORIALS.

ON ENTOMOLOGISTS AND ENTOMOLOGY.

One eminent human trait seems to be to consider one’s self a
second (and better) Michael Angelo or Homer or Alexander;
and so, able to essay anything and get away with it. Another
trait, no less eminent, is contrariwise. Knowing one’s self to be
no M.A., H. or A., one therefore is capable of nothing.

There is always a middle way. Without nursing any precon-
ceived (and probably grandiose) idea about one’s capability —
'try anything once. The heroes of old simply did things — and lo !
they became epic figures !

We have put our exemplars back into the dim and legendary
ages; and selected them with careful purpose far from the lines
of modern endeavor to make it impossible for any of our readers
to imagine he recognizes himself to be singled out for dissection.

And these minor premises being established, let us now con-
sider the writing of entomological articles.

A great and noticeable lack in our entomological journals is
short notes on flying observations. These notes are frequently of
great value ; and always of general interest. But the hopeful
Homers cannot spare the time from the magnum opus to pen
them ; and the abased Alexanders ieel themselves unworthy to
burst into authorship.

Now, entomologists are human beings; and each in his way
can bring his mite to the collection of data which goes to make
up the fulness of the science. Almost any random minor note
may be the starting-point for a valuable piece of research. And
any entomologist who goes into the field has seen many things of
great interest; or at least novel to him. Consider, for interest,
the historical value of the first note on the Japanese beetle in the
United States ; or on the spread of the cotton-boll weevil ; or on
the extinction of chinch bugs by fungi. And yet similar things
come under our observation; and the mighty minded consider
them useless to note and unworthy of their powers; and the
humble minded hesitate to burst into print in the presence of the
great, with what is nothing but an irrelevant trifle — or so they
think.

Imagine, if you can, a great artist painting a pastoral scene of
:sheep and shepherd without a background ! And that is precisely

42 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vo1- XXIV

the effect of minor observations — the background which har-
monizes the great facts.

So we ask our friends entomological to send us many minor
notes. We can use them. And if they should not be usable or the
facts already known ; we can return them with polite regrets. —
J. R. T. B.

“ FIT TO PRINT.”

Of course, all matter in entomological journals is fit to print —
not the bitterest moralist could object to their content. But while
fit to print, should some things be printed? (This query is in the
universal interest.) Now, we have with us at all times those good
men who go into perfect orgies of describing varieties, forms,
aberrations and even,minuter subdivisions of species, isolated and
alone. While the argument that such descriptions are needed, for
they may reveal the course of the evolutionary flow of a species,
is perfectly valid, it- nevertheless may be pointed out that such
descriptions when alone have no striking taxonomic value.

While we have on occasion published such descriptions of
minor divisions of species, we have decided to publish in the
future only such as occur in general work, monographic work or
discussions of interrelationships of species and forms/ — -J. R. T. B.

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 43

BOOK NOTES.

Pond Problems, by Ernest E. Unwin. Pp. i-xvi+1-117, figs.

1-47. (The Cambridge Nature Study Series, The Macmillan

Co., New York. $1.20.)

Any of our readers who feel that way inclined may believe me
pro-British, for certainly, I shall always maintain that in the
popular, non-technical presentation of science to amateurs,- the
English far outdistance us. They never sacrifice scientific ac-
curacy to imagination; nor, on the other hand, do they set forth
dry fact in an unembellished and Gradgrind fashion. Perhaps
this is a matter of tradition and taste with them ; or perhaps it is
a cultural background of the classics and all that goes to consti-
tute a liberal education. Even those who from social limitations
have not been able to afford a university training, appear to ab-
sorb and make their own the general atmosphere of taste and the
art of expression in facile English. This felicity in phrasing
popular works, of course, also holds for the French and other
Continental nations, within their own ways. But I lay stress on
the English, for they , are at least our cultural forebears, however
much we as Americans may be racially mixed or hybridized.
What the English can do, we also can, but seemingly do not essay,
with a few shining exceptions. It is true we have produced some
popular science, a little of it good. But the rest is either so ob-
viously written down; or else, while compressed, it continues to
be abstruse and couched in the esoteric language of the pro-
fessors ; or perhaps it is written by some one with a flow of words
in inverse ratio to sufficient knowledge, an unrestrained and an-
thropomorphic imagination, and a sweet independence from the
few facts he (more generally, she) may have culled from some
outdated presentation of the subject under treatment. On this
subject Professor East has said: “ Of some fifty books for the
general public purporting to be psychology that I have recently
examined, two-thirds appear to have been written by voodoo wor-
shippers. From a still larger number of volumes on biology,
chemistry, physics, and their applications, I find less than half a
dozen which give the impression that the authors are acquainted
with their subjects. Yet if one were to believe the high voltage
“ blurbs ” written by the publishers, this scrivening is serious
stuff, indited by the world’s most celebrated thinkers.”

44 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

All entomologists are familiar. with the remark “ Of course you

have read ’s ‘ Beetles of the Timbercoast? ’ Isn’t she just

wonderful! And aren’t the bugs just too funny for anything!”
If you confess you haven’t, ,you at once reveal your crass un-
familiarity with your subject. If you deprecatingly admit know-
ing something about the opus, but aver it is scarcely to be taken
as scientific, you at once get the utmost credit for scientific jeal-
ousy. And if you mildly say that it is full of commonplaces and
very wordy, you at once are set down (invidiously) as a second
Darwin in respect to a complete loss of appreciation of the finer
things of art and literature, of which this book is a splendid ex-
ample, destined to live long in the annals of American literature.
This pap is what is believed to be a proper popularization of sci-
ence, to bring it down to the level of the educable masses, as it
were.

“ Pond Problems,” the little book that is the motive of the com-
mentary just ended, is such a work as we should have in this vast
and great country of ours, a land avid for knowledge of the
truths of nature. Rife about us are false values and false views
of living, its art, purpose and joy. In the study of nature — nay,
in the intimacy with nature in its day by day life — we have the
corrective to these, the truth that shall make us free; that shall
give us a perspective and a course to follow in the stress and tur-
moil of the modern world.

(lPond Problems ” was originally printed in England in 1914;
before me is the 1928 preprinting. It is to-day as informing and
useful as it was fourteen years ago.

Professor Unwin, the author, is now headmaster of the
Friend’s School, at Hobart, Tasmania. Before this, he had been
demonstrator in zoology at Leeds University, under the noted
Professor Miall ; and later science piaster at three English
schools. His experience in shaping young minds is shown by the
illustrations of healthy English lads he has photographed at their
collecting; and particularly by the arrangement and presentation
of the matter of this book.

Obviously, this work is designed for the upper school grades,
even into high school — that is, for young people from about 10
years of age to 16 or over. Equally obviously, it aims to get at
exact (and known) facts through the efforts of the students
themselves, under the guidance of more competent heads — in
other words, to educate them in a given section of biology, in the

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 45

primitive meaning of that much misused word. Equally, though
less avowedly, this little book is a text on the scientific method of
arriving at facts by rigorous experimentation. For those that
have the taste, of any age, this is an excellent guide to the study
of the insect life of ponds; the many suggestions, questions, ex-
periments, and problems set forth guide the student to the known
facts, from which, by careful observation, it is possible to proceed
to others still undiscovered.

Hence, as it stands, it is one of those books which ought to be
in every summer camp for boys and girls ; and it should be used
by both Girl and Boy Scouts as a part of the nature requirements.
For through the use of this small book it is possible to study many
of the , universal problems of biology — development, physiology,
adaptations — in a relatively brief time and with living beings that
flourish in captivity and are simple to confine and control under
natural conditions.

Professor Unwin’s opening sentence, “ The study of environ-
ment and its effect upon living things is one of the most interest-
ing branches, of the science of life,” is the key to the purpose of
the book. Not all the study of all the dry and pickled specimens
in the world is going to show how living things live. Nor can we
study life at a laboratory table from the dissection of a pickled
grasshopper or of an embalmed cat. We must go to life to ques-
tion life !

“ How to obtain Specimens ” is the first chapter, which ranges
from the ponds, their inhabitants and how to catch them, to the
instruments and apparatus needed and the proper preparation of
aquaria. The next chapter studies the reply to the question
“What Is an Insect? ” and gives eighteen numbered suggestions
for experiments and studies. In chapter III is a statement of the
problems presented to insects (and solved by them) incident to
life in the water, an alien and hostile element to air breathers, as
insects are. The chapter following takes up breathing and gives
thirty-six suggestions for study. The surface film of water is
the subject of chapter V, with twenty-nine problems and queries;
and in the next chapter the diving-tubes and diving-bells of insects
are considered and thirty-eight problems are set. Gill breathing
is studied in the following chapter, where sixty-one problems are
set forth. Chapter VIII presents 105 subjects on methods of
locomotion; and j chapter IX tells of the ways in which mature
insects whose young live in the water escape that deadly element

46 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

when they come to maturity, to soar freely in the air as adults,
with sixty-four suggestions for study. The “ Life Stories. From
Egg to Imago ” form chapter X, where they are elucidated by
means of fifty-five experiments. The Appendices give the meth-
ods of securing material, names of dealers, apparatus, the use of
the microscope, and the names of books on the subject of aquatic
and insect life, all, of course, from the English standpoint ; and
equally, of course, as relates to books and dealers, not of great
use to us in this country.

The insects treated of in this little work are naturally of the
same orders and families as with us — Odonata, Ephemerida, Per-
lidae, Dytiscidae, Gerridae, Culicidae, and others. With some
few exceptions, the genera are the same as ours. Naturally, the
species are different. The general problems, however, are the
same, even though in some details ours may differ.

This is easily a book which can be recommended to any one in-
terested in insects and their ways of living. In a way, it comple-
ments Needham’s just published “Elementary Lessons on In-
sects.” But few changes in this little work would adapt it exactly
to American conditions. Even as it is, it is very helpful. And
its low price makes it more widely available than the usual run of
books for amateurs that make the least pretense to scientific
accuracy. — J. R. T. B.

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 47

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of May io, 1928.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum, on Thursday evening, May 10,
1928, at 8.21 p. m.

President Davis in the Chair and 12 members present, viz. :
Messrs. Bell, Bromley, Chapin, Engelhardt, Rau, Schaeffer,
Schiffer, Sever, Shoemaker, Siepmann, Torre-Bueno and Willis,
and two visitors, Mr. Pollard and Mr. Abbot.

Minutes of the previous meeting read and approved.

Mr. Engelhardt presented the report of the Treasurer, and re-
marked that though the cash balance on hand seemed to be very
large, there were many bills to be paid before the first meeting in
the fall, when his report will probably show some reduction in the
cash balance. Mr. Engelhardt’s report was received with thanks.

Mr. Torre-Bueno reported for the Publication Committee, the
April number of the Bulletin was delayed because the galley-
proof had been lost in the mail, but that the issue would appear
shortly.

Mr. Engelhardt read a circular letter from Dr. A. F. Satter-
thwait, Associate Entomologist, in Charge, U. S. Entomological
Laboratory, Webster Groves, Mo., offering to pay ten cents apiece
for adult specimens of Calendra (bill-bugs) if delivered at his
station by May 10, which date may be extended, the eggs of which
are to be used to propagate Anaphoidea calendrae Gahan, a My-
marid infesting the eggs of Calendra species ; these parasites are
to be used by the Hawaiian Sugar Experiment Station to aid in
the control of the Hawaiian sugar-cane borer, Rhabdocnemis ob-
scurus. Mr. Engelhardt exhibited a box containing four species
of bill-bugs.

Mr. Pollard announced the receipt by the Museum of the col-
lection of insects of the late A. C. Weeks and said that most of
them were in good condition but that Dermestes had attacked
some boxes 5 he exhibited a box of specimens of Hamadryas
antiopa Linne which were beautifully spread.

Mr. Davis exhibited a copy of “ Biological and Taxonomic In-
vestigations in the Mutillid Wasps,” by Dr. Clarence E. Mickel,
a book of 351 pages and 5 plates. This useful publication, known
as “ Bulletin 143, U. S. National Museum,” contains numerous

48 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

records! of specimens from Long Island. Mr. Davis also ex-
hibited, as an addition to the New York State List of Insects, the
butterfly Thecla cecrops Fabricius collected by Mr. Roy Latham,
August 14, 1912, at East Marion, Long Island. Mr. Latham also
collected a second example of this species on the same date. This
southern butterfly has been recorded in the List of New Jersey
Insects from “ Manasquan, June 29 (Brehme) ; one male only.”
Mr. Davis also exhibited some pupae of the Seventeen-year Ci-
cada which had been dug up on Staten Island ; he also commented
on the fine plates in Johnson’s paper on the “ Cicadas of New
England ” and showed circular no. 97 issued by the State of New
Jersey on the “ Cicadas of New Jersey,” by W. T. Davis.

Mr. Engelhardt reported that the check of the Society for $100
had been sent to Dr. Crosby, representing the donation of the
Society to the fund to help defray the expenses of the foreign
visitors to the International Congress; he said that the visitors
would arrive in New York, from August 8 to xi, and that a re-
ception was to be tendered to them, probably at the Pennsylvania
Hotel, and that he thought that the Society should be represented
on the Committee designated to welcome them, and moved :

“ That a committee of three (3) be appointed by the Chair, to
be among those to receive the foreign entomologists to arrive in
August to attend the Entomological Congress to be held at
Ithaca, N. Y.” This motion was duly seconded and approved,
whereupon Pres. Davis appointed the following to serve on that
committee: Messrs. G. P. Engelhardt, J. R. de la Torre-Bueno
and Charles Schaeffer.

Mr. C. L. Pollard presented his paper on “ Mimicry and Tau-
topsis,” saying that the word “ mimicry ” was too indefinite and
proposed the new term “ tautopsis ” to take its place when re-
ferring to insects which resemble each other in superficial ap-
pearance, tautopsis being derived from two Greek words meaning
“ the same appearance ” ; he also proposed the word “cryptopsis,”
meaning ‘‘concealed appearance,” for insects which resembled
their surroundings ; the division tautopsis he further separated
into three divisions : Protective tautopsis, including the clear-wing
moths, certain larvae which try to frighten their enemies by a
terrifying appearance and other instances where the similarity
of appearance is for protection; aggressive tautopsis, as in the
case of asilid flies, spiders that look like ants, etc. ; and Sematic
tautopsis, in the case of unprotected butterflies which resemble

Feb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 49

other distasteful species ;. cryptopsis he divided into two divisions:
anticryptic or aggressive cryptopsis, as in the case of spiders re-
sembling part of the flowers upon which they await their prey,
and procryptic or protective cryptopsis, as in the case of Cato-
calae, Geometridae and certain larvae which simulate their sur-
roundings ; he said that tautoptic species occur in the same area
and occupy the same station as the models, are always more de-
fenseless, are always less numerous as individuals and differ from
the bulk of their allies, and that tautopsis is external and visible
only; he mentioned the case of an African butterfly which has a
wide distribution, which has several forms of the female occur-
ring in various parts of its range, and which resemble others of
distasteful species occurring in the regions where found. Mr.
Pollard expects to publish his paper in full. Mr. Pollard ex-
hibited a box of butterflies and a chart to illustrate his remarks.

Mr. Pollard’s paper was discussed at length by the members.

Mr. Shoemaker exhibited five boxes of specimens and related
his early experiences collecting around Brooklyn with the late
Mr. A. C. Weeks from 1898 to 1904.

Mr. Engelhardt briefly related his experience on a five weeks'
trip, just completed, on which he visited experiment stations and
colleges at Tallulah, La.; College Station, Austin, Texas; San
Antonio, Brownsville, Dallas, Iowa Park, Texas; Norman and
Stillwater, Oklahoma ; Manhattan and Lawrence, Kansas, and
Columbia, Missouri.

A more detailed report on his investigations and collections will
be made at a fall meeting.

It was decided to omit the June meeting.

Adjourned at 11.00 p. m.

E. L. Bell,
Secretary.

Meeting of October ii, 1928.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum, on Thursday evening, October 11,
1928, at 8.15 p. m.

President Davis in the Chair and the following members pres-
ent: Messrs. Bromley, Chapin, Engelhardt, Nelson, Rau, Schaef-
fer and Siepmann, also three visitors, Messrs. C. L. Pollard, Hans
L. Stetcher and C. F. Burke.

In the absence of the Secretary, Mr. Pollard acted as Secre-
tary pro tem.

50 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Minutes of the previous meeting- read and approved. Mr.
Engelhardt presented the report of the Treasurer showing a cash
balance of $1,679.53. The report was received with thanks and
ordered placed on file.

Mr. Engelhardt also reported for the Publication Committee
that the current issues of the publications had been delayed, but
would be brought up to date.

The Secretary pro tem read a letter addressed to the Society
from J. J. White, Bananera, Guatemala, offering to collect speci-
mens for sale ; also one from O. M. Butler, Executive Secretary
of the American Forestry Association, asking for the member-
ship list of the Society in order that informative literature might
be sent. The Secretary pro tem was directed to suggest that ap-
plication be made to the New York Academy of Sciences for its
directory.

The following were proposed for membership by Mr. Engel-
hardt :

Herbert Ruckes, 167-11 33d Street, Flushing, New York.

Dr. W. J. Holland, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.

These names were laid over until the next meeting, under the
rules.

Mr. Engelhardt exhibited a specimen of the introduced Man-
tid Paratenodera sinensis, taken on the 49th story of the Wool-
worth Building and commented on the abundance of this insect
throughout the city. (See December Bulletin.)

Mr. Engelhardt then spoke of a recent visit with his friends,
H. P. Loding and Thomas Van Aller, at Mobile, Ala., from which
he returned only on October 6. As usual his special desiderata
were the Aegeriidae, or clear-winged moths, of which fine series
of a number of species were obtained. But insect life in other
families and orders proved so abundant that the temptation to
collect at least a small representation of the commoner things to
show at the entomological meeting could not be resisted. Showy
butterflies such as Dione vanillae, Catopsilia euhule, Papilio pala-
medes, philenor, cresphontes, glaucus and turnus, Junonia coenia,
Anosia berenice, Meganostorma caesonia, Terias nicippe and lisa
were so numerous as to actually add color to the landscape. The
fall season along the Gulf Coast apparently fully repeats the
abundance of insects to be found there in May and early June.
The city square in Mobile, which is shaded by fine old live oak
trees, resounded with the chorus of a large colony of giant Ci-

Teb., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 51

cadas ( Tibicen auletes). The park loungers were not at all dis-
turbed thereby, but a newcomer could not escape feeling restless.
The chorus begins at eight in the morning and continues uninter-
ruptedly until shortly before sunset. Sufficient specimens, dead
or dying, could be picked up under the trees. Several examples
of Catocala viduata were observed resting on the trunks in the
park on October i, which seems rather late in the season as the
same species has been collected at Mobile during May. Possibly
it is two brooded in the South.

The return journey was made by auto buses over mostly excel-
lent roads as far as Savannah, Ga., with stop-overs at Pensacola,
Tallahassee, Lake City and Jacksonville, Fla. This gave oppor-
tunity to get acquainted with the towns and the topography of the
country, but not much time for collecting, although everywhere
insect life was abundant. From Savannah a brief visit was made
to Tybee Island with good collecting back of the beach among
sand dunes and marsh meadows. The most interesting capture
here proved a species of mantis, Brunneria borealis Scudder, so
much resembling the common walking stick that its identity would
not have been discovered except for the fluttering attempts of a
butterfly to escape from the grasping front legs of the mantis,
which led to the taking of three specimens.

Mr. Engelhardt also exhibited live pupae of the butterflies
Dione vanillae, Junonia coenia and Catopsilia eubule.

Mr. Chapin reported that he had done some collecting in
Oneida County, N. Y., and referred to the abundance of Donacia
sp. at Echo Lake. Later in the season he visited Litchfield,
Conn., where he obtained two specimens of the rare Cicindela
harrisii. Near Ridgewood, N. J., he found a large brood of the
moth Utetheisa bella, showing great variation.

Mr. Bromley spent two weeks at Webster Lake, Mass., and ob-
served for the first time a living specimen of the rabbit bot fly,
Cuterebra buccata. He also collected specimens of one of the
robber fly, Promachus fitcliii, which feeds on the larvae of phy-
tophagous beetles. He observed that this lake was an exception-
ally fine locality for dragon flies. At Tuxedo, N. Y., Mr. Brom-
ley found a curious abnormal specimen of Belvosia bifasciata, a
large tachinid fly.

Mr. Siepmann spent some time at Roanoke, Va., where he col-
lected chiefly Coleoptera.

52 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Mr. Pollard commented on the favorable season for Lepidop-
tera, especially Noctuidae, at Harrison, Maine, where he spent
the summer.

Mr. Wm. T. Davis showed a living male and a female of
Melanoplus differentialis (Thomas) from the colony on the filled-
in land near Lawrence Creek, Arlington, Staten Island, on the
Old Place meadows and stated that there were many more grass-
hoppers there this year than in 1924 and 1925. They were found
to have spread over a considerable area and on October 3, when
the present specimens were collected, a female was seen to be
laying eggs near one of the ties of the railroad. These eggs were
dug up and were also shown. It is possible that the species may
become of some local economic importance as it is destructive at
times in the western states.

References were made to the Bulletin of this Society for De-
cember, 1925, p. 199, and to the Journal, N. Y. Entomological
Society for December, 1925, and September, 1927, where addi-
tional observations on the Staten Island colony of differentialis
are recorded.

The Society adjourned at 10 p. m.

Charles L. Pollard,
Secretary pro tem.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

Explanation of all Technical Terms Used in Entomology.

By John B. Smith, Sc.D. (The Glossary) Cloth $3.00

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society (un-
bound), vols. 4-8 (per vol.) 1.75

Vols. 9-14 1.25

Yols. 15 to date 1.50

Entomologica Americana, vols. 1-6, each 2.50

vol. 7 (new series) 4.00

Papilio, vols. 1 and 4, each 3.00

Monograph of Plusia, Ottolengui 50

Orders for publications must be sent with remittance to Li-
brarian, Brooklyn Entomological Society, c/o Central Museum,
Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Vol. XXIV

APRIL, 1929

BULLETIN

No. 2

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la T ORRE-BUEN O, Editor

E. L. BELL GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed April 30, 1929

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

Meetings are held on the second Thursday after the first Tuesday of each
month from October to June, inclusive, at the Central Museum, Eastern
Parkway and Washington Ave., Brooklyn. The annual dues are $2.00.

OFFICERS, 1927

Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT

Vice-President

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO

Central Museum
Eastern Parkway

Recording Secretary
E. L. BELL

Corresponding Secretary
HOWARD NOTMAN

Librarian

DR. JOSEPH BEQUAERT

Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New Yorlc
Academy of Sciences

G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

CLASSIFICATION OF BEETLES ACCORDING TO LARVAL

CHARACTERS, Boving 55

PRESENT TRENDS IN SYSTEMATIC ENTOMOLOGY, Bequaert. 98

FOOD PLANT OF CHRYSOPHANUS HELOIDES, Ritchie 103

CORRECTION TO PODABRUS, Fall 103

JACOB DOLL, Engelhardt I. ......... J.' 104

CHANGE OF ADDRESS g | Jj 109

ON PHYLLOPHAGA DEBILIS, WITH THREE NEW SPECIES,

Fall 110

EDWIN EDDY CALDER, Engelhardt 115

INTEGUMENT OF THE LARVA OF THE ALDER FLEA BEETLE,

Woods I 116

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXIV April, 1929 No. 2

ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF BEETLES ACCORD-
ING TO LARVAL CHARACTERS *

By Adam G. Boving, Ph.D., Bureau of Entomology,
Washington, D. C.

The study of the immature stages of the beetles is still in a pre-
paratory or pioneer state. Much has been written about the
larvae; the older synoptic works by Erickson, Schi0dte, Perris,
and others are of the greatest value, and so are the papers of
many contemporary entomologists from different countries ; but
no complete classification of the coleopterous larvae has been
published. Nevertheless, it is unquestionable that the study of the
larval stages has brought to light important facts bearing upon
the discussion of the phylogeny of the families and their proper
classification. Quoting from the impartial and weighty paper by
Dr. C. J. Gahan in “ The Entomologist,” 1911 :

“ Conclusions that may be drawn from a study of the ex-
ternal morphology of the imagines alone are sometimes apt
to be upset, or at least not completely borne out by a study of
the corresponding larval forms. Certainly it is sometimes
very surprising to see what great differences there are be-
tween the larvae of certain families which otherwise would
be considered to be very nearly related.”

This assertion of Dr. Gahan I shall try to exemplify.

According to Leng’s Catalogue of North American Coleoptera,
1920, the series Dryopoidea includes five families, namely, (1)
the Psephenidae, (2) the Dryopidae with genera like Lara, P ar-
nus and Helichus, (3) the Helmidae, (4) the Heteroceridae and
(5) the Georyssidae; and according to the same catalogue the

* An address delivered at the Fourth International Congress of
Entomology at Ithaca, N. Y.

56 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlY

series Dascilloidea includes three families, namely, (i) the Das-
cillidae with the subfamilies Dascillinae, Eubriinae and Eucine-
tinae, (2) the Etelodidae with Helodinae and Ptilodactylinae and
(3) the Chelonariidae.

Commenting on this classification, Dr. Leng writes (on p. 32)
in the introduction to the Catalogue: “The series Dryopoidea
seems to be naturally defined — its elements are not greatly
disputed, but forms, like Placonycha, can only be placed with cer-
tainty by knowing the larvae,” and on the next page : “ Some gen-
era now included in Dascillidae may have to be removed there-
from when the larvae are better known.” The classification and
the comments of this catalogue, certainly America’s most valu-
able contribution of the present epoch to the taxonomy of Cole-
optera, I propose to use as a sort of background for a brief review
of the bearing that the characters of the larvae may have upon the
phylogeny and taxonomy of the two series.

Some of these larvae, which have been little or not known in
the past, not only evince as you will see a relationship to exist
between the Dryopoidea and Dascilloidea, but they also suggest a
systematic rearrangement of the forms in each series, and a po-
tential shifting of genera from the one series to the other, as sur-
mised by Leng. Moreover, we are confronted with the possibility
that it is from types belonging to the Dryopoid-Dascilloid series
that other series, particularly the Elateroidea and the Scaraboidea,
may have departed. Finally the larva of Eucinetus indicates that
this genus may have to be segregated from the Dryopoid-Dascil-
loid series and placed near the Derodontidae, or Cryptophagidae,
or other Cucujoid families affiliated with these.

Lara ( avara Le Conte?). (Plate I.)

On the accompanying plate the general appearance and the ana-
tomical details are shown of a larva from Portland, Oregon. By
elimination and according to locality it has been determined as
Lara avara Leconte (?). (The correct determination is for our
present purpose really of minor consideration, and for the sake of
expediency I will risk the assumption that the determination is
correct ; the larva will from now on be referred to simply as the
“ Lara larva.”)

The general appearance of the Lara larva is that of a typical
Parnus or Helmis larva. The form of the legs, the development
of the segments, the number and location of the spiracles are

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 57

similar and the spiracles are bifore. The larvae furthermore con-
cur in lacking a maxillary articulating area between the maxillae
and submentum, a characteristic morphological reduction which
is of great taxonomic importance. However, unlike the larvae of
Parnids and Helmids, the Lara larva possesses six distinct ocelli
on each side, and the mandible has two distal teeth and a short
retinaculum. The flat ventral side of the tenth abdominal seg-
ment is continued into a flat, longitudinally bisected component
part that carries a pair of long terminal hooks. With the under-
side of the prolonged tergal region of the ninth abdominal seg-
ment, this tenth abdominal segment forms a sort of cloacal cham-
ber, but it has no operculum and there are no gills inside of the
chamber.

Limnius troglodytes Gyllenhal and Helichus sp. (Plate II.)

In general shape the larva of Limnius looks much like Lara.
The larva of Helichus is broader, flatter and shorter, has the head
completely hidden below the prothoracic shield, the body segments
laterally prolonged, the ninth abdominal segment only slightly
longer than wide, and all the spiracles absent except on the eighth
abdominal segment where they are located at the ends of the lat-
eral prolongations. However, in all anatomical details of taxo-
nomic importance Helichus and Limnius agree, and these details
can therefore be described collectively.

In accordance with the development of the same anatomical
features in the Lara larva, the larvae of Limnius and Helichus
have elongate antennae, their mandibles have no molar part, the
maxillae project into a distinct lacinia and a distinct free galea,
ligula is broad, mentum and submentum broad.

Together they differ from Lara in the following cardinal
points : there is only a single but large ocellus on each side, the
mandible has a simple apex and vestigial or no retinaculum, and
the ventral part of the tenth abdominal segment forms a movable
lid or “ operculum ” that acts against and fits into a trough-shaped
concavity in the underside of the tergal shield of the preceding
segment. On top of the operculum (figs. M and N) is a soft pad
with two minute spines which are homologous with the strong
hooks of Lara. Both the pad and the spines are hidden in the
cloacal chamber, and this contains in addition to the spines three
well-developed tassel-like projectile or retractile gills.

58 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

Amphicyrta chrysomelina Erickson and other Byrrhid larvae.

(Plate III.)

To explain the taxonomic position of the Lara and the Helmid-
Dryopid larvae a brief discussion of some of the Byrrhid larvae
is necessary.

Byrrhid larvae differ from the larvae of Lara and the Helmid-
Dryopid by having a large maxillary articulating area (a figs. K
and R) and this is in fact the only essential character by which
they can be separated. To be sure, the development of the ninth
and tenth abdominal segments in the Byrrhids conforms more
with the normal development of these segments in beetle larvae in
general than does that of Lara and the Dryopids. However, the
tenth is unusually large in Byrrhids and the ventral portion below
anus somewhat protrudes, and is in Amphicyrta divided into a
proximal portion and a distal portion which terminates in a spine
(fig. L). Thus the actual dissimilarity between these features in
Amphicyrta and in Lara depends solely on a variation in degree
and not in substance, the features are homologous. It is also true
that no Byrrhid larva possesses a cloacal chamber even of the im-
perfect type in Lara, but neither is a cloacal chamber found in all
larvae belonging to the Dryopoidea, as we shall see later on.

The Byrrhid larvae have, just as the Lara larva, six ocelli on
each side and nine pair of lateral and bifore spiracles. In the
larvae of Amphicyrta and Lioon the mandible (figs. T and Q) is
distally multidentate, but in Cytilus (fig. A) and Byrrhus it is bi-
dentate with a short retinaculum as in Lara. However, it should
be noted that all Byrrhid larvae have a long series of hairs in the
posterior part of the inner mandibular margin.

Taking one thing with another, the logic of the presented facts
bears out that the Helmid-Dryopid larvae have developed from
Byrrhoid ancestors, probably with Lara-like larvae as connecting
links.

Byrrhus fasciatus Forster. (Plate IV.)

The setose posterior portion of the mandible (figs. B and E),
just said to be characteristic for all true Byrrhid larvae, projects
conspicuously in Byrrhus fasciatus and is markedly set off from
the rest of the mandible. It suggests a rudimental molar part
and confronts us with a morphological differentiation of impor-
tance for the understanding of the complicated mandibles which
are found in the larvae of the genera Hetero cents, Dascillus, No-
sodendron, and Cyphon, together with other Helodinae.

April, 1939 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 59

At the same time our attention is given to the changes in the
form of the mandible, it is pertinent to mention that a corre-
sponding transformation takes place in the hypopharyngeal region.
For, while hypopharyngeal chitinizations are absent (figs. T and
K) in all true Byrrhid larvae as well as in the Lara larva and the
Dryopid-Helmid larvae like Limnius and Helichus, they are pres-
ent and as a rule highly specialized in the four above-named
larvae with complicated mandibles.

Psephenus lecontei Le Conte and Euhrianax edwardsi Le Conte.

(Plate V.)

In the discussion of the value of the cloacal chamber as a po-
tential character to separate the larvae of the Dryopidae from
the larvae of the Byrrhidae, I remarked that this organ does not
•occur in the larvae of all the genera which have been placed in the
Dryopoid series and had in mind the larva of Psephenus and also
the closely related larva of the genus Euhrianax, which cus-
tomarily is placed in the series Dascilloidea.

The differences between the Psephenus larva and the Euhri-
anax larva are slight and immaterial from a taxonomic view-
point ; the two larvae can mainly be distinguished by the different
form of their second thoracic tergite, by the existence or con-
versely the repression of the lateral prolongations from the eighth
abdominal segment and by a small dissimilarity in the location of
their spiracles.

Their coccid-like body is not very different from the body form
of Helichus and almost identical with that of the larva of Psephe-
noides, another genus of the family Dryopidae.1 Their antennae,
mouthparts, the presence of a single large ocellus on each side,
and the reduction of most of the spiracles are also characters
which they have in common with the two Dryopid genera. How-
ever, by a further comparison of the taxonomic characters the
following two fundamental differences are found between the
larvae of the Psephenidae and the Dryopidae : In the first place
the larvae of the Psephenidae (meaning the genera Psephenus
and Euhrianax ) possess below the first to fifth abdominal seg-
ments freely exposed gills which are absent in the Dryopidae; in
the second place no terminal cloacal chamber with three feather-

1 See Adam G. Boving : The Immature Stages of Psephenoides
gahani Champ. (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 74, 1926, pp. 381-
388, plates 89 and 90.)

60 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

or tassel-like gills is found in the Psephenidae, but it always de-
veloped in the Dryopidae.

The usual taxonomic arrangement of the family Psephenidae
close to the Dryopidae (including the Helmidae) is substantiated
by their larvae, but this does not mean that the Psephenidae can
be considered as directly outgrown from the Dryopidae. They
are in most of the characters as close to the larvae of the genera
Anchy tarsus, Ptilodactylus and Eurypogon as they are to the
Dryopidae, and in the two essential characters, namely, the pres-
ence of ventral gills and the absence of a cloacal chamber, they
are hardly as far remote from these three genera as they are from
the Dryopidae.la

Ptilodactyla serricollis Say and Anchy tarsus bicolor Melsheimer.

(Plate VI and Plate VII.)

The larvae of Ptilodactyla and Anchytarsus are similar in
form, namely, elongate cylindrical with a large, thick and fleshy
tenth abdominal segment protruding from below the ninth tergite;
the spiracles are typically bifore and there are nine pairs present,
all laterally located. Thus these larvae appear rather isomor-
phous with the Byrrhus larva.

However, unlike this larva, they have only one ocellus, or two,
very close together, on each side ; the mandibles are simple with a
stylus-like prostheca but without a long series of hair from a rudi-
mental molar part, and above all, a maxillary articulating area is
absent. In all of these important characters the larvae of Ptilo-
dactyla and Anchytarsus agree with the Dryopidae and with the
Psephenidae.

The diagnostic characters that separate them from both the
Byrrhidae and the Dryopidae and Psephenidae are rendered by
special features on the tenth abdominal segment, namely, a pair

la After the completion of the present paper the U. S. National
Museum has received from Professor James G. Needham the
very valuable gift of a larva taken by him in Hang-chow, China,
which in the general shape and the details is near to the larva of
Eurypogon but possesses like the Psephenidae larva ventral gills
below most of the abdominal segments. A second larva of the
same unknown genus has also been received through the courtesy
of Dr. Hugh M. Smith from Nakon, Sutamaret, Siam. This lar-
val form thus sustains the above expressed opinion that the
Psephenidae are more closely related to the Anchytarsus - Ptilo-
dactyla^ Eurypogon group than to the Dryopidae.

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 61

of cleft diverticles whose inner lobes are either simple and hairy
as in Ptilodactyla (fig. H, plate VI) or carry a bunch of finger-
shaped gills as in Anchytarsus (fig. f, plate VII).

The jugular skin of these larvae (fig. F, plate VI) can be dis-
tended and puffed up by blood pressure, a remarkable display
which is not seen in other beetle larvae except in those of the
Cebrionidae (including the former family Plastoceridae).2 In
Ptilodactyla there are behind the spiracles of the mesothorax and
the eighth abdominal segment small, normally retractile sacs,
which also can become turgid and extended; in Anchytarsus no
similar organs are found.

Eurypogon niger Melsheimer. (Plate VIII.)

The genus Euryopogon is in our present system placed next to
Anchytarsus. Certainly its larva is close to the larva of this
genus, but not as close as the larva of Ptilodactyla is to the one of
Anchytarsus. Principally there are no diverticles extending from
the tenth segment, which is completely bare (fig. F, plate VIII).
Besides, the clypeus is fused with frons, labrum is short, and the
antennae and the mentum are somewhat different from those of
Anchytarsus and Ptilodactyla. In all of these characters the
larva of Eurypogon agrees with the larva of the Cebrionidae.

The larvae we have discussed so far have rather few characters
in common with the larvae of the following genera, Heterocerus,
Dascillus, all the Helodinae-genera, and Nosodendron. These
constitute together a natural, but isolated group, that we shall
come to presently, but first it will be expedient to consider the
larva of the family Chelonariidae, customarily placed in the series
Dascilloidae.

Chelonarium lecontei Thomson. (Plate IX.)

The larva of Chelonarium lecontei, reared and preserved in the
U. S. National Museum, at the first sight appears as closely ap-
proaching the Dryopidae larvae. It looks like a plump Helmis
or Dryops larva beset with spinose hairs of the same type as in
the Dermestidae. There is only one large ocellus on each side,
and the ninth and tenth abdominal segments form a cloacal cham-
ber, with the ventral surface of the tenth shaped and acting as a
well fitting operculum.

2 J. A. Hyslop : The present status of the Plastoceridae. (Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 25, 1923, pp. 156-160, one plate.)

62 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

However, a careful examination of the anatomical details will
show characters such as the presence of multidentate mandibles,
maxillae with distinctly two- jointed galea, short antennae and a
cloacal chamber with a pair of bilobed diverticles (fig. J) and an
unpaired tripartite soft appendix, but no real gills, whereby the
Chelonarium larva comes as near to the Byrrhoid stock as do the
larvae of Ptilodactyla and Anchytarsus.

Finally a very remarkable and unique shape of its spiracles
(figs. A, D and H) may establish a transitory form between the
ordinary bifore spiracles found both in the Byrrhoids and most
of the Dryopoids, and the cribriform spiracles typical for the
larvae of Heterocerus and Dascillus.

The spiracles of Chelonarium are present in the normal number
of nine pairs ; they are moderately large and placed on the under-
side of projecting tubercles situated laterally on the mesothorax
and the first seven abdominal segments, but dorsally and para-
medianly on the eighth. Unquestionably they are bifore, but the
airtubes are bent to each side, in a line, and with winding serpen-
tine slits ; the spiracular opening is small and circular.

Heterocerus ventralis Melsheimer. (Plate X.)

The larva of Heterocerus is allied to the Lara and Chelonarium
larvae but also to the more common type of coleopterous larvae
found in the Byrrhidae. It has five ocelli on each side, the ter-
gite on the ninth abdominal segment is large but not excavated
below, there is no operculum, and no cloacal chamber. Anus
(fig. F) is located in the upper part of the tenth abdominal seg-
ment immediately below the ninth abdominal tergite and, as in
Ampliicyrta, the rest of the segment is prolonged into an unpaired,
digitiform and two- jointed projection. This projection is rather
large, capable of protrusion and retraction, and its terminal por-
tion is completely softskinned, carrying neither a single spine as
in Ampliicyrta nor two hooks as in Lara. There are no branchial
filaments. The antenna is short and the distal joint minute, but
the apical tactile appendix is comparatively large and balloon-
shaped. The prothoracic episterna (h p fig. K) are strong and
triangular with projecting front angles overlapping the basal cor-
ners of the cranium.

The development both of the antennae and the episterna is un-
usual, but the characters or rather combination of characters by
which this genus is segregated taxonomically from the larvae

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 63

hitherto considered are the possession of cribriform spiracles,
(fig. M), mandibles (figs. H and J) with a strong projecting
molar part and a strong accessory ventral condyle fitting into a
hypopharynx (hx fig. L) provided with a transverse chitiniza-
tion against which the molar parts work.

Dascillus davidsoni LeConte. (Plate XI.)

The same combination of principal characters which distinguish
the larva of Heterocerus is also found in Dascillus, but of course
each character in the combination differs to a certain degree ac-
cording to the different environmental and biological conditions to
which the two larvae are subjected. Thus in Dascillus the mandi-
bles have stronger molar parts (figs. E and F), the hypo-
pharyngeal chitinizations (he fig. I) are more differentiated and
both the mandibles and the hypopharyngeal chitinizations are
asymmetrical, the cribriform spiracles (fig. G) are larger and the
pores in the spiracular plate more distinct and regularly arranged.

The general appearance of the two larvae is not particularly
different and both have somewhat chitinized, not plicate tergites.
The ninth abdominal tergite of Dascillus is similar to that of
Heterocerus but the tenth is much smaller, almost rudimental,
and without a terminal soft prolongation. Also in other details,
but all of minor taxonomic importance, the Dascillus larva is dis-
tinguished from the Heterocerus larva: The labrum (fig. A) is
short, clypeus large, fused with frons, both labrum and clypeus
asymmetrical, antennae (fig. H) long, ocelli absent, a distinct
maxillary articulating area (a fig. D) is present, both lacinia and
galea long and slender, ligula different in size and form.

The larvae of Heterocerus and Dascillus are closely related
taxonomically and both are decidedly different from all the larvae
hitherto discussed, but, like these, derived from the Byrrhidae.
The appearance of a rudimental molar part in the Byrrhus larva
is particularly significant, as is the maxillary articulating area
occurring both in the Byrrhids and Dascillus. The cribriform
■spiracles of Heterocerus and Dascillus may have developed
through an intermediate spiracular type corresponding to the one
found in Chelonarium.

Nosodendron calif ornicus Horn and Nosodendron unicolor Say.

(Plate XXII.)

The affinities of Nosodendron have not yet been definitely estab-
lished for the imaginal form of the genus. By some authors it

64 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

has been placed near the Ostomidae and by others, for instance
Leng in his Catalogue, as a subfamily of the Byrrhidae. Judging
from the larva of Nosodendron, Leng is more nearly correct than
the other authors, for there is hardly any connection between the
Nosodendron larva and the Ostomid larva but unquestionably a
rather close relationship between it and the Byrrhid larva. Thus
the Nosodendron larva possesses six ocelli and a maxillary articu-
lating area (a figs. G and O) just like the Byrrhid larva does.
However, the Heterocerus larva has also six ocelli and both the
Heterocerus and Dascillus larvae have a maxillary articulating
area. Furthermore an inquiry into the finer anatomical details of
the larva of Nosodendron reveals characters of fundamental
taxonomic importance which are identical with the ones found in
the Heterocerus and Dascillus larvae but not in the true Byrrhid
larvae, namely, mandibles (fig. K) with a strong molar part and
a strong accessory ventral condyle, and a hypopharynx (figs. P
and Q) with conspicuous hypopharyngeal chitinizations. There-
fore, according to the mentioned larvae, it is more consistent to
place Nosodendron in the same series as Heterocerus and Dascil-
lus rather than with the Byrrhidae.

This suggestion is supported by the presence in Nosodendron
of characters not found in the Byrrhidae, and also to be sure not
in Heterocerus or Dascillus, but in the larvae of the Helodinae
which according to both imagines and larvae belong to the same
series as Dascillus. These characters are: a broad ligula (li fig.
O), a reduction almost to obliteration of the ninth and tenth
abdominal segments (figs. A and I), and a location of a pair of
large, well developed spiracles (figs. A and B) close together
at the end of a particularly big and complete eighth abdominal
segment that caps the end of the body. The other spiracles are
also present and well developed but placed laterally in their
tergites. All the spiracles are bifore and conform in this respect
with the spiracles of the Byrrhidae and not with the cribriform
spiracles of Heterocerus and Dascillus. In the Helodinae larvae
the terminal spiracles are annualr and the other rudimental.

Prionocyphon discoideus Say. (Plate XIII.)

The larva of Prionocyphon which belongs to the Helodinae has,
like the larvae of Dascillus, Heterocerus and Nosodendron, man-
dibles (fig. H) with a strong molar part and accessory ventral
condyles (ac fig. H), and complete and well developed hypo-

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 65

pharyngeal chitinizations (he fig. F). Furthermore, it possesses
a broad ligula, a large and terminal eighth abdominal segment
(fig. E), very small, retractible and concealed ninth and tenth
abdominal segments, and rudimental spiracles, except the eighth
abdominal spiracles (8 Sp fig. D) which as mentioned are large
and situated closely together below the end of the tergite to which
they belong.

Other structures of interest, but of minor taxonomic im-
portance, are the long, multiarticulate antennae (figs. B and E)
which, however, according to Peyerimhoff3 are organs of incon-
stant nature and apt to change into short, normally built anten-
nae when the larvae are exposed to dry environments. There are
five or six minute ocelli placed so closely together that they vir-
tually are united into a single large eye on each side, and from
the rudimental tenth segment, extending from above the anus,
are three tassels of feather shaped gills (fig. C), which can be
withdrawn into a pocket formed by the small terminal segments
and situated inside of the eighth abdominal segment; but there is
no cloacal chamber with a movable operculum as in the Dryopidae.

Eucinetus morio LeConte (?). (Plate XIV.)

The genus Eucinetus is according to the imagines placed as a
subfamily of the Dascillidae, but judging from the larva the genus
can not be placed with either the Dascilloidea or Dryopoidea.
Unfortunately, the material on hand in the National Museum
consists only of several cast larval skins, but the determination
and probably also the rearing has been made by the very cautious
and outstanding entomologist, the late Mr. H. G. Hubbard.
Nevertheless, it should be emphasized that no definite record
exists that imagines actually have been reared by him from the
larval material preserved. Moreover, the old description and
figures by Perris of Eucinetus meridionalis (Ann. Soc. Ent.
France, series 2, vol. 9, 1851, pp. 48-53, pi. 2) do not agree with
it. The association of the Hubbard larval material with the
genus Eucinetus and the taxonomic discussion based on it should
therefore be considered with proper reservation. The mandibles
(figs. D and F) of this supposed Eucinetus larva have a molar
part with a grinding surface of the type found in many Silphid
larvae and also in many larvae of the Cucujoid type ; the prostheca

3 P. De Peyerimhoff; Le double type larvaire de Prionocyphon
serricornis Mull. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1913, pp. 148-151.)

66 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

is large, the distal part of the mandible is simple and narrow, the
basal part broad. There are hypopharyngeal chitinizations (hx
fig. H). The maxilla is very similar to that of Derodontus and
has a mala only slightly divided (figs. B and G) into a low, soft,
broad and indistinct galea and a pointed lacinia. The ninth and
tenth abdominal segments (fig. E) are very simple, not different
from the corresponding segments in many Cucujoid larvae, but
entirely different from these segments in any of the Byrrhoid,
Dryopid or Dascilloid larvae discussed.

In summarizing the taxonomic and phylogenetic results of our
reasoning concerning the affinities of the genera which customarily
have been placed in one of the two series Dascilloidea and
Dryopoidea, we can now draw the conclusion that the larvae of
these two series are derived from Byrrhoid ancestors. In com-
mon, the three series have the maxillary mala divided into a well
defined lacinia and galea, and the galea is free, usually digitiform
and often two-jointed. To be sure, these characters are not suf-
ficent to separate them from the other series of beetle families, for
instance from the Caraboidea, Staphylinoidea, Cucujoidea, etc. A
diagnosis for this purpose, however, could readily be given, but
to do so would be aside from our present plan.

The Byrrhoidea as here limited includes the subfamilies listed
by Leng in the family Byrrhidae with exception of the Nosoden-
drinae. The larvae of the Byrrhoidea have a soft hypopharynx
without chitinizations, a comparatively simple mandible without
distinct molar part and with a long series of hairs at base, the
maxillary articulating area is large, the spiracles bifore, the ocelli
five or six on each side, and a cloacal chamber is absent.

The first of the two series derived from the Byrrhoidea includes
the families Heteroceridae, Dascillidae, Nosodendridae and Helo-
didae. Of these families the Heteroceridae are according to the
imagines listed in the Dryopoidea, the Nosodendridae in the
Byrrhoidea and the Dascillidae and Helodidae in the Dascilloidea.
Consequently the serial name “Dascilloidea” acquires a double
meaning dependent upon whether we deal with larvae or imagines,
but' for the present it is deemed expedient to retain the old name.

In the series Dascilloidea the larvae possess a hypopharynx with
distinct and strong chitinizations, the mandible has a large molar
part, a maxillary articulating area is present. The families have
either cribriform spiracles, all lateral, an eighth abdominal seg-
ment of normal form, and a large ninth abdominal segment, or,

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 67

they have spiracles which are not cribriform, spiracles on the
eighth abdominal segment which are terminal and close together,
an eighth abdominal segment which is large and terminal and a
rudimental ninth abdominal segment. The ocelli are, on each side
six, one or none. A cloacal chamber with movable operculum is
absent.

The second series derived from the Byrrhoidea includes five
families, namely the Chelonariidae, Lariidae, Ptilodactylidae,
Dryopidae and Psephenidae. Of these families the Chelodariidae
have been listed according to the imagines in the Dascilloidea,
the Lariidae in the Dryopoidea, the Ptilodactylidae in the Dascil-
loidea, the Dryopidae in the Drypopoidea, and one genus of the
Psephenidae, namely Psephenus, in the 'Dryopoidea, another
genus, Eubrianax, in the Dascilloidea. This series conforms no
more than the former with the series named Dryopoidea in the
classification of the imagines, but the old name will also be re-
tained in the present case.

The larvae of the Dryopoidea have a hypopharynx without
chitinizations, the mandible is simple, without molar part and
without a long series of hairs at base, the maxillary articulating
area is absent, the spiracles are- bifore (exceptionally annular
and then with most spiracles vestigial), there is only one ocellus
on each side (except in Lara which has six ocelli ), a cloacal
chamber with movable operculum is present or absent.

Each of the five families of the Dryopoidea is characterized
as follows :

The Chelonariidae have a very deviating type of bifore spira-
cles, the cloacal chamber is imperfect, no true gills, one ocellus.

The Lariidae have normal bifore spiracles, cloacal chamber im-
perfect, no gills, six ocelli.

The Ptilodactylidae, with three genera, Ptilodactyla, Anchy-
tarsus, Eurypogon, formerly placed in the Dascilloidea, have bi-
fore spiracles, no cloacal chamber, gills are present or absent, one
ocellus.

The Dryopidae, with the genera Pelonomus, Dryops, Helichus,
Psephenoides, Stenelmis, Latelmis, Helmis, Limnius, Macrony-
chus, Ancyronyx, all placed formerly either in the Dryopidae or
Helmidae, have bifore or annular spiracles, the cloacal chamber
well developed, provided with operculum, gills present inside of
the cloacal chamber, and one ocellus on each side.

The Psephenidae with Psephenus and Eubrianax (= Plac-
onycha ) have spiracles annular, cloacal chamber absent, gills pre-

68 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

sent below first to fifth abdominal segments, one ocellus on each
side.

The affinities existing between the Eurypogon larva and the
larvae of the Cebrionidae have already been mentioned. There
are Dryopoid characters also in the larvae of the Rhipiceridae
and the Cardiophoridae, and it seems altogether plausible that
the ancestors of the Elateridae are of Dryopoid stock. However,
some phylogenetic connection may exist, some collateral deriva-
tion may be traced, between the Elateridae and the Ostomidae.

As a mere passing remark it may be indicated here that the
larvae of the Cantharidae also have a double phylogenetic affili-
ation, namely with the Dryopoidea and the Melyridae.

The discovery of Verhoeff4 that the larvae of the Lamelli-
cornia have the essential systematic characters in common with
the larva of Dascillus, is so well known that it only needs to be
mentioned here. The isolation of the Lamellicornia, distinct in
the imagines, is not apparent in the larvae and according to these
the origin of the Lamellicornia from Dascilloid ancestors seems
fairly definitely settled.

The Buprestidae are more logically derived directly from Byr-
rhoid-Dascilloid stock than indirectly through the Elateridae.
The larva of Rhaeboscelis, discovered by Weiss and Nicolay and
supposed (vide Leng’s catalogue, p. 32) to be intermediate be-
tween the Elateridae and Buprestidae, is in every respect a true
Buprestid larva.

The close affinities existing between the Byrrhoidea and the
Cleroidea (including the Dermestidae, Melyridae, Cleridae and
Ostomidae) have been discussed in Boving and Champlain’s paper
on North American Clerid larvae.5

It would be impossible in this address to give even a very brief
account of the unpublished investigations made by my friend Dr.
F. C. Craighead and myself of the bearing which the larvae have
on the whole classification of the beetle families ; but before I
conclude I would like to present from this joint paper another
example to prove the wisdom of Dr. Gahan’s assertion that our
final ideas about the classification of the Coleoptera will be in-
fluenced materially by the study of the larvae.

4 Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Coleopteren-Larven mit besonderer
Beriicksichtigung der Clavicornia von K. W. Verhoeff (Archiv.
fur Naturgeschichte, vol. 89, 1923, part A, pp. 48-63, figs. 72-86).

5 In Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 57, pp. 588-591, 1920.

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 69

We all know that the taxonomic positions of the Rhysodidae
and the Cupedidae have been much discussed but without any
final result. Lameere considered the Cupedidae as Adephaga of
the most primitive type. Ganglbauer, de Peyerimhofif and
d’Orchymont placed both the Rhysodidae and Cupedidae in the
Adephaga. Kolbe (1908) placed the Rhysodidae in the Adephaga
and included the Cupedidae as an isolated main division, named
“ Symphyogastra,” in the suborder Polyphaga. Sharp and Muir
placed the Rhysodidae in the Adephaga as a characteristic cara-
boid type and approximated the Cupedidae to the Byrrhoidea.
Leng places with question mark the Rhysodidae as the first series
of the Clavicornia, but adds, that he believes that the Rhysodidae
is one of the nearly extinct branches of the primitive Coleoptera
that originated while they still possessed characters now shared
by the Adephaga ; the Cupedidae he considers as modified sur-
vivors of an old polyphagous series and places them as a series,
the Cupedoidea, close to the Lymexylonoidea. Imms in his “Gen-
eral Textbook of Entomology ” ( 1924) follows Ganglbauer, de
Peyerimhoff and d’Orchymont and considers both the Rhysodidae
and the Cupedidae as separate families in the suborder Adephaga,
so does Essig in “ Insects of Western North America” (1926),
and Tillyard in “ Insects of Australia and New Zealand ” (1926)
raises the two groups to superfamily rank in the suborder Ade-
phaga. Lastly Wm. T. M. Forbes in his paper on wing folding
patterns of the Coleoptera (Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 34,
1926) regards the Rhysodidae as a superfamily of Adephaga, the
Rhysodoidea, and the Cupedidae and Micromalthidae as a sub-
order of Coleoptera, the Archostemata.

Clinidium sculptile Newman. (Plate XV.)

The larvae of the Adephaga are diagnosed by the following
combination of characters: “Legs with tibia and tarsus separate,
tarsus carrying one or two claws ; labrum and clypeus fused to-
gether and with the frons to form a nasale ; mandible without
molar part ; cardo small ; hypopharynx without chitinizations ;
spiracles normally both present and annular.” The larva of Clin-
idium, a genus of the Rhysodidae, agrees in full with this diag-
nosis and can without reservation be placed in the suborder
Adephaga. However, it also possesses features which are par-
ticularly characteristic for it and definitely separate it from
the larvae of all other adephagous families, namely, the presence

70 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

of a prolonged epipharynx extending in front of nasale, partly
retracted ventral mouthparts, maxilla with a rudimental lacinia
only indicated by a long series of hairs and no galea, rudimental
partly fused labial palpi, and a large spear-shaped gular plate.
Combined, these characters define an adephagous series, the
Rhysodoidea, that judging from their larvae is as distinct as the
two other adephagous series, the Caraboidea and the Gyrinoidea,
and constitutes a more typical adephagous series than the fourth
series, the Paussoidea. The absence in Clinidium of ocelli and of
urogomphi (= cerci auct.) is of slight taxonomic importance and
are eliminations to be seen even in atypical larvae of the series
Caraboidea.

Cupes concolor Westwood. (Plate XVI.)6

Cupes cannot be included in the suborder Adephaga according
to the larva, nor does it ally with any of the Polyphaga, but it dis-
plays a combination of some characters only found in the larvae
of the Adephaga, and some characters only found in the larvae
of the Polyphaga. Thus the Cupes larva has legs with a separate
tibia, tarsus, and claws, which is typical for all the Adephaga
larvae. On the other hand, the Cupes larva has free labrum and
clypeus, mandibles with a strong molar part, hypopharynx with
heavy chitinizations, a large maxillary articulating area, a promi-
nent and large lacinia and a free digitate galea, all characters
which do not occur in the Adephaga but are present in many
Polyphaga.

Features special for Cupes are a very projecting, broad and
strongly chitinized ligula and an oval, cushioned lobe on each
side of anus. The larva is blind, its body orthosomatic, fleshy,
with dorsal and ventral ampullae, the tergum of ninth abdominal
segment terminates with a conical, chitinized process, and the
ninth sternum is small. All the spiracles are lateral and annular.

6 The larva of Cupes concolor described and figured first time,
by T. E. Snyder (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. XV, 1913, pp. 30-
31, plate I.)

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 71

Micromalthus debilis LeConte. (Plate XVII.)7

The cerambycoid second and third stage larvae of Micromal-
thus possess all the diagnostic characters of Cupes except the
taxonomically most important one, the mature Micromalthus
larva being legless.

However, in the caraboid first larval stage Micromalthus
possesses six-jointed legs each with distinct tibia, distinct tarsus
and two claws. The tarsus moreover is much longer and slen-
derer than in Cupes. Both in the first stage larva and in the sec-
ond and third stage larvae the end of the tergum of the ninth ab-
dominal segment is prolonged, chitinized and bent down, and the
ninth sternum is similarly prolonged but bent up so as to meet
the tip of the tergum. In these stages the Micromalthus larva is
very close to the Cupes larva ; and together they form a group of
very ancient and very specialized larval types. I can not see
how we can escape giving to this group the rank of a suborder,
the Archostemata Kolbe, as it can be joined neither with the
Adephaga nor with the Polyphaga. It is noteworthy that Wm.
T. M. Forbes in his above-mentioned important paper comes to
the same conclusion from his investigation of the wing folding
patterns of the imagines.

The larvae of the Lymexylonidae are nearer to the Archo-
stemata larvae than to any other beetle larvae and may possibly
have developed from a common ancestor.

7 H. S. Barber: Observations on the life history of Micromal-
thus debilis LeC. (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. XV, 1913, pp.
31-38, plates II and III.)

H. S. Barber: The remarkable life history of a new family
(Micromaltidae) of beetles. (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol.
XXVI, 1913, pp. 185-190, plate IV.)

72 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

Fig. A.
Fig. B.
Fig. C.
Fig. D.
Fig. E.
Fig. F.

Fig. A.
Fig. B.
Fig. C.
Fig. D.
Fig. E.

Fig. F.
Fig. G.
Fig. H.
Fig. I.
Fig. J.
Fig. K.

Fig. L.
Fig. M.
Fig. N.

Fig. O.

Fig. A.

Explanation of Plates8
Plate I

Lara avara LeConte (?)

Dorsal view of larva.

Lateral view of larva.

Ventral view of larva.

Left maxilla, dorsal view.

Spiracle.

Right mandible.

Plate II

Figs. A— E Limnius troglodytes Gyll.

Ventral view of larva.

Dorsal view of part of head.

Left mandible.

Right mandible — old and worn apically ; lm, prostheca.
Ends of right maxilla and labium ; ga, galea ; lac, lacinia ;
li, ligula.

Figs. F-O Helichus sp.

Lateral view of larva.

Right mandible.

Dorsal view of larva.

Dorsal view of head.

Leg.

Ventral view of head; li, ligula, m, mentum; sm, sub-
mentum ; ta, tentorium.

Ends of lacinia and galea viewed from buccal cavity.
Ventral view of end of abdomen, operculum removed.
Same as fig. M, with seventh abdominal segment and
both operculum and tergum of ninth abdominal seg-
ment removed.

Ventral view of end of abdomen.

Plate III

Figs. A-G Cytilus alternatus Say
Left mandible.

8 All figures drawn by Adam G. Boving with exception of the
figures D, E, G, and J on plate VI and all the figures on plate VII
and plate VIII, which have been made by J. A. Hyslop.

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 73

Fig. B.

Fig. C.
Fig. D.
Fig. E.
Fig. F.
Fig. G.

Fig. H.
Fig. I.
Fig. J.

Fig. K.

Fig. L.

Fig. M.
Fig. N.

Fig. O.
Fig. P.

Fig- Q.
Fig. R.

Fig. A.
Fig. B.
Fig. C.
Fig. D.
Fig. E.

Right maxilla, ventral view ; ca, cardo ; mpf, maxillary
palpifer.

Spiracle.

Antenna.

Labial palpi.

End of leg; ti, tibia.

Oblique ventral view of larva.

Figs. H-L Amphicyrta chrysomelina Erichson.

Lateral view of head.

Left mandible, ventral side.

Mouthparts viewed from the inside of the mouth ; epx,
epipharynx ; hx, hypopharynx ; Is, labium (= premen-
tum) ; ma, maxilla; oe, oesophagus.

Ventral view of ventral mouthparts; a maxillary articu-
lating area; g, gula; Is, labium (= prementum) ; m,
mentum; sm, submentum.

Lateral view of ninth and tenth abdominal segments.

Figs. M-R Lioon simplicipes Mann.

Dorsal view of anterior portion of head.

Mouthparts viewed from the inside of the mouth ; epx,
epipharynx ; hr, hypopharyngeal rod ; hx, hypo-
pharynx ; li, ligula ; lp, labial palpus ; Is, labium (= pre-
mentum) ; m, mentum ; sm, submentum ; st, maxillary
stipes.

Spiracle.

Lateral view of larva ; mst, mesotergum ; prt, protergum ;
sp, spiracle.

Left mandible, ventral view.

Ventral view of ventral mouthparts; a, maxillary articu-
lating area; gu, gula; Is, labium (= prementum) ; m,
mentum ; sm, submentum.

Plate IV

Byrrhus fasciatus Forst.

Lateral view of larva.

Right mandible, ventral side.

Inner view of anterior part of head.

Antenna.

Right mandible, dorsal side.

74 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

Fig. F.

Fig. G.
Fig. H.

Fig. I.

Fig. J.
Fig. K.

Fig. L.

Fig. A.
Fig. B.

Fig. C.

Fig. D.
Fig. E.
Fig. F.

Fig. G.

Fig. H.
Fig. I.
Fig. J.

Ventral view of ventral mouthparts; a, maxillary articu-
lating area; gu, gula; li, ligula; Is, labium (=premen-
tum) ; m, mentum; sm, submentum; tb, tentorial
bridge.

Dorsal view of head.

Innerside of head with ventral mouthparts in dorsal
view ; ecr, epicranium ; hb, hypopharyngeal transverse
bracon; nc, superior ganglion of head; tb, tentorial
bridge.

Lateral view of part of head from the outside; ecr,
epicranium ; hb, hypopharyngeal transverse bracon ;
hr, hypopharyngeal rod ; hx, hypopharynx ; li, ligula ;
lp, labial palp ; m, mala (= lacinia and galea) ; mxp,
maxillary palpiger ; oe, oesophagus ; st, maxillary
stipes.

Left maxilla in dorsal view.

Lateral view of part of head from the outside, same as
fig. I, but with maxilla removed ; gu, gula ; m, mentum ;
nc, superior ganglion of head ; sm, submentum.

Left maxilla in ventral view; a, maxillary articulating
area ; ga, galea ; la, lacinia.

Plate V.

Figs. A-F Eubrianax edwardsi Lee.

Dorsal view of larva.

Right maxilla, ventral view ; c, cardo ; ga, galea ; lac,
lacinia ; st, maxillary stipes.

Ventral view of part of head; c, cardo; lab, labrum ; li,
ligula; Is, labium (= prementum) ; m, mentum; ma,
mala; st, maxillary stipes.

Left mandible, ventral view.

Left mandible, dorsal view.

Ventral view of larva.

Figs. G-O Psephenus lecontei LeC.

Ventral view of head; li, ligula; Is, labium (= premen-
tum) ; m, mentum; sm, submentum.

Dorsal view of head.

Epipharynx ; epr, epipharyngeal rod ; o, eye from inside.

Maxilla and bottom of mouth cavity; li, ligula; pgn,
paragnaths (= maxillulae) .

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 75

Fig. K.
Fig. L.
Fig. M.
Fig. N.
Fig. O.

Fig. A.
Fig. B.

Fig. C.
Fig. D.
Fig. E.
Fig. F.
Fig. G.
Fig. H.
Fig. I.
Fig. J.

Fig. A.
Fig. B.
Fig. C.
Fig. D.
Fig. E.
Fig. F.
Fig. G.
Fig. H.

Right maxilla.

Dorsal view of larva.

Left mandible, dorsal view.

Left mandible, ventral view.

Ventral view of larva.

Plate VI

Ptilodactyla serricollis Say
Dorsal view of head.

Ventral view of head; c, cardo ; gs, gular suture; Is,
labium (= prementum) ; m, mentum ; sm, submentum ;
st, maxillary stipes.

Right mandible, dorsal view.

Right maxilla, dorsal view.

Right maxilla, ventral view.

Lateral view of anterior part of larva.

Spiracle.

Tenth abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Lateral view of larva.

Ninth abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Plate VII

Anchytarsus bicolor Melsh.

Lateral view of head.

Front view of head.

Ventral view of head.

Lateral view of end of abdomen.

Spiracle.

Dorsal view of larva.

Leg.

End of abdomen, ventral view.

Plate VIII

Eurypogon niger Melsh.

Antenna.

Lateral view of head.

Mandibles.

Ventral view of head.

Dorsal view of head.

End of abdomen, lateral view.

Dorsal view of larva.

Spiracle.

76 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXir

Fig. A.
Fig. B.
Fig. C.
Fig. D.
Fig. E.
Fig. F.
Fig. G.
Fig. H.
Fig. I.
Fig. J.

Fig. K.
Fig. L.
Fig. M.
Fig. N.
Fig. O.
Fig. P.
Fig- Q-

Fig. A.
Fig. B.
Fig. C.
Fig. D.
Fig. E.
Fig. F.

Fig. G.

Fig. H.
Fig. I.
Fig. J.

Plate IX

Figs. AXT Chelonarium sp.

Spiracle of mesothorax.

Dorsal view of anterior part of head.

Left mandible.

Spiracle of second abdominal segment.

Spiracular trachea and spiracle, from inside.

Ventral view of ventral mouthparts.

Lateral view of larva.

Spiracle of eighth abdominal segment.

End of ninth abdominal segment, dorsal view.

Tenth abdominal segment, operculum with appendices
on dorsal side.

Figs. K-N Ancyronyx variegatus Germar (?)

Lateral view of larva.

Spiracles of mesothorax and of first abdominal segment.
Lateral view of head.

Leg.

Helmis busilla LeC. Dorsal view of larva.

Helmis aeneus Muller. Dorsal view of larva.

Dryops auriculatus Geoffr. Lateral view of larva.

Plate X.

Heterocerus ventralis Melsh.

Lateral view of larva.

Dorsal view of head.

Dorsal view of larva.

Antenna.

Epipharynx.

Tenth abdominal segment. Sagittal section to show
anus and muscle inside of appendix.

Lateral view of anterior part of larva ; hp, episternum
of prothorax.

Left mandible, ventral view.

Left mandible, oblique dorsal view.

Ventral view of anterior part of larva; c, cardo; est,
eusternum of prothorax; gu, gula; hp, episternum of
prothorax ; m, mentum ; sm, submentum ; stl,
sternellum.

April, 19,29 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 77

Fig. K.

Fig. L.
Fig. M.

Fig. A.
Fig. B.
Fig. C.
Fig. D.

Fig. E.
Fig. F.

Fig. G.
Fig. H.
Fig. I.

Fig. A.
Fig. B.
Fig. C.
Fig. D.

Fig. E.

Fig. F.
Fig. G.

Ventral mouthparts, viewed from the buccal cavity; c,
cardo ; ga, galea ; h, hypopharynx ; lac, lacinia ; st,
maxillary stipes.

Tip of lacinia.

Spiracle.

Plate XI

Dascillus davidsoni LeC.

Dorsal view of head.

Dorsal view of tergite of ninth abdominal segment.

Trochanter from below.

Ventral view of ventral side of head; a, maxillary
articulating area ; ca, cardo ; gu, gula ; hp, hypo-
pleurum (= episternum and epimerum) ; li, ligula; Is,
labium (= prementum) ; m, mentum ; sm, submentum ;
st, maxillary stipes.

Left mandible, buccal face.

Left mandible, ventral view ; ac, accessory ventral
condyle.

Spiracle.

Lateral view of larva.

Head of larva, pulled to pieces to show mouthparts ; ant,
antenna ; ca, cardo ; epx, epipharynx with its chitini-
zations ; he, hypopharyngeal chitinizations ; hp, hypo-
pleurum ; hx, hypopharynx ; lab, labrum ; li, ligula ; lp,
labial palpi ; Is, labium (= prementum) ; m, mentum ;
ma, mala ; md, mandible ; pan, hypopharyngeal trans-
verse bracon; sm, submentum; st, maxillary stipes.

Plate XII

Figs. A-E Nosodendron calif ornicum Horn

Dorsal view of eighth abdominal segment.

Spiracles of eighth abdominal segment.

Spiracle of second abdominal segment.

Lateral view of anterior part of larva (notice position
of spiracle as compared with Fig. I.)

Ventral view of end of abdomen.

Figs. F-Q Nosodendron unicolor Say

Ventral view of right mandible.

Ventral view of right maxilla; a, maxillary articulating
area; ga, galea; lac, lacinia.

78 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

Fig. H.
Fig. I.
Fig. J.
Fig. K.
Fig. L.

Fig. M.
Fig. N.
Fig. O.

Fig. P.

Fig- Q-

Fig. A.
Fig. B.
Fig. C.
Fig. D.

Fig. E.
Fig. !F.

Fig. G.
Fig. H.

Fig. A.
Fig. B.

Fig. C.
Fig. D.

Base of mandible from below.

Dorsal view of larva.

Ventral view of anterior part of larva.

Ventral view of right mandible and epipharynx.

Hypopharynx and ligula, lateral view ; hb, hypo-
pharyngeal bracon ; he, hypopharyngeal transverse
chitinizations ; hx, hypopharyngeal soft part ; li, ligula ;
oe, oesophagus; pgn, paragnath (= maxillula) .

Hypopharynx and ligula (legend as in figure N).

Right mandible, dorsal view.

Ventral mouthparts, ventral view; a, maxillary articu-
lating area ; c, cardo ; ga, galea ; lac, lacinia ; li, ligula ;
Is, labium (= prementum) ; m, mentum; sm, sub-
mentum; st, stipes; ta, tentorium.

Innerside of hypopharyngeal chitinizations.

Dorsal view of part of head.

Plate XIII

Prionocyphon discoideas Say

End of abdomen, ventral view.

Lateral view of larva.

Tassels of gills.

End of abdomen, lateral view, diagram ; ac, alimentary
canal; 8 sp, spiracle of eighth abdominal segment.

Dorsal view of larva.

Innerside of mouth ; ga, galea ; hb, hypopharyngeal
transverse bracon ; he, hypopharyngeal chitinizations ;
hx, hypopharyngeal soft part ; la, lacinia ; li, ligula ;
pgn, paragnaths (= maxillulae) .

Ventral mouthparts, ventral view.

Mandible and epipharynx ; ac, accessory ventral condyle.

Plate XIV

( Eucinetus morio LeC.?)

Dorsal view of head.

Ventral view of head; a, maxillary articulating area; c,
cardo ; li, ligula ; m, mentum ; sm, submentum ; st,
stipes.

Lateral view of head.

Right mandible, ventral view ; ac, accessory ventral
condyle ; mo, molar part ; vc, ventral condyle.

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 79

Fig. E.
Fig. F.

Fig. G.
Fig. H.

Fig. A.
Fig. B.
Fig. C.
Fig. D.

Fig. E.
Fig. F.

Fig. G.
Fig. H.

Fig. I.
Fig. J.

Fig. A.
Fig. B.
Fig. C.
Fig. D.
Fig. E.

Lateral view of body of larva, cast skin.

Ventral view of left mandible; ac, accessory ventral
condyle.

Tip of lacinia and galea.

Hyp°pharynx ; hb, hypopharyngeal bracon ; hx, hypo-
pharyngeal chitinization ; pgn, paragnaths (= maxil-
lulae).

Plate XV

Clinidium sculp tile Newm.

Dorsal view of head; epx, protruding epipharynx.

Right mandible, ventral view.

Right mandible, dorsal view.

Ventral side of head; a, maxillary articulating area with
a sclerite; am, basal membrane of antenna; c, cardo ;
gu, gular plate ; hy, hypostoma ; li, ligula ; Is, labium
(=prementum) ; m, mentum ; pst, presternum of pro-
thorax ; st, stipes maxillae ; tp, tentorial pit.

Lateral view of larva.

Ventral mouthparts, dorsal view; a, maxillary articu-
lating area ; c, cardo ; ecr, epicranium ; laci, lacinia in-
dicated by a row of hairs ; li, ligula fused with rudi-
mental labial palpi ; md, socket for mandible ; oe,
oesophagus; st, stipes; ta, tentorial arm; tp, tentorial
pit.

Dorsal view of part of abdominal tergum.

Leg ; c, coxa ; cl, claw ; fe, femur ; hp, hypopleurum
(= episternum and epimerum) ; t, tarsus; tr, tro-
chanter.

Ventral view of anterior part of larva; post, poststernel-
lum ; pst i, presternum of prothorax ; pst 2, presternum
of mesothorax.

Spiracle.

Plate XVI

Cupes concolor Westw.

Dorsal view of head.

Mandible with strong molar part.

Dorsal view of lower part of head with mouthparts.

Spiracle.

Lateral view of larva.

80 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

Fig. F. Ventral view of end of abdomen; stern 8, sternum of
eighth abdominal segment.

Fig. G. Ventral view of anterior part of larva; cl, claw; f,
femur ; ta, tarsus ; ti, tibia.

Plate XVII

Micromalthus debilis LeC.

Figs. A-H Cerambycoid, legless second stage larva.

Fig. A. Dorsal view of head.

Fig. B. Ventral view of right maxilla; a, maxillary articulating
area ; c, cardo ; ga, galea ; lac, lacinia ; mpf, maxillary
palpifer.

Fig. C. Ventral view of head; hb, hypopharyngeal bracon; li,
ligula.

Fig. D. Right mandible; mo, molar part.

Fig. E. Hypopharynx and ligula in dorsal view; hb, hypo-
pharyngeal bracon ; hx, hypopharyngeal chitinization ;
li, ligula.

Fig. F. Hypopharynx and labium, lateral view.

Fig. G. Lateral view of legless, second larva; ur, urogomphus
(— cerci auct) .

Fig. H. Ventral view of end of abdomen.

Fig. I. Spiracle.

Fig. J. Caraboid, legged first stage larva.

Leg; cl, claw; ta, tarsus; ti, tibia.

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate I

^/hyr-a. a/wcura. ?

Bull. B. E. S., XXIY, No. 2

Plate II

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No.

Plate III

<2? -J£

J/Jft J&wi

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate IV

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate Y

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate VI

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate VII

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate VIII

. ..

WA^ny-fic^ocrn tu,

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate X

jtU*i

Bull. B. E. S., XXIY, No. 2

Plate XI

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate XII

Bull. B. E. S., XXIY, No. 2

Plate XIII

cl^catd^c<) o/&

O'O

Bull. B. E. S., XXIY, No. 2

Plate XIY

(/merurJlc

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate XV

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate XVI

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate XYII

98 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

PRESENT TRENDS IN SYSTEMATIC ENTO-
MOLOGY.— DESCRIPTIONS *

By J. Bequaert, Department of Tropical Medicine, Harvard

Medical School.

If a layman were at any time to enter the inner sanctum of
the entomologist, most likely he would find him poring over some
highly technical printed matter, trying to fit its contents to some
enigmatic insect ; or maybe he would find him struggling enthusi-
astically with the description of a much-prized “new species.” In
either case the layman would be strengthened in his estimate of
the entomologist as a poor human absorbed in trivialities and to
whom the broader aspects of the Universe are of no moment.
For the amount of time the earnest student of insects devotes
to “descriptions” is truly amazing and, I may add, rather dis-
maying to many serious minds. It behooves us then to drop our
books and collections at times and turn our thoughts to the why
and how of descriptive Entomology.

Is Descriptive Work Worthwhile?

To most of those present here this query must seem pre-
posterous. However, we all know the Biologist with the superior
air who dumps upon us boxes of insects, as a rule poorly collected,
with the request that we “name” them for one of his own “im-
portant” papers ; — but gives no thought for the time it may take
to thus assist him nor appreciation for the knowledge it requires
from the entomologist. Yet, if he stopped to think, our Biologist
could readily see that the ultimate value of his own work will in
many cases depend upon the correct identification of his speci-
mens. Even some of the laboratory-bred anatomists are no longer
satisfied with studying the embryology of “the wasp” or “the ant.”
They have found out that it may matter which particular species,
or even race, they happen to have under the microtome.

Whether we like it or not, the progress of Biology as a whole
remains closely correlated with the condition — either satisfactory
or wretched — of descriptive taxonomy. Nevertheless, if descrip-
tions had no further purpose than to define correctly the names of
animals and plants, for use in other lines of biological work, I

* Read as part of a symposium at the New York meeting of the
Entomological Society of America, December 27, 1928.

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 99

for one would not care to devote my time to reading and writing
descriptions, however much this occupation might cater to the
collector’s mania that lurks in every one of us. I do not regard
the drawing up of what Huxley has called “handy reference cata-
logues” as per se a justification of purely descriptive work. Let
us look at the additional reasons why descriptive taxonomy should
rightly be regarded as one of the most important branches of
Biology.

The foremost <(raison d’etre,” or purpose, of descriptive
Biology, viz. that of serving as a solid base to a natural classifica-
tion, or what Professor W. E. Ritter has called a synoptic classi-
fication, I can only allude to. For it is a vast and intricate sub-
ject that I could not do justice to in the few minutes at my dis-
posal. I was somewhat surprised to see that “classification” was
not chosen as one of the main topics for this discussion of the
present trends in systematic Entomology. Perhaps the promoters
of the Symposium felt, wisely, that it was too vast an undertaking.
I must then be contented with reminding you that unless accurate
and exhaustive descriptions of most of the species are available,
no satisfactory natural classification of any group of insects can
be hoped for.

While a natural classification, of course, aims at expressing the
genetic relationship as shown by the structure of the several
species, it must also take into account the available facts of geo-
graphical distribtution and of paleontology. The importance of
thorough descriptive work for the recognition of true relation-
ship, for the solving of problems of distribution, and for the
correct interpretation of fossil insects is obvious enough.

I prefer to dwell more at length upon a side of the question
too often overlooked by taxonomists and teachers, viz. the didactic
and heuristic value of descriptive taxonomy. It is a truism that
all real Natural History is based upon unbiased observation. This
requires an impersonal, or dispassionate, attitude of the mind
which, I believe, is most easily acquired by describing animals and
plants. Especially if the description is aided by drawing, the
student is forced to focus his attention upon the object. He will
be astounded to discover how many details can escape a cursory
examination. While sharpening his powers of observation, he
will learn to distrust his eyes and even at times to call in outside
help to ascertain whether or not his senses are deceiving him. It
is my conviction that every young entomologist, whatever his

100 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society F ol. XXIV

future line of interest may be, would profit immensely by includ-
ing some earnest descriptive work in his training.

Desiderata of Descriptive Work.

I frankly confess that I am by no means satisfied with the
present trend of descriptive Entomology. The prevailing tendency
is obvisously toward mass production rather than quality. One
could readily mention groups of insects that are the despair of
the student because certain leading specialists have developed
the habit of describing so many new species a day. Two main
motives seem to prompt the species-mongers. There is first the
belief that every variation, ever so slight, that comes into their
hands must be tagged with a name. In order to give the name a
“standing” in nomenclature, it must as quickly as possible be
published with a few supposedly descriptive phrases. It is so
much easier, anyway, to describe an insect as new than to attempt
to recognize it among the published descriptions. The second
cause of slovenly work is the idolatry of type specimens to which
so many of us have subjected ourselves. Specialists who are in
charge of extensive collections — or who own them privately —
sometimes feel that descriptions matter little since they themselves
can at any time compare their types. I have a suspicion that some
specialists never read their own descriptions.

But there is little inspiration or profit in deploring the low
standard set by so much of descriptive Entomology. Let us
rather cast about for some descriptions that may be held up as
examples to emulate. In order to avoid invidious comparisons, I
shall choose these models from the work of two entomologists
no longer living. The first is the German dipterist Christian
Rudolph Wilhelm Wiedemann, whose two volumes on exotic
Diptera appeared just one hundred years ago (1828). I have
often marveled at the correct and adequate descriptions contained
in this work, which was written with very little comparative
material and without the mechanical devices that now seem to us
indispensable. A few weeks ago I received from South Africa
a nemestrinid fly that turned out to be a species described by
Wiedemann and never seen since. I had no difficulty whatever
in recognizing it from the description. For my second illustra-
tion I return to more recent times, calling attention to the beauti-
ful papers on Hymenoptera written by the Austrian entomologist
Franz Friderich Kohl, who died four years ago (1924). With

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 101

many other hymenopterists I regard Kohl’s work — which was
entirely taxonomic — as the very best that has been produced in
descriptive Entomology. His method should be studied by every
young entomologist, for it enables one to describe a species with-
out ambiguity, so that it can be recognized by others from the
description alone and without the help of the type.

What Then are the Requisites of a Good Description?

In the first place the description should be reasonably complete.
It should not merely contain a few of the characters that in the
author’s opinion separate it from some of the other species with
which he is acquainted. Quite to the contrary, it should present
a complete account of all peculiarities that may be required by
future workers. I have found in my own work that the majority
of published descriptions are too short, not including characters
of prime importance. Even the absence of certain peculiarities
should be expressly mentioned.

In the second place, descriptions should be both accurate and
clear. The complexity of insect morphology, of course, makes
technicalities unavoidable. Yet there is an unfortunate tendency
among entomologists to coin new terms for structures that have
been defined by their predecessors. We even have had attempts
at using well-established technical words with an entirely new
meaning. The widespread fad of calling old things by new names
should be kept out of Entomology. It is perhaps in the nomen-
clature of the wings of insects that these perpetual changes have
done most harm. In the Diptera, for instance, we are slowly
coming to the point where every author has his own terminology
for cells and veins, so that too often his descriptions are puzzles to
his fellow-workers. In the Hymenoptera conditions are not quite
as bad and, moreover, we have for this order an excellent paper
by Rohwer and Gahan condensing and defining the names of
cells and veins used by various authors. I also wish to protest
against the abuse of abbreviations, which tends to become a serious
menace. Some people evidently believe that typographical imita-
tion of mathematical formulae will automatically give mathe-
matical precision to their descriptions. All of us who inflict
descriptions upon our colleagues should remember Dr. F. E.
Lutz’s saying that “type is cheaper than time.”

Finally, descriptions should be comparative or analytic. At
the first International Entomological Congress, held at Brussels

102 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

in 1910, Professor A. Lameere said: “Isolated descriptions that
are not comparative, should be absolutely forbidden : the time has
come for coordination. ” I endorse this statement without reserva-
tions. The prevailing practice of describing specimens merely
because they cannot be given a valid name in the collection, should
be discouraged. It is greatly to be regretted that this frivolous
type of taxonomic work is often sponsored by large museums,
where monographic revisons of permanent value could be more
easily carried out and published than anywhere else.

In conclusion, I should like to warn all young entomologists
who engage in descriptive work, to go slowly and to resist any
urge to get into print in the shortest possible time. Let them
beware of following the example of some of their elders, who
are being carried away by “writer’s itch.” They should remem-
ber the saying of an obscure French poet that “time respects not
that which one attempts to do without it.”

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 103

FOOD-PLANT OF CHRYSOPHANUS HELLOIDES
BDR. (LEPIDOPTERA).

By John D. Ritchie, Earl Grey, Saskatchewan, Can.

Perhaps the commonest species of the larger Lycaeniids in this
district is Chrysophanus helloides Bois. This insect is on the
wing from the latter part of July until the middle of September.

On September 13, 1924, while cutting wheat, I noticed several
of the adults flying around in the vicinity of a slough and made
up my mind to try and locate their food-plant. Accordingly, on
the following Sunday I visited this place and after watching for
some time perceived one specimen glide down among some tall
grass and light on the leaf of a plant. On examining these plants
I found several empty chrysalids on the under sides of the leaves
and on further searching was fortunate in finding six chrysalids,
which had not yet emerged and also one larva in the act of pu-
pating. They proved on emergence to be the above species.
Later I found a few more unemerged chrysalids and forwarded
them, along with the food-plant, to Mr. J. J. De Gryse, at the
Entomological Laboratory at Indian Head, Sask. Mr. De Gryse
was unable to get the plant determined, on account of the absence
of flowers. The plant is a Polygonum. As to the exact species I
am uncertain but believe it to be P. Hartwrightii Gray.

Every year since 1914 I have reared these insects from the
larvae and so far have been unable to find any other plant on
which the larvae feed, although there are two other species of
Polygonum growing here ; the caterpillars refuse to accept them
as food. Perhaps the particular plant above mentioned will prove
to be this insect’s exclusive food-plant.

The males of this species outnumber the females ten to one and
are much smaller than the females. Holland, in his Butterfly-
book, has very aptly described both sexes. The female is well
illustrated on Plate XXVIII, but the male is much too light
colored.

Correction to a Revision of Podabrus. — On page 80, Vol.
VIII, No. 2, of Entomologica Americana, two species are de-
scribed under the title Podabrus nothoides Lee. The second title
should read Podabrus basilaris Say. — H. C. Fall.

104 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

JACOB DOLL.

The Brooklyn Entomological Society records with deepest re-
gret thd death of its Honorary Member, Jacob Doll, on February
io, 1929, at the age of 82.

An active member since 1880, Mr. Doll has been regular in his
attendance at the meetings and always could be depended upon
for interesting contributions to the scientific discussions, based on
his experiences and recollections of so long a life. Mr. Doll also
has been an Honorary Member of the Newark Entomological
Society and an Active Member of the New York Entomological
Society.

He served as Curator of Lepidoptera in the Brooklyn Museum
from 1898 to his retirement in 1927. He was a veteran of the
Civil War and a member of Hamilton Tost, G. A. R., of Brooklyn.

Not of a scientific turn of mind himself, Mr. Doll, neverthe-
less, has contributed much to our knowledge of entomology.
Again and again his name appears in the publications of early
writers, applied to species of Lepidoptera, of which he was the
discoverer. His chief influence, however, has been among his
large circle of friends and acquaintances who have profited by
his example as an indefatigable collector, unrivaled in his skill as
a preparator. Many of our present-day workers, of acknowl-
edged proficiency, owe their inspiration and initial start to him.

We reprint a brief outline of Mr. Doll’s career from the Brook-
lyn Museum Quarterly of October, 1925.

Chapters from the Long Life of a Butterfly Collector.

The saying, “ A naturalist is not made but is born a naturalist,”
is well exemplified in the person of Jacob Doll, our veteran Cur-
ator of Lepidoptera, who at the approaching age of eighty is about
to retire from active museum service in order to continue at his
own leisure his life-long hobby — the collecting of butterflies and
moths.

In this age of specialization the ranks of the old-fashioned nat-
uralists, to which Mr. Doll belongs, are fast thinning out. Like
so many of the men of this type, his interest in entomology is not
that of the scientific investigator, but rather that of the preparator
and collector. From early childhood on, he felt the irresistible
impulse to roam afield and to observe nature at first hand. Neg-
lected school work, or, later in life, the meager returns from a

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2

Plate XVIII

JACOB DOLL.

1847-1929.

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 105

vocation, distasteful and indifferently performed — what did they
matter compared with the joy of days out of doors and with the
gratification of new treasures added to a growing collection. He
did not concern himself much with taxonomic details, such as
studying the scales on the wings or counting the spines on the
legs of an insect, nor did he trouble to record in writing his varied
experiences and discoveries. Endowed with a tenacious memory
and a keen eyesight, it sufficed his purpose that he could name
at a glance any of the thousands of species which had ever come
to hand and recall instantly all of the circumstances connected
with each acquisition. In this spirit and at the cost of great hard-
ships and privations some of the most notable collections now in
Museums have been assembled, but many others, perhaps equally
important, have been scattered or destroyed and of the owners
and their lives little or nothing is known to-day.

To Mr. Doll’s credit there is a long list of moths all bearing
the specific name of “ dolli ” in his honor as the first discoverer of
the species. Many of these were collected by him during pioneer
days out west. Of his exploits and the incidents connected with
the capture of these insects, he is wont to talk freely at times of
relaxation among his entomological freinds and it is to be hoped
that he may yet be induced to put these narratives in writing.
How much more would it mean to students in future generations
if with his name they also could associate something of the per-
sonality of the collector. For the present only a brief sketch of
Mr. Doll’s life and activities, is available.

Born on May 8, 1847, the son of a baker, in the little town
of Edenkoben, Rhine Palatinate, Germany, Mr. Doll recalls most
vividly the days of his boyhood rambles over the forest and vine-
clad hills of his homeland to which he gave full indulgence, ex-
cepting as interfered with by the compulsory attendance at the
public school. From these excursions he always returned with
something to add to his collections and living pets. A closet in
his bedroom was filled with boxes of insects, killed cruelly, but
expeditiously, by piercing with the red-hot point of a pin. All
through the house there were cages with finches, thrushes, night-
ingales and other songsters captured by the use of bird lime or
by robbing nests. From the woodshed could be heard the cawing
of a brood of young crows transferred from their roost in the
crumbling tower of the robber knight castle on the precipice over-
looking the town. Tethered to the wellsweep, a red fox was tug-

106 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

ging and snarling; while in the barnyard with the fowl, a stork
with a crippled wing stalked about sedately. As a youngster,
Mr. Doll must have been a severe trial to the forebearance of his
parents.

At the age of thirteen he was apprenticed to learn the trade
of his father. Then followed troublesome years of war and revo-
lution. Austrian, Prussian, and French armies in turn invaded
the province and with soldiers constantly billeted in the homes of
the inhabitants, the spirit of restlessness became general. A sturdy
and well-grown lad at fifteen, young Doll and several of his com-
panions were easily persuaded by a recruiting officer to join the
foreign legion of the French army. A gulden or two placed in
their hands to bind the bargain, they were started off by rail to
report at the garrison in Strassburg, where they arrived in the
midst of the celebration of a country fair. With money burning
in their pockets, how could they resist such a temptation ? Soon
they were mingling and jostling in the merry crowd. A friendly
soldier from their own town warned them of the dangers and of
the horrible life in Algiers, their ultimate destination. So when
night came on, their money gone and also their lust for adven-
ture, they sneaked past the sentries, gained the open country and
after several days of wandering, reached home again foot-sore
and hungry.

A full-fledged journeyman at seventeen and becoming appre-
hensive of conscription in his unhappy homeland, we next find
the young man seeking refuge across the sea, only to be caught
in the turmoil of another war when he landed in New York in
1864. After several months of haphazard occupations, he en-
listed in the Union Army to serve with the 45th Regiment sta-
tioned at Nashville, Tenn. Of the noisy, boisterous lot of men
who crowded into the train, only he and a few more recruits were
left when they had passed through the tunnel leading to the New
Jersey meadows. All the others, mostly substitutes for drafted
men, had deserted. lionorably discharged and returned to New
York at the conclusion of hostilities in 1865, he moved to Brook-
lyn, following his trade as a baker or various other callings as
long as they afforded a simple living and time to spare for ram-
bles in fields and woods. Very soon he knew all the best places
for collecting, not only in the vicinity of Brooklyn, but out on
Long Island and in New Jersey as well. This naturally brought
him in contact with men of a likewise roving bent — hunters, fish-

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 107

ermen and particularly insect collectors, who admired his neatness
and skill in the preservation and mounting of specimens. One
of the men he met was Max Demuth, a glass blower and some-
what of a taxidermist, who was employed by P. T. Barnum, of
museum and circus fame. In 1871, they formed a partnership
on an expedition to Florida ; Demuth to collect mammals and
birds and Doll, insects. At Hogarth Landing on the St. John’s
River, reached from Jacksonville by rowboat, they built a cabin
and lived on fish and game. Demuth, taken sick with fever,
sought relief from his aches and pains by drinking whiskey and in
his drunken stupor, never saved a skin out of the hundreds of
birds and mammals killed. Doll, after nine months in the South,
returned with a large collection of butterflies and moths, including
a number of species new to science. This led to his acquaintance
with some of the more noted entomologists, among them, George
Franck, founder of the American Entomological Society, E. L.
Graef, William Stadelmeier, Rev. Dr. George Hulst, William
Schaup and Berthold Neumoegen, all of whom he survives.

Mr. Neumoegen, a well-to-do banker and the owner of one
of the largest collections of Lepidoptera in this country, was so
impressed with Mr. Doll’s ability as a preparator that he engaged
him to take care of his collection, in which service he continued
until the death of his employer in 1896. Mr. Neumoegen had a
wide circle of correspondents in many parts of the world from
whom he received large shipments of specimens, all of which
passed through Doll’s hands for sorting and mounting. This con-
stant handling of specimens no doubt gave him his remarkable
faculty for recognizing species at a glance and for remembering
their names. Moreover, he was privileged to retain duplicates
for himself, thereby laying the foundation for his own collection,
which in time became widely known for the beauty and perfect
preservation of the specimens contained therein. In fact, the
perfect condition and correct mounting of a butterfly always has
been an obsession with Mr. Doll. Torn specimens had no place
in his collection. Often, however, they could be saved by mend-
ing and patching, a subterfuge in which he acquired such skill
as to defy detection. A moth submitted by him to a scientist in
Washington proved so puzzling that it was given a new generic
as well as specific name. Then, when placed in a moistening jar,
its head fell off, disclosing a substitution from another species.

108 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

In 1880, Mr. Doll accompanied his employer on a collecting
trip to Colorado, where they stopped at various places along the
Rio Grande Railroad, whenever collecting conditions seemed fa-
vorable. At Almosa, then the railroad terminal, they found a
stage waiting to take them to Gunnison. Inside and outside of the
coach a number of men were posted, all carrying loaded rifles.
When Neumoegen learned that this was a necessary precaution to
ward off attacks by the Ute Indians, he decided not to take a
chance at losing his scalp and returned home. Doll remained
until frost came in October. Mr. Neumoegen, however, was so
pleased with the collecting results in Colorado that he sent Mr.
Doll on another expedition the following year. This time Mr.
Doll traveled to the railroad’s end at Tucson, Arizona, and from
there by stage to Phoenix and Prescott, where he made the ac-
quaintance of Gus Milow, an ex-soldier who had lived through
the Indian campaign and knew everybody, reputable, disreputable,
outlaw and Indian. His pride was a spanking pair of horses with
which he had twice crossed the continent, driving from Newark,
N. J., to Arizona and back again. When he was sober, these
horses received his most affectionate attention, but when drunk,
which happened whenever there was money to spend, he treated
them cruelly. At any rate, Milow became Mr. Doll’s guide and
carried him safely through wild and inhospitable places. This
turned out to be one of the most successful collecting trips ever
undertaken.

After Mr. Neumoegen’s death in 1896, the late Prof. Franklin
W. Hooper, recognizing the importance of the Neumoegen col-
lection, with his usual forethought, brought about its purchase for
the Museum by Mr. Frank S. Jones, a member of the Board of
Trustees. With its transfer in 1897, the appointment of Mr. Doll
as Curator of Lepidoptera also was effected. The acquisition of
this collection and its supervision by a custodian so experienced
in entomological ways at once established the Brooklyn Museum
as a headquarters for students of butterflies and moths. Exten-
sive additions through gifts and by exchanges followed rapidly.
The E. L. Graef collection, second in importance only to the Neu-
moegen collection, was presented to the Museum in 1900. Other
valuable gifts received at about the same time were the Stephen
Caverly, George Hulst and Charles S. McKnight collections.

To this good beginning Mr. Doll has added largely by field
work. Aside from his out-of-door activities on Long Island and

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 109

near-by localities he has collected in the Adirondacks, the White
Mountains and in the North Woods of Maine. He has also been
a member of Museum Expeditions sent to southeastern Texas in
1903 and to southwestern Utah in 1904 'and 1917; all of which
proved very productive. His skill in the preparation of Museum
exhibits is shown by the very attractive series of life histories of
butterflies and moths common in the vicinity of Brooklyn. The
outstanding feature, however, of Mr. Doll’s work has been and
will always be his conscientious and painstaking attention to the
collections entrusted to his care. During the long term of his
incumbency there has never been the slightest trouble due to the
ravages of dermestes beetles or other Museum pests.

Geo. P. Engelhardt,
Brooklyn Museum.

NOTICE.

Change of Address.

On and after June 1st, the editor’s address will be 34 De Kalb
Avenue, White Plains, N. Y.

J. R. DE LA TORRE-BUENO.

110 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

ON PHYLLOPHAGA DEBILIS LECONTE, WITH DE-
SCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES.

By H. C. Fall, Tyngsboro, Mass.

Students of our species of Phyllophaga will recall that LeConte
in 1856 in his Synopsis of the Melolonthidae described a small
species under the name Gynnis debilis, the locality of the unique
type being given as Philadelphia. In his Revision of 1887 Horn
referred debilis as a synonym of dispar Burm. (erroneously as it
proved), and expressed a serious doubt as to the correctness of
LeConte’s locality, all specimens known to him coming from
Florida.

Some weeks ago I received from Mr. Chas. Liebeck, of Phila-
delphia, four specimens bearing label Atlantic City, N. J., to-
gether with four others from Mobile, Ala., with the request that
I compare these with the type of debilis and with each other. It
was Mr. Liebeck’s belief that the New Jersey specimens would
prove to be the true debilis, and on comparison I did indeed find
them to agree with the type in every particular,

Mr. Liebeck writes me that — “These four examples are all that
I have now though there must have been more in a pint bottle of
specimens picked up in the beach drift at Atlantic City some forty
years ago. The alcohol evaporated, the specimens dried and
became gradually broken and as there were some P. gracilis in the
bottle, supposed they were all one species and threw them away.”
These Atlantic City specimens, and others taken by Wenzel in
Camden and Gloucester Co., N. J. (according to the New Jersey
State List) of course abundantly substantiate the correctness of
LeConte’s original type locality, and it now becomes pertinent to
inquire as to the relationship of the New Jersey form to that
occurring in the Gulf States. A careful comparison of the New
Jersey examples with Mr. Liebeck’s Mobile specimens and others
in my own collection from Florida and Mississippi inclines
me to the belief that though very closely related they are not
specifically identical, and I therefore propose the following name
for the Southern form.

Phyllophaga austricolia n. sp.

Very similar in size, color, and general appearance to the
true debilis of LeConte, from which it differs by the per-
ceptibly shorter and more transverse prothorax and notably

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 111

by the larger head, especially in the male. The ventral sexual
characters are nearly the same, but the genitalia differ
appreciably, the lobes of the symmetrical claspers which in
debilis are short and bluntly rounded are here longer and
narrowly rounded or subangulate (See fig. 15, pi. XLIX, of
Smith’s 1888 paper).

The type is a male labelled “Perkinston, Miss. 6-22-22,”
collected from cypress and sent me by Mr. J. M. Langston.

The three following evidently undescribed species have stood
in my collection for many years and I take this opportunity to
make them known.

Phyllophaga mariana n. sp.

Rather stout oblong-oval, moderately convex, ferruginous
brown, scarcely shining, thinly clothed with short grey decum-
bent pubescence with intermixed slightly longer erect hairs
on the head, thorax, and base of elytra. Clypeus with a
moderate obtusely cuspiform emargination, punctures of
clypeus and head subequal, not very coarse, separated by
from one-half to about their own diameters.

Prothorax not distinctly angulate at sides, margins feebly
subcrenulate ; surface rather finely and sparsely punctate,
the punctures subequal to or slightly finer than those of the
head and separated by one to two times their own diameters,
not denser laterally. Elytral punctuation slightly coarser
and sparser than that of the thorax ; sutural costa moderate,
the others weak.

Pygidium feebly convex, finely not densely punctate,
pubescence short,- -recumbent ; margin rather strongly reflexed
at apex. Metasternum with long hair ; abdomen with short
apressed hairs, first three ventral segments finely closely
punctate in apical half, almost smooth in basal half. Length
19 mm. ; width 10.2 mm.

Male characters — Antennal club a little longer than the
funicle, but distinctly shorter than the entire stem; spurs of
hind tibiae and ungual teeth nearly as in parvidens. Third
ventral segment obtusely tumid at middle along the rear
margin ; fourth broadly feebly impressed at middle, this area
covered with flattened granules and limited anteriorly by an
oblique roughened tumidity which extends backward and
outward terminating in a smooth acute ridge parallel with
the rear margin and about two-fifths the length of the seg-
ment therefrom ; hind margin obtusely subangularly prom-
inent at middle ; fifth ventral with an abrubt ridge along the

112 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

basal margin in middle third, and a slight median longitudinal
impression.

Florida (Lake Mary), a single male specimen.

This species is allied to rubiginosa, parvidens and pygidialis
but differs from all of them, including the var. hesteropyga Davis,
in the ventral sexual characters. The more flattened pygidium
with strongly reflexed elytral margin still further excludes rubi-
ginosa and arvidens, but should be nearly as in pygidialis which
I have not seen ; the form broader behind, shining surface and
punctuation of the latter as described do not at all agree with the
present species.

Phyllophaga iroides n. sp.

Subcylindrical, slightly wider behind, dark reddish-brown
or rufopiceous, surface distinctly iridescent sericeous and
dull.

Head nearly black, somewhat shining ; clypeus emarginate,
rather strongly and densely punctate, the punctures however
not in mutual contact ; front less closely punctured.

Prothorax narrowed in front, sides parallel in posterior
half, margin finely somewhat irregularly crenulate ; punc-
tuation rather fine and evenly distributed, lightly impressed,
punctures distant from one to two times their own width.

Elytral punctures but little larger than those of the thorax
though more vague; all the costae very feebly indicated.
Pygidium broadly convex, sericeous, very finely sparsely
shallowly punctate, each puncture bearing a minute hair.

Metasternum finely not closely punctate with short hair ;
abdomen convex, sericeous, with sparse minute punctures
bearing exceedingly fine short hairs ; claws with a moderate
intramedian tooth.

Length 17 mm.; width 8.75-9 mm-

Male characters. — Antennal club scarcely longer than the
basal joint and much shorter than the funicle. Penultimate
ventral segment with a small shallow subparabolic concavity
which is shining and densely punctate posteriorly.

Described from two males bearing label Huachuca Mts., Ari-
zona, VIII-16-10.

This species possesses the characters of Horn’s Group XIII,
and because of its iridescent surface is to be associated with sub-
mucida. In this latter the punctuation is stronger, the elytral
costae more distinct, the antennal club of the male very much
longer, and the male ventral characters wholly different.

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 113

Phyllophaga microdon n. sp.

Oblong, cylindrical, moderately robust, castaneous, shin-
ing, above glabrous. Head three-fifths as wide as the thorax,
densely punctate throughout ; clypeus narrowly reflexed, very
feebly to scarcely perceptibly sinuate at middle.

Thorax widest at middle, the sides there strongly rounded,
thence subrectilinearly convergent in both directions, the
hind angles obtuse, margin feebly flatly crenulated by the
short sparse ciliae ; surface sparsely finely evenly punctate.

Elytra not very much wider than the thorax (less than
one-fifth in the type) and similarly sparsely finely punctate,
the punctures separated as a rule by three or four times their
own diameters ; sutural costa not strong, the others nearly
obliterated.

Pygidium shining, nearly flat, with a few very fine scat-
tered punctures. Metasternum finely sparsely punctate and
shining, very thinly pubescent. Abdomen shining, almost im-
punctate except remotely near the sides. Last joint of max-
illary palpi fusiform, flattened on the outer face. Claws with
a very small basal tooth.

Length 16.5-17 mm. ; width 8.3-9 mm-

Male characters. — Antennal club, distinctly longer than the
funicle but not so long as the entire stem. Ventral segments
flattened and a little concave at middle but without other
sexual characters except for a small shallow median concav-
ity on the last segment.

Three specimens of this remarkably distinct species are before
me, the type in my own collection and two paratypes from Mr.
Liebeck’s collection. All bear the label “ Hackberry Creek, Bo-
quillas Road, Brewster Co., Texas, Sept. 2, 1912, R & H.” Mr.
Liebeck writes me there are four other examples in the Philadel-
phia Academy Collection, two of these from the above-named
locality, one from Persimmon Gap, Santiago Mts., the other from
Dog Canon, both in Brewster Co. All of the specimens were col-
lected by Rehn and Hebard.

This species must be referred to Group XIII of Horn’s Revi-
sion where it may precede glahricula. It does not at all resemble
any of the four species there included ; indeed the finely sparsely
punctate upper surface, thorax widest at middle with obtuse hind
angles, almost glabrous metasternum, tarsal claws with a very
small tooth at the extreme base, and the absence of ventral sexual
characters aside from the flattening of the segments, form a com-
bination of characters not approached by any other known species

114 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

of our fauna. The tooth of the tarsal claws is actually as small as
in maculicollis although this latter is a much smaller species.

The male genitalia of the three species above described have
been extracted and prove in every case to be abundantly distinct
from any previously figured. The following simple outline
sketches of the male claspers while not strictly drawn to scale are
sufficiently accurate for comparative purposes. The shorter
branch of the terminal fork of the long median process in mariana
is quite likely a malformation, the organ being otherwise entirely
symmetrical. In both iroides and microdon the claspers are also
symmetrical and fused together beneath so that the caudal open-
ing is completely inclosed except for the horizontal notch in
iroides.

Fig. i. P. mariana a. caudal; b. lateral; c. caudc-lateral aspect.
Fig. 2. P. iroides ; same lettering.

Fig. 3. j P. microdon ; same lettering.

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 115

EDWIN EDDY CALDER.

Prof. E. E. Calder, Dean of the Rhode Island College of Phar-
macy and Allied Sciences, died in Deaconess Hospital, Boston,
on January 15, 1929, in his 76th year. Prof. Calder has been an
active member of the Brooklyn Entomological Society since 1918.
His entomological interests were concerned with the Coleoptera
and in this order especially with the Cicindelidae, of which his
collection had few rivals in North America. A number of types
of species described by him are included.

Prof. Calder was born in Providence, R. I., March 17, 1853,
the son of John Lewis and Julia F. Calder. He specialized in the
sciences with particular reference to chemistry. He was assistant
instructor in analytical chemistry at Brown University from 1874
until 1882, when he became professor of chemistry at the Boston
University of Medicine, where he continued until 1906, at the
same time being actively associated with the Rhode Island College
of Pharmacy. He received the honorary degree of A.M. from
Brown University and later the honorary degree of Ph.C. and
Ph.D. from the Rhode Island College of Pharmacy and Allied
Sciences. In addition to his educational duties he conducted a
private analytical chemistry business as a member of the firm of
Calder and Strickland in Providence.

On December 23, 1875, Prof. Calder married Ella A. T. Els-
bree, who died several years ago. He is survived by one daugh-
ter, Frances W. Calder, of Longmeadow, R. I.

Prof. Calder’s residence in Providence limited his attendance at
the meetings of the Brooklyn Entomological Society to “ occa-
sional events,” but he was a loyal member, always on the lookout
to get support for the publications of the Society.

We are advised that Prof. Calder’s collection of Coleoptera and
his extensive library are for sale. This would be a valuable ac-
quisition to any institution or collector. We hope both will be
acquired by the Park Museum of Providence, R. I., in commemo-
ration of a faithful member and an honored citizen.

George P. Engelhardt,

Brooklyn Museum.

116 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

THE INTEGUMENT OF THE LARVA OF THE ALDER
FLEA BEETLE.

By William Colcord Woods, Kent School, Kent, Conn.

Summary.

As in insects generally, the body wall of the larva of the alder
flea beetle ( Altica himarginata Say: Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae)
is composed of three layers: (i) a cuticula, secreted by (2) an
underlying hypo dermis, which rests upon (3) a structureless
basement membrane. Three sorts of glands are differentiated in
the hypodermal layer : molting fluid glands, glands connected with
the trichogens, and “ prothoracic glands.”

The Cuticula.

The cuticula of the body wall consists of three layers : a very
thin faintly staining epicuticula (the “ Grenzhautchen” of Ger-
man authors), a deeply pigmented primary cuticula which does
not stain with an eosin-haematoxylin combination, and a non-
pigmented secondary cuticula which does stain. This staining
reaction has 'probably little significance : i.e., in another chry-
somelid larva ( Deloyala clavata Fabr.) under similar conditions
the primary cuticula stains violet, and the secondary pinkish.

The cuticula is covered with conspicuous nodules which lie
thickly scattered between the setiferous tubercles ; their appear-
ance in a caustic potash preparation is shown in figure 1 and in
cross section in figure 2. Together with the tubercles these
nodules are by far the most deeply pigmented portions of the
cuticula, although pigment granules occur in other parts. The
nodule, most of which is primary cuticula, is covered by a com-
paratively thick cap of epicuticula which is very deeply pigmented.

The writer has made no chemical tests and does not know the
extent of chitinization in the cuticula. The primary layer is prob-
ably the only sclerotized portion : ( 1 ) the cuticula of a newly

molted larva is devoid of pigment ; sclerotization after ecdysis is
correlated with pigmentation, and with the exception noted above,
pigment is restricted to the primary cuticula; (2) the secondary
cuticula increases in thickness during the instar, whereas scleroti-
zation is complete two or three hours subsequent to the molt.

Even the primary cuticula must be somewhat elastic since the
integument stretches considerably during the instar; the cuticula

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 117

nodules lie much closer together just after the molt than they do
a few days later. This is a generalization true of this type of
chrysomelid larvae. In all those studied, the internodular cuticula
is sufficiently transparent to allow the fat body to show through
so as to determine the general body color of the larva; in most
species, it is yellow or orange as in bimarginata, but in A. corni
Woods, for example, it is white. In each species the color of the
eggs and of the pupae is correlated with that of the fat body,
which is constant in color throughout all the stages.

The body wall is of course continuous with the lining of the
fore-intestine, the hind-intestine, the spiracular invaginations and
those of the salivary glands. Primary and secondary intima may
be traced in the fore- and hind-intestines, and at the very begin-
ning of the spiracular invaginations. The writer cannot detect
any such differentiation in the tracheae or in the salivary glands
(even at the point of invagination), and there is apparently no
“epi-intima” developed anywhere, the epicuticula ceasing at the
point of invagination.

The Hypodermis.

The hypodermis consists of cuboidal or rectangular cells, some-
what variable in size and shape, which present as such no special
modifications in the larva, Late in the prepupal period, the cells
become greatly attenuated, a condition quite different from the
typical columnar epithelium of the larva and one which persists
through most of the pupal instar. Except in the region of the
imaginal discs, the hypodermis is but a single layer of cells in
thickness.

The Basement Membrane.

The basement membrane is a delicate structureless limiting
membrane developed at the base of the hypodermal cells. In well
fixed material, its presence is always clear, but the writer has
never detected any trace of nuclei in it.

The Molting Fluid Glands

The molting fluid glands are the most conspicuous of the hypo-
dermal glands. They are large unicellular glands, occurring in all
parts of the body apparently without regular arrangement, not in-
frequent in sections, but not developed in great numbers. The
writer prefers to treat them as unicellular glands, although strictly

118 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society VoI.XXIV

each gland consists of three cells, two small cells which serve as
neck or guard cells, and a much larger secreting cell.

In larvae sectioned immediately after ecdysis, the glands are not
charged with secretion vacuoles, and the canaliculi through which
the gland empties may be seen plainly. (The writer has no data
as to whether or not these canaliculi are chitinized.) The course
of this canal is quite variable. It is always somewhat convoluted,
and apparently is always two branched, the forking occurring
usually close to the cuticula as in figure 4, but sometimes farther
back as in figure 3. (As the portions of the canal lie at different
levels, these figures are necessarily reconstructions from several
successive serial sections.)

Both figure 3 and figure 4 are drawn from a larva fixed during
ecdysis. The molting fluid is elaborated during the instar and the
gland gradually becomes charged with secretion vacuoles. During
this process the glands become somewhat but not very greatly
enlarged. An enlarged and vacuolar gland, drawn from a two
day prepupa, is shown in figure 5. Typically the discharge of the
molting fluid takes place on this day, for sections of three day
prepupae usually show the glands somewhat reduced in size and
without secretion vacuoles, a very faint trace of the forming
pupal cuticula, and a coagulum between the hypodermis and the
now separated larval cuticula.

Since well formed molting fluid glands are to be found in sec-
tions of larvae fixed at eclosion or just after ecdysis, and since
there is no appearance of “incipient” glands in a larva just ready
to molt, the writer believes that each gland is persistent from
embryonic life up to the pupal stadium, and functions several
times. (The cells do increase in actual size, but the increase is
proportional with those of the hypodermis and epithelium.)
These glands persist through the prepupal period (after their
functioning on the second day) in a sort of resting condition, and
the writer has found them in sections of pupae up to the fifth
day of pupal life. He is unable to state definitely when and how
they disappear.

That the molting fluid complex is entirely surrounded by the
basement membrane is always clear in well fixed material. The
writer has already suggested his interpretation of the three cells
of this complex. The two upper cells, much smaller than the
lower, are protecting neck cells. Frequently if not typically the
nucleus of one cells is decidedly smaller than that of the other.

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 119

The cell divisions, always difficult to make out, were in no case
examined so sharply defined as in the figures. In some series
only one of the neck cell nuclei is apparent (as in figure 4), but
the writer does not consider this a normal condition even though
careful search has failed to reveal the missing nucleus. The
lowermost cell is the secreting cell, but the canaliculi go without
break through the neck cells.

The writer does not believe that the canaliculi ever open by a
cuticular pore to the outside, as has been figured for certain
species. He has found no evidence of such a pore, and apparently
the molting fluid is poured out when the new cuticula is just form-
ing, before it has covered over the hypodermis at the base of the
gland. Were the canaliculi to penetrate through special pores,
it is evident that new glands would have to be formed at each
ecdysis, which is almost certainly not the case.

In caustic potash preparations, what seems to be cuticular
pores appear rarely in the setiferous tubercles. These pores are
really trichopores, and usually a tiny seta may be found con-
nected with them. In figure 1, such a trichopore with a tiny seta
is shown on the left of the tubercle, and on the right is a tricho-
pore where the seta has entirely failed to develop. These pores
have nothing to do with the molting fluid ; they are vestiges which
indicate (as comparative studies make abundantly clear) that the
evolution of the setal pattern in Altica has been a process of
reduction.

As one would naturally expect, the molting fluid glands of
Altica are almost exactly similar to those of Galerucella, which
Poyarkoff (1910, p. 31-40, fig. 12) has described as the “glandes
a trois noyaux ” of the larva, save that in the elm leaf beetle the
neck is somewhat more drawn out, and the cell divisions are even
less apparent than in Altica.

The Trichogen Cells.

The setae of the larvae are hollow and each one is connected
with two cells, the seta forming, or trichogen cell proper, and an
associated gland cell. The hair is slightly enlarged at the tip,
where there is a pore to permit the exit of the secretion of the
gland (see figure 1). The secretion is odorless and is not put
forth in droplets when the larva is disturbed. It certainly is not
of a repugnatorial nature. Since the integument sheds water
easily, and since minute particles easily adhere to the more or

120 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

less sticky skin, the secretion is perhaps of a waxy nature. The
writer interprets the setae as primarily sense hairs, with which a
glandular secretion (perhaps, as the larvae feed exposed on the
upper surface of the leaf, concerned with making the integument
waterproof, so as to shed rain and to check evaporation) is sec-
ondarily and incidentally associated.

In a larva fixed and sectioned immediately after a molt, the
gland cell extends some little distance up into the seta (see figure
6) but glandular activity is indicated by the appearance of a
lumen which becomes progressively larger during the instar. This
condition is shown in figure 7, from a full fed larva. A very thin
protoplasmic film which encloses the secretion droplet, running
about half way up the seta, is not shown in the figure.

Trichogen cells may be found in larvae sectioned immediately
after their hatching, and the same trichogen cells function
throughout larval life, merely showing, as do the molting fluid
glands also, an increase in size proportional to that of the other
cells. The trichogen cells of the pupa are of a very different type,
and are similar to those figured by Poyarkoff (1910, fig. 10) for
Galerucella. What the writer interprets as the trichogen cell
proper is a large elongate cell extending up into the seta, and
the gland cell beside it is relatively small (the “cellule compagne”
of Poyarkoff) . The writer believes that during the prepupal period
most of the larval trichogens are destroyed, and that the others
are converted into trichogens of the pupal type. Not only the
pupal setae fewer in number but they are of a very different type.
They are solid, not hollow, and have no glandular function ; they
support the pupa from contact with the pupal cell and are there-
fore practically confined to the back, as the pupa always lies with
the ventral aspect uppermost. They are probably not even sense
hairs ; at least, the writer has never detected any innervation.

In some sections of larvae the nervous connection is apparent,
and it is shown in both trichogens figured. Two or three of the
nerve nuclei of the complex are always larger than the others, and
these large cells are confined to the region just below the
trichogen. As indicated in the figures, the trichogen and gland
cells are always sharply distinct from the nerve tissue. The
writer has no material properly stained to study the detailed in-
nervation. In nearly all cases, as in figure 6, one can detect only
the nuclei, but one section shows clearly the joining of several
of these nuclei as illustrated in figure 7. The nerve nuclei

April, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 121

resemble the “Sinneszellgruppe” of Korschelt (1924, p. 218) and
are likewise divisible into larger nuclei (Sinneszellkerne) near the
seta and smaller nuclei (Neurilemmkerne) which may occur any-
where along the nerve. The writer does however hesitate to
call the smaller nuclei in Altica “neurilemma nuclei” since in all
his sections the neurilemma seems to be a very thin structureless
membrane devoid of nuclei, and, as shown in figures 6 and 7, is in
all cases plainly continuous with the basement membrane of the
hypodermis which is certainly non-nucleated. (The basement
membrane is also apparently continuous with the sarcolemmata
of the muscles as they attach to the cuticula through the hypo-
dermal tendons.) As shown by figure 7, the trichogen nerve arises
from the subhypodermal plexus, but the writer has not been able
to trace the nerve in his sections much farther than is designated
in the figure.

Aside from the innervation which is not discussed in the papers
referred to below, conditions are very similar to the poison setae
of Hemerocampa, Apatela and Euchaetias figured by Gilmer
(1925, p. 210) ; there is however no tendency for the trichogen
cell proper to degenerate as in Euchaetias, and the hairs are not
crowded together in tufts as in lepidopterous larvae. The setae
also resemble those figured by Matheson (1923, p. 55) as type
IV of Pseudococcus, except that in Altica the trichogen complex
is made up of two cells instead of three. Most of all naturally
they resemble the trichogen cells of Galerucella (Poyarkoff 1910,
p. 27-31, fig. 8). Poyarkoff figures two nuclei in his drawing of
the trichogen complex, but he does not distinguish between the
gland cell and the trichogen proper in his text.

The Prothoracic Glands.

The head of the Altica larva is somewhat retracted under the
prothoracic shield, with which it is connected by a non-sclerotized
fold of the cuticula. The hypodermis of this membranous fold is
very glandular, and probably secretes a lubricating fluid. These
glandular cells are several times as large as the ordinary cells, and
show secretion vacuoles.

The cells were noted by Poyarkoff (1910, p. 33) in Galerucella
larvae, and called by him “les glandes prothoraciques.” In that
species, each gland is remarkable in possessing from five to twelve
separate canaliculi. One would expect to find a similar condition
in Altica, but the writer has not been able to detect such canaliculi
in his sections.

122 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vo1- XXIV

The Rectal Glands.

The writer has already described (Woods, 1918, p. 305) unicel-
lular glands in the rectal epithelium of this larva, which are in-
terpreted as the molting fluid glands of the hind intestine. In
structure and staining reactions they are entirely unlike the molt-
ing fluid glands of the hypodermis. These glands may occur in
the otherwise unmodified hypodermis at some little distance from
the point of the rectal invagination.

The glands are of course totally unlike the so-called rectal
glands of certain insects, which are more properly termed
“pygidial glands.”

The Eversible Glands.

Segmentally arranged eversible glands such as were described
in detail by Garb (1915) for Melasoma lapponica are totally
wanting in Altica, and so far as the writer knows in all alticine
and galerucine larvae. They are probably confined to and char-
acteristic of the tribes Phaedonini and Phyllodectini of the sub-
family Chrysomelini. The writer has found these eversible glands
in all larvae of these two tribes which he has been able to
examine : Plagiodera versicolor Laich., Gastroidea polygoni L.,
Lina interrupta Fab., Lina scripta Fab. and Phyllodecta americana
Schaef. lie has sectioned larvae of only the last named species
but in it conditions are exactly similar to those described so
clearly and carefully by Garb.

Bibliography.

Garb, Gerson. 1915. The eversible glands of a chrysomelid
larva, Melasoma lapponica. Journ. of Ent. and Zool., 1915,
7 : 88-97.

Hilton, William A. 1902. The body sense hairs of lepidopter-
ous larvae. Amer. Nat., 1902, v. 36: 561-578.

Gilmer, Paul M. 1925. A comparative study of the poison
apparatus of certain lepidopterous larvae. Annals Ent. Soc.
Amer., 1925, v. 18 : 203-239.

Korschelt, E. 1924. Der Gelbrand. Erster Band, Kapitel 3
(Chitinskelett), Kapitel 4 (Die Driisen), and Kapitel 5 (Die
Hautsinnesorgane) .

Matheson, Robert. 1923. The wax secreting glands of Pseudo-
coccus citri Risso. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer., 1923, v. 16:

51-56.

April, 19 £9 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 123

Poyarkoff, Eraste. 1910. Recherches histologiques sur la
metamorphose d’un coleoptere (la galeruque de Tonne).
These a Paris. (Also, Arch, d’anat. micr., 1910, t. 2: 334-
474 ; for this reference add 333 to the page number given in
this paper.)

Tower, W. L. 1906. Observations on the changes in the hypo-
dermis and cuticula of Coleoptera during Ecdysis. Biol. Bull.,
1906, v. 10: 176-192.

Woods, William Colcord. 1918. The alimentary canal of the
larva of Altica himarginata Say (Col.). Annals Ent. Soc.
Amer., 1918, v. 11 : 283-313.

Explanation of Figures. Plate XIX.

Figure 1. Caustic potash preparation of integument, showing
seta with pore, setiferous tubercle with very small trichopore
and seta (left) and very small trichopore without seta
(right) ; a few of the cuticular nodules are shown above the
tubercle.

Figure 2. Section of the integument, showing the nodules in
cross section. E is epicuticula; P is primary cuticula; S is
secondary cuticula; H is hypodermis; BM is basement mem-
brane.

Figure 3. Molting fluid gland, from larva fixed during the molt
to the third instar, showing the two neck cells and the
canaliculi ; the forking is not usually so far back in the cell.

Figure 4. Molting fluid gland, from larva fixed during the molt
to the third instar, showing typical arrangement of canaliculi.
This particular gland showed only one neck cell nucleus'.

Figure 5. Molting fluid gland, charged with secretion vacuoles,
from two day prepupa. The neck cells do not show up as dis-
tinctly in this section, but are nevertheless present.

Figure 6. Trichogen complex showing innervation and extent
of gland cell from larva fixed during the molt to the third
instar.

Figure 7. Trichogen complex showing detailed innervation and
secretion vacuole developed late in the third instar.

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 2 Plate XIX

Vol. XXIV

JUNE, 1929

BULLETIN

OF THE

No. 3

SfP-Q

y /S!?«

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

MUSEO?

E. L. BELL

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

GEO. P. ENGELHARD T
Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, oO cents

Subscription, $2.50 per year

/ /

Mailed September 6, 1929

Entei^cLBs second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

OFFICERS, 1929

Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS
Vice-President

J. R. DE LA TORRE-BUENO
j Recording Secretary
E. L. BELL
Corresponding Secretary
HOWARD NOTMAN

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT
Central Museum
Eastern Parkway
Librarian

DR. JOSEPH BEQUAERT
Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New YorTc
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

NEW SPECIES OF MELOIDAE, Van Dyke 127

THE GENUS ANTEOS HUBNER, Klots 134

RECTIFICATIONS FOR BLATCHLEY'S “ HETEROPTERA, ” AND

A NEW SPECIES, Knight i ,... 143

AN EARLY CERAMBYCID, Frost 1 , 154

NOTES ON GYRINUS MARGINELLUS, Chamberlain 155

RARITY VS. SECRECY, Frost 156

ON ME T ROB A TE S HESPERIUS, Parshley 157

ETIOLOGY OF A MALFORMATION IN THE EARWIG ANISO-

LABIS MARI TIMA, D. & D. Nakahara 161

LEPID OP TEROL O GICAL CONTRIBUTIONS, Barnes & Benjamin ...... 164

UNDESCRIBED LIMNOPHILA FROM E. N. A., Alexander 187

TWO MOTHS, Eisenhardt !..' h.J..... 192

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Schaeffer 193

BOOK NOTES: DRAGONFLIES OF N. A., Davis Hp 200

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year; foreign, $2.75 in advance;
single copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles,
notes and observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors
will receive 25 reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address
subscriptions and all communications to

J. B. de la TOBBE -BUENOS, Editor,

38 De Kalb Avenue, White Plains, N. Y.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXIV June, 1929 No. 3

NEW SPECIES OF MELOIDAE (COLEOPTERA).

By Edwin C. Van Dyke, University of California, Berkeley,

California.

Tetraonyx albipilosa n. sp.

Of the size, form and general appearance of a small Tetra-
onyx fulva Lee. ; ochre colored, the antennae, apices of the
femora and tibiae, tarsi and underside of the body black;
densely clothed above with fine, erect, white pile. Head dis-
tinctly triangular, front finely and sparsely punctured, eyes
prominent, antennae extending slightly behind hind margins
of prothorax. Prothorax three-fifths as long as broad, finely
and rather sparsely punctured, transversely impressed in
front of scutellum, hind angles somewhat obtuse and blunt at
apex. Elytra two-sevenths longer than broad, broadest be-
hind middle, finely, rather closely and distinctly punctured.
Length 9 mm. (from vertex of head to apices of elytra),
breadth 4.5 mm.

Holotype (No. 2599, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.), a unique in the
museum of the California Academy of Sciences, collected by Mr.
J. O. Martin at Pecos, Tex., May 15, 1927.

This species which rather closely resembles fulva Lee. may al-
ways be distinguished by its ochre color and white pile, fulva Lee.
and femoralis Duges being orange colored and with orange pile.
Tetraonyx frontalis Chevr. and femoralis Duges also differ by
having black faces and very dense punctuation and frontalis in ad-
dition by having entirely black legs. No described Mexican spe-
cies could be confused with it.

Epicauta foxi n. sp.

Rather small and short, black with exception of small linear
orange patch on front of head, disk of pronotum and elytra

127

128 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

rather sparsely furnished with very short and inconspicuous
black hair, sides of head, sides, basal margin and triangular
area at apex of prothorax, suture, lateral and apical margin
of elytra, entire underside and basal three-fourths of femora
clothed with rather long and conspicuous cinereous pile.
Head quadrate, rather coarsely and sparsely punctured on
front, more finely and closely near the eyes, somewhat shin-
ing, median longitudinal impression notched at vertex, finely
impressed on front and triangularly impressed in front ; eyes
not prominent, long and narrow and with head deeply im-
pressed along posterior margin ; antennae rather short, ex-
tending backwards three segments beyond hind margin of
prothorax, segments closely articulated and but slightly nar-
rowed apically. Prothorax somewhat quadrate, broader
than long, sides straight and parallel behind, broadly rounded
in front, disk somewhat flattened, rather finely and closely
punctured, very finely and closely so in triangular area in
front, median longitudinal impression quite deep at center,
vague impressions at sides. Elytra over twice as long as
broad, surface finely granulate, the punctuation fine, hardly
observable between the granules. Beneath rather finely and
closely punctured. Length io mm., breadth 3 mm.

Holotype (No. 2600, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.) and three para-
types in the museum of the California Academy of Sciences, col-
lected at Jacumba, San Diego Co., Calif., Oct. 3, 1295, by Mr. J.
D. Guilder and presented to the Academy by the late C. L. Fox,
after whom I take great pleasure in naming it.

The species like impressifrons Van Dyke, previously described
in this journal, belongs in that peculiar and small group of
Epicauta which includes besides these two, caviceps Horn, rileyi
Horn and straba Horn, all characterized by being rather short
and with the antennae scarcely more slender to tip, the segments
cylindrical, the eyes narrow, emarginate in front, not over prom-
inent and the vertex always definitely sulcate or at least notched.
In color pattern, it resembles alphonsii Horn but the latter has the
antennae more narrowed apically, the eyes broad, and the pro-
thorax longer than wide and but sparsely punctured, placing it in
a different group.

The following key will enable the members of the caviceps
group to be separated.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 129

I. Upper surface densely clothed with cinereous or slightly

ochraceous colored pile 2

Upper surface black or with but the margins cinereous 4

2. Vertex and front of head deeply sulcate, the pronotum im-

pressed near hind angles, suture of elytra somewhat elevated

in front of middle. S. Ariz caviceps Horn

Vertex only notched, the front but finely grooved at most. .3

3. Pronotum evidently impressed on either side, elytral suture

distinctly elevated at middle. S. Ariz rileyi Horn

Pronotum evenly convex, elytral suture normally straight.
Palm Springs, Calif impressifrons Van Dyke

4. Entirely black, vertex notched, pronotum shallowly canalicu-

late but with large and rather deep impressions on either

side. S. Calif straha Horn

Black with cinereous hair margining prothorax and elytra as
well as clothing the underside, vertex notched, pronotum
with well marked longitudinal impression at middle and with
but vague impressions at sides. Jacumba, Calif, .foxi n. sp.

Lytta nigrocyanea n. sp.

Of large or moderate size, quite robust, subopaque, a deep
indigo blue color, the antennae black, the legs bluish black,
and a small spot on the front orange; head, prothorax and
basal margin of elytra clothed with erect black hair. Head
quadrate, rather coarsely punctured on the front, more finely
and closely on the vertex and posterior angles, the vertex
faintly notched at center ; eyes slightly emarginate anteriorly ;
antennae extending several segments beyond base of pro-
thorax, intermediate segments markedly unilaterally clubbed
in males, less so in females, the seventh and eighth segments
the largest in males. Prothorax broader than long and gen-
erally broader than head, broadest in front of middle, sides
arcuate ; disk slightly convex or flattened, with median longi-
tudinal line well impressed at middle and at base, often with
shallow lateral impressions, and moderately punctured at
center and finely, closely punctured at sides. Elytra consid-
erably broader than prothorax, two and a half times as long
as broad, the surface deeply, more or less confluently punc-
tate and cribrate, more finely so at sides. Beneath finely and
moderately closely punctate, anteriorly clothed with' fine,
erect black pile. Outer spur of hind tibiae broad and con-
cave, inner of equal length but spiniform. Length 15-20
mm., breadth 4-6.5 mm., average length 16 mm. and breadth
5 mm.

Males with pygidium broadly rounded at apex, fifth ventral
triangularly emarginate at apex, front tibia with but one very

130 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

long and curved spine at apex, and hind trochanters with an
acute spine. The antennae are longer and the intermediate
segments slightly more enlarged than in the female.

Holotype male (No. 1601, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.) and several
designated paratypes from a series of seven specimens collected
at Palisade, Colo., May 7, 1901, and’ submitted to me by the Colo-
rado Agricultural College at Fort Collins, Colo. Through the
kindness of Dr. Gillette, the Holotype and one paratype will be
deposited in the museum of the California Academy of Sciences.
The remainder will be found in the collection of the Colorado
Agricultural College.

This species according to Fall’s key1 would run close to nuttalli
Say and cyanipennis Lee., which it resembles in general size and
appearance, but differs in color, being of a uniform deep indigo
blue, has the elytra much more evidently sculptured, and the front
tibiae of the males with but one spine at apex whereas in the
others there are two.

Lytta maculicollis n. sp.

Large and more or less cylindrical, somewhat shining;
black, apical area of prothorax reddish orange, the markings
generally in the shape of an inverted U, and an, orange spot
on the front of the head; quite glabrous above. Head well
rounded in outline, rather finely, not closely punctured, the
vertex faintly notched; eyes slightly emarginate • in front;
antennae robust, distinctly moniliform, extending three seg-
ments beyond base of prothorax, segments gradually nar-
rower outwardly. Prothorax slightly longer than broad,
narrower than head, the sides straight and somewhat con-
vergent posteriorly, well rounded apically, disk barely con-
vex, with median longitudinal line vaguely impressed if at all,
and finely, irregularly and sparsely punctured. Elytra con-
siderably broader than head, about two and a half times as
broad, the surface finely reticulate. Beneath finely, moder-
ately closely punctured in front, more sparsely on abdomen
and clothed with fine pubescence in front. Outer spur of
hind tibia stout, cylindrical, obliquely truncate at apex, the
inner shorter and spinous. Length 14-22 mm., breadth 4-7
mm., average length 18 mm. and breadth 6 mm.

Males with pygidium truncate at apex, fifth ventral deeply
triangularly emarginate at apex, front tibia with the usual

1 Tr. Am. Entom. Soc., Vol. XXVII (1901), pp. 295-300.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 131

pair of rather short spines at apex, and hind trochanters ellip-
tical and without spines. The antennae of the males are
longer than those of the female, with the segments 4-10
elongate elliptical, whereas they are shorter and more tri-
angular in the females.

Holotype male, allotype female (Nos. 2602 and 2603, Mus.
Calif. Acad. Sci.) and several designated paratypes in my collec-
tion from a series of thirty-eight specimens taken by myself from
lupine near Panoche Creek in western Fresno Co., Calif., April
29, 1922. A paratype will be deposited in the U. S. National
Museum at Washington.

This species, I had confused for some time with Lytta molesta
Horn, a species to which it is rather closely related and which
superficially resembles it and which moreover is to be found in
its territory. Lytta molesta Horn is generally broader and more
robust ; with the head more quadrate ; the prothorax much
broader, flatter, subangulate at sides, the orange markings lateral ;
and the males with the hind trochanters definitely spined. The
orange markings of maculicollis are quite variable. In a few
specimens the apical two-thirds of the prothorax is orange, in
most an inverted U-shaped spot is to be found, in others there are
only lateral spots while in a few specimens, the prothorax is en-
tirely black. These last might be confused with Lytta insperata
Horn which they simulate but the spined hind trochanters of the
males of the latter will separate them. Lytta hoppingi Wellm.,
another species of the safne general territory, with bicolored pro-
thorax, is narrower, with the prothorax more cylindrical and the
orange spots of the same always lateral, as well as with the entire
upper surface sparsely pilose.

Lytta auriculata Horn

This species is represented in the arid parts of the western San
Joaquin Valley by a phase which is entirely unicolorous, also
somewhat more of a bottle green than the more typical southern
specimens.

Lytta lecontei Heyden

This name should replace that of Lytta dichroa (Lee.). Le-
Conte named his species in 1853, but Fischer used the same name
in 1823 for a species from southern Russia. Heyden in 1890

132 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

detected the duplication and suggested the name lecontei for Le-
Conte’s species.

Colospasta elegans (Lee.) and Colospasta perpulchra Horn
Upon critically examining my series of these two so-called spe-
cies, I find that each not only varies considerably as to color but
also as to sculpture and that they grade into each other in inter-
mediate territory. Typical specimens of perpulchra as stated by
Horn2 have the head and prothorax quite smooth but others found
with typical specimens have the same parts as evidently punctured
as they normally are in elegans. There being no other good char-
acters to separate them, I would in consequence class them as
but one species. In the hills bordering the southwestern part of
the San Joaquin Valley, there occurs an entirely blue phase. This,
I would call the subspecies cyanea and designate as the Holotype
(No. 2604, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.), a specimen collected on Mt.
Pinos, eastern Kern Co., Calif., June 18, 1904, by Mr. Fordyce
Grinnell. The head and prothorax in the three specimens which
I possess are quite smooth as in perpulchra. I would indicate
the various named phases of elegans as follows :

Colospasta elegans (Lee.)
var. humeralis Horn
subsp. perpulchra Horn
subsp. cyanea n. subsp.

Zonitis arizonica n. sp.

Narrow and elongate, subopaque, finely pubescent; testace-
ous, eyes, apices of mandibles, terminal segments of palpi,
apices of femora and tibiae, greater portion of tarsi and
abdomen black or piceous. Head triangular, tempora prom-
inent, front rather coarsely, closely punctured ; eyes large and
convex, slightly emarginate in front, separated anteriorly by
a distance equal to their width, beneath by only the narrow
gula ; antennae slender and long, two thirds the length of the
body, segment two three fourths length of three, fourth but
one fourth longer than three and subequal to fifth, sixth
slightly longer and narrower, the following gradually shorter.
Prothorax about as long as broad, flattened on disk sub-

2 Notes on Coleoptera by George H. Horn, Proc. Am. Phil.
Soc., Vol. XXIX (1891), pp. 99-102.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 133

campanulate, broadest at base, sides sinuate just in front,
thence almost parallel to beyond middle and oblique and
slightly rounded to apex, densely rather coarsely punctured,
with median longitudinal line vaguely impressed. Scutellum
densely, finely punctured. Elytra about three times as long
as broad, very densely, rather coarsely and more or less con-
fluently punctured. Beneath slightly more shining, rather
closely and finely punctured. Hind tibial spurs short, stout,
concave and subequal. Length n mm., breadth 3.25 mm.

Male with fifth ventral impressed at apex, the sixth deeply
triangularly emarginate.

Holotype (No. 2605, Mus. Calif. Acad. Sci.) and one parotype
in the museum of the California Academy of Sciences, the first
from six miles south of Florence, Ariz., July 23, 1924, the second
from near Tucson, Ariz., Aug. 11, 1924, both collected by Mr. E.
P. Van Duzee.

This species is in color, size and physical characters probably
quite close to Zonitis megalops3 Champ, from Guatemala, but it
differs in several ways. In the latter, there is a vague median
vitta on the prothorax and scutellum, the antennae are somewhat
annulated, and the femora are barred at the middle ; in the
antennae the second and third segments are subequal, fourth
nearly twice the length of the third and the fourth to the sixth
subequal ; the prothorax longer than broad and finely punctured ;
and the elytra very densely and finely punctured. From the lighter
phases of the two large eyed species of our own country which
belong in the same group with it, it can be readily separated,
uittipennis Horn having the prothorax and elytra very sparsely
punctured and longicornis Horn, the elytra proportionally shorter
and broader as well as much more finely punctured and the inter-
mediate antennal segments shorter. Typical specimens of the
two last can of course always be separated by their vittate mark-
ings.

3 Biol. Centr.-Amer., Coleopt., vol. IV, pt. 2 (Feb., 1892), pp.
.386-387.

134 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiV

THE GENUS ANTEOS HUBNER (LEPIDOPTERA,
PIERIDAE).

Generic Status and Relationships, and Male Genitalia, with a
Description of a New Structure in the Rhodocerini.

By Alex. B. Klots, Ithaca, N. Y.

As pointed out by Godman and Salvin (i) the New World
species generally placed in the Old World genus Gonepteryx
Leach are worthy of generic distinction. To these the generic
name Anteos Hubner applies (2). Rober (3) along with other
authors has advocated placing these species under Amynthia
Swainson (4), but this name is of later date than Anteos and
therefore a synonym. In spite of his own suggestion Rober places
them in Gonepteryx.

Three very distinct species are known, maerula Fabricius, clo-
rinde Godart and menippe Hubner. Maerula is the type of the
genus, having been so designated by Godman and Salvin ( 1 ) .

Menippe was tentatively placed in Catopsilia by Forbes (5) on
the basis of the rounded secondaries and the rudimentary hair-
pencil on the primaries. Although menippe does indeed differ
from maerula and clorinde in various characters in which it
more or less resembles Catopsilia, these characters seem insig-
nificant compared with its striking similarity to maerula and
clorinde in the male genitalia.

In making any comparison with Catopsilia, however, we must
first define Catopsilia, inasmuch as structurally the Old World
species of Catopsilia are exceedingly distinct from the New
World species. This difference is so marked that the writer pro-
poses to treat of it in a later paper. For the present purposes of
comparison the Old World and the New World Catopsilia have
been treated as distinct groups, with C. florella as representative
of the Old World group and C. statira and rurina for the New
World.

Description of Terms Used.

Male genitalia.

Basal Prong of Uncus. (See Figs. 9 and 10.) — A small lobe
located dorsally near base of uncus. Note that the presence of

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 135

this structure is correlated with the presence of the basal prong
of the penis.

Harpe and its Lobes. — In A. menippe (Fig. 9) only one dorsal
lobe is present, but in A. maerula and clorinde (Figs. 11 and 12)
and in Old World Catopsilia (Fig. 10) two are present. The
more basal I have designated “dorsal lobe a.” Dorsal lobe a is
evidently a thickened portion of the infolded edge of the harpe,
and bears strong setae distally. Dorsal lobe b is in Anteos and
Old World Catopsilia a more or less trough shaped structure,
heavily chitinized along its distal edge. In Gonepteryx (Fig. 2)
it is merely a pointed heavily chitinized lobe, while in New World
Catopsilia it shows high development (Figs. 1 and 4).

The distal process is comparatively simple in all the groups
except New World Catopsilia where it often shows some evidence
of bifurcation and bears heavily chitinized teeth (Fig. 1).

Ventral lobe a arises, as does, dorsal lobe a, from the infolding
of the edge of the harpe, is rounded and bears strong setae. It
is absent in the New World Catopsilia (except statira where it
is exceedingly weak) and in Gonepteryx. It is small, fairly
heavily chitinized, and probably arises from the distal process as
was postulated by the writer for an homologous lobe in New
World Eurema (6).

Penis. The basal prong of the penis appears to be present
always when the basal prong of the uncus is present. The
variously heavily chitinized teeth on the penis are relatively con-
stant in presence and position. In Anteos they furnish characters
for differentiation of the species. (See Figs. 9, 11, 12.)

The Raised Line (See Figs. 3, 5-8).

This curious structure, if I may call it a structure, has not, as
far as can be determined, hitherto been noticed or used in classifi-
cation. It consists of a narrow line on the primaries above,
formed by a double or triple row of scales which are raised up
more or less on end. Needless to say it is rather hard to see
and does not show on rubbed specimens nor on those in which
the wings have been pressed down hard by glass on the mounting
board. It is best seen by examining the wing with a strong light
striking it at a very acute angle.

I should hesitate to make use of so minute and evanescent a
character were it not for the fact that examination of a large
series of specimens has shown it to be constant in position and to

136 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

correlate well with structural characters of undoubted value. It
has been noted on species of all the groups of Eurymus ( Colias )
and Meganostoma, on Teriocolias, Dercas and Eurema, on
Gonepteryx, Anteos, Nathalis, Kricogonia, and on both New and
Old World Catopsilia. In all of these its position is definite. In
some cases specific differences are shown, in other cases generic
differences. The structure seems to be limited to the Rhodocerini.

The origin of the raised line is hard to state, especially at this
early date. A guess, which may prove to be correct, is that it is
caused by the silk band or thread around the pupa.

The line is most easily seen in Gonepteryx where it appears to
point out a specific difference between rhamni and cleopatra.

Comparison of Anteos with Catopsilia and Gonepteryx.
As the data do not readily lend themselves to a tabular arrange-
ment the groups under consideration are compared structure by
structure as follows :

Apex of Primary:

Anteos —

a. menippe — rounded, slightly falcate.

b. maerula and clorinde — bluntly pointed, strongly falcate.
Old World Catopsilia— rounded, not falcate or very slightly so.
New World Catopsilia —

a. avellanada— rounded, slightly falcate.

b. other species — rounded, not falcate.

Gonepteryx— acute, slightly to strongly falcate.

Outer Margin of Secondary :

Anteos — -

a. menippe — rounded, slightly scalloped between veins;

b. maerula and clorinde — acutely tailed at M3 (cf. Gonep-

teryx) .

Old World Catopsilia — rounded, slightly scalloped between
veins.

New World Catopsilia —

a. majority of species— rounded, slightly scalloped between

veins.

b. neocipris — a rounded tail at 2d A.

Gonepteryx — acutely tailed at Cu^

Venation of Primary:

Anteos —

a. menippe — M4 stalked on R3 + R4+5 very slightly more than
half way out from cell to base of R4+5 ; distance from

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 137

base of R2 to end of cell very slightly greater than
length of middle discocellular.

b. maerula and clorinde — M1 stalked on R3 + R4+5 consider-
ably more than half way out from cell to base of R4+5 ;
distance from R2 to end of cell very slightly less than
length of middle discocellular.

Old World Catopsilia — M4 stalked on R3 + R4+5 about half way
out from cell to base of R4+5 ; distance from R2 to end of cell
less than length of middle discocellular.

New World Catopsilia — M4 stalked on R3 + R4+5 from 1/3 to
1/2 way out from cell to base of R4+5 ; distance from R2 to
end of cell averaging equal to length of middle discocellular.
Gonepteryx — M4 stalked on R3 + R4+5 from 1/3 to slightly less
than 1/2 way out from cell to base of R4+5; distance from
R2 to end of cell from 2 to 3 times the length of the middle
discocellular.

Scent Patches and Hair Pencils on Males:

Anteos — present in all species.

Old World Catopsilia — present in all species.

New World Catopsilia — absent in a number of species.

Gonep teryx — absent .

Raised Line:

Anteos — indistinct, running from inner margin into cell at or
slightly above base of Cu2.

Old World Catopsilia — indistinct, running from inner margin
into cell at or slightly above base of Cu2.

New World Catopsilia —

a. majority of species — runs from inner margin distad of

cell, cutting M3 distad of cell.

b. agarithe and trite — runs from inner margin into cell about

base of Cu4.

Gonepteryx — very distinct, running from inner margin distad
of cell, cutting M3 distad of the cell a distance equal to the
length of the lower discocellular in rhamni and twice the
length of the lower discocellular in cleopatra.

Harpe:

Anteos — wider than long.

Old World Catopsilia — wider than long.

New World Catopsilia— longer than wide.

Gonepteryx — longer than wide.

Dorsal Lobe a of Harpe:

Anteos —

a. menippe — absent or very weak.

138 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

b. maerula and clorinde — present, fairly strong, rounded,
setiferous.

Old World Catopsilia — present, strong, rounded, setiferous.
New World Catopsilia — usually absent, very weak if present.
Gonepteryx — absent.

Dorsal Lobe b of Harpe:

Anteos — present.

Old World Catopsilia — present.

New World Catopsilia — present, very highly developed.
Gonepteryx — present, very simple.

Ventral Lobe a of Harpe:

Anteos — present, well developed, rounded, setiferous.

Old World Catopsilia — present, well developed, rounded,
setiferous.

New World Catopsilia — very weak, seldom present.
Gonepteryx — absent.

Ventral Lobe b of Harpe:

Anteos — absent.

Old World Catopsilia — absent.

New World Catopsilia — absent.

Gonepteryx — present, small.

Basal Prong of Uncus:

Anteos — present.

Old World Catopsilia — present.

New World Catopsilia — absent.

Gonepteryx — absent.

Basal Prong of Penis:

Anteos — present.

Old World Catopsilia — present.

New World Catopsilia — absent.

Gonepteryx — absent.

Chitinous Teeth on Penis:

Anteos — present.

Old World Catopsilia — present, sometimes reduced.

New World Catopsilia — absent.

Gonepteryx — absent.

Sac c us:

Anteos — short, thick, less than half the length of the vinculum.
Old World Catopsilia — short, thick, less than half the length of
the vinculum.

New World Catopsilia — long, slender, more than 3/4 the length
of the vinculum.

J wie, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 139

Gonepteryx — long, slender, more than 3/4 the length of the
vinculum.

Distal Process of Harpe:

Anteos — short, curved (rounded in maerula).

Old World Catopsilia — short, rounded.

New World Catopsilia — long, strongly developed.

Gonepteryx — long, curved.

Summary and Conclusions.

A study of the foregoing data shows that Anteos is undoubt-
edly closely related to the Old World species of Catopsilia , while
in almost every character it shows strong differences from
Gonepteryx. Leaving aside the relationships of Catopsilia, which
will be covered in a later paper, the writer postulates the follow-
ing conclusions :

(1) Anteos Hiibner is generically exceedingly distinct from
Gonepteryx Leach.

(2) Anteos is closely related to the Old World species of
Catopsilia and more distantly related to the New World species
of Catopsilia.

(3) The species menippe Hiibner should be placed in Anteos,
where it forms a connecting link between the other two species
and Old World Catopsilia.

Generic Characters, Anteos Hubner.

Size very large, averaging from 80-90 mm. Primaries
above with a large brownish black discocellular dot. Males
with a hair pencil on base of inner margin of primaries and
a patch of scent scales on base of secondaries above Rs.
Apex of primaries rounded, more or less falcate. R4 and
R5 anastomosed, stalked with Rs. M4 stalked on R3 + R4 + 5
more than half way from cell to base of R4+5. Middle
discocellular of both wings at least two-thirds as long
as lower discocellular. Raised line on primaries above
running from inner margin into cell at or slightly above base
of Cu2. Uncus with a basal prong. Saccus short, thick,
less than half the length of the vinculum. Harpe short and
wide with a short distal process, at least one dorsal lobe
which is strongly chitinized along one edge, and a short
rounded ventral lobe which bears strong setae. Penis with
a strong basal prong and two or more strongly chitinized
teeth distally.

140 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlY

Key to Species, Males. ( Superficial characters.)

1. Primaries above with a narrow black apical border and an

apical orange patch ; apex of primaries not strongly falcate ;
secondaries not strongly tailed at Mt ; scent patch extending
from Rs to Sc + Ra basally and apically along Rs past end
of cell, brownish ; inner margin of primary strongly bowed
down at about middle; costa of primary lightly serrate.

menippe Hiibner.

Primaries above with no apical markings ; apex of primaries
strongly falcate ; secondaries strongly tailed at M1 ; scent
patch whitish or not reaching Sc + Rx ; inner margin of
primary slightly bowed downward ; costa of primary
strongly serrate 2

2. Wings above yellow, no discocellular dot on secondaries

above ; scent patch large, extending basally from Rs to
Sc + R-l and distally along Rs beyond cell, whitish.

maerula Fabricius.

Wings above white with a transverse yellow-orange patch ex-
tending from costa of primaries across end of cell, and a
brownish black discocellular dot on secondaries surrounded
by a deep orange spot ; scent patch small, not reaching half
way from Rs to Sc + R^ brownish clorinde Godart.

Key to Species, Males. ( Structural characters.)

1. Distal process of harpe long and pointed ; dorsal lobe a absent ;

dorsal lobe h longer than basal prong of penis ; basal prong
of penis short and rounded at the tip with no areas of
heavier chitinization ; penis with two large heavily chitin-

ized teeth at tip menippe

Distal process of harpe shorter, rounded or pointed; dorsal
lobe a present ; dorsal lobe h shorter than basal prong of
penis ; basal prong of penis long, with the tip either pointed
or with a more heavily chitinized cap ; penis with a number
of small heavily chitinized teeth on distal half 2

2. Distal process of harpe pointed ; both dorsal lobe a and ventral

lobe narrow, well differentiated from infolding of edge of
harpe ; penis with a more heavily chitinized cap on both tip
of basal prong of penis and of penis itself ; teeth on penis

small, limited to distal quarter clorinde

Distal process of harpe blunt ; both dorsal lobe a and ventral
lobe hardly differentiated from infolding of edge of harpe
except by setiferous area ; basal prong of penis and penis
itself with no more heavily chitinized cap on tip ; teeth on
penis larger, not limited to distal third maerula

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 3

Plate XX

142 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXIV

Bibliography.

(1) Godman & Salvin, Biol. Centr. Amer. Lep. Rhop. II, 148,

1889.

(2) Htibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. 99, circa 1821.

(3) Rober in Seitz, Macrolep. V, 88, 1910.

(4) Swainson, Zool. 111. II, 65, 1832-33.

(5) Forbes, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XX, no. 4, 474, Dec., 1927.

(6) Klots, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI, 61, March, 1928.

Explanation of Figures.

Fig. 1. Lateral aspect $ genitalia Catopsilia rurina Felder, left
harpe removed showing ental aspect of right harpe.

Fig. ia. Enlarged drawing of inner lobe of above.

Fig. 2. Lateral aspect $ genitalia Gonepteryx rhamni L., left
harpe removed showing ental aspect of right harpe.

Fig- 3- Venation of primary, Catopsilia philea L., showing posi-
tion of raised line.

Fig. 4. Lateral aspect J' genitalia Catopsilia statira Cramer, left
harpe removed showing ental aspect of right harpe.

Fig. 4a. Enlarged drawing of dorsal lobe b of above.

Fig- 5- Venation of primary, Gonepteryx rhamni L., showing
position of raised line.

Fig. 6. Venation of primary, Catopsilia argante Fabricius,
showing position of raised line.

Fig. 7. Venation of primary, Catopsilia florella Fabricius,
showing position of raised line.

Fig. 8. Venation of primary, Anteos clorinde Godart, showing
position of raised line.

Fig. 9. Lateral aspect J' genitalia Anteos menippe Hubner, left
harpe removed showing ental aspect of right harpe.

Fig. 10. Lateral aspect J' genitalia Catopsilia florella Fabricius,
left harpe removed showing ental aspect of right
harpe.

Fig. 11. Ental aspect of right harpe and lateral aspect of penis,
Anteos clorinde.

Fig. 12. Ental aspect of right harpe and lateral aspect of penis,
Anteos maerula Fabricius.

List of Symbols.

bar = chitinized bar of harpe.

b.p.p. = basal prong of penis.

b.p.u. = basal prong of uncus.

d.l.a. = dorsal lobe a.

d.l .b. = dorsal lobe b.

d.p. = distal process of harpe.

gn. = gnathos.

h. = harpe.

i. l. 33? inner lobe,

s. = saccus.

u. = uncus.

v. = vinculum.

v.l.a. = ventral lobe a of harpe.
v.l.fr. = ventral lobe b of harpe.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 143

RECTIFICATIONS FOR BLATCHLEY’S “ HETEROP-
TERA ” WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A
NEW SPECIES (HEMIPTERA).

By Harry H. Knight, Ames, Iowa.

In a recent number of this journal,1 Dr. W. S. Blatchley has
published an article entitled “ Quit-claim specialists vs. the mak-
ing of manuals.” Among sundry items he has made statements
concerning the status of certain species of Miridae which require
further comment.

Blatchley refers to my paper (Ent. News, xxxvii, 1926 (Oct.),
pp. 258-262) in which new varieties of Paracalocoris externus
(H. S.) are described, as “ issued Dec. 20, 1926.” He is mis-
taken in this since the October number of Entomological News
(1926) was issued October 15, 1926. Such being the case Dr.
Blatchley is not obliged to assume authorship of these color varie-
ties which he names “ spotted-dogs.”

Eustictus filicornis (Walker).

1873 Capsus filicornis Walker, Cat. Heter., vi, p. 96.

1886 Megacoelum filicornis Uhler, Check List, p. 18.

1887 Megacoelum grossum Uhler, Ent. Amer., iii, p. 70.

1904 Creontiades filicornis Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

(ser. 7), xiii, p. 106.

1909 Eustictus grossus Reuter, Acta Soc. JSci. Fenn., xxxvi,

No. 2, p. 35.

1917 Cimatlan grossum Van Duzee, Cat. Hemiptera, p. 352.

1923 Eustictus grossus Knight, Hem. Conn., p. 484.

1926 Creontiades filicornis Blatchley, Het. E. N. Amer., p.
733-

1926 Eustictus grossus Blatchley, Het. E. N. Amer., p. 884.

1927 Eustictus filicornis Knight, Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc., xxii,

p. 101.

1928 Creontiades filicornis Blatchley, Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc.,

xxiii, p. 16.

1928 Eustictus filicornis Blatchley, Jl. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,

xxxvi, p. 11.

In commenting on this species I wrote ( 1927) as follows :
“ Mr. W. E. China writes me that the type filicornis Walk, runs
in my keys (Hemiptera of Connecticut) to Eustictus grossus

Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc., XXIII, 1928, pp. 10-18.

144 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXIV

Uhler. Since this species is such a distinct form there could
scarcely be any mistake in placing it in the keys. It is regrettable
that Uhler’s distinctive name should pass into synonymy but the
evidence seems rather conclusive.” In referring to this species,
Dr. Blatchley (1928, p. 16) asks this question: “ If Knight thinks
that ftlicornis is ‘ such a distinct form that there could scarcely be
any mistake in placing it in the keys,’ why did he not place it in
his ‘ Monograph of Deraeocoris ’ and in the Hemiptera of Con-
necticut? ”

Since the above (1927) was written I have sent a specimen of
grossus Uhl. to Mr. China at the British Museum for comparison
with the type of filicornis Walker and he reports that the speci-
mens undoubtedly belong to the same species.

Labops hirtus Knight.

1922 Labops hirtus Knight, Can. Ent., liv, p. 258.

1923 Labops hirtus Knight, Hem. Conn., p. 501.

1926 f Labops hesperius Blatchley, Het. E. N. Amer., p. 797.

1927 Labops hirtus Knight, Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc., xxii, p.

101.

1928 f Labops hesperius Blatchley, Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc.,

xxiii, p. 16.

In my last reference to this species (1927), I took space to
again point out the differences between hesperius Uhl. and hirtus
Kngt., distinctions which are plainly evident to all students who
have compared the two species. I am pleased to say that in Sep-
tember, 1928, Mr. Van Duzee visited with us at Ames, when I
had opportunity to have him compare types of hirtus Kngt. with
specimens of hesperius Uhl. that had been compared with the type
in the U. S. N. M. Mr. Van Duzee was free to admit that the
two species are certainly distinct, and that he evidently did not
have the true hesperius Uhl. until I sent him specimens.

Barberiella apicalis Knight.

1923 Barberiella apicalis Knight, Hem. Connecticut, p. 657.

1926 Pilophorus brimleyi Blatchley, Ent. News, xxxvii, p.

.i65-

1926 Pilophorus brimleyi, Blatchley, Het. N. E. Amer., p.

808. _

1927 Barberiella apicalis Knight, Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc., xxii,

p. 102.

1928 Barberiella brimleyi Blatchley, Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc.,

xxiii, p. 17.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 145

1928 Barberiella brimleyi Blatchley, Jl. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
xxxvi, p. 12.

Through the kindness of Mr. C. S. Brimley, I was able to ex-
amine the type of Pilophorus brimleyi Blatchley while passing
through Raleigh, N. C., in September, 1926. At that time I told
Mr. Brimley that the type was the same as my Barberiella apicalis
or a closely allied form, but I did not wish to commit myself posi-
tively until I returned home to examine the type of apicalis Kngt.
Arriving home I examined the type of apicalis and became con-
vinced that brimleyi Blat. is identical. Not satisfied with this, Dr.
Blatchley (1928) states his opinion that his brimleyi remains dis-
tinct until the types are compared side by side. Such a compari-
son was entirely agreeable to me, thus I suggested to Mr. Brimley
that we send our types to the U. S. National Museum where vari-
ous specialists could check the comparison. Mr. Brimley very
kindly sent his type for this purpose so we were able to get an
“ official verdict.”

Concerning this comparison of the types, Dr. Harold Morrison
wrote as follows : “ I have finally gotten through with what I con-
sider to be a critical comparison of your holotype of Barberiella
apicalis and the type of Pilophorus brimleyi Blatchley. As a re-
sult of this examination it is my opinion that the two specimens
represent the same species.” Further : “ Mr. McAtee has exam-
ined the two specimens and has expressed to me his belief that
they represent the same species.”

A few days later Dr. C. J. Drake visited Washington and made
comparison of the types. He also reported that the type speci-
mens undoubtedly belong to the same species.

Pilophorus strobicola Knight.

1923 f Pilophorus amoenus Drake, N. Y. St. Col. For., Tech.
Pub. 16 (1922), p. 78, fig. 31.

1923 f Pilophorus crassipes Knight, Hem. Connecticut, p.
S42-

1926 Pilophorus strobicola Knight, Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc.,
xxi, p. 19.

1926 f Pilophorus amoenus Blatchley, Het. N. E. Amer., p.
812, fig. 179.

As yet I have been unable h> find that I ever made the mistake
of labeling this species as amoenus Uhler. In Dr. Drake’s col-
lection I find a specimen of this species bearing the label “ Pilo-
phorus amoenus ” but not in the hand of the present writer. I

146 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

examined the type of amoenus Uhler first in 1915 and have had
compared specimens in my collection ever since. In the “ Hem-
iptera of Connecticut ” I considered this species to represent
crassipes Popp., but later, after examining Poppius’s type speci-
mens, I found the species to be still undescribed, hence the name
Pilophorus strobicola Knight (1926).

Dicyphus vestitus Uhler.

1895 Dicyphus vestitus Uhler, Hem. Colorado, p. 46.

1917 Dicyphus vestitus Van Duzee, Cat. Hemiptera, p. 371.

1922 Dicyphus notatus Parshley, S. Dak. St. College, Tech.

Bui. 2, p. 16.

1926 Dicyphus notatus Blatchley, Het. N. E. Amer., p. 909.

1927 Dicyphus vestitus Knight, Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc., xxii,

p. 104.

1928 Dicyphus vestitus Walley, Can. Ent., lx, p. 119.

When Mr. Van Duzee visited Ames last fall (1928), we looked

over the species of Dicyphus, and I am glad to say that we both
agree on the identity of vestitus Uhl. In his Manual, Dr. Blatch-
ley placed gracilentus Parshley as a synonym of vestitus Uhler,
but I find in checking his description of vestitus, it actually ap-
plies to gracilentus Parsh. Dr. Blatchley states (1928) that he
“ sent in exchange specimens of what I determined as D. graci-
lentus Parshley to E. P. Van Duzee ” who determined the same as
vestitus Uhler. Is it not possible that Mr. Blatchley actually sent
vestitus Uhler to Mr. Van Duzee, but under the name of graci-
lentus Parshley?

Dicyphus vestitus Uhler does occur in Illinois, Indiana, and
Ohio, as there are such specimens in my collection. For a key to
species of Dicyphus which is based on authentic material, see the
paper by Mr. G. S. Walley (Can. Ent., lx, 1928, p. 119).

Dicyphus gracilentus Parshley.

1923 Dicyphus gracilentus Parshley, Ent. News, xxxiv, p. 21.

1926 f Dicyphus vestitus Blatchley, Het. N. E. Amer., p. 910.

1927 Dicyphus gracilentus Knight, Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc.,

xxii, p. 104.

1928 Dicyphus gracilentus Walley, Can. Ent., lx, p. 119.

I have pointed out above how Dr. Blatchley’s description under
the name Dicyphus vestitus Uhler actually refers to gracilentus
Parshley. In a previous paper (1927) I pointed out some of the
differences between gracilentus Parsh. and vestitus Uhler which
need not be repeated here. For a key to the eastern species of
Dicyphus see the paper by Walley (1928).

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 147

The writer published a key to the species of Macrolophus (Ent.
News, xxxvii, 1926, pp. 313-316) describing two new species.
While this paper was in press the description of M. tenuicornis
Blatchley appeared, and I expect it may prove to be the same as
my longicornis. However, Dr. Blatchley describes his tenuicornis
thus : “ joint 1 yellow, the extreme tip and base blackish, more
than twice as long as width of vertex.” Also: “joint 2, three
times as long as 1.” These relative lengths, if correct, should
separate my longicornis from tenuicornis Blat. But these dis-
crepancies may arise from the more accurate measurements with
a micrometer. In longicornis Kngt. antennal segment I (.51
mm.) is scarcely equal to twice the width of vertex, black in color
with a suggestion of paler at middle; segment II (1.32 mm.) is
only 2.6 times the length of segment I.

Unfortunately, two printers’ errors occur in my paper on Ma-
crolophus. One error in the key where “ not ” was left out of the
first line was corrected by the editor in the following number of
Ent. News. The other I find in the description of antennal seg-
ments I and II of longicornis. It should read thus : antennal seg-
ment I, length .51 mm., black, slightly paler on middle; II, 1.32
mm., pale, apex blackish.

The writer pointed out in an earlier paper (1927) the incom-
plete and misleading records for specimens redescribed by Dr.
Blatchley in his Manual. Accordingly, I made a list of the records
from Dr. Blatchley’s book which I knew to be material collected
and determined by myself, and in a few cases specimens collected
by others but determined by me and placed in the Minnesota Uni-
versity collection. I sent a list of 60 species of Miridae, which
Dr. Blatchley designates “(Minn. Univ. Coll.)” following the
month and day which he cites, to Dr. C. E. Mickel now in charge
of the Minnesota collection, with the request that he fill in the
missing data just as he finds it on the pin labels. Dr. Mickel very
kindly complied with this request thus I present the records as
returned to me. The name of the species is given first, after that
the month and day as recorded by Dr. Blatchley, and following
that in brackets is the data supplied by Dr. Mickel, indicating the
collector. Specimens bearing paratype labels are also indicated.
Many of these specimens represent first records for the state of
Minnesota and as such I wish to have them recorded with com-
plete data.

148 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Veil. XXIV

1. Psallus piceicola Kngt. Canby, Minn., June 24 [H. H.

Knight] .

2. Psallus parshleyi Kngt. Hennepin Co., Minn., Aug. 2 [H.

H. Knight, paratype].

3. Psallus morrisoni Kngt. Cramer, Minn., Aug. 10 [H. H.

Knight] .

Lake Co., Minn., Aug. 15 [H. H. Knight].

4. Psallus alnicenatus Kngt. Ithaca, New York, July 26 [H.

H. Knight, paratype] .

5. Psallus strobicola Kngt. St. Anthony Pk., Minn., July 14

[H. H. Knight].

6. Campylomma verbasci Mey. Le Sueur Co., Minn., Sept. 13

[no collector named].

7. Chlamydatus pulicarius (Fall.). Rock City, New York, July

4 [H. H. Knight].

8. Microsynamma bohemanni Fall. Honeoye Falls, N. Y., June

27 [H. H. Knight].

9. Plagiognathus caryae Kngt. Ithaca, N. Y., June 22 [H. H.

Knight, paratype].

10. Plagiognathus delicatus Uhl. Batavia, N. Y., June 25 [H. H.

Knight] .

11. Plagiognathus chrysanthemi (Wolff). Ithaca, N.'Y., June

30 [no collector].

12. Plagiognathus punctatipes Kngt. Ithaca, N. Y., June 27

[H. H. Knight, paratype].

13. Plagiognathus alboradialis Kngt. Cranberry Lake, N. Y.

[C. J. Drake, paratype].

14. Plagiognathus laricicola Kngt. Ithaca, N. Y., June 27 [H.

H. Knight, paratype].

15. Plagiognathus repetitus Kngt. Whiteface, Mt., N. Y., Aug.

22 [H. H. Knight, paratype].

16. Micro phylellus tsugae Kngt. Tompkins Co., N. Y., July 3

[H. H. Knight, paratype].

17. Micro phylellus nigricornis Kngt. Ithaca, N. Y., July 7 [H.

H. Knight, paratype].

18. Micro phylellus maculipennis Kngt. St. Anthony Pk., Minn.,.

June 10 [H. H. Knight, paratype].
iq. Macrotylus sex-quttatus Prov. Cook Co., Minn., Aug. 14
[H. H. Knight].

20. Eustictus satiric oFa Kngt. New Ulm, Minn., June 20 [H.
H. Knight, paratype].

St. Paul, Minn., July 18 [H. H. Knight, paratype].

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 149

21. Noctuocoris fumidus V. D. St. Anthony Pk., Minn., June

25 [W. E. Hoffmann].

22. Orthotylus modestus V.D. Batavia, N. Y., July 19 [H. H.

Knight] .

23. Orthotylus alni Kngt. Beaver Bay, Minn., Aug. 20 [H. H.

Knight] .

24. Orthotylus serus V. D. Batavia, N. Y., July 5 [H. H.

Knight].

25. Orthotylus submarginatus Say. Ithaca, N. Y., July 7 [H.

H. Knight].

26. Orthotylus necopinus V. D. Fairbault, Minn., June 12 [H.

H. Knight].

27. Orthotylus candidatus V. D. Two Harbors, Minn., Aug. 9

[H. H. Knight].

28. Diaphnidia capitata V. D. Cloquet, Minn., Aug. 1 [A. A.

Nichol] .

29. Diaphnidia provancheri (Burque). St. Anthony Pk., June

18 [H. H. Knight].

30. Lopidea salicis Kngt. Ramsey Co., Minn., June 27 [H. H.

Knight] .

31. Lopidea cuneata V. D. Gray Cloud Is., Minn., July 12

[H. H. Knight].

Ramsey Co., Minn., July 20 [H. H. Knight].

32. Ilnacora divisa Reut. Ft. Snelling, Minn., July 12 [A. T.

Hertig] .

33. Lopidea marginalis Reut. Willow River, Minn., Aug. 7 [H.

H. Knight].

34. Ceratocapsus incisus Kngt. Ithaca, N. Y., July 26 [H. H.

Knight, paratype].

35. Ceratocapsus fuscinus Kngt. Batavia, N. Y., Aug. 10 [H.

H. Knight, paratype].

Ramsey Co., Minn., July 11 [H. H. Knight].

36. Ceratocapsus nigrocephalus Kngt. St. Anthony Pk., Minn.,

July 5-6 [H. H. Knight].

37. Pilophorus juniperi Kngt. Gray Cloud Is., Minn., July 20

[H. H. Knight, paratype].

38. Pilophorus uhleri Kngt. Batavia, N. Y., July 14 [H. H.

Knight, paratype] .

Olivia, Minn., June 28 [H. H. Knight, autotype].

39. Xenoborus pettiti Reut. Ramsey Co., Minn., June 15 [H.

H. Knight].

150 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

40. Xenoborus plagifer Reut. Carlton Co., Minn., Aug. 18 [H.

H. Knight].

41. Neoborus rufusculus Kngt. Lakeland, Minn., June 14 [H.

H. Knight]. •

42. Neoborus glaber Kngt. St. Anthony 'Pk., Minn., June 6

[H. H. Knight].

43. Lygus alni Kngt. Beaver Bay, Minn., Aug. 20 [H. H.

Knight].

44. Lygus approximatus Stal. Whiteface Mt., N. Y., Aug. 22

[H. H. Knight].

45. ' Lopidea lathyri Kngt. Anoka Co., Minn., July 6 [H. H.

Knight, paratype].

46. Platylygus luridus Reut. Ithaca, N. Y., July 13 [H. H.

Knight] .

47. Lygidea obscura Reut. Honeoye Falls, N. Y., June 27 [H.

H. Knight] .

48. Lygidea viburni Kngt. Batavia, N. Y., June 24 [H. H.

Knight, paratype],

49. Dichrooscytus viridicans Kngt. New Ulm, Minn., June 20

[H. H. Knight].

50. Phytocoris depictus Kngt. St. Anthony Pk., Minn., Aug. 11.

[There is a series of specimens (paratypes) of this
date, collector H. H. Knight ; there is also one spec-
imen of this date, no collector label. I do not know
‘ which one I sent.]

51. Phytocoris erectus V. D. Norman Co., Minn., July 17 [A.

A. Nichol] .

52. Phytocoris spicatus Kngt. Norman Co., Minn., June 25 [A.

A. Nichol].

53. Phytocoris pinicola Kngt. Ithaca, N. Y., July 11 [H. H.

Knight] .

54. Phytocoris diver sus Kngt. Carlton Co., Minn., Aug. 18

[H. H. Knight].

S5- Phytocoris sulcatus Kngt. St. Anthony Pk., Minn., Aug. 5
[H. H. Knight].

56. Phytocoris corticevivens Kngt. Ramsey Co., Minn., June 2

[no such specimen in our collection].

57. Phytocoris conspurcatus Kngt. St. Anthony Pk., Minn.,

Aug. 5 [H. H. Knight].

58. Parac aloe oris heidemanni Reut. LeRoy, Alabama, June 12

[H. H. Knight].

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 151

59. Platytylellus borealis Kngt. Morrison Co., Minn., July 10

[A. A. Nichol] .

60. Platytylellus rubellicollis Kngt. St. Anthony Pk., Minn.,

June 2. [There are specimens dated July 2 and
June 21, both collected (H. H. Knight), but no
specimen of June 2 in our collection.]

A good many species credited to Mr. Gerhard in Blatchley’s
Manual were collected, named and presented to Mr. Gerhard by
myself. Accordingly, I made up a list of 21 species and sent to
Mr. Gerhard with request for complete record of data on the
labels. Mr. Gerhard very kindly complied with this request, thus
I present the data in brackets.

1. Phytocoris fulvus Kngt. Wanakena, N. Y., Aug. 1—7 [Col.

by C. J. Drake, det. by H. H. Knight ; paratype] .

2. Lygus belfragii Reut. Batavia, N. Y., July 31 [H. H.

Knight, det. H. H. Knight; 2 paratypes].

3. Lygus tiliae Kngt. Portage, N. Y., June 27 [Col. H. H.

Knight, det. H. H. Knight; 2 paratypes].

4. Lygus viburni Kngt. Batavia, N. Y., June 15 [Col. H. H.

Knight, det. H. H. Knight; 2 paratypes].
y Lyqus atritylus Kngt. Wanakena, N. Y., July is [Col. C. J.
Drake, det. H. H. Knight].

6. Lygus ostryae Kngt. Portage, N. Y., June 27 [Col. H. H.

Knight, det. H. H. Knight; paratype].

Parry Sound, Ont., Aug. 7 [Col. H. S. Parish, det. H.
H. Knight; paratype].

7. Lygus geneseensis Kngt. Portage, N. Y., June 22 [Col. H.

H. Knight, det. H. H. Knight; paratype].

8. Lygus johnsoni Kngt. McLean, N. Y., July 27 [Col. H. H.

Knight, det. H. H. Knight; paratype].

Ithaca, N. Y., June 20 [Col. H. H. Knight, det. H. H.
Knight; compared with type].

9. Lygus communis Kngt. Batavia, N. Y., Aug. - — [Col. H.

H. Knight, det. H. H. Knight; 4 paratypes].

10. Lygus univittatus Kngt. Ithaca, N. Y., June 23 [Col. H. H.

Knight, det. H. H. Knight ; compared with type] .

11. Lygus laureae Kngt. Rock City, N. Y., July 4 [Col. H. H.

Knight, det. H. H. Knight; 2 paratypes].

12. Lopidea lathyri Kngt. Anoka Co., Minn., July 6 [Col. H. H.

Knight, det. H. H. Knight; paratype].

152 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

13. Lopidea amorpliae Kngt. Ramsey Co., Minn., July 8, 18

[Col. H. H. Knight, det. H. H. Knight; paratype].

14. Orthotylus knighti V. D. Attica, N. Y., July 6 [Col. H. H.

Knight, det. H. H. Knight; compared with type].

15. Orthotylus ornatus V. D. Honeoye Falls, N. Y., June 27

[Col. H. H. Knight, det. H. H. Knight; compared
with type] .

16. Deraeocoris betidae Kngt. Ithaca, N. Y., July 2 [Col. H. H.

Knight, det. H. H. Knight; 2 paratypes].

17. Deraeocoris alnicola Kngt. McLean Bogs, Tompkins Co.,

N. Y., July 3 [Col. H. H. Knight, det. H. H.
Knight ; 2 paratypes] .

18. Deraeocoris aphidiphagus Kngt. Twin Lake, Minn., July 3

(June 29) [Col. H. H. Knight, det. H. H. Knight;
paratype] .

19. Deraeocoris nitenatus Kngt. St. Anthony Pk., Minn., Aug. 5

[Col. H. H. Knight; compared with type].

20. Deraeocoris laricicola Kngt. Ithaca, N. Y., June 27 [Col. H.

H. Knight, det. H. H. Knight; 2 paratypes].

21. Deraeocoris pinicola Kngt. Ithaca, N. Y., July 13 [Col. H.

H. Knight, det. H. H. Knight; 2 paratypes].

A synonym occurs in the paper published by Dr. Blatchley
(Ent. News, xxxvii, 1926, pp. 163-169), in which he describes
six species of Miridae. Three of these are synonyms and now
Sixeonotus albicornis Blat. is shown to be identical with Sixeo-
notus insignis Reuter (1876). For some time I have been con-
vinced that a southern species of Sixeonotus which I have from
Texas, Mississippi, and Florida, represents insignis Reut. de-
scribed from Texas in 1876, while the more northern species from
Maryland, District of Columbia, and North Carolina which
Reuter (1909) determined as his insignis, is in fact an unnamed
species.

During the past year I have been favored with the much appre-
ciated services of Dr. H. B. Hungerford in making some com-
parisons with Reuter’s types of 1876 which are still preserved in
the National Museum at Stockholm. The essential facts concern-
ing the comparison of specimens with the type of Sixeonotus in-
signis Reuter, I quote from Dr. Hungerford’s letter as follows :
“ Sixeonotus insignis Reut., 7 specimens, 3J1, 3 J, and one pasted
so I can not tell ; a J' is marked type and each specimen bears the

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 153

two labels : ‘ Texas/ ‘ Belfrage.’ At London, using Blatchley’s
book, we had determined the Florida specimens to be Sixeonotus
albicornis Blatch. and the N. C. specimens as S. insignis Reut.,
and so reported to you. In comparing these two species of yours
I find that S. insignis Reuter is like the Florida specimens.
Therefore what China and I reported to you as S. albicornis
Blatch. is Reuter’s S. insignis, and the N. C. species is something
else. After I had come to this conclusion I noticed that I could
see the claspers in one of the type specimens, and then relaxed
and brought to view the claspers in your insects which confirmed
my decision. So there you are ! ”

The results of this comparison are very interesting in view of
the fact that I sent Dr. Hungerford two species of Sixeonotus
without indicating any names, and merely asked him to compare
the specimens with the type of Sixeonotus insignis Reuter (1876)
and let me know if any of my specimens proved identical. Dr.
Hungerford’s findings agree exactly with the conclusions I had
reached after a study of original descriptions and the known dis-
tribution of the species concerned. A description of the unnamed
species follows :

Sixeonotus recurvatus n. sp.

Allied to insignis Reut., but distinguished by structure of
the genital claspers, larger and broader form, and by the
longer and more prominent pubescence on the hemelytra.

<?. Length 3.6 mm., width 1.8 mm. Head: width .72 mm.,
vertex .47 mm. Rostrum, length .83 mm., reaching to near
hind margin of sternum, pale. Antennae : segment I, length
.32 mm. ; II, .65 mm., Ill, .56 mm. ; IV, .74 mm. ; pale, last
two segments becoming fuscous. Pronotum : length .98 mm.,
width at base 1.5 mm. ; basal margin strongly sinuate on mid-
dle, covering base of scutellum; disk more strongly inflated
and coarsely punctate, and lateral margins more concavely
angulated than in insignis.

Black, shining, hemelytra only slightly shining; legs, ros-
trum, and ostiolar peritreme, tips of tarsi and the claws fus-
cous, lora and sutures of juga somewhat pale. Membrane
and veins black, apical half beyond the veins, pale. Clothed
with rather prominent pale pubescence, distinctly longer and
more erect on hemelytra than in insignis. Genital characters
distinctive ; left clasper with the slender distal arm recurved
away from the triangular base.

J. Length 3.2 mm., width 1.7 mm. Head: width .74 mm.,
vertex .49 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .27 mm. ; II,

154 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

.56 mm. ; III, .49 mm. ; IV, .72 mm. Pronotum : length .87
mm., width at base 1.4 mm. Very similar to the male in
coloration, pubescence and puncturation.

Holotype: lCJ, July 12, 1926, Washington, D. C. (H. H.
Knight) ; author’s collection. Allotype: same data as the type.
Paratype: J', taken with the type on Pale Indian Plantain ( Ca -
calia atriplicifolia) . $ $?, June 8, 1905, Plummer’s Island, Md.

(O. Heidemann). 12 $ $, June 15 to July 13, 1912, Black Moun-
tains, N. C. (Beutenmuller) .

The generic name Sixeonotus Reuter is misspelled in all cases
in the Manual as well as in a previous article (Ent. News, 1926,
pp. 167-168).

Blatchley’s description of Paracalocoris heidemanni is based
on specimens which I collected at LeRoy, Alabama, June 12, 1917,
and left determined in the Minnesota University collection as
heidemanni Reut. Since that time I have found the Alabama
specimens represent another species and therefore described the
same as Paracalocoris breviatus Knight (Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., xix,
1926, p. 372).

An Early Cerambycid. — On March 10, 1929, while walking
home about noon on the main street of Framingham a specimen
of Hylotrupes ligneus Fab. alighted on my vest. The tempera-
ture m the shade was at 62 degrees F. I have never before taken
this orange-colored form in this locality but I have a specimen
from Worcester, Mass., taken April 20, 1915, one from Malcolm,
Neb., dated May 12, 1909, and one from “ 3-Rivieres, Can.,”
dated April 13, 1916. A specimen from the same place and with
the same date as the last mentioned answers very well to the de-
scription of H. nicolas White as given by Casey in his 1912
Memoir on page 274. Two other specimens of this genus were
taken here in wash-up on May 14, 1909, and May 3, 1912; they
are entirely brownish-black and until a careful study of the genus
is made it is useless to attempt to place them specifically. I use
the old generic name Hylotrupes in preference to making annual
changes in my labels in trying to follow taxonomic flip-flops. —
C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 155

NOTES ON GYRINUS MARGINELLUS FALL.

By K. F. Chamberlain, Assistant Entomologist, New York
State Museum.

There ise an old saying among entomologists that: “ No species
is rare if you know where to look for it.” The following experi-
ences seem to bear witness to the truth of this statement.

Up to the present time Gyrinus marginellus Fall has been ex-
ceedingly scarce in collections. Mr. Fall, the describer, informs
me that his type series contained only three specimens and no
additional material came to light until the writer discovered this
species under rather unusual conditions at Cornwall, Connecticut,
the latter part of August, 1925. On this occasion I went out one
afternoon to secure some specimens of Hydroporus mellitus Lee.
for a correspondent and proceeded directly to a rather large, slug-
gish stream where I had previously found this little Dytiscid in
some numbers. The method of securing the Hydroporus con-
sisted of wading the stream and dredging, with a long-handle
coffee-strainer net, in the deep cavities under the banks which
had been excavated by the water in time of floods. These mini-
ature caves were usually to be found at points where the brook
swept around broad curves. The stream flowed through a large
meadow ; the banks were several feet high and the long grass had
become matted down and, trailing in the water, formed a sort of
curtain or screen in front of the excavations. Here, among the
grass and a sparse growth of aquatic vegetation, the little Hy-
droporus mellitus were usually to be found together with H.
spurius Lee., Deronectes depressus Fab., Bidessus affinis Say, in-
teresting little Helmidae and other aquatic forms. After secur-
ing a number of H. mellitus by dredging in these situations I
moved on to a particularly inviting looking spot where I was able
to thrust the net back under the banks several feet. Almost at
once I began to get specimens of a small species of Gyrinus and
after securing a sample of these, ignored the rest in favor of
other supposedly more interesting things. When I returned home,
mounted and examined these, my surprise and pleasure can read-
ily be imagined when I discovered that they were Gyrinus mar-
ginellus Fall — a species supposedly rare and entirely new to my
collection. Within a few days, as soon as time would permit, I
again visited this spot and before disturbing it examined the sur-

156 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

face of the water carefully for Gyrinus. None was visible.
Upon dredging as before, however, they soon appeared in my net
and a hundred or more were captured in a short time. Repeated
invasions with the net drove some of them out into open water
where they gyrated ynadly for a few moments and then gradually
disappeared, returning, perhaps, to their strange dwelling place.
Back of, the grass “ curtain” it was dim twilight and the banks
arched high enough to permit a large school of Gyrinus to occupy
the placid surface. N

Some1 eight months later, on May 2nd, 1926, to be exact, I was
collecting at Montvale, New Jersey, when I came upon a stream
very similar to the one described above although not nearly as
wide. Upon approaching close to the edge I noticed that the bank
sagged under my weight, indicating a cavity beneath. There were
a few Dineutes vittatus Germ, swimming in the main stream but
I noticed no Gyrinus. With the purpose of investigating what
might lie beneath the bank I pushed the whole section upon which
I stood down into the water. Almost immediately a number of
small Gyrinus appeared on the muddy surface. These were
quickly netted and upon examination the following day proved to
be Gyrinus marginellus. Here, then, is the same species living
under precisely similar conditions in two widely separated locali-
ties. Does Gyrinus marginellus habitually seek out and spend its
life in the dark cavities beneath the banks of running streams?
The meagre evidence at hand points that way, the scarcity of the
species in collections helps to confirm it, yet it still remains a
matter for careful investigation.

Rarity versus Secrecy. — My second specimen of Coxelus gut-
tulatus Lee. has turned up after an interval of nearly eight years.
On April 28th I found a specimen cunningly hidden beneath the
bark of a dead pitch pine in Natick, Mass. The first one I ever
saw was found under the bark of a pine stump in Framingham on
September 5, 1921. It was even less conspicuous in its hiding
place than the second one. — C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 157

OBSERVATIONS ON METROBATES HESPERIUS
UHLER (HEMIPTERA-GERRIDAE).

I. Pterygopolymorphism.1

By H. M. Parshley.

For some years I have felt a special interest in Metrobates
hesperius Uhler, and now I propose to add from time to time to
the little that is known about the species. It belongs to the Halo-
batinae, and is thus related to the sea-going water-striders of the
genus Halobates, which it resembles in size and shape. Our spe-
cies, however, lives inland, on bodies of fresh water, being found
near the shores of large lakes and also on the pools that form
below rapids and waterfalls. It is by no means uncommon, but it
is decidedly local in occurrence, most collectors knowing of only
one or two places where it can be taken. I have found it ex-
tremely abundant on the series of lakes at Cold Spring Harbor,
on Long Island.

Like many other Gerridae, M. hesperius presents diverse adult
forms with respect to wing development ; and it is this phenome-
non of pterygopolymorphism that forms the subject of the present
paper. Two forms exist in this species : the macropterous, or
fully winged, and the apterous, or wingless. It has been the al-
most universal experience of collectors to find the macropterous
form extremely rare, even in localities where the apterous is
abundant enough to populate the surface thickly over considerable
areas, just as in other gerroid species the fully winged form, the
short winged, or the wingless may predominate. Why these
various relations should obtain in closely allied species under
similar environmental conditions is a question that remains un-
answered, though a good deal of attention has been paid to it.

On July 22, 1926, at Cold Spring Harbor I found the species
abundant as usual, and, sweeping up a few according to custom
to look for winged examples, I saw that half the number in the
net were macropterous. Here in a moment I had caught more
specimens of the rare form than in all my previous experience.
In fact, I had never collected it, save from the cabinets of gen-
erous colleagues. So I gathered up a great many, adults and

1 Contributions from the Department of Zoology, Smith Col-
lege, No. 156.

158 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

nymphs, and took them into the laboratory for counting. Of the
503 adults, 234 were wingless and 269 were winged. Never be-
fore or since have I found a winged individual in that spot, and
only one or two elsewhere. Among the last stage nymphs many
indicated by the possession of wing-pads that they were about to
develop into macropterous adults, but the younger generation
already showed a great falling off in the ratio of winged to wing-
less individuals. I preserved about 40, those which were alate
among several hundred examined, but I failed to make an exact
count.

This extraordinary occurrence surely merits record, although
there is no known explanation to be offered. The weather seemed
ordinary, the ponds contained the usual amount of water, no
special migration seemed imminent and none was observed. How-
ever, a favorable opportunity was afforded to make some study of
the winged types, and so the figures on Plate XXI have been
drawn in commemoration. While the primary purpose of these
figures is to illustrate the rare winged form as adult and nymph
(figs. 1 and 3), attention may be called here to several other
points, some of which I hope to discuss more fully at another
time.

The species exhibits a special degree of sexual dimorphism,
wholly uncorrelated with the pterygopolymorphism. As will be
seen in fig. 1, the male has thickened antennae, set with bristles,
while the female (fig. 5) has slender antennae without the bristles.
The mesothoracic legs of the male are likewise provided with a
fringe, which is lacking in the female. The sexual difference in
antennal shape can be faintly seen in the older nymphs.

In the winged forms the visible portion of the thorax, as seen
from above, is all pronotum, composed of anterior and posterior
lobes, while in the wingless adult (fig. 2) the largest segment of
this region is the mesothorax. The detailed anatomy of adult
and nymph is being worked out for later report.

The alate nymph (fig. 3) differs from the apterous (fig. 4)
largely in the possession of wing-pads and in some correlated de-
tails of thoracic structure. The evident difference in outline is
due largely to accidents of preservation, I think, although to judge
from both dry and alcoholic material, there is a real differentia-
tion in the shape of the thorax.

Both adults and nymphs are black or very deep brown in color,
with some shading of lighter brown in places, and, in the adults,

"■Wwiiw

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 3

Plate XXI

METROBATES HESPERIUS Uhler

1 Alate adult $ ; 2 Apterous adult $ ; 3 Alate nympli; 4 Apterous nymph;
5 Antenna of adult $ . x9 — Parshley.

160 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

faint bluish areas of of variable development on thorax and abdo-
men, most noticeable in the apterous specimens. The nymphs
have a bright yellow pattern, indicated in figs. 3 and 4 by white
spots. Of this the adults retain only the small anterior yellow spot
on the pronotum and, in the wingless form, a broad, faint bluish
stripe on the mesonotum.

Only prolonged breeding experiments can determine the exact
hereditary basis of the pterygopolymorphism exhibited by M.
hesperius and similar species, but it seems reasonable to suppose
that Mendelian factors, so distributed in the germplasm of the
species as to produce special recombinations on occasion, might
well be postulated as a working hypothesis. Of all the alate ex-
amples studied in this experience, none showed any signs of the
broken hemielytra long since described in this subfamily by de la
Torre-Bueno, although reproduction was in full swing.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 161

AN OBSERVATION ON THE ETIOLOGY OF A CER-
TAIN MALFORMATION IN THE EARWIG,
ANISOLABIS MARITIMA (GENE)
(DERMAPTERA).

By Waro Nakahara and Dorothy Nakahara, Tokyo, Japan.

The occurrence of various malformations in insects is of com-
mon observation, but little seems to be known concerning their
etiology. Some of the malformations are known to be congenital
and hereditary, and several noteworthy types in Drosophila have
been closely investigated by Morgan and his school. A great
majority of the malformations recorded in entomological litera-
ture is of unknown etiology. Many larval and nymphal mal-
formations have been referred to as being due to the supposed
developmental disturbance (Entwicklungsstorung) in embryonic
stage, but the nature of the disturbance is far from being under-
stood. Apart from these, no small number of malformations as-
sumed to be due to abnormal regeneration of the mutilated part
of the body have been described.

In the course of our observation on the life history and habits
of the earwig during the last summer and fall (1928) we had an
opportunity to observe a case of the malformation of the forceps,
which can be most conclusively attributed to the incomplete re-
generation of the mutilated part. This we propose to report in
the present note.

The earwig in question is a common species in Tokyo. We
found it plentifully in our back yard, under flower pots, stones,
etc. It goes under the name of Anisolahis maritima (Gene) in
vernacular entomological handbooks, and we tentatively refer it
to that species.

On August 23, a batch of eggs, some 50 in number, were col-
lected along with the brooding female. The eggs were apparently
fully mature, as they all began hatching the same day. The first
molting took place during September 6 and 7, and the second one
during September 15 and 16. All the 3rd instar specimens were
normal at this time. On September 27 one specimen again
molted, while others followed it one by one until on October 2 all
but a single specimen were in the 4th instar.

This slow-growing 3rd instar specimen had lost the left half of
its forceps sometime previously, presumably in a fight with its

162 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

comrades. Fights are very frequent among young earwigs kept
in a small space, and the forceps are freely used as weapons on
such occasions. For fear that other earwigs might kill this speci-
men, now reduced in its fighting capacity, we isolated it into a
separate jar, and kept careful watch on it. The specimen finally
molted on October n, and it was found that the mutilated half of
the forceps had regenerated but only in half its natural size. It
died on October 14 and was pickled in alcohol.

Figure 1, drawn from the cast skin saved at the time of molt-
ing, represents the state of mutilation. It will be seem that the
entire left side of the forceps is cut off including the adjacent
part of the last abdominal segment. The length of the intact side
of the forceps is 2 mm.

Figure 2 is drawn from the alcoholic specimen above mentioned,
and it illustrates the forceps after the molting. As may be seen
from this figure, the regeneration of the mutilated parts was in-
complete, and gave rise to an obvious malformation. The length
of the normal side of the forceps is 2.5 mm., and that of the re-
generated small side about 1 mm. The color of the regenerated
side is pale yellow, not reddish brown as in the normal structure.
The last abdominal segment is also deformed, and is shortened on
the left side.

Normal forceps of a 4th instar earwig are shown in Figure 3 for
comparison. The length of the forceps here is about 2.5 mm.

It is well known that a considerable individual variation occurs
in the size and shape of the forceps in many species of earwigs,
especially Forficula auricularia L. In Anisolabis maritima, how-
ever, the morphology of the forceps is remarkably stable, and
apart from the constant sexual difference, the variation in the for-
ceps seems to be very slight.

The life history and habits of Anisolabis maritima have been
studied in America by Bennett (Psyche, Vol. XI, p. 41, 1904) and
in Formosa by Takahashi (Zool. Magaz. Tokyo, Vol. XXXVIII,
p. 412, 1926). Our observation, as far as it extended, confirms
the statements of these authors, with a single exception, namely:
our series of specimens show the antenna of the second instar to
be 15 jointed, not 14 jointed as stated by Takahashi. Our obser-
vations on the use of the forceps concur entirely with the account
given for Anisolabis annulipes by Pallister in this Bulletin, Vol.
XXII, P, 254, 1927.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 163

Figure i. The mutilation of the left side of the forceps.

Figure 2. The forceps malformation due to the incomplete re-
generation.

Figure 3. Normal forceps. All the figures are drawn to the
scale, and are of the dorsal aspect.

164 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXIV

LEPIDOPTEROLOGICAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

By William Barnes & Foster H. Benjamin, Decatur, Illinois.

When Mr. F. H. Benjamin recently visited the senior author at
Decatur he pointed out that a considerable quantity of manu-
script represented by changed names in the latter’s collection, or
by manuscript types, remained unpublished. It is, therefore, now
published in order to balance the names in the collection with pub-
lished work.

Three New Species of Phal^enhle from the New Jersey
y/ Pine Barrens.

Feltia buchholzi sp. nov.

Frons with a slightly raised but not roughened projection.
Antennae serrate and fasciculate. Palpi blackish laterally.
Head rufous. Collar with a slight black band. Thorax and
fore wing purplish gray slightly tinged with rufous and
irrorated with black ; basal line indistinct ; t. a. line black,
excurved in the submedian fold and below vein i, claviform
distinctly black outlined, more or less connected to base of
wing by a slight black streak ; orbicular ovate, pale, black
outlined and with blackish center; reniform similar in colora-
tion, short ; a median diffuse black shade passes between the
ordinary spots where it is intensified into a black cell filling,
thence outwardly oblique to inner margin; t. p. line strongly
dentate, bent outward below costa, excurved to about vein 4,
then incurved ; s. t. line represented by a faint blackish shade
with only traces of any black dashes between the veins, which
of themselves are more or less black marked; a narrow black
terminal line ; fringe pale at base with darker interline and
dusky tips. Hind wing whitish, heavily tinged with fuscous,
and appearing rather dark; no discal mark; fringes pale at
base, with darker interline and dusky tips. Underside
whitish, the fore wing, costal — outer margins and veins of
hind wing so irrorated with fuscous as to appear quite dark ;
a dusky common band across all wings.

Expanse : 28 mm.

More like the western gravis than any other species known to
us. Besides the eastern locality, the practical lack of an s. t. line,
plus darker hind wing with lack of discal mark on upperside,
should distinguish it. Type locality: Lakehurst, N. J.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 165

Number and sexes of types: Holotype allotype $, Barnes
Coll. Paratypes 2 J', Lemmer Coll.

PEpipsilia heinrichi sp. nov.

All tibiae spined, fore tarsi with rather longer spines than
normal, the spines at the distal ends of the segments appear-
ing almost claw-like. Head and thorax clothed with fine
hair-like scales and rough hair, venation normal Agrotid,
frons smooth and somewhat rounded out; palpi hairy below,
dark at sides pale at tips. Frons pale; vertex, collar, and
thorax concolorously dull purple brown; abdomen tinged
with rufous. Fore wing purple, suffused with violaceous
gray and rufous, and irrorated with black; basal line from
costa to median vein narrow, black ; t. a. line faintly double,
inner part suffused, included space of ground color, outer
part distinct, black, waved ; claviform obsolescent ; orbicular
irregular, pale, outlined faintly by black, with a central filling
of ground color; reniform irregular, mottled, tending to be
inwardly extended along median vein, and with a black spot
in its lower part ; t. p. line oblique on costa, strongly excurved
around cell, dentate on the veins; s. t. line pale, obsolescent,
mesially marked by a blackish spot on costa ; a faint terminal
series of black spots between the veins. Hind wing fuscous,
somewhat paler basally. Beneath : pale, sordid, irrorated
with fuscous, with faint discal spots and common band. Ex-
panse : 35 mm.

Type locality: Lakehurst, N. T. Number and sexes of types:
Holotype “ IV--26.”""

We know of no closely allied species. This insect will prob-
ably ultimately become the type of a new genus. It is a connect-
ing link between “Agrotis” in the sense of Hampson and Epipsilia,
besides possessing characters not possessed by typical species of
either genus.

\ v

Graptolitha lemmeri sp. nov.

Allied to the European Graptolitha lapidea1 to which it will
run in Hampson’s keys (1906, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., VI, 247,
249). Differs from the European species by the stronger
nature of the markings, the t. a. and t. p. lines produced to

1 For the loan of this specimen, and many other courtesies in-
cluding comparisons of various genotypes, we are indebted to Dr.
William Schaus of the National Museum.

166 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

longer and sharper points, more red at the. base of the reni-
form, fore wing with costal and inner margins more nearly
parallel, and all wings darker, the hind wings nearly evenly
fuscous. Beneath the discal spots are much better marked,
as are the lines on the tibiae. We have no male of lapidea
available for dissection, but from a superficial examination
of the male genitalia of a single specimen of the European
species which was loaned to us, the structure termed ampulla
by Pierce extends nearly as far caudad as the valve tip, mak-
ing the valve look almost bifurcate, while lemmeri has the
same structure much smaller and blunter. There is a large
amount of difference in the valves, those of lapidea more
evenly drawn out and narrower than those of the new spe-
cies. A single specimen of the species has long been in the
Barnes Collection and was labeled by Dr. McDunnough,
“This is possibly lapidea Hbn. from Europe.”

The most closely allied North American species appears to be
longior Sm., from which lemmeri differs by being about 5 mm.
greater in expanse, fore wing with the costa and inner margin
more nearly parallel, possessing a more purplish cast and more
contrasting maculation. Expanse 42 mm.

Type localities and number and sexes of types: Holotype J',
Nov. 16; Allotype J1, Nov. 14, in Barnes Coll. 22 Paratypes,
Nov. 7-22; all of the above taken by Mr. Frederick Lemmer, at
Lakehurst, N. J. 1 J1 Paratype, Ivoryton, Conn., X-14. 8 Para-

types in’ Barnes Coll., balance in Lemmer Coll.

II.

Generic Nojes (Phal^nid®)

Eviridemas gen. nov.

Type Viridemas minuta B. & McD.

Proboscis aborted, minute, scarcely visible; palpi aborted,
not as long as the width of the eye, roughly clothed with hair
and hair-like scales; frons narrow, less than the width of the
eye, not bulging but rather depressed in the vicinity of the
eyes, very slightly roughened, with a very slight horizontal
ridge below the middle because the ventral part is strongly
bent inward, a slight corneous plate below it ; eyes large,
round, naked, unciliated save for a few white hairs from be-
hind; ocelli present; antennae of male peculiar, appearing
slightly pectinate, in reality with the under side of each joint
drawn out into a strong lamellation, from each disto-lateral

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 167

angle of these lamellations there arises a strong serration or
small pectination; a ridge of scales between bases of anten-
nae ; thorax clothed almost entirely with broad scales, a very
few hairs and hair-like scales intermixed; (no trace of a
prothoracic crest on four examples but a slight rubbing of
some and improper pinning of others prohibits definite state-
ment that a crest does not exist) ; patagia very short; meta-
thorax with a mass of scales forming a large tuft rather than
a crest; all tibiae unarmed, but fringed with very long hair
and hair-like scales, the normal spurs not long but not very
conspicuously shortened; tarsi not obviously modified, un-
armed save for the usual spines which are rather small ; ab-
domen practically uncrested, three or four scales at base
tending to form a very slight crest ; frenulum of male normal,
single; retinaculum of male normal, not bar-shaped. Fore
wing with the apex rounded, the termen rather obliquely
curved and not crenulate, oblique enough to make the apex
seem more acute than it really is ; veins 3, 5 from near angle
of cell; 6 from somewhat below upper angle; 9 from 10
anastomosing with 8 to form the areole which is not large ; 7
from areole; 11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3 from
angle of cell; 4 from above angle; 5 obsolescent from slightly
below middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked from upper angle,
the length of the stalk somewhat variable but (in four ex-
amples) not short; 8 anastomosing with cell near the base
only.

We have given a rather lengthy description because the genus is
a very peculiar one, including characters which will separate it
from the Arctiidse. It has little to do with Viridemas Sm., type
galena Sm. That genus has the frons produced to a strong and
rather pointed prominence with the point connected to the vertex
by a strong ridge, it is also a much heavier insect agreeing with
niinuta mainly in the short tongue and a general lack of characters.
The palpi are quite short, but not really aborted and so excep-
tionally short as in miuta which possesses the smallest palpi of any
Phalsenid we have studied. Our only specimen of galena, and
which has been compared with the type, is too rubbed to be sure
about the abdominal characters, but we suspect that fresh speci-
mens will show a crest on the third abdominal segment, contrary
to the original description. The eyes of galena are strongly
ciliated from behind, and very likely also from in front, so that
the genus Viridemas may ultimately go into the Cuculliinse. We
do not make this transfer, pending examination of fresh material.

168 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Hemistilbia gen. nov.

Type Stilbia apposita B. & McD.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi rather short, upturned,
when closely appressed the second joint nearly reaching the
middle of the frons, moderately fringed with scales, the third
joint short, porrect; frons smooth and scarcely bulging, with
clypeal plate below it ; eyes large round, naked ; antennae
simple, ciliated, in both sexes ; thorax mainly clothed with
broad scales, a few hairs intermixed ; tegulae produced into
a slight hood, the prothorax otherwise uncrested ; meta-
thorax with a large tuft-like crest; tibiae unarmed, the mid
and hind tibiae moderately fringed with hair; abdomen with-
out dorsal or lateral crests. Fore wing not broad, the apex
rounded, the termen evenly curved and not crenulate ; veins 3,
5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from below upper angle ; 9 from
10 anastomosing with 8 to form the areole, 7 variable, some-
times connate from areole with 8 and 9, sometimes stalked
with 8 and 9 ; 1 1 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from
angle of cell ; 5 almost obsolete from somewhat below middle
of discocellulars ; 6 variable, sometimes stalked with 7, some-
times connate with 7 from upper angle, sometimes from
slightly below upper angle ; 8 anastomosing with cell for
about one third the length.

The present genus is allied to the European genera of the
Stilbia group, which have vein 7 of the hind wing fused with
the cell for a considerable distance. The European Stilbia
anomala Haw. (genotype of Stilbia) probably also varies in vena-
tion, contrary to recent European publications, as a specimen be-
fore us has veins 3 and 4 of the hind wing stalked, as well as 6
and 7.

Hemistilbia has shorter wings, less bulging frons, longer palpi,
shorter areole, and vein 8 of the hind wing less fused with the cell,
than in Stilbia.

Anvcteola gen. nov.

Type Stilbia fotelloides B. & McD.

Proboscis fully developed, unsealed ; palpi upturned, short,
the, second joint not reaching middle of frons, its vestiture
compressed and of scales only, the third joint short, not por-
rect ; frons smooth, not bulging, narrow, scarcely more than
half the width of the eye, the usual clypeal plate not visible ;
ocelli present ; eyes large, round, naked, unciliated ; antennae

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 169

simple, the shaft scarcely ciliated in both sexes, the scape with
a peculiar fan-shaped tuft of spatulate hair-like scales re-
sembling the eye-cap of certain Tineid genera ( Bucculatrix ,
etc.) ; thorax clothed entirely with broad, and only slightly
dentate, scales, save for a few fine hairs on the patagia ; the
prothorax without visible crest; patagia with tips upcurved
forming a pseudo-crest, this being amplified by raised scales
on the mesothorax forming a strong mesothoracic crest; a
strong metathoracic crest in the form of a tuft ; tibiae un-
armed, the usual epiphysis on fore tibia, the mid tibia with
the usual single pair of spurs and some hair; the hind tibia
with the usual two pair of spurs and some hair, the distal
spurs somewhat shorter than normal ; abdomen with a slight
dorsal crest at base only ; frenulum simple in the male, triple
in the female ; retinaculum of male normal, not bar-shaped.
Fore wing with the apex somewhat rounded, the termen quite
obliquely curved, the normal transverse lines picked out by
black raised scales; vein 3 from lower angle; 4 from well
above angle ; 5 from about one third below middle of dis-
cocellulars; 6 from well below upper angle; 7 variable, from
the areole, or connate with the stem of 8 and 9 from the end
of the areole; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to form the
areole which is rather small, the stem of 8 and 9 rather short ;
11 free. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5
practically obsolete from slightly below middle of discocel-
lulars ; 6, 7 rather long stalked from upper angle ; 8 anasto-
mosing with the cell for about one third the length, the base
of vein 8 appearing to be individually variable but usually
free.

The present genus is a very peculiar one. Aside from the
nature of vein 8 of the hind wing and a general lack of many
characters, Anycteola seems to have little to do with Stilbia. We
think it belongs to the Phalsenidse (“Noctuidae”), although it may
be a queer offshoot of some Bombycid stem. In some respects
it is rather like Afrida Moesch. which possesses a rather similar
structure from the antennal scape. We suspect Afrida may be
a peculiar Phalsenid, lacking ocelli, and with bar-shaped retina-
culum, as vein 8 of the hind wing does not fuse with the cell
except toward the base. However because of lack of ocelli plus
the bar shaped retinaculum we leave Afrida tentatively in the
Lithosiinae. Anycteola possesses ocelli which would necessitate
its placement in the Arctiinse if an Arctiid. Here it would have
to fall into the group with cubitus of the hind wing trifid and the

170 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

fore wing with an areole. Few Arctiids possess such a venation,
and those which have it appear to have a very long and narrow
areole, also the bar-shaped retinaculum, and rather pointed wings.
We cannot be absolutely certain that vein 5 of the hind wing is
obsolescent. Possibly what we consider vein 5 is only a fold, and
it may be that veins 3 and 4 have completely fused and that 5 is
in reality from the lower angle of the cell. Such a condition takes
place in some of the “Sarrothripinae,” and some species of that
subfamily have a very similar habitus to Anycteola, as may be
judged from the name. They also agree in possessing raised
scales on the wings. But they disagree by possessing a bar-shaped
retinaculum in the males, similar to the Arctiidae.

Phoenicophanta Hamp.

Type Phoenicophanta flavifera Hamp.

1910, Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., X, 653, flavifera sole
species and designated type.

This is a very peculiar genus which might well be placed with
some of the aberrant Apatelinae (“Acronyctinae”) rather than in
the Acontiinae (“Erastriinae”) .? Hampson’s diagnosis conveys
rather a wrong impression. The proboscis is short, but nearly
twice the length of the head. The frons is strongly produced,
rather truncate, and appears armed with a number of minute
spine-like granulations. There appears to be a slight clypeal
plate closely appressed to the frontal prominence. Vein 5 of the

2 Those workers who wish to reject the Hiibnerian Tentamen
names Apatela and Erastria ( 1806) ; to adopt the names Acronicta
Ochs. (1816), or Acronycta Treit. (1825), Erastria Ochs. (1816)
or Treit. (1826) ; and hence to use the family names “Acronyc-
tinae” (recte Acronictinae) and Erastriinae; find themselves con-
fronted with a peculiar puzzle of nomenclature. See B. & Benj.,
Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc., XXI, p. 183. Since this latter was writ-
ten (1926), Dr. W. T. M. Forbes informed us of a published
“Prospectus” by Hubner on file in the library of Cornell Univer-
sity which actually offers for sale the Hiibnerian plate of Erastria
immista Dissimilaria (Samml. exot. Schmett., pi. CCIII). This
prospectus is dated 1814, and even with the rejection of the Tenta-
men would make Erastria Hbn. a monotypic generic name in the
Geometridae. There is also an indication that certain American
species of the Ziitrage, including Tricena tritona Hbn., were pub-
lished by 1814, Tricena thus having priority over Acronicta and
Acronycta.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 171

hind wing is from close to the middle of the discocellulars and
very obsolescent. Veins 6 and 7 appear stalked from the upper
angle of the cell and not connate, although1 this may be a variable
character. The fore wings differ in the two sexes. There is a
fold above vein 6, as illustrated by Hampson, in both sexes, and
this fold appears much like vein 7. We cannot be sure if the miss-
ing vein is 9 or 7. On the female wing there are three radials on
a stalk. Vein 11 is from the cell. The male has a structure in
the radials of the fore wing resembling a fovea, and this appears
to be bounded above and below by tubular veins. From the
costal side of this, near its distal end, arises a single unbranched
vein, and from the distal end the stem of a stalked bifurcate vein.
Hampson’s drawing shows a dip in the radial sector, which corre-
sponds to the anal edge of the fovea-like structure, and the edge
which is much thickened, but the drawing does not show the
normal tubular vein along the costal edge of the structure. This
fovea-like organ certainly looks much like a modified areole. If
it is a modified areole perhaps the fold above vein 6 really repre-
sents vein 7, which would be the missing vein instead of 9.

The North American Phocnicophanta bicolor B. & McD. is so
identical in structure with the Argentine P. flavifera Hamp., and
both organisms are so very peculiar, that were it not for the widely
different localities we might be inclined to consider that only race
of a single species were involved.

Afotella B. & Benj.

Type Hadena cylindrica Grt.

1025, Barnes & Benjamin, Bull. B’klyn Ent. Soc., XX, 195,
cylindrica sole species and designated type.

We regret to say that in our diagnosis of the genus, which is
Fotella of Hampson but not of Grote, we overlooked the fact that
the eyes are hairy as in Trichoc osmia.

The genus falls in Hampson’s keys to the Hadeninee between
Nephelistis and Odontestra, but obviously related to neither of
these. It is close to Trichoc osmia Grt., but possesses a pro-
thoracic crest. It must be close to the true N amangana Staud.,3
but we are now unable to make a direct comparison. As we re-
call, cretacea, the genotype of Namangana , the frons was some-
what bulged, but not so strongly, nor was it roughened, which is

3 See 1926, B. & Benj., Pan Pac. Ent., Ill, 64-65.

172 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

why Hampson described the frons as smooth and flattened. Also
on the only cretacea we ever saw, a cotype, we could find no pro-
thoracic crest. The specimen was, however, somewhat rubbed,
so we are not sure of the thoracic tuftings.

HadenelLa Grt.

Type Hadenella pergentilis Grt.

1883, Grote, Pap., Ill, 123, pergentilis sole species and there-
fore type.

1895, Grote, Abh. Nat. Ver. Bremen, XIV, 81, type designated
pergentilis.

1909, Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., VIII, 231, type desig-
nated pergentilis.

Has hairy eyes and belongs in the Hadeninse. The peculiar
frons completely separates it from any other genus known to us in
this subfamily. It appears rather closely related to Afotella, so
we place it following that genus.

Phalaeninae.

There are a number of genera and species placed by Hampson,
(1903, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., IV) and authors in the subfamily
“Agrotinse” (recte Phalseninse) ; and by Warren (1911, in Seitz,
Macrolep., Ill), considered Heliothids. These organisms possess
reniform shaped eyes; mid, hind, and often fore tibiae armed
with spines, but without claws.

The European Oxytripia orbiculosa Esp. seems to have no real
allies in North America. Neither does the Tibetan Grumia
flora Alph. Another group, possibly representing three distinct
genera, is the one termed Ala by Hampson and Anartomorpha by
Warren. This group differs from our North American organ-
isms by having the fore tibiae unspined and at the same time hav-
ing decidedly hairy eyes.

The genus Hampson calls <(Agrotiphila,, is divisible into four
distinct genera.

Schoyenia Auriv., type arctica Auriv., the species presumably
a synonymy of unifasciata Menetr., appears distinct by its com-
pressed venation ; small areole ; 7, 8 and 9 stalked on the fore
wing; 6 and 7 stalked on the hind wing; in conjunction with
spined fore tibiae ; hairy vestiture ; serrate male antennae ; and the
usual obsolescent vein 5 of the hind wing.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 173

Barrovia B. & McD. has similar tibial armature, and rather
similar venation, but is at once distinct by the strong vein 5 of
the hind wing which is only obsolescent toward the discal cell,
by the peculiarly bipectinate-lamellate male antennae, broader
wings, and general Geometriform habitus. The fore tibiae are
spined, contrary to the original description. Barrovia seems
rather out of place as a member of the Phalsenidse, but we know
of no better placement.

Archanarta gen. nov.

Type Noctua quieta Hbn.

“Noctua” quieta Hbn. has been placed by Hampson in his
“Agrotiphila” {Schoyenia), and by Warren in Schoyenia. It has
usually been placed in Anarta. The habitus is decidedly that of
an Anarta; the wings are broad; and the eyes are distinctly hairy,
although the hair is rather short, and somewhat difficult to see
because of the long cilia overhanging the eyes. All tibiae are
spined. The vestiture is of hair only. The venation is entirely
normal in three specimens before us, the only stalking of veins
being the usual one of 8 and 9 on the fore wing.

Epipsiliamorpha gen. nov.

Type Agrotis alaskce Grt.

“Agrotis” alaskce Grt. has been placed by Hampson in his
“Agrotiphila” proper, on the strength of the male antennae not
being serrate. We possessed a single male example from St.
Paul’s Island, Alaska; and recently have acquired two fine pair
through the kindness of Mr. E. P. VanDuzee, the locality also St.
Paul’s Island. The thoracic vestiture is of hair only. All tibiae
are spined. The habitus is decidedly like an Epipsilia, the male
with normal Epipsilia-like wing shape, the female with the wings
aborted and narrow. The venation is the same in both sexes,
except that because of the aborted wings, the veins in the female
wings are often rather waved. The venation of the fore wing is
normal ; 6 and 7 of the hind wing are stalked. The eyes are reni-
form shaped and obsolescently hairy, the hair sparse and rather
difficult to see. Contrary to Hampson, the male antennae are
very heavily serrate, almost bipectinate ; and the palpi are long and
exceed the frons.

174 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Agrotimorpha gen. nov.

Type Agrotis staudgineri Moesch.

The fourth group in Hampson’s “Agrotiphila' is the one he
considers typical, citing staudingeri as type, the citation presum-
ably intended for montana Morr. which he places in the synonymy,
and which is the type of Agrotiphila Grt. Hampson’s staudingeri
is not true staudingeri but is probably Colorado Sm. In his ad-
denda, Hampson removes montana from the synonymy of his
staudingeri and puts it into Orosagrotis Hamp. with priority over
rigida Sm. This is probably because of information furnished by
Smith, who published on montana Morr., 1903, Trans. Am. Ent.
Soc., XXIX, 204. Smith is correct in that Morrison described
the Colorado species later named rigida by Smith, and his descrip-
tion cannot possibly apply to staudingeri or Colorado. Smith is
probably incorrect in associating the so-called type of montana in
the Tepper Collection with staudingeri, as we have only seen the
latter from Labrador. If the Tepper Collection specimen is from
Colorado, Morrison’s type locality, it is probably some other
species.

Grote’s description of Agrotiphila is rather poor, as it omits
mention of the frons. It is not unlikely that he may have de-
scribed the genus from a specimen of Colorado erroneously de-
termined as montana, but he makes montana sole species and
therefore genotype of Agrotiphila. Orosagrotis Hamp., there-
fore, falls into the synonymy of Agrotiphila Grt., its type being
rigida Sm.

The bulk of the species placed by Hampson in his “Agrotiphila"
proper; i.e., staudingeri, macidata, and Colorado, are typical
“Agrotid” in habitus, have no more in common with the Heliothids
than do other Agrotids; all the tibiae are spined; the vestiture
is mixed, scales, hair-like scales, and hair; eyes reniform, and we
can see no hair on them; the venation variable individually and
not specifically, the fore wing sometimes with 7 shortly stalked
with 8 and 9, the hind wing sometimes with 6 and 7 stalked. The
male antennae are beaded and ciliated, but vary with the species.

These species are rather closely allied to those of the genus
Hampson calls Orosagrotis (recte Agrotiphila ), but lack the
truncate frontal prominence.

Agrotiphila Grt., type montana Morr., ( Orosagrotis Hamp.,
type + rigida Sm. nec Wlk .z= montana Morr.) has reniform
shaped eyes, not visibly hairy; vestiture mixed, hair, hair-like

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 175

scales, .and scales; a truncate conical frontal prominence; all tibiae
/Spined; the venation seems less variable than in colorado-staud-
ingeri, 6 and 7 of the hind wings stalked in all specimens examined
of both montana and incognita, but 7 of the fore wing is variable
individually, sometimes stalked with 8 and 9 and sometimes not
stalked.

Parabarrovia Gibson, type Parabarrovia keelei Gibson, is known
to us only through the literature ( 1920, Rept. Can. Arct. Exped.,
Ill, (1), 33). Gibson states that the fore tibiae are unspined, and
veins 3 and 4 of the hind wings are stalked; characters which
make a rather unique genus. The habitus seems somewhat sim-
ilar to Barrovia, and we suspect little real relationship to the
normal “Agrotid” type.

We give a key to the genera discussed.

Phalaenidae with Spined Tibiae and Reniform
Shaped Eyes.

I. All tibiae spined

A. Frons with truncate conical prominence. . . .Agrotiphila

(— Orosagrotis)

B. Frons without truncate conical prominence

a. Thoracic vestiture of hair only ;

a1. Vein 5 of hind wing strong, only obsolescent
near cell ; wing shape Geometriform ; areole
short ; 7 stalked with 8 and 9 on fore wing ;
6 and 7 stalked on hind wing; eyes naked

Barrovia

b1. Not so; 5 of hind wing obsolescent; habitus
not Geometriform ; eyes naked or hairy
a2. Habitus Anarta-like ; wing shape normal,
broad, in both sexes ; without stalked veins
except the usual stalking of 8 and 9 on fore
wing; eyes decidedly hairy; male antennae

serrate Archanarta

b2. Habitus Epipsilia-like ; wing shape of male
normal but not broad; of female aborted;
venation normal except for stalking of 6
and 7 on hind wing ; eyes obsolescently
hairy; male antennae heavily serrate,

E pipsiliamorpha

( ? eyes naked)

c2. Wings very narrow ; venation compressed ;
areole small ; 7 stalked with 8 and 9 on fore
wing; 6 and 7 stalked on hind wing; male
antennae serrate Schoyenia

176 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

d2. Wings with apex rectangular ; venation normal
except 6 and 7 stalked on hind wing; male

antennae bipectinate

Grumia

b. Thoracis vestiture mixed : hair, hair-like scales
and scales

Habitus normal Agrotid ; venation variable ;
fore wing with 7 sometimes stalked with 8
and 9, sometimes not ; 6 and 7 of hind wings
sometimes stalked ; variation individual
only ; male antennae beaded and ciliated,

B. Eyes naked (or hair not easily visible)

a. Head and thorax clothed with hair only and with-

out crests ; 3 and 4 of hind wing stalked ; habitus
somewhat Geometriform Parabarrovia

b. Head and thorax clothed with scales ; with a small

prothoracic and a large metathoracic crest ;
habitus of normal “Noctuid” Oxytripia

This arrangement of genera and species leaves kyune Barnes
without placement. The species was described as a Hadena
(1904, Can. Ent., XXXVI, 168) and later placed by Barnes and
McDunnough in Agrotiphila [1911, Contrib., I, (4), 16; and,
1917, Check List, No. 1224]. The unique type, a female, has
only part of one leg, fortunately a fore leg. The fore tibiae are
spined, without claws. The palpi are moderate in length. The
eyes are large and rounded, precluding association with Agroti-
phila. The thorax is too rubbed to be sure of tuf tings, but the
thoracic vestiture seems rather mixed, but mostly of broad scales.
The abdomen appears probably untufted. The venation is normal
except that 6 and 7 of the hind wings are stalked. The frons is
quite strongly bulged, altho lacking a truncate conical prominence.
This bulging frons occurs in several “Agrotid” genera, the whole
of the Phalseninse needing generic revision. We tentatively place
kyune after capota, which has a similar frons, in Rhizagrotis.

Trichosilia Hamp.

Type No etna acarnea Sm.

1918, Hampson, Nov. Zool., XXV, 112, acarnea sole species
and designated type.

Agrotimorpha

II. Fore tibiae unspined

A. Eyes decidedly hairy

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 177

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi obliquely upturned, reach-
ing beyond middle of frons, the second joint fringed with
long hair, the third joint short; frons slightly roughened,
rather bulging, and with small clypeal plate below it; eyes
large, round, hairy, overhung by long cilia ; antennae of male
slightly serrate, and fasciculate ; thorax clothed with scales,
hair-like scales, and hair, with a spreading prothoracic crest
tending to form a double keel to the metathorax which has
loose hair from both sides tending to form a dorsal tuft ; all
tibiae spined and fringed with hair; abdomen not flattened,
with considerable rough hair especially basally, and with
lateral tufts of rough hair and scales terminally, but without
distinct dorsal crests. Fore wing broad, with the apex
rounded, the termen rather evenly curved; veins 3 and 5
from near angle of cell; 6 from below upper angle; 9 from
10 anastomosing with 8 to form the areole; 11 from the cell.
Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from near angle of cell; 5 ob-
solescent from somewhat below middle of discocellulars, 6
and 7 long stalked from upper angle; 8 anastomosing with
cell near base only.

Hampson’s diagnosis being faulty in some respects, we have
redescribed the genus.

Trichofeltia gen. nov.

Type Agrotis circumdata Grt.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi obliquely upturned, reach-
above middle of frons, the second joint fringed with long
hair in front, somewhat shorter than usual, and the third joint
proportionately longer; frons smooth, not bulging, and with
only a trace of a clypeal plate below it; eyes large, round,
very hairy, overhung by long cilia from behind, and shorter
cilia from in front and from the bases of the antennae; an-
tennae of male strongly bipectinate ; thorax clothed with hair
and hair-like scales only and without distinct crests, the
metathorax with rough hair from both sides tending to form
a tuft; mid and hind tibiae spined; fore tibia with only a
single spine which is on the outer side near the metatarsus ;
all tibiae moderately fringed with hair; abdomen dorsally
flattened, with some rough hair especially basally, but without
distinct dorsal crests. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded,
the termen rather evenly curyed, and not crenulate; veins 3
and 5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from slightly below upper
angle; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to form the areole, 7
1 shortly stalked with 8 and 9 in most specimens, sometimes
appearing practically connate; 11 from cell. Hind wing

178 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 obsolescent from some-
what below middle of discocellulars ; 6 and 7 shortly stalked
from upper angle; 8 anastomosing with cell near base only.

For those interested in genitalic differences between genera,
we might mention that there seems little in common between
Trichosilia and Trichofeltia.

III.

Specific Notes (Phauenidjs).
s* Triphcena Ochs.

Type PhaUena pronuba * L.

Triphcena plebeia race bajoides nov.

Similar to typical plebeia, but much smoother in general
appearance, the ground color darker, the ordinary spots not
strongly disconcolorous.

While plebeia was described from Vancouver Island, British
Columbia, and California, the single Californian type is a female
from unknown locality. The name should be restricted to the
Vancouver Island form as the description fits this in every de-
tail.

Forty specimens are before us, all much alike, and all very con-
trasty. A single example from Shasta Retreat, California, seems
like the Vancouver specimens.

Specimens from Hunters, Washington, are strongly marked,
but the ground color seems somewhat darker than in the Van-
couver examples. A single specimen from Como Park, Colorado,
agrees with the Washington examples.

Material from Vineyard and Provo, Utah, seems variable, one
example nearly agreeing with the Washington lot, and varying
from this to duller forms.

Both the dull and brightly marked forms are found at Yosemite,
California, but Plumas Co. material before us seems all to be
the dull form. The least contrasting of the specimens consider-
ably resemble smooth baja.

We are restrictirg our types to the Plumas Co. specimens and
selecting as Holotype a very unicolorous specimen.

Type locality: Plumas Co., Calif. Number and sexes of types:
Holotype <?, 8-15 Aug.; Allotype 8-15 Aug.; 3 J', 4 5, Para-
types 1-7 and 8-15 Aug.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 179

^ Triphcena hospitalis Grt.

Smith, 1898, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., VI, 100, pi. VII, f. 9,
figures the male genitalia in contrast to those of jucunda, pi. VII,
f. 4. These drawings by Smith are very poor. The Barnes Col-
lection possesses a specimen determined as hospitalis and this
lacks a valve. Smith was the only one known to us to deliberately
so mutilate specimens. The example is simply labeled “New
York” and is likely the specimen from that locality mentioned by
Smith. We see little to distinguish the specimen from true
jucunda except that the claviform is somewhat longer. In reality
the genitalia of both this example and typical jucunda seem about
half way between Smith’s two figures. We strongly suspect that
our single “ hospitalis ” is only a freak of jucunda. The actual
type of hospitalis in Collection Hill should be reexamined to de-
termined what the name really represents. Hampson, without
North American specimens and presumably upon the strength
of Smith’s remarks, sinks the name to the European brunnea
D. & S.

Triphcena esurialis race uclueleti nov.

Similar to typical esurialis, forewings bright luteous
slightly tinged with rufous, the markings tending to be
washed out ; no basal black filling between or before the
stigmata. Hind wings as in the typical form but tinged, like
fore wings, with luteous-rufous.

Type locality: Ucluelet, B. C. Number and sexes of types:
Holotype, 24-VIHc>9 ; 1 Paratype, 27-VII-09, the paratype bear-
ing an additional label, C. H. Young, Ottawa.

“Ceramic a” vindemialis Gn.

This name has been omitted from recent North American lists
because Hampson, (1905, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., V, 445, pi. XCI,
f. 2) states that the type while labeled Florida will probably prove
to be from New Zealand. We have an example exactly agreeing
with Hampson’s figure of the type, and from Florida. Tenta-
tively we place this in Barathra Hbn., type Noctua albicolon Sepp
(= Trichoclea Grt.)

Perigrapha Led.

We are inclined to place the bulk of the species put by Hamp-
son in Perigrapha, along with those placed by him in Monima, in

180 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Graphiphora Hbn. A specimen compared with the type of prima
Sm., and agreeing fairly well although not exactly, has very
strongly lashed eyes and will fall into Stretchia. In habitus, also,
prima agrees with inferior Sm. and plusiaeformis Hy. Edw., this
latter species the genotype of Stretchia.

We have a long series of the pulchella group of Graphiphora
and all intergrades between pulchella Harv., addenda Sm., palo-
niarensis Hill, and hepatic a B. & McD. We now consider that
these names represent only maculation forms of an exceptionally
variable species. One other name, orbiculata Sm., (1911, Jour.
N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIX, 147) has been omitted from the Check
List, presumably because Smith states for pulchella that he “came
near” redescribing it as “ orbiculata from a type in which the
orbicular is unusually contrasty,” but this certainly publishes the
name and description. It can also stand as a form of pulchella.
The name achsha Dyar may stand as a race of pulchella, and
algula Sm. as a color form of this race, pending further material.

The so-called Perigrapha pectinata Sm. appears to be con-
specific with Perigonica punctilinea Sm. Pending further rna-*
terial we save the latter name, tentatively, as a race, placing both
names as a single species in Perigonica.

Morrisonia mucens Hbn.

We seem to possess all intergrades between Morrisonia mucens
Hbn. and sectilis Gn., so that we consider the latter name repre-
sents only a maculation form.

Embolcecia sauzalitce form papaipemoides nov.

Entirely similar to the typical form except for the lack of white
filling to the stigmata.

Type localities and number and sexes of types : Holotype <$,
“California,” “135,” presumably originally a Henry Edwards
specimen; Allotype §, San Francisco^ Calif., Sept. 1, ’00, F. X.
Williams; 1 J' Paratype, San Francisco, Calif., ex Cirsium.

Types in: Holotype and Allotype in Barnes Collection, Para-
type in Collection Bird.

Papaipema inquaesita form, wyatti nov.

Similar to the typical form, but the orbicular and claviform
marked with white, the reniform marked with some white especi-
ally costally.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 181

Type locality: St. Therese Isl., St. Johns Co., Quebec, IX-15.
NumEerTmd sexes of types: Holotype J', (G. Chagnon ) Clinique.

Notes: Messrs. Wyatt and Beer of Chicago, Illinois, have
reared a series of intermediates.

Apatela oblinita form insolita Grt.

1873, Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., I, 82, Acronycta.

Much has been written regarding the identity of this “species.”
Mr. Tams has kindly examined the type for us in comparison with
both lanceolaria and oblinita, and reports ; t(Eulonche insolita
Grote is unquestionably a melanic oblinita.” The type came from
Pennsylvania. We have seen two melanic oblinita from Oak Sta-
tion, Pa., from Mr. Fred. Marloff, who kindly deposited one in the
Barnes Collection.

Elaphria Hbn.

Type Elaphria grata Hbn.

1818?, Hubner, Ziitr. exot. Schmett., I, 16, No. 36, ff. 71-72,
grata sole species and therefore type.4
This generic name has priority over Monodes Gn. as used in the
Barnes & McDunnough Check List and in Hampson, Cat. Lep.
Phal. B. M, VIII.

Elaphria ensina Barnes

1907, Barnes, Can. Ent., XXXIX, 12, Oligia.

1917, Barnes & McDunnough, Check List, No. 2610, Monodes.
obliquirena Hamp.

1918, Hampson, Nov. Zook, XXV, 151, Calymniodes.

Specimens agreeing with the types of ensina were submitted to
Mr. Tams of the British Museum who labeled them Calymniodes
obliquirena, “comp, type,” “exact.” We are indebted to Prof.
Draudt for first suggesting the possibility of this synonymy.

Micrathetis triplex Wlk.

1857, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., XI, 721, Laphygma.

1909, Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., VIII, 443, f. 123,
minuscula B. & McD. Micrathetis.

4 Since this page was written we have been informed by Dr. W.
T. M. Forbes that this species was probably published not later
than 1814.

182 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

1913, Barnes & McDunnough, Contrib., II, (1), 6, pi. II, f. 12,
Athetis.

1913, Barnes & McDunnough, Contrib., II, (3), 115, Athetis.

“Athetis” minuscula was first “described” (March 1913) by a
figure. A description was subsequently published (April 1913),
and the previously figured specimen indicated as the “cotype,”
the “type” not having the black filling to the reniform. Here
is a problem in nomenclature. Is the originally published speci-
men the/ actual type, or is the type which remained in manuscript
until a month later the true type ? However, it is not our purpose
to go further than the actual taxonomy involved, and to call at-
tention to the specific synonymy. Regardless which “type” be
selected to hold the name, minuscula is only a minor color or
maculation form of triplex. In this regard, benjamini Draudt
(in Seitz) is also the same species. We base this statement upon
paratypes given the Barnes Collection by Professor Draudt, these
being various forms and practically covering the range of varia-
tion of the species. With additional names applied by Professor
Strand to abs. 1 and 3 of Hampson, and with the number of names
at present listed in the synonymy (see Hampson, 1909), those who
may wish to apply names to minor forms have a remarkable puz-
zle of nomenclature coupled with the necessity of careful com-
parison with actual types.

Charadra deridens Gn.

1852, Guenee, Spec., Gen., V, Noct., I, 35, pi. Ill, f . 8,
nigrosuffusa Strd. Diphtera.

1913, Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., XIII, 374, deridens ab.
1, Charadra.

1916, Strand, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., A, 2, 46, deridens ab.,
Charadra.

Charadra circulifera' Wlk.

1857, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M., XI, 709, Acronycta.
contigua Wlk.

1865, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B. M, XXXII, 446, Charadra.
sudena Smith.

1908, Smith, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XVI, 80, Charadra.

A considerable number of specimens of Charadra were sub-
mitted to Mr. Tams for comparison with the types and series in

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 183

the British Museum. The names circulifera and contigua appear
to be applicable to the southern form or species subsequently
named sudena by Smith. The name nigrosuffusa Strd. appears
to be simply the northern species or form now going in all collec-
tions as deridens Gn. The type of deridens is not in the Barnes
Collection, and according to Mr. Tams is not in the British
Museum. Until other evidence is offered we would consider the
name deridens applicable to the northern form or species with
nigrosuffusa as a synonym; and circulifera applicable for the
southern form or species with synonyms contigua and sudena.
The exact status of circulifera is difficult to state. It is very
possibly only a Gulf Strip race of deridens. Tentatively we al-
low two species following Smith and Barnes & McDunnough.

Catocala euphemia Beut.

1907, Beutenmuller, Bull. A. M. N. H., XXIII, 938, Catocala.

1913, Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., XII, 41 (ignot.),
Catobapta. =j= neogama Auct. nec A. & S.

1884, Hulst, Bull. Bklyn Ent. Soc., VII, 51 (partim), Catocala.

1893, Smith, Bull. U. S. N. M., XLIV, 349 (partim), Catocala.
arizonce Strd.

1913, Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M., XII, 41 (as neogama
ab. 3), Catobapta.

1914, Strand, Archiv fur Naturgesch., 79, A, 8, 64, neogama
ab., Catobapta.

1922, McDunnough, Can. Ent., LIV, 101, euphemia, Catocala.

In an effort to have specimens compared with the types of the
Strand names in the British Museum we submitted an example of
euphemia to Mr. Tams, who informed us that the Museum pos-
sessed no Arizona material. It is to be noted that Hampson
listed Arizona for neogama but did not list the specimen as being
in the Museum. He does, however, cite Smith, 1893, who in
turn cites Hulst, 1884. Hulst, under heading neogama states,
“The specimens from Arizona have the marginal border of the
hind wing broken.” Hampson’s description for his ab. 3 reads,
“hind wing with the terminal band interrupted.” We strongly
suspect that in reality Strand’s description is based upon ex-
amples of euphemia misdetermined as variants of neogama by
Hulst, 1884.

In relation to these Strand names, we have an example com-
pared with the type of subnatana Strd. This is the normal male

184 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

of subnata, not normal female as suggested by Dr. McDunnough
(1922, Can. Ent., LIV, 101).

IV.

Correction of a Generic Homonym (Phal^nid^e).
Eubuchholzia nom. nov.

Type Arsilonche Colorado Sm.

=j= Buchholzia B. & Benj.

Type Arsilonche Colorado Sm.

We are informed by Messrs. Embrik Strand, Theodore Frison,
and R. C. Williams, Jr., that the name Buchholzia is preoccupied.

Notes on Thyatirim:.

Habrosyne gloriosa Gn.

Guenee, 1852, Spec. Gen., V, 12, put into print the Boisduval
manuscript name gloriosa as being based upon a European speci-
men of scripta ( abrasa ). We have been unable to locate the type
of gloriosa. No European worker with whom we have corre-
sponded recognizes the name, and all agree that the locality given
by Guenee is presumably in error unless by chance a single speci-
men might have been introduced as a pupa or larva and the re-
sulting adult captured.5

The description is, however, good ; and points out the identical
differences between scripta ( abrasa ) and gloriosa that exist be-
tween scripta and rectangulata Ottol. This, coupled with the fact
that Boisduval and Guenee obtained considerable quantities of
material from Canada, New York, etc., lead us to consider that
the heretofore unplaced name gloriosa is a prior name for rec-
tangulata.

Habrosyne scripta race abrasoides nov.

Colors less contrasty than in typical scripta, the s. t. whitish
shade reduced in width, the reniform more elongate. A parallel
to gloriosa ( rectangulata ) race arizonensis B. & McD.

Type locality: Redington, Ariz. Number and sexes of types.
Holotype 5, unique.

The synonymy of the species of Habrosyne Hbn. found in
America north of the Rio Grande is as follows :

5 Della Torre, in Wagner, Lepid. Cat., 1921, pars 25, p. 5, lists
gloriosa from “Kaukasien” but cites no references other than
Guenee and Walker.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 185

scripta ( Gosse ) gloriosa (Gn.) ( Bdv . ms.)

abrasa (Gn.) rectangulata (Ottol.)

a abrasoides B. & Benj. =f= rectangula B. & McD.

chatfeldii Grt. (lapsus calami)

=j= derasa (Auct.) (nec L.) a arizonensis B. & McD.

VI.

Specific Homonyms (Phauenid^e).

“ Polia” olivacea (Morr.), described in Mamestra, is a “sec-
ondary” homonym of “Polia” olivacea Steph. Under the present
International Zoological Code there seems no differentiation be-
tween “primary” and “secondary” homonyms, and olivacea Morr.
appears to be unavailable.

“Polia” olivacea obscurior Sm. was described when Smith con-
sidered many of the western olivacea races, which he subse-
quently named, as being typical olivacea. Although his descrip-
tion seems to restrict the type to a single specimen, he makes men-
tion of other eastern material being the same. We have care-
fully compared the type of olivacea Morr. (Strecker Collection)
with the type of the so-called variety obscurior, and consider that
the type of the latter is simply the female of, the former.

If secondary homonyms are to be rejected, the name obscurior
Sm. would appear available for the species now known as
olivacea.

“Polia” stricta kappa B. & Benj. seems preoccupied by Noctua
cappa Hbn., placed by Hampson in Polia, under the rules that
specific and subspecific names have the same status as far as
nomenclature is concerned, and that c = k. We propose the ana-
gram papka nom. nov. for kappa B. & Benj. nec cappa Hbn.

VII.

New Geometrire (Lepid.).

Enypia venata form eddyi nov.

Markings similar to British Columbia venata, but with the pri-
maries so heavily suffused with fuscous that with the wings
folded the insect appears almost a melanic. Some of the white
ground color shows through the fuscous suffusion mesad of the
intradiscal and distad of the extradiscal lines. Secondaries only
slightly darker than those of the typical form. The present de-
scribed form is practically the opposite of form elaborata C. & S.

Type localities and number and sexes of types: Holotype <$,

186 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

Friday Harbor, Wash., Aug. 2, 1924; 6 $ Paratypes, Friday Har-
bor, Wash., Victoria and Duncans, B. C., July and August.

Notes: the British Columbia specimens mostly from A. W.
Hanham; the Washington specimens from Samuel Eddy.

Hulstina aridata sp. nov.

Much like formosata in size and maculation, but at once
easily differentiated by the practical lack of brownish shad-
ings. Genitalia of male not unlike formosata in general but
differing in many details, especially in the sacculus. Expanse
32 mm.

Type locality: Mohave Co., Ariz.. Number and sexes of types:
Holbtype <$\ April ; 19 Paratypes May 1-7 ; presumably collected
by O. C. Poling.

Note: the Barnes Collection possesses other specimens from
Clark Co., Nev.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 187

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF THE GENUS LIMNO-
PHILA FROM EASTERN NORTH AMERICA.

(Tipulidae, Diptera).

Part IV.

By Charles P. Alexander, Amherst, Mass.1

The species of Limnophila discussed at this time are based
chiefly on collections made by the writer in New York and New
England. Additional material was collected by my friends,
Messrs. Notman, Rogers and Walley, to whom I express my
sincere thanks for this opportunity of studying the contained
novelties.

Limnophila Macquart

Prolimnophila n. subgen.

Antennae with the verticils elongate, much exceeding the
segments. Head not narrowed behind. Tuberculate pits
vestigial, placed on the extreme cephalic margin of the
praescutum. Pseudosutural foveae inconspicuous. Wings
with the anterior arculus lacking or barely evident ; R2+ 3+4 in
alignment with Rs and nearly equalling it in length; R2+s
angulated at origin ; cell ist M2 very elongate, its inner end
strongly arcuated and lying proximad of the other elements
of the cord; m-cu beyond midlength of the cell.

Type of subgenus. — Limnophila areolata Osten Sacken (Ne-
arctic Region).

Limnophila areolata is a common crane-fly in Northeastern
North America, being especially characteristic of hemlock-yel-
low birch forests in June. The character of a broken arculus
reminds one strongly of P seudolimno phila and it may be that the
present group is more correctly placed with that genus. The
most conspicuous venational feature is the very large, arcuated
cell ist M2.

Limnophila ( Prionolahis ) walleyi n. sp.

Male. — Length 6.5— 7.5 mm. ; wing 7-8 mm.

In its small size and general appearance, resembling L.

1 Contribution from the Department of Entomology, Massa-
chusetts Agricultural College.

188 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXIV

(P.) simplex Alexander, but in the structure of the male
hypopygium more like L. (P.) rufibasis Osten Sacken.

Mesonotal praescutum without dark stripes, the color be-
ing blackish, dusted with yellowish gray. Femora yellow, the
tips narrowly but distinctly infuscated; tibiae yellow, the
tips narrowly blackened ; tarsi brown, the tips of the seg-
ments darker, the outer segments uniformly blackened. In
the paratype, the femoral tips are more gradually darkened.
Wings with a grayish yellow ground-color; stigma small but
well-defined; seams along the cord and outer end of cell
ist M2 narrow and inconspicuous ; no heavy brown seam
along vein Cu in cell M. Male hypopygium with the outer
dististyle only weakly pectinate, the teeth small and variable.
Inner dististyle bifid, the caudal or outer arm broader, densely
set with microscopic appressed black teeth ; cephalic or inner
arm narrower, blackened, with a few weak erect setae.
Gonapophyses appearing as flattened blades that are slightly
dilated beyond midlength, the apex narrowed and produced
into a long spine.

The right wing of the paratype has a weak adventitious cross-
vein in cell R3 just distad of vein R2.

Habitat: Northeastern North America.

Holotype : J', Brookview, Rensselaer Co., New York, June 15,
1923, {Alexander) . Paratype i; , Bothwell, Ontario, May 23,
1925, (G. S. W alley). Type in the author’s collection; paratype
in the Canadian National Collection.

This interesting Limnophila is named in honor of Mr. G. S.
Walley, who has added greatly to our knowledge of the Tipulidae
of Ontario and Quebec.

Limnophila ( Phylidorea ) siouana n. sp.

Male. — Length about 6-6.5 mm- ; wing 5.8-6. 5 mm.

Female. — Length about 6.5 mm. ; wing about 6.7 mm.

Closely allied and generally similar to L. (P.) novce-anglice
Alexander, differing especially in the structure of the male
hypopygium.

Antennae {$) elongate, as in novce-anglice, if bent back-
ward extending to opposite or beyond the base of the ab-
domen ; scape obscure yellow ; flagellum dark brown, the
bases of the proximal segments narrowly pale. Head light
gray, the occipital region more yellowish. Mesonotum shiny
ferruginous, without distinct markings, the pleura more yel-

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 189

lowish. Legs yellow, the femoral and tibial tips narrowly
darkened ; tarsi chiefly black, the proximal ends of the
basitarsi obscure yellow. Wings uniformly pale yellow, the
stigmal region only slightly darker ; veins still darker yellow.
Venation: Rs angulated at origin; cell M1 shorter than or
subequal to its petiole ; m-cu at near midlength of cell ist M2.
Abdomen ferruginous yellow, in the male the subterminal
segments blackened to produce a conspicuous ring; hypopy-
gium ferruginous. In the female, the abdomen is more uni-
form in color. Male hypopygium generally as in novce-
anglice in the setiferous median lobe on the caudal margin of
the tergite and the general structure of the dististyles, differ-
ing very notably in the structure of the aedeagus and gona-
pophyses. Aedeagus a large, highly compressed blade, much
as in platyphallus Alexander and others, the gonapophyses
correspondingly elongated. In novce-anglice, the aedeagus is
almost linear, showing only the beginnings of compression
on the distal half ; gonapophyses relatively small, hook-like.

Habitat: Iowa.

Holotype : Grinnell, Poweshiek Co., May 28, 1920 (/. S.

Rogers) ; Collector’s No. 38. Allotopotype, § ; Collector’s No. 40.
Paratopotypes, 5, with the type. Specimens in the Alexander
and Rogers Collections.

Limnophila siouana has been standing in my collection as L.
novce-anglice Alexander, to which it bears a notable general re-
semblance, differing conspicuously in the phallosomic structures.

Limnophila ( Ephelia ) sabrina n. sp.

Male. — Length about 5.5 mm.; wing 5.6 x 1.7 to 6.8 x 1.8
mm.

Female— Length about 6.5 mm.; wing 7.5 x 1.8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brownish black. Antennae relatively
elongate, especially in the male, where, if bent backward, it
extends some distance beyond the wing-base ; scapal segments
black, the flagellar segments dark brown; all flagellar seg-
ments elongate, the basal three or four more enlarged.

Praescutum yellowish gray, with three poorly indicated
brown stripes, the median stripe weakly divided. Legs with
the femoral tips conspicuously blackened; bases and tips of
tibiae narrowly blackened. Wings narrow in both sexes, as
shown by the above measurements, the entire central third
of the wing being of approximate equal width ; wing-pattern
relatively sparse, about as in aprilina, with the last dark cloud
at the end of vein 2nd A.

190 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Abdominal segments obscure brownish yellow, the caudal
margins broadly dark brown, the lateral margins more nar-
rowly so ; outer segments more uniformly darkened. Male
hypopygium generally as in aprilina , the outer dististyle with
a large lateral flange on the basal half ; spinulae of the style
relatively weak, the apical spine small. Inner dististyle
rather conspicuously widened, without a setiferous tubercle
as in Irene. Outer apical angle of the basistyle not produced
and provided with long yellow setae as* is the case in Irene.

Habitat: Northeastern North America.

Holotype: J', Stowe, Lamoille Co., Vermont, June 29, 1927
{Alexander) . Allotopotype , §, June 14, 1927. Paratopotypes,
5 c? 5, with the allotype; paratypes, Amherst, Massachusetts,
June 5, 1924 {Alexander) ; lCf, Keene Valley, Essex Co., New
York, May 26, 1920 {H. Notman). Types in the author’s collec-
tion.

Allied to L. {E.) aprilina Osten Sacken and L. {E.) irene
Alexander, differing especially in the more elongate antennae in
both sexes. From aprilina, it differs furthermore in the narrow
wings of both sexes and the uniformly darkened antennae, agree-
ing in the general structure of the male hypopygium. From
irene, it differs in the elongate antennae and structure of the male
hypopygium, agreeing in the narrow wings of both sexes.

Limnophila {Dicrano phragma) angustula n. sp.

Male. — Length about 4.5-5. 5 mm- 1 wing 4.8 x 1.6 to 7 x 2.2
mm.

Female. — Length about 5-6 mm. ; 5-6 mm.

Allied and generally similar to L. {D.) fuscovaria Osten
Sacken, differing especially in the narrow wings of both
sexes. In fuscovaria, the wings of the male are unusually
broad, widest opposite the level of the termination of vein
2nd A. In angustida, in both sexes, the wings are more
uniformly narrowed, being only slightly wider opposite the
anal vein than elsewhere along the middle third of the wing,
the condition being about as in the females of fuscovaria.

Habitat: Northeastern North America.

Holotype: Amherst, Massachusetts, altitude 275 feet, July

25, 1928 {Alexander) . Allotopotype, 5, July 15, 1928 {Alex-
ander). Paratopotypes, 15 J* J; paratypes, 5, Orono, Maine,
July 8, 1913 {Alexander) ; Mt. Desert, Maine, August 29-Sep-

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 191

tember i, 1926 ( Alexander ) ; Woodworth’s Lake, Fulton Co.,
New York, July 7, 1916 ( Alexander ) ; Cincinnatus, New York,
July 20, 1916 ( Alexander ) ; Ithaca, New York, August 12, 1910
{Alexander) . Type in the Alexander Collection.

This species has been confused in collections with fuscovaria.
The latter species is especially characteristic of Canadian wood-
land conditions (yellow birch and beech, with hemlock) in June
and early July. L. angustula is a summer species, on the wing
from early July into September. Mr. Edwards has collected spec-
imens of this species while in America in 1928 and considers
the species to be distinct.

192 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

TWO MOTHS.

By William Eisenhardt, Flatbush, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Argema mittrei

This “Giant-Tailed Moth of Madagascar” is the largest and
prettiest representative of the genus Argema.

For almost 20 years no fresh specimens have been caught and
therefore this moth was considered to be extinct. Fately, how-
ever, a few fresh specimens have been caught again and I was
fortunate to receive a set of them.

In Arthur Twidle’s book “Beautiful Butterflies of the Tropics,”
the author says under the heading of

“The Most Wonderful Moth in the World” :

“If we turn to Plate VI we shall find that the first thing to
arrest the attention is the remarkable form of the great moth with
the long-tailed wings, Argema Mittrei. The specimen from
which the drawing was made was the second of its kind to reach
Europe. It was taken by a missionary, one of that great army
of pioneers working in far-away Farafangana in S. E. Mada-
gascar.

“It came into the present writer’s possession through an agent
in London to whom it had been consigned. Some years ago the
author took this moth to Dr. Alfred Russel Wallace at Broad-
stone, as he had expressed a wish to see it. Dr. Wallace spoke
of it as ‘the most wonderful moth in the world.’ When the
editor of ‘Marvels of the Universe’ required an outstanding
marvel of Entomology, this moth was suggested to him and it
figured in that work as such.”

Argema mittrei is a silk-bearing moth and when found first it
was tried to breed it for commercial purpose, but without avail.

Actias dubernandi

In Seitz Work vol. II, p. 21 1, this moth is the first one of the
palaearctic Saturnidae. On account of the small, strange form of
the wings and also of its dimorphism — -male pink, female green —
this moth is considered the prettiest and most interesting repre-
sentative of the palaearctic Lepidoptera fauna.

Father Dubernand, the first one to find them, caught two males
and one female in West China, and these three specimens found
their way into the collection of Oberthiir and were sold after-
wards in England.

There are very few of this rare species in existence, and on
account of the present political trouble in China, it is hard to say
when we will be able to get any more.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 193

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of November 15, 1928.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday evening November 15,
1928, at 8.15 p. m.

President Davis in the chair and the following members pres-
ent: Messrs. Bueno, Chapin, Engelhardt, Hunter, Nelson, Not-
man, Schaeffer, Sheridan, Siepman, Wallis, and two visitors.

In absence of the Secretary, Mr. Schaeffer acted as Secretary
pro tern.

Dr. J. P. H. Marker, P. O. Box 121 Times Plaza Station,
Brooklyn, N. Y., was proposed to membership by Mr. Engelhardt
and being present was duly elected.

Mr. Hunter was reinstated as active member of the Society.

Mr. Bueno said that for the time this summer he found
Metrobates hesperius in White Plains, Westchester Co., N. Y.
Its most southern occurrence heretofore noted by him was in Put-
nam Co. (Lake Mahopac) where it is most abundant in company
with Trepobates pictus and Rheumatobates ribleyi.

Mr. Davis announced the death of Dr. E. A. Schwarz, Wash-
ington, D. C., on October 15 and Mr. Engelhardt offered the fol-
lowing resolution to be published in our minutes which was ac-
cepted :

“The Brooklyn Entomological Society hereby expresses its
deep-felt sorrow at the loss of its Honorary Member Dr. E. A.
Schwarz, respected and loved by all who were privileged to know
and to meet him during his long life devoted unsparingly to the
cause and to workers in Entomology.”

Mr. Engelhardt exhibited specimens of the European moth
Stilpnotia salicis L. including one male collected by Mr. Pollard
at Harrison, Maine, in July, and two females bred by Mr. Engel-
hardt from pupae collected at Vancouver, B. C., in July. A
note regarding the occurrence of this injurious insect in North
America has been submitted.

Mr. Bueno announced the death of our Honorary Member Wm.
H. Nichols, Jr., a benefactor of the Society and Mr. Bueno was
empowered to express the sentiments of the Society to his
relatives.

“A Day with John D. Ritchie at Earl Grey, Saskatchewan,”
was the subject of a short paper by Mr. Engelhardt.

Mr. Ritchie a native of Ontario and an enthusiastic entomolo-
gist, moved into Saskatchewan several years ago to take up wheat
farming. His place is seven miles from Earl Grey, a small set-

194 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

tlement connected by railroad with the county seat, Regina, forty
miles away. But trains do not connect on Sundays and a hired
auto had to serve instead. After a pleasant sojourn in the Can-
adian Rockies the vast and flat country of Saskatchewan certainly
appeared monotonous as observed from a train window, yet on
close acquaintance it is found to be not lacking in diversity and in-
terest. Wides stretches of wheat fields alternate with extensive
swamps, ponds, lakes and occasional rivers which have cut deep
valleys for themselves, supporting fairly good timber in an other-
wise treeless country. The ponds and lakes fairly teem with
water fowl of all sorts. A fox, a coyote and many rabbits crossed
the road, muskrat houses could be seen all along the swamp
margins.

A collection of insects fairly representative of the region and
assembled by Mr. Ritchie at spare moments in the busy life on a
wheat farm, indicated a fauna quite northern and in part arctic.
Among the Lepidoptera there were specimens of Apocheima
rachelae, that early spring geometrid of the far north, also
Hepialidae and many Noctuidae that appeared unusual. Mr.
Engelhardt’s interest, however, were concerned chiefly with the
Aegeriidae or clear-winged moths, of which there were a number
of specimens, including a fine series of Albuna pyramidalis. This
is a common species ranging across the continent from East to
West but its food plant and habits were not known. Only one
record based on a specimen recently received for determination
and reported to have been bred by Mrs. Hippisley, of Terrace.
B. C., from Fireweed, Epilobium augustifolium, served a clue
for another investigation. A dense growth of this plant nearby
revealed several pupal shells protruding from the soil, but none
of the plants showed signs of boring larvae until with pick and
shovel some of the main roots, eight to ten inches below the
ground, had been exposed. Here a number of larvae were found,
but more had left their galleries, tunnelled toward the surface and
pupated in silk-lined tubes, one to two inches long. Thus the
mystery of a life history which has baffled all efforts for many
years, finally was solved.

Mr. Engelhardt exhibited a series of the clear-winged moth
Albuna pyrimidalis showing its geographical races and variations
and a root cutting showing the work of the larva.

Mr. Davis then spoke on the Fourth International Congress of
Entomologists held at Cornell University, Ithaca, August 12, and
following days. He mentioned the visit of twenty of the foreign
Entomologists to the Staten Island Museum where tea was served,

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 195

also the field excursion on the Island which was highly appreci-
ated by those who participated. He showed a number of photo-
graphs taken at the Staten Island Museum and at Ithaca and ex-
plained them briefly. He also showed an enlarged group picture
of the American and foreign delegates taken at Ithaca and a box
of insects collected during his stay at Ithaca, representing two
species of Cicadas and one Diapheromera femorata.

Mr. Bueno as acting secretary of the joint meeting of the
Brooklyn and New York Entomological Societies held at the
American Museum of Natural History on August io, 1928, at
8.15 p. m. in honor of the foreign Entomologists visiting the
United States for the International Congress of Entomology read
the following minutes of the joint meeting:

Minutes.

Minutes of a Joint Meeting of the Brooklyn and the New York
Entomological Societies, held at the American Museum of Natural
History on Friday, August 10, 1928, at 8.15 p. m. in honor of
the foreign entomologists visiting the United States for the In-
ternational Congress of Entomology.

In the chair, Dr. Frank E. Lutz, chairman of the Committee on
Arrangements of the two Societies, assisted by Mr. William T.
Davis, President, Brooklyn Entomological Society, and Mr.
Henry Bird, President New York Entomological Society. Mr.
Charles Leng, Secretary of the New York Society and Mr. J. R.
de la Torre-Bueno, Vice President of the Brooklyn Society, acted
as joint secretaries of the meeting.

Among the thirty visitors were Dr. Waterston, Mr. Prout, Mr.
Collin, President of the Entomological Society of London ; M.
R. Jeannel, President of the Societe Entomologique de France,
M. Regnier, Prof. Silvestri, Dr. E. L. Bouvier; Dr. E. P. Felt,
not a visitor but member of N. Y. Entomological Society; M. St.
Claire Deville, Dr. Karl Jordan, Dr. W. G. Holland, Dr. Ceballos,
Dr. Bolivar, Dr. Ball, of Belgium; Dr. Efflatoun Bey, of Egypt;
Dr. Muir, of Hawaii; and among the members of the Brooklyn
Society were Messrs. Olsen, Engelhardt, Bromley and Chapin;
and many others, to the number of 30 visitors and members of
the Societies.

Mr. Bird, of the N. Y. Society, extended a warm welcome as
cordial as sincere, to the visiting entomologists.

Mr. Davis of the Brooklyn Society, expressed welcome and ap-
preciation of this great visit. He also noted that our ancestors
had paid but little attention to insects, deeming them too trifling

196 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

to merit the attention of men, until their ravages made men take
notice, whence has come the great advance in our science.

Mr. Collin, on behalf of the Fellows of the Entomological So-
ciety of London, extended cordial greetings to the Brooklyn and
New York Societies. He felt quite overcome at the hospitalities
they had received and would keep happy memories of New York.
He said emphatically that entomological relations must become
more international in character.

Dr. E. L. Bouvier, of the Paris Museum, then spoke in grace-
ful French. He said he might say things already said by other
speakers, but they were necessary to state, although all those
from Europe would have the same to say. Two things he had. to
say — the first, that it was absolutely necessary that there should
be contacts between European and American men of Science ; and
the second that thanks to the men of science of America, to those
in the Museum of Natural History and to the members of both
societies, these contacts were being rapidly and cordially estab-
lished. He said that due to his unfamiliarity with English, he
had not been able to properly express his gratitude to Dr. Lutz
for his labors in behalf of the foreigners. The only way the
French have to express and show appreciation is by exclamations
of admiration, which barely express their feelings. He was happy
at the accident (of the functionless bus) which showed them how
fine Dr. Lutz was. And what an opportunity these delays af-
forded all to see our American fauna, the flora and the beauties of
the American landscape. He would end this piecemeal talk by
again expressing his thanks to the Entomological Societies and to
the Director of the Museum.

Dr. Ball, speaking for Belgium, said he was very glad his first
Congress was in the United States, with which there were so
many ties of friendship. He had heard of the many wonderful
things in this country; and his expectations had not been disap-
pointed. In Belgium, science had been having bad times since
the war; and the improved condition of the Belgian institutions of
learning was due to American help. He expressed his apprecia-
tion of their reception here ; and particularly to Dr. Lutz for so
kindly conducting them and for his consideration. He also
wished to think Mr. Davis for the collecting trip on Staten Island,
where he had caught interesting insects.

Dr. Ignacio Bolivar, of the Madrid Museum, said, in English,
that he expressed his congratulations to American Entomology ;
and his appreciation of Dr. Lutz and Mr. Bueno for their great

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 197

kindness. He extended to the Societies the compliments of the
Spanish entomologists that had come for the Congress.

Prof. Silvestri, speaking for Italy, expressed in English his
thanks to the Societies for the reception of the evening. He had
had the great fortune to visit this country 20 years ago, so he was
no stranger among us. He gave voice to his great admiration of
the American Museum of Natural History, which could serve as
a model for other countries. It also gave him great pleasure to
meet personally many entomologists, who had heretofore been
known only by their letters.

Dr. Efflatoun Bey, speaking for the Egyptian Government and
for the Egyptian Entomological Society, gave thanks for the
successful efforts of the American Societies to make smooth the
way of the foreigners to Ithaca, and invited all to Egypt.

Mr. Muir, speaking for Hawaii, deemed himself a case of
mimicry, because he was passing himself off for a foreigner,
while as a fact, he was from a U. S. possession. The Hawaiian
Islands he said are unique and well suited for the study of evolu-
tion, because the conditions of life there are so simple. He ex-
tended to all an invitation to visit Hawaii.

Dr. Lutz then spoke ; and thanked the Societies for the privilege
they had accorded him of representing them in company with Mr.
Bueno. He had missed many things, but had hopes for another
time when he would be in everything.

J. R. DE LA TORRE-BUENO,

Secretary for the Brooklyn Entomological Society.

Mr. Bueno as a Brooklyn member of the N. Y. reception com-
mittee of the foreign Entomologists said that he was present when
the first party of the delegates, consisting of the English, French,
Belgian and Spanish entomologists arrived on the Tuscania; and
that he and Dr. Lutz assisted them in every way. He participated
in the arranged outing to Bear Mountain and other places and
spoke of the great delay caused by the breakdown of a bus, which
accident, though aggravating to the members of the N. Y. com-
mittee, Dr. Lutz and Mr. Bueno, was apparently greatly enjoyed
and welcomed by the foreign entomologists, which delays, as Dr.
Bouvier expressed in his speech at the joint meeting of both So-
cieties, afforded all the opportunity to see more closely our Ameri-
can fauna and flora and the beauties of the American landscape.
After this about forty-five interesting pictures of groups of
American and foreign entomologists were shown on the screen

198 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

with comments and remarks by Mr. Davis. The pictures were
taken and the slides loaned by Dr. Harry Knight.

Before adjournment Mr. Davis was authorized to extend to
Dr. Knight the thanks of the Society for the loan of these in-
teresting pictures.

C. Schaeffer,
Secretary pro tem.

Meeting of December 13, 1928.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday evening December 13,
1928, at 8.15 p. m.

President Davis in the chair and the following members pres-
ent: Bueno, Engelhardt, Huntington, Lemmer, Marker, Notman,

Schaeffer, Sever, Shoemaker, Siepman ; also three visitors :
Messrs. Bigelow and Pollard, and Dr. Stuart.

In the absence of the Secretary Mr. Schaeffer acted as Secre-
tary pro tem.

The editor announced that the December number of the Bul-
letin is in press and said that it takes a little more time now than
before. He also made an appeal for short or brief notes for the
Bulletin and called attention to the shortage of papers for Ento-
mologica Americana on orders outside of Heteroptera and
Coleoptra.

Messrs. Sheridan, Shoemaker and Lemmer were appointed by
'the President to serve as nominating committee for 1929.

Mr. Shoemaker reported having taken a specimen of the bean
beetle, Epilachna corrupta Muls. at Liberty Street, N. Y. Mr.
Davis showed specimens of the brightly colored South American
Cicada, Hemisciera maculipennis Lap., and read an account from
Bates, “A Naturalist on the Amazon,’’ on the abundance and
habits of this insect on the River Amazon.

Mr. Engelhardt told of an observation regarding the nesting
habits and behavior of a large colony of the predatory wasp,
Chlorion harrisi Fernald, which he found on the premises of Mr.
H. P. Parks, Apiculturist, during April, 1928, near San Antonio,
Texas.

This colony was utilizing the tube-like leaves of a dead yucca
as nesting sides and at that time was storing the very young
nymphs of the spiny Katydid, Rehnia spinosa. A note covering
this observation already has been submitted for publication in the
December number of the Bulletin. Subsequent reports received

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 199

from Mr. Parks show that with the advancing season the wasps
resorted to spiders and in August and September to tree crickets
as their prey. Yucca leaves forwarded to the Brooklyn Museum
by Mr. Parks during October are loosely filled with soft, dry
grasses to a length of fifteen to eighteen inches and between this
packing, at regular intervals, are the wintering wasp larvae pro-
tected by a grayish cocoon, soft, yet strong in texture. Excepting
tree crickets, no other insects could be identified with certainty
among the fragmentary remains of prey. Two Hemiptera
- / (Anasa tristis and Perillus hioculatus) , one flea beetle ( Disonycha
varicornis) , and one land snail had found suitable hibernating
quarters within the yucca leaves.

This observation was followed by remarks on food and nest-
ing habits of some Hymenoptera by several members.

Messrs. Pollard and Schaeffer showed some interesting or rare
insects from the collection of the late A. C. Weeks which is now
in the Brooklyn Museum. Both emphasized the fact that though
Mr. Weeks had been an active and vigorous collector and had
accumulated a great amount of material, there were relatively few
interesting or rare species in the collection considering the number
of years Mr. Weeks collected.

Among the Lepidoptera shown by Mr. Pollard were Remigia
marcida, Catocala serena, Plagio mimicus pityachrous and possi-
bly a new variety of Morrisonia exicta and others.

Mr. Schaeffer exhibited from the Weeks collection about
twenty-six species belonging to different orders which represented
either new or additional records to the lately published list of
insects of New York State. Among the Diptera were one speci-
men of Volucella ohesa Fab. from Fort Wadsworth, S. I., and
two specimens of Pterodontia flavipes Say from Yaphank, F. I.,
July and August. Of Hymenoptera one specimen of Trogus
elegans Cress, from Yaphank, F. I., September, and two speci-
mens of Trogus nubilipenne Hald., Brooklyn, June. The Orthop-
tera were represented by two specimens of Phylloscelis pulchellus
Uhl. from Aqueduct, F. I., August. The rest of the material ex-
hibited were Coleoptera of which, as well as of the other orders,
a list will be published in our Bulletin as soon as the material is
more carefully worked up, together with additional records and
corrections to the list of insects of N. Y. State but derived from
other sources.

On motion, the Society then adjourned.

Chas. Schaeffer,
Secretary pro tem.

200 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

BOOK NOTES.

A Handbook of the Dragonflies of North America. By James
G. Needham and Hortense Butler Hey wood, assisted by
Specialists in Certain Groups. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield,
Illinois, 1929, 386 pp., 149 illustrations, also a bibliography and
index.

The preface states that the book is “ for collectors of dragon-
flies and for students of their natural history. It aims to furnish
a ready means of finding the names of our North American spe-
cies, and to report some observations on their habits. It contains
keys, and descriptions and figures. The keys are guides ; the de-
scriptions and figures are together diagnostic. Both adult and
immature stages, so far as known, are included.” The book is
divided into two parts: Part I, General, devoted to the life, struc-
ture, habits, collecting and preservation of specimens, etc., and
Part II, from page 51 on, devoted to a systematic consideration
of species, with tables for the determination of adults and where
possible, the nymphs as well. The specific descriptions are num-
bered from 1 to 360, which permits of a practical arrangement of
the collection, except in some of the genera, as, for instance,
Argia > where they are arranged alphabetically. The larger drag-
onflies or Anisoptera, from Nos. 1 to 245, are first considered,
and then the damselflies or Zygoptera, from Nos. 246 to 360.
While the Catalogue of the Odonata of North America, by Mutt-
kowski, includes the species known at the time of its publication,
the student will of course find the present handbook covering the
species of the same area with its detailed descriptions and figures
added very helpful. However, we regret that it will cost him
$7.00 instead of $5.00.

We do not see how our North American ants could be ade-
quately covered unless names are used that express the condi-
tions, such as species, geographic races, varieties, etc., and while
Odonata do not present these complications to the same degree,
yet there are certainly some geographic races and evident varie-
ties, so “ binomials only ” as used in the book, does not appear, in
the opinion of the writer, to give as much information as might
easily be told. Often practical and helpful common names have
been introduced, such as “ Black Wings ” for Agrion, and “ Ruby
Spots ” for Hetaerina. In the Damselflies, C. Frances Byers has
contributed about 40 pages to the book, and so to a considerable
extent is one of the authors.

June, 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 201

As is generally the case in determining the species in any group
the student of Odonata will make better progress if he has sev-
eral books at hand ; he should consult the Handbook and then
check up with the other books. The Handbook corvers such a
wide area, that with its practical arrangement, it quickly leads to
the probable species in hand. Sometimes, however, an error may
have occurred. We think, for instance, that on page 72 the fig-
ures referring to Ophiogomphus occidentis are those of O. asper-
sus, and those marked aspersus are occidentis, and on page 328
the figure for pollutum would seem to need correction. However,
as has been stated, every student should have the Handbook,
start with it on his dragonfly, and then check up with some of the
papers covering the Odonata of his state or locality, of which
Professor Needham himself has written some excellent ones for
the Adirondacks. As dragonflies are such good fliers, they often
have a wide range. — Wm. T. Davis.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

Explanation of all Technical Terms Used in Entomology.

By John B. Smith, Sc.D. (The Glossary) Cloth $3.00

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society (un-
bound), vols. 4-8 (per vol.) 1.75

Yols. 9-14 1.50

Yols. 15 to 21 1.75

Yols. 22 to date 2.50

Entomologica Americana, vols. 1-6, each 4.00

vols. 7-9, each 4.00

Papilio, vols. 1 and 4, each 3.00

Monograph of Plusia, Ottolengui 50

Orders for publications must be sent with remittance to Li-
brarian, Brooklyn Entomological Society, c/o Central Museum,
Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N. Y.

EXCHANGES.

This one page is intended only for wants and exchanges, not
for advertisements of articles for sale. Notices not exceeding
THREE lines free to subscribers. Over lines charged for at
15 cents per line per insertion.

Old notices will be discontinued as space for new ones is
needed.

WE WISH to procure in exchange or on cash: Parnassius of
North-America, with its varieties and aberrations, well labelled,
spread or in papers (clodius, smitheus, eversmanni). Dr. Staud-
inger & A. Bang-Haas, Dresden-Blasewitz.

THE MUSEUM of the Brooklyn Institute has a few uncolored
sets of the Calverly, Weidenmeyer and Edwards plates of North
American Sphingidae for exchange or for sale at $5 per set. Ad-
dress, Librarian, Brooklyn Museum, Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn,
N. Y.

LEPIDOPTERA from the Mountains of Kentucky. Papilios
and other var. of this section collected. Paper spec, of Xylophones
tersa and Catopsilia eitbule on hand. Also Cocoons of the larger
Saturnid moths. Ellis Chandlee, Barbourville, Ky.

BUTTERFLY COLLECTORS— Have you butterflies which
look different in color or pattern from the average? (See adver-
tisement). Please write. Jeane Gunder, Pasadena, Calif.

CHRY SOMELIDAE, CRYPTOCEPHALINI. Wish beetles
of this group from all over world. Will exchange local
Coleoptera or purchase for cash. Write me before shipping
material. Paul N. Musgrave, 514 Mt. Vernon Ave., Fairmont,
W. Va.

CYNIPIDAE. — Galls and bred wasps wanted to determine or
in exchange. Alfred C. Kinsey, Indiana University, Bloomington,
Indiana.

WANTED. — Am studying the bionomics of the corn billbugs
and desire the privilege of examining Calendra ( Sphenophorus )
from all parts of the world. A. F. Satterthwait, U. S. Entomo-
logical Laboratory, Webster Grove, Mo.

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. — Have many desirable west-
ern species to exchange, including Argynnis at ossa, mac aria, mor-
monia, malcolmi , nokomis; Melitaea neumoegeni; Lycaena speci-
osa; etc. Send lists. Dr. John A. Comstock, Southwest Museum,
4699 Marmion Way, Los Angeles, Calif.

WANTED. — Ants from all portions of the United States for
determination or exchange. Will also exchange other insects for
ants. M. R. Smith, Assistant Entomologist, State Plant Board,
A.' and M. College, Miss.

CATOPINI: Catops ( Choleva ), Prionochaeta, Ptomaphagus.
— Wanted to borrow all possible specimens of these genera from
North America for a revisional study. Correspondence solicited.
— Melville H. Hatch, Dept, of Zoology, Univ. of Wash., Seattle,
Wash.

VoLXXlV OCTOBER, 1929 No. 4

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

E. L. BELL GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed October 26, 1929

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa,,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

OFFICEBS, 1929

Honorary President

CHAELES W. LENG

President

W. T. DAVIS

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHABDT

Vice-President

J. B. de la TOBBE-BUENO
Becording Secretary
E. L. BELL
Corresponding Secretary
HOWABD NOTMAN

Central Museum
Eastern Parkway
Librarian

DB. JOSEPH BEQUAEBT
Curator

J. M. SHEBIDAN

Delegate to Council of New York
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHABDT

CONTENTS

GENEBIC STATUS OF CATOPSILIA HuBNEB AND PHOEBIS

HUBNEB, Klots 203

FUBTHEB NOTES ON EUBEMA HUBNEB, Klots 214

PHYLLOPHAGA AUSTBICOLA— A COBBECTION, Fall & Bueno 216

MIBIDAE FBOM TEXAS, Johnston 217

CICINDELA TEANQUEBAEICA HOEICONENSIS IENG, C. A,

Frost 219

PODALONIA VIOLACEIPENNIS, A DIMOBPHIC WASP, Bequaert 220

LATE SPBING BUGS, Bueno V; 221

COLEOPTEBA FBOM NOBTHEBN CALIFOBNIA, Notman 222

WINTEB HOMES FOB MOSQUITOES, Frost 223

CONTBIBUTION TO AM. THYSANOPTEBA, Moulton 224

PAONIAS EXCAECATUS IN COLOBADO, Cockerell 244

SOME COMMON DIPTEBA, Bigelow 245

ISTUBGIA TBUNCATAEIA ON L. I., Latham 246

A NEW GYBINUS FBOM NOBTHEBN N. H., Chamberlain 247

A SYNONYM, Frost .. 249

BOOK NOTES: THE PEINCIPLES OF SYSTEMATIC ENTOMOL-
OGY, J. B. T. B '. : , 250

PBOCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Bell 254

INSECTS ATOP OF SKY SCBAPEBS, Schiffer i 260

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

J. B. de la TOBBE-BUENO , Editor,

38 De Kalb Avenue, White Plains, N. Y.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXIV October, 1929 No. 4

THE GENERIC STATUS OF CATOPSILIA HUBNER

AND PHOEBIS HUBNER, WITH A DISCUSSION
OF THE RELATIONSHIPS OF THE SPECIES
AND THE HOMOLOGIES OF THE MALE
GENITALIA (LEPIDOPTERA,

PIERIDAE).

By Alexander B. Klots, Ithaca, N. Y.

Introduction.

Description and Homologies of Male Genitalia.

Interrelations of Rhodocerine Genera.

Specific Structures, Relationships, etc. of Catopsilia.

Specific Structures, Relationships, etc. of Phoebis.

Summary.

Bibliography.

List of figures.

Addendum.

Introduction.

Various authors have, from time to time, attempted to place the
New World species generally included in Catopsilia in a different
genus or in different genera, depending upon the degree of “split-
ting” in which each author believed, or upon the thoroughness
with which he did his work. However, in spite of this series of
efforts, which dates from the time of Hubner, both Old and New
World species are at present usually “lumped” together under
Catopsilia.

The writer, after a careful study of the structures of the species
involved, has reached the conclusion that not only are the New
World species worthy of being in a separate genus but that the
two genera thus formed are not even closely related. He there-
fore refers the New World species to Phoebis Hubner (1) of
which genus argante Fabricius is the type.

203

204 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIv

In general the writer bases this assumption mainly upon a study
of the male genitalia and the pupae of the various genera of the
Rhodocerini, inasmuch as the venation shows too little variation
to be of value in establishing generic relationships. Inasmuch as
the genitalia of the Pieridae have been little studied with reference
to their homologies, and as the nomenclature of the genitalia of
the Lepidoptera is in a very bad mess, the writer deems it advis-
able to describe and discuss at some length the terms of which he
makes use. In this work Eyer’s excellent paper is of great
help (2).

Description and Homologies of Male Genitalia.

Vinculum (v). In the genera under consideration the vin-
culum forms a chitinized band which articulates with the 8th
abdominal somite. Normally in the Lepidoptera the upper ends
of the vinculum articulate with the lateral margins of the tegumen,
but here these ends appear to have extended up and fused on the
mid-dorsal line cephalad of the tegumen, so that the vinculum
forms a ring which is closed at the top and whose lower ends fuse
with the saccus. (See figs. 1, 2 and 10 C.)

Saccus (s). A number of writers have applied this term in
different ways. The writer here uses it to apply to the sac which
extends cephalad inside the abdomen from the ventral ends of the
vinculum. In previous papers the writer followed Pierce (3)
in using the term to apply to the ventral portion of the vinculum
in fusion with the present saccus, and applied the term “ cephalad
extension of the saccus” to the structure which he here calls the
saccus. A flap extends caudad from the saccus and articulates
by a recurved membrane with the 8th sternite. (See figs. 1, 2 and
10 C.)

Tegumen (t.) In Catopsilia , Anteos and Eurymus the tegumen
bears on the mid-dorsal line a short, caudad-extending lobe which
the writer terms the “basal lobe of the tegumen” (b. 1. t.). See
fig’s. 10-14. Each lateral margin of the tegumen is prolonged
ventrad into a tapering arm (b. t.) to which articulates the dorso-
basal angle of the harpe. (See figs. 2 and 10 C.)

Uncus (u.) The uncus articulates with the caudal margin of
the tegumen and overhangs or lies between the dorsal margins of
the harpes. It shows considerable variation in size and shape.
In many cases the articulation with the tegumen is very difficult
to see. (See figs. 2 and 10-14.)

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 205

Gnathos (gn.) The writer applies this term to a pair of
rounded, rather heavily chitinized flaps which originate at about
the base of the uncus and extend ventrad on each side of the
anal tube. Inasmuch as the gnathos is typically a structure aris-
ing from the tegumen this structure may not represent the true
gnathos at all. (See fig. 2.)

Rectum (r.) and Anus { a.) The anus opens beneath the
tegumen and is connected with it and with the base of the uncus
by a membrane. (See figs. 1 and 10 C.)

Transtilla? (tr?) Extending ventrad from the anus is a lightly
chitinized fold of membrane which runs ventrad and cephalad to
join the anellus. This may possibly represent a modification of
the transtilla. At least it occupies the same position and serves
relatively the same function. (See figs. 1 and 10 C.)

Anellus (an.) The anellus is here a paired cephalad fold sur-
rounding, in part at least, the aedoeagus. It connects dorsally
with the transtilla part at least, the aedoeagus. It connects
dorsally with the transtilla and with the membranous inner layer
of the harpe, and laterally and ventrally with the inner layer of the
harpe. Ventrally it is supported by the juxta. (See figs. 1 and
10 C.)

Juxta (jux.) The juxta is here in the form of a bar which
lies between and articulates with the closely opposed inner edges
of the “ventral thickenings of the harpes” and whose caudal end
gives out an arm which runs sharply cephalad, forks laterally and
supports the paired lobes of the anellus. In Phoebis these arms
support the ventral wall of the aedoeagus. (See figs. 1 and
10 C.)

Setiferous Pad (s. p.) In P. trite occurs this curious struc-
ture, which is also present in P. eubule in a very rudimentary
state. It consists of a pair of flattened, rounded pads, bearing a
number of strong setae on their caudal margins, which are located
at the top of the anellus and connected with the ventral edge of
the “dorsal thickening of the harpe” by a strongly chitinized fold.
(See figs. 1 and 3 B.)

Harpe (h.) and its Structures. The harpe is a flattened sac,
closed and more or less pointed caudad and broad and open
cephalad. The outer wall is bounded basally by a strongly
chitinized rod (b. h.). This is then connected with the vinculum
by a membrane. The inner wall extends cephalad to join the
“transtilla,” aedoeagus and anellus. The inner wall is thickened

206 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

from the margin inward, forming the “dorsal thickening of the
harpe” (d. t. h.), the “distal thickening of the harpe” (dis. t. h.)
and the “ventral thickening of the harpe” (v. t. h.). Each of
these more heavily chitinized areas bears many fine setae, while
the “mesal area of the harpe” (m. a. h.) is plain and membranous.
In Phoebis along the inner edge of the distal thickening of the
harpe the outer and inner walls are fused together and this line
is heavily chitinized, forming the “ bar ” which serves as attach-
ment for a strong muscle. There is some reason for suspecting
that this “bar” is a remnant of the “clasper” as found in some
other and more primitive genera of the Pieridae ( Euchloe ,
Anthocharis, Perrhybrids, etc.) In P. pliilea, thalestris and
avellanada a strong fold runs from the bar, or near it, to the
anellus, marking the line of the above mentioned muscle. (See
figs. 4 and 7.)

Dorsal lobe a (d. 1. a) occurs in Catopsilia as a rounded setifer-
ous sac, projecting from the dorsal margin of the harpe. In most
species of Phoebis it is absent, occurring in trite, orbis and
avellanada as a small rounded swelling on the inner face of the
dorsal thickening. (See figs. 1, 6, 7 and 10-14.)

The Dorsal Spine (d. s.) is a quite heavily chitinized process
arising on the dorsum of the harpe, distad of dorsal lobe a. In
Catopsilia it is located near the distal end of the harpe. In C.
crocale, pomona, thauruma and florella it is connected with the
dorso-basal angle of the harpe by a chitinized strip running along
the outer surface just below the dorsum. In C. pyranthe and
scylla this chitinized strip is absent. In Phoebis the dorsal spine
is located more proximally and shows great development in some
species.

The Inner Lobe (i. 1.) is absent in Catopsilia but occurs in all
species of Phoebis except the statira group as a long sac arising
from the junction of the dorsal and distal thickenings of the
harpe. It bears strong spines which in P. eubule are flattened
and bifurcate. (See figs. 1-9.) The inner lobe is probably
homologous with the “ clasper ” of Pierce and the “ harpe ” of
Gosse and later workers.

The Distal Process is short and rounded in Catopsilia. In
Phoebis it shows great development, often being prolonged into a
long spine with various dorsal toothing at the base.

The ventral thickening of the harpe is in Catopsilia swollen into
a rounded setiferous sac which the writer terms “ventral lobe a.”
In Phoebis no trace of this occurs, but the ventral thickening
bears stronger setae than the other areas of the harpe.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 207

Interrelations of Rhodocerine Genera.

There are evident in the Rhodocerini two main types of male
genitalia. In one of these, as represented by Catopsilia , Anteos
(7), Meganostoma and Eurymus, the basal lobe of the tegumen is
present, there is a strongly chitinized ventral basal prong of the
penis, the penis is strongly curved and heavily chitinized and often
bears strong teeth or spines, the anellus is located at about the
middle of the vinculum in lateral aspect, the saccus is short and
thick, and the harpe, is short and broad with lobes and distal
process usually rounded. In Catopsilia and Eurymus the pupa
does not show swollen wing cases. The writer has had no op-
portunity of examining a pupa of Anteos. The raised line (7)
runs into the cell in the vicinity of the base of Cu2.

In the other group of genera, Phoebis, Eurema, Gandaca,
Teriocolias, Gonepteryx, Dercas, Nathalis, Leucidia and Kri-
cogonia, the basal lobe of the tegumen is absent, the penis is long,
slender and simple and bears no basal prong or strong teeth, the
anellus is generally located just above the saccus, the saccus is
long and slender, and the harpe is often much longer than high
due to the great development of the distal process and bears
slender often pointed lobes rather than short, broad rounded ones.
Of these genera the writer knows only the pupae of Gonepteryx,
Phoebis and Eurema (New World), but in these the wing cases
are considerably swollen, sometimes enormously so. The raised
line in most cases runs distad of the cell, not cutting it at all and
running up into the apex of the primary, altho in a few cases it
cuts the cell above M3 but never below Qq.

Specific Structures, Relationships, etc., of Catopsilia.

The genitalia show very few characters for the differentiation
of species, if we consider the large number of species which have
been erected. The writer therefore thinks that there are in reality
Very few valid species in the genus. At present a lack of ade-
quate material prevents him from reaching any definite conclusion
on this matter, but it seems that not more than five species can be
held as at all distinct structurally. These are shown in the fol-
lowing key :

1. Penis with a long heavily chitinized prong, in addition to the
basal prong, a third of the length from apex, which bears a
heavily chitinized tooth at base and is bent to the right ; end
of basal prong of penis flattened and strongly bilobed.

thauruma, fig. 10

208 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIv

1. Shaft of penis bearing only small simple teeth; end of basal

prong of penis simple 2

2. Basal lobe of tegumen absent ; caudal margin of 8th abdominal

tergite bilobed scylla, fig. 12

2. Basal lobe of tegumen present ; caudal margin of 8th

abdominal tergite simple 3

3. Basal lobe of tegumen short, less than 1/3 the length of the

uncus ; no chitinized strip extending along outer surface of
harpe just below dorsum from “dorsal spine” to dorso-
basal angle pyranthe, fig. 13

3. Basal lobe of tegumen longer, more than 1/3 the length of the

uncus; chitinized strip as described above present 4

4. A spine arising from a pit on right side of penis near tip ; tip

of penis prolonged ventrally into a long thin spine ; “dorsal

spine” of harpe longer, simple florella, fig. 11

4. A number of very short curved teeth along distal half of penis ;
tip of penis not prolonged ventrally into a long thin spine;
“dorsal spine” shorter, usually with one or two toothlike

dorsal irregularities crocale & pomona, fig. 14

The species are for the most part rather variable and produce
a multitude of local and seasonal forms. Probably crocale and
pomona are conspecific, and it is very possible that florella is
merely an African race of this same species. Thauruma may be
a more distinct race of the same species from Madagascar, an
island which seems to produce large numbers of distinct forms.
The validity of pyranthe as a distinct species is also doubtful.
Scylla is of course very distinct in all its many forms.

Specific Structures, Relationships, etc., of Phoebis.

The writer here makes no attempt at any synonomic work on
Phoebis , inasmuch as Mr. F. Martin Brown is working on the
genus from that angle and will probably do a far more complete
job than the writer could. The problem here is therefore mainly
one of homologizing the various structures and tracing the re-
lationships of the species.

As opposed to Catopsilia the species of Phoebis show excellent
specific characters in the male genitalia, even philea and thalestris
and argante and agarithe being very distinct from each other.

In structures other than the harpe the species show little varia-
tion. The “setiferous pad” occurs only in trite and eubule and is
very much reduced in the latter. In the structures of the harpe,
however, there is a great deal of variation.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 209

Dorsal lobe a is practically absent in the genus. In trite,
avellanada and orbis (See figs, i, 6 and 7) occurs a small setifer-
ous swelling in the dorsal thickening of the harpe which may
possibly represent a rudiment of this structure. It appears to
possess no particular significance.

The bar of the harpe occurs in nearly the same place in all of
the species, serving as a muscle attachment. As previously stated
this may represent a remnant of the clasper. In neocipris and
rurina there is a distinct fold in the distal thickening of the harpe
just below the bar, and the bar itself is rather more lightly
chitinized. This fold also occurs to a lesser degree in most of
the other species.

The inner lobe is present in all species except those of the
statira group. It is a hollow sac of varying shape arising from
the junction of the dorsal and distal thickenings. In all species
except eubule it bears strong pointed setae. In eubule the setae
are flattened and bifurcate, suggestive of modified scales. In
trite the inner lobe is turned dorsad and projects above the dorsal
margin of the harpe. In all other species it is turned inwards
and vent rad.

The distal process shows a great amount of variation, and fur-
nishes excellent specific characters in most cases.

The dorsal spine shows great variation. In trite (fig. 2) it is
absent or represented merely by a slight swelling. It appears to
originate as a dorsad projecting lobe which shows two main lines
of development. In one, represented by eubule, (fig. 3) it is
broad and blunt. In the other it is sharp and heavily chitinized.
At first, as in philea, thalestris and avellanada it is short (figs. 4
and 7). It then lengthens out, as in neocypris, rurina, argante
and agaritlie (figs. 5 and 8). In occasional specimens of agarithe
it is found bent downward between the harpes. Then, as in
orbis, (fig. 6) it becomes permanently curved downward between
the harpes, and begins to develop chitinized teeth on a strongly
chitinized base, coincident with the loss of the inner lobe. The
writer has not had the opportunity of examining godartiana and
hartonia but is assured by Mr. Brown that they are related to
orbis. Then in statira, (fig. 9) neleis, wallacei, boisduvalii and
etiolata the dorsal spine develops into a heavily chitinized struc-
ture, double at the base with the outer part large and expanded
and bearing strong teeth. These later forms may all be con-
specific.

210 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Forbes’ grouping of the species of “Catopsilia” (4) appears to
be rather well substantiated by study of the genitalia, as is shown
by the following key to the groups in which use is made of the
characters which he cites together with genitalic characters :

Key to Groups of Phoebis, Males.

1. No hair pencils or sex patches present 2

1. Hair pencils or sex patches or both present 3

2. Mealy border abruptly narrowed below cell Mx of primary,
never invading discal cell ; inner lobe of harpe present, bear-
ing flattened furcate setae ; dorsal spine of harpe simple,
broad, blunt; distal process of harpe short, rounded, bifid;
setiferous pad present, rudimentary eubule group

2. Mealy border wide and even, often invading discal cell of

primary, ending abruptly on secondary near Cux ; inner lobe
of harpe absent; dorsal spine of harpe strongly chitinized,
either long, slender and bent down between harpes or widely
expanded and bearing teeth ; distal process of harpe long,
bearing teeth at base; setiferous pad absent. . .statira group

3. No hair pencils present, sex patches present on both wings. 4

3. Hair pencil present on Rs of secondary 5

4. Mealy border abruptly narrowed on primary below M2 or M3,

then marginal from there down until below 2d A where it
extends deeply toward base of wing along inner margin ;
inner lobe of harpe present philea group

4. Mealy border of primary broad, even, not abruptly narrowed

below M2 or M3 ; inner lobe of harpe absent, .statira group

5. Secondary with a double sex patch riding on vein R ; dorsal

spine of harpe absent or very rudimentary; setiferous pad
present, strongly developed trite group

5. Secondary with no sex patch; dorsal spine of harpe present,

well developed; setiferous pad absent 6

6. Mealy border all very narrow, especially on the secondary, not

approaching the cell even on the costa, extended in on inner
margin of primary ; wings rounded ; dorsal spine long and

rather narrow at base argante group

6. Mealy border very broad and even in width ; secondary tailed
at anal angle; dorsal spine long, broad at base.

neocipris group

Between the argante group and the neocipris group it is exceed-
ingly difficult to find any definite genitalic difference, in spite of
the fact that there are excellent specific characters. The two
groups are evidently very closely related.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 211

Certainly no further splitting of Phoebis into two or more
genera seems warranted. If subgenera should be desired the
arrangement would be as follows, as based on the genitalia:

Inner lobe present; dorsal spine absent; setiferous pad present,

well developed P. Rhabdodryas G. & S. {trite) (5)

Inner lobe present ; dorsal spine present, simple ; setiferous pad

rudimentary or absent P. Phoebis Hiibner {argante) (1)

Inner lobe absent ; dorsal spine present, highly developed ; setifer-
ous pad absent P. Aphrissa Butler ( statira ) (6)

Summary.

1. The New World species usually included in Catopsilia
Hiibner are worthy of generic distinction under the name of
Phoebis Hiibner with argante Fabricius as genotype.

2. The relationship of Catopsilia is with Anteos and Eurymus
rather than with Phoebis and the other Rhodocerine genera.

3. There is in Catopsilia a comparatively small number of spe-
cies which are structurally not very distinct.

4. There is no reason for further splitting of Phoebis into
other genera. The genus divides into a number of compact
groups or into three sub-genera.

Bibliography.

1. Hiibner. Verzeichniss bekannte Schmettlinge, 98, 18 — ?

2. Eyer, John R. The Comparative Morphology of the Male

Genitalia of the Primitive Lepidoptera, Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer. XVII, 275, 1924.

3. Pierce, F. N. The Genitalia of the Group Noctuidae of the

Lepidoptera of the British Islands, Liverpool, 1914.

4. Forbes, W. T. M. The American Catopsilias, Ann. Ent. Soc.

Amer. XX, 4, 474, 1927.

5. Goodman & Salvin. Biol. Centr. Amer. Rhop. II, 146.

6. Butler, A. G. Lep. Exot., 155, 1873.

7. Klots, A. B. Bui. Bklyn. Ent Soc., XXIV, 134.

List of Figures.

1. Ental aspect, right side, genitalia, Phoebis trite L.
iA. Lateral aspect, setiferous pad, P. trite <$.

iB. Inner lobe of harpe, Pi trite <$.

2. Ectal aspect, left side, J* genitalia, Phoebis trite.

Bull. B. E. S., Yol. XXIV

Plv XXII

Bull. B. E. S., Yql. XXIV

Pl. XXIII

214 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

3B. Ental aspect, right harpe with setiferous pad and part of
vinculum, P. eubule L.

3C. Inner lobe of harpe, P. eubule <$.

4. Ental aspect, right harpe, P. philea L.

5. Ental aspect, right harpe, P. rurina Felder

6. Ental aspect, right harpe, P. orbis Poey

7. Ental aspect, right harpe, P. avellanada Herrich-Schaffer $ .

8. Ental aspect, right harpe, P. agarithe Boisduval

9. Ental aspect, right harpe, P. statira Cramer J'.

10B. Left lateral aspect, penis, Catopsilia thauruma Reakirt
ioC. Ental aspect, right side, £ genitalia, C. thauruma.

IIB. Lateral aspect, tip of penis, C. florella Fabricius J'.

IIC. Ental aspect, right harpe and lateral aspect, uncus, C.

florella <$.

12. Ental aspect, right harpe and lateral aspect, uncus, C. scylla

L.<?

13. Ental aspect, right harpe and lateral aspect, uncus, C.

pyranthe L.

14B. Ental aspect, right harpe and lateral aspect, uncus, C.

crocale Cramer

14C. Left lateral aspect, penis C. crocale

FURTHER NOTES ON EUREMA HUBNER
(PIERIDAE).

The author has just received an article by Ferreira D’ Almeida,
from Ann. Soc. Ent. France, XCVII, 369-388, 31 Dec., 1928,
which contains many notes and observations on New World
Eurema ( Terias ) and descriptions of several new forms.

M. D’Almeida claims that there is no reason for believing that
geographic races occur in any of the New World species of Eu-
rema. In substantiation of this claim he cites the fact that athalia
Felder and hahneli Staudinger are identical with leuce Boisduval
and are not, therefore, valid races. He furthermore states that
variations of tenella Boisduval (nise Felder) are not caused by
geographical distribution but are purely individual. Both of these
facts are undoubtedly true, but have nothing to do with geograph-
ical variations in the other species of the genus. I think that it is
most evident to any student of an adequate collection with ade-
quate data that geographical variation does indeed play a large
part in the New World species of Eurema. One of the most evi-
dent geographic races in the genus, deva chilensis Blanchard,

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 215

from Chile, is placed by D’Almeida as a simple synonym of deva.
Many other conclusions are similarly most evidently based on an
inadequate study of material or of the literature.

Several new forms and aberrations are described, and one new
species. These the present writer places as follows :

rubella D’Alm. described as an aberration of arbela Hubner; is a
synonym of salome f . salome Felder, representing a variant too
minor to be worth retention as a color form. Based on one <$,
from Venezuela.

lurida D’Alm. described as an aberration of arbela Hubner;
should be placed as a synonym of arbela arbela, representing
merely a minor variant. Based on one J' from Tojujo, Peru.
cissa D’Alm. described as an aberration of tenella Boisduval.
Tenella is a synonym of nise Cramer. Cissa is merely another
minor variant, and so should be placed as a synonym of nise,
a species already possessing an immense list of synonyms, many
of which were previously committed by the same author. Type
locality, Rio de Janeiro and Bolivia.
incana D’Alm. described as a 2 aberration of elathea Cramer = J
elathea f. medutina; based on one § from S. Tome, Argentine.
gracilis , D’Alm. described as a form of elathea Cramer is a
homonym of gracilis Avinoff, which is a synonym of arbela
graduata Butler. The form does not appear worth a name
anyway, but might be. Based on one J', Matto Grosso, Brazil.
raymundoi D’Alm. described as a new species, based on one J
from Santo Tome, Prov. de Corrientes, Argentine. It is a bit
hard to state definitely just what this may be, in the absence of
any illustration or of any description of structural characters.
It appears to the present writer to be a somewhat reduced §
of albula f. tapeina Bates.

The writer wishes to repeat what he has already stated regard-
ing the naming of minor aberrations, and to emphasize the point.
Our system of classification must not be made unwieldy by the
addition of numbers of useless names. As matters now stand any
specimen possessing a few misplaced scales can be named, and
either the name will be accepted as valid or will still further bur-
den an already laden synonomy. The presence of such slight indi-
vidual variations is of undoubted interest to the special student of
variation, but he does not wish to apply scientific names to each
one of them any more than the geneticist who, studying a struc-
turally homogeneous species and finding a number of strains in

216 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

it, will wish to apply scientific names to each one. Doubtjess
the naming of slight individual variations is of great interest to
the person who collects insects as he would collect postage stamps,
but the practice is a nuisance to the serious student.

There is also a great deal too much publication by persons who
are most imperfectly acquainted with the groups on which they
are working and with the literature on the subject. Surely,
work on nomenclature should be attempted only by students who
have access to large collections and good library facilities. There
'is plenty of other work, badly needed, for students who have not
these facilities. In Eurema, for example, nothing is known about
the early stages of most of the species. The majority of what is
known has been contributed by M. D’Almeida, who has done ex-
cellent work in the field. — Alex. B. Klots.

PHYLLOPHAGA AUSTRICOLA— A CORRECTION.

On page no of the April, 1929, number of this Journal, the
specific name of a new species of Phyllophaga — P. austricola as
submitted in manuscript — appears as austricolia. This is a print-
er’s error pure and simple, and in direct opposition to positive
corrections by author and editor in both galley and page proof.

The general inviolability of the spelling of specific names as
originally published does not hold, if I properly interpret the
“code,” in cases of typographical errors which do violence to the
manifest wish and intention of the author. The species in ques-
tion then should be known as Phyllophaga austricola Fall.

H. C. Fall.

Note : The problem presented by the typographical error cor-
rected above by Dr. Fall has had the consideration of Dr. C. W.
Stiles. He writes with regard to it thus: “I would not hesitate

an instant to make the change on the basis of an obvious typo-
graphical error under Article 19 of the International Rules of
Zoological Nomenclature. This is such an evident case I would
go ahead and make the correction without a formal opinion of the
Commission.” Obviously, this is not a formal ruling ; but in case
of dissidence from the correction by Dr. Fall, the matter would be
referred to the Commission for their final and binding opinion.
However, to question this correction would be to admit that in
practice the final arbiter- in the formation and spelling of zoologi-
cal names is neither the author nor the Commission, but the un-
restrained and irresponsible printer’s devil : which is an absurdity.

J. R. de la Torre Bueno, Editor

•Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 217

A PARTIAL LIST OF MIRIDAE FROM TEXAS
(ORDER HEMIPTERA).

By H. G. Johnston, College Station, Texas.

The following is a partial list of Mirids collected principally by
the writer, in the vicinity of College Station, Texas, during the
spring and summer, 1928. But little is known of the distribution
of the family Miridae in the southwestern part of the United
States, thus the following notes might prove of interest. Speci-
mens have been determined by the writer and verified by Dr. H.
H. Knight.

Adelphocoris rapidus (Say). College Station, June'2 to Oct. 17,
1928.

Ceratocapsus fuscosignatus Knight. College Station, May 12; to
Oct. 20, 1928.

C. punctulatus (Reuter). College Station May 12, to Oct. 12,

1928. This species in company with fuscosignatus Knight
was taken in large numbers at a trap light.

Creontiades debilis Van D. Port Lavaca, July 31, 1926. (K. P.

Ewing) .

Deraeocoris sayi (Reuter). College Station, April 5, to May 12,
1928. Common on Quercus minor.

D. sayi marginatus Knight. College Station, April 5—1 1, 1928.
D. sayi unicolor Knight. College Station, April 8-1 1, 1928.
Heterocordylus malinus Reuter. College Station, April 11, 1928.

On Crataegus.

Horcias dislocatus gradus Knight. College Station, April 24, to
May 15, 1928. Apparently not recorded south of New Jer-
sey. Only this variety was taken.

H. sexmaculatus (Barber). College Station, May 28, 1920. (H.

J. Reinhard). Simonton, May 20, 1928. Taylor, May 25-
30, 1928. (J. C. Gaines & V. O. McCoy). New Braunfels,

June 22, 1927. (H. H. Knight).

Lygus apicalis Fieber. College Station, April 12, to Nov. 1, 1928.
L. fasciatus viridiusculus Knight. Brownsville, Jan. 31, 1928.
(R. K. Fletcher).

L. pratensis oblineatus (Say). College Station, Jan. 17, to Nov.
25, 1928. Taylor, May 25, 1928. (J. C. Gains & V. O.

McCoy). Simonton, May 20, 1928.

X. ( Neolygus ) caryae Knight. College Station, May 5-15, 1928.

218 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

L. ( Neolygus ) caryae suhfuscus Knight. College Station, May

1-5, 1928.

Lepidopsallus rubidus (Uhler). College Station, April 5-1 1,
1928.

Micro phylellus macidipennis Knight. College Station, May 1,
1928.

M. mode stud Reuter. College Station, May 1, 1928.

Neocapsus cuneatus Distant. College Station, April 5-1 1, 1928.

This species occurred abundantly on Quercus minor during
early spring in 1928. Adults began to appear about April 5
and had, completely disappeared by April 15. This probably
acounts for the fact that the species has so rarely been col-
lected.

Neoborus adelia Knight. College Station, April 12-17, I928-
Breeding abundantly on Adelia parvifolia in cool shaded
situations.

N. adustus Knight. College Station, April 12, 1928. Taken in

company with canadensis Van D. on Fraxinus americana.

N. canadensis (Van D.). College Station, April 12, 1928. Col-

lected on Fraxinus only in humid locations.

Neurocolpus nubilus (Say). College Station, May 1, to Nov. 1,
1928. Simonton, July 26, 1928.

0 pistheuria clandestina dorsalis Knight. College Station, July
15, to Oct. 5, 1928.

Orthotylus chlorionis (Say). College Station, April 11-13, 1928.

O. ornatus Van D. College Station, April 11, 1928.

O. ramus Knight. College Station, May 5, 1928. Breeding

abundantly on Cary a.

Paracalocoris scrupeus scrupeus (Say). College Station, April

11, to May 5, 1928.

P. scrupeus bidens McAtee, College Station, May 1, 1928.

P. severini nigriclavus Knight. College Station, April 17, to May
5, 1928. Breeding on Smilax.

Phy toe oris tibialis Reuter. College Station, October 6, to Nov. 10,
1928.

Pycnoderes balli Knight. College Station, Oct. 12, 1928.
Plagiognathus albatus vittiscutis Knight. College Station, May

12, 1928. Breeding on Nyssa sylvatica. Reported by
Blatchley from Dunedin, Fla., the only record of it occurring
south of the District of Columbia.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 219

P. nigrolineatus Knight. College Station, April 5-1 1, 1928.
Breeds abundantly on Quercus minor. The most abundant
species ever seen by the writer on any plant.

Platytylellus intercidendus (Distant). College Station, April 24
to Oct. 6, 1928. Simonton, July 26, 1928. Taylor, June 20,
1928. (J. C. Gaines and V. O. 'McCoy.)

P. rubrovittatus (Stal). College Station, May 1 to June 2, 1928.
Simonton, July 26, 1928.

Polymerus basalts (Reuter). College Station, April 12 to Nov.

10, 1928. Castolon, May 25, 1928. (F. F. Bibby.)

P. basalts fuscatus Knight. College Station, Oct. 6 to Nov. 1,
1928.

Psallus seriatus (Reuter). College Station, April 24 to Oct. 12,
1928. Taylor, May 30, 1928. (J. C. Gaines & V. O. Mc-

Coy.) Castolon, May 28, 1928. (F. F. Bibby.)
Reuteroscopus ornatus (Reuter). College Station, May 5, 1928.
Simonton, July 1, 1928.

R. sulphureus (Reuter). College Station, Sept. 30 to Nov. 1,
1928.

Rhinacloa forticornis Reuter. College Station, Oct. 12, 1928.
Sericophanes ocellatus Reuter. College Station, June 2 to Oct.

6, 1928. Simonton, July 1, 1928.

Trigonotylus brevipes Jak. College Station, Sept. 30 to Oct. 6,
1928.

T. pulcher Reuter. College Station, Oct. 17-21, 1928.
Tropidosteptes cardinalis Uhler. College Station, May 12, 1928.
Breeding on Fraxinus americana but only in a cool shaded
place. Collecting on the same host in other situations did
not produce additional specimens.

Cicindela Tranquebarica Horiconensis Leng. — A nice series
of this variety was taken on the north sore of Minas Basin in the
Town of Fortaupique, N. S., on August 25 and 31, 1929. They
were found in a recently mown clover field just above tide water,
on small bare spots where soil had been removed to build a tide
dyke, and on the muddy shore of a small creek in which no fresh
water was flowing. The series taken (about 30) include nearly
black specimens and grade to decidedly coppery individuals.
With them were taken two repanda and two sexguttata. — C. A.
Frost, Framingham, Mass.

220 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

PODALONIA VIOLACEIPENNIS (LEPELETIER), A
DIMORPHIC FOSSORIAL WASP
(HYMENOPTERA).

By J. Bequaert, Harvard University Medical School.

While collecting at Granite Peaks Camp (altitude: 9,000 ft.),
near Bayfield, La Plata Co., Colorado, in July 1928, I captured a
mated pair of Podalonia, the female of which was entirely black,
while the abdomen of the male was partly ferruginous. Nothing
much was thought of it at the time ; but, having been in the habit
of noting all Hymenoptera found mating in the field, I kept these
two insects on the same pin. When, however, I came to study
them with H. T. Fernald’s recent monograph of the genus
Podalonia (19 27, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., LXXI, Art. 9), I found
to my surprise that the female belonged to P. luctuosa (F. Smith),
while the male was a P. violaceipennis (Lepeletier).

Now Fernald states that he saw in the United States National
Museum a pair taken in Californa in which a female luctuosa was
gripped by the mandibles of a male violaceipennis, as in mating.
Since only one male with the luctuosa coloration could be found
by him, while females of both luctuosa and violaceipennis as well
as males of violaceipennis are very common in collections, he
concluded “that the female violaceipennis is sometimes dimorphic,
luctuosa being one of the female forms, and that in very rare in-
stances the male also becomes entirely black.”

The pair which I obtained in Colorado confirms this conjecture.
Moreover, Professor Fernald, to whom I wrote about my observa-
tion, kindly informed me that P. violaceipennis was recently raised
from a P. luctuosa parent. There can then be no longer any doubt
that P. violaceipennis is a dimorphic species. In the typical and
more common form, which occurs across the Continent over most
of southern Canada and the United States, the abdomen is more
or less extensively ferruginous in both sexes. In the race
luctuosa, the female is entirely black, while the male* is usually
colored like that of the typical form, although very exceptionally
it may be colored like the female luctuosa; this race is more lim-
ited in its distribution, as it occurs together with the typical form
in the more northern and the mountainous portions of the general
range of the species.

It is of additional interest that a common European species of
the same genus, Podalonia hirsuta (Scopoli), exhibits a similar

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 221

dimorphism, according to F. F. Kohl. Normally both sexes have
the abdomen partly ferruginous ; but in some localities the ab-
domen of most females is entirely black, while the males are yet
almost all partly ferruginous; entirely black males are extremely
rare. Such clear-cut cases of color dimorphism, apparently sex-
linked within one species, are by no means rare among some other
orders, notably among the Lepidoptera. They are, however, ex-
ceptional among the Hymenoptera.

A FEW LATE SPRING BUGS.

By J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, White Plains, N. Y.

Insects found in Spring always arouse interest. Are they of a
new brood ? Are they overwintering adults ?

On Memorial Day (May 30), 1924, I sifted for bugs on the
damp edges of the woodland surrounding a small cattail and
bunch grass swamp, near White Plains. Here were the usual
overwintering adults of Eremocoris ferus, Antillocoris pallidus,
Euschistus tristigmus, and, naturally, Cymus angustatns. Two of
the captures, however, were of added interest. One was the ex-
tremely rare fully winged Hypogeocoris piceus, found by sweep-
ing close to the ground in young grasses, but only a singleton.
The other was two nymphs of what I take to be Aradus robustus,
principally from the form and structure of the antennae. These
were sifted from damp leaves. I took them home alive for obser-
vation. The two were placed on a piece of paper, where for a
short time they played ’possum, stiff and motionless, the antennae
held nearly parallel, pointing straight ahead. After a minute or
so, first one antenna and then the other moved apart. Soon the
one antenna began to tremble, or rather, vibrate over the paper
with a touching motion ; then the second one came into play and
the bug moved slightly, then staying quite still. Both remained
thus quiet for a minute or two, when they were picked up to be
•put in a Stender dish with the little wad of damp leaves in which
they had been brought home. The instant the forceps touched
them, they came to life and attempted to run away in lively
fashion. As soon as they found themselves on the leaves, they
walked freely and briskly about. Their color and markings are
such as to harmonize perfectly with the color of the dead dampish
leaves.

222 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol. XXIV

COLEOPTERA FROM NORTHERN CALIFORNIA.

By Howard Notman, Brooklyn, N. Y.

An automobile collecting trip during the summer of 1927 pro-
duced among other results nearly 1000 specimens of coleoptera
from the following localities in northern California; Trinidad
and Areata, Humboldt Co., Redding, Shasta Co., Cedar Pass and
Cedarville, Modoc Co. Trinidad and Areata are in the humid and
heavily forested coast region. At Trinidad collecting was done
along the inner edge of an ocean beach ; at Areata on the gravel
and sand bars in the mouth of the Mad River. Redding is at the
northern end of the hot and semi-arid central valley of California.
Collecting was done on gravel and sand bars on the shore of the
Sacramento river, elevation about 580 ft. Cedar Pass in the
Warner Mountains has an elevation of about 6400 ft. Collecting
was done in a forested ravine on the westerly side. At Cedarville
collecting was done in a salt marsh near the eastern shore of the
Middle Alkali Lake, elevation about 4700 ft., the latter being en-
tirely dry at the time. This is, a desert region east of the Pacific
divide which extends along the crest of the Warner Mountains.
Lists of the Carabidae taken follow.

Trinidad, Humboldt
Dyschirius gihhipennis Lee.
Bembidion funereum Lee.
Bembidion iridescens Lee.
Bembidion optalum Csy.

Co., Cal., July 27, 1917.

Tre chits ovipennis Mots.
Pterostichus crenicollis Lee.
Pterostichus suffusus Csy.
Anchomenus brunneomargina-
tus Mann.

In addition to the above Carabids Omophron ovale Horn was
taken in considerable numbers.

Areata, Humboldt, Co., Cal., July 28, 1927.

Nebria eschscholtzii Men.
Dyschirius truncatus Lee.
Bembidion zephyrum Fall.
Bembidion obliquulum Lee.
Bembidion oppressum Csy.
Bembidion vespertinum Csy.
Bembidion adjutor Csy.
Bembidion erosum Mots.
Bembidion tetracolum Say.
Bembidion indistinctum Dej.

Bembidion devisor Csy.
Bembidion ephippigerum Lee.
Bembidion gregale Csy.
Bembidion caseyi Leng.
Bembidion dubitans Lee.
Parargutor lustrans Lee.
Anchomenus funebris Lee.
Apristus laticollis Lee.
Stenocellus sejunctus Csy.
Glycerins nitidus Dej.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 223

Redding, Shasta Co.,
Dyschirius analis Lee.
Schizogenius lineolatus Say.
Schizo genius depressus Lee.
Bembidion tritum Csy.

Bembidion recticolle Lee.
Bembidion haplogonum Chaud.
Bembidion flavopictum Mots.

Cal., August i, 1927.

Tachyura rapax Lee.

Tachyura apacheana Csy.
Tachyura sedula Csy.

Tachyura profuga Csy.

Lac hn 0 p ho r u s elegantulus
Mann.

Apristus laticollis Lee.
Chlaenius viridifrons Esch.
Agonoderus rugicollis Lee.

Cedar Pass, Modoc Co., Cal., August 3, 1927.

Bembidion lubricum Csy.
Bembidion commotum Csy.
Bembidion iridescens Lee.
Bembidion nebraskense Lee.
v

Bembidion tritum Csy.
Bembidion nevadense Ulke.
Bembidion vile Lee.
Bembidion flavopictum Mots.

Also two species of Bembidion, a species of Anchomenus and a
species of Agonoderus as yet unidentified.

Cedarville, Modoc Co.,
Bembidion ephippigerum Lee.
Bembidion imperitum Csy.
Bembidion provoanum Csy.
Bembidion mormon Hayw.
Bembidion dejectum Csy.
Bembidion diligens Csy.

Cal., August 3, 1927.
Bembidion vile Csy.
Bembidion insulatum Lee.
Bembidion demissum Csy.
Bembidion flavopictum Mots.
Bembidion timidum Lee.
Tachys corax Lee.

Winter Homes for Mosquitoes. — On August 25, 1929, while
resting in a rather dense growth of small oaks on a side hill run-
ning down into a large spring-hole in Framingham, I was much
interested to observe many mosquito-like Diptera suddenly fly
out of a woodchuck burrow into which I had idly tossed a stone.
It was about noon after a cool night and the dense growth had
prevented any appreciable rise in temperature there. They con-
tinued to emerge after each stone until a very large number had
come out. On Sept. 15 Dr. J. P. Bill, of Wayland, and myself
visited the place and collected some of the insects that were routed
out of several burrows which appear to be abandoned. From this
catch Mr. C. W. Johnson identified some 20 males and females of
Cidex pipiens L., one Drosophila funebris Fall., one Drosophila
transversa Fall, and one small Tipulid. — C. A. Frost, Framing-
ham, Mass.

224 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

CONTRIBUTION TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF
AMERICAN THYSANOPTERA.

By Dudley Moulton, San Francisco, California.

Two species, namely Taeniothrips diant hi, Pr. and Thrips dis-
color, Halid, and the three genera, Lispothrips, Reut., Thory-
hothrips, Pr., and Docessissophothrips, Bagnall represented here-
with by new species, are now recorded from North America for
the first time. The distribution of five known American species
is extended into new territory. In all, twelve new species and
the male of Thrips (Micro cephalothrips) ahdominalis, Crawford
are described in this paper.

TEREBRANTIA, 1836
Family Orothripidae Bagnall

Erythrothrips fasciculatus n. sp. (Fig. 1).

Female, holotype. Body color dark brown with red pig-
ment. Antenna uniformly dark brown except segment three
which shades gradually from brownish yellow at base to yel-
lowish brown at tip. Fore wings colored as in arizonae
Moulton, whitish in anterior half with a dark brown longitu-
dinal band in posterior half. This band extends from ex-
treme base of wing including scale and is a little broader
near center of wing.

Total body length 2.2 mm. ; head, length .27 mm., width .19
mm. ; prothorax, length .21 mm., width .22 mm. ; mesothorax,
width .36 mm.; length of ninth abdominal segment .18 mm.,
width at base .22 mm. Segments of antennae : length
(width) III, 93 (27) ; IV, 84 (27) ; V, 57 (27) ; VI, 54
(25) VII, 63 (24) ; VIII, 24; IX, 15; total length 470 mi-
crons. Length of spines on ninth abdominal segment 240 pi,
length of spines on tenth abdominal segment 225 [j. Sense
areas on antennal segment III, 16 [j, IV, 30 microns.

Male, allotype. Total body length 1.5 mm.; head, length
.18 mm., width .18 mm.; prothorax, length .165 mm., width
.20 mm. ; mesothorax, width .28 mm. Length of ninth ab-
dominal segment .06 mm., width .12 mm. Segments of an-
tennae: length (width) I, 27 (32) ; II, 48 (30) ; III, 87 (24) ;
IV, 72 (26) ; V, 57 (24) ; VI, 57 (24) ; VII, 60 (24) ; VIII,
24; IX, 12; total length 440 microns. Spines on tenth ab-
dominal segment, outer 120 |j, inner 82 microns. Sense areas
on antennal segments III, 15, 9 jj ; IV, 30, 21 microns of first
and second paratypes.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 225

Erythrothrips fasciculatus.

Type Material: Female holotype, male allotype, ten J and three
paratypes taken on Adenostoma fasciculatum , yellow clover,
and California sage. Types in author’s collection. (Moulton,
Nos. 699, 713, 735, 1744, 2782, 2784 and 2984.)

Type Locality: California.

This species has the general color and appearance of E. ari-
zonae Moulton, but may be readily distinguished from it by the
following characters : a gradual shading of the third antennal seg-
ment rather than an abrupt change of color in the middle as in
arizonae ; the smaller third and fourth antennal segments, and the
much smaller sense area in segment three, 13-16 p, as compared
to approximately 60 p, in arizonae.

The most striking difference, however, is found in the male. In
this new species the last three abdominal segments are much
shorter and broader and the eighth segment has two spines at each
posterior angle and a series of vestigial hairs at the sides, and the
ninth segment has two spines in the middle of each side. In ari-
zonae segment eight has an arrangement of ten to twelve long,
evenly placed hairs extending almost the full length of the seg-
ment and segment nine has three or four long hairs at the side.

Erythrothrips bishoppi n. sp.

Female, holotype. Body color dark blackish brown except
third antennal segment which is yellow in basal third, shad-
ing rather gradually to dark brown in outer third. Fore
wings whitish in anterior half and dark brown in posterior
half, extending to extreme base, including scale.

226 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Total body length 2.33 mm.; head, length .18 mm., width
.21 mm. ; prothorax, length .21 mm., width .25 mm. ; meso-
thorax, width .54 mm. Length of ninth abdominal segment
.165 mm., width at base .21 mm.; fore wings, width in mid-
dle, .165 mm. Segments of antennae: length (width) I, 45
(42) ; II, 69 (39) ; III, 105 (30) ; IV, 99 (33) ; V, 69 (30) ;
VI, 69 (30); VII, 60 (27); VIII, 30 (18); IX, 15; total
length 510 microns. Length of spines: on ninth abdominal
segment 240 p, on tenth abdominal segment 255 p. Number
of spines on costa 60, fore vein 34, hind vein 26. Maxillary
palpi with 7, labial palpi with 4 segments. Sense areas on
antennal segments III, 33 ; IV, 66 microns.

Type Material: Female holotype taken on black walnut, April
13, 1927 (F. C. Bishopp), and named in honor of the collector.
Types in author’s collection. (Moulton, No. 2171.)

Type Locality: Sonora, Texas.

This species has the general appearance of E. arizonae Moul-
ton, but may be separated from it by the shorter and broader head.
In bishoppi the head is wider than long, while in arizonae it is
noticeably longer than wide, third and fourth antennal segments
are shorter, 133 p and 120 p in arizonae as compared with 103 p
and 100 p in this species. The colored band on the fore wings is
of nearly uniform width along posterior half and noticeably
darker than in arizonae. The sixth to ninth abdominal segments
gradually decrease in size, while in arizonae the eighth abdominal
segment is rather more abruptly narrowed.

Erythrothrips keeni n. sp.

Female, holotype. Body color blackish brown except third
antennal segment which is abruptly yellowish brown in basal
two-thirds and fourth to sixth abdominal segments which are
somewhat lighter. Basal third of fore wings whitish except
for the dark brown scale, distal two-thirds with a dark lon-
gitudinal band along posterior margin, broadening somewhat
in the middle and at tips.

Total body length (abdomen distended) 2.37 mm.; head,
length .25 mm., width .216 mm. ; prothorax, length .216 mm.,
width .266 mm. ; pterothorax, width .40 mm. ; length of ninth
abdominal segment along median dorsal line .183 mm., of
tenth .166 mm. Segments of antennae: length (width) I, 51
(45) ; II, 60 (36) ; III, 141 (33) ; IV, 1 12 (33) ; V, 75 (30) ;
VI, 72 (30); VII, 69 (30); VIII, 33 (18); IX, 18; total
length 630 microns. Spines on ninth abdominal segment
291 p, on tenth 270 p. Sense areas on antennal segments III,
48-48 p, IV, 63-69 microns.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 227

Male allotype : Colored as in female.

Total body length (abdomen normal) 1.66 mm.; head,
length .216 mm., width .183 mm.; prothorax, length .183
mm., width .20 mm. ; pterothorax, width .25 microns. An-
tennae broken off.

This species is very similar to E. arizonae Moulton, especially
in the color of the third antennal segment but is distinctly differ-
ent in the coloring of the fore wings, being light colored in the
basal third except for scale, while in arizonae the dark longitudi-
nal band is continued from extreme base to tip of wing. The dif-
ference between the two species is more readily noted in the
arrangement of hairs and spines on the seventh, eighth and ninth
abdominal segments of the <§, especially on the eighth and ninth
segments. In arizonae the seventh segment has a group of four
or five rather prominent spines at the sides near the back and on
the posterior angles, the longest of these spines at the angles is
about 54 p long. The eighth segment has a series of about twelve
long hairs (75 p) along the sides and distributed evenly from
near anterior margin to posterior margin. In keeni Moulton
there is a group of about twelve hairs arranged in two or three
rows and placed at the sides in the third quarter of the seventh
abdominal segment. There are no spines at the anterior half but
on either side of the posterior angle there is a group of about
twelve short dark spur-like bristles. There is a similar group of
about twelve hairs on posterior third. In fasciculatus Moulton
there is a darker colored, slightly enlarged swelling on either side
near the posterior margin of segment seven which bears a group
of several very short inconspicuous hairs, the eighth segment has
two or three short spines at each posterior angle but is without the
conspicuous series of long hairs at the sides.

Type Material: Female holotype, male allotype and one para-
type taken on Chrysolamns, August 15, 1927, by F. P. Keen and
named in his honor. Types in author’s collection. (Moulton, No.

2515-)

Type Locality : Bly, Oregon.

I am also placing in this species two female specimens, one
taken by the writer on Mentzelia laevicaulis, July 31, 1926, at
Markleyville, and one in blossoms of White Yarrow at Everett
Pass, Alpine County, California, on the same date. (Moulton,
Nos. 963 and 964.)

228 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlV

Family Heterothripidae B agnail.

Heterothrips aur antic ornis Watson.

Two female specimens taken on Helianthus decapetalus, Sep-
tember 4, 19 27, in Yankton County, South Dakota, by Mr. A. W.
Larrabee. (Moulton, No. 2629.) This extends the habitat of the
species into the Rocky Mountain States.

Heterothrips gillettei n. sp.

Female holotype : Body color dark chestnut brown with
diffused orange pigmentation. All femora, middle and hind
tibiae uniformly dark brown, fore tibiae lighter, shading to
yellowish in center and at tips, fore tarsi yellowish, middle
and hind tarsi light brown. Antennal segment two dark
brown, concolorous with head, one lighter brown, three yel-
low, colored brown in distal fourth, fore to nine brown with
four slightly lighter at tip where sensoria are placed. Wings
uniformly brown.

Total body length 1.36 mm.; head, length .133 mm., width
.14 mm. ; prothorax, length .133 mm., width .216 mm. ; meso-
thorax, width .26 mm. Antennae: length (width) I, 21
(30) ; II, 36 (27) ; III, 51 (24) ; IV, 42 (21) ; V, 30 (18) ;
VI, 30 (18); VII, 22 (12); VIII, 18 (10); IX, 21; total
length 270 microns. Median dorsal spines on seventh and
eighth abdominal segments 60 p, on ninth and tenth 51
microns.

Head as long as wide, with deep crescent-shaped pits in
front which receive the basal segments of antennae. An-
terior margin of eyes sharply protruding. Antennae placed
close together, not over 9 mm. apart. Cheeks very slightly
arched, back of head with coarse striations. All head spines
small. Eyes with coarse facets. Anterior ocellus small, di-
rected forward, posterior ocelli large, contiguous with inner
margins of eyes, three to four times greater in diameter than
facets of eyes. Mouth cone short and blunt. Antenna twice
as long as head, segment two widest, three longest, three and
four with bands of sensoria at distal ends.

Prothorax as long as head, 1.6 wider than long, without
prominent spines, with broadly rounded posterior angles and
margin. Pronotum faintly reticulate, sculptured with fine
dots within the reticulations. Setae scattered. Mesothorax
broadest, metathorax smaller with posterior angles rounded
to union with abdomen. Legs fairly stout. Wings fully de-
veloped, with spines as follows : costa, 1-32, fore vein 23,
hind vein 18.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 229

Abdomen elongate-ovate with a pair of closely placed me-
dian dorsal spines on segments two to eight, posterior mar-
gins of segments one to five bordered with a fringe of spines
at the sides which are placed singly and not joined into plates.
The posterior margin of segment one without spines in the
center but two to five inclusive with a center fringe of four
or five spines, this fringe complete on segments six, seven
and eight. Dorsal surface of all segments indistinctly reticu-
late and sparingly setose at the sides.

Male allotype. Colored as in the female but with antennal
segment four also somewhat lighter, especially at the tip.

Total body length 1.08 mm.

Abdominal sternites without ventral depressions. Wings
fully developed.

Type Material: Female holotype, male allotype, 8 6

paratypes taken on “rat-tail weed” (Moulton, No. 1037) and
yellow sweet cloved (Moulton, No. 1027), July 10, 1926 (Prof.
C. P. Gillette), and named in honor of the collector. All types in
author’s collection.

Type Locality : Fort Collins, Colorado,

This species belongs in that group in which the abdominal ter-
gites are fringed posteriorly with hairs which are not coalesced
into plates. It is most closely related to H. auranticornis Watson,
but may be separated by the following characters : gillettei has all
femora and middle and hind tibiae uniformly brown, antennal
segments four, five and six brown, with four only a shade lighter,
especially in the male. In auranticornis the tips of fore femora,
both ends of middle and hind femora and tibia are brownish yel-
low, antennal segments three and four are yellow, conspicuously
shaded with orange, five is yellow in basal two-thirds and six in
basal half.

Family Thripidae Uzel.

Subfamily Heliothripinae Karny.

Heliothrips bishoppi n. sp.

Female holotype: Color dark chestnut brown. Antennal
segments one, two and six to eight concolorous with head,
three and four brownish yellow at both ends, darker in the
middle, five brownish yellow in basal third shading to dark
brown in distal two-thirds. Fore femora and tibia brownish
yellow but darker in the middle, middle and hind femora dark
brown, middle and hind tibia yellowish at both ends, dark
brown in the middle, all tarsi yellow. Wings clear except for
a dark cross band at forking of veins which is continued into

230 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

a longitudinal band along posterior margin and broadened
again to form a dark band at tip.

Total body length i. mm. ; head, length .10 mm., width .15
mm.; prothorax, length .116 mm., width .17 mm.; ptero-
thorax, width .25 mm. Antennae: length (width) III, 45
(21); IV, 48 (22) ;V, 39 (21); VI, 27 (18); VII, 15; VIII,
30; total length of segments III to VIII 240 microns.

This species is very similar to H. punctipennis Hood, but
may be easily separated from that species by the color of the
legs which are clear lemon yellow, in bishoppi the middle and
hind legs are distinctly dark brown but brownish yellow at
the joints.

Type Material : Female holotype taken on Quercus sp., April

17, 1927 (F. C. Bishopp), and named in honor of the collector.

Holotype in author’s collection. (Moulton, No. 2177.)

Type Locality: Menard, Texas.

Subfamily Sericothripinae Karny.

Tribe Sericothripini Priesner, 1926.

Sericothrips langei n. sp.

Female holotype. Color dark brown, pterothorax some-
what lighter. Antennal segments one to four whitish yellow
with the first segment slightly brownish, five whitish yellow
at base, gradually shading to brown at tip, six to eight brown.
All femora brown but yellowish at base, all tibiae brownish
in basal halves yellowish in distal halves, tarsi yellow. Fore
wings clear at base, middle and tip, with two intervening-
brown bands. Crescents of ocelli orange red.

Total body length 1 mm.; head, length .09 mm., width .165
mm. ; prothorax, length .12 mm., width .18 mm. ; pterothorax,
width .24 mm. ; abdomen, width .24 mm. Segments of an-
tennae: length (width) I, 15 (24) ; II, 30 (24) ; III, 39 (18) ;
IV, 36 (17) ; V, 33 (16) ; VI, 45 (18) ; VII, 9; VIII, 12;
total length 222 microns. Length of spines : interocellars
21 p, on posterior angles of prothorax 30 (j, on posterior
angles of ninth abdominal segment 51 |j, on tenth segment 60
microns.

Head 1.8 times wider than long, flattened in front; cheeks
straight. Back of head with conspicuous transverse, wavy
lines, occipit line especially strong behind posterior ocelli.
Four distinct spines on anterior margin of head, about as
long as those in front of posterior ocelli. Eyes large, with
coarse facets. Ocelli approximately as large as facets of
eyes. Mouth cone short, reaching only four-fifths over
prosternum, broad at base and rounded at tip.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 231

Prothorax with three distinct spines on each posterior
angle, the outer two small and curved, the inner one mod-
erately long, about twelve spines scattered over pronotum.
Pterothorax also with distinct lineations. Wings normal,
fore vein with twenty-two spines, one near center of outer
dark cross band where second vein should appear. Micro-
scopic setae very close and prominent on the sides of ab-
dominal segments but very faint in the center, comb-like ar-
rangement of spines conspicuous at sides along posterior
margins of segments one to seven, a complete comb on seg-
ment eight.

Type Material : Female holotype and two § paratypes taken by
sweeping, August 30, 1921, by Mr. R. C. Lange, after whom the
species is named. Types in author’s collection. (Moulton, No.
780.)

Type Locality: Fish Lake, Illinois.

This species is clearly separated from other members of the
genus by its uniform body color and the banded wings with trans-
parent tips.

Tribe Dendrothripini Priesner, 1926.

Anaphothrips crassicornis n. sp.

Female holotype: Color clear yellow with thorax and mar-
gins of femora and tibiae shaded a little darker. First anten-
nal segment whitish, two clear yellow, three four and five
yellowish white at base shading to gray brown at tip, six gray
brown lighter at base, seven to nine gray brown. Wings yel-
low, prominent body and wing spines brown. Crescents of
ocelli orange.

Total body length 1. mm.; head, length .09 mm., width .13
mm. ; prothorax, length .10 mm., width .15 mm. ; mesothorax,
width .20 mm.; metathorax, width .18 mm. Antennae:
length (width) I, 18 (21) ; II, ? (24) ; III, ? (21) ; IV, ?
(21) ; V, 33 (21) ; VI, 30 (21) ; VII, 6 (15) ; VIII, 9; IX,
12; total length 180 ( ?) microns. Length of spines: a single
one on each posterior angle of prothorax 30 p, outer pair on
posterior angle of ninth abdominal segment 75 p, median
inner pair 36 p, median dorsal pair on tenth abdominal seg-
ment 60 microns.

Head transverse, broadly flattened in front ; cheeks slightly
arched, without prominent spines or markings. Eyes semi-
spherical. Ocelli present but not strongly developed. Mouth
cone broad at base, angular at pit, reaching posterior margin
of prosternum. Antenna compact, approximately twice as

232 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIv

long as head, clearly with nine segments having a 3-seg-
mented style.

Prothorax 1.5 wider than long with a single moderately
stout spine at each posterior angle and a series of four on
either side along posterior margin, about twenty short brown
spines scattered over dorsum. Mesothorax broadest with
sides strongly arched, metathorax smaller, especially where it
joins mesothorax. Median dorsal pair of spines on meta-
notum, placed well back from anterior margin. Legs normal.
Wings fully developed with spines as follows : costa 24, fore
vein 1-3 at base followed by a short intermission, then a
series of fifteen regularly placed spines reaching to tip, hind
vein with 13.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, outer pair of spines on posterior
margin of ninth segment clearly twice as long as the inner
pair, spines on segment ten intermediate between the two.
Fully developed comb along posterior margin of segment
eight.

Allotype male: colored as in female. Total body length .9
mm. Antennae: length (width) I, 15 (15) ; II, 27 (24) ; III,
27 (18) ; IV, 30 (18) ; V, 30 (18) ; VI, 27 (61) ; VII, VIII
and IX, 27. Spines on fore wings as follows : costa 19, fore
vein 4— 7—1— 1, an intermission, 4 near tip, hind vein 9. Ninth
abdominal segment with a median pair of short spurs 15 p
long, and a single spine on either side outward and anterior
to these 27 p.

Type Material: Female holotype, male allotype taken July 5,
1926 (W. M. Shackleford). Host plant unknown. Type in
author’s collection. (Moulton, No. 1647.)

Type Locality: Champagne County, Illinois.

This species is distinct from any previously described American
species because of its compact and clearly 9-segmented antenna
and the almost regular placement of spines on the fore-longitudi-
nal vein of fore wings in the female. Intermediate antennal seg-
ments are somewhat more slender in the male and the intermis-
sions in the arrangement of spines on the fore veins of fore wings
are more distinct.

Subfamily Thripinae Karny.

Odontothrips loti Haliday.

Euthrips ulicis calif ornicus Moulton, 1907. Thysanoptera

of California, U. S. Dept, of Agric. Tec. Ser., No. 12, Pt.

in, p. 55 )

Odontothrips calif ornicus Moulton, 1927. (Pan.-Pac. Ent.,

Vol. IV, No. 1, page 34.)

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 233

I have been able to compare our American species with speci-
mens of O. loti Hal., kindly sent to me by Dr. H. Priesner and
find the two species identical. A wider distribution is also re-
corded from the following collections :

3 55 taken on Lupinus argenteus at Stillwater, Colorado, July
18, 1926, by Alvah L. Pearsall. (Moulton, No. 992.)

1 5 taken on Malus sp. at Colorado Springs, Colorado, May 14,
1926, by G. W. Goldsmith. (Moulton, No. 1158.)

1 5 taken on wild lucerne at Toga, Virginia, June 19, 1927, by
J. V. Gilmore. (Moulton, No. 2090.)

Frankliniella insularis Franklin.

Numerous specimens taken on legumes and other unnamed
plants at Bear Camp, Catalina Mountains, Arizona, on April 24,
1926, by Messrs. C. T. Vorhies and A. A. Nichols. (Moulton,
Nos. 1856 and 1864.)

This record extends the range of this species to the south west-
ern states.

Ctenothrips frosti n. sp.

(Brachypterous.)

Female, holotype. Color of head and thorax blackish
brown, abdomen black, all femora blackish brown, light yel-
low at extreme base, tibiae dark brown, lighter along center,
tarsi yellowish brown. Antennal segments one and two
blackish brown, two lighter towards tip, three yellowish
brown, four yellowish brown in basal third, dark brown in
outer two-thirds, five yellowish brown at extreme base, shad-
ing to dark brown in outer half, six to eight blackish brown.

Total body length 1.76 mm.; head, length .19 mm., width
across eyes .21 mm.; prothorax, length .15 mm., width .27
mm. ; pterothorax, width .36 mm. ; abdomen, width .54 mm.
Segments of antennae: length (width) I, 30 (33); II, 42
(30) ; III, 87 (24) ; IV, 69 (24) ; V, 60 (21) ; VI, 81 (21) ;
VII, 12; VIII, 24; total length 405 microns.

Head approximately as long as wide, constricted behind
eyes but not as deeply as in Ctenothrips hridwelli Franklin.
Back of head with coarse, transverse, anastomosing stria-
tions. All head spines relatively short, a pair anterior to
ocelli and near anterior inner margins of eyes. Interocellars
placed between posterior ocelli with a series of three or four
on either side behind eyes. Eyes large, protruding, with
coarse facets. Ocelli fully developed; Antennae normal to
the genus.

234 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

The anastomosing transverse lines of prothorax much less
distinct than on head, entire surface stippled with light col-
ored dots, mesonotal plate more clearly lined than the pro-
notum and metanotum, distinctly reticulate. Lines on femora
rather distinct, on tibiae hardly visible. Wings reduced to
very short pads.

Abdomen broadly ovate, much wider than pterothorax,
first segment clearly reticulated, eighth segment with fully
developed, long-toothed comb.

Type Material: Female holotype taken by sifting, March 24,
1928, by Mr. C. A. Frost and named in his honor. Type in
author’s collection. (Moulton, No. 3066.)

Type Locality : Sherborn, Massachusetts.

This species is clearly separated from reticulatus Crawford,
by the absence of conspicuous reticulations on the thorax and legs
and may be separated from bridwelli Franklin, by the darker col-
ored third, fourth and fifth antennal segments. It approaches
florid ensis Watson perhaps most closely, but this latter species is
described as having the pronotum with deep polygonal reticula-
tions which are very indistinct on the pronotum in this new
species.

Taeniothrips dianthi Priesner.

Two female specimens taken on Dianthus plumarius at Vernon,
British Columbia, Canada, June 3, 1927, by Mr. A. H. Ruhman
(Moulton, No. 2047) and two specimens taken from Dianthus
sp., July 4, 1927, at Shenandoah, Iowa, by Mr. S. C. Jones (Moul-
ton, No. 2394).

This is the first finding of this species in North America, it hav-
ing been known previously only in Central Europe.

Thrips discolor Halid.

One female taken from Buttercups, July 11, 1926, by Dr. W.
E. Britton, Salisbury, Conn. (Moulton, No. 1124), and one speci-
men taken from Buttercups, July 5, 1926, by Mr. H. Notman,
Keene Valley, New York (Moulton, No. 1240).

This is the first record for this thrips in North America, pre-
viously known only from Europe.

Thrips gilmorei n. sp.

Female, holotype. Body color deep brown with much red
hypodermal pigment in thorax and abdomen. Segments one
and two of antennae deep brown with red hypodermal pig-
ment, three to seven clear yellow with a shade of brown in

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 235

basal quarter of segment three, distal half of six and all of
seven light yellowish brown. Legs uniformly deep brown.
Fore wings uniformly brown but clear in basal fifth. Cres-
cents of ocelli deep orange red. All prominent body spines
dark brown.

Total body length 1.5 mm.; head, length .15 mm., width
.15 mm.; prothorax, length .14 mm., width .20 mm.; ptero-
thorax, width .27 mm. ; abdomen, width .28 mm. Segments
of antennae: length (width) I, 24 (30) ; II, 33 (27) ; III, 57
(24) ; IV, 57 (21) ; V, 28 (18) ; VI, 60/18) ; VII, 24; total
length 300 microns. Length of spines: interocellars 21 p, on
posterior angles of prothorax 72 p, outer pair on ninth ab-
dominal segment 129 p, inner 100 p, on tenth abdominal seg-
ment 105 microns.

Head clearly as long as wide, constricted behind eyes and
then somewhat swollen, with prominent broken transverse
lines on back of head. Interocellar spines placed on a line
connecting posterior ocelli with anterior ocellus. A series of
three spines on either side behind eyes. Eyes prominent,
with coarse facets, conspicuously pilose. Ocelli large. An-
tenna slender, twice as long as head.

Prothorax with two long spines at each posterior angle and
two on either side along posterior margin, the innermost
being about twice as long as the outer. A pair of well de-
veloped spines near center of metanotum, placed well back
from anterior margin. Legs semi-reticulate and rather
densely clothed with short dark spines. Wings fully devel-
oped, anterior vein with 3-3 basal bristles and three distal
bristles, posterior vein with 14.

Abdomen long and slender, comb along posterior margin
of eighth segment complete but weak, suture on tenth seg-
ment extending two-thirds its length.

Male allotype : Coloring as in the female. The first two
antennal segments deep brown but showing more red hypo-
dermal pigment, three to five yellowish but indistinctly light
brown at the tips, six lighter in basal fourth, brownish yellow
in outer three-fourths.

Total body length 1.2 mm. ; length .14 mm., width .13 mm. ;
prothorax, length .10 mm., width .16 mm.; pterothorax,
width .21 mm.; greatest width of abdomen .15 mm. Ventral
depressions on sternites two and three large, ovoid in shape
and rather conspicuous but appear to be wanting on other
sternites.

Type Material : Female holotype and male allotype taken on
hickory, June 22, 1927, by Mr. J. W. Gilmore, and named in his
honor. Types in author’s collection. (Moulton, No. 2093.)

236 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Yol.XXIV

Type Locality: Appomatox, Virginia.

This species would seem to be most closely related to T. physa-
pus Linn., but is easily separated from that species by its rela-
tively longer head, straighter cheeks and with little or no con-
striction at the base, also uniformly light color of the distal three-
fourths of the third, fourth and fifth antennal segments in the
female. Gilmorei is distinguished also by its uniformly dark
brown legs, including the tarsi.

Thrips ( Micro cephalothrips ) abdominalis Crawford (Syn. Thrips
gillettei Moulton).

Numerous specimens of this species were found in a collection
made on Hymenopappus carolinense on March 31, 1927, at Bas-
trop, Texas, by Mr. Hugh A. Duval (Moulton, No. 1832). The
series included three males heretofore unknown so I am offering
a brief description.

General color as in the female.

Total body length .7 mm. ; head, length .066 mm., width
across eyes .093 mm. ; prothorax, length .096 mm., width .126
mm.; pterothorax, width .156 mm.; abdomen, width .15 mm.
Segments of antennae: length (width) I, 15 (18); II, 21

(18) ; III, 27 (15) ; IV, 24 (15) ; V, 21 (14) ; VI, 33 (15) ;

VII, 12; total length 170 microns.

General shape of head and thorax as in the female. Ab-
domen more slender, segments with irregular comb-like teeth
along posterior margins, tergites faintly cross striate, ventral
depressions on sternites three to seven very small, almost
round, 10-12 p in diameter.

TUBU LIFERA, 1836.

Family Phloeothripidae Hood.

Subfamily Phloeothripinae Priesner.

Tribe Hoplothripini Priesner.

Cephalothrips elegans n. sp.

Female, holotype. Color yellowish brown, abdomen some-
what lighter, tube darker and concolorous with head, tips of
fore femora, all tibiae and tarsi yellow. Antenna uniformly
brown, except tip of segment two and basal half of three
which are yellowish. Body spines clear yellow.

Total body length 1.5 mm. (abdomen distended) ; head,
length .15 mm., width .13 mm.; prothorax, length .105 mm.,
width (including coxae) .18 mm.; tube length .108 mm.,
width at base .051 mm. Segments of antennae: length

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 237

(width) I, 21 (2 7) ; II, 39 (25) ; III, 39 (25) ; IV, 39 (25) ;
V. 39 (24); VI, 39 (20); VII, 36 (18); VIII, 24; total
length 276 microns. Length of spines : postoculars 45 p, on
anterior angles of prothorax 27 p, mid-laterals 39 p, on poste-
rior angles, outer 48 p, inner 39 p, on ninth abdominal seg-
ment 150 p, at end of tube 160 microns.

Head 1.2 longer than wide and 1.5 longer than prothorax,
without conspicuous markings, flattened in front, cheeks
slightly arched. Postocular spines fully as long as eyes, with
dilated tips. Eyes moderately small. Ocelli present. Mouth
cone short, extending two-thirds over prosternum. Antenna
about 1.5 longer than head, all segments rather compact, seg-
ment three noticeably “ V ’’-shaped, three to seven each with
a pedicel, eight broadly and flatly joined to seven.

Prothorax only slightly wider than head, all normal spines,
including those on anterior margins and mid-laterals present,
with dilated tips. Sides of pterothorax narrowed posteriorly.
Legs short, fore femora slightly thickened, fore tarsi appar-
ently unarmed. Wings reduced to short pads. Abdomen
long and slender, wing-holding-spines completely wanting.
Tube .66 head’s length. Spines on ninth and tenth segments
1.5 longer than two.

Type Material : Female holotype, one female paratype taken
under Maple bark, April 5, 1926, by Mr. J. W. Gilmore. Types
in author’s collection. (Moulton, No. 1428.)

Type Locality: Clarksville, Tennessee.

This species is closely related to C. errans Moulton, but may be
separated by the lighter and more yellowish color, the shorter and
narrower fourth and fifth antennal segments and the smaller fore
femora.

Thorybothrips yuccae n. sp.

Female, holotype : Body color uniformly dark brown ;

Legs and all segments of antenna dark brown except base of
third which is lighter. Wings transparent, prominent body
spines whitish.

Total body length (abdomen normal) 2.0 mm. ; head,
length .266 mm., width behind eyes .166 mm., at posterior
margin .20 mm. ; prothorax, length .133 mm., width includ-
ing coxae .383 mm. ; pterothorax, width .366 mm. ; tube,
length .195 mm., width at base .081 mm., at tip .042 mm.
Segments of antennae: length (width) I, 36 (36); II, 51
(36) ; III, 60 (39) ; IV, 60 (39) ; V, 54 (33) ; VI, 51 (30) ;
VII, 60 (24); VIII, 54 (15); total length 410 microns.

238 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Length of spines : postoculars 70 p, on anterior angles of
prothorax 30 p, outer pair on posterior angles, 75 p, on ninth
abdominal segment 156 p, on tip of tube 120 microns.

Head 1.3 longer than wide, narrowest across eyes, cheeks
straight, diverging toward posterior margin where head is
broadest, without conspicuous markings. Postocular spines
long, with blunt tips, placed near sides and almost mid-way
between posterior margin of eyes and posterior margin of
head, other spines inconspicuous. Eyes not protruding,
outer margin almost straight and joining cheeks evenly, oc-
cupying about .3 the head’s length. Ocelli fully developed.
Mouth cone short and broadly rounded, reaching two-thirds
over prosternum. Antenna with eight segments, three to
seven each with a distinct pedicel, three and four broadly
clavate, subequal in length and width and broadest of all,
eight more than three times as long as greatest width, clearly
separated from seven, narrowed at base but without a distinct
pedicel. Sense cones short and strong, segments three and
four each with three and five and six each with two.

Prothorax .66 as long as head, clearly transverse, without
conspicous markings. Spines on anterior angles moderately
developed with blunt tips, a prominent pair at each posterior
angle, others vestigial. Pterothorax slightly narrower than
prothorax including coxae, broadest in front with sides
gradually converging toward the posterior. Fore femora
greatly enlarged with outer distal margin slightly curved
outward as in Chirothrip s manicatus, Hal., fore tibia stout,
each fore tarsus armed with a short, stout tooth in addition
to a strong claw. Middle and hind legs moderately long.
Wings fully developed, with parallel sides, fore pair with
twenty double fringe hairs along posterior margin.

Abdomen normal. Tube .7 as long as head and twice as
broad at base as at tip. Abdominal spines well developed but
difficult to see because of their whitish color.

Type Material: Female holotype taken on Yucca rupicola,
April 25, 1928, by Mr. Hugh H. Duval. Type in author’s collec-
tion. (Moulton, No. 3242.)

Type Locality: Bastrop, Texas.

This species is interesting as it is the first member of the genus
to be found in North America. It is easily distinguished by its
uniformly dark brown antennae and legs in comparison with the
European T. graminis, Priesner, which has the end of the fore
tibiae and tarsi and the third antennal segment yellowish to yel-
lowish gray.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 239

Rhynchothrips versicolor n. sp.

Female, holotype. Body color dark chestnut brown ex-
cept all tarsi which are yellowish, and third antennal segment
which is yellow with a cloud of grayish brown in outer half,
segments four to six mottled with yellow, all prominent body
spines dark brown. Wings transparent except for a light
brownish cloud at base.

Total body length 2.12 mm. ; head, length .266 mm., width
.233 mm. ; prothorax, length .216 mm., width (without coxae)
•333 mm., (including coxae) .383 mm.; pterothorax, width
.433 mm. ; abdomen, width .433 mm. ; tube, length .25 mm.,
width at base .083 mm. Segments of antennaae : length
(width) I, 39; II, 60 (36) ; III, 81 (36) ; IV, 81 (39) ; V,
69 (39) ; VI, 60 (33) ; VII, 48 (30) ; VIII, 36; total length
510 microns. Length of spines : postoculars 69 p, on anterior
margin of prothorax 60 p, on anterior angles 48 p, mid-
laterals 75 jj, on posterior angles, outer 150 jj, inner 135 p, on
ninth abdominal segment 210 p, on tip of tube 210 microns.

Head 1.3 longer than width behind eyes, broadly flattened
in front, cheeks slightly arched, somewhat narrowed toward
the posterior, marked with transverse, wavy, anastomosing
lines. Postocular spines stout, pointed, somewhat shorter
than length of eyes. Eyes large and round. Ocelli well
developed. Mouth cone stout, pointed, reaching to anterior
margin of mesosternum. Antenna with segment eight clearly
separated from seven but broadly joined. Sense area on seg-
ment two placed about one-third the segment’s length from
distal margin.

Prothorax transverse, .7 as long as head, sculpturing more
or less distinct only at the sides. All normal spines well de-
veloped and with pointed tips, pair at posterior angles longest.
Pterothorax with evenly formed and slightly arched sides.
Legs moderately stout, fore femora somewhat thickened,
fore tarsus with the usual claw, otherwise unarmed. Wings
fully developed with parallel sides, each fore wing with 16
double fringe hairs along the posterior margin.

Abdomen of equal width with pterothorax. Tube .9 as
long as head.

Both larvae and pupae have much dark red or purple
pigment.

Type Material : Female holotype, one female paratype, three
large larvae and four pupae taken in hickory galls June 22, 1927,
by Mr. J. W. Gilmore. Types in author’s collection. (Moulton,
No. 2093.)

240 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

Type Locality: Appomatox, Virginia.

This species most closely resembles R. ilex, Moulton, but is dis-
tinguished by the lighter fourth and fifth antennal segments which
are mottled in effect rather than shading gradually from yellow
to yellowish brown as in ilex. This species also has longer third
and fourth antennal segments, 81 p as compared with 60 p in ilex
and a larger number of double fringe hairs on fore wings, 16 as
compared with 8-10.

Lispothrips varicornis n. sp.

Female, holotype. Body color black, legs black except
tarsi which are dark brown. Antennal segments one, two and
six to eight almost black, two lighter at tip, three and four
yellow with four slightly brownish in distal third, segment
five deep brown with pedicel lighter.

Total body length 2.16 mm. (abdomen distended) ; head,
length .219 mm., width .18 mm.; prothorax, length .18 mm.,
width .276 mm. ; pterothorax, length .18 mm., width .33 mm. ;
abdomen, width .48 mm.; tube, length .165 mm. width at
base .075 mm. Segments of antennae: length (width) I, 30
(36) ; II, 48 (36) ; III, 42 (30) ; IV, 45 (36) ; V, 42 (33) ;
VI, 45 (28) ; VII, 48 (24) ; VIII, 36, total length 330
microns. Length of spines: postoculars 45 p, on anterior
angles of prothorax 30 p, mid-laterals 33 p, on posterior
angles, outer 60 p, inner 30 p, on ninth abdominal segment
75 p, at tip of tube 90 microns.

This species is typical of the genus with its short, com-
pact antennae, segments three to seven each having a broad,
distinct pedicel, segment three without sense cones, checks
roughened and with three or four short, sharp transparent
spines borne on small warts. The regular body spines are
short, transparent and difficult to observe. Legs are short
and stout.

It is easily separated from L. birdi, Moulton, by the fol-
lowing characters : Antennal segments three and four yel-

low, head more slender, with cheeks almost parallel and
slightly constricted at base, mouth cone distinctly longer and
more angular at tip, reaching two-thirds across prosternum.

Type Material : Female holotype taken on Black Willow ( Salix
nigra), April 17, 1927, by Mr. F. C. Bishopp. All types in
author’s collection. (Moulton, No. 2175.)

Type Locality: Menard Texas.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 241

Only two species in this genus have been recognized up to this
time and both are European, therefore it is interesting to record
one new species in this paper and two others which are being
described elsewhere, as new North American species.

Gynaikothrips uzeli Zimmermann.

One female and two male specimens taken on Red clover, Sep-
tember 3, 1927, at Atwater, Illinois, by Miss L. Blevins. (Moul-
ton, No. 2317.)

This is an interesting record because it extends the distribu-
tion of the species much farther north than it has heretofore been
known.

Hoplothrips kincaidi n. sp.

Female, holotype. Color including antennae and legs uni-
formly light brownish yellow except tube which is more dis-
tinctly yellow.

Total body length 2.16 mm.; head, length .233 mm., width
.233 mm.; prothorax, length, .189 mm., width .36 mm.;
pterothorax, width .38 mm. ; abdomen, width .466 mm. ; tube,
length .183 mm. Distance between basal segments of
antenna 15 m. Segments of antennae: length (width) I, 54
(48) ; II, 60 (39) ; III, 66 (42) ; IV, 66 (39) ; V, 66 (42) ;
VII, 54 (33) ; VIII, 69 (24) ; total length 486 microns.
Length of spines: postoculars 105 m., on anterior angles of
prothorax 63 mid-laterals 36 g, on posterior angles, outer
150 jj, inner 69 (j, on ninth abdominal segment 240 jj, at tip
of tube 180 microns.

Head as wide as long, cheeks straight, slightly diverging
posteriorly and broadest near posterior margin. Postocular
spines almost half as long as head, sharply pointed like other
prominent body bristles. Eyes extremely small with less
than ten facets and only two on outer margin. Ocelli want-
ing. Mouth cone broadly rounded, labrum sharply pointed,
reaching posterior margin of prosternum. Antennae 2.1
longer than head, segment eight with broad pedicel and
clearly separated from seven.

Prothorax .8 as long as head and nearly twice as wide as
median dorsal length of pronotum. Anterior marginal spines
vestigial, those at anterior angles about half as long as outer
pair at posterior margins. Legs moderately short, fore
femora slightly thickened, each fore tarsus armed with a
small tooth in addition to the usual claw. Wings wanting.

Abdomen somewhat broader than thorax. Tube .8 as long
as head, clearly broader at base and narrowed in distal fourth.

Larvae clear to grayish white with tube somewhat darker.

242 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

Type Material: Female holotype, 5 female paratypes and two
larvae taken under bark, November 1, 1927, by Mr. T. Kincaid
after whom the species is named. Types in author’s collection.
(Moulton, No. 2572.)

Type Locality: Seabeek, Washington.

This species is closely related to pedicularis, Haliday from
which it may be distinguished by its uniformly lighter color and
by the whiter color of larvae. It may also be distinguished from
pergandei, Hood by the sharply pointed body bristles. In per-
gandei these bristles have dilated tips.

Tribe D 0 c essisso phothripini Priessner, 1927.

Docessissophothrips* animus n. sp.

Male holotype. Color dark brown with head and tip of
abdomen beyond seventh segment blackish. All legs and
segments of antennae dark brown except basal two-thirds of
three which is yellowish.

Total body length 3.32 mm. ; head, length .54 mm., width
.33 mm.; prothorax, length .12 mm., width including coxae
.48 mm. ; pterothorax, width .57 mm. ; abdomen, width .57
mm.; tube, length .33 mm., width at base .12 mm., at tip .06
mm. Segments of antennae: length (width) I, 27 (45) ; II,
75 (48-60) ; III, 135 (42) ; IV, 105 (45) ; V, 108 (42) ; VI,
87 (45) ; VII, 51 (36) ; VIII, 63 (24) ; total length 660
microns. Length of spines : group of ante- and postocellar
spines 99-120 p, postoculars 9041 ( ?), on posterior angles of
prothorax, outer 120 p, inner 90 p, basal wing spines 60, 60
and 120 p respectively, on ninth abdominal segment 240 p,
tip of tube 180 microns.

Head 1.7 longer than wide, smaller in front, swollen and
elevated in the middle and somewhat reduced toward the
posterior margin, with a pair of prominent spines on either
side in front of each posterior ocellus, the inner one of which
is almost in line between the posterior ocelli and the anterior
ocellus and the outer one close to inner margin of eyes.
There is also a smaller pair almost immediately behind and a
little inward from posterior ocelli. The postocular spines are
placed well back from eyes with a similar pair near median
dorsal part of head, cheek spines small and inconspicuous.
Eyes semi-crescent shaped around anterior angles of head,
with small facets. Ocelli large, anterior ocellus directed for-
ward, posterior ocelli approximate to inner posterior angles

* (Docessissopho e= conceited, referring to the swollen head.)

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 243

of eyes. Mouth cone short and broadly rounded. Maxillary
palpus with two segments, the distal segment with two short,
sharp, spur-like spines, one at the extreme tip and one on the
inner margin near tip, in addition there are several longer
normal spines. The terminal segments of each labial palpus
are also tipped with a pair of prominent spurs in addition
to other normal spines. Larger maxillary stylus narrow,
lanceolate, pointed and grooved. Antenna 1.16 longer than
head, segment two normal in dorsal view but in side view
rather broadly expanded on the inside near the middle and
toward tip, segments six and seven normal in dorsal view but
swollen and projecting on ventral side at tips and set with
three or four prominent spines ; segments six to eight clearly
separated, each with a distinct pedicel. Sense cones short
and pointed.

Prothorax .2 as long as head and four times as wide as
long, deeply concave in front. All normal spines present,
sharply pointed like other prominent head and body spines.
Pterothorax with sides rather evenly formed and almost
parallel. Fore femora only slightly larger than middle and
hind femora. Fore tarsi unarmed. Wings fully developed,
broad with parallel sides but moderately short, extending
only to sixth abdominal segment, fore-pair with 18 double
fringe hairs along posterior margin.

Abdomen from segments two to five about as wide as
pterothorax, reduced gradually beyond the sixth. Tube .6
as long as head and three times as long as width at base, ninth
segment extends back on either side, forming distinct scales
over basal third of tube. Sixth abdominal segment with a
pair of tube-like inwardly curved appendages which extend
to beyond middle of segment seven.

Female allotype. Colored as in the male.

Total body length 2.86 mm.; head, length .60 mm., width
.39 mm.; prothorax, length .15 mm.; width .51 mm.; ptero-
thorax width .60 mm. ; abdomen, width .69 mm. ; tube, length
.45 mm., width at base .11 mm. Segments of antennae:
length (width) I, 60 (52) ; II, 75 (dorsal view 51, side view
75) ; HI, 165 (49) ; IV, 135 (49) ; V, 120 (45). Length of
spines: interocellar spines 120 p, on ninth abdominal segment
330 |j, at tip of tube 240 microns.

Tube .7 as long as head.

Type Material : Male holotype taken July 11, 1925, by the writer
while sweeping nettles in the hills above Mt. View, California
(Moulton, No. 402), and female paratype taken by Mr. J. C.

244 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Bridwell at Corvallis, Oregon, host plant and date not given.
T)rpes in author’s collection. (Moulton, No. 249.)

Type Locality: Mt. View, California.

This species appears to be most closely related to D. adiaphorus
Karny but is easily separated by its color, the latter having all
tibiae and tarsi clear yellow. All the species of this genus have
heretofore been recognized by individual female specimens and the
finding of a male which has tube-like appendages on the sixth
abdominal segment is extremely interesting because it removes
this genus from the subfamily Phloeothripinae, Tribe Docessis-
sophothripini (according to Dr. H. Priesner’s Monograph of the
Thysanoptera of Europe, 1926, p. 478), and places it clearly in the
subfamily Megatliripinae, Tribe Megathripini. After measuring
the female paratype I demounted and dissected this specimen to
observe the mouth parts and found the larger maxillary stylus
clearly grooved, but unfortunately the second smaller organ was
lost in the dissection.

The species is also close to Siphonothrips elegans Buffa but the
shape of the head and eyes would seem to place it rather in the
genus Docessissophothrips.

Paonias excaecatus in Colorado. — During the past summer a
fine female P. excaecatus was taken at Boulder, Colorado. I was
interested to see if it could be referred to the pale western race
( pecosensis Ckll.) which I described (Entomologist, April, 1905)
from New Mexico. Allowing for a reasonable amount of varia-
tion, I think it may be considered pecosensis, as it has the upper
part of the dark median area pale and rosy, with the black spot
very conspicuous, and the dark lines on the basal field are barely
perceptible. The light post median bands are suffused and very
obscure. The ocellus on hind wing is large and oblong, not cir-
cular, with the pale blue pupil comparatively large and trans-
verse. In the case of Automeris io, Barnes and Benjamin dis-
tinguish a Colorado race, and a distinct one in New Mexico. It
is quite possible that there are similarly two races of P. excaecatus,
but it would be hazardous to affirm this without more material.
Undoubtedly these sphingids produce local races under diverse
climatic conditions, but these can only be adequately demonstrated
by large series, which will only be obtained by breeding. — T. D. A.
Cockerell, Boulder, Colo.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 245

SOME COMMON DIPTERA AND THEIR HABITS.

By N. K. Bigelow, Staten Island, N. Y.

The order Diptera is divided into two groups or suborders
known as the Orthorrhapha and Cyclorrhapha. In the members
of the first group the pupa is free but in those of the second it is
known as a puparium being enclosed in a hard, seed-like capsule
formed from the larval skin.

Many species of Orthorrhapha are aquatic in their early stages
and the structure of their larvae and pupae shows many striking
adaptations to their life in an aquaeus environment.

The larvae of a great many species of Chironomid midges live
in the ooze at the bottom of ponds, streams and lakes.

For creeping about through the ooze and vegetation they are
provided with two pairs of pseudopods. One pair is on the under
side of the thorax and the other at the extremity of the insect’s ab-
domen and these organs are covered with numerous hooks.

The species which live in the ooze have an abundance of the red
pigment haemoglobin which is of great use in absorbing oxygen
but those which live above the ooze usually lack this pigment.

The pupae of bottom-living species have two tufts of filament-
ous gills while the others bear respiratory trumpets and must come
to the surface for air. In both instances the adult flies are struc-
turally almost identical.

The* larvae of the Simulium or black fly is admirably fitted for
life in the swift currents where they cling to the under side of
stones and logs.

On each side of the head this larva bears a pair of ear-like
organs each of which has about fifty long thread-like hairs which
are used as a net to catch small organisms for food as they float
by in the current.

A pair of pseudopods on the thorax and a pair on the abdomen
have been shortened, have united and formed into the powerful
sucking discs for clinging to the rocks.

The Simulium pupae have two tufts of filamentous gills and
cling to the rocks. Upon emergence the imago reaches the sur-
face enclosed in a bubble of air secreted by the pupa.

The Corethra or ghost larva is a modified type of the mosquito
larva, being fitted for a predaceous life in the open water.

It is extremely transparent. The mandibles are armed with
long pointed teeth while the antennae are jointed at their base,

246 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

armed with stiff bristles and used in grasping and holding their
prey.

For the purpose of flotation there are two large bean-shaped
air sacs in the thorax and another pair in the seventh abdominal
segment.

Apart from their biological interest these various larvae are of
great economic importance.

Chironomid larvae are used as food by a great many species of
fishes. It has been estimated that at Lake Nipigon they occur in
such numbers that there is at least one hundred pounds of them to
every acre of lake bottom and they form at least 35 per cent, of
the food of the white fish. They are equally abundant in other
bodies of water.

ISTURGIA TRUNCATARIA IN LONG ISLAND.

By Roy Latham, Orient, L. I., N. Y.

As Isturgia truncataria Walker is not listed from Long Island
in “A List of the Insects of New York,” I would like to record
the collection by myself, in 1928, of several specimens from Man-
orville.

In a small pine barren swamp with a heavy low growth of the
leather-leaf, Chamaedaphne calyculata L. on July 4 I saw eight of
these moths. It was in the late afternoon. A thunder-storm was
passing on the north and the air was sultry. The bottom of the
depression contained no water on that date. In tramping about
the insects would leave the shelter of the Chamaedaphne shrubs
and fly strongly across the swamp about two hundred feet and
alight. Four were captured on that date.

On July 10 I again visited the locality and saw approximately
thirty of the 'moths and took several. A week later I took obser-
vations at the swamp and several times thereafter during the sea-
son but no individuals of this species were seen after July 10th.

In the dry sandy soil of the pine barrens above the bank of the
swamp I found the locally rare plant Pyrola clorantha Sw. not un-
common. It was the second record for this species from Long
Island. It had been reported from near Riverhead many years
ago. Later in 1928 I also collected this plant from the sandy
barrens at Napeague.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 247

A NEW SPECIES OF GYRINUS FROM NORTHERN
NEW HAMPSHIRE.

By K. F. Chamberlain, Assistant Entomologist, New York
State Museum.

The following species of Gyrinus from the Connecticut Lakes
region of northern New Hampshire is herewith described as new.
I take great pleasure in dedicating this species to my friend, Dr.
J. G. Gehring, of Bethel, Maine.

Gyrinus gehringi n. sp.

Form broadly oval, moderately convex, color above black,
shining, with some bluish reflections ; sides of the elytra,
prothorax and head, the sutural margin, the labrum and
clypeus conspicuously bronzed; the bronzed portion of the
elytra extending to and rather sharply limited by the eighth
stria. Sutural stria consisting of a series of rather fine punc-
tures ; the punctures of the succeeding striae becoming pro-
gressively larger towards the sides so that those of the eighth
to eleventh striae are conspicuously coarser. Eleventh stria
quite close to the margin, almost marginal at base and to-
wards the apex, slightly distant medially; eighth and ninth
striae slightly impressed at the base. Prothoracic and
elytral margins broad, horizontal.

Elytral surface highly polished and with an exceedingly
fine alutaceous sculpture together with a very minute micro-
punctulation which can only be seen under a high power
magnification. The punctulation is somewhat more evident
in the female, becoming extremely sparse and almost obsolete
in the male.

Color beneath, including the epipleurae and hypomera,
uniformly rufo-testaceous.

Male genitalia — rufo-testaceous throughout ; median lobe,
when viewed from above, triangular, one fifth broader at
the base than the lateral lobes, rather rapidly, evenly and
arcuately narrowed from base to apex which is acute; there
is a broad, deep, angular dorsal channel extending from the
base almost to the extreme tip and the ventral surface is
angularly carinate or roof-shaped thus causing the median
lobe to appear like the letter “V” in cross section. There is
a further peculiar modification in the remarkable lateral
apical compression so that, when viewed from the side, the
median lobe at the tip is about one half as wide dorso-ven-
trally as its greatest lateral width. At some distance before

248 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

the apex the ventral carina becomes compressed and more
acute so that an ante-apical cross section would appear some-
what “Y” shaped.

The sexes are quite similar ; the female is somewhat larger
and more robust and has the micro-punctulation of the elytra
more pronounced as noted above.

Length, Male 5.5 mm. Width, 3.2 mm.

Length, Female 6.2 mm. Width, 3.5 mm.

Measurements taken from the anterior margin of the head
to the elytral apex.

Holotype , Male; Moose Pond, Pittsburg, New Hampshire,
August 15th, 1925. Collected by the author.

Allotype, Female ; Collected with the male.

The types are deposited in the author’s collection.

This species, having the eleventh elytral stria close to the mar-
gin, larger size (exceeding 5 mm.) highly polished surface and
uniform color beneath, would fall between the alternatives of
couplet thirteen of Dr. Fall’s paper.1 While the uniform colora-
tion of the ventral surface would refer it to the pulicifer section,
all of the other affinities of this species are obviously of the
aquiris-lecontei type. From aquiris it may be separated by its
larger size and more robust form and by the male genitalia which
are of an entirely different type. The only species with which it
might easily be confused is Gyrinus lecontei Fall which it most
closely resembles in general form and appearance. The sculp-
ture of the elytra is practically the same. The present species,
however, is somewhat larger than the average specimens of
lecontei and has the lateral margins distinctly more bronzed and
the punctures of the lateral striae somewhat coarser. The most
striking difference, however, is exhibited in the structure of the
male genitalia which is quite unique and not closely approached
by any other species of the genus. The rapidly narrowed, tri-
angular form of the middle lobe together with the broad, lateral
compression of the tip will at once serve to distinguish it. This
lateral compression is also exhibited in the male genitalia of
lugens and maculiventris but to a much less degree, while in
lecontei the middle lobe is only very slightly compressed apically.
Moreover, in lecontei the male genitalia are distinctly piceous

1 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XLVII, p. 269-306.

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 249

towards the apex while the coloration in the present species is
uniform throughout.

The accompanying figure gives a comparison of the male
genitalia of Gyrinus gehringi n. sp. and Gyrinus lecontei Fall.

A — Gyrinus gehringi n. sp.
Upper: Dorsal View of
Male Genitalia.

Lower : Lateral View of
Middle Lobe.

B — Gyrinus lecontei Fall.

Upper: Dorsal View of

Male Genitalia.

Lower: Lateral View of
Middle Lobe.

A Synonym. — I very much regret having to record that
Cantharis andersoni Frost is, in all probability, a synonym of C.
livida L. Before its description specimens were sent to Europe
and a report received that they were unknown. The occurrence
of this insect in increasing numbers about Boston induced me to
send some specimens to Mr. Georg Ochs of Frankfort, Germany.
He very kindly submitted them to Mr. Hubenthal who has re-
ported that he could find no difference between them and the
European species of Linne. — C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

250 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

BOOK NOTES

The Principles of Systematic Entomology, by Gordon Floy
Ferris. (Stanford University Publications. University Series.
Biological Sciences. Volume V, number 2, pp. 103-269, figs. 1-
11 ) Stanford University Press. (Paper, $2; cloth, $2.75.)

Entomology as a science has long passed its embryonic stage ;
its infancy comes to a close; and as it nears its adult state, it is
taking stock of itself, defining its underlying principles and re-
making its practices. When it was a child, it spoke as a child;
now; it is putting away childish things. Indeed, my personal
sympathy is with that attitude of mind of those entomologists of
today who would restrict the practice of the science to those tech-
nically trained. The irresponsibility of the adolescent science and
its unlicked condition are certainly exasperating. Dr. Ferris is
numbered among those who are making the toga to clothe the
adult form.

It is within the experience of every serious worker to find him-
self entirely at a loss before the extremely loose methods of men
who have produced new studies, principally in taxonomy. In-
deed, it is necessary in many instances to be familiar with the
primitive methods of work in the privacy of his cabinet in order to
arrive at an approximate idea of what some authority’s recondite
description is intended to convey. But it is also true that the
auctores vetustiores did not enjoy the instruments of precision
now in our hands ; nor did they know the refinements of technique
produced by secular trial and error methods until only the best
remains. Yet the formative period which produced a Walker
also gave us a Say. So, perhaps, the man is more than the instru-
ment and the technique.

Dr. Ferris’ work under discussion deserves an extended and
critical commentary, which our space available does not permit.
The author says : “This volume is a frankly critical survey of

the existing conditions in systematic entomology. ... It (ento-
mology) will demand of its followers a training as thorough and
as rigid and scientific standards as high as are required in any
other profession. At the present time, however, it is a curious
combination of two things, a profession and a hobby of dilet-
tantes.” This last sentence is, of course, true. But we must re-
member that entomology is two things : an art as well as a science.
As an art, any one with a call may practice it; as a science, the
scientific outlook is necessary, with all that that spirit implies.

Oct., 19$ 9 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 251

And there is also a border-land, principally in ecology and other
field work, where the two aspects blend in a curious manner.
Without the collector, the dilettante, if you please, where would
would we get much of the material objects of our study? Who
would furnish the raw stuff of our biology? The sculptor would
find himself quite at a loss without the quarryman who gets out
the block of marble; and who perhaps is the only one capable
to get out the flawless piece and to recognize it.

Of course, the remedy for crude work in systematic entomology
at bottom rests in the hands of the editors of the journals of —
entomology. But no known means of control appears above the
horizon to keep the commercial publisher within acceptable tech-
nical limits. He will publish anything that will sell ; but nothing
not profitably marketable, no matter how high its technical quality
or how important from the scientific point of view. Here we
have one source of unacceptable work.

Now, in order to enforce any standards, we must have such
standards established as will appeal to the consensus of informed
technical opinion to be reasonable and true ; and there must be
some body with authority to define these standards and to enforce
them — and, of course, some inspired or all-powerful interpreter.

It is feasible always to define what shall constitute a valid de-
scription, under the authority of some adequate commission ap-
pointed by a plenary zoological congress. But we must always
have clearly before us that the irreducible limit and form set for
one series of categories may be entirely unfit for another. Need
we more than mention that in Lepidoptera color may serve to de-
limit a species, but not so in Coleoptera or in Heteroptera? It is
also possible that a positive restriction be imposed as to officially
recognized technical organs in which valid — or rather, accepted —
descriptions may appear. These journals need not be named, but
they may be accurately defined. For example, no one would
seriously consider a daily newspaper as the place in which to look
for, still less to publish, a taxonomic study of any kind. Neither
should one be compelled to look for a new species of insect in a
botanical treatise or journal. No difficulty would arise from re-
stricting valid insect descriptions to purely entomological journals
published under the auspices of societies ; or to similar journals on
general zoology. But all other journals should be relentlessly
barred. General treatises on entomology, of course, should be
available organs for taxonomic discussion. Publications by insti-

252 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol. XXIV

tutions and by various government agencies also would be proper
places for publication on taxonomy. But there is a border line
about which flit books of travel, botanical and ecological journals,
medical journals, general works, and general books on zoology at
large. These should be strictly barred as sources and all work
on systematic entomology appearing in them should be invalid
ab ovo.

Naturally, such journals as indicated above to be acceptable,
in the normal order of things, would be under the direction of
competent men ; and such men could be trusted to proceed under
the rules. But unless books of travel are barred, we will be at
the mercy of adventitious taxonomic work, such as appeared in
Whymper’s “Great Andes of Peru,” a work not known among
entomologists ; and the very last place one would look in for de-
scriptions of insects.

The entire twelve chapters of the “Principles” deserve a careful
critique — in fact, the work as a whole is so provocative of thought
that it should be the subject of a careful and thorough analysis
and criticism (in the best sense of that word). Chapter XII,
on “The Training of the Systematise” we will consider here more
at length, because it is really the fundamental chapter, to which
all the others lead up. Its opening paragraph thus states its
thesis : “The doing of all these things which are involved in the

work of the systematist is a technical task which should be under-
taken only by those who are technically trained for its accom-
plishment. The acquirement of this technical training should be
considered essential for any one who wishes to be called a sys-
tematist.”

It is true, as Dr. Ferris states, that “systematic work in gen-
eral has admitted the untrained worker to a position of parity
with others.” How could this have been avoided in the begin-
ning? Who was trained then? The most honored in America,
beginning with Thomas Say, were self-trained; and at the begin-
ning, very untrained. There are, of course, contemporaneous fos-
sils among the entomologists of today; there are also those whose
descriptive work seems erudite, until you test it in practice. And
some of these latter are presumably trained men !

True it is that the technical worker should know how to pre-
pare his material ; yet, there are graduates who are incapable of
mounting an insect correctly. He should also know how to use
his material to the best advantage, and also the technique of ade-

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 253

quate and proper examination of specimens. He should likewise
be fully alive to the outstanding fact that each group is unique ;
and that the descriptive technique applicable for one may be en-
tirely useless for another. In other words, a set of characters
that may adequately define species in one group, large or small,
will be absolutely misleading or unavailable in another.

The principle of a thorough acquaintance with the literature,
is so obvious that it need not have been mentioned ; but some men
are unable to see the woods for the trees, so it is well to speak of
it pointedly.

And as to the matter of saving wear and tear of editorial brain
cells by proper preparation of papers, see this Bulletin, vol.
xxiv, pp. 15-19; and other papers by the same author.

It is also true, and must be emphasized again and again, that
acquaintance with one fauna, however extensive it may be, is
extremely inadequate preparation for monographic work. What-
ever the group, it should be collected and studied world wide.

Yet, this chapter seems to me to have a serious omission. No-
where in it is mention made of the inescapable necessity of a
good acquaintance with any language other than English. Every
time I meet a work in Russian, Japanese, Czecho-Slovak, or any
other of these languages so alien to Western Europe, I rejoice
that the author has been so considerate as to put some part of it
into Latin, German or French. These last three languages indeed
are indispensable to the entomologist of English speech. How
can one understand Fabricius or Horvath without Latin? Or
Handlirsch without German? Or Oberthur without French?
But Latin goes further than this : it is the key to a great group
of languages — Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, Rumanian. How
can any entomologist, no matter how competent otherwise he may
be, be fully fitted to refer to the original sources and fundamental
works and evaluate their contents, if he has not this sharpened
mental tool of languages?

And here we leave this informing essay, which every ento-
mologist who does original taxonomic work, be he an adept or a
novice, should possess, con, and ponder. — J. R. T. B.

N. B. — Dr. Ferris asks that attention be drawn to the following
corrections, overlooked in the proof : Fig. 8, L, should read “first
abdominal,” not “ metathoracic ” spiracle; on p. 116 the formula
for the geometrical progression should have + signs throughout
instead of -; and in the graph, fig. 11, the words “ Genera” and
“ Species ” should be transposed.

254 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of January ioth, 1929.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum, on Thursday evening, January
10, 1929, at 8.25 p. m.

President Davis in the Chair and eleven members present, viz :
Messrs. Anderson, Bell, Beutenmuller, Bigelow, Engelhardt,
Hunter, Lemmer, Notman, Schaeffer, Schiffer, Sheridan, Siep-
mann ; one visitor, Mr. C. L. Pollard, and three reporters.

Minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

Mr. Engelhardt then presented the report of the Treasurer for
the past year. He commented on the very favorable financial
condition of the Society.

On account of the illness of Mr. Torre-Bueno, the report of
the Publication Committee was postponed until the February
meeting.

Mr. Davis proposed for membership: Mr. N. K. Bigelow, c/o
Staten Island Museum, New Brighton, Staten Island, New York.

As Mr. Bigelow was present, it was regularly moved and sec-
onded that the By-Laws be suspended and that the Secretary cast
one ballot in favor of the election of Mr. Bigelow, which was done
and Mr. Bigelow was declared duly elected a member of the
Society.

Mr. Sheridan as Chairman of the Nominating Committee,
presented the following ticket for officers of the Society for the
ensuing year :

President, Mr. W. T. Davis.

Vice-President and Editor, Mr. J. R. de la Torre-Bueno.

Treasurer, Mr. Geo. P. Engelhardt.

Secretary, Mr. E. L. Bell.

Delegate to Academy, Mr. G. P. Engelhardt.

Librarian, Dr. Jos. Bequaert.

Curator, Mr. F. M. Schott.

Corresponding Secretary, Mr. H. Notman.

{Mr. J. R. de la Torre-Bueno
Mr. G. P. Engelhardt
Mr. E. L. Bell.

Mr. Davis remarked that Mr. Schott had resigned from mem-
bership in the Society, on account of removal of his residence
from the City; Mr. J. M. Sheridan was then proposed for

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 255

Curator; there being no further nominations, they were declared
to be closed and the Secretary directed to cast one ballot for the
ticket as amended, which was done and they duly declared to be
elected.

Mr. Bigelow showed a box containing two flies captured on a
window in the Staten Island Museum, on January 3rd, 1929,
and said that they were species that came under the general term
of ‘'house flies” ; the larger one being Pollenia rudis Fabricius,
known as the Clusterfly, a European species, introduced into this
country some time ago, the exact date being uncertain, but it has
been known to be here since 1864; it is obnoxious for the reason
that although it is an outdoors fly, it hibernates in houses during
the fall and winter months and congregates in numbers in out of
the way places ; it is believed by some to breed in decomposed mat-
ter, but the chief opinion is that it is an earthworm parasite ; it is
more annoying than dangerous as it does not carry disease; the
smaller fly, Fannia scalaris Fabricius, is a dangerous species as it
flies from filth direct to food.

Mr. Davis showed a remarkable aberration of Junonia coenia
and read an account of it, his paper on this butterfly will be later
published in full. (See the February number of this Bulletin).

Mr. Notman showed three boxes of beautifully prepared speci-
mens of Coleoptera collected by him in Northern California and
presented his paper “Coleoptera from Northern California.”
(Printed in this number).

Mr. Torre-Bueno’s paper, “The Editor’s Joys and Woes,” was
postponed until the February meeting.

Meeting adjourned at 10.15 P- m-

Meeting of February 14, 1929.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum, on Thursday evening, February
14, 1929, at 8.20 p. m.

President Davis in the Chair and 13 members present, viz.
Messrs. Bell, Bigelow, Engelhardt, Hunter, Lemmer, Nelson, Not-
man, Schaeffer, Sever, Sheridan, Siepmann, Willis, Dr. Marker,
and two reporters.

Minutes of the previous meeting read and approved.

Mr. Engelhardt presented the monthly report of the Treasurer.

Mr. Engelhardt read a letter from Miss Frances W. Calder,
daughter of Prof. Edwin E. Calder, of Providence, R. I., one of

256 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXIV

the active members of the Society who died on January 16,
and said that Professor Calder was a specialist in tiger-beetles.
He also mentioned personal incidents in his acquaintance with
Prof. Calder.

Mr. Engelhardt also brought to the attention of the Society,
the death of Mr. Jacob Doll, on February io, at the age of 82.
At the time of his death Mr. Doll was an honorary member of the
Society but he said that Mr. Doll was one of the Charter mem-
bers of the Society, and had been a Curator at the Brooklyn
Museum for 27 years, retiring two years ago at the age of 80.
He spoke of the skill with which Mr. Doll mounted insects and
reviewed many interesting incidents connected with him. He
recommended the publication in the April Bulletin, of his
paper published in the Brooklyn Museum Quarterly ‘‘Chapters
from the Long Life of a Butterfly Collector” which contains a pic-
ture of Mr. Doll, and the addition of further chapters to bring it
up to date. The Secretary was directed to write to Mrs. Doll and
convey to her the sympathy of the Society.

Mr. Engelhardt also reported the death of Mr. Funk, a former
member of the Society, during the fall of 1928.

Mr. Davis spoke of the death of Dr. Harrison G. Dyar and his
important work in the classification of Lepidoptera and his work
during later years with mosquitos.

Mr. Davis also spoke of the death of Colonel Wirt Robinson, a
close personal friend; and showed a photograph album containing
pictures of the Colonel and many scenes about his home at
Wingina, Virginia, and nearby places where they had spent much
time together in collecting during past years ; he read an account
the achievements of Colonel Robinson as a soldier and as a pro-
fessor at West Point and other places. He also showed a box of
wasps recently sent to him by Colonel Robinson for identification.

Mr. Bigelow presented his very interesting paper on “ Some
Common Diptera and their Habits.”

Mr. Bigelow’s paper was discussed by the members.

Adjourned at 10.00 p. m.

Meeting of March 14, 1929.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held in the Brooklyn Museum, on March 14, 1929, at 8.20 p. m.
President Davis in the Chair and 8 members present, viz.: Messrs.
Bell, Bigelow, Lemmer, Nelson, Schaeffer, Shoemaker, Siepman

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 257

and Torre-Bueno, also two visitors, Mr. C. L. Pollard and Miss
Blandar.

Minutes of the previous meeting read and approved.

Mr. Engelhardt being absent, there was no report of the Trea-
surer.

Mr. Torre-Bueno presented the report of the Publication Com-
mittee for 1928 ; he commented on the notable growth of the Bul-
letin since the resumption of its publication in 1912, at which
time there were some 80 subscribers, most of whom were mem-
bers, and the price to non-members was 75 cents, while at present
there are 278 subscribers and the price to non-members is $2.50.
At the October meeting in 1912 the Treasurer reported a cash
balance of $508.70 in the combined Society and Bulletin ac-
counts, whereas at the October meeting in 1928, these two ac-
counts showed a balance of about $1,800.00; the income from
subscriptions amounts to approximately $675.00, while the cost
of publication is about $800.00, but the sale of reprints and back
numbers makes up this shortage. However, he made his usual plea
that the members endeavor to obtain new subscribers who will
stick. He reported a net increase for the year of one subscriber.
He also commented on the high character of the contributors.
He reported on Entomologica Americana that the subscription list
still remained at about 130, and that its publication was progress-
ing favorably.

Mr. Davis commented on the very favorable character of the
report and thanked Mr. Torre-Bueno, for the Society, on the
gratifying results due so largely to his efforts.

Mr. Torre-Bueno read communications from Prof. Cockerell
in regard to “ What is an Editor for ?” and his replies thereto.

Mr. Bell read a letter from Mr. Geo. P. Engelhardt and Mr. J.
R. de la Torre-Bueno in which they presented to the Society for
election to Honorary Membership the following prominent ento-
mologists :

Professor M. N. Rimsky-Korsakov,

Forest Institute, University of Leningrad.

Professeur E. L. Bouvier,

Ministere de lTnstruction Publique, Paris, France.

Dr. Karl Jordan,

Zoological Museum, Tring, Herts, England.

Dr. Walther Horn,

Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Berlin-Dahlem,
Germany.

258 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

Dr. J. Henry Comstock,

Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

Dr. W. J. Holland,

Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Penna.

Dr. Samuel Henshaw,

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

On motion of Mr. Schaeffer, duly seconded and approved, the
above-mentioned were unanimously elected to Honorary Mem-
bership in the Society.

Mr. Bigelow exhibited three specimens, Hyperopherus puncta-
tissimus Rand, a Carabid beetle, collected by Mr. W. T. Davis, on
White Face Mountain, Mass., and stated that he had taken this
species in the Thunder Bay district, Ontario, Canada, where he
found it under and in logs. The logs had to be of the right con-
sistency to find these beetles in them, if either too soft or too hard
none of these beetles would be found in them. He remarked on
the peculiar odor of this species, saying that while many species
had a disagreeable odor, the odor of this species was rather fra-
grant and musky.

Mr. Lemmer exhibited a box of moths containing two very
beautiful Indo-Australian specimens, and a number of melanic
forms and aberrations of North American species, among which
were the following :

Apantesis figurata form excelsa Neum. (female) ; Apantesis
figurata form excelsa ab. lugubris Hist, (male) ; Apantesis anna
form persephone Grt. ; Melanolophia canadaria Gn., dark form,
unnamed; Ectropis crepuscularia ab. fumataria Minot; Epimecis
virginaria form carbonaria Haimbach; Amphidasis cognataria
form swettaria Barnes and McDunnough ; Nacopliora qner-
naria form atrescens Hulst. The members then discussed Mr.
Lemmer’s exhibit.

Mr. Bell related some of his experiences during his visit to the
Canal Zone and Panama in October, 1928.

Society adjourned at 10.25 p. m.

Meeting of April ii, 1929.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum, on April 11, 1929, at 8.20 p. m.,
with President Davis in the Chair and nine members present, viz.:
Messrs. Bell, Bigelow, Eisenhardt, Engelhardt, Hunter, Lemmer,
Dr. Marker, Mr. Siepmann and Mr. Sever; also six visitors, in-

Oct., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 259

eluding Dr. William Schaus and Br. Barnes from the National
Museum, Washington, D. C., and Mr. C. L. Pollard.

Minutes of the previous meeting read and approved.

Mr. Engelhardt presented the report of the Treasurer.

Mr. Engelhardt proposed for membership: Mr. William Eisen-
hardt, 156 East 8th Street, Flatbush, Brooklyn, N. Y. Mr. Eisen-
hardt being present, it was regularly moved and seconded that the
By-Laws be suspended and that the Society proceed with the elec-
tion of Mr. Eisenhardt, who was thereupon duly elected a mem-
ber of the Society.

Mr. Engelhardt called attention to the death of Mr. O. C.
Poling, in the latter part of March, and said that Mr. Poling was
probably the most successful professional collector in this coun-
try; he collected principally in Arizona and southwestern Texas
and was well known to a number of the members of the Society.

Mr. Pollard showed two specimens, male and female, of the
moth Argeme mittrei, the giant-tailed moth of Madagascar, and a
male and female of the Saturnid moth Actias dubernandi from
China. He read an account of these two moths, by Mr. Eisen-
hardt, which will later be published.

Mr. Bigelow exhibited specimens of beetles collected by him in
Iowa, and remarked on their habits and his experiences in collect-
ing them.

Mr. Davis exhibited specimens of the cicada, Okanagana
rimosa Say, found in the wash-up at Rockaway Beach, Long
Island, by Mr. Engelhardt and Mr. Shoemaker, and on Long
Beach, by Mr. Alfred J. Kistler, and remarked on the species ;
his paper will later be published. He also stated that Mr. Jeane
D. Gunder had identified the butterfly from Virginia figured in
the February number of the Bulletin of this Society as aberra-
tion weidenhameri Polaeck, figured and described in the Mary-
land Academy of Science Bulletin, 1925, page 10. A copy of
Miss Polaeck’s paper was shown. From the fact that the speci-
men there described, the one from Virginia (which is a female
and not a male) and also a third one from Florida mentioned as
in the collection of the Carnegie Museum, all closely agree it
would appear that the form should be considered a variety rather
than an aberration. He also called attention to Dr. Needham’s
book on the “ Dragon-flies of North America.”

Mr. Engelhardt related his experiences and observations on a
recent trip to Florida, where he spent the month of March, pri-

260 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

marily for the purpose of investigating the food plants and life
histories of Aegeriidae or Clearwing moths. In his travels he de-
pended largely on bus routes, now organized to reach rapidly and
conveniently almost any region within the State. At Monticello,
Gainesville, Sanford, Orlando, Lake Alfred and Okeechobee City
he was assisted in his field work by men connected with the agri-
cultural experiment stations and during a week’s visit at the
Royal State Park in the extreme southern part of the State, he
enjoyed the company of Dr. W. S. Blatchley, of Dunedin, Fla.,
and Mr. and Mrs. Frank M. Jones, of Wilmington, Del. Weather
conditions during the month were ideal — warm, sunny days and
cool nights. Specimens or records of 20 species of Aegeriidae
were obtained in addition to interesting collections in other fami-
lies of insects. These will be shown and discussed at another
meeting.

Adjourned at 10.30 p. m.

E. L. Bell,
Secretary.

Insects Atop of Skyscrapers. — On September 20th, 1929,
whilst making newsreel photographs from atop of the larger of
New York’s skyscrapers, I was continuously annoyed by myriads
of insects alighting on my head, face, hands, and clothing. These
insects, for the most part hymenopterous, were attracted by the
powerful beacons that illuminate the apexes of these immense
buildings. My limited time and the nature of my work did not
permit me to make a representative collection of the species then
present but the species and specimens that evidently could be ob-
tained in an hour or so of collecting would well be worthwhile.

The structures visited were the Wool worth Bldg. (60 stories —
792 feet), the Chanin Tower (56 stories — 680 feet), the Lincoln
Bldg. (53 stories — 638 feet), and the Paramount Building (35
stories — 429 feet).

Employees of the buildings visited inform me that numbers of
bats, migrating birds and miscellaneous insects are continuously
found killed there, for blinded by the lights, they make their fatal
impacts with great force on the sides of the skyscrapers. — Pin-
ney Schiffer, New York City.

Vol. XXIV DECEMBER, 1929 No. 5

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

E. L. BELL GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the
Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed January 6, 1930

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

OFFICERS, 1929
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President Treasurer

W. T. DAVIS G. P. ENGELHARDT

Vice-President

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
E. L. BELL
Corresponding Secretary
HOWARD NOTMAN

Central Museum
Eastern Parkway
Librarian

DR. JOSEPH BEQUAERT

Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New York
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

BIONOMICS OF BREMUS IMPATIENS, Frison 261

SPECIES OF PHAEDON, Schaeffer 286

NEW GENUS OF SEMI-AQUATIC HEMIPTERA, Hungerford 288

NEW N. AM. RII YNCHITES, Fall 292

HABITS OF HYLEMYIA TRIVITTATA, Huckett 294

CRYPTOCEPHALUS TINCTUS, Frost 294

CRANE FLIES OF NEW YORK, Alexander .' 295

BEES OF THE SUBFAMILY OSMIINAE, Beck 303

DIKRANE UROI I) E A , N. G., Lawson 307

EURYMUS INTERIOR, Rogers 308

NEW ENGLAND HETEROPTERA, Torre-Bueno ■.... . 310

EUREMUS EURYTHEME, Rogers 313

EUROTHRIPIDAE FROM FLORIDA, Hood 314

NOMENCLATORIAL NOTE ON PHYLLOTOMA NEMORATA,

Taylor 323

NEW BUTTERFLIES, AND NOTES, Guilder 325

EURYGENIUS IN OUR FAUNA, Fall : 333

BOOK NOTES: ROBERTSON ON FLOWERS AND INSECTS,

J. R. T.-B p, 335

EDITORIAL: ON AUTHOR’S CORRECTIONS, J. R. T.-B 338

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Siepman 339

EXCHANGES ! 343

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

38 De Kalb Avenue, White Plains , N. Y.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXIV December, 1929 No. 5

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE
BIONOMICS OF BREMUS IMPATIENS
(CRESSON). (HYMENOPTERA.)

By Theodore H. Frison, Illinois State Natural History Survey,

Urbana, Illinois.

A. Introduction.

The present paper is the second of a series of papers dealing
with the biology of the North American species of bumblebees.
In the first paper (1928), the salient features of the bionomics of
Bremus bimaculatus (Cresson) were recorded, detailed tables
presented to show the development of the various castes from
eggs to adults, and statements given regarding technique used in
securing data for tables and other information. For the sake of
brevity no tables are included in this paper and no introductory
matter is repeated. The information herein presented is based
upon experiments and observations made chiefly in 1919 and
1920, coupled with subsequent observations and a survey of the
literature of our subject up to the present time.

During the course of my investigations of the biology of bum-
blebees, I have never had the opportunity to study in detail a nest
of this species established under natural conditions. In 1919,
there was a fair prospect that such an opportunity would come
when a queen of this species occupied one of my domiciles buried
near White Heath, Illinois. On May 17, this domicile contained
the mother queen and a cluster of cocoons, but two weeks later
when the nest was removed a field mouse was in possession of the
domicile and the comb had been completely destroyed. In the
laboratory, however, five nests of this species have been under
close observation. Since the main features of the biological his-
tories of bumblebees have been found to be the same regardless of

261

262 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

whether the nests are started in artificial nests in the laboratory
or out-of-doors under natural conditions, the data obtained by
their study give a normal biological appraisement of this species.
One of these nests, or colonies (Experiment 6, 1919), was studied
in considerable detail, and data concerning the development from
eggs to adults of workers and males obtained almost daily by
methods reported in a recent article (1928). Before passing to a
study of condensed tabulations necessary for an understanding of
conclusions regarding the developmental stadia, a brief descrip-
tion should be presented of the start and growth of the colonies
under observation ; particularly the colony studied in much detail
(Experiment 6, 1919).

B. Specific Life History Studies.

1. Experiment 6, 1919.

On April 18, 1919, a queen of B. impatiens was captured in the
Brownfield Woods near Urbana, Illinois, and brought back alive
to the laboratory in a small paper collapsible box. She was im-
mediately placed in a small glass aquarium jar, screened on top,
containing a supply of food. This preliminary procedure was in-
tended to make the queen become “ broody,” a method previously
explained in the Biological Bulletin (Frison, 1927a). Four days
later she was removed to a rearing box containing an artificial
nest, a wax honey pot, and a lump of pollen. These artificial
nests are used to induce queens to start colonies under controlled
conditions, and have already been described in detail in the Bio-
logical Bulletin (Frison, 1927a) . The next day after being placed
in the artificial nest the queen began to manifest an intense inter-
est in the nest. On this date, April 23, she began the construction
on the pollen lump of egg cells similar to those described for B.
bimaculatus (Frison, 1928), and slightly altered the artificial
honey pot. On the following day these cells were capped over
and upon examination were found to contain creamy-white eggs.
According to my notes, these first eggs were all laid in separate
wax-pollen cells, about three millimeters long, two to three milli-
meters wide and two millimeters deep. The pollen for their con-
struction came from the lump on which the cells were formed.
The wax, however, had a different origin, for it was produced by
the queen and scraped from her body onto the pollen lump. On
April 26, the cells still contained eggs, but when next opened, on

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 263

May i, they contained larvae. These egg cells were not opened
during the interim between April 26 and May 1 through fear of
causing the queen to desert her eggs. The eggs probably hatched
the 29th or 30th of April.

In spite of being disturbed intermittently for about two hours
on May 2, when motion pictures were taken under high power
lights of the comb and queen, her majesty continued to show an
interest in her brood. The stage of development of the comb at
this time is well shown in figure 1. By the 10th of May, the
larvae had progressed so far as to spin cocoons and the queen had
laid more eggs in new egg cells built on top of the cocoons. Each
of these egg cells contained from two to four eggs, laid almost
horizontally side by side and contiguous to one another in the cell.
Evidently her early habit of laying one egg in a cell, so reminis-
cent of the solitary bees, had ceased. At this period in the devel-
opment of the colony, a broad shallow groove was in evidence on
the top of the comb. This groove owed its origin to a peculiar
habit of the queen which always assumed the same position on her
incipient comb when incubating her first brood. The taking of
motion pictures of this queen on the nest and of still pictures with
the queen removed on May 9 and 10, luckily, once again did not
cause the queen to forsake her brood. Figure 2 shows the comb
as it appeared on May 10, before the wax and pollen was removed
from the first cocoons. This figure shows, also, the eggs in the
egg cells, and the groove or “ saddle ” occupied by the queen
when brooding on her first larval cells. On May 12, the honey pot
was again altered by the queen so. that it was capped on top with
somewhat of a recurved hood. The next day a new egg cell, much
larger than those made first, was constructed, and on May 14, this
cell was capped and contained two eggs. The following day the
first worker emerged. The fact that this first worker was of nor-
mal size served not only as an indication that the queen was being
properly fed but that the queen was also properly feeding her
young. A total of five workers emerged by May 18. On this
date, more eggs were laid and the presence of some fairly well-
developed larvae was noted. These larvae undoubtedly came
from eggs laid on May 10. Not content with the single artificial
honey pot, on the 19th of May the workers made an additional
one of wax and pollen adjacent to the artificial one. The 29th of
May, disclosed two additional workers ; the colony at this time
consisting of the mother queen, seven workers, larvae and eggs.

264 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

The colony had now become so large and well established that a
detailed study of the duration of the various developmental stages
was begun of this last-mentioned date.

The addition of numerous wax-pollen honey pots accompanied
the general and gradual increase in size of the comb. On May
25, there were six of these honey pots, three on each side of the
artificial one, and all separate from the comb. A pillar of wax
and pollen had also been constructed to connect the comb with
the wax-lined roof of the artificial nest, and as a support served
to steady the comb. At this date it was no longer necessary to
remove the queen when examining the comb, because she showed
no inclination to fly from the nest. Occasionally, a whiff of my
breath brought forth a protest in the form of a vigorous buzzing,
but she soon began brooding again over the comb with her head
nestled down between the cocoons as if to avoid the light. The
increase in the development of the comb since May 10 is well
shown in figure 3, a photograph taken on June 10. By June 11,
the colony contained twenty-two workers and was sufficiently ad-
vanced to allow the bees their freedom for the gathering of nectar
and pollen. I may add that the workers were becoming very
vicious and it required considerable time and patience to remove
them one by one each day before examining the comb ; a necessary
procedure to avoid being stung.

After being allowed their liberty the workers speedily took ad-
vantage of their privilege and were soon bringing in supplies of
honey and pollen. More wax-pollen pillars for supporting the
comb were constructed and also honey pots of the same material
on the outer edge of the comb. As soon as the full-grown larvae
spun their cocoons the workers removed the wax and pollen cov-
ering them and used it to good advantage elsewhere. At this
stage in the development of the colony, honey was being used in
large quantities and scarcely any was to be found in the honey
pots in the morning. Pollen was apparently less in demand and
some of it was stored in empty cocoons. The exceedingly tall
honey pots on the outer edge of the comb was a peculiarity of this
nest during the middle of June. By June 16, the average number
of eggs in a cell had increased to five, and the most favored place
for constructing the new egg cells was on the tops of newly spun
cocoons. The comb continued to grow so rapidly that on June
26 it was necessary to remove the colony to one of my large ob-
servation boxes.

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 265

The growth of the comb and the increase in number of work-
ers did not suffer as a result of allowing the bees their freedom
and the discontinuance on my part of supplying them with food,
and by the 3rd of July I found myself obliged to remove more
than fifty workers every time I wished to examine the comb.
Several fairly hot days about this time so increased the tempera-
ture in the nest that some of the bees resorted to fanning the
comb with their wings ; thus creating an air movement for the
ventilation of the nest. This ventilating of the nest is responsible
for the myth of the “ trumpeter ” bee, which according to the
celebrated Hoffer (1883) aroused its companions to their work.
If I disturbed the nest by blowing into the entrance or jarring
the box containing the nest, the large workers were the first to
fly out in defense of their home. A gradual increase in the size of
the workers was evident as the season advanced, and by July 9,
many very large workers appeared. It is also worth recording
that at this time, for the first time, a real surplus of honey existed
in the nest. This was stored in specially made honey pots and in
empty cocoons in the center of the comb. A surplus of pollen
also existed and continued to accumulate and to be stored as
before in empty cocoons. The old mother queen now was more
prolific than ever and scarcely a day passed when she did not lay
eggs. In fact, between July 4 and the morning of July 7, ten new
egg cells were fashioned and an average of six eggs laid in each
cell. This is at the rate of about twenty eggs a day. The fact
that these eggs all produced workers is proof that none of them
were laid by workers.

During the latter part of July, the accumulation of a surplus
of honey and pollen continued unabated. The only change in the
appearance of the comb, except the increase in its size, was the
development of a wax-pollen sheet or thin wall on the side of the
comb nearest the entrance. This was apparently built to exclude
light. By the first of August, the old mother queen began to
show, by the loss of hair on the dorsum of her abdomen, the ef-
fects of her brood rearing and comparative old age. At nine
o’clock on the morning of August 2, one hundred and nine work-
ers were in the nest and additional ones were foraging in the field.
The presence of so many workers in the nest greatly increased
the amount of preliminary work necessary before the comb could
be closely examined, and the increase in number of egg, larval
and pupal cells naturally lengthened the time required for the

266 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

taking of data regarding the developmental stadia. On August
ii, the nest contained 116 workers in addition to an unknown
number foraging in the field. At. this time the colony reached its
“ climax ” of worker production and from then on the number of
workers gradually diminished. The gradual loss of hair on the
dorsum of the queen, first noticed about the first of August, had
proceeded so far by this time that a large portion of the dorsum
of the thorax and nearly the entire dorsum of her abdomen was
nude. Besides the workers and mother queen, the nest contained
on this date 29 good cocoons, fifty-six larvae in various stages of
development, and fourteen egg cells containing an average of
three to four eggs.

The first males, twelve in number, were found in the nest on
August 17. Five days later I found but eighty-eight workers in
the nest, a smaller proportion than existed on August 11. There
still remained a surplus of honey and pollen at this time and some
pollen was being stored in the wax-pollen cells on the edge of the
comb as well as in empty cocoons. On this same date, several
wax-pollen cells — larger than any egg cells thus far made but
smaller than any of the honey or pollen storage cells — were built
on the tops of cocoons. A small quantity of loose pollen was
placed in the bottom of each of these. Because of their size I
was not at first certain whether these cells were for the reception
of eggs or pollen. Their position clearly indicated that they were
egg cells, but the pollen was something I had never seen thus
placed in them by this species. Furthermore, their diameter of
about seven millimeters was unusual for the egg cells of this spe-
cies. The male population had by now greatly increased and on
September 5 sixty-four of them were found in the nest, besides a
few additional ones which retreated so deeply into the labyrinth
of comb that they could not be extricated without injuring the
comb. On this same day eggs were discovered in the large wax-
pollen cells first noticed on August 22. The decrease in workers
was now very manifest, and at this time but nineteen were found
in the nest. Figure 4 is an illustration of the comb as it looked
on September 6 ; a period of about four months and a half since
the mother queen first started the nest. Comparing figure 4 with
figure 3, the latter taken on June 10, the increase in the size of the
comb is evident. Another view of the comb as shown in figure 4
is given in figure 5, except that the comb is shown in the artificial
nest and the large observation box into which it was transferred

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 267

on June 26. On September 7, the old queen died and a short time
afterwards she was dragged into a corner of the nest by her
worker offspring. It was not until after the queen died that there
were signs in this nest of workers developing egg-laying habits.
On September 16, one of the few remaining workers seemed to
show an interest in the comb and certain cells containing eggs.
These eggs were certainly laid by workers, for the cells were built
after the death of the old mother queen.

In keeping with the gradual decline in numbers of bees in the
nest was the increase in numbers of the bumblebee wax-moth
( Vitula edmandsii Packard), and due to the work of their larvae
the once large and neat-appearing comb had rapidly deteriorated
by the end of September.

2. Experiment 11, 1919.

The queen used in Experiment 11, 1919, was captured on April
16 in the Brownfield Woods, near Urbana. For several days fol-
lowing her capture, she was confined with several other queens in
a glass aquarium jar containing a liberal food supply to make her
become “ broody.” Then on April 22, she was placed with an-
other queen of the same species in an artificial nest. During her
brief stay in the glass jar this queen killed two other queens of
her own species and soon after being placed in the artificial nest
with another queen she continued her murderous career by killing
the other queen. Because she did not exhibit signs of interest in
this artificial nest, she was confined once again in the bell jar.
On May 16 she was placed for the second time in an artificial
nest, but this time without another queen to arouse her propensity
for killing. On May 18, the queen exhibited a great interest in
the nest and constructed an egg cell on the pollen lump. This was
similar in all details to the one first made by the queen in Experi-
ment 6, 1919. Thereafter her interest in the nest continued, and
on May 19 there were three egg cells on the pollen lumps. Fear
of disturbing her was responsible for neglecting a count of the
number of eggs laid in these first cells. Judging from the size of
the cells, the number of the eggs must have been very small.
Larvae were first noticed on May 24 and from then on they grew
rapidly. Eight days after the larvae were first observed two of
them spun cocoons and a third did so the following day. The
fact that from the first egg cells there were eventually produced

268 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIv

but three workers is further evidence that the first three cells con-
tained only a few eggs, and perhaps but one each. As soon as
the first two cocoons were spun on June i, the queen constructed
a new egg cell on one of them. On June 2, this egg cell was
closed and contained four eggs. The same day the third larva
spun its silken pupal case. Five days later, additional egg cells
were present on the cocoons.

The first worker emerged on June io, one more on June n,
and a third on June 13; all seemed normal in every respect. By
the middle of June the nest contained the mother queen, three
workers, larvae and eggs. At this time, when the colony was
progressing so nicely, the queen accidentally lost a leg and this
seemed to have a bad effect on the further development of the
entire colony. Nevertheless, the queen with the help of two
workers (one of them escaped on June 19 and never found its
way back to the nest) continued her work as well as possible.
More eggs were laid on June 26, but the colony was doomed, as
the queen was scarcely able to perform her duties. Egg-laying
continued, however, and the queen even laid some eggs on July 3
in a cell built of honey bee wax, separate from the comb, on the
wax-lined floor of the nest. The first week of July, after trans-
ference of the comb and bees to another nest, the colony seemed
to acquire a new lease on life. In one egg cell, first discovered on
July 6, I found six eggs. These were all creamy white in color
and were laid contiguous to one another in a horizontal position
in the cell. By the middle of July, a few more larvae spun cocoons
and on July 28, four more workers emerged. The appearance of
these new workers presented an opportunity of allowing the
bees the liberty of foraging for themselves, and so on July 30 the
colony was released. The workers immediately assumed the duty
of providing food for the colony, but the death on August 4 of
the crippled old queen brought to a close its further development.

3. Experiment 13, 1919.

Only that part of this experiment relating to B. impatiens will
be presented here, since this experiment will be more fully re-
viewed in another paper under the topic of queen substitution and
mixed colonies. This experiment was begun originally with a
queen of this species taken at Dongola, Illinois, on May 5. Prior
to the time of her introduction into an artificial nest on May 25,
the queen was kept in the customary manner to make her become

Bee., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 269

“broody.” On May 27, the queen showed a great interest in the
nest, and two egg cells were constructed on the pollen lump. The
succeeding day, the cells contained eggs and were completely
capped over in the usual manner. Larvae were first noticed in
these cells on June 2, but it is probable that the eggs hatched
before this date. An additional egg cell was prepared on this
latter date and the colony seemed destined to a normal develop-
ment. For several days afterwards, due to my unavoidable ab-
sence, this nest was not examined and when the nest box was
next opened on June 7, I found the queen entangled in the
cloth top of the artificial nest and almost dead. On being fed she
revived, but displayed no further interest in the nest. In hope
of arousing her interest in the comb by means of the presence
of another queen, a queen of B. bimaculatus (Cresson) was
placed in the nest on June 8. At first this ruse seemed to be
successful, but on June 9 all trace of interest in the nest had again
disappeared. Realizing the folly of further efforts to get the
mother queen to nourish her young, I decided to use this comb for
experiments in queen substitution. Accordingly, a queen of B.
auric omus (Robertson) was added to the assemblage. Eventu-
ally the bimaculatus and auricomus queens became interested in
the nest, but further information concerning this colony is out of
place here. It should be added, however, that very small work-
ers of B. impatiens emerged on June 26 and 28, under the care of
the B. auricomus queen and continued on the best of terms with
their foster mother. Both workers were very small and the one
that emerged on June 28 was crippled, clearly showing the effects
of malnutrition and the lack of attention during their infancy —
the period from June 2 to June 10. One of these workers even
lived to maintain friendly relations with workers produced by the
auricomus queen.

4. Experiment 13, 1920

This experiment was begun on May 30 with a queen of B. im-
patiens received on May 10 from Dr. Hugh Glasgow of Geneva,
New York. Previous to May 30, the queen had been prepared
in the usual manner for colony production. Interest was im-
mediately taken in the nest and on June 2 an egg cell containing
several eggs was found in the nest. This cell was first observed
to contain larvae on June 7. The colony progressed nicely until
June 22, when I had to abandon it for various reasons. This

270 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

experiment was of interest only in that it demonstrated that
queens of bumblebees of this species can be transported from one
section of the country to another and be made to produce colonies
under artificial conditions.

5. Experiment 16, 1920

In this experiment I used a queen of B. impatiens received on
May 21 from Mr. C. A. Frost, of Framingham, Massachusetts.
After the usual procedure preparatory to nesting experiments,
the queen was placed in an artificial nest on June 6. On June 7,
the queen manifested an interest in the nest and, on June 8 the
nest contained an egg cell with three eggs. The next day another
egg cell was made and eggs deposited in it, and also an additional
egg cell and eggs on June 10. Larvae were first observed on
June 13 and these continued to develop until the study of the nest
was abandoned on June 22. This experiment confirmed the fact
(See Experiment 13, 1920) that queens can be shipped to various
localities without interfering with their nest building instincts.

C. Biological Summary

j. Resume of Literature

In keeping with the general status of our knowledge concerning
the bumblebees as a whole, very little has been published regard-
ing the habits of this common and widely distributed species.
Cresson (1863) was the first entomologist to record the finding
of a nest of B. impatiens. He states that the nest contained
thirty queens, thirty-eight workers and thirty-four males. Be-
sides noting the small size of the workers as compared with that
of the queens and the lack of variation in the coloration of the
different castes, he gives no information concerning the comb or
habits of the bees. A year later (1864), Mr. F. W. Putnam
recorded finding a nest of B. virginicus [ -B . impatiens ] “under
an old stump in an orchard,” but gives us no further details. He
mentions, also, the capture of three males of this species which
were “flying under a large tree on which they frequently alighted.”
He says further, “So much did these bees resemble large flies in
their actions, that at first I mistook them for those insects.” I
am quite sure this latter note relating to the habits of the males
refers to B. separatus. In 1863, Cresson described B. impatiens
from all three castes, but the male he then described as this species

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 271

possessed very large eyes and differed in other ways from the
female. Three months' after publishing the description of B. im-
patiens, Cresson (1863b) had the opportunity to study a nest of
this species found near Kaign’s Point, New Jersey, on October 7,
1863. This led' to the discovery of the true male of B. impatiens
and the assignment of the male “Described under B. virginicus”
to a new species which he named B. separatus. The fact that the
males of B. separatus were described in 1863 under the name
B. virginicus, explains Putnam’s determination of the males he
caught flying about trees in 1864 as this species. Accordingly,
the habits Putnam recorded for the males of B. impatiens relate
to B. separatus and prove to be in keeping with the habits of the
males of B. separatus as I have observed them.

The next published statements regarding the biology of B. im-
patiens are those of Riley (1880) who identified a bumblebee
caught robbing the “honey bees of their scanty stores” as this
species. Eleven years later Howard (1891) reports finding large
numbers of these bees attracted to the blossoms of the horse-
chestnut and described their peculiar actions as probably being
due to the toxic effect of the nectar.

Franklin (1913) reports having taken several nests of this
species. He says that “as far as I have been able to ascertain,
they are invariably subterranean and the colonies often consist of
a very large number of individuals. The largest Bombus colony
which I have ever taken belonged to this species, and was taken
at Amherst, Massachusetts, August 31, 1904.” In this colony
he found four queens, fifteen males and three hundred and thirty-
six workers. One hundred and fifty-four, of the three hundred
and thirty unbroken cells in the nest, “were queen cells and the
majority of the young inside them were still in the larval state.”
According to Franklin the queen cells averaged about eighteen
millimeters in length, and, though the remaining cells varied con-
siderably in size, they were “on the average a little more than
one-half as long as the queen cells.” The nest itself was made
of old grass, in an old mouse burrow two and one-half feet be-
low the surface of the ground.

Jackson (1920), says that “In October the males are prac-
tically the only representatives of the Bremidae to be found” and
that the workers fly very late in the fall.

As far as I am aware, the only other contributor to a knowl-
edge of the biology and habits of this species is Plath (1922).

272 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

This author records taking sixteen “nests of this species during
the summers of 1921 and 1922.” All of these 16 nests were
subterranean as well as several others which were not dug up.
“They were from 1 to 3 ft. below the surface, and had tunnels
varying from 18 inches to 5 ft. in length. A number of these
nests were situated in decayed stumps.” Plath states, also, that
these colonies were very populous and records one colony as
having thirty-one males and fifty workers, a second with about
one hundred and twenty-five workers, and another with more
than four hundred and fifty workers. The workers are stated to
appear about the first week in June “and the majority of the
young queens and males hatch in August and September.” It is
interesting to note that Plath was impressed by the bellicose dis-
position of this bumblebee for he remarks in a footnote that this
is “an exceedingly pugnacious species.” My experiences with this
species agree with the statement of Plath. In spite of many pre-
cautions I was stung by the workers on several occasions. The
same trait in behavior finds its expression in the manner in which
the workers attack Psithyrus queens introduced into their nests.
In one experiment of this nature made by Plath, seventeen work-
ers surrounded and attacked the intruding queen ; so many in
fact, that at least one of them met death through the ill-directed
sting of its fellow worker.

2. Anthophilous Habits

The reader is referred to the valuable paper of Lutz and Cock-
erell (1920) for a summary of most of the records relating to the
flowers visited by this polytropic species of bee. A few of Rob-
ertson’s records have been overlooked in this list and these, to-
gether with those which have accumulated since then, are as
follows :

Robertson (1890-1899) : Cephalanthus occidentalis, Libelia
syphilitica, Campanula americana, Petalostemon violaceus,
Delphinium tricorne, Dicentra cucullaria, Claytonia virginica,
Viola padata var. bicolor, Dentaria laciniata, Impatiens fulva,
Impatiens pallida, Tradescantia virginica, Erythronium al-
bidum, Verbena stricta, Dianthera americana, Ly thrum
alatum, Hypericum cistifolium, Clematis virginiana, Clematis
pitcheri, and Staphylea trifolia. Jackson (1922) : Pontederia

Dec., 19%9 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 273

cordata, Chrysopsis mariana, and Xolisma ligustrina. Rau
(1920) : Aster multiflora.

In addition to the already exceedingly numerous lists of plants
frequented for nectar" or pollen I have found this species on
Monarda fistulosa, Melilotus alba, Trifolium pratense and Ligus-
trum vulgare.

3. Duration of the Developmental Stadia

In order to secure data regarding the duration of the develop-
mental stadia of B. impatiens, one colony (Experiment 6, 1919)
of this species was closely studied from its inception to its end.
During the interim from May 22 to September 16, fifty-four ex-
aminations were made of the contents of all cells and cocoons
comprising the comb. Although these examinations did not give
a complete record of the development of all the stages of each
bee produced by the mother queen, they were sufficient to present
a good approximation of the duration of the various develop-
mental stadia for the workers (females) and males. Since no
queens were produced in this colony, on information regarding
their developmental stadia can be given. Because the tables giv-
ing this data are extensive, only by deductions from them are
presented. For a complete understanding of the nature of the
complete tables, and how the essential data were secured, the
reader is referred to a recent paper (Frison, 1928).

It was found that the egg stage is the shortest and the larval
stage the longest of the three development stadia of the workers
and males. The workers required between four and five days in
the egg stage, twelve to fourteen days in the larval stage, and six
to eight days in the pupal stage. The males averaged between
four and five days in the egg stage, fifteen days in the larval stage,
and eight days in the pupal stage.

The total time required for the production of the adults varied.
It was from twenty-two to twenty-seven days for the workers
and twenty-seven to twenty-eight days for the males. During
June some evidence was obtained which indicated a lengthening
of the life cycle.

4. Seasonal Appearance of the Castes

There is a difference in the time of appearance of the three
castes of bumblebees. This is because only the queens are able to

274 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol. XXIV

hibernate and their first progeny are ordinarily workers. When
writing about the seasonal appearance of the castes I have adopted
the practice of considering first the time of the appearance of the
old queens in spring, second the workers and lastly the males.
This is their ordinary sequence in a calendar year. However,
since the queens found in spring were produced in the preceding
summer or fall another arrangement might be used. The chief
objections to beginning an account of the seasonal succession of
the castes at the time the new queens emerge from cocoons are
the difficulty of securing data concerning this period unless colon-
ies are reared, and the fact that hibernation must take place be-
fore any progeny can be reared.

The queens of B. impatiens are usually the second species of
bumblebee to appear in spring in the vicinity of Urbana, Illinois.
The honor of being first is possessed by the queens of B. bimacu-
latus (Frison, 1928). The earliest records I have for the queens
of B. impatiens in Champaign and Vermillion Counties during a
period of seven years are as follows: May 2, 1914, University

Woods, Urbana; April 23, 1915, University Woods, Urbana;
May 5, 1916, University Woods, Urbana; May 14, 1917, Univer-
sity Woods, Urbana; April 18, 1918, Brownfield Woods, Urbana;
April 13, 1919, Mahomet, Illinois; and May 8, 1920, Oakwood,
Illinois. This list gives a very good idea of the time the queens
are first encountered in spring in this locality. The time of ap-
pearance is each year directly correlated with the advance or
retardation of spring. The lateness of their flight varies in direct
proportion to the time of their first appearance, establishment of a
nest, and weather conditions. In this vicinity the old queens of
impatiens are rarely encountered in the field after the end of June.

The workers are seldom seen out of doors before six weeks
after the appearance of the queens. In 1919, cocoons of workers
were found in a nest at White Heath, Illinois, on May 17. This
place was but a few miles from the place where I first captured
the first queen of B. impatiens of the season on April 13. Work-
ers were caught in the Brownfield Woods in 1915, on June 6.
This latter capture was just about seven weeks after the first
queen of the season was collected two miles away. Workers con-
tinue to be encountered in the field as late as October ; their late-
ness depending on the character of the fall weather. The earliest
record I have for the appearance of the males in this vicinity is
July 26, 1913, in the University Woods. Ordinarily the males

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 275

appear much later, and I have taken them at Champaign, Illinois,
in 1911, as late as October 9.

The new queens usually appear at about the same time as the
males but are seldom captured by collectors. This is because they
speedily seek hibernating quarters and spend little time on flowers.
Franklin records finding four queens — three or all of which must
have been young queens — in a nest he opened on August 31, 1904,
at Amherst, Massachusetts. Franklin states also that the nest
contained “one hundred and fifty-four” queen cells and “the ma-
jority of the young inside them were still in the larval state.”
Cresson found thirty queens in the nest found at Kaign’s Point,
New Jersey, on October 7, 1863. These dates show that the
queens are ordinarily produced in the late summer and early
fall.

In most other parts of the range of this species in North
America the same general sequence in the appearance of the
castes takes place. I have records of the queens taken in North
Carolina the 31st of March and in Georgia on March 21. These
records show the influence of the warmer temperatures prevail-
ing in the southern part of the range of this species. The same
factors that cause an earlier appearance of the queens in the
southern part of their range hasten the appearance time of the
workers, new queen and males. Plath says that in Massachusetts
the “majority of the young queens and males hatch in August
and September.” This statement is in agreement with my con-
clusions regarding the usual time of appearance of these castes.
I have seen a male of B. impatiens from Miami, Florida, which
was collected on February 6, 1903. Either this specimen has been
erroneously labeled as to date or in Florida a modification of the
general life history of this species occurs which is suggestive of
bumblebee life in Corsica as it is pictured by Ferton (1901), in
Sardinia by Krausse (1910) and in the state of Sao Paulo, Brazil,
by von Ihring (1903).

5. Caste Ratio

The worker caste numerically dominates in this species. The
largest number of workers I ever found at one time in Experi-
ment 6, 1919, was on August 11 when there were one hundred
and sixteen of them in the nest. According to my records, ap-
proximately two hundred and thirty workers were produced in
this nest. The difference in number between the two figures just

276 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

cited is easily accounted for by the fact that many of the workers
were out of the nest gathering nectar and pollen when the nest
was examined on August n. Some died from time to time, and
on several occasions it was necessary to kill others. Approxi-
mately eighty males were produced in this nest; making a ratio
of about one male to three workers. The development of queens
would undoubtedly have changed this ratio.

In the nest examined by Franklin (1913) on August 31, 1904,
at Amherst, Masachusetts, the number of workers, males and
queens was, respectively: three hundred and twenty-one, fifteen,
and four. Franklin says there were also one hundred and fifty-
four queen cells and one hundred and seventy-six other cells
probably destined to produced mainly males. Counting the cells
as well as the adults the number was about approximately three
hundred and twenty-one workers, one hundred and ninety-one
males, and one hundred and fifty-eight queens. As the males
and queens were apparently just emerging, their number is nearly
correct. In the case of the workers I have no doubt that as many
as four hundred were produced. If we accept this latter estimate
for the number of workers, about two workers were produced to
every male and eight workers to every queen. In the nest found
by Cresson (1863) on October 7, 1863, at Kaign’s Point, New
Jersey, there were thirty-eight workers, thirty-four males, and
thirty queens. The small number of workers in this nest was
no doubt due to the lateness of the season.

In one of the nests found by Plath (1922) there were about
four hundred and fifty workers, but no mention is made of the
number of queens or males. In another nest this same author
found seventeen males, about seventy-five workers, and several
inquiline bees ( Psithyrus ). A third nest yielded thirty-one males,
about fifty workers and many other insects. In these nests, it
is apparent that the workers dominated.

6. Size of Colonies

The colonies of this species attain considerable size, as evi-
denced by the preceding records of Franklin (1913) and Plath
(1922) and those of my own. Experiment 6, 1919, produced
with certainty two hundred and eighty-three bees, and adults
emerging from groups of uncounted cells must have numbered
fifty more ; making a grand total of over three hundred and
twenty-five bees. In the nest Franklin studied there were three

Dec., 1989 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 277

hundred and forty bees, besides three hundred and thirty cells
or cocoons containing various immature stages. The production
of adults by the end of September in this latter colony would have
been nearly seven hundred; truly a large colony of bees. Plath
(1922) mentions one colony which consisted of four hundred and
fifty workers on August 4, 1921. When small colonies of this
species are found it is an indication of the influence of deleterious
conditions, rather than a low rate of fecundity on the part of the
queens of this species.

7. Variation.

B. impatiens is apparently not susceptible to marked color varia-
tions. In contrast to certain other bumblebees, too, the males and
females are quite similarly colored. This is in keeping with their
general color constancy or fidelity to design. The only color
variation worth mentioning occurred in the case of three workers ;
one observed in a nest on July 7, and two others on August 22.
These workers had the dorsum of the thorax covered with a
bright orange-yellow pubescence instead of the usual pale, whitish-
yellow color.

In respect to variation in size, however, this species is most
interesting. As is customary with most species of bumblebees,
the greatest range in size is exhibited by the worker caste. The
variation in length of the workers may range anywhere from eight
to seventeen millimeters. The most significant feature of this
aspect of variation in this species is the fact that one never has
difficulty in separating queens from workers as is sometimes the
case with certain species. This may not always hold true, but
such has always been the case with the many specimens I have
collected, reared and studied in collections throughout the coun-
try. Franklin (1913) gives the length of the queens as sixteen
to twenty millimeters, but most of the queens I have studied
measured between twenty and twenty-five millimeters. The sig-
nificance of this isolation in size between the queens and work-
ers was discussed by the author in another paper (1927b).
Briefly, in that paper B. impatiens was considered as a species
with a high fecundity in the queen caste and with a rudimentary
specialization of the more highly developed caste system of the
honeybee. As a general rule, the males are as large as, or slightly
larger than, the workers, but much smaller than the queens. A
variation, however, may occur in the size of the males even from
the same nest; an indication that trophogeny plays an important

278 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

role in the size of the adults. For instance, two of the males
found in Experiment 6, 1919, on September 5, were only nine
millimeters in length ; whereas certain other males were fifteen
millimeters.

In order to get data relative to the extent of variation in the
male genitalia (structural characters of much importance in sys-
tematic investigations) of individuals from the same nest, ten
males showing considerable variation in size were selected from
forty-seven removed from Experiment 6, 1919, on September 5.
The genitalia of these males varied in size in proportion to the
size of the bee, but no noticeable variation in their form was dis-
cernible. Other characters such as those offered by the malar
space and antennal segments indicated the same structural con-
stancy. Freak individuals may appear, but their crippled condi-
tion is due to malnutrition, injury to pupae, etc.

8. Cocoons and Food Storage

Silken cocoons are spun by the larvae about two days before
pupation. Although some silk is spun by larvae previous to the
spinning of the cocoons, it is only for the purpose of holding to-
gether the elastic wax -pollen walls of their cells. Since many
eggs are laid in a single cell it is evident that at least for a short
time after the larvae hatch that they occupy the same wax-pollen
cell. After a short time the larvae begin to separate from one
another and strands of silk become evident in the wax-pollen
cells which surround them. As the larvae increase in size the
silken threads become more numerous, and when larval growth
is completed the cocoon is rapidly spun. These cocoons, dirty
yellow in color, are the most conspicuous part of a bumblebee
nest. They vary in size just as the adults do, some being large
and others small. Three worker cocoons measured on July 23
were twelve to fifteen millimeters in height and eight to nine milli-
meters in breadth.1 As is the case with the other species which I
have studied, the wax-pollen necessarily coating the cocoon when
first spun is soon removed by the bees and used elsewhere.
When a worker is ready to emerge it partly cuts off with its man-
dibles the upper part of the cocoon. I have never seen workers
on the comb assisting in this operation. After the bee has emerged
the cocoons are completely renovated and both honey and pollen

1 Two male cocoons measured on September 16 were, respec-
tively, ten to twelve millimeters in height and four and one-half to
five and one-half millimeters in breadth.

Bee., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 279

are stored in them. Cocoons so stocked with provisions are then
often closed over on top by the wax-pollen used so generally in
the comb construction.

With the gradual increase in size of the comb and the develop-
ment of workers, the original honey pot made by the queen be-
comes insufficient to meet the needs of the colony and others are
constructed. In Experiment 6, 1919, the first of these additional
honey pots (Figure 6) was built alongside of the artificial one,
but later in the season others were erected around the edge of the
comb. During the early part of the season most of the surplus
honey was stored in the honey pots, but later cocoons were also
utilized for this purpose. Most of the surplus pollen was stored
in empty cocoons near the center of the nest, but some was also
stored in wax-pollen cells. The habit of storing the pollen in cells
or cocoons apart from the clusters of larvae, caused Sladen to
call the English species having this habit “ Pollen-storers.” Plath
(1927) has coined the term “ Amarsipoea ” as a substitute for
“ Pollen-storers.” As recently pointed out (Frison, 1928) the
sectional name Anodontobombus Kruger (1917 and 1920) can
probably be used for biological and morphological classifications.

p. Mating.

I have never witnessed the mating of males and females of this
species, but a male and a queen of this species captured in coitu
are in the insect collection of Purdue University at Lafayette, In-
diana. These bees were taken at Lafayette on September 25,
1915. The late production of the queens and males of impatiens
makes late matings unavoidable; a seasonal adjustment quite dif-
ferent from bimaculatus whose males and females are produced
and mate in mid-summer (Frison, 1928).

10. Nesting situations.

There is very good evidence to indicate that the queens of this
species prefer to nest beneath the surface of the ground. All of
the nests taken by Franklin (1913) and Plath (1922) were sub-
terranean. Plath says that the nests he studied were reached by
“ tunnels varying from 18 inches to 5 ft. in length.” The nest
found by Putnam (1864) was located under an old stump. The
colonies I had under observation were started in artificial nests
and others occupied artificial domiciles buried in the ground
(Frison, 1926). No doubt other nesting sites than those under
the ground are occasionally used by the queens in the cases of
necessity.

280 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

ii. Hibernation.

Thus far the writer has never been fortunate enough to find
hibernating queens of this species of bumblebee. Plath (1927),
however, has published some exceedingly important observations
regarding this phase of their biology and reports that under nor-
mal conditions the young queens of this species hibernate in the
soil near the entrance to the maternal nest. He further states
that from thirteen to forty queens hibernated in a small space near
the entrance of a former nest. These observations confirm a
story told me by a young eastern entomologist, whose name I have
forgotten, that he once found nearly a hundred queens of B. im-
patiens hibernating in a small area in sandy soil near New York
City.

12. Domestication.

This species is well adapted for domestication, or semi-domesti-
cation. Experiments reported in this paper and elsewhere (Fri-
son, 1927a) demonstrate that queens of B. impatiens can be in-
duced to start colonies in artificial nests without the aid of
workers and that the queens can be attracted to artificial domi-
ciles (Frison, 1926). Additional evidence of the suitability of
this species for domestication has been published by Plath (1923).

In contrast to B. bimaculatus which is also easily reared under
controlled conditions (Frison, 1928), B. impatiens is a most
promising species from the standpoint of the possible economic
exploitation of bumblebees. The colonies of this species are
started early in the season and continue until fall, the species has
a wide natural distribution, the colonies are large, and the bees
are well suited for the pollination of such valuable crops as red
clover. The species likewise offers exceptional advantages to the
laboratory worker.

D. Bibliography.

Cresson, E. T. — 1863a. Fist of the North American species
of Bombus and Apathus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., Vol.
II, pp. 164-166.

1863b. Written Communication. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila.,
Vol. II, pp. 164-166.

Ferton, C. — 1901. Notes detachees sur l’instinct des Hymen-
opteres melliferes et ravisseurs avec la description de
quelques especes. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Vol. 70, pp.
84-85.

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 281

Franklin, H. J. — 1913. The Bombidae of the New World.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., Vol. XXXVIII, pp. 177-486.

Frison, T. H. — 1926. Experiments in Attracting Queen Bum-
blebees to Artificial Domiciles. Journ. Econ. Ent., Vol.
19, No. 1, pp. 1497155-

1927a. Experiments in rearing Colonies of Bumblebees in
Artificial Nests. Biol. Bull., Vol. LII, No. 1, pp. 51-67.

1927b. The Development of the Castes of Bumblebees.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., Vol. XX, No. 2, pp. 156-180.

1928. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History
of Bremus bimaculatus (Cresson). Ent. Amer., Vol.
VIII (n. s.), No. 4, pp. 159-223.

Hoffer, E. — 1882. Die Hummeln Steirmarks. Lebensge-

schichte und Beschreibung Derselben. I Halfte. 31st
Jahresberichte der Steirmarkischen Landes — Oberreal-
schule in Graz, pp. 1-98.

Howard, L. O. — 1891. Remarks. Insect Life, Vol. Ill, p.

.431‘

v. Ihering, R. — 1903. Biologische Beobachtungen an brasil-

ianischen Bombus-Nestern. Alleg. Zeitschr. Ent., Bd. 8,
pp. 447-453-

Jackson, L. O. — 1920. Bumblebees of District of Columbia
and Vicinity. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 22, No. 7,
pp. 162-168.

Krausse, A. H. — 1910. Bumblebee Life at Sardinia. Ent.

Rundschau, Jahrg. 27, pp. 15-17; Bumblebee Life at
Sardinia in Winter. Ibid., pp. 23-24.

Kruger, E. — 1917. Zur Systematik der mittelleuropaischen
Hummeln. Ent. Mittell., Band VI, Nr. 1-3, pp. 55-66.

1920. Beitrage zur Systematik und Morphologie der mittel-
europaischen Hummeln. Zool. Jahr., Abt. f. Syst. Geog.
u. Biol, der Tiere, Bd. 42, pp. 289-464.

Lutz, F. E., and T. D. A. Cockerell. — 1920. Notes on the Dis-
tribution and Bibliography of North American Bees of
the Families Apidae, Meliponidae, Bombidae, Euglos-
sidae, and Anthophoridae. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. 42, Art. 15, pp. 491-641.

Plath, O. E. — 1922. Notes on the Nesting Habits of Several
North American Bumblebees. Psyche, Vol. 29, pp. 189-
202.

282 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

1923. Breeding Experiments with Confined Bremus (Bom-
bus) Queens. Biol. Bull., Vol. XLV, No. 6, pp. 325-
341 •

1927. Notes on the Hibernation of Several North American
Bumblebees. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., Vol. XX, No. 2,
pp. 181-192.

1927. Natural Grouping of Bremidae (Bombidae) with
Special Reference to Biological Characters. Biol. Bull.,
Vol. LII, No. 5, pp. 394-410.

Putnam, F. W. — 1864. Notes on the Habits of Some Species
of Humble Bees. Proc. Essex Inst., Salem, Mass., Vol.
4, pp. 98-105.

Rau, P. — 1922. Ecological and Behavior Notes on Missouri
Insects. Trans. Acad. Sc. St. Louis, Vol. XXIV, No. 7,

pp. 40-41-

Riley, C. V . — 1880. Answer to Correspondent. Amer. Ent.,
Vol. Ill (2 ser.), p. 107.

Plates XXIV-XXVI.

Start of the comb of Bremus impatiens under con-
trolled conditions, showing: a, the pollen lump con-
taining the first egg cells and eggs ; b, the artificial
honey pot. May 2 (From Biol. Bull., 1927, p. 55).
Comb of Bremus impatiens of about two weeks’ de-
velopment, showing : a, several eggs in the same cell ;
b, one of the first larval cells ; c, groove caused by the
queen brooding on the first larval cells. May 10
(From Biol. Bull., 1927, p. 57).

Comb of Bremus impatiens of about six weeks’ de-
velopment, showing: a, wax-pollen pots for the stor-
age of honey; b, empty cocoons used for the storage
of honey and pollen ; c, groups of various-sized larvae.
June 10.

Comb of Bremus impatiens after the climax develop-
ment has passed, showing: a/ empty cocoons; b, larval
cells ; c, wax-pollen pots ; d, wax-pollen shield. Sep-
tember 6.

Comb of Bremus impatiens in large observation box.
September 6.

Wax-pollen honey pots of Bremus impatiens . One of
these was the first honey pot constructed by the queen.
Enlarged 5 x.

Queen of Bremus impatiens “ carding ” materials over
comb.

Figure 1.
Figure 2.

Figure 3.

Figure 4.

Figure 5.
Figure 6.

Figure 7.

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 5

Plate XXIV

Fig. 1 — Upper = Fig. 2 — Lower

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 5

Plate XXY

Fig. 3 — Upper = Fig. 4 — Lower

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 5

Plate XXVI

Fig. 5 — Upper. Fig. 6 — Lower, left. Fig. 7 — Lower, right

286 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

ON SOME SPECIES OF PHAEDON,

By Chas. Schaeffer, Museum of the Brooklyn Institute,
Brooklyn, N. Y.

The species of the genus Phaedon have never before been thor-
oughly investigated and the correct identification of some of the
species was always more or less troublesome. However, this has
been recently remedied by the publication of three papers in the
Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Vol. V, Nos. i, 2, and 4. Two of these
were published by Mr. Hatch in Nos. 1 and 2 in which he de-
scribed nine new species. These were followed in No. 4 of the
same publication by a paper of Mr. Fall, reviewing critically the
two papers of Mr. Hatch and placing eight of the nine species
described by the latter as new in synonymy of previously de-
scribed species. Mr. Fall in his paper gave a good synoptic table
for the identification of the species followed by notes on the dif-
ferent species characterizing also the species omitted by Mr.
Hatch as unknown to the latter, which puts this formerly trouble-
some genus finally on a sound basis. However, the identification
of two of our species as the European cochleariae and armoraciae
was a mistake and I do not believe that the two occur here in
North America.

Phaedon carri Hatch.

Phaedon cochleariae Fall not Fab.

This species on comparisan with European specimens of coch-
leariae, with which it has been recently united by Mr. Fall, shows
sufficient differences to entitle it to specific standing.

The European cochleariae is larger, the punctuation of all the
elytral intervals is dual, that is, densely punctate with minute
punctures and intermixed distinctly with larger punctures. Color
is usually not of much importance, but no typical cochleariae nor
any of its varieties are colored as carri, that is, dark bronze.
Moreover, the coloration of the legs is variable in carri, the ex-
treme of which, one specimen from New York, has the tarsi,
tibiae, apex of femora and the first four antennal joints pale yel-
lowish, in cochleariae no such variations are known. The sides
of prothorax in carri are apparently also less arcuate and more
straight than in cochleariae.

Bee., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 287

Phaedon americanus n. sp.

Phaedon armoraciae Hatch, Fall not Linne.

Oval, moderately convex, color dark olive green, last ven-
tral segment more or less reddish. Head densely minutely
punctulate with larger punctures intermixed, clypeus sepa-
rated from front by an entire arcuate impression. Prothorax
closely minutely punctulate with larger punctures intermixed,
which are more numerous at sides than on disk, where they
are also slightly smaller than those at the sides. Elytra
slightly wider at base than the basal margin of prothorax;
humeral callus prominent, separated internally by a rather
deep impression ; striae represented by rows of moderate
punctures ; intervals densely punctulate with very minute
punctures with larger punctures intermixed on the first in-
terval, which can be seen also more or less on the other in-
tervals but very faintly, ventral segments microreticulate and
punctate with moderately large punctures which are irregu-
larly distributed over the first segment but situated near api-
cal margin in a single transverse row on the following seg-
ments. Length 3.5 to 4 mm.

Marquette, Michigan (type), and in addition to the localities
mentioned by Mr. Fall in his paper I have specimens from Coeur
d’Alene, Idaho, and Kelso, Washington. The color varies a little
in the specimens before me, some are slightly less darkly colored,
others feebly bluish but none is so decidedly blue as most of the
specimens of armoraciae.

This is the species identified by Mr. Hatch and Mr. Fall as the
European armoraciae. While they are closely allied the punctua-
tion of the elytral intervals at once separates them. In armora-
ciae all the intervals have a distinct dual punctuation consisting
of very minute moderately closely placed punctures intermixed
with numerous irregularly placed larger punctures which some-
what obscure the minute punctuation. In americanus the larger
punctures when present on the intervals are not very distinct and
seem to form an irregular row at middle of the intervals.

288 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

A NEW GENUS OF SEMI-AQUATIC HEMIPTERA.

By H. B. Hungerford, Department of Entomology, University,
of Kansas, Lawrence.

For several years I have had in my possession a bug that was
collected for me in Ecuador by my friend Doctor F. X. Williams.
This insect to which I had assigned the manuscript name Meso-
veloidea williamsi genus and species new has been most perplex-
ing because it does not fit satisfactorily the diagnosis of any fam-
ily and I have delayed describing it for that reason. Last year
I took one of the specimens to Doctor Horvath in Budapest who
examined it briefly and made the suggestion that it is probably
nearer the genus Mesovelia than any other. These two interest-
ing specimens were packed in with some Rhagovelias between
layers of white velvet in a small pasteboard pill box. When they
were mounted they were found to have lost some of their ap-
pendages. A search in the box was rewarded with the discovery
of some parts which I believe must have belonged to these insects.
I am submitting drawings of these parts. Fortunately some of
the limbs were still attached to the insects.

One specimen is a winged female and is about the general size
and shape of Mesovelia bisignata Uhler but in our keys it runs
directly to Veliidae because of the anteapical position of the tarsal
claws. The short head and venation of the hemelytra might place
it near the Microvelia but the large scutellum and abdomen fash-
ioned to accommodate an ovipositor for the insertion of the eggs
into plant tissues promptly negate such a kinship. I am aware,
of course, that the ovipositor may not be sufficient to remove it
from the Veliidae for the Rheumatobates females insert their
eggs in plant tissues while all the other Gerrids known to me do
not. Nevertheless the possesion of a large exposed scutellum is
not a characteristic of either the Veliidae or the Gerridae and
lead me to assign the insect tentatively to the family Mesoveliidae.
My specimens are not entire and the discovery of more indi-
viduals may assist in determining its proper relationship.

Mesoveloidea gen. n.

Small bugs having general shape of Mesovelia but with
short declivent heads and the antenniferous tubercles close
to the eyes. Beak long, slender and three segmented. Ocelli

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 289

of winged form obsolete or lacking. Scutellum large, tri-
angular and flat. A single median scent gland pore on the
dorsum of the fourth abdominal segment as in Mesovelia.
Female provided with an ovipositor for inserting eggs in
tissues. Coxae elongate — middle pair midway between front
and rear, the meta-coxae longest. Hind femora not attaining
tip of ovipositor sheath. Front tarsi three-segmented with
claws anteapical. Hemelytra membranous with three longi-
tudinal veins the anterior one on the margin; three closed
cells ; two long slender cells in corium the second one slightly
longer than the first and nearly divided ; the distal cell reach-
ing the middle of the membrane and ending in a strong vein
that does not attain the margin of the membrane.

Mesoveloidea williamsi sp. n.

Size: Length 3.8 mm. ; width across head .75 mm. ; width
across humeri 1.32 mm.

Color: Head and anterior one-fourth of the pronotum yel-
low, remainder of pronotum and scutellum metallic bluish
black with a coppery sheen in sunlight. Hemelytra smoky
with prominent veins brown. Thorax and abdominal venter
purplish brown the thorax covered with a gray bloom. The
basal abdominal segments smooth and shiny the genital seg-
ments pilose and lighter in color. Beak, antennae, acetabula
and legs yellow' — the acetabula slightly lighter.

Structural characteristics : Head with short vertex and de-
clivent front, antennae arising close to margin of eyes. First
antennal segment fairly stout, slightly curved and its distal
end attaining the front of the humeri, as long as the lateral
margin of the pronotum. Antennal formula: ist:2nd:3rd:
4th : 13 :2.6 13.3 : ? Eyes small and coarsely facetted. Beak
attaining the base of the hind coxae. Humeri of pronotum
very slightly raised, lateral margins of pronotum straight,
diverging from head to humeri, the margins rounded. Pro-
notum nearly flat. Scutellum triangular, flat — both clothed
with short depressed pale hairs. Scutellum one-half length
of pronotum and wider at base than long. Last dorsal ab-
dominal segment broad and truncate at caudal end. Front
legs short. Femur :tibia :tarsus : 14.5 13.6 : 1.6. Front tarsus
with terminal segment large and longer than the other two
together. Hind femora in length are to the front femora as
7.5 14.5, and in diameter much greater. Limbs with some
hairs but few spines.

Described from two female specimens from Mera, Ecuador,

South America and taken by Doctor F. X. Williams Feburary

290 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIv

3, 1923. This species is the type of the new genus Mesoveloidea.
Doctor O. M. Reuter in his “Neue Beitrage zur Phylogenie der
Heteropteren Familien” removed the Mesoveliidae from a posi-
tion with the families of semi-aquatics to one between the Re-
duviidae and Nabidae. This position has been followed by Van
Duzee in his splendid catalog and by others in this country who
have published manuals on the Hemiptera. Nevertheless, I be-
lieve this form to be a connecting link between the Mesoveliidae
and the Veliidae.

Concerning the region of Ecuador in which these most interest-
insects were found, I am pleased to quote from a letter from my
friend Doctor Williams : “ Leaving Banos which is situated at
6000 feet on the east slope of the Andes, the trail further east lies
along the Pastasa river as far as Mera, at 4,000 feet. At first the
walking is pleasant as the path lies among granite or granite-like
rocks. Here are some very large and beautiful terrestrial orchids,
and as one descends, the tropics are becoming more and more ap-
parent, for one can hardly call Banos tropical. Mera is a village
of some 10 houses perched high up on the banks of the more
or less navigable Pastasa, and is buried in virgin forest. It is an
exceedingly wet region and the walking is mainly execrable. The
palms about here have numerous rigid prop roots to meet the
moist conditions. Little surface water bugs are found every-
where, even in footprints. Trees are loaded with epiphytes,
particularly Araceae and Bromeliaceae. Some of the palms are
100 feet tall and only 8 or 9 inches thick at the prop roots.”

Plate XXVII.

A New Genus of Semi-Aquatic Hemiptera.

Figure

Front leg of Mesoveloidea williamsi genus and spe-
cies new.

Figure

II.

Side view of female. Note the insertion of antenna
below the eye and the character of the abdomen.

Figure

III.

Middle leg.

Figure

IV.

Hind leg.

Figure

Hind tarsus.

Figure

VI.

Mesoveloidea williamsi genus and species new.
Dorsal view. Note the short head, the flat
scutellum, the wing venation and the dorsal ab-
dominal scent gland pore.

All of the above drawings, except Figure V, are made to the
same scale by Miss Kathleen Doering.

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 5

Plate XXYII

1 Front leg

5 Hind tarsus

292 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

NEW NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF RHYNCHITES
(COLEOPTERA).

By H. C. Fall, Tyngsboro, Mass.

Rhynchites quadripennis n. sp.

Form stout, the elytra nearly square ; above shining green
with bronze or golden reflections ;* beneath black, feebly
greenish ; beak, legs and antennae black ; pubescence black,
erect.

Beak and head strongly punctate and channeled, the for-
mer subequal in length to the head and thorax, the head nar-
row, subconical, a deep furrow between the eyes, the latter
flatly convex and not prominent, separated on the front by
about two-thirds their longest diameter.

Prothorax as wide as long, a little widened posteriorly, a
feeble apical constriction, sides moderately arcuate ; disk
moderately closely punctate and with an abbreviated median
impressed line.

Elytra broad, subquadrate, twice as wide and slightly more
than twice as long as the prothorax; strial punctures coarse,
intervals each with a single series of smaller but distinct
punctures. Length (exclusive of beak) 3-3.5 mm.; width
1.75-2 mm.

Texas. Described from two examples, probably males, sent
me many years ago as hirtus. If my memory serves me they were
collected by Rauterberg and probably near New Braunfels.

In general appearance this species is most like eximius and
hirtus. It agrees nearly with the former in color but differs de-
cisively by the very long indexed tooth of the tarsal claws. Hirtus
has similarly toothed claws but the general form is more elongate,
the color deep blue, the eyes more distant, the head without the
deep interocular channel. In quadripennis the elytra are only
about 1/10 longer than wide; in eximius the length is about
while in hirtus it is 2/5 to 1/2 greater than the width.

Rhynchites delectus n. sp.

Small, rather stout, conspicuously widened posteriorly;
viridi- or cupreoaeneous, shining, pubescence fine, grayish,
semirecumbent.

Beak 1/4 to 1/3 longer than the prothorax in the male,
nearly as long as the elytra as a rule in the female ; aeneous
at base, piceous and often purpurescent beyond the antennal
insertion; flattened and finely strigate between the antennal

Bee., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 293

fossae, more coarsely longitudinally rugulose in apical two-
thirds. Head coarsely closely punctate without well defined
median channel or fovea between the eyes, the latter sepa-
rated by their own vertical diameter or slightly less.

Prothorax slightly longer than wide (as wide as long in
some females), sides evenly arcuate, base and apex subequal;
punctures coarse, deep and densely placed, the narrow shin-
ing intervals devoid of finer punctules.

Elytra twice as long as the thorax, distinctly inflated poste-
riorly, where they are nearly twice as wide as the latter ; strial
punctures rather coarse, intervals wider than the striae, each
with a series of fine punctures. Length 1.85-2.5 mm.; width
1:1-1.35 mm.

Southern California: Pomona, Pasadena, Ojai Valley, Feb.—
April. The type is a male from the first-named locality and bears
date Feb. 22.

This little species is most nearly allied to aureus, which occurs
also in the same region. Aureus is a rather larger and narrower
species, the eyes much more distant, the prothorax with numerous
fine interstitial punctures, the legs pale red.

Rhynchites aureus var. levirostris n. var.

Agrees with aureus in form, size, pubescence, eyes and dual
punctuation of the thorax, but differs in being of a deep blue color
with dark rufous legs, the beak polished and comparatively
smooth, there being only a few relatively fine punctures and no
longitudinal furrows or strigosity. Length 2.5 mm.; width 1.25
mm.

A single male taken by the writer in the San Bernardino Mts.,
California, July 14, 1892. With more material this form may
prove to be specifically distinct.

Rhynchites insularis n. sp.

Nearly related to aureus but apparently distinct by the fol-
lowing characters :

The form is a little more elongate, strikingly so in the
male type ; the beak is very much shorter sex for sex, being
in the male only as long and in the female but little longer
than the thorax ; the eyes in the male are notably more con-
vex and prominent, the prothorax without fine interstitial
punctuation; antennae pale rufous with black club; strial
punctures of the elytra very coarse, the intervals almost
everywhere narrower than the striae. In aureus the fine in-
terstial punctures of the prothorax are a conspicuous feature

294 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol. XXIV

of the sculpture, the antennae are dark metallic and the ely-
tral interspaces are distinctly wider than the striae. Length
(male type) 2.35 mm.; width 1 mm.

Described from a single pair, the male taken by myself on
Santa Catalina Island, California, July 11, 1894. The female is
from San Clemente Island and differs from the male only in the
slightly longer beak, smaller eyes and somewhat less slender form.
As in the average aureus they are both metallic bronze with pale
legs.

A Note on the Habits of Hylemyia trivittata Stein — During
September specimens of an anthomyid fly collected at Elba, N.
Y., were forwarded to me for identification by Dr. Hugh Glas-
gow. They proved to be Hylemyia trivittata Stein. These flies
were reported by Mr. Felix to be laying their eggs on the im-
mature heads of wild lettuce in which the maggots fed on hatch-
ing. The plants recorded by Mr. Felix as infested were Lactuca
canadensis, L. spicata, L. scariola, and L. scariola var. integrata.
In the latter species 50 per cent of the seed heads was destroyed
by what is believed to be injury by the maggot. Such informa-
tion may be viewed with mingled feelings in the possibility it pos-
sesses for good or for evil for many of us. All power to the fly
if it can help to reduce such common weeds around our gardens,
but it will be a sad day when it is found that the seed heads of
cultivated lettuce are also attacked. The fly is recorded by Stein
as occurring in Washington State, and it is a common species in
Eastern North America. — H. C. Huckett, Riverhead, N. Y.

Cryptocephalus Tinctus Lee. — My second specimen of this
species turned up at Acton, Mass., on Sept. 15, 1929. It was
taken by sweeping and the most conspicuous plants were low
clusters of willow and oak. One specimen was taken in Sher-
born, Mass., on Sept. 28, 1913, by sweeping bushes. — C. A. Frost,
Framingham, Mass.

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 295

THE CRANE-FLIES OF NEW YORK: FOURTH
SUPPLEMENTARY LIST.

By Charles P. Alexander, Amherst, Mass.

The third supplementary list of the crane-flies of New York
was published in 1929 (Bulletin Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 24: 22-29).
Since that date, a number of additional species have been added
to the record. I wish here to list these species, to describe two
novelties that are based partly on New York records, and to give
a brief account of the Tipulid fauna of the Taconic State Park.
The additions to the list of New York crane-flies are as follows:

307 Tipula mainensis Alexander (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-

delphia, 1915: 475-476; 1915).

Hamilton County : Blue Mountain Lake, August 6, 1929
(G. C. Crampton).

308 Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) iowensis (Rogers) (Florida En-

tomologist, 9: 1 50-1 52; 1926).

Erie County: Hamburg, October 16, 1910 (M. C. Van
Duzee).

Columbia County: Taconic State Park, dead in spider’s
webs, August, 1929 (C. P. Alexander).

Orange County: Tuxedo Park, August 27-28, 1928 (Cur-
ran and Edwards).

309 Limonia (Dicranomyia) pudicoides sp. n.

Hamilton County: Lake Piseco, altitude 1700 feet, Sep-
tember 2, 1929 (C. P. Alexander).

310 Limonia ( Geranomyia ) distincta Doane.

Fulton County: In a sphagnum bog, near Canada Lake,
altitude 1700 feet, June 25, 1928 (C. P. Alexander).

31 1 Pedicia margarita sp. n.

Columbia County: Taconic State Park, August 12, 1929
(C. P. Alexander).

312 Adelphomyia pleuralis Dietz (Trans. American Ent.

Soc., 47: 251-252; 1921).

Orange County: Tuxedo Park, June 30, 1928 (C. H.
Curran).

313 Dactylolabis sup ernumer aria Alexander (Ent. News,

40: 46; 1929).

Essex County: Wilmington Notch, June 13, 1927 (C. P.
Alexander) .

296 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

314 Limnophila ( Dicranophragma ) angustula Alexander

(Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 24: 190-191 ; 1929).

Columbia County: Taconic State Park, August 12, 1929
(C. P. Alexander).

Cortland County: Cincinnatus, July 20, 1916 (C. P. Alex-
ander) .

Fulton County: Woodworth’s Lake, July 7, 1916 (C. P.
Alexander) .

Tompkins County: Ithaca, August 12, 1910 (C. P. Alex-
ander).

315 Limnophila ( Ephelia ) sahrina Alexander (Bull. Brook-

lyn Ent. Soc., 24: 189-190; 1929).

Essex County: Keene Valley, May 26, 1920 (H. Not-
man).

316 Limnophila ( Prionolabis ) walleyi Alexander (Bull.

Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 24: 187-188; 1929).

Rensselaer County: Brookview, June 15, 1923 (C. P.
Alexander) .

317 Erioptera ( Erioptera ) viridula Alexander. (Can. Ent.,

41 : 20; 1929).

Fulton County : ‘Masten’s Woods, Gloversville, altitude
900 feet, June 27, 1928 (C. P. Alexander).

Hamilton County: Ox-bow Lake, altitude 1700 feet, June
25, 1928 (C. P. Alexander).

318 Molophilus laricicola Alexander (Journ. New York

Ent. Soc., 37: 55-56; 1929).

Fulton County: In, a sphagnum bog, near Canada Lake,
altitude 1700 feet, June 25, 1928 (C. P. Alexander).

Crane-flies taken at the Taconic State Park, Columbia County.

The Taconic Mountains undoubtedly support a very rich and
varied crane-fly fauna. On September 12, 1928, Dr. Crampton,
Mrs. Alexander and myself spent part of the day at the Park and
at the beautiful Bashbish Falls just over the line in Massachu-
setts. At this time we decided to spend a longer period at the
Park in 1929, a plan that was consummated in August, when Mrs.
Alexander and I camped at the Park from August 9 to 24. The
unprecedented droughts had made the entire country unnaturally
dry and the number of crane-fly species was undoubtedly much
reduced. I have included all records of species available and
have added a few supplementary records of species secured by

Bee., 1929 Bulletin of the Bi'ooklyn Entomological Society 297

Dr. Crampton on a two-day trip to the Park on May 25th and
26th, 1929.

The Bashbish stream is a densely shaded, rushing torrent of
considerable size, plunging over tumbled rocks and boulders.
The dominant forest cover is hemlock and yellow birch, with
much mountain maple and striped maple. The steep mountain
sides are densely covered with yew, from which many of the
species listed were swept. The stream flows between Cedar and
Bashbish Mountains, between altitudes of 700 and 900 feet.
Most of the crane-flies recorded were swept from the steep
springy slopes of Bashbish Mountain, at or close to the foot-
path to the Falls.

Tipula ( Cinctotipula ) algonquin Alexander. Aug. 9; a few on
lower slopes of mountains.

Tipula bella Loew. Aug. 17, along stream.

Tipula cine tic ornis Doane. Sunset Rock, altitude 1200-1600
feet, Aug. 15.

Tipula fragilis Loew. Sept. 12, 1928.

Tipula hermannia Alexander. Common, August 10-20; Sun-
set Rock, altitude 1000 feet, Aug. 15.

Tipula hebes Loew. Common, August 12; Sunset Rock, alti-
tude 1000 feet, Aug. 15.

Tipula trivittata Say. Aug. 13.

Tipula umbrosa Loew. Aug. 12.

N ephrotoma brevioric ornis Doane. Aug. 13.

Nephrotoma ferruginea Fabricius. August 10-20.

N ephrotoma incurva Loew. Aug. 15.

Oropeza albipes Johnson. In crannies of cliffs, Aug. 9-20.

Oropeza obscura polita Johnson. In. crannies, August 10-20.

Limonia ( Limonia ) cinctipes (Say). Aug. 12.

Limonia ( Limonia ) globithorax (Osten Sacken). May 25-
26, 1929.

Limonia ( Limonia ) pubipennis (Osten Sacken). Aug. 12-
20; Sept. 1 2, 1928.

Limonia ( Limonia ) simulans (Walker). Aug. 14.

Limonia ( Limonia ) solitaria (Osten Sacken). Aug. 10.

Limonia ( Discobola ) argus (Say). Sunset Rock, altitude 1000
feet, Aug. 15.

Limonia ( Rhipidia ) maculata (Meigen). Aug. 17.

Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) humidicola (Osten Sacken). ( badia
of authors, not Walker). Aug. 15-20; Sept. 12, 1928.

298 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) iowensis (Rogers). Dead in spiders
webs, Aug.

Limonia ( Dicranomyia ) spinigera Alexander. Sept. 12, 1928.

Limonia ( Geranomyia ) diversa (Osten Sacken). Aug. 12;
Sept. 12, 1928.

Helius flavipes (Macquart). Aug. 9-12.

Dicranoptycha septentrionalis Alexander. Sunset Rock, alti-
tude 1500 feet, Aug. 15.

Pedicia margarita sp. n. Aug. 12 ; the conditions under which
this beautiful new species were taken have been discussed
under its description.

Tricyphona auripennis (Osten Sacken). May 25; one male,
resting ofi wet face of cliff (Crampton) ; the left wing of this
specimen has cell M2 open by the atrophy of m, the right
wing being normal.

Tricyphona inconstans (Osten Sacken). Aug. 20.

Amalopina flaveola (Osten Sacken). Aug. 10-15.

Rhaphidolahis cayuga Alexander. May 25-26, 1929 (Cramp-
ton) .

Rhaphidolahis rubescens Alexander. September 12, 1928.

Rhaphidolahis tenuipes Osten Sacken. Very abundant along
streams, Aug. 9-20; Sept. 12, 1928.

Adelpliomyia americana Alexander. Sept. 12, 1928.

Ula elegans Osten Sacken. Sunset Rock, altitude 1500 feet,
Aug. 15; May 25-26, 1929 (Crampton).

Ula paupera Osten Sacken. Aug. 9-12.

Pseudolimnophila contempta (Osten Sacken). Aug. 10.

Limnophila ( Dicrano phragma ) angustula Osten Sacken. Aug.
12.

Limnophila ( Limnophila ) hrevifurca Osten Sacken. May 25-
26.

Pilaria tenuipes (Say). Aug. 13.

Penthoptera alhitarsis Osten Sacken. Common, Aug. 13-20.

Eriocera brachycera Osten Sacken. Along stream, both sexes,
Aug. 17.

Eriocera spinosa Osten Sacken. Aug. 12.

Elephantomyia westwoodi Osten Sacken. Alander Mt., alti-
tude 1000 feet, Aug. 16.

Cladura flavoferruginea Osten Sacken. Aug. ; dead in spider’s
webs.

Lipsothrix sylvia (Alexander). May 25-26, 1929 (Cramp-
ton) .

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 299

Gonomyia ( Gonomyia ) bidentata Alexander. Aug. 12.

Gonomyia ( Gonomyia ) subcinerea (Osten Sacken). May
25-26, 1929.

Erioptera ( Hoplolabis ) armata Osten Sacken. Aug. 14-16.

Erioptera ( Mesocyphona ) caloptera (Say). Aug. 20.

Erioptera (Ilisia) venusta Osten Sacken. Aug.; dead in spid-
er’s webs.

Erioptera ( Erioptera ) septemtrionis Osten Sacken. Aug. 9-
20.

Erioptera ( Empeda ) stigmatica (Osten Sacken). Aug. 9-15;
May 25-26.

Ormosia bilineata Dietz. May 25-26, 1929.

Ormosia meigenii (Osten Sacken). May 25-26, 1929.

Ormosia monticola (Osten Sacken). Aug. 12-20.

Ormosia nimbipennis Alexander. Aug. 9-20; Sept. 12, 1928.

Ormosia notmani Alexander. May 25-26, 1929.

Ormosia rubella (Osten Sacken). Sunset Rock, altitude 1000
feet, Aug. 15.

Molophilus hirtipennis (Osten Sacken). Aug. 17.

Molophilus pubipennis (Osten Sacken). Aug. 9-15.

Molophilus quadrispinosus Alexander. May 25, 1929 (Cramp-
ton).

Limonia (Dicranomyia) pudicoides sp. n.

General coloration pale yellow, including the scapal seg-
ments of antennae ; wings pale yellow, the stigma lacking ;
male hypopygium with the rostral prolongation of the ventral
dististyle a short blunt lobe that is entirely pale, shorter than
the rostral spines.

Male. — Length about 6-6.5 mm. ; wing, 6-6.5.

Rostrum pale, the palpi only a little darker. Antennae
with the scape obscure brownish yellow, the flagellum a little
darker. Head yellow, the anterior vertex narrow, more or
less infuscated.

Thorax uniform reddish yellow, the pleura slightly clearer
yellow. Halteres pale. Legs yellow, the outer segments
only slightly darkened. Wings pale yellow, without stigma ;
veins darker yellow. Venation: .SVj ending opposite the
origin of Rs, Sc2 obsolete ; cell 1st M2 closed ; m and the
basal deflection of M3 pale, without macrotrichia.

Abdominal tergites brownish yellow, the hypopygium and
sternites clearer yellow. Male hypopygium with the rostral
prolongation of the ventral dististyle very short and blunt,

300 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

entirely pale, bearing two relatively long spines that are
placed close together at the summit of the prolongation;
rostral spines exceeding the prolongation in length. Dorsal
dististyle very strongly curved, the extreme apex a small
hook. Gonapophyses with the mesal apical angle produced
into a slender rod, terminating in an acute point, separated
from the main body of the apophysis by a deep and narrow
U-shaped notch.

Habitat: Eastern North America.

Holotype, Allardt, Fentress Co., Tennessee, altitude 1650
feet, August 9, 1924 (J. S. Rogers) ; Coll. No. 1 22.

Paratopotypes, $ §, July 21 — August 9, 1924; paratypes,
Clear Fork, near Burrville, Morgan Co., Tennessee, altitude 1200
feet, June 19, 1924 ( J. S. Rogers) ; Coll. No. 5 ; 1 Fake Piseco,
Hamilton Co., New York, altitude 1700 feet, September 2, 1929
(C. P. Alexander) ; 1 Fepreau Harbor, New Brunswick, Sep-
tember 21, 1929 (Donald Galbraith). Type returned to Pro-
fessor Rogers.

This new species bears a conspicuous superficial resemblance
to the species that has been passing in collections as L. (L.)
pudica (Osten Sacken), differing very conspicuously in the de-
tails of structure of the male hypopygium.

Pedicia margarita sp. n.

Related to albivitta Walker; size small; dark markings on
the wing narrow, the seam along vein Cu ending at near mid-
length of the distal section of Cux.

Male. — Fength about 20-22 mm. ; wing, 20-22 mm.

Female. — Fength about 24 mm.; wing, 21.5-22 mm.

Rostrum gray; palpi black. Antennae 16-segmented,
brown throughout; flagellar segments gradually decreasing
in size outwardly; verticils longer than the segments, uni-
laterally arranged. Head gray, the vertical tubercle small.

Mesonotal praescutum gray, with four very pale reddish
brown stripes, the intermediate pair more confluent behind;
a dusky point immediately behind the transverse suture ;
scutum similar, the lobes with scarcely indicated reddish
brown areas ; scutellum pale yellow ; postnotum gray with two
contiguous oval reddish brown areas that occupy the pos-
terior third. Pleura gray, the dorso-pleural region narrowly
dark brown. Halteres pale, the knobs dusky. Fegs with
the coxae light gray, the outer ends and trochanters more or
less infuscated ; femora yellow, the tips conspicuously black-

I)ec.;t9~£9 ' Bulletin of the Brooklyn EiitOWi'olUgical Society 301

ened, the amount subequal on all the 4egs ; tibiae obscure
.yellow, the bases very narrowly, the tips more broadly black-
ened; tarsi passing into brown. Wings relatively narrow,
whitish subhyaline, with the usual dark .pattern of the genus;
^costal margin brownish yellow, milch .paler than the re-
mainder of the dark pattern; seams along Cu and the cord
unusually narrow, the former ending at about midlength of
'the distal section of Culf not attaining the wing-margin.

Abdominal tergites gray, paler gray laterally, darker
brownish gray medially, the segments variegated with light
<orange castaneous near posterior margin'; median dark stripe
narrowed outwardly, becoming blackened and obsolete on
fergite seven; sternites chiefly orange, gray laterally, the
outer segments becoming more pruinose. Male hypopygium
with the dististyle elongate, a little dilated at outer end, at
the widest portion with a small group of black setae on inner
face. Basistyle produced dorsad into a flattened black blade,
f he apex truncate.

Habitat: Northeastern North America,

Holotype, Orient Springs, Hampshire Co., Massachusetts,
.'attitude 375 .feet, July 29, 1929 (C. P. Alexander).

Allotopotype, J.

Paratqpotypes, 2 ; additional material in the British Mu-

seum, collected in early August, 1928, by Edwards and Rogers ;
paratypes, 1 Bashbish Falls, Berkshire Co., Massachusetts, al-
titude about 900 feet, August 20, 1929 (M. M. Alexander) ; 1 J1,
Taconic Park, Columbia Co., New York, altitude about 750 feet,
August 1 2, 1929 (C. P. Alexander). Type in the author’s col-
lection.

Pedicia margarita is named in honor of my wife, who collected
one of the type specimens. The species is quite distinct from
albivitta, being smaller in both sexes, with the dark wing-pattern
more restricted and with an incomplete darkened spur along vein
Cu that does not reach the wing-margin. The details of structure
of the male hypopygium are similarly distinct. The three species
of Pedicia inhabiting Northeastern North America may be separ-
ated by means of the following key, based on the pattern of the
wing:

1. Dark seam along vein Cu not extending distad beyond the

approximate level of the cord contermina Walker

Dark seam along vein Cu extended distad onto the outer sec-
tion of vein C'mx . . . .......... — ........... 2

302 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

2. Dark seams along Cu and the cord broad, the former extend-
ing the entire length of the vein, attaining the wing-margin.

alhivitta Walker

Dark seams along Cu and the cord narrow, the former ending
at about midlength of the outer section of vein Cu1} not at-
taining the wing-margin margarita sp. n.

The material upon which this species is based was first recog-
nized as being an undescribed species by Mr. Fred W. Edwards,
of the British Museum of Natural History, who collected speci-
mens at the Orient Springs, in company with Professor J. Speed
Rogers and the author. Mr. Edwards suspicions at the time that
this smaller, more delicate Pedicia was a distinct species from
alhivitta were confirmed upon comparison with the type-speci-
men of the latter in the British Museum. At the Orient Springs,
the types of margarita occurred on a springy hillside, shaded by
hemlock and yellow birch. This particular restricted station sup-
ports all three of the regional species of Pedicia, contermina being
the earliest, flying in May and June. In July and August, al-
hivitta and the present species are on the wing, sometimes being
found flying together. On July 29, 1929, I made a special trip
to this station in order to secure further material of margarita
and hard collecting during the entire afternoon produced four
individuals of the new species but no alhivitta. At Taconic Park,
along the Bashbish stream, the additional specimens of margarita
here recorded were found under conditions that were very like
those obtaining at Orient Springs, the stream being shaded chiefly
by hemlock and yellow birch and fed by abundant springs from
the adjoining mountain side. The specimen taken by Mrs. Alex-
ander was at the great pool at the foot of Bashbish Falls, the
specimen being observed to fly lazily across the pool from a nearby
wet cliff.

Bee., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 303

BEES OF THE SUB-FAMILY OSMINAE IN THE COL-
LECTION OF THE BRIGHAM YOUNG
UNIVERSITY.1

By D. Elden Beck.

It is always necessary in beginning a study of the fanua of a
region to collect and determine the species of the group or groups
being considered. Since very little has been published on the
Hymenoptera of the Great Basin the writer feels that the follow-
ing list of thirty-six species of Osminae will be of interest to
students of the Apoidea. The writer has under way a mor-
phological study of various species of many genera of the
Apoidea.

The species discussed in this paper are specimens collected
from Utah and contiguous states, most of which are within the
Great Basin Region. So far as the writer has been able to de-
termine only fifteen species of Osminae have been reported from
Utah, these by Professor T. D. A. Cockerell and Miss Grace A.
Sandhouse now at the U. S. National Museum. The remaining
twenty-one species are apparently new records for Utah. Species
marked with an asterisk have been previously reported.

The writer is indebted to Miss Grace A. Sandhouse and Dr.
Vasco M. Tanner who have determined and verified many of the
species of this list.

Sub-family Osminae.

1. Osmia albolateralis Cockerell.

Utah : i 5 Bryce Canyon (Vasco M. Tanner) ; i 2 Bears Ears,
San Juan Co. (Tanner).

2. Osmia abnormis Cresson

Utah: i 2 6 J' Rosevere Creek, Raft River Mountains (Tan-
ner) (D. Eldon Beck) ; i J* La Sal Mountains (James Kartch-
ner) .

*3. Osmia cobaltina Cresson.

Utah: 2 2 Zion National Park (Tanner) ; 1 2 La Sal Moun-

1 Contribution No. 21 from the Zcological Laboratories of the
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.

304 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

tains (Anson Call) ; i g Aspen Grove, Mt. Timpanogos (Tan-
ner) ; i g Rosevere Creek, Raft River Mts. (Tanner).

Ariz. : i 2 Kaibab Forest (Anson Call).

Wyo. : i 5 Fort Bridger (Clarence Cottam).

*4. Osmia coloradensis Cresson.

Arizona: 1 2 Rim Grand Canyon, Kaibab Forest (Tanner).

*5. Osmia fulgida Cresson.

Utah: i g Bears Ears (Call).

6. Osmia giliarum Cockerell.

Utah: i g Logan Canyon (Tanner) ; 1 g Glendale (Tanner).

7. Osmia integra Cresson.

Utah : 7 $ Provo Bench, Provo (D. Elden Beck).

8. Osmia inurbana Cresson.

Utah: i Rosevere Creek, Raft River Mts. (Beck).

9. Osmia leonis Cockerell.

Utah : 1 g Zion National Park (Tanner) ; 1 g Dividend,
Eureka (Tom Spalding).

10. Osmia longula Cresson.

Utah : 1 g Woodside (Kartchner) *

Colorado: 1 g Mesa Verde National Park (Call).

*11. Osmia melanotricha Lovell and Cockerell.

Wyoming: 3 g Burnt Fork (C. Lynn Hayward & Tanner).

*12. Osmia nassa Cockerell.

Utah: i g Summit Danials Canyon, near Heber (Hayward).

*13. Osmia mandibidaris Cresson.

Utah : 1 g Sheep Creek, Duchense Co. (Claudeous J. D.
Brown) ; 6 g Wandship (Tanner & Beck).

Colorado: i g Mesa Verde National Park (Tanner).

14. Osmia bucephala Cresson.

Utah : 1 J1 La Sal. Mts. (Call).

15. Osmia armaticeps Cresson.

Utah: i g Rosevere Creek, Raft River Mts. (Tanner) ; 1 g
Bears Ears (Irvin Rasmussen).

Idaho: i g Lava Hot Springs (Beck).

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 305

16. Osmia atrocyanea Cockerell.

Utah: i § Wellsville Canyon (Tanner).

17. Osmia kenoyeri Cockerell.

Colorado: i 2 Mesa Verde National Park (Call).

18. Osmia penstemonis Cockerell.

Utah: i 2 Bryce Canyon (Rasmussen).

19. Osmia proposita Sandhouse.

Utah: i 2 Bears Ears (Tanner).

20. Osmia texana Cresson.

Utah: i 2 Logan (Hayward).

21. Osmia cyanella Cockerell.

Utah : 1 2 Logan Canyon (Tanner) ; 1 2 Wellsville Canyon
(Tanner).

*22. Osmia wardiana Cockerell.

Utah: 8 2 Provo Bench, Provo (Beck) ; 1 <j> Bears Ears, San
Juan Co. (Tannen) ; 1 2 Sheep Creek, Duchense Co. (Tanner) ;
1 J Raft River Mts. (Tanner).

Colorado: i 2 Mesa Verde National Park (Tanner).

Nevada: 3 2 Lehmans Cave, Mt. Wheller (Tanner).

23. Osmia tristella Cockerell.

Utah: i 2 Rosevere Creek, Raft River Mts. (Tanner).

24. Osmia nigrafrons Cockerell.

Wyoming: i 2 Burnt Lork (Hayward).

25. Osmia permorata Cockerell.

Utah : 2 2 Provo Bench, Provo (Beck).

26. Osmia pascoensis Cockerell.

Utah: i 2 Sheep Creek (Tanner).

*27. Osmia lignaria Say.

Utah : 1 2 1 c? Zion National Park (Tanner) ; 1 4 2 Pine

Valley Mt. (Tanner) ; 9 2 Spanish Pork (Beck) ; 1 £ 13 2 Provo
(Tanner; John Allen Rowe; Hayward; Herman L. Thomas; O.
Wilford Olsen; Call; Beck) ; 1 2 Utah Lake (Olsen) ; 1 2 Wells-
ville Canyon (Hayward) ; 1 2 Deep Creek Mts. (Tanner) ; 2 2
Rosevere Creek, Raft River Mts. (Tanner) ; 1 2 Bear Lake Val-
ley (Hayward).

306 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIv

Idaho : i i 5 Lava Hot Springs (Beck) ; i 5 Driggs (Kartch-
ner) ; i 2 Moscow (Joseph Sudweeks).

The following six species of Osmia were reported by Miss
Sandhouse (Calif. Acad, of Sciences, 4th series, Vol. XIII, No.
22, 1924) ; but are not in the B. Y. University Collection.

*28. Osmia subpurpurea Cockerell.

Utah : 2 § Salt Lake City (E. P. Van Duzee).

*29. Osmia phaceliae Cockerell.

Utah : 1 2 Park City (Van Duzee) ; 2 2 Vivian Park (Van
Duzee) .

*30. Osmia cyanosoma Cockerell.

Utah: i 2 Danials Canyon, Heber (Van Duzee) ; 1 2 Vivian
Park (Van Duzee).

*31. Osmia subornata Cockerell.

Utah : 1 5 Park City (Van Duzee).

*32. Osmia nifoata Cockerell.

Utah : 1 } Park City (Van Duzee).

*33. Osmia Wilmattae Cockerell.

Utah : 8 J Park City (Van Duzee) ; 4 2 Vivian Park (Van
Duzee) ; 1 5 Logan (Van Duzee) ; 2 2 Salt Lake City (Van
Duzee) .

34. Monumetha albifrons Kirby.

Utah : 5 2 Bryce Canyon (Call, Rasmussen) ; 2 J Aspen Grove
Mt. Timpanogos (Tanner) ; 2 2 Sheep Creek, Duchense Co.
(Brown & Tanner) ; 2 $ Flaming Gorge (Tanner) ; 1 § Deep
Creek Mts. (Tanner) ; 1 § Rosevere Creek, Raft River Mts.
(Tanner) ; 1 5 Logan Canyon (Clarence Cottam).

34. Monumetha alibifrons Kirby.

Colorado: 4 2 Mesa Verde National Park (Tanner & Kartch-
ner).

Wyoming: i 5 Burnt Fork (Hayward).

35. Monumetha fulgida Cresson.

Utah : 1 § Provo Bench, Provo (Beck).

New Mexico: i 5 Ship Rock (Kartchner).

Colorado: 4 2 Mesa Verda National Park (Tanner).

*36. Alcidamea hypocrita Cockerell.

Utah : 2 § Wellsville Canyori (Tanner).

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 307

GENUS DIKRANEUROIDEA GEN. N. (HOMOPTERA,
CICADELLIDAE).

By Paul B. Lawson, University of Kansas, Lawrence.

Dikraneuroidea gen. nov.

Small leafhoppers with head and entire body strongly flat-
tened. Ocelli lacking. Tegmina lacking anteapical cells and
appendix; the second of the four apical cells strongly pe-
dunculate; apex broadly rounded. Hind wing with submar-
ginal vein distant from margin and running into costal
margin ; first and second sectors uniting so that there is but
one closed submarginal cell.

This genus seems to be closer to the genus Dikraneura than to
any other. D. cockerellii Gillette, for example, has much the gen-
eral appearance of the species described below but has two closed
submarginal cells in the hind wing whereas this genus has only
one.

The erection of this genus seems necessary to accommodate
the following species:

Dikraneuroidea beameri sp. n.

A milky-white species strikingly marked with two red par-
allel lines and small red dots on each tegmen. Length 2.5—
2.75 mm.

Vertex slightly longer than broad, margins convex in front
of eyes, forming slight notch at junction with them. Pro-
notum about as long as vertex, distinctly widened posteriorly.
Elytra greatly exceeding abdomen, rounded apically, second
and fourth apical cells distinctly triangular, third cell rectan-
gular and parallel-sided, transverse veins practically in a
straight line.

Last ventral segment of female twice as long as preceding,
posterior margin sinuate and produced, with large rounded
lobe on median third ; pygofer long, sparsely spined and ex-
ceeded by ovipositor. Valve of male hidden; plates triangu-
lar, very long, tapering in ventral view to very acute apices
which strongly exceed the pygofer, lateral aspect of apices
broadly rounded.

Color: Margins of vertex milky-white, disc hyaline and
tinged with orange or yellow. Pronotum milky-white with
median orange or yellow stripe. Scutellum white, the three
angles sometimes yellow. Elytra milky-white nearly to cross

308 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIv

veins, apical cells hyaline and slightly fumose, marked as fol-
lows : An orange-red, oblique, club-shaped band near the
base, starting on costal margin and nearly reaching clavus ;
an orange-red irregular and broken band, parallel to the first
band, and extending across corium toward tip of clavus ; a
larger orange-red spot and a number of smaller bright red
spots on posterior half of clavus and a number of small red
ones on both sides of posterior orange-red band ; a red dot
at junction of costa and first cross vein from which extends
a more or less distinct, narrow, smoky band along cross
veins; a small black dot just cephalad of the forked apical
vein and a smaller one near inner angle of fourth apical cell.
Dorsum white. Entire under surface yellowish white but
with red line below white margins of vertex and on sides of
pro- and mesothorax.

Holotype, female, allotype and numerous paratypes, were all
taken by Doctor R. H. Beamer, after whom the species is named,
on the undergrowth in the palm forest about seven miles south-
east of Brownsville, Cameron County, Texas, Aug. 3, 1928. All
types deposited in the Snow Entomological Collection.

Plate XXVIII.

Explanation of Figures.

1. Lateral view of head.

2. Dorsal view of head and prothorax.

3. Tegmen.

4. Hind wing.

5. Female genitalia.

6. Male genitalia.

7. Tip of male pygofer showing pygofer hook.

8. Dorsal aspect male internal genitalia.

9. Lateral view of oedagus.

Eurymus interior Scud. — A male E. interior Scud., was
taken on the summit of Carter Dome in New Hampshire, August
3, 1927. This species does not appear to be frequently reported
by New England collectors. The specimen was in a somewhat
rubbed condition, possibly due in part to the inhospitable altitude
in which it existed. — W. Prescott Rogers, Fall River, Mass.

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 5

Plate XXVIII

310 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

ON SOME NEW ENGLAND HETEROPTERA.

By J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, White Plains, N. Y.

Mr. C. A. Frost, of Framingham, Mass., for some years past
has most kindly favored me with his catch of Heteroptera from
New England. Last year and early this spring, he sent me sev-
eral small lots, which make up in interest for what they might ap-
pear to lack in quantity. And lately, he sent me his Maine catch.

His specimens are always accompanied by data ; and to these I
add what comment may appear necessary regarding each species.
The arrangement of the families, for convenience in reference,
follows the Van Duzee Catalogue; and that of the genera and spe-
cies follows Hemiptera of Connecticut, our standard manual for
the Heteroptera of the North Eastern United States.

The Massachusetts records follow :

Amnestus spinifrons Say, i specimen from Southboro, May 5,
1928, a new Massachusetts locality.

Dendrocoris humeralis Uhler, 1 specimen from Natick, May 27,
1928, another new locality for the state.

Aradus cinnamomeus Panzer, 1 specimen by sweeping, Natick,
July 15, 1928. This is the first New England record of the
species from a definite locality, although Parshley gives it as
from “ Mass.” in Can. Ent., LIII : 235 (1921). The manner
of capture also is odd, as the specimen is a stenopterous male.
Neides muticus Say, 1 specimen from Middlesex Fells, July 31,
1928, a new locality for the state.

Jalysus spinosus Say, 2 from Nantucket, September 11, 1928, an-
other new locality.

Ischnorhynchus resedae Panz., Framingham, November 11, 1928;
sifted.

Cymus angustatus Stal, Framingham, March 24, 1928; sifted.
Cymus disc or s Horvath, same data. New locality for the State.
Hypogeocoris piceus Say, 1 from Natick, October 12, 1928, sifted
from piles of dry grass and weeds. New locality.

Crophius disconotus Say, 1 specimen, sifted, Natick, October 14,
1928. Another new locality.

Myodochus serripes Olivier, 1 specimen, same data; also a new
place.

Orthaea hasalis Dallas, 5 specimens, Natick, October 12, 1928;
also sifted from grass piles ; another new locality for the
State.

Dec., 19 £9 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 311

Zeridoneus costalis Van Duzee, i only from Natick, October 14,
1928. Also a new locality for the State.

Antillocoris pallidus Uhler, 2 specimens, sifted, Framingham,
March 24, 1928.

Drymus unus Say, Natick, October 12, 1928, 1 sifted from grass
piles. Another new State locality.

Xestocoris nitens Van Duzee, same data; also a new locality.

Corythucha mollicula O. & D., 1 from Middlesex Fells, July 31,
1928 ; a new locality.

C. cydoniae Fitch, 3 specimens, same data ; another new locality.

C. elegans Drake, Natick, November 12, 1928; also sifted from
piles of grass. This appears to be not only the first Massa-
chusetts record, but also the first New England record.

C. arcuata Say, 1 from Middlesex Fells, July 31, 1928, another
new locality for the State.

C. pergandei Heidemann, 8 from Framingham, May 5, 1928. A
new place.

C. marmorata Uhler, 1 from Natick, July 4, 1928, which is an-
other new locality.

Leptobyrsa rhododendri Horvath, 1 from Cambridge, Mass., col-
lected by Dr. J. C. Emerton ; a new locality.

Gelchossa heidemanni O. & D., Natick, June 10 and July 29, 1928 ;
in quantity on Baptisia tinctoria, as usual ; but a new locality.

Physatocheila plexa Say, 1 from Sherborn, July 7, 1928. This ap-
pears to be a new record for the State, for Parshley, in his
Hemiptera of New England gives it as found only in Rhode
Island, although Van Duzee in his Catalogue lists it from
Maine.

Ploiariodes errabundus Say, 1 from Nantucket, September 11,
1928. This is a new Massachusetts locality.

Metapterus annulipes Stal.

M. fraternus Say, 1 each of these species, both sifted at Natick on

October 12, 1928, from piles of grass and weeds. Both are
likewise new State records.

Rhynocoris ventralis Say, 1 specimen from Natick, July 8, 1928;
the only other record from Massachusetts seems to be the
original from Framingham, also a capture by Mr. Frost.

Nabis ferus Linne, 1 from Cambridge, collected by Dr. Emerton
a new Massachusetts locality.

N. roseipennis Reuter, 1 from Sherborn, November 25, 1928

sifted; a new locality for the State, and 1 from Natick, May
13, 1928, another new locality, also sifted.

312 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIv

Lyctocoris campestris Fabricius, I from Southboro, May 16, 1928.
This species does not seem to have been heretofore recorded
from Massachusetts.

Anthocoris borealis Dallas, 2 specimens, sifted, Framingham, No-
vember 29, 1928. Apparently this species has been recorded
only once from the State, from Peru.

Hydrometra martini Kirkaldy, quite a number from a woodland
pool at Natick, on May 26, 1928; a new locality.

Gerris marginatus Say, 1 sifted at Sherborn, November 25, 1928;

which is another new locality for the species.

Saldula saltatoria Linne, 1 from Framingham, March 24, 1928,
sifted. This species is questioned by Parshley in Hemiptera
of New England, although he gives several records in Mas-
sachusetts, the present being a new locality. A number of
mirids came with these, but they have been reserved for study
by Dr. H. H. Knight, who will report on them later.

The more interesting Heteroptera from Mr. Frost, however,
are those that he secured at Paris and South Paris, Maine. As
will be seen, not only are some of them new records for the State,
but there are also some which enormously extend the distribution
of certain of the species.

Euschistus tristigmus Say, Paris, June 11, 1929, a single speci-
men from a new locality in the State.

Nysius calif ornicus Stal, 2 from South Paris, September 20, 1928,
and 2 from Paris, July n, 1929. According to Blatchley,
this species extends from Connecticut south; Parshley, in
Hemiptera of Connecticut states that it reaches its northern
limits in the southern New England States. This, therefore,
is not only a new record for New England, but it also extends
to a great degree the distribution of this species, which is
now seen to occur from Mexico and Florida north to the
Dakotas and Maine, from ocean to ocean.

Nysius thymi Wolff, 1 from Paris, July 11, 1929, a new locality in
the State.

Drymus unus Say, 2 from South Paris, September 26, 1928, a
new locality, as is also the following species.

Eremocoris ferns Linne, same data, 1 specimen.

Scolopostethus diffidens Horvath, 1 specimen, same data. This is
the first definite locality in Maine, although Parshley in
Fauna of New England records it as from “ Maine.”

Flint hisus comp actus Uhler, 1 specimen, same data as above.
This appears to be a new record not only for the State, but

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 313

for New England, as well. Parshley gives it as found in
New Hampshire and Massachusetts only.

Sphaerobius insignis Uhler, same data; a new State locality.
Ranatra nigra (H. S.) Hungf., an adult and a nymph from the
Little Androscoggin River, South Paris, September 20, 1928.
This is a new record for New England. Parshley gives it
from Massachusetts, but from no other State, under the
name of R. protensa Montandon.

These few records, useful in advancing an adequate knowledge
of our American Heteropterous fauna, indicate the desirability of
securing specimens from uncollected places. This coleopterists
can well aid in, since by the same methods that Coleoptera are se-
cured, many Heteroptera will be found. And echo answers “ Et
tu quoque.”

Eurymus eurytheme Bdv. — Stray specimens of E. eu-
rytheme Bdv., have been noted occasionally in southern Massa-
chusetts ,during the past three seasons, a male at Acoaxet on
August 14, 1927, another on the links of the Fall River Country
Club, October 16, 1927. In 1928 at Acoaxet on August 27 a
high-colored male specimen was taken. During 1929 two speci-
mens were noted, September 5th, at Acoaxet and on September
12th at the Fall River Country Club. — W. Prescott Rogers, Fall
River, Mass.

314 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society v°l • XXIV

TWO UROTHRIPIDiE (THYSANOPTERA) FROM
FLORIDA, WITH KEYS TO THE KNOWN
GENERA AND THE NORTH AMER-
ICAN SPECIES.

By J. Douglas Hood, University of Rochester.

Professor J. R. Watson has sent me recently some very inter-
esting Urothripidse collected by several of his associates at the
University of Florida and the Florida Agricultural Experiment
Stations. One of the species is represented by a considerable
series from various localities within the state, and is apparently
generically as well as specifically new. The other is less numer-
ous in the collections, and is a species described in 1925 by Mr.
C. B. Williams and myself from the West Indies; its occurrence
in tropical United States had been expected. Both, then, are addi-
tions to the North American list ; and representing as they do one
of the smallest and most obscure families of the Thysanoptera —
a family unknown from the New World until little more than
four years ago — it has been thought worth while to include keys
to the genera of the world and to the three North American
species.

Superfamily Urothripoidea.

1912. (April 13). [“A new suborder”] Hood, Proc. Biol. Soc.

Wash., Vol. XXV, p. 64.

1912. (August). [Suborder] Poly stigmata Bagnall, Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist., Ser 8, Vol. 10, p. 220.

1915. Superfamily Urothripoidea Hood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,
Vol. XXVIII, p. 59.

1927: Superfamily. Urothripoidea Hood, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
Vol. XX, p. 2.

The Urothripoidea are a compact and easily recognizable group
of Thysanoptera. Two misobservations have led, however, to an
exaggerated belief in their distinctness : They do not have eleven

stigmata and the maxillary palpi are not one-segmented. The
number of stigmata is four, which is typical of the entire order,
while the number of segments in the maxillary palpi is the same

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 315

as in all other Tubulifera, i.e., two, as has previously, but not
conspicuously, been stated.1

If we recognize the group as a superfamily or family, we must
seek content in a meagre assortment of differences, of which only
one is positive and possessed by no other Tubulifera. Perhaps
additional characters may in time be found ; but at present the
only important one is the distance between the coxae of the hind
pair, this distance being greater than that separating either of the
others. In the rest of the Tubulifera the middle coxae are the
most widely separated, due merely to the greater development of
the mesothorax, which bears in winged species the larger and
more powerful fore wings. The apterous condition of the
urothripids is apparently so ancient as to have caused a great re-
duction in the size of the thorax, the mesothoracic coxae inevit-
ably coming closer together, but the hind coxae remaining or be-
coming widely separated because of the necessity for supporting
the long heavy abdomen, with the particularly long hairs at its
tip.

The sculpture of the body surface is distinctive, to be sure, and
furnishes a secondary character of real value ; but this difference
is not convincingly fundamental, any more than is the apparently
invariable absence of wings (wings are lacking in many other
Thysanoptera), or the reduction in the number of segments in
the antennse (species of other families have as few antennal seg-
ments as some of the urothripids), or the longer hairs at the tip
of the abdomen ( Karnyothrips , a phlseothripid, has hairs nearly
as long).

In almost every group of insects the immature stages furnish
valuable clues to relationships; and it must be disappointing to
those who apparently believe in raising all of the overly numerous
families of the order to superfamily rank, to find that the
urothripoid nymph indicates a close relationship, indeed, to the
phlaeothripoids, as a study of the last three figures on the plate
accompanying this paper will show.

1 Hood, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., Vol. XX, p. 2 (line 7 from bot-
tom) ; 1927. See also figure 3 of the plate accompanying the
present paper, in which is shown the small basal segment which
has quite generally been overlooked.

316 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIv

Family Urothripidce.

1909. Urothripidce, Bagnall, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., Vol. VII, p.
126.

1910. Urothripidce, Bagnall, Fauna Hawaiiensis, Vol. Ill, PI. VI,
p. 677.

1911. Urothripidce, Bagnall, Ier Congs. Int. d’Ent., p. 283.

1912. Urothripidce, Trybom, Arkiv f. Zook, Bd. 7, No. 33, p. 31.

1915. Urothripidce, Hood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. XXVIII,

PP- 54, 59- .

1927. Urothripidce, Hood, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., Vol. XX, p. 3.

Key to Genera.

I — Antennae 7-segmented.

a. Vertex of head without prominent bristles ; antennal

segments 3—5 about as wide as long ; tube much
shorter than head, relatively stout, three to five
times as long as greatest width, with six long hairs
at tip. Ethiopian Urothrips Bagnall.

aa. Vertex of head with a pair of prominent, anteriorly-
directed bristles ; antennal segments 3-5 decidedly
longer than wide ; tube much longer than head, very
slender, fully ten times as long as greatest width;
with four long hairs at tip. Neotropical

Bradythrips Hood and Williams.

II — Antennae either 4- or 5-segmented.

b. Antennae 5-segmented.

c. Vertex of head without prominent bristles ; anten-
nal segments 4 and 5 not closely united,
5 pedicellate.

d. Head as broad as long ; fore tarsi appar-
ently unarmed ; tenth abdominal segment
much longer than ninth, which is only
slightly longer than eighth ; tip of ab-
domen with four long hairs. Palaearc-
tic Behelothrips BufTa.

dd. Head decidedly longer than broad ; fore
tarsi with a prominent, curved, claw-like
structure on the outer surface ; tenth
abdominal segment subequal in length
to ninth, which is about twice as long as
eighth ; tip of abdomen with six long
hairs. Nearctic. . .Trachythrips Hood.

Bee., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 317

cc. Vertex of head with 4 to 6 prominent bristles,
borne on conspicuous tubercles ; antennal
segments 4 and 5 compactly united, 5 conical,
not at all pedicellate; ninth abdominal seg-
ment fully twice as long as eighth ; tip of ab-
domen with six long hairs. Nearctic, Neo-
tropical, and Ethiopian.

Stephanothrips Trybom.

bb. Antennae 4-segmented ; tip of abdomen with four long
hairs. Palaearctic Amphibolothrips Buffa.

Trachythrips gen. nov.

( Tpaxvs , rough; Opip .)

Antennae five-segmented ; segments 4 and 5 not closely
united, 5 pedicellate. Head decidedly longer than broad ; ver-
tex without prominent bristles. Fore-tarsi with a prom-
inent, curved, claw-like structure on the outer surface. Ab-
domen with tenth segment subequal in length to ninth, which
is about twice as long as eighth ; tip of abdomen with six
long hairs.

Genotype: Trachythrips watsoni sp. nov., from Florida.

This genus is no doubt closely related to Behelothrips Buffa,
to which belongs only one species, known from three specimens
taken more than twenty years ago on the island of Giglio, off the
western cost of Italy. Buffa’s description and figures1 are of a
much broader insect, with the tenth abdominal segment much
longer than the ninth (which is only slightly longer than the
eighth) and with four long hairs, instead of six, at the tip of the
abdomen.

Trachythrips watsoni sp. nov. (PL XXIX, figs. 1-9.)

Female (apterous).- — Fength about 1.2 mm. Color straw
yellow, with head, prothorax, mesothorax, fore legs, and ex-
treme tip of tube, dark brown ; abdominal segments 2-8 each
with a pair of round dorso-lateral pale-brown spots smaller
than the first antennal segment ; median line of abdomen
faintly indicated by a series of light gray blotches ; antennse
straw yellow, shaded with brown distally ; tarsi with the usual

1 Boll. Fab. Zool. R. Scuola Sup. Agr., Portici, Vol. Ill, pp.
195 and 196; 1909.

318 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

darkened tip ; ninth segment of abdomen narrowly darkened
with brown along lateral surface ; subhypodermal pigmenta-
tion of two kinds, i.e., bright crimson and white ; the former
generally distributed in the head and thorax (but more
abundant at sides and along front margin of prothorax), un-
derlying the dorso-lateral abdominal spots, and sparsely dis-
tributed in legs and beneath the faint median abdominal
blotches; the white pigmentation opaque, conspicuous when
observed ,by reflected light, forming a broad band across
metathorax and disposed in two series of blotches on ab-
dominal segments i— 6, one such series lying along the ex-
treme lateral margin external to the brown spots and to the
crimson pigmentation, the other just laterad of the median
line.

Head about 1.2 times as long as wide, broadest at about
one-fourth from base; occiput somewhat elevated, with an
intricate pattern of anastomosing lines; lateral surfaces
and vertex strongly roughened with tubercles, some of them
bearing short, pointed bristles; ventral surface smooth, ex-
cept at sides where the tubercles of the lateral surfaces are
continued onto it; vertex rounded in front of eyes but
scarcely overhanging insertion of antennae, without long
bristles; postocular bristles wanting. Eyes minute, consist-
ing of nine facets, one of which is situated close to the base
of the antennae and not visible from above, the remaining
eight forming a loop which curves downward to the isolated
facet and within which are about six bristle-bearing tubercles.
Ocelli absent, as in all members of the family. Antennae
about 1.2 times as long as head, 5-segmented (see Plate
XXIX, fig. 2, for form and chaetotaxy of segments) ; sense
cones difficult to distinguish from setae, but apparently four
on segment 3 and one on segment 4.

Prothorax slightly more than half as long as head and (in-
clusive of coxae) about 2.2 times as wide as median length
of pronotum ; pronotum broadly and shallowly impressed each
side of median line; surface roughened with anastomosing
lines on disk, tuberculate at sides (see Plate XXIX, fig. 1) ;
no long prothoracic bristles. Pterothorax about 1.2 times as
wide as prothorax, bearing a number of setigerous tubercles
similar to those of head and pronotum ; mesonotum with dis-
tinct anastomosing lines, at sides with a few small tubercles,
and with a shallow circular impression each side of median
line. Legs moderately stout; fore tarsi with a prominent,
curved, claw-like structure on the outer surface.

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 319

Abdomen broadest at second segment and tapering evenly
to base of tube ; surface with anastomosing lines which are
more distinct at sides of abdomen and which are prolonged
posteriorly into minute setigerous asperities ; posterior angles
of intermediate tergites slightly produced and bearing a short,
blunt bristle which is parallel to the axis of the body; ninth
abdominal segment more than twice as long as eighth, surface
with setigerous asperities. Tube about 0.7 as long as head
and equal in length to ninth abdominal segment, form shown
in PL XXIX, figs. 4 and 5 ; terminal hairs six in number, sim-
ple in structure, about four times as long as tube and half the
total body length.

Measurements of holotype (2) : Length 1.19 mm.; head,
length 0.187 mm.; greatest width 0.157 mm.; prothorax,
length of pronotum 0.099 mm- width (inclusive of coxae)
0.217 mm.; pterothorax, width 0.259 mm.; interval between
fore coxae 0.119 mm., middle coxae 0.100 mm., hind coxae
0.123 mm.; abdomen, greatest width 0.281 mm.; segment 8,
length 0.060 mm. ; segment 9, length 0.136 mm. ; segment 10,
length 0.136 mm., width at middle 0.036 mm., at apex 0.024
mm. ; terminal hairs, length 0.525 mm.

Antennal segments : 1 2345

Length (jj) 28 41 81 28 43

Width (jj) 28 35 33 20 15

Total length of antenna 0.220 mm.

Male (apterous). — Almost identical with female in color
and structure, though smaller. Tarsi armed as in female.

Measurements of allotype (J1) : Length 0.90 mm. ; head,
length 0.146 mm., greatest width 0.121 mm.; prothorax,
length of pronotum 0.088 mm., width (inclusive of coxae)
0.168 mm. ; pterothorax, width 0.174 mm. ; abdomen, greatest
width 0.203 mm. ; segment 8, length 0.052 mm. ; segment 9,
length 0.096 mm. ; segment 10, length 0.090 mm., width at
middle 0.029 mm., at apex 0.023 mm. ; terminal hairs, length
0.435 mm.

Antennal segments : 1 2 3

Length ( p ) 24 36 76

Width (jj) 34 30 32

Total length of antenna 0.204 mm.

Nymph. — Color nearly white, with a slight yellowish cast
and bright crimson subhypodermal pigmentation disposed in

4 5

24 44

20 14

320 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

blotches along sides of head, thorax, and abdominal segments
1-8 and also along the median line from a little behind the
eyes to segment 9 of abdomen, the brain and optic nerves be-
ing more or less suffused ; scattered blotches of chalky-white
pigmentation (subopaque by transmitted light) scattered
through the body; antennae with a narrow ring at extreme
base of segment 1, distal portion beyond middle of segment
4, and to some extent the sides of segment 3, brown ; extreme
tip of tube likewise brown.

Head, prothorax, fore legs, antennae, and tip of abdomen
(with its usual tremendously long single pair of hairs) shown
in figures 7-9 on Plate XXIX.

Described from a splendid series of 24 females, 11 males, and
7 nymphs forwarded by Professor J. R. Watson, all collected in
Florida, as follows:

Florida: Villa Tasso (Okaloosa Co.), May 18, 1928. R.
W. Blacklock. Among leaves of oak, hickory, and magnolia col-
lected from ground. 14 §’s, 9 rf’s, 7 nymphs.

Bellview, April, 1928. E. F. Grossman. Among dry pine and
oak leaves. 1 J.

Gainesville, Feburary, 1928. E. F. Grossman. Among dry,
fallen citrus leaves. 2 §rs.

Illahaw, May 11, 1928. J. H. Henderson and E. F. Grossman.
Among dry leaves. 2 J’s, 1

Marion Co., April, 1928. E. F. Grossman. Among dead oak
leaves. 1 J.

Mayo, February, 1928. E. F. Grossman. From dry leaves
of Live Oak along barren roadside. 1 §.

Milligan, August 1, 1928. P. W. Calhoun. Among dead oak
leaves. 1 1 J'.

St. Augustine, February, 1928. E. F. Grossman. Among dry
leaves of Scrub Oak and Saw Palmetto. 2 J’s.

Type locality: Villa Tasso, Florida.

Stephanothrips Trybom.

1912. Stephanothrips Trybom, Arkiv f. Zook, Bd. 7, No. 33, p.
42.

1927. Stephanothrips Hood, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., Vol. XX, p. 6.

Key to Species.

I — Vertex of head with three pairs of strong, anteriorly-directed
bristles borne at the tips of tubercles ; head distinctly nar-

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 321

rowed posteriorly; first segment of fore and hind tarsi
with a strong, prominent, curved claw on outer surface.
(St. Croix and Trinidad, West Indies; Florida.)

S. occidentalis Hood and Williams.

II — Vertex of head with two pairs of such bristles; fore and hind
tarsi unarmed ; head with cheeks parallel, not at all nar-
rowed posteriorly.

a — Antennae slender, segments 3 and 5 each about two
and one-half times as long as wide; general color
dark blackish brown (nearly black to the naked
eye), head darkest. (California).

S. bradleyi Hood.

aa — Antennae stouter, segments 3 and 5 each about two
times as long as wide ; general color grayish yel-
low, with head and anterior portion of prothorax
brown. (Natal) S. buffai Trybom.

Stephanothrips occidentalis Hood and Williams.

1925. Stephanothrips occidentalis Hood and Williams, Psyche,
Vol. XXXII, p. 69.

1927. Stephanothrips occidentalis Hood, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
Vol. XX, p. 6; PL I and PI. II, figs. 3^5.

It is of interest to add to the North American list this distinct
little species, described originally from St. Croix and Trinidad in
the West Indies. Professor Watson has sent me three speci-
mens, all females, taken at Miami, Florida, in May, 1928, by G. F.
Weber, among “dry leaves, mostly Populus (?) and Ficus , old
U. S. P. I. Garden.”

Plate XXIX.

Trachythrips watsoni gen. et sp. nov.

(J. D. H., camera lucida.)

1, head and prothorax, J, leg bristles omitted; 2, right antenna,
2 ; 3, right maxillary palpus, 2> ventral aspect ; 4, segments 7-10
of abdomen, $; 5, segments 7-10 of abdomen, J'; 6, tip of ab-
domen, £ ; 7, head and prothorax, nymph, probably in last instar ;
8, right antenna, nymph ; 9, segments 8—10 of abdomen, nymph.

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 5 Plate XXIX

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 323

A NOMENCLATORIAL NOTE ON THE BIRCH LEAF-
MINING SAWFLY, PHYLLOTOMA NEMORATA
(FALLEN).

By Raymond L. Taylor, Assistant Forest Entomologist, Maine
Forest Service. In charge : Entomological Laboratory,

Bar Harbor.

A list of sawflies living in or on the leaves of birch ( Betula spe-
cies) compiled from the literature might be impressive. There is
seen, however, an opportunity for reducing this number of species
by one through the easy method of pointing out an apparent case
of mistaken identity, which, perhaps, amounts to technical
synonymy.

In Figure 4 of Plate 3, which faces page 226 of the book, Leaf-
Mining Insects,1 is portrayed a “Portion of a birch leaf bearing
within a mine a hibernating cocoon of the sawfly, Schizocerus
mathesoni ? The lens-like cocoon figured appeared so similar
to that formed between the upper and lower epidermis of leaves
of both white and gray birch ( Betula papyrifera and B. populi-
folia, respectively) by Phyllotoma nemorata, an important enemy
of birch in Maine, that the question of a possible synonymy arose.
The speculation was further encouraged by the identity of the
specific name, mathesoni , with the specific name by which Phyllo-
toma nemorata was known for the past twenty years, i.e., Phle-
batrophia mathesoni MacGillivray.2

Correspondence with Professor Matheson in regard to this
point has resulted in positive proof that the figure in the text-
book cited refers to the birch leaf-mining sawfly, Phyllotoma
nemorata. Professor Matheson kindly sent prints labelled “Phle-
batropliia mathesoni, 1908—09,” which were made by him, and it
was found, by a study of the detail, that the illustration in Leaf-
Mining Insects was produced from the same negative from which
the prints had been made.

It was believed at first that, at some time or other, the species
may have been transferred to the genus Schizocerus, but it is now
believed, since there are no records of such a transfer in the Na-

1 Needham, J. G., Frost, S. W., and Tothill, B. H. 1928. The
Williams and Wilkins Co., Baltimore.

2 MacGillivray, A. D. 1909. Can. Ent., 41 : 345-346.

324 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

tional Museum at Washington, and since no other species of
Schizocerus (subfamily Schizocerinae, while the birch leaf-min-
ing sawfly is in the Phyllotominae) is known to form a lens-
shaped cocoon within the leaf, that the wrong genus was given.
The interrogation at the end of the specific name in the caption is
perhaps meant to refer to an uncertainty in regard to the genus
Schizocerus as well as to the species.

It may not be amiss to point out, additionally, that, on page 297
of this same book, two sawflies are listed as “ Phlehatrophia
mathesoni MacG. and P. nemorata Fall.” In view of Rohwer’s
recent paper,3 in which the whole genus Phlehatrophia, more or
less tentatively erected by MacGillivray, is transferred to Phyllo-
toma Fallen and where it is found that Phlehatrophia mathesoni
is a synonym of Phyllotoma nemorata, it is obvious that the two
species listed on page 297 are one and the same.

3 Rohwer, S. A. 1929. A note on the synonymy of a birch leaf
miner. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 313 : 62-63.

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 325

NEW BUTTERFLIES AND SUNDRY NOTES.

(Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera)

By J. D. Gunder, Pasadena, Calif.

Basilar chia ar chip pus Cram., tr. f. nivosus new tr. f. (Fig. i,
pi. XXX.)

The ground color is white on both surfaces instead of the
usual red-brown shade. The maculation is unchanged.
Classification : albinism-final ; same kind of tr. f . as Danaus
menippe nivosus Gun. and others.

Data: holotype J*; expanse 69 mm.; Mystic, Conn., July; orig-
inal collector unknown ; type in author’s coll.

Note': A partial check list revision of the names under this spe-
cies should be made as follows :

Basilar chia Scud.

31 1. archippus Cram.
disip pe Godt.

# form advena Ellsw.

cayuga Naka.
tr. f. pesudodorippus Stkr.

lanthanis Cook & Wats,
tr. f. nivosus Gun.
etc., etc.

A typical archippus is shown on pi. XXX. To its left are pic-
tured gradations of tr. f. pseudodorippus Stkr., as lettered a, h
and c. Fig. c illustrates the finel phase of which I know of two
examples, one being in this authors coll, and the other at the Field
Museum in Chicago. Strecker’s type is similar to fig. a and also
so is lanthanis Cook & Wats, which falls as a synonym. Fig. aa
shows advena Ellsw. which should be recorded as a form, rather
than a tr. f. because of its mendelian characters atavistic to the
existent race ohsoleta Edw. which it rapidly approaches. This
form of the species is not uncommon.

Glaucopsyche lygdamus Dbldy., race hehri Edw., tr. f. sternitzkyi
new tr. f. (Fig. 2, pi. XXXI.)

Submarginal rows of black spots on the under sides of
both wings tend to become obsolete. There remains a partial

326 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIv

row on the primaries. The crescent-shaped cell spots are un-
affected. Fig. b illustrates a typical behri. Classification :
immaculism — the final degree would be a total lack of spots,
excepting cell spots.

Data: holotype J', fig. a; expanse 30 mm. ; Fairfax, Marin Co.,
Calif., Apr. 9, 1927. One paratype .J', not quite so immaculate;
expanse 27 mm.; Trinity Co., Calif., June 2, 1928. Types in
author’s coll. Named after Mr. R. F. Sternitzky, of San Fran-
cisco, the original collector.

Plebeius monticola Clem., tr. f. montanus new tr. f. (Fig. 3, pi.
XXXI.)

Black spotting through discal areas on under sides lacking
on primaries and reduced on secondaries. Cell marks un-
changed. The two submarginal rows of spots at outer
margins also seem unaffected. Upper sides quite typical.
Fig. b shows an ordinary monticola. Classification : im-
maculism— with named example approaching final degree.

Data: holotype J', fig. a; expanse 22 mm.; Cajon Pass, San
Bernardino Co., Calif., May 14, 1922 (Karl Coolidge) ; type in
author’s coll, (montanus^ hilly region) . *

Plebeius acmon West & Hew., tr. f. angelus new tr. f. (Fig.

4, pi. XXXI.)

All black spots through discal areas on under sides slightly
enlarged and elongated, becoming drop-shaped and pointing
inward. Cell spots form dumb-bell design. The two sub-
marginal rows of spots through limbal areas remain typical
in this example. Fig. b shows a regular acmon, §. Classi-
fication : melanifusism — it remains to be seen whether the
marginal rows also change in the final phases of this species.

Data: holotype }, fig. a; expense 24 mm. ; Los Angeles, Calif.,
June 10, 1920. Type in author’s coll.

Argynnis montivaga Behr., tr. f. boharti new tr. f. (Figs. 5, pi.
XXXI.)

The figures show both upper and under sides of this tr. f.,
as well as a typical montivaga of the same sex and from the
same locality. The maculation change is similar to Arg.
erinna cunninghami Owen and nearby variants. The tr. f.
cunninghami is in the Barnes coll. Conspicuous by less of

Dec., 19 £9 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 327

usual Argynnis design in being almost black through limbal
areas on both surfaces with discal area veining broadly black
and basal areas of under side secondaries retaining evidence
of silver spots and some original design. Classification:
melanifusism — probably final phase because of similarity to
related examples. Mammothi Gun. represents immaculism
which is the opposite reaction in this species to melanifusism.

Data: Holotype 'J, expanse 46 mm. ; Mono Pass Trail (Yo-
semite to Mono Lake), Calif.; July 16, 1929. In author’s coll,
and named after Mr. R. M. Bohart, of Berkeley, Calif., who took
the specimen.

Melitaea mayi n. sp. Fig. 6, pi. XXXI.

The figures show both upper and under sides of this inter-
esting specimen in approximately natural size. I believe that
this species will be found to be as unique in comparison to
other American Melitaeas, as is Euphydryas gillettii Barnes
in its relation to other Euphydryas. In markings it is related
to the Melitaea athalia Rott. group of Europe and Asia, com-
ing extremely near to race latefascia Fixs which is found in
Corea and illustrated in color by Seitz, pi. 661 of Palearctic
Butterflies. The ground color is brown, the maculation black
and the lighter markings of the under side secondaries, a
cream-white without silvering or a definite luster. This
broad band of light irregular shaped spots across the discal
area of the under side secondaries is an interesting feature in
making its comparison to other American Melitaeas. Ac-
cording to the Barnes & Benj. 1926 Check List this species
would probably be placed at the end of the theona-pola
group.

Data: Holotype expanse 42 mm. ; small high valley four
miles west of Ptarmigan Valley, Banff, Alb., Canada, July 28,
1929. A single male collected by Mr. J. F. May, of Kelwood,
Man., Canada, after whom it is named.

Note : In this locality Mr. May also took Melitaea malcolmi
Comst. which extends its range into Canada. A splendid series
of Euphy. editha heani Skin, was also taken.

Dione vanillae L., form normal incarnata Riley, tr. f. hewlettae

tr. f. Figs. 7, pi. XXXI.

The ground color is white instead of the usual red-brown
shade. Silvering and black maculation unchanged. Classifi-
cation : albinism — final color change.

328 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V0I.XXIV

Data: Holotype $, expanse 68 mm. ; Ontario, Riverside Co.,
Calif. Taken in the summer of 1927 by Miss Esther P. Hewlett
after whom it is named.

Note: The recording of this transition form completes all the
names which can be given to this American race of vanillae under
existing classification. To wit: (A) Under change of maculation
comes comstocki representing melanifusism and its opposite mar-
gineapertus representing immaculism. (B) Under change of
color comes fumosus representing chromatism and its opposite
hewlettae representing albinism. Examples of all of these have
been illustrated at the time of their original description. It is un-
fortunate that Mr. Riley, of London, gave a name to the Amer-
ican race of vanillae without taking into consideration previously
named transition forms which goes to prove that timely abstract-
ing of exotic literature is most necessary. I recognize error on
my part in following some of our own incorrect list names.

Sundry Notes on Names and Naming.

It would be a foolish idea to try to dry up the ocean in order to
stem a tide. A better plan would be to properly regulate the tide
and let the ocean take care of itself. Similarly, it is better to care-
fully regulate the naming of insect variations, instead of curtail-
ing, by anti-evolutionary sentiment in the Code, what might prove
to be good entomological work. To achieve at least partial regu-
lation give authors a modern system of classification under which
to describe their atypical specimens and synonymy will be cut to
a minimum. Eventually we will certainly do away with the old
two-dimensional scheme of classification and some day with that
man-made unnatural “ timetable ” of priority and we will adopt a
general sliding scale for classification which is based entirely on
the natural “ timetable ” of evolution. We are making a progres-
sive step in that direction by classifying transition forms and al-
lowing them the recognition they deserve. Their grade on the
evolutionary stage is no longer a matter of guess work. The fact
of scarcity is never an excuse in scientific investigation, though it
may be a problem.

Classification of variation requires study, as well as a constant
review of new literature. But there will always be present authors
who follow the paths of least resistance. An easy way to dodge
responsibility and shift uncertain classification to others is to use
the word “ variety.” The phrase “ new variety ” in original de-

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 329

scription is a convenient entomological cover-all, having a differ-
ent positional status in the opinion of every one in America, as
well as in Europe. It won’t hurt taxonomy to stop using that
word, for there are other more logical terms to use in its stead.
“ Sub-species ” is another word which is going into disuse, be-
cause “race” is more expressive. Besides “sub-species” is some-
times used to mean any one thing under species. It has been
used many times to definitely suggest much lower steps on the
classification scale, than “ race ” would indicate. For this reason
its use as a positive fixation is not advised. I do not advocate the
use of the words “aberration ” or “ ab ” for reasons as first given
on p. 265, vol. 38, November, 1927, Entomological News.

The use of a term in original description which infers variation
due to malformative or uninheritable causes suggests specimens
unfit for classification on a natural development scale; therefore,
to designate legitimately recurrent variation of specific nature, I
have employed for several years, the expression “ transition
form,” or its abbreviation — “ tr. f.”' If authors will gradually
come to use this term and acquaint themselves with the systematic
arrangement under which their transition forms always occur,
they will save themselves considerable synonymical chagrin
through duplication. The day is passing (in America at least)
when an author can slap on a “ new ab.” without thought or di-
rect reference to similar nearby names and get away with it.

Some notes on recently described butterflies follow :

Minor Chermock for Eury. philodice Godt., form § plicaduta
Naka. (Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc., p. 118, vol. XXII, April, 1927.)
Type a dwarf. See “ Unnamable Butterflies,” July, 1928, Ent.
News. Falls as a synonym under species philodice.

Alha Chermock for Eury. philodice Godt., form § plicaduta
Naka. (Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc., p. 119, vol. XXII, April, 1927.)
Nakahara’s name takes care of both yellow and white females
which have or tend to have solid black borders. Falls as a syno-
nym under plicaduta, as does “albida” which was “A Correction,”
as stated on p. 173, Oct., 1928, issue.

Ehrmani Chermock for Eury. philodice Godt., form J plicaduta
Naka. (Bui. Brook., p. 118, vol. XXII, April, 1927.) Reduction
or enlargement of the discoidal spot or variance of marginal
width, without suffusion, represents the naturally reciprocal ten-
dency within the limits of the described species. (An Eskimo

330 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol. XXIV

with big broad shoulders is an Eskimo just the same.) Falls as
a synonym under plicaduta.

Boweri Chermock for Saty. eurydice Joh. (Bui. Brook. Ent.
Soc., p. 1 19, vol. XXII, April, 1927.) Number of individual
spots, gradation or lack of spots have never been recognized as
namable characteristics for the Satyridae groups which are con-
tinually and individually variable in this regard. Falls as syno-
nym to the species.

Intermedia Chermock for Glau. xerces Bdv. (Bui. Brook. Ent.
Soc., p. 20, vol. XXIV, Feb., 1929.) An examination of the illus-
trations of the allied xerces figures pictured in Comstock’s “ But-
terflies of California ” will show that there are more than enough
names applied near this species. Falls as a synonym possibly
under antiacisi Bdv. There is no transition sequence between
black to grey in these names.

Borealis Chermock for Cercy. pegala Fabr. (Bui. Brook. Ent.
Soc., p. 21, vol. XXIV, Feb., 1929.) Only an extreme alope
nephele Kirby under which it falls as a synonym. Ohio has been
too well combed over to produce a constant new race.

Laurae Chermock for Eury. eurytheme Bdv., form eryphyle
Edw. (Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc., p. 21, vol. XXIV, Feb., 1929.)
Tr. f. alba Stkr. takes care of albinism for the species eurytheme,
as well as its seasonal forms.

S errata Chermock for Eury. philodice Godt. (Bui. Brook. Ent.
Soc., p. 21, vol. XXIV, Feb., 1929.) Variation of the contour of
the inner margin of the marginal band of all species within the
Eurymus is variation within the converging limits of the species
itself and not classifiable under suffusion. A synonym of phi-
lodice.

Fulvus Rummel for Lyc. hypophlaeus Bdv. ; also

Neui Rummel for Lyc. hypophlaeus Bdv. (both Buh Brook.
Ent. Soc., p. 268, vol. XXIII, Dec., 1928). Fulvus represents
melanifusism, likewise does banksi Wats. & Comst., both of which
are synonyms under fasciata Stkr. Neui is a chrysalis burn or
malform and synonymous under the species. Octomaculata Dean
is a form, a mendelian form, atavistic probably to existent west-
ern representatives in the genera. Only three transitions forms
for the species are possible, all have been named. The following
check list revision is suggested :

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 331

Lycaena Fabr.

415. hypophlaeas Bdv.

americana Harr.
neui Rumm.

form octomaculata Dean
tr. f. fulliolus Elst. ( chromatism )
tr. f. obliterata Scud. ( immaculism )
caeca Reiff
obsoleta B. & McD.
tr. f. fasciata Stkr. ( melanifusism )
banksi Wats. & Comst.
fulvus Rumm.

Streckeri Holland for Pap. bairdii Edw. (Bui. Carn. Mus., p
310, no. 2, vol. 17, April, 1927.) Asterioides Reak. should be
placed as a synonym under bairdii. In my series of bairdii from
Arizona in particular, New Mexico, the Great Basin and South-
ern California, most of the males have, on their upper side, the
fully developed yellow mesial band of spots (as on Edwards’s
singly described male type) ; while in others there is a gradual
loss of this band, until in some specimens, it is totally absent.
Likewise in the females, this same gradation occurs, some having
this same band of spots (an interesting notation!), while the ma-
jority, of course, are always without it. The yellow crescent cell
spots, in both sexes, appear or increase in size according to the in-
crease of yellow design elsewhere. Another point of interest is
that some examples have a visage of the reddish tinge within the
yellow on the under side secondaries and some have not. The
conclusion is that by this variability, our western bairdii shows its
mendelian inheritance, either to or from, the eastern cousin Pap.
ajax L. (asterias) . The named illustration of streckeri Holland
is referable to none of the eight divisions under which tr. fs. are
classified and the name will fall, as a slight straight synonym,
probably under syn. asterioides Reak.

N ebraskensis Holland for Brenthis myrina Cram. (Ann. Carn.
Mus., p. 36, no. 1, vol. XIX, Dec., 1928). I believe it is conceded
that dwarfs and giants find no place in present day classification
through the application of specific names. Size alone counts for
nothing in a species having a considerable range where environ-
ment produces largeness or smallness only. Imperial Valley in
California develops the largest common Cynthia cardui L. of any
place in U. S., but they don’t seem to be worthy. N ebraskensis

332 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

which was given under the vague term “ variety ” to four males
falls as a synonym under myrina.

Pardo psis Holland for Brenthis bellona Fabr. (Ann. Carn.
Mus., p. 36, no. 1, vol. XIX, Dec., 1928). This is a name where
illustration would be of great help, but I trust it represents a show-
ing towards immaculism, that is a first degree tendency at least
towards lack of design. Tr. f. kleenei Wats, which is a well de-
veloped phase of melanifusism unfortunately falls as a synonym
to tr. f. fasciata Ckll. which in a much lesser degree represents the
same thing. Cockerell’s poor description as well as Maynard’s
illustration on which he based his name are both terrible pieces of
entomological reference.

Biedermanni Ehrman for Eurema mexicana Bdv. (Bui. Brook.
Ent. Soc., p. 84, vol. XX, April, 1925). A male specimen from
Arizona with slightly heavier black emargination on upper side
secondaries as well as on primaries. This excess encroachment of
the black partly cuts the contour of the “jaw of the dog-head”
design and Mr. Ehrman’s idea of classification placed it as a new
species. Marginal width variation within either the genera
Eurymus or Eurema are strains not generally classifiable under
transition forms unless the suffusion or immaculation is apt to be
entirely complete over the wing and for certain well known
species, like mexicana for example, this is doubtful ; therefore,
the name biedermanni only represents variation within the legiti-
mate alternate limits of the species and falls as a synonym thereof.
Recta Klots (Ent. Am., p. 134, vol. IX, Dec., 1928) is a name ap-
plied to oppositely marked specimens from biedermanni or those
having less heavy black emargination. Most of the foregoing
synonymical reference is applicable to this name. See note on the
above synonymy of serrata Chermock for 'additional reference.

Bull. B. E. S., XXIV, No. 5 Plate XXX

New Butterflies and Sundry Notes — Gunder

New Butterflies and Sundry Notes- — Guilder

Bull. B. B. S., XXIV, No. 5 Plate XXXI

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 333

THE GENUS EURYGENIUS LA FERTE (COLE-
OPTERA) IN OUR FAUNA.

By H. C. Fall, Tyngsboro, Mass.

Since 1851, when Le Conte described his Eurygenius constric-
tus from California, this genus has been accredited to our fauna.
In 1895 (Coleop. Notices, VI) Casey gave reasons for doubting
the correctness of this generic reference and erected the genus
Retocomus for our so-called Eurygenius species.

Notwithstanding the rejection of Retocomus in the Leng List
and the continuance of our species under Eurygenius, I am quite
convinced after a careful study of La Ferte’s generic descriptions
and figures that if the characters on which his Eurygenius and
Stereopalpus are based are accepted as of generic rank, then the
course pursued by Casey is the only logical one.

In this connection it is of interest to say that the two species
described below, by the large eyes which are not at all emarginate
in front (hence not Retocomus) , the short oblique tempora and
the shorter and more triangular terminal joint of the maxillary
palpus as compared with the long cultriform last joint in Stere-
opalpus, seem to be definitely assignable to Eurygenius.

Eurygenius parvicornis n. sp.

Slender, convex ; elytra, body beneath, legs and antennae
pale brown, thorax a little darker, head piceous ; vestiture
ashy white, recumbent, moderately plentiful but not conceal-
ing the color of the derm.

Eyes large and prominent, not at all emarginate, margin
back of the antennae barely perceptibly flattened, separated
on the front by about their own width ; tempora short, ob-
lique.

Antennae short, slender, reaching only to the base of the
thorax, joints proportioned as in Stereopalpus.

Prothorax not quite as wide as the head, just perceptibly
longer than wide, widest at apical fourth, rounded in front,
sides moderately convergent and not sinuate to the rear;
sculpture consisting of lunate ridges or incompletely walled
punctures, median line not impressed.

Elytra elongate, nearly parallel sided, y2 wider than the
thorax and about 2^2 times as long as wide; rather closely
moderately coarsely punctate.

Body beneath more finely punctured and more thinly pu-
bescent than above. In the female the fifth ventral is sub-

334 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

equal in length to the fourth, the apical margin rounded; in
the male the fifth ventral is much longer than the fourth,
flattened or a little concave medially at apex, the concavity
limited by ridges which are produced posteriorly to form
acute cusps, between which the apex is roundly emarginate.
Length 5.5 to 6 mm. ; width 1.75 to 1.85 mm.

Described from 2 J' and 1 $ from the Davis Mts., Texas. The
type Ccf) bears label “ Davis Mts., Texas, Fort Davis Quad,
Phantom Lake, v-25-1916, F. M. Gaige.”

Eurygenius perforatus n. sp.

Very similar in all essential features to the preceding spe-
cies. The eyes, tempora and antennae are nearly the same,
as is the modification of the ventral apex in the male. The
color, however, is more uniformly pale yellowish brown, the
head not darker; the pubescence is less appressed and the
elytra are notably more coarsely deeply and closely punctate,
the punctures not concealed by the pubescence. The size is
a little smaller, the length varying between 3.75 and 4.75 mm.
(head deflexed).

California (Palm Springs, 8-30-23), 4 J', 1 5, collected and
submitted by Mr. A. C. Davis, of Garden Grove, Calif.

The type is a male in my own collection ; paratypes in Mr.
Davis’s collection.

Bee., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 335

BOOK NOTES

Flowers and Insects, by Charles Robertson (pp. 1-221). (Pub-
lished by the author, Carlinville, 111., 1929.)

This is a voluminous record and certainly most useful in a
reference library. However, it is not easy reading, for it consists,
except for the Preface, of extensive lists of technical names of
plants and insects, arranged in the botanical order of the plants,
according to Gray, 1908. What is given in this work are the rec-
ords of many years’ observations reduced to a book and com-
pressed within the limits of 220 pages.

As is to be expected, the greatest number of records is of Hy-
menoptera, of which 664 species are named ; the next is of Dip-
tera, recording 446 species. Equally naturally, the least number
(except for the one Neuropteran) is 25 Heteroptera. The Cole-
optera number 153 species, and the Lepidoptera 99. The four
major orders are not only numerous in species but they also con-
tain many nectar and pollen feeders.

Naturally, I cannot profitably discuss any group except the
Heteroptera. The single Neuropteran is absolutely negligible in
every respect, being merely an adventitious visitor. The Heterop-
tera are practically in the same case. Orius (here called Tri-
phleps) insidiosus, Nabis (here called Coriscus) ferus, Sinea dia-
dema, Phymata wolfii and Podisus serieventris (here called by
the old name spinosus), are all known predators and frequent
flowers to hunt in them. Orius is common on daisy ( Chrysan-
themum leucanthemum) ; Phymata is general in panicles or um-
bels, such as the various golden rods ( Solidago ) and Queen
Anne’s Lace ( Daucus carota), where it lies concealed to trap, the
Diptera and Hymenoptera ; and Sinea is another hidden hunter,
found where its chosen prey abounds, principally on red clover
( Trifolium pratense), for example. None of the others is a
habitual flower feeder. Indeed, the records of the numbers of
each found on flowers, generally single individuals, clearly shows
this. But in any event, all are plant feeders ; and the records are
doubtless new food plants for some of them.

The plants on which this residual 21 species were found follow :
Plagiognathus obscurus Uhler — Oxypolis rigidior, Pastinaca sa-
tiva, Zizia aurea.

Lopidea media Say — Cacalia reniformis, Liparis liliifolia, Clematis
virginiana, Aruncus Sylvester , Sanicula marilandica, Slum
cicutae folium, Thaspium aureum trifoliatum.

336 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

Lygus pratensis L. — Apocynum cannabinum, Asclepias syriaca,
Aster erisoides villosus, Boltonia asteroides, Erigeron phila-
delphicus, E. ramosus, Helianthus annuus, H. laetiflorus, H.
tuberosus, Parthenium integri folium, Rudbeckia hirta, Soli-
dago nemoralis, S. idmifolia, Cassia chamae crista, Stropho-
styles helvola, Erythronium albidum, Isopyrum biternatum,
Ceanothus americanus, Salix cordata, Staphylea trifolia, Eu-
lophus americanus, Osmorrhiza longistylis, Oxypolis rigidior,
Pastinaca sativa, Zizia aurea.

C aloe oris rapidus Say (recte, Adelphocoris) — Asclepias sidli-
vanti, Erigeron philadelphicus, Helianthus laetiflorus, H.
scaberrimus, Parthenium integrifolium, Solidago canadensis,
Pycnanthemum flexuosum, Petalo sternum purpureum, Ceano-
thus americanus, Verbena hastata.

Phytocoris schupeus Say — Heracleum lanatum, Pastinaca sativa.

Oncopeltus fasciatus Dallas — Asclepias incarnata, A. purpurea,
A. syriaca, Pycnanthemum flexuosum, Cephalanthus occi-
dentalis, Eryngium yuccifolium, Oxypolis rigidior.

Lygaeus turcicus Fabr. ( kalmii Stal?) — Apocynum cannabinum,
Asclepias incarnata, A. syriaca, Stellaria media, Aster anoma-
lus, A. ericoides villosus, Cacalia tuberosa, Cirsium pumilum,
Heliopsis helianthoides, Eryngium yuccifolium, Eidophus
americanus, Cium cicutaefolium, Thaspium aureum trifolia-
tum, Krigia ample xicaulis, Solidago canadensis, S. missouri-
ensis, S. nemoralis, Nepeta cataria, Pycnanthemum flexu-
osum, P. virginianum, Melilotus alba, Polygonum lapathi-
folium, Ceanothus americanus, Salix humilis, Veronica vir-
ginica.

Melanocoryphus bicrucis Stal — Cacalia reniformis.

Ortholomus longiceps Stal (recte, scolopax Say) — Pycnanthe-
mum flexuosum.

Cliariesterus antennator Fabricius — Euphorbia corollata.

Alydus eurinus Say — Aster multi floras, A. paniculatus, Eryngium
yuccifolium.

Alydus pilosulus ‘Herrich-Schaeffer — Aster multiflorus, Solidago
canadensis, S. nemoralis.

Harmostes reflexulus Say — Aster ericoides villosus.

Corizus lateralis Say — Erigeron philadelphicus, Pastinaca sativa,
Polytaenia nuttalli.

Euschistus fissilis Uhler (recte, euschistoides Vollenhoven) —
Helenium autumnale.

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 337

Euschistus variolarius Palisot de Beauvois — Asclepias syriaca,
Bidens aristosa , Eupatorium serotinum, Helenium autum-
nale, Salix humilis.

Euschistus ictericus Linnaeus — Pycnanthemum flexuosum, Peta-
lo sternum purpureum, Poly taenia nuttalli, Zizia aurea.
Corimelaena lateralis Fabricus — Cryptotaenia canadensis, Tae-
nidia integerrima, Chaerophyllum procumbens.

Corimelaena pulicaria Germar — Parthenium integrifolium, Sassa-
fras laurifolium, Geum canadense, Cicuta maculata, Chaero-
phyllum procumbens, Heracleum lanatum, Pastinaca sativa,
Sanicula marilandica, Sium cicutae folium.

Canthophorus cinctus Amyot & Serville (recte, Sehirus) — Ceano-
thus americanus.

It may be seen by perusing the preceding list how slight is its
ecological significance. Obviously, as pollinators, these few Het-
eroptera observed on flowers are of negligible importance. As to
food plants, here too, we find data which possibly extend the
known range of food plants, but are no indication of the native
or preferred food-plant. For example, take Lygus pratensis. It
may or may not be this species, according to our later understand-
ing. But assuming that it is, this bug is omnivorous, abundant
and widespread ; it may be found anywhere, and its occasional
appearance on a flower means nothing. The same may be said of
the Euschisti, which are strong fliers. Calocoris (now Adelpho-
coris ) is in the same situation.

A curious fact presents itself in this analysis. The preferred
food of Corizus is the Polygonums, yet none was found on their
flowers. Ortholomus is most abundant on Spiraea, and I have
myself seen it on the blossoms, but Mr. Robertson does not record
is as so found. The mirid Lygus pabulinus is abundant on its
foodplant Impatiens biflora, but it is not recorded from its blos-
soms, although I have taken it at flowering time. Ceanothus har-
bors during its flowering season enormous numbers of Gargaphia
angulata, yet it would seem they shun its blooms. Daisy heads
are the hunting ground of Orius preying on the Thrips that there
abound, but none seems to have been observed on them. Capsella
bur sapast oris is the foodplant of Peribalus limbolarius, but it was
not found on the flowers. Anasa repetita is found only on Sicyos
angulatus, but seems to shun its flowers. In fact, one could go
through the entire list and record similar absences of bugs from
the flowers of their known foodplants.

338 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxiv

EDITORIAL.

ON AUTHOR’S CORRECTIONS.

(Or Additions, or Improvements.)

Our editorial policy toward our valued contributors is, and, we
hope, will always be, liberal. But there are one or two places in
which we must be careful, much as we would prefer to be prodi-
gal. One of these is that which is kindly called “ author’s cor-
rections.” Of all costly details in printing, these are among the
most expensive. Authors, of course, are not always editors,
wherefore they do not always realize what it means to add more
words to an article already in type; or to take them out in num-
ber. So little a thing as the substitution of an eight-letter word
for a three-letter word in the middle of a page may cause the re-
setting of a half-page — always charged for in the printer’s bill.

The acute financial stringency in all our biological publications
forces all of us editors to pinch the pennies. And if, unfortu-
nately, additional pence appear on the bill, we are compelled to
extract them from the author responsible.

Our assumption at all times is that a paper submitted for pub-
lication is complete and perfect. And we accept it on that basis
only. If later it turns out that the author omitted something he
should have said, or made some statement not quite acceptable to
him when he sees it in cold type, we must pass the charge for
such an emendation to him. We do it regretfully, but we must
keep down our costs.

We have mentioned this on other occasions, but it appears to
be a tonic that must be administered again off and on to have it
strong in the consciousness of our much appreciated authors.

So, please remember, dear authors, that we charge back to you
the cost of all material changes you make in your article, after it
is in type. — J. R. T. B.

Dec., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 339

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of May 16, 1929.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held in the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday evening, May 16,
1929, at 8.10 p. m.

President Davis in the Chair and twelve members present, viz.:
Messrs. Ahlund, Bell, Bigelow, Chapin, Eisenhardt, Engelhardt,
Lemmer, Schaeffer, Sheridan, Siepmann, and Torre-Bueno ; and
Dr. Risch.

Minutes of the previous meeting read and approved.

Mr. Torre-Bueno reported briefly for the Publication Commit-
tee.

Mr. Engelhardt presented the report of the Treasurer.

Mr. Eisenhardt proposed the two following gentlemen for
membership :

Dr. Otto E. F. Risch, 785 Carroll Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Mr. Charles Ahlund, 516 Eleventh Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Both Dr. Risch and Mr. Ahlund being present, it was regularly
moved and seconded that the By-Laws be suspended and that the
Secretary cast one ballot for the election of both, which was ac-
cordingly done, and Dr. Risch and Mr. Ahlund were elected to
membership.

The Secretary read letters from Mrs. Anna B. Comstock, wife
of Dr. Comstock, Dr. Walther Horn and Dr. Karl Jordan ex-
pressing their appreciation of the Society’s action in electing
them Honorary Members of the Society.

Mr. Torre-Bueno remarked on some specimens of Hemiptera
brought by Mr. Siepmann. He also showed the following books
and commented on them : The Principles of Systematic Ento-
mology, by Gordon Floyd Ferris, and Instinct and Intelligence,
by Major R. W. G. Hingston, M.C., published in the Book League
Monthly (also as a separate work by the Macmillan Co.).

Mr. Schaeffer showed specimens of the beetles Oherea basalis
Lee. raised on black-topped aster, and Tachymerus gleditsiae Lin-
naeus bred from the seeds of Palmetto, from Brownsville, Texas,
both of which were collected by Mr. Engelhardt.

Mr. Davis showed a postal-card received from Mr. Notman,
from Covington, Louisiana, and remarked on Mr. Notman’s long
collecting trips across the continent. He also showed a specimen
of the Geometrid moth, Epelis truncataria Walker, collected at

340 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXlv

Lakehurst, on bearberry and one collected by Mr. Roy Latham
at Manorville, Long Island, July 4, 1925. He also showed speci-
mens of the Saturnid moth, Callosamia promethea Drury, two
males and two females, which were bred from cocoons that had
carried over one year, the normal emergence should have been in
the spring of 1928 but they did not emerge until the spring of
I929’

Mr. Bigelow exhibited a specimen of the beetle Dibolocelus
ovalis Ziegl., collected by Mr. W. T. Davis on Staten Island, rep-
resenting the second Staten Island record of the species and taken
twenty years after the first record ; he remarked on the differences
between this beetle and Hydrous triangularis Say, the common-
so-called “electric light beetle ” which it resembles. He also
showed a specimen of the Buprestid beetle Buprestis striata Fab-
ricius.

Mr. Torre-Bueno gave an account of his experiences in Mexico
in 1910 when he was there on a business trip, but found time to
do some collecting also ; he exhibited specimens of a large number
of species of Hemiptera which he collected there and remarked
on their distribution and habits.

Mr. Engelhardt exhibited several boxes of insects collected
during his trip to Florida during March of this year and remarked
on his experiences in getting them.

Adjourned at 10.10 p. m.

Meeting of October 10, 1929.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday evening, October 10,
1929, at 8.15 p. m.

President Davis in the chair, and ten members present, viz.,
Messrs. Chapin, Eisenhardt, Engelhardt, Hunter, Lemmer,
Schaeffer, Sheridan, Shoemacher, Siepmann, and Torre-Bueno;
and four visitors.

In the absence of the Secretary, Mr. Siepmann acted as secre-
tary pro tern.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Mr. Engelhardt presented the monthly report of the treasurer, and
Mr. Torre-Bueno reported for the publication committee. ,

Mr. Schaeffer proposed for membership Mr. Kenneth W.
Cooper, 40-40 So. 167 St. Flushing, N. Y. As Mr. Cooper was
present, it was regularly moved and seconded that the by-laws be

Bee., 1929 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 341

suspended, and the secretary cast one ballot for the election of Mr.
Cooper, which was accordingly done.

Mr. Engelhardt brought to the attention of the Society the
deaths of Dr. F. H. Chittenden, a life member of the society ; of
Mr. Charles J. Martin, an honorary member, who died on July
29, 1927, at the age of 92, and of Mr. Tom Spaulding, of Provo,
Utah, a well-known collector.

Mr. Chapin gave some interesting observations on the parasitic
worms infesting domesticated animals.

Mr. Sheridan spoke of his collecting along the Navesink River
during the past summer.

Mr. Shoemacher related his collecting experiences at Green-
wood Lake and in the Pocono Mountains, being chiefly interested
in Buprestidse. He also exhibited a specimen of Physonota uni-
punctata vr. quinquenotata , a large cassidinid beetle, taken in Van
Cortlandt Park.

Mr. Burke reported that he obtained Libellula vibrans in
moderate members on Staten Island and in Van Cortlandt Park.
This species is generally scarce, the past summer being one of the
years it was common.

Mr. Lemmer spoke of the Lepidoptera he collected at Lake-
hurst, N. J.

Mr. Eisenhardt told of his collecting experiences in the Berk-
shires. He observed large numbers of Colias philodice in the
meadows, a male of the variety alba being also taken.

Mr. Cooper spoke of collecting Anophthalmus , a kind of blind
carabid beetle, in the Virginia caverns.

Mr. Torre-Bueno told of his observations of a large wasp,
Sphecius speciosus, which fills its burrows with Cicadas. He also
reported finding Anthocoris borealis common in the curled-up
leaves of beech : a species which most collectors find pretty scarce.

Mr. Engelhardt exhibited two male specimens of a rare hawk
moth, Sphinx elsa Neumoegen, collected in Estancia Valley, New
Mexico, in June, 1929. He said that the species was at one time
almost lost to collectors, but believes that it will again be taken in
moderate numbers.

Mr. William T. Davis stated that one of the ways of noting
the interesting differences in the passing years was by observing
the conspicious butterflies that may appear each summer. After
several years of scarcity, the Monarch butterfly, which was very
common in 1922, is again gradually approaching a period of maxi-

342 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXIV

mum numbers which will no doubt be attained several years
hence. Basilarchia astyanax was very common in Staten Island
in the summer of 1923, and has since been gradually decreasing
in numbers. Not a single specimen was noted on the Island dur-
ing the summer of 1929. Apatura clyton formerly not common,
has lately been found in numbers about the Celtis trees at Rich-
mond, while Eurymus eurytheme has become generally distributed
on the Island since 1927. It was a common species last summer.
Megistias fusca Grote & Robinson, was collected in some numbers
at Tottenville in June, 1897. On August 26, 1929, a single ex-
ample was taken in the filled-in area at the docks, Tompkinsville.

Mr. Siepmann spoke of his collecting trip to the Unaka Na-
tional Forest, Tennessee.

Adjourned at 10.15 P- m-

Carl Geo. Siepmann,
Secretary, pro tem.

EXCHANGES.

Old notices will be discontinued as space for new ones is
needed.

WE WISH to procure in exchange or on cash : Parnassius of
North- America, with its varieties and aberrations, well labelled,
spread or in papers (clodius, smitheus, eversmanni). Dr. Staud-
inger & A. Bang-Haas, Dresden-Blasewitz.

LEPIDOPTERA from the Mountains of Kentucky. Papilios
and other var. of this section collected. Paper spec, of Xylophones
tersa and Catopsilia eubule on hand. Also Cocoons of the larger
Saturnid moths. Ellis Chandlee, Barbourville, Ky.

BUTTERFLY COLLECTORS— Have you butterflies which
look different in color or pattern from the average? (See adver-
tisement). Please write. Jeane Gunder, Pasadena, Calif.

CYNIPIDAE. — Galls and bred wasps wanted to determine or
in exchange. Alfred C. Kinsey, Indiana University, Bloomington,
Indiana.

CATOPINI: Catops ( Choleva ), Prionochaeta, Ptomaphagus.
— Wanted to borrow all possible specimens of these genera from
North America for a revisional study. Correspondence solicited.
- — Melville H. Hatch, Dept, of Zoology, Univ. of Wash., Seattle,
Wash.

The American Entomological Company of Brooklyn,
N. Y., has come to Life again in the shape of
CARPOCAPSA, Pittsburgh, Pa.

INSECT PINS, ETC.

CARPOCAPSA

GEORGE FRANCK, JR.

Write for catalogue

375 Lehigh Avenue, East Liberty Station
Pittsburgh, Penna.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

Explanation of all Technical Terms Used in Entomology.

By John B. Smith, Sc.D. (The Glossary) Cloth $3.00

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society (un-
bound), vols. 4-8 (per vol.) 1.75

Vols. 9-14 1.50

Vols. 15 to 21 1.75

Vols. 22 to date 2.50

Entomologica Americana, vols. 1-6, each 4.00

“ “ vols. 7-9, each 4.00

Papilio, vols. 1 and 4, each 3.00

Monograph of Plusia, Ottolengui 50

Orders for publications must be sent with remittance to Li-
brarian, Brooklyn Entomological Society, c/o Central Museum,
Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N. Y.

INDEX TO VOLUME XXIV.

(Arranged alphabetically throughout.)
General Subject.

Editing, Editors, Contributors
and Readers, J. R. de la
Torre-Bueno, 15.

Edwin Eddy Calder, Geo. P.

Engelhardt, 115.

Insects Atop of Skyscrapers,
Pinney Schiffer, 260.

Jacob Doll, Geo. P. Engelhardt,

Present Trends in Systematic
Entomology, J. Bequaert, 98.
Proceedings of the Society,
Charles L. Pollard, Chas.
Schaeffer, E. L. Bell, Carl
Geo. Siepmann, 47, 193, 254,
339-

Book Notes.

A Handbook of the Dragon- Pond Problems, J. R. T. B., 43.
flies of North America, Wm. The Principles of Systematic
T. Davis, 200. Entomology, J. R. T. B., 250.

Flowers and Insects, J. R. T.

B-, 335-

COLEOPTERA.

An Early Cerambycid, C. A.
Frost, 154.

A New Species of Gyrinus
from Northern New Hamp-
shire, K. F. Chamberlain,
247.

A Synonym, C. A. Frost, 249.

Cicindela tranquebarica hori-
conensis Leng, C. A. Frost,
219.

Coleoptera from Northern Cali-
fornia, Howard Notman, 222.

Correction to a Revision of
Podabrus, H. C. Fall, 103.

Cryptocephalus tinctus Lee., C.
A. Frost, 294.

Information Wanted, C. A,
Frost, 12.

New North American Species
of Rhynchites, H. C. Fall,
292.

Notes on Gyrinus marginellus
Fall, K. F. Chamberlain, 155.

On Phyllophaga debilis Le-
conte, with Descriptions of
Three New Species, H. C.
Fall, no.

On Some Species of Phaedon,
Chas. Schaeffer, 286.

On the Classification of Beetles
According to Larval Charac-
ters, Adam G. Boving, 55.

On the Integument of the Larva
of the Alder Flea Beetle,
William Colcord Woods, 116.

New Species of Meloidae, Ed-
win C. Van Dyke, 127.

Pedillus parvicollis not a Den-
droides, H. C. Fall, 13.

Phyllophaga austricola — A Cor-
rection, H. C. Fall, J. R. de
la Torre-Bueno, 216.

345

346 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vo l- XXIV

Rare Beetle, Rarer Luck, C. A.
Frost, 14.

Rarity vs. Secrecy, C. A. Frost,
156.

The Genus Eurygenius La-
Ferte, in our Fauna, H. C.
Fall, 333.

The North American Species
of Parandra, Chas. Schaeffer,

38.

Uncommon Coleoptera, C. A.
Frost, 34

What Attraction?, C. A. Frost,
11.

Diptera.

A Note on the Habits oj
Hylemyia trivitt at a Stein, H.
C. Huckett, 294.

A Winter Home for Mosqui-
toes, C. A. Frost, 223.

Some Common Diptera and
their Habits, N. K. Bigelow,
245-

The Crane Flies of New York:
Third Supplementary List,
Charles P. Alexander, 22.
Fourth Supplementary List,
Charles P. Alexander, 295.

Undescribed Species of the
Genus Limnophila from
Eastern North America,
Charles P. Alexander, 187.

Editorial.

“Fit to Print,” J. R. T. B., 42. ments), J. R. T. B., 42.

On Authors Corrections (Or On Entomologists and Ento-
Additions, or Improve- mology, J. R. T. B., 41.

Heteroptera.

A Few Late Spring Bugs, J. R.
de la Torre-Bueno, 221.

A New Genus of Semiaquatic
Hemiptera, H. B. Hunger-
ford, 288.

A Partial List of Miridae from
Texas, H. G. Johnson, 217.

Book Notes: Flowers and In-
sects, J. R. T. B., 210.

New Species of Neoborus and
Xenoborus, Harry H. Knight,
1.

Observations on Metrobates
hesperius Uhler, H. M.
Parshley, 157.

On some New England Heter-
optera, J. R. de la Torre-
Bueno, 310.

Protective Adaptations among
Aquatic Hemiptera, J. R. de
la Torre-Bueno, 30.

Rectifications for Blatchley’s
“Heteroptera,” with the De-
scription of a New Species,
Harry H. Knight, 143.

Some Tingitoidea from Central
and South America, Carl J.
Drake, 35.

Homoptera.

Genus Dikraneuroidea , gen. n.,

Paul B. Lawson, 307.

Vol. XXIV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 347

Hymenoptera.

A Contribution to the Know-
ledge of the Bionomics of
Bremus impatiens (Cresson),
Theodore H. Frison, 261.

A Nomenclatorial Note on the
Birch Leaf-Mining Sawfly,
Phyllotoma nemorata (Fal-
len) ? Raymond L. Taylor,
323-

Bees of the Subfamily Osminae
in the Collection of the
Brigham Young University,
D. Elden Beck, 303.

Podalonia violaceipennvs (Le-
peletier), a Dimorphic Fos-
sorial Wasp, J. Bequaert, 220.

The Honey Ant Myrmecocys-
tus melliger at San Antonio,
Texas, H. B. Parks, 32.

Lepidoptera.

An Aberrant Butterfly — Jun-
onia coena, Wm. T. Davis,
12.

Eurymus eurytheme Bdv., W.
Prescott Rogers, 313.

Eurymus interior, W. Prescott
Rogers, 308.

Food Plant .of Chrysophanus
heloides, John D. Ritchie,
103.

Further Notes on Eurema
Hiibner, Alex. B. Klots, 214.

Isturgia truncataria in Long
Island, Roy Latham, 246.

Lepidopterological Contribu-
tions, William Barnes and
Foster H. Benjamin, 164.

New Butterflies and Sundry
Notes, J. D. Gunder, 325.

Notes on North American
Lepidoptera, F. H. Cher-
mock, 20.

Paonias excaecatus in Colorado,
T. D. A. Cockerell, 244.

The Generic Status of Catop-
silia Hiibner and Phoebis
Hubner, with a Discussion of
the Relationships of the
Species and the Homologies
of the Male Genitalia, Alex.
B. Klots, 203.

The genus Anteos Hiibner,
Alex. B. Klots, 134.

Two Moths, William Eisen-
hardt, 192.

The Smaller Orders.

An Observation on the Etiology
of a Certain Malformation in
the Earwig Anisolabis mari-
tima, Waro Nakahara and
Dorothy Nakahara, 161.

Contributions to our Knowledge
of American Thysanoptera,
Dudley Moulton, 224.

Two Urothripidae (Thysanop-
tera) from Florida, with
Keys to the Known Genera
and the North America Spe-
cies, J. Douglas Hood, 314.

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES OF INSECTS,
OTHER ANIMALS AND PLANTS.

New forms in bold face; valid genera and species in Roman;
synonyms in italics; * indicates plants ; f Long Island records ;
t other animals.

348 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society XXIV

For extensive lists of Crane Flies of New York, see pp. 22 and
295; for list of mirid species and localities, see pp. 148/152; for
list of Texan Miridae, see pp. 217/219; for list of California
Coleoptera, see pp. 222/223 1 f°r list °f Osminae of the West, see
pp. 303/306; for extensive list of flowers on which Bremus is
found, see pp. 272/273; for list of New England Heteroptera, see
pp. 310/313; for extensive list of flowers on which Heteroptera
were found, see pp. 335/337.

Acronicta, 170
Acronycta, 170, 181, 182
Actias dubernandi, 192, 259
* Adelia parvifolia, 3, 218
Adelphocoris rapidus, 336, 337
*Adenostoma fasciculatum, 224
Afotella, 1 71, 172
cylindrica, 171
Afrida, 169

Agrotiphila, 172, 173, 174, 175,
I76

Colorado, 174
montana, 174
standing eri, 174
Agrion, 200

Agrotimorpha, 174, 176
incognita, 175
staudingeri, 174
Agrotis, 165, 173, 177
Ala, 172, 176
Albuna pyramidalis, 194
Altica bimarginata, 116 et seqq.
Alydus eurinus, 336
pilosulus, 336
Amphibolothrips, 317
Amphicyrta, 62

chrysomelina, 58, 73
Amphidasis cognataria form
swettaria, 258
Anaphoidea calendrae, 47
Anaphothrips crassicornis, 231
Anarta, 173

Anartomorpha, 172, 176
Anasa repetita, 337
tristis, 199

Anchy tarsus, 60, 61, 62, 67
bicolor, 60, 75
Ancyronyx, 67
variegatus, 76

Anisolabis maritima, 161, 162
annulipes, 62
Anodontobombus, 279
Anophthalmus, 341
Anosia berenice, 50
Anteos, 134 et seqq. ; 204, 207
clorinde, 134 et seqq.
maerula, 134
menippe, 134 et seqq.
Anthocharis, 206
Anthocoris borealis, 341
Antillocoris pallidus, 221
Anycteola, 168, 169
fotelloides, 168
Apatela, 12 1, 170
lanceolaria, 181
oblinita, form insolita, 181
Apantesis figurata f. excelsa ab.
lugubris, 258
anona f. persephone, 258
Apatura clyton, 342
Aphrissa, 21 1
Apocheima rochellae, 194
Aradus robustus, 221
Archanarta, 173, 175
quieta, 173

Argeme mittrei, 192, 259
Argynnis montivaga tr. f.
borarti, 326

erinna tr. f. cunninghami,
326

Voi. XXIV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 349

erinna tr. f . mammothi, 326
Arsilonche, 184
Athetis, 182
Automeris io, 244

Barathra albicolon, 179
vindemialis, 179
Barberiella apicalis, 144, 145
brimleyi, 144, 145
Barrovia, 173, 175
Basilarchia archippus, 325
tr. f. advena, 325
Cayuga,. 325
lanthanis, 325
nivosus, 325
pseudodorippus,

325

astyanax, 342
disippe, 325
Bebelothrips, 316, 317
Belostoma flumineum, 31
Belvosia bifasciata, 51
* Betula papyrifera, 323
* populifolia, 323
Bidessus affinis, 155
Bombus (see Bremus)

Brady thrips, 316
Bremus auricomus, 269

bimaculatus, 261, 269, 274,
279, 280

impatiens, 261/285
separatus, 270, 271
virginicus, 270, 271
Brenthis bellona, 332

tr. f. fasciata, 332
kleenei , 332
myrina, 331
nehraskensis, 331
pardopsis, 332
Brunneria borealis, 51
Bucculatrix, 169
Buchholtzia, 184
Byrrhus, 58

fasciatus, 58, 73

* Cacalia atriplicifolia, 154
Calendra, 47

Callosamia promethea, 340
C aloe oris (see Adelphocoris)
Canthophorus (see Sehirus)

$ Canis nebrascensis texensis,
34

Canthoris andersoni, 249
livida, 249

* Capsella bursapastoris, 337
Capsus (see Eustictus)

* Carya, 218
Calymniodes , 181
Catobapta, 183
Catocala arizonae, 183

euphemia, 183
neogama, 183
serena, 199
subnata, 183
suhnatana, 183
viduata, 51

Catopsilia crocale, 206, 208
eubule, 50, 51, 134
florella, 134, 206, 208
pomona, 106, 208
pyranthe, 206, 208
rurina, 134
scylla, 206, 208
statira, 134, 135
thauruma, 206, 207

* Ceanothus, 14, 337

* Celtis, 342

Cephalothrips elegans, 236
errans, 237

Ceramica vindemialis, 179
Cercionis (Satyrus) pegala,
race borealis, 21, 330
alope var. nephele, 21, 330

* Chaemadaphne calyculata, 246
Charadra circulifera, 182, 183

contigua, 182, 183
deridens, 182, 183
nigrosuffusa, 182, 183
sudena, 182, 183
Chariesterus antennator, 336

350 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol. XXIV

Chelonarium, 62, 63, 76
lecontei, 61

Chirothrips manicatus, 238
Chlorion harrisi, 198
*Chrysolamus, 227
Chrysophanus helloides, 103
Cicindela harrisi, 51
repanda, 219
sexguttata, 219
tranquebarica horiconensis,
219

Cimatlan (see Eustictus)
Citylus, 58

alternatus, 72

Clinidium sculptile, 69, 70, 79
Colias philodice, 341
Colias, 136

Colopasta elegans, 132

subsp. cyanea, 132
subsp. perpulchra, 132
var. humeralis, 132

* Colubrina texensis, 33

* Condalia obovata, 32, 33
Corethra, 245
Corimelaena lateralis, 337

pulicaria, 337

Coriscus (see Adelphocoris)
Corizus lateralis, 336, 337

* Corticaria varicolor, 34
Corythucha baccharidis, 37

decens, 37
fuscomaculata, 37
mcelfreshi, 37
palmatis, 37
Coxelus guttulatus, 156

* Crataegus, 2

Creontiades (see Eustictus)
Cryptocephalus tinctus, 294
Ctenopsylla cheopis, 19
Ctenothrips bridwelli, 233, 234
floridensis, 234
frosti, 233
reticulatus, 234
Culex pipiens, 223
Cupes, 71

concolor, 70, 79

Cuterebra buccata, 51
Cymus angustatus, 221
Cynthia cardui, 331
Cyphon, 58

Danaus menippe nivosus, 325
Dascillus, 58, 62, 64, 68
davidsoni, 63, 77
Deloyala clavata, 116
Dendroides, 13, 14
Dercas, 136, 207
Derodontus, 66
Deronectes depressus, 145

* Dianthus sp. 234

* plumarius, 234
Diapheromera femorata, 195
Dibolocelus ovalis, 340
Dicranomyia (see Limonia)
Dicranoptycha elsa, 28
megaphallus, 29
septemtrionis, 28
sobrina, 29
sororcula, 29

Dicyphus gracilentus, 146
notatus, 146
vestitus, 146
vestitus, 146
Dikraneura, 307
cockerellii, 307
Dikraneuroidea, 307
beameri, 307
Dineutes vittatus, 156
Dione vanillae, 50, 51

f . incarnata, tr. f . hew-
lettae, 327, 328
f. comstocki, 328
f. fumosus, 328
f. margineapertus, 328

* Diphthera, 182
Disonycha varicornis, 199
Docessisophotrips, 224

adiaphorus, 244
animus, 242
Drosophila, 161
funebris, 223
transversa, 223
Dryops, 61, 67

Vol. XXIV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 351

Ectropis crepuscularia ab. fu-
mataria, 2, 258
Elaphria, 181

grata, 18 1
obliquirema, 181
Emboloecia sausalitae f. papai-
pemoides, 180
Enypia venata f. eddyi, 185

f. elaborata, 185
f Epelis truncataria, 339
Ephelia (see Limnophila)
Epicauta alphonsii, 128
caviceps, 128, 129
foxi, 127, 129
impressifrons, 128, 129
rileyi, 128, 129
straba, 128, 129

* Epibolium angustifoliums,
194

Epilachna corrupta, 198
Epimecis virginaria f. carbon-
aria, 258
Epipsilia, 173

f heinrichi, 165
Epipsiliamorpha, 173, 175
alaskae, 173
Erastria, 170

immista dissimilaria, 170
Eremocoris ferus, 221
Eryothrips arizonae, 225, 226,
227

bishoppi, 225, 226
fasciculatus, 224, 227
keeni, 226, 227
Eubrianax, 67

edwardsi, 59, 74
Eubuchholzia colarada, 184
Euchaetias, 121
Euchloe, 206
Eucinetus, 56

meridionalis, 65
morio, 65, 78
Eulolonche insolita, 181
Euphydryas editha beani, 327
gillettei, 327

Eurema albula f. tapeina, 215
arbela, 215

f. graduata, 215
athalia, 214
biedermanni, 332
cissa, 215

deva chilensis, 214
elathea f. medutina, 215
gracilis, 215
hahneli, 214
incana, 215
leuce, 214
lurida, 215
mexicana, 332
nise, 214, 215
raymundoi, 215
recta, 332
rubella, 215
salome salome, 214
tenella, 214, 215

Eurema, 135, 136, 207, 214 et
seqq.

Eurygenius constrictus, 333
parvicornis, 333
perforatus, 334
Eurymus, 136, 204, 207
eurytheme, 313, 342
philodice f. alba, 329
alba, 330
albida, 329
ehrmanni, 329
eryphyle, 330
laurae, 330
laurae, 330
minor, 329
plicaduta, 329
var. nigricosta, 21
ab. laurae, 21
var. plicaduta, 21
var. serrata, 21
f. serrata, 330, 332
Eurypogon, 60, 61, 67, 68
niger, 61, 75
Euschistus fissilis, 336
ictericus, 337

352 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society XXIV

Euschistus tristigmus, 221
variolarius, 337
Eustictus filicornis, 143, 144
grossus, 143, 144
Euthrips ulicis calif ornicus, 232
Eviridemas, 166
minuta, 166

Fannia scalaris, 255
Feltia buchholzi, 164
gravis, 164

Fentonia marthesia ab. nigra,
20

* Ficus, 321

Forficula auricularia, 162
Fotella, 1 71

Frankliniella insularis, 233

* Fraxinus sp., 4

* americana, 4, 218, 219

* arizonicus, 6

Gallerucella, 119, 120, 121
Gandaca, 207
Gargaphia angulata, 337
Gastroidea polygoni, 122
Glaucopsyche antiacis, 330

lygdamus race behri tr. f .

sternitzkyi, 325
polyphemus, 20
xerces var. intermedia, 20
intermedia, 330
Gonepteryx 134 et seqq., 207
Graphiphora, 180
Graptolitha lapidea, 165, 166
lemmeri, 165, 166
longior, 166
Grumia floria, 172
Gynaikothrips uzeli, 241
Gynnis (see Phyllophaga)
Gyrinus aquiris, 248
gehringi, 247, 249
lecontei, 248, 249
lugens, 248
maculiventris, 248
marginellus, 155 et seqq.
pulicifer, 248

Habrosyne abrasa , 184
chatfeldii, 185
derasa, 185
gloriosa, 184, 185

race arizonensis, 184,

185

rectangula, 185
rectangulata, 184, 185
scripta, 184, 185

race abrasoides, 184
Hadena (see Afotella, 171),
176

Hadenella, 172

pergentilis, 172
Hamadryas antiopa, 47
Harmostes reflexulus, 336
* Helianthus decapetalus, 22
Helichus, 55, 57, 59, 67, 72
Heliothrips bishoppi, 229, 230
punctipennis, 230
Helmis, 56, 61, 67
Helotrephes, 31
Hemerocampa, 12 1
Hemisciera maculipennis, 198
Hemistilbia, 168
apposita, 168
Hetaerina, 200

Heterocerus, 58, 61, 62, 63, 64
ventralis, 62, 76
Heterothrips auranticornis, 228,
229

gillettei, 228, 229
Hoplothrips kincaidi, 241
pedicularis, 242
pergandei, 242
Hulstina aridata, 186
formosata, 186
Hydrometra, 30
Hydroporus mellitus, 155
spurius, 155

Hydrous triangularis, 340
Hylemyia trivittata, 294
Hylotrupes ligneus, 154
nicolas, 154

Vol. XXIV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 353

* Hymenopappus carolinense,
236

Hyperopherus punctatissimus,
258

Hypogeocoris piceus, 221

* Impatiens biflora, 337
Isturgia truncataria, 246

Jimonia coenia, 12, 50, 51, 255
ab. weidenhameri, 259

Karnyothrips, 315
Kricogonia, 136, 207

Labops hesperius , 144
hirtus, 144

* Lactuca canadensis, 294

* scariola, 294

* var. integrata, 294

* spicata, 294
Laphygma, 181

Lara, 55, 57, 58, 59, 67
avara ( ?), 56, 72
Latelmis, 67
Leucidia, 207
Libellula vibrans, 341
Limonia (Dicranomyia) liberta,
28

pudicoides, 295, 299
uliginosa, 27

Limnius, 57, 59, 61
Limnophila, 187 et seqq.

(Dicranophragma) angus-
tula, 190, 191
fuscovaria, 190, 191
(Ephelia) aprilina, 189,
190

irene, 190
sabrina, 189

(Phylidorea) novae - an-
gliae, 188, 189
siouana, 188, 189
(Prionolabis) rufib a s i s,

. 188

simplex, 188
walleyi, 187

(Prolimnophila) areolata,

. i87

Lina interrupta, 122
scripta, 122
troglodytes, 57, 72
Lioon, 58

simplicipes, 73
Lispothrips, 224
birdi, 240
varicornis, 240
Lopidea media, 335
* Lupinus argenteus, 233
Lycaena hypophlaeus, 330, 331
f. h an k si, 330,
33i

f. fasciata, 330,
33i

f. fulvus, 330,

331

f. nem, 330, 331
f. o c tomaculata,
330. 33i
am eric ana , 331

tr. f. caeca, 331
tr. f. fulliolus, 331
tr. f . o b 1 i t erata,
33i

tr. f. obsoleta, 331
Lygaeus kalmii, 336
turcicus, 336
Lygus pabulinus, 337
pratensis, 336, 337
Lytta auriculata, 13 1
cyanipennis, 130
hoppingi, 13 1
insperata, 13 1
lecontei, 13 1
maculicollis, 130, 13 1
molesta, 13 1
nigrocyanea, 129
nuttalli, 130
Macrolophus, 147
longicornis, 147
tenuicornis, 147
Macronychus, 67

354 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 0 !>• XXIV

* Malus sp. 233
Mamestra., 185
Matinus, 30

Megacoelum (see Eustictus)
Meganostoma, 136
Meganostorma, 207
caesonia, 50
Megistias fusca, 342
Melanocoryphus bicrucis, 336
Melanolophia canadaria, 258
Melanoplus differentials, 52
Melasoma lapponica, 122
Melittaea athalia, 327
latefascia, 327
malcolmi, 327
mayi, 327
polia, 327
theona, 327

* Mentzelia laevicaulis, 227
Mesovelia, 289

bisignata, 288
Mesoveloidea, 288

williamsi, 288 et. seqq.
Metrobates hesperius, 157, 193
Micrathetis benjamini, 182
minus cula, 181, 182
triplex, 181, 182
Microcephalothrips, 224
Micromalthus debilis, 71, 80
Microvelia, 30, 288
Monanthia c-nigrum, 35
monotropidia, 35
Monima, 179
mucens, 180

f. sectilis, 180
Monodes 181
Mononyx, 30
Morrisonia exicta, 199
Myrmecocystus horti-deorum,
32

melliger subsp. orbiceps, 34

Nabis ferus, 335
Namagana, 171
cretacea, 171
Nathalis, 136, 207

Necophora guernaria f. atres-
cens, 258

Neoborus adeliae, 2
adustus, 3, 5
amoenus, 9, 10

subsp. floridanus, 9
var. atriscutus, 9
atratus, 2
canadensis, 4
fasciolus, 8, 9
flaviceps, 9
geminus, 10
glaber, 3
pacificus, 9
palmeri, 2, 3
populi, 4
pubescens, 4
rufivenosus, 7
scutellaris, 9
vittifrons, 5, 6, 8

var. umbratus, 6
wiley ae, 1, 2
Nepa, 31
Nephelistes, 171
Nerthra, 30

Noctua (see Archanarta) 173
(see Barathra), 179
Nosodendron, 58, 64
californicus, 63, 77
unicolor, 63, 77
* Nyssa sylvatica, 218

Oberea basalis, 339
schaumi, 12
Ochterus banksi, 30
formosanus, 30
Odontestra, 171

Odontothrips californicus, 232
loti, 232, 233

f Okanagana rimosa, 328 (?)
Oligia, 181

Oncopeltus fasciatus, 336
Ophiogomphus aspersus, 201
occidentis, 201
Orius insidiosus, 335, 337

Voi. XXIV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 355

Ormosia ithacana, 29
meigenii, 29
Orosagrotis , 174, 175
rigid a, 174

Ortholomus longiceps, 336
scolopax, 336, 337
Oxytripia orbiculosa, 172

Paonias excaecatus, 244

race pecosensis, 244
Papaipema inquaesita f.

wyatti, 180
Papilo ajax, 331
asterias, 331
asteroides, 331
bairdi, 331
cresphontes, 50
glaucus, 50
palamedes, 50
philenor, 50
streckeri, 331
turnus, 50

Parabarrovia keelei, 175
Paracalocoris breviatus, 154
heidemanni, 154
Parandra ampliceps, 39
brunnea, 38, 39, 40
gravidula, 39, 40
marginicollis, 38, 40
polita, 38
punctillata, 38, 40
Paratenodera sinensis, 50
Parnus, 55, 56

Pedicia albivitta, 300, 301, 302
contermina, 301, 302
margarita, 295, 298, 300,
301, 302

Pedillus crotchi, 13
flavellatus, 13, 14
parvicollis, 13, 14
Pelonomus, 67
Peltopterus, 30
Peribalus limbolarius, 337
Perigonica pectinata, 180

race punctilinea, 180

Perigrapha, 179, 180
Perillus bioculatus, 199
Perrhybids, 206
Phaedon americanus, 286
armoraciae, 286, 287
carri, 286
cochleariae, 286
Phalacrocera tipulina, 28
Phlebatrophia mathesoni, 323,
324.

Phoebis, 203 et seqq.
agarithe, 208, 209
argante, 203, 208, 209, 210,
211

avellanada, 206, 209
boisduvali, 209
etiolata, 209

eubule, 205, 206, 208, 209,
210

godartiana, 209
hartonia, 209
neleis, 209
neocipris, 209, 210
orbis, 206, 209
philea, 206, 208, 209, 210
rurina, 209
statira, 206, 209, 210
thalestris, 206, 208, 209
trite, 205, 206, 208, 209,
210, 211
wallacei, 209
Phoenicophanta, 170
bicolor, 171
flavifera, 170
Phalaena, 178

Phylidorea (see Limnophila)
188

Phyllodecta americana, 122
Phyllophaga arvidens, 112
austricola, no, 216
debilis, no
glabricula, 113
gracilis, no
iroides, 112, 114
maculicollis, 114

356 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Voi. XXIV

Phyllophaga mariana, hi
microdon, 113, 114
parvidens, 111, 112
pygidialis, 112

var. hesteropyga, 112
rubiginosa, 112
submucida, 112
Phylloscelis pulchellus, 199
Phyllotoma nemorata, 323, 324
P h y s o n ota unipunctata var.

quinquenotata, 341
Phytocoris scrupeus, 336
Piesma cinerea var. inornata,
.35.

Pilaria stanwoodae, 28
Pilophorus amoenus, 145, 146
eras sipes, 145
strobicola, 145, 146
Pilophorus (see Barberiella)
Placonycha, 56, 67
Plagio mimicus pityachrous,

199

Plagiognathus obscurus, 335
Plagiodera interrupta, 122
Plebeius acmon var. cotteli ab.
labecula, 20
tr. f. angelus, 326
lupini ab. immaculata, 20
monticola f. montanus,
326

Podabrus basilaris, 103
nothoides, 103

Podalonia violaceipennis, 220
race luctuosa, 220
hirsuta, 220
Polia ohscurior, 185
olivacea, 185
stricta var. kappa, 185
papka, 185
Pollenia rudis, 255

* Polygonum hartwrighti, 103

* Populus, 321

Prionocyphon discoideus, 64,

serricollis, 65

Prionolabis (see Limnophila),

187

Prolimnophila, 187

Promachus fitchii, 51
Psephenoides, 67
gahani, 59
Psephenus, 67

lecontei, 59, 74
Pseudococcus, 121
Pseudolimnophila, 187
Psithyrus, 272, 276
Pseudanaphora arcanella, 11
Pterodontia flavipes, 199
Ptilodactyla, 64, 67
serricollis, 60, 75

* Quercus minor, 217, 218, 219
* sp. 230

Ranatra, 31
Rehnia spinosa, 198
Remigia marcida, 199
Retocomus, 233
Rhabdodryas, 21 1
Rhaeboscelis, 68
Rheumatobates, 288
. rileyi, 193

Rhizagrotis capota, 176
kyune, 176

Rhynchites aureus, 293, 294
var. levirostris, 293
delectus, 292
eximius, 292
hirtus, 292
insularis, 293
quadripennis, 292
Rhynchothrips ilex, 240
versicolor, 239

* Salix nigra, 240
Satyrus howeri, 330
eurydice, 330
Schoyenia, 172, 175
arctica, 172
unifasciata, 172

Voi. XXIV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 357

Schizocerus mathesoni , 323,
324

Sericothrips langei, 230

* Sicyos angulatus, 337
Simulium, 245
Siphonothrips elegans, 244
Sixeonotus albicornis, 152, 153

insignis, 152, 153
recurvatus, 153

* Smilax, 218

* Solidago, 14
Sphaerocysta globifera, 35
Sphecius speciosus, 341
Sphinx elsa, 341

* Spiraea, 14, 337
Stenelmis, 67
Stephanothrips, 317, 320

bradleyi, 321
buffai, 321
occidentalis, 321
Stereopalpus, 333
Stilbia, 168, 169
anomala, 168
Stilpnotia salicis, 193
Strangalia (Leptura) deleta, 14
Stretchia addenda, 180
hepatica, 180
inferior, 180
palomarensis, 180
pulsiaeformis, 180
prima, 180
pulchella, 180

f. achsha, 180
f. algula, 180
f. orbiculata, 180

Tachymerus gleditsiae, 337
Taeniothrips dianthi, 224, 234
Teleonemia albomarginata, 35
brevipennis, 35
lanthana, 35
prolixa, 35
validicornis, 35

Terias, 214
lisa, 50
nicippe, 50
Teriocolias, 136, 207
Tetraonyx albipilosa, 127
femoralis, 127
frontalis, 127
fulva, 127

f Thecla cecrops, 48
Thorybothrips 224
graminis, 238
yuccae, 237
Thrips, 337

discolor, 224, 234
gilmorei, 234, 236
(Microcephalothrips) ab-
dominalis, 224
gillettei, 236
Tibicen auletes, 51
Tingis americana, 37
colombiana, 35, 36
corubiana, 37
Trachythrips, 316, 317
watsoni, 317
Trepobates pictus, 193
Triaena tritona, 170
Trichanarta, 176
Trichocosma, 171
Trichofeltia, 177, 178
circumdata, 177
Trichosilia, 176, 178
acarnea, 176
Triphaena, 178
baja, 178
brunnea, 179

esurialis race ucluelti, 179
hospitalis, 179
jucunda, 179

plebeia race bajoides, 178
pronuba, 178
Triphleps (see Orius)

Trogus elegans, 199
nubilipenne, 199

358 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society FoZ. XXIV

Urothrips, 316
Utetheisa bella, 51

Viridemas (See Eviridemas),

pettiti, 10
selectus, 10

Xestipyge geminatum, 34

166, 167
galena, 167

* Yucca rupicola, 238

Vitula edmandsii, 267
Volucella obesa, 199

Xenoborus neglectus, 10

Zonitis arizonica, 132
longicornis, 133
megalops, 133
vittipennis, 133

New Genera in this Index, 12.

New Species in this Index, 56.

Other New Forms in this Index, 24.

Vol. XXV FEBRUARY. 1930 No. 1

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

E. L. BELL GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed March 8, 1930

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

OFFICERS, 1930
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS
Vice-President

J. R. DE LA TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
E. L. BELL
Corresponding Secretary
HOWARD NOTMAN

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT
Central Museum
Eastern Parkway
Librarian

DR. JOSEPH BEQUAERT

Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New Yorlc
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

A NEW SPECIES OF PSEUDOPSALLUS VAN D. WITH AN

ALLIED NEW GENUS, Knight 1

ENGLISH SPARROWS EATING THE JAPANESE BEETLE, Bell 8

COPAEODES MINIMA FROM FLORIDA, Bell 8

VARIATION IN LEPIDOPTERA, Cockerell 9

RECORDS OF ANTHOCORIDAE FROM NEW YORK, Torre-Bueno ... 11

A LIST OF COLEOPTERA AT FLUSHING, L. I Cooper 21

SOME TINGITIDAE FROM BRAZIL, Drake 25

PARADICHLORBENZENE IN THE INSECT COLLECTION, Torre-

Bueno 27

NESTING HABITS OF EMPHOR BOMBIFORMIS, Rau 28

CATOCALA JUNCTURA IN THE OZARK REGION, Brower 36

CHARLES JACOB MARTIN, Engelhardt 39

A PERSONAL NOTE, J. R. T.-B 39

ADDITIONS TO THE N. Y. STATE LIST OF INSECTS: THE

OXYBELINE WASPS, Pate 40

CIS FROSTI, Frost 41

LUDIUS FULVIPES, Frost 41

A NEW MOTH FROM SIAM, Cockerell 42

TWO NEW ALCONEURA, Lawson 44

ADDICTED TO STRONG WATERS, Frost 46

NOTES ON ANXYLOCYPHA NITEDULA, Bell 48

ON THE VALIDITY OF CORIXA GEOFFROY, Walley 49

BOOK NOTES: PROBLEMS OF APPLIED ENTOMOLOGY, J. R.

T.-B 50

GENERAL CATALOGUE OF THE HEMIPTERA—
FASCICLE II— FAMILY MESOVELIIDAE, J.

R T -B 52

EPIPHANIS CORNUTUS,' Frost 'ZZ1Z..Z...Z 53

STENUS RETRUSUS, Frost 53

EDITORIAL : THE FUNCTION OF A DESCRIPTION, J. R. T.-B 54

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Siepman 56

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year; foreign, $2.75 in advance; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

38 De Kalb Avenue, White Plains, N. Y.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXV February, 1930 No. 1

NEW SPECIES OF PSEUDOPSALLUS VAN D. WITH
AN ALLIED NEW GENUS DESCRIBED
(HEMIPTERA, MIRIDAE).1

By Harry H. Knight, Ames, Iowa.

Bifidungulus new genus.

General aspect much as in Pseudopsallus Van D. but the
deeply cleft claws require generic separation. Arolia moder-
ately slender and converging apically as in Orthotylus; claws
sharply bent, deeply cleft much as in Deraeocoris ruber L.,
but basal part or tooth more prominent, the slender apical
half of claw extending only one-fourth of its length beyond
the top of basal tooth. Genital structures indicate a relation-
ship with Pseudopsallus ; postero-dorsal margin of the genital
segment with chitinous hooks or prongs which appear to be
accessory copulatory claspers ; genital claspers highly devel-
oped and providing specific characters. Pubescence of two
types ; rather thickly clothed with fine, erect, simple hairs and
sparsely intermixed with silvery sericeous pubescence. Re-
fers to the subfamily Orthotylinae. Genotype : Bifidungulus
viridicans n. sp.

Bifidungulus viridicans n. sp.

Suggestive of a small green Pseudopsallus but readily dis-
tinguished by the structure of the claws ; genital structures
distinctive.

Length 3.7 mm., width 2.8 mm. Head: width .75 mm.,
vertex .39 mm. ; vertex with slight ridge across base but not
carinate, frons moderately convex, tylus visible from above
and arcuate as viewed from the side, facial angle nearly a
right angle. Rostrum, length 1.25 mm., reaching to middle

1 Contribution from the Department of Zoology and Entomol-
ogy, Iowa State College, Ames.

2 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

of hind coxae. Antennae : segment I, length .23 mm., thick-
ness .086 mm. ; II, .87 mm., equal in thickness to segment I
but more slender at base, thickly clothed with fine yellowish
pubescence; III, .60 mm., more slender; IV, .34 mm.; green-
ish yellow, last two segments dusky. Pronotum: length .65
mm., width at base 1.21 mm., basal margin broadly arcuate,
sides nearly straight, disk moderately convex, calli only
slightly swollen. Scutellum nearly triangular, slightly con-
vex, mesoscutum moderately exposed.

General coloration green to yellowish, hemelytra semitrans-
lucent, legs and ventral surface more yellowish ; tibial spines
pale yellowish, without spots at base, claws and tips of tarsi
black. Membrane pale to dusky, veins green or yellowish.
Clothed with prominent, erect, pale pubescence, intermixed
with more sparsely placed, silvery sericeous pubescence.
Genital structures distinctive ; postero-dorsal margin of gen-
ital segment with three spine-like processes, two of these
broadly joined at base, somewhat U-shaped but with tips in-
curved ; the third process arises at the right side of the mesal
line and points distad.

§. Length 3.9 mm., width 1.4 mm. Head: width .78 mm.,
vertex .43 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .22 mm., thick-
ness .10 mm. ; II, .86 mm., more slender than segment I ; III,
.56 mm. ; IV, .34 mm. ; yellowish, last two segments dusky.

Holotype: August 4, 1925, Wray, Colorado (H. H. Knight).

Allotype: same data as the type. Paratypes : 2 §, taken with the
types. Arizona — 3 $ 1 5, “ Ariz.” (Gillette). Kansas — 2
June 27 (Marlatt) ; 16 § Sept. Riley County (Popenoe).

Hamilton County (F. H. Snow). Texas — 18 ,^'2 June 9, 4<J 1 2
Aug. 9, 1926, Port Lavaca (E. P. Ewing), taken on Gauva parvi-
folia.

Bifidungulus puberus (Uhler).

After examining a male cotype of Oncotylus puberus Uhler I
find that it is congeneric with Bifidungulus viridicans n. sp.
Puberus Uhler has the same type of claws and arolia as viridicans,
but size larger and the genital structures different although of the
same generic type. I have a male specimen taken April 19, 1924,
Tucson, Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Pseudopsallus artemisicola n. sp.

Color aspect and size of sericatus Uhler, but differs in
structure of male genitalia, also more finely and sparsely
pubescent, the dorsum clothed with white hairs only.

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 3

J1. Length 6.3 mm., width 2 mm. Head: width .96 mm.,
vertex .47 mm. Rostrum, length 1.52 mm., barely attaining
hind margins of middle coxae, green to yellowish, apex black,
Antennae : segment I, length .38 mm., green to yellowish ; II,

1.73 mm., cylindrical, only slightly more slender than segment

I, yellowish to brownish, sometimes becoming fuscous,
thickly clothed with short brownish pubescence ; III, .82 mm.,
more slender, fuscous; IV, .43 mm., fuscous. Pronotum:
length .95 mm., width at base 1.73 mm.

General coloration pale bluish green, scutellum paler, meso-
scutum yellowish, suture blackish. Legs yellowish green,
femora with setigerous black points on distal half from which
black bristles arise; tibial spines black, without black points
at base except three or four basal spines; tarsi yellowish
brown, distal segment and claws black. Membrane pale,
veins green, cubitus bordered by a yellow calloused line.
Clothed with prominent, erect, moderately abundant white
hairs, intermixed with more thickly spread, recumbent, silver
white sericeous pubescence. Genital structures distinctive,
postero-dorsal margin of genital segment armed with three
ventrally projecting, blade-like chitinous spines, much longer
and more prominent than in sericatus , the middle blade wid-
est and sinuate in form ; left clasper with a dorsally project-
ing lobe, its sides nearly parallel, apex rather broadly
rounded, summit armed with two short, inturned brown
chitinous spines ; right clasper distinctive also but not so
easily described.

Length 5.8 mm., width 2.12 mm. Head: width 1.01
mm., vertex .56 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .39 mm. ;

II, 1.73 mm., more slender than in the male, greenish yellow;

III, 1.43 mm., yellowish to fuscous; IV, .46 mm. More
robust than the male but very similar in pubescence and col-
oration. All specimens macropterous, with no indication of
the brachypterous condition found in sericatus Uhler.

Holotype: J1 August 25, 1925, Hudson, Colorado (H. H.
Knight) ; author’s collection. Allotype: same data as the type.
Paratypes: 56 taken with the types on sage brush ( Artemisia
filifolia) where the species was breeding. Perhaps two hours
were consumed in sweeping sage brush to obtain the above speci-
mens, whereas at the same time several hundred specimens of
Paracalocoris deleticus Reut. were taken in the net.

Labopidea sericata Uhler must be referred to the genus Pseu-
do psallus Van D., if the type of genital structures are given due
consideration. The type of pubescence and the antennae also con-

4 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

firm this relationship. The blade-like chitinous projections on the
postero-dorsal margin of the male genital segment appear to form
one good character at least which all members of this genus
possess.

Pseudopsallus anograe n. sp.

Allied to artemisicola but smaller, deeper bluish green in
color; genital structures distinctive.

Length 5.2 mm., width 1.8 mm. Head: width .88 mm.,
vertex .45 mm. Rostrum, length 1.23 mm., reaching to mid-
dle of intermediate coxae, greenish, apex black. Antennae :
segment I, length .30 mm., bluish green; II, 1*12 mm., cylin-
drical, thickness nearly equal to segment I, more slender at
base, greenish to dusky; III, .93 mm., fuscous; IV, .39 mm.,
fuscous. Pronotum: length .74 mm., width at base 1.47 mm.

General coloration deep bluish green, mesoscutum yellow-
ish. Legs uniformly bluish green, tibial spines, tips of tarsi
and claws, .black. Membrane pale or slightly dusky, veins
green ; cubitus bordered by a yellowish calloused line. Dor-
sum clothed with prominent, erect, blackish hairs, also with
pale ones on embolium and margins of pronotum, the whole
intermixed with sericeous, silvery scale-like pubescence.
Genital structures distinctive ; postero-dorsal margin of gen-
ital segment with four chitinous processes, number one on
the left side small and spine-like, the second arising near
middle strongly sinuate, curving to the left side, apical half
slender, needle-like and pointing distad ; third process arising
to right of median line, blade-like; fourth process arising to
the right of and beneath the third, about the same length but
more slender than the third. Dorsal lobe of left genital clas-
per terminating in a slender acuminate spine which in normal
resting position points cephalad.

$. Length 4.8 mm., width 1.8 mm. Head: width .91 mm.,
vertex .43 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .30 mm., yel-
lowish; II, 1. 01 mm., greenish yellow, becoming fuscous
apically; III, .86 mm., fuscous; IV, .39 mm., fuscous. Pro-
notum: length .74 mm., width at base 1.44 mm.

Holotype: $ August 17, 1925, Gunnison, Colorado (H. H.
Knight) ; author’s collection. Allotype: August 25, 1925, Hud-
son, Colorado (H. H. Knight). Paratypes: 6 J1, taken with the
type on Anogra coronopifolia (T. & G.) where the species was
breeding. <j> August 26, 1925, Sterling, Colorado (H. H. Knight),
taken on the same host plant as determined by Dr. L. H. Pammel.

June 9, 1920, Fort Collins, Colorado.

Fe 1., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 5

Pseudopsallus abroniae n. sp.

A pale dusky form with antennae, calli, and arcuate marks
on the frons fuscous; genital claspers distinctive.

Length 5.7 mm., width 2.2 mm. Head: width .96 mm.,
vertex .39 mm. ; eyes larger and tylus more prominent than in
sericatus Uhler. Rostrum, length 2 mm., attaining posterior
margins of hind coxae, dusky to fuscous, apical segment
black. Antennae: segment I, length .35 mm., dusky, fuscous
near base; II, 1.51 mm., cylindrical, nearly the thickness of
segment I but more slender at base, dusky to fuscous, thickly
clothed with rather short fuscous pubescence ; III, 97 mm.
more slender, blackish ; IV, .32 mm., black. Pronotum :
length .91 mm., width at base 1.77 mm.

General coloration dusky pale, with calli, arcuate mark
each side of frons, sternum except side, tibial spines and tips
of tarsi, fuscous to black. Legs dusky, femora with rows of
obsolete fuscous dots. Mesoscutum moderately exposed, yel-
lowish to orange colored. Membrane uniformly dusky or
pale fuscous, veins paler. Clothed with prominent, erect,
simple brownish hairs and rather sparsely intermixed with
fine, recumbent, pale to yellowish sericeous pubescence,
thicker on sides of abdomen. Genital structures distinctive,
left clasper with dorsal lobe bluntly acuminate, apex armed
with a pair of small spines ; postero-dorsal margin of genital
segment armed with three ventrally projecting chitinous
spines, the right hand one blade-like, its apex widened and
finely dentate.

5. Length 5.9 mm., width 2.5 mm. Head : width .99 mm.,
vertex .48 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .38 mm. ; II, 1.6
mm., cylindrical, more slender than segment I ; III, .95 mm. ;
IV, .32 mm. Pronotum: length .97 mm., width at base 1.94
mm. More robust than the male but very similar in pubes-
cence and coloration.

Holotype : $ August 25, 1925, Hudson, Colorado (H. H.
Knight) ; author’s collection. Allotype: same data as the type.
Paratypes: 24 taken with the types on Abronia elliptica

where the Species was breeding. 2 ^ 1 J June 10, 1900, Ft. Lup-
ton, Colorado (E. D. Ball). J' April 26, 1903, Phoenix, Arizona.

Pseudopsallus tanneri n. sp.

Allied to sericatus Uhler, but distinguished by the longer
and more slender black antennae, and in structure of the male
genital claspers.

J1. Length 5.9 mm., width 2.9 mm. Head: width 1.03
mm., vertex .59 mm. ; frons and base of tylus more prominent

6 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

than in sericatus. Rostrum, length 1.2 mm., just attaining
hind margin of sternum, green, last two segments black. An-
tennae : segment I, length .44 mm., fuscous to black, green at
base; II, 1.66 mm., black, distinctly more slender than in
sericatus; III, broken. Pronotum : length .78 mm., width at
base 1.54 mm.

General coloration bluish green, basal line of scutellum, an-
tennae, apical half of rostrum, tibial spines and tarsi, black.
Membrane pale to dusky, veins bluish green. Clothed with
prominent, erect, simple pale hairs and thickly intermixed
with silvery white, sericeous to scale-like pubescence, being
very much like sericatus in this respect. Genital claspers
distinctive, left clasper with dorsal half vertical, sides par-
allel, not at all acuminate, dorsal edge curved slightly inward,
broadly and rather deeply notched, leaving the dorsal angles
acuminate and curved slightly cephalad; postero-dorsal mar-
gin of genital segment set with four prominent blade-like,
chitinous projections, whereas sericatus has only two blades
and a small spine.

J. Length 5 mm., width 2 mm. Head: width 1.15 mm.,
vertex .74 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .44 mm. ; II,
1.69 mm.; Ill, 1.35 mm.; IV, .47 mm.; greenish to fuscous,
last two segments darker. Pronotum : length .80 mm., width
at base 1.58 mm. More robust and hemelytra shorter than
in the male, but very similar in pubescence and coloration.

Holotype: June, 1927, Mesa Verde National Park, Colorado

(Vasco M. Tanner) ; author's collection. Allotype; June 11,
1915, beyond Jacumba, San Diego Co., California (Harold Mor-
rison), from sage-brush; author’s collection. Paratypes: 3
2 §, taken with the allotype ; unfortunately poorly preserved, but
the male claspers are very distinctive and undoubtedly belong
here. Utah — 2 June 23, 1913, Kanab (E. D. Ball). ^ , La

Sal (Vasco M. Tanner). § Aug. 4, 1921, Butte, Montana (F. M.
Sallee). Named in honor of Dr. Vasco M. Tanner who collected
and preserved the best male specimen.

Pseudopsallus davisi n. sp.

Distinguished from allied species by the prominent, erect,
black hairs on the dorsum ; probably more closely allied to
tanneri as shown by form of left genital clasper, but the black
bristle-like hairs and other characters separate it easily.

Length 5.4 mm., width 1.7 mm. Head: width .93 mm.,
vertex .476 mm. Rostrum, length 1.17 mm., reaching to base
of hind coxae, green, apex black. Antennae : segment I,

Fel., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 7

length .30 mm., green, set with four or five black setose hairs ;
II, 1. 1 7 mm., distinctly more slender than segment I, green
to dusky, set with rather prominent black hairs and inter-
mixed with some finer, paler pubescence ; III, .82 mm., fus-
cous ; IV, broken. Pronotum : length .74 mm., width at base
1.38 mm.

Color rather uniformly deep bluish green ; femora with
many setigerous fuscous points from which black hairs arise,
tibia with prominent black spines but not arising from dis-
tinct spots, base and apex of tarsi blackish. Membrane uni-
formly pale dusky, veins pale to green, a calloused line bor-
dering larger areole. Clothed with erect, black, bristle-like
hairs on dorsum, vertex and apical half of venter, also a few
white hairs on pronotum, head and embolium, the whole
closely intermixed with sericeous to scale-like, silvery white
pubescence. Genital structure distinctive ; left clasper much
as in tanneri, the dorsal lobe broadly notched above ; postero-
dorsal margin of genital segment with a pair of chitinous
processes on left of mesal line, much as in tanneri, but right
side with a single, broad, flat process which terminates as a
sharp spine at outer or ventral margin.

Holotype: J' July 15, 1929, Richfield, Utah (E. W. Davis),
taken at light trap; author’s collection. Named in honor of Mr.
Edgar W. Davis who has favored the author with several inter-
esting species of Miridae.

Pseudopsallus nicholi n. sp.

'Allied to demensus Van D., but genital structures show
distinctions ; smaller and more delicate than demensus, pale
to bluish green; dorsal lobe of left clasper more rounded at
apex, whereas in demensus the apex is acute.

<$. Length 4.4 mm., width 1.5 mm. Head : width .87 mm.,
vertex .41 mm. Rostrum, length .97 mm., scarcely attaining
hind margin of sternum, yellowish, apex black. Antennae:
segment I, length .30 mm., greenish yellow; II, 1.3 mm., cy-
lindrical, scarcely equal to thickness of segment I, yellowish
to green, becoming fuscous apically; III, 1.1 mm., fuscous;
IV, .41 mm., fuscous. Pronotum : length .68 mm., width at
base 1.3 mm.

Color pale to bluish green, legs yellowish, pronotum, heme-
lytra and venter more greenish. Membrane pale to slightly
dusky, veins pale to greenish, an opaque calloused spot bor-
dering apex of larger areole. Clothed with moderately prom-
inent, simple, white pubescent hairs and intermixed with sil-

8 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

very white, sericeous to scale-like pubescence. Genital struc-
tures distinctive ; dorsal lobe of left clasper with sides nearly
parallel, dorsal extremity rounded off and not acute as viewed
from the side, although viewed from above the inner edge
with a slight projection ; postero-dorsal margin of genital seg-
ment with two flat blade-like chitinous projections, one aris-
ing each side of mesal line, curving mesad, their tips nearly
touching.

J. Length 4.3 mm., width 1.6 mm. Head: width .87 mm.,
vertex .47 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .30 mm. ; II,
1.34 mm., distinctly more slender than segment I; III, 1.08
mm. ; IV, .39 mm. ; yellowish green, last two segments becom-
ing fuscous. Pronotum: length .69 mm., width at base 1.34
mm. Form slightly more robust than the male, but very
similar in pubescence and coloration.

Holotype: $ June 14, 1928, alt. 6000 ft., Huachuca Mts. (A. A.
Nichol). Allotype: same data as the type. Paratype: §, taken
with the types.

Pseudopsallus demensus (Van D.).

I have a male paratype of Orthotylus demensus Van D. and find
that the male claspers and other characters refer this species to
the genus Pseudopsallus. I have taken the species on Gaura coc-
cinea Pursh. where it was breeding July 31, 1927, Moorecroft,
Wyoming, also July 30, Sundance, Wyo., and Aug. 19, 1927,
Custer, South Dakota. Also have a specimen labeled June 24,
1920, Fort Collins, Colorado (G. M. List).

English Sparrows Eating the Japanese Beetle. — On Sunday,
July 7th, the writer observed several English sparrows capturing
Japanese beetles on a rose bush in the yard of a neighbor. The
sparrows hovered over the bush and when they located a beetle,
deftly removed it from the leaf upon which it was feeding, took
it to the sidewalk or a bare patch of ground, where it was quickly
killed and eaten. Apparently this despised sparrow has some
good traits. — E. L. Bell, Flushing, N. Y. J

Copaeodes minima Edwards from Florida. — Several speci-
mens of this diminutive Hesperid butterfly were collected by Mr.
George P. Engelhardt, at Gainesville, Florida, on March 8th and
30th, 1929. This seems to be the first recorded occurrence of
minima from Florida. — E. L. Bell, Flushing, N. Y.

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 9

VARIATION IN LEPIDOPTERA.

By T. D. A. Cockerell, Boulder, Colo.

Mr. Gunder’s interesting' article in the December Bulletin
suggests a few comments. Names exist to facilitate reference to
objects which interest us. We name every individual of Homo
sapiens. In recent years there has been a great development of
interest in various aspects of evolution, genetics and geographical
distribution, and Lepidoptera are found to be very useful for such
studies. Hence it has come about that for some people and for
some purposes varieties and races are more interesting than spe-
cies, because they throw more light on the workings of the evolu-
tionary mechanism. It does not seem possible to say in advance
what complexities of nomenclature are desirable, but naming goes
too far when it involves differences which for our purposes are
not significant.

It seems simple to say that we will name significant variations
from the type which are due to germinal modifications, but will
not name those which are the direct result of environmental fac-
tors. Thus, on this basis, Mr. Gunder logically rejects various
“minor” varieties, which may be supposed to be due, at least
frequently, to lack of sufficient food in the larva state. But the
difficulty we meet is this, that objectively, upon inspection, it is
often impossible to distinguish between the effects of environment
and true mutation. Any study of species teaches us that size is
very frequently a specific character, and it must also be, in num-
erous instances, of racial significance. We already know much
about chromosome, changes in relation to size among plants. But
again, Mr. Gunder fully recognizes melanism in his system of
named varieties or forms, but has he inspected the remarkable
figures of Vanessa ( urticae , io, polyckoros and antiopa) in
Schroder’s Handbuch der Entomologie, Bd. 2, pp. 476-477
(1926)? We are there shown (1) the normal form, (2) the
effects of moderate cold, (3) the effects of extreme cold, (4) the
effects of warmth, and (5) the variation due to extreme heat.
The striking aberrations produced by extremes of heat and cold
are practically the same, and are given the same names, viz. V.
urticae ab. ichnusoides Selys., V. io ab. antigone Fisch., V. poly-
chloros ab. testudo Esp., V. antiopa v. hygiaea Hdrch. V. cardui
ab. elymi Rbr. is another modification of the same sort. It is not

10 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

therefore to be inferred that melanism is always due to heat or
cold, but the point is that we cannot determine the cause on mere
inspection of the specimens. We are apparently obliged to record
these variations by name — and the records are of value — but to
leave it to the future to determine how they are caused. Yet, as
experimental evidence accumulates, we are more and more able
to make reasonably correct inferences.

There are certain kinds of variation which are worth critical
study, but are not covered by Mr. Gunder’s rather artificial
scheme.

(i.) Any one who inspects a good series of a large genus, such
as Papiiio, can see that there are various progressive tendencies in
shape, markings and color which culminate in series of diverse
species. Now it should be of interest to seek the beginnings of
these changes, or to record the variations of one species which
are in the direction of the normal form of a related one. Thus it
may well happen that very slight modifications may sometimes be
worth noting, when making an evolutionary study of a group.

(2.) There are races which appear nearly alike, and yet cer-
tainly, or almost certainly, arose independently. When we sus-
pect independent origin, we may be guided by very small peculiar-
ities, which tell the story. (Collectors of postage stamps know
this well!) In practice, it is doubtless best to retain the same
name for races appearing identical, but existing in different re-
gions, until it is possible to prove diversity of origin.

From the standpoint of nomenclature, I think the races or sub-
species, though expressed by trinomials, should rank with species.
That is, the racial name should not be repeated within the genus
and the first published name takes precedence, whether published
as a species or as a subspecies. The intermediates found where
the ranges of subspecies meet are presumably nearly always due
to crossing.

The mutation, aberration or form should I think stand in a dif-
ferent category. For various reasons, which I need not discuss,
it seems better ( 1 ) not to give priority as a specific name, when a
named aberration has been found to belong to a species not hith-
erto separated; and (2) the use of the same term for parallel aber-
rations within the genus, or in races of one species, should be per-
mitted and encouraged.

Fel., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 11

RECORDS OF ANTHOCORIDAE, PARTICULARLY
FROM NEW YORK.

J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, White Plains, N. Y.

This, like many other notes, started to be a mere listing of
localities and biological facts out of my collection and field
journals. But in its course, it became necessary to check up many
determinations. Hemiptera of Connecticut, while eminently
usable and entirely accurate, did not go far enough ; and it was
necessary to have recourse to the original sources for the study of
anthocorids — Reuter’s masterly monograph of 1884, 46 years old,
but still the standard work ; and Poppius’ Beitrage of 1909. Re-
stricted keys for the species of the Eastern States were drawn up
from the literature; and they are here offered as an aid to the
identification of our own northern forms without the injection
of tropical and subtropical species not as yet found with us and
unlikely to occur so far North. One genus and its species
(Xenotrachelliella inimica D. & H.) are not included because none
of the key characters used by Reuter appears in the descriptions,
which are largely by color, following the European obsolescent
practice. While these keys are at times similar to those in Blatch-
ley, it is because they are drawn from the same sources. Where
they differ (and where names also differ) it is because Reuter
has been followed closely.

In keying the subfamilies I endeavored to find from the litera-
ture some stable yet visible character other than the hamus of the
cell of the second pair of wings — but all the authors consulted
offered no other. This, of. course, is a perfectly valid character,
but it calls for the practical destruction of a delicate specimen
before it can be seen. A monograph of the family is now in
progress at Ames, Iowa, so it is hardly worth while to go to the
pains and research required, when my present purpose is merely
to offer practicable and practical keys to supplement the eminently
usable ones in Hemiptera of Connecticut.

Key to the Family Anthocoridae.

1. Third and fourth segments of antennae slender, linear, beset

with long hairs 2

Third and fourth segments of the antennae fusiform, with
short hairs Subfamily anthocorinae

12 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

2. Cell of the second pair of wings with a hamus or hook-like in-
terior vein Subfamily lyctocorinae

Cell without a hamus Subfamily dufouriellinae

Key to Genera of Lyctocorinae.

(From Hemiptera of Connecticut.)

1. Channel of metasternal orifices curved forward, or backward,

with rounded angle, fine carina lacking 2

Channel of metasternal orifices nearly straight, joining at a
sharp right angle a very fine carina which extends to the
anterior pleural margin Lyctocoris Hahn

2. Channel curved forward ; pronotal margins not distinctly

ciliate 3

Channel curved backward, toward apex; pronotal margins

ciliate Lasiochilus Reuter

3. Channel long, curved at middle, and almost, or quite, reaching

the margin of the metapleura Xylocoris Dufour

Channel shorter, curved near apex, not nearly reaching margin
of metapleura Asthenidea Reuter

While Hemiptera of Connecticut gives only one of the genera —
Xylocoris, with one species — as found up to that time in the
State, all four genera are found in New York or the neighboring
states, so their occurrence in Connecticut is only a matter of
finding the specimens.

Key to Lyctocoris Hahn.

(Adapted from Reuter.)

1. Membrane with only one (the external) vein quite distinct;

(first segment of rostrum not shorter than head, extending
slightly beyond base of eyes) ; 3.5 to 3.8 mm. long.

campestris Fab.

Membrane with four veins, all, or nearly all, equally distinct,
raised 2

2. Rostrum extending scarcely beyond the intermediate coxae,

first segment extending to the middle of the eye.

(subgenus Metriosteles Reut.)
Rostrum reaching hind coxae; first segment at least as long
as head 3

3. First segment of rostrum as long as head ; second segment of

antennae but little longer than the width of the head in-
cluding the eyes ; 4 mm. long stdlii Reut.

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 13

First segment of rostrum nearly reaching apex of prosternum ;
second joint of antennae 1/3 longer than the width of the
head; 4.5 mm. long elongatus Reut.

Lyc toe oris campestris Fabr., 1794.

This widespread European form is recorded from Quebec to
Texas and Colorado. It is listed from the State in the New
York list, but not from Connecticut in Hemiptera of Connecticut.
All the following records are new.

Indian Lake, Sabael, N. Y., August 31, 1921 (Notman) : White
Plains, N. Y., June 19, 1915, and October 17, 1908, on glass pane
of door (J. R. T. B.). Cornwall, Conn., July 22, 1924 (Frost).
Buffalo Lake, Minn. (No other data).

Lyctocoris stdlii Reut., 1871.

Southern Pines, N. C., Jan., 1911 (A. H. Manee). Lyctocoris
canadensis Prov. is not keyed because no key characters are given
in the description. Blatchley records L. elongatus from Lake-
hurst, N. J. — probably taken by Mr. Wm. T. Davis. L. stdlii
figures in the New York List from the State.

Key to Lasiochilus Reuter.

(Adapted from Reuter.)

Pale or fuscescent testaceous ; entire clavus most distinctly sub-
seriately punctate, a series of piliferous punctures on the
corium parallel to the claval suture. (Apex of embolium as
wide as the apex of the corium ; margin of pronotum and of
embolium with long cilia, first joint of rostrum scarcely
reaching apex of head.) 2.5 to 3.33 mm. long.

pallidulus Reuter

Obscure fuscous; clavus hardly or obsoletely punctate: (Margin
of pronotum with short cilia ; margin of hemielytra with long
cilia; rostrum reaching intermediate coxae; apex of first
joint of rostrum nearly reaching eyes). 2.75 mm. long.

fusculus Reuter

Lasiochilus pallidulus Reuter is known from South Carolina,
Florida and Texas southwest. It may at some time be found in
the pine barrens of Long Island; and is therefore noted here.

14 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Lasiochilus fusculus Reuter.

This species has an extensive range — from New York south
and west into New Jersey, Indiana, South Carolina, Tennessee,
Mississippi, Florida and Texas. The New York State List
records it from Hamburg.

Key to Xylocoris Dufour.

(= Piezostethus Fieber.)

(Adapted from Reuter.)

1. Channel of metasternal orifices long, margins even, the in-

ternal scarcely expanded into a wide smooth area 2

Channel of the metasternal orifices transverse, scarcely curved,
prolonged into a curved shining area. (Entire hemielytra
very shining). 2 mm. long vicarius Reuter

2. Channel of the metasternal orifices extremely long, prolonged

into a carinate-acuminate apex, which reaches the basal
margins of the pleura. Hemielytra somewhat shining, al-
ways at least as long as the abdomen or hardly shorter.
(Hind tibiae finely pilose, devoid of long hairs) ; larger

species, at least 2.5 mm. long 3

Channel of the metasternal orifices prolonged in a carina, not
much acuminate toward apex and most distinctly abrupt a
little below the basal margin of the pleura; 2.25 to 2.5 mm.
long cursitans Fabricius

3. Hemielytra whitish; apex of the clavus and the cuneus, the

suture of the membrane only and sometimes its exterior
margin, narrowly fuscous ; channel of the metasternal ori-
fices curved in an obtuse angle; 2.3 to 3 mm. long.

galactinus Fieber

Hemielytra sordid white or greyish ; commissure and clavus
and frequently its scutellar edge and the embolium black or
piceous, the blackening sometimes quite extensive; channel
of metasternal orifices curved in a very obtuse arc ; 2.75
mm. long sordidus Reuter

There are actually five species of this genus in the Eastern part
of this country, but the fifth— Xylocoris betulinus D. & H. — could
not be fitted into this key because of the absence in its description
of the characters herein used. The genus figures in most of our
lists as Piezostethus Fieber.

Felt., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 15

Xyl.ocoris galactinus Fieber.

This species has heretofore been recorded from this country
from New York, Illinois, Georgia and Florida; the New York
List gives it from Lake Placid (in the Adirondacks) ; and Blatch-
ley adds Roselle Park, N. J. — now Roselle — probably from the
collections of Mr. H. G. Barber. I have taken it in White Plains
(September 2, 1916) by sweeping, this being another New York
record.

Xylocoris sordidus Reuter.

Van Duzee gives its range as New York, Pennsylvania and
Texas; Blatchley records it from Florida; and the New York
List gives it from White Plains. This last record, however, may
be based on a misidentification of X. vicarms.

Xylocoris vicarius Reuter.

This is the species that has frequently been reported as
Piezostethus sordidus by myself and by others. It has also gone
under the name of cursitans. Careful checking with Blatchley’s
keys led this species to this name. My own key preceding re-
peatedly gave the same result. According to Blatchley this is a
Floridian species. Reuter described it from “Am. Sept.” The
form of the metasternal channel is distinctive. This species is the
common dark brown or piceous, apterous species to be found
nearly at all times of the year in dampish spots, under the bark
of dead trees, running about with Scolopendrella and sundry small
beetles, principally Staphylinids. The nymphs are bright red, but
otherwise superficially resemble the apterous full grown bug.
Records of this species are as follows:

New York — McLean, Tompkins Co., July 14, 1919, under bark
of recently cut white pine ; L. I., Cold Spring Harbor, August 3,
1920; Westchester Co., White Plains, (years omitted), March
11 and 21, March 22 (under bark of dead apple tree), March 31
(under bark of dead tulip tree), April 12, (these specimens also
were found under the bark of a dead and fallen apple tree, in
the moist, dark spots, together with various Collembola, and a
couple of bright red nymphs were also noted, probably in the last
instar), May 22, June 2, July 4 (in flight), September 26.

Leeds, Massachusetts, April 6, 1919 ; Ridgefield, Conn., Septem-
ber 1, common under damp bark; Westfield, N. J., June 19, 1904;

16 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Lakehurst, N. J., July 7. (This specimen was determined by the
late Otto Heidemann as Xylocoris americanus Dallas).

Xylocoris cursitans Fallen.

This species, heretofore recorded from New York and else-
where is probably a misidentification of the preceding. However,
the following records appear to be of the true species. White
Plains, N. Y., August 24, 1907. Westfield, N. J., August 14, and
September 4, 1904.

Asthenidea Reuter.

In this genus there is only one species in our limits —

Asthenidea temnostethoides Reuter.

It is recorded from Illinois by Blatchley ; is reported in the New
York List from Cranberry Lake; and by Drake and Hottes. from
Batavia- — both localities in the northern part of the State.

Key to Genera of Anthocorinae.

(From Hemiptera of Connecticut.)

1. Pronotum trapezoidal, its outline not continuous with that of

the head; membrane with three or four veins 2

Pronotum conical, becoming cylindrical anteriorly and forming
a continuous outline with the elongate head ; membrane with
one vein .Macrotrachelliella Champion

2. Collar of pronotum distinct; membrane with four veins 3

Collar obsolete; membrane with three veins Onus Wolff

3. Sides of pronotum not explanate ; corium not or obsoletely

punctate ; metasternal canals not elevated at lateral ends.

Anthocoris Fallen

Sides of pronotum explanate, extending anteriorly more or less
beyond base of collar ; corium distinctly punctate ; canals
prominent laterally Tetraphleps Fieber

The genus , Anthocoris contains only one species within our
limits, which is that heretofore named A. borealis Dallas, but
Anthocoris musculus Say appears to be its proper name. This
was adumbrated in Hemiptera of Connecticut by Parshley and
adopted as the correct name by Blatchley. An independent check-
ing by myself to establish which was right led to this result. A
comparison of Say’s description of Reduvius musculus from the

Fel.,1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 17

Northwest Territory and Dallas’s Anthocoris borealis from Hud-
son Bay Region might lead to the idea that they are doubtfully
the same. However, a checking of the same specimens with the
two original descriptions leads to the certainty of their identity.
We may regard the synonymy to be now definitely established.
Nevertheless, it may be that the descriptions refer to some West-
ern and Northern form ; and thus ours may be without a name.

Parenthetically, here are two descriptions which for their time
are relatively full. Yet, judging by the descriptions alone, it
might seem that we had two different species. But with a suf-
ficiency of specimens in hand, we can find that the two descrip-
tions fall within the limits of variation of the species. In meas-
uring specimens, I found the smallest to be 3 mm. long and the
largest 3.75 mm. All the specimens were from within a range
of 5 miles from White Plains in Westchester County, N. Y.

Wherever there are beeches is the place to look for Anthocoris.
These little bugs are to be found in the curled over edges of cer-
tain of the bleached leaves, in abundance. Each leaf will harbor
generally three or four, sometimes more, sometimes fewer. My
notes of August 4 of this year, when I found them in numbers on
Petra Island in Lake Mahopac, Putnam County, N. Y., are rather
full and follow here :

The beeches showed the usual bleached and curled-edged leaves.
Inspection of these showed concealed in them the usual Antho-
coris musculus, mostly adults, but here and there a nymph. How-
ever, not every curled leaf is tenanted. The abundant curled
leaves of one small sapling — -almost bush-like — did not yield a
single specimen. But here and there, in the scattered bleached
leaves within reach, of the larger trees, and quite frequently in
those of the larger saplings, the bug was to be found.

The undersides of these bleached and dried leaves were cov-
ered with dry cast skins of a white, colorless aphid and a mite ;
and the curled over edges shelter small pale spiders and their
webs in the hidden channels or leafy tunnels. It is in these tubes
or channels that Anthocoris hides. These channels are more or
less filled with a sticky dirt, remnants of cast skins, threads like
micelia of fungi, etc., and here the 1 mm. long young aphids are
hidden.

Light on the preceding is cast by a recent article in the Ento-
mologists’ monthly magazine (LXV, pp. 103-4), by W. Stern,
on the fauna of Rubus sp. He notes Anthocoris nemorum as at-

18 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

tacking the aphid Amphorophora rubi, various jassids and two
mites, one being the universal Tetrany chits telarius L., which also
appear to be its diet in the trees it frequents. The species hiber-
nates as an adult.

The species is recorded extensively in the New York List
under both names. To these records from New York may be
added the following, heretofore unpublished. Westchester
County: Armonk, May 5, 1924; June 14, 1914. Wampus Lake
(vicinity), June 6, 1923, swept. Valhalla, August 18, 1923; “a
beech with bleached and curled leaves when beaten yielded with
little effort many” and “there flew out from it numbers of a white
aphid.” White Plains, June 5, 1924, from alder; June 22, 1919,
1 nestling in terminal bud of black alder; July 1, 1923, 1 on aspen ;
July 5 and 6, 1924, from beech, as usual; July 29, 1922, “about
30 from Beech;” August 10, 1921; September 4, 1921, “on the
beech leaves as before.” Hartsdale, July 5, 1924. Putnam
County : Lake Mahopac, August 2, 1929. Long Island : Cold
Spring Harbor, July 30, 1920; August 21, 1924.

Outside of New York, I have the species from Parry Sound
District Ontario, Canada, July 26, 1915, H. S. Parrish Collector;
from Portland, Maine, one specimen, May 13, determined by
Ashmead as Anthocoris antevolens B. White; from Framingham,
Mass., taken by A. C. Frost, 1 May 29 and another September 29,
1929.

Key to Tetraphleps Fieber.

(Adapted from Blatchley and the Original Descriptions.)
Length of antennae equal to width of head including eyes. .2
Length of antenna greater than width of head including eyes.

uniformis Parshley

Beak reaching between middle coxae .osborni Drake

Beak not reaching middle coxae americana Parshley

This key has been checked systematically with the original de-
scriptions; and with the descriptions in Blatchley. There is a
sigular lack of consistency and symmetry in all of them. The
characters on which the specific differentiation is made are not
similarly stated for each species — that is, they are not strictly
comparable one with the same in another species. For example,
Blatchley, taking his characters from the descriptions, thus char-
acterizes the first segment of the antennae: americana — segment
I reaching the middle of cheeks; osborni — segment I equal to 3/5

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 19

of III ; uniformis — not mentioned. It may readily be seen that
there is here no common denominator for this character, which
accordingly becomes vague in use. This is true of practically
all the other characters employed. I have argued elsewhere that
a description is not an elegant exercise for those that know all
about a species, but that it is for the very practical purpose of in-
forming some one who knows nothing about it ; or for the purpose
of affording a foundation for a critical study on the part of one
who does. Tetraphleps canadensis Prov., not keyed or referred
to elsewhere here, is obviously a Tetraphleps , according to Van
Duzee, but so vaguely described that it is impossible to place it
specifically in the absence of the type. It is conceivable that some
cognate species to those mentioned may some day be discovered,
which it may not be possible to recognize as different from any
description published, because of the absence of the true critical
character.

Tetraphelps americana Parshley.

This species is recorded from New York; from Maine, whence
it was described ; and from Ottawa, Canada, by Dr. Blatchley. I
have a specimen from Claremont, N. H., collected by Mr. G. P.
Engelhardt, a new distributional record.

The other two species are recorded from New York in the
State List, although both seem northern.

Macrotracheliella Champion.

Of this genus there appears to be only one northern species,
Macrotracheliella nigra Parshley.

The species is known from Massachusetts and Rhode Island;
and is recorded from Staten Island, N. Y., in the State List. I
beat it in numbers from scrub pine in company with Aradus cin-
namomeus, at Lakehurst, N. J., June 29, 1911. This record ex-
tends the distribution of the species further south. Likewise, it
might appear that it should be found in the pine barrens of Long
Island and of Connecticut if sought for at the proper time.

Key to Orius Wolff.

(= Triphleps Lieber.)

Basal half of clavus blackish brown insidiosus Say

Clavus entirely black var. tristicolor B. White

Orius insidiosus is our widespread American species. It occurs
throughout the State of New York; and is, of course, common

20 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXV

about White Plains and in Westchester County in general. I also
have it from Southern Pines, N. C. (A. H. Manee), May and
September, 1911. From Woodgate, I received it from Jemez
Springs, New Mexico, dated May 25, 1915.

The var. tristicolor — a mere color form, scarcely worthy of a
name — has been taken at Ithaca on July 16, 1919, sweeping and
at White Plains, May 31, 1924, also sweeping, in a damp meadow.

The last of the subfamilies, the Dufouriellinae, is not mentioned
in Hemiptera of Connecticut, but Blatchley records it in his Man-
ual, giving and keying six genera, of which three by their general
distribution should be found in the Northeastern States, one of
them being already recorded from New York in the State List.

Key to Genera of Dufouriellinae.

(Adapted from Reuter.)

1. Anterior femora unarmed . 2

Anterior femora incrassate, dentate beneath.

Scoloposcelis Fieber

2. Base of pronotum quite deeply sinuate (first segment of an-

tennae hardly reaching apex of the head; anterior femora
hardly thicker than posterior).

Dufouriellus Kirkaldy (= Xylocoris Westwood)
Base of pronotum slightly sinuate (femora elongate).

Cardiastethus Fieber

Key to Cardiastethus Fieber.

Membrane unicolorous or with only a narrow hyaline line next to
the apex of the membranal suture (head transverse; base of
pronotum more than twice its length) ; veins free, interior

weak; length, 1.75 mm pergandei Reut.

Membrane fusco-fumate, a vittula in the interior angle and a sub-
triangular spot at the exterior basal angle ; only first and
fourth veins of the membrane distinguishable, the second and
third quite obsolete; length 2.4 mm luridellus Fieber

Cardiastethus pergandei Reuter appears to be known only from
the District of Columbia. Cardiastethus luridellus was described
originally from Pennsylvania, and that remains its sole record.

Dufouriellus Kirkaldy is represented in our northeastern fauna
by only one species, D. ater , Dufour, a Palaearctic species re-
corded in the New York State List from Hamburg, N. Y.

The genus Scoloposcelis likewise has only one representative
with us, S. flame ornis Reuter, described from Texas, and since
recorded from Pennsylvania, Florida and Indiana.

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 21

A LIST OF COLEOPTERA FOUND AT FLUSHING
AND NEW TO LONG ISLAND.

By Kenneth W. Cooper, Flushing, New York.

The following species of Coleoptera, collected by the writer at
Flushing, are new additions to the Long Island records of the
New York State List of Insects. Although, by their normal dis-
tribution, a great number of the species in this list would naturally
occur upon the Island, there are a few in the list that one would
not ordinarily expect to find here. Among the latter there are two
species new to the United States, and two species new to New
York State, as far as the author could determine. The specimens
were all taken during the past three years.

The numbers preceding the species are those of the Leng Cata-
logue. Letters in parentheses indicate the determiner of the spe-
cies, i.e.y (B) — Mr. H. S. Barber, (F) — Mr. W. S. Fisher, (L) —
Mr. Chas. W. Leng, (M) — Mr. Mutchler, (N) — Mr. H. Notman,
and (S) — Mr. Chas. Schaeffer. Lack of initials after the date of
capture means that the writer has determined the species.

Family Carabidae.

.... Asaphidion flavipes L. May (N). A number of speci-
mens were found under a shingle in an open field.
New to the U. S.

1097 Euferonia lachrymosa Newm. June.

Family Hydrophilidae.

2854 Laccohius agilis Rand. September (S). Found in damp
sand at stream edge.

2893 Cercyon analis Payk. September (S).

Family Orthoperidae.

3252 Sericoderus lateralis Gyll. September-December (S).

Found by sifting leaves, grass and debris at base of
trees.

Family Staphylinidae.

4526 Staphylinus badipes Lee. July.

4666 Tachinus picipes Er. August.

Family Histeridae.

6565 Hister laevipes. September (S). Three specimens. New
to New York State.

6571 H . interruptus Beauv. September (S).

6586 H. foedatus Lee. September (S).

6606 H. depurator Say. September (S).

22 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXV

6723 Paromalus aequalis Say. November. Found in great

numbers under bark of dead oaks.

6724 Isolomalus histriatus Er. September (S). Two speci-

mens were found under moist bark of dead oak.
6790 Acritus exiguus Er. November (S). Under moist bark,
and in fungi ilnder bark.

Family Lampyridae.

6979 Lucid ota decipiens Harr. June.

Family Cantharidae.

7061 Podahrus diadema Fab. June.

7062a P. modestus var. flavicollis Lee. March (M). Found,
alive, under bark.

Family Melyridae.

7238 Malachius aeneus L. May.

Family Meloidae.

8158 Zonites bilineata Say. July (B). Mr. Ballou has taken
this species in Westchester Co., New York. (This is
a new record for New York State.)

Family Anthicidae.

8359 Anthicus sturmi Laf. December. Found under bark,
with Derodontus maculatus, in rotted fungi.

Family Elateridae.

8853 Melanactes piceus DeG. June.

8936 Elater sellatus Dej. March (S).

9036 Melanotus fissilis Say. March.

Family Buprestidae.

9408 Chrysobothris lecontei Lg. June. Found running along
the branches of a dead oak.

9522 Agrilus cephalicus Lee. June (F). Beaten from oak.
.... A. frosti Knull. June (F). Beaten from oak.

Family Byrrhidae.

9893 Porcinolus undatus Melsh. January-September. Taken,
in January, hibernating in rotten log. From June till
September specimens were taken from about the
roots of grasses growing in a sandy locality.

Family Nitidulidae.

10078 Epurea rufida Melsh. November. On grape-fruit rind.
Family Rhizophagidae.

10144 Rhizophagus bipunctatus Say. October-November (S).
Under the bark of hickory and oak.

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 23

IOI59

10225

10292

10292a

10334

10353

10360

10488

10576

10580

10646

10998

11202a

11178

Family Monotomidae.

Monotonia picipes Hbst. October (M). Sifted from the
nest of a mouse in large numbers.

Family Cucujidae.

Laemophloeus fasciatus Melsh. November. From under
the bark of cherry.

Family Erotylidae.

Acropteroxys gracilis Newn. July. This species has
also been taken at Roslyn, L. I., by Mr. Ballou.

A. gracilis var. inornata Rand. May.

Triplax thoracic a Say. January (S). A number of
specimens from a hardened fungus.

Family Derodontidae.

Derodontus 'maculatus Melsh. December. From fungi
under loose bark.

Family Cryptophagidae.

Telmatophilus americanus Lee. September (S).

Ephistemus apicalis Lee. September (S). Both adults
and newly emerged imagos sifted from the nest of a
field-mouse along with Monotoma picipes.

Family Colydiidae.

Bitoma crenata Fab. May-November (S). A European
species which has been found in numbers under the
bark of willow, oak and cherry. New to the U. S.

Aulonium parallelopipedum Say. January (M). Two
specimens from oak.

Colydium lineola Say. December 15. Under the bark
of a Scolytid-infested oak.

Family Lathridiidae.

Enicmus aterrimus Mots. December (S). On oak-in-
festing bracket-fungi.

Family Coccinellidae.

Stethorus punctum Lee. December (S). Two specimens
in fungi inhabited by Ennearthron thoracicorne

Zieg1-.

Anatis quindecimpunctata var. mali Say. July. It has
also been taken by Mr. Arthur Killen at Long Beach.

N eoharmonia venusta Melsh. September (B). Found
upon an aquatic plant at Kissena Lake, Flushing.
New to New York State.

24 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Family Tenebrionidae.

12308 Hoplocephala viridipennis Fab. September-November.

Often found in association with H. bicornis Fab. un-
der bark.

12323 Platydema americanum Cast. & Bril. September (S).
Found under bark with the following species.

12327 P. picilabrum Melsh. September (S).

12377 Hypophloeus thoracicus Melsh. December (S). Two
specimens from under oak bark.

Family Anobiidae.

12695 Trichodesma gibbosa Say.

Family Cisidae.

12979 Cis creberrima Mell. November (S). From bracket-
fungi.

12992 Orthocis punctata Mell. December (L). From bracket-
fungi.

Family Scarabeidae.

14022 Trichiotinus assimilis Kby. August (S).

Family Cerambycidae.

14532 Leptura mutabilis Newn. May.

15003 Lepturges facetus Say. June.

Family Chrysomelidae.

15210 } Donacia rufa Say. August. On water plants.

1 5^55a Zygogramma suturalis var. casta Rogers. June (S).
Found with Z. suturalis.

15699 Phaedon viridis Melsh. January. Found under loose
bark.

1:5993 Mantura floridana Cr. May-November (S). Found
during the summer on rag-weed. In the winter it is
found by sifting.

16130 Microrhopala xerene Newn. July.

Family Curculionidae.

16348 Rhynchites bicolor Fab. July (M).

16369 Attelabus rhois Boh. August.

16392 Apion pennsylvanicum Boh. June.

16679 Brachyrhinus rugifrons Gyll. June.

18020 Cossonus platalea Say. July (M).

18087 Rhodobaenus tredecimpunctatus 111. June.

Family Scolytidae.

18475 Ips pi™ Say. June (F).

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 25

SOME TINGITIDAE FROM BRAZIL (HEMIPTERA).

By Carl J. Drake, Ames, Iowa.

The present paper deals with a small collection of lace bugs
from Bahia, Brazil, kindly sent to the writer by Dr. Gregorio
Bondar for study. The collection is represented by eleven species
and a variety, two of which are described below as new.

Monanthia parmata Distant.

Teleonemia aterrima Stal.

Teleonemia morio Stal.

Teleonemia scrupulosa Stal.

Sphaerocysta globifera Stal.

Amblystira silvicola Drake.

Corythucha fuscomaculata Stal.

Leptopharsa illudens Drake.

Not recorded heretofore from South America.

Leptopharsa illudens variantis n. var.

Differs from the typical illudens in having the costal area
of the elytra composed of one complete and about or little
over a half of an additional row of areolae along its distal
half. Color, size and other characters very similar to illu-
dens. In illudens, the type and paratypes from Porto Rico
and Jamaica are before me, the costal area is entirely bi-
seriate.

Holotype (male) and allotype (female), Bahia, Brazil, in my
collection. Paratypes in collections of Bondar and Drake.

Tigava bondari Drake.

This species is most closely allied to T. mollicula Drake from
Brazil. It differs from mollicula in having a little shorter ros-
trum, slenderer and shorter spines on the head. The head is also
distinctly less tumid above. Color, size and general appearance
are very similar to T. mollicula.

Gargaphia concursa n. sp.

Allied to G. trichoptera Stal, but differing from a cotype
before me in having a larger hood, the paranota more sharply
angulate, shorter discoidal area, and the median carina quite
sharply raised a little behind the hood. Length, 4.30 mm. ;
width, 2.01 mm.

Head black, with five rather long sharp spines, the median
longest and considerably longer than the others. Rostrum

26 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXV

reaching to the transverse laminae. Ostiolar canal promi-
nent and wider than in G. trichoptera. Pronotum black, con-
siderably swollen, the posterior process testaceous and reticu-
late. Carinae considerably raised, testaceous, each composed
of a single row of rather large areolae; lateral carinae par-
allel, extending anteriorly to base of hood but widely sepa-
rated from it; median carina sharply raised a little behind
the hood. Hood testaceous, about twice as large as in G.
trichoptera, strongly compressed laterally. Paranota testa-
ceous, broad, mostly triseriate, quite sharply angulate oppo-
site humeri. Antennae long, brown to ferrugineous, the
apical segment black ; segment I shorter and two and a half
times as long as two ; III very long, three times as long as
four, the latter distinctly longer than first two conjoined.

Elytra broad, the apices rather widely separated, costal
area broad, with five rows of areolae at its widest part, with
three or four transverse or oblique, fuscous, enlarged ner-
vures ; subcostal area narrow, biseriate ; discoidal area mod-
erately larger, narrower in male than in female, narrowed at
base and at apex, with a brown spot (nervelets) at base, with
four or five areolae at its widest part. Wings about as long
or a little longer than abdomen. Legs long, slender, brownish
testaceous, the tarsi darker. Claspers in male large, strongly
curved.

Holotype (male) and allotype (female), Bahia, Brazil, collected
by Dr. Gregorio Bondar, in my collection. Paratypes, taken with
type, in collections of Bondar, Drake and Iowa State College.

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 27

THE USE OF PARADICHLORBENZENE IN THE
INSECT COLLECTION.

J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, White Plains, N. Y.

Insect collections have three foes — grease, mould, and destruc-
tive insects. The first problem is solved by putting the greased
insect, according to its kind, in some efficient grease solvent-
chloroform, ether, benzene, gasoline, or carbon tetrachloride.
Mould is fought by means of abundant naphthalene in the boxes.
This treatment also keeps out and to some extent destroys
Anthrenus. At times, however, the tightest fitting boxes become
infested, either through some oversight, or by the introduction of
some new specimens without fumigation. The usual practice has
been to treat infested boxes or collections with carbon bisulphide,
which, of course, killed the Anthrenus ; but which, on the other
hand, has a most vile odor, is poisonous to human beings, highly
explosive, and potent only for a short time.

Paradichlorbenzene may be used in place of the bisulphide with
marked advantage. It is a slower, (in minutes) killing agent but
just as sure as the bisulphide. And this very slowness causes it
to remain active in the boxes for months, at least. It is also much
cleaner and more easily handled, as it comes in the form of small
crystals (the commercial grade used for the peach-tree borer).
And further it is much safer than die bisulphide because neither
explosive nor inflammable. It is also as economical as the
bisulphide.

In my practice, I combine three treatments in one — naphthalene,
paradichlorbenzene and carbon tetrachloride. In one corner of
the box I put, in a small heap, one teaspoonful (heaping) of
the paradichlorbenzene and the naphthalene, and pour on a little
carbon tetrachloride, about i teaspoon, also. This last dissolves
the other two crystalline chemicals and consolidates them in one
place, so they cannot slide about the box when it is moved. It
also provides the quick killing agent for any pests that might have
got in.

As the two solids are now in a mass, instead of in crstals
strewed all over the bottom of the box, evaporation is slower, but
enough to keep the air in the box saturated with their vapor.
Such a treatment will last in full activity six months — or even
longer.

28 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

THE NESTING HABITS OF EMPHOR BOMBIFORMIS

CRESSON.

By Phil Rau, Kirkwood, Mo.

The striking similarity between the nesting habits of certain
bees and those of certain wasps often arrests the attention of the
observer. Seldom, however, is the resemblance more perfect than
in the case of the mining bee, Emphor bombiformis, and the two
species of Odynerus wasps, O. dorsalis and O. geminus. All
three of these species carry water to moisten the hard earth and
thus facilitate their mining and plastering activities ; likewise they
all strew the pellets of mud around their nests. Some of them
practice the quaint and conspicuous habit of building a chimney
over the opening and later moistening the chimney and using the
mud thus formed for sealing the burrow. Any effort to explain
just how such a precise parallelism could have developed in sep-
arate groups so distantly related and occurring in different places
leads one into fascinating flights of speculation.

When one morning I saw an open burrow surrounded by a ring
of clay pellets which distinctly showed the mandible marks, I was
certain that it was the nest of 0. dorsalis. I was fully surprised
at finding a bee at the bottom, and so sure was I that this nest
belonged to the wasp that I concluded that the bee had crept into
the hole merely in quest of a night’s shelter. Later evidence
showed that this was the normal nest of E. bombiformis.

The bees live in more or less scattered colonies, in which each
mother makes and maintains her own nest. Colonies of these
bees were discovered in 1922 in four distinct localities near St.
Louis; they were nesting at North Newstead Avenue, St. Louis,
at Fish Lake, Illinois, Creve Coeur Lake, Missouri, and the south-
west part of St. Louis. They were seen in the height of their
activity between August 8 and September 20.

While all of the nests of this species had the same exterior ap-
pearance (Fig 1), with their chimneys and the scattered pellets,
as do likewise have the completed nests with their saucer-like de-
pressions in the mud plugs, the inside of the nests of these differ-
ent groups presented some differences in shape and size.

The channel between the sealing plug and the brood cell is
treated differently from those of either of the two wasps men-
tioned. In the nests of O. dorsalis, this channel is clear and free.

Bull. B. E. S., XXV, No. 1

Plate I

The resting site of Emphor bombiformis.

30 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

a sort of air chamber; in O. geminus, it is solidly packed with wet
mud. In the nest of this bee, we find this space filled in loosely
with bits of dry dirt. I had the good fortune to observe closely
one mother filling the burrow and closing the top. At n a. m.
she came home and entered the chimney head first but soon came
out backwards, stopped for an instant inside the chimney, turned
about and backed down into her hole until her head was level with
the surface of the earth, and at a point where the chimney was
attached ; then after wetting it she began vigorously gnawing away
the mud and carrying it down below, thereby demolishing a good
portion of the chimney. With seven of these mud balls (for
which she fetched water once), she completed the partition over
the top cell. With this finished, she changed her technique, and
with her forelegs, began to kick the loose soil near the nest into
the hollow channel until the hole was full to the top. At this
point she once more resorted to the use of water to mix her
mortar. Moistening the earth surrounding the opening, she bit
out large chunks and sealed the mouth of the burrow, using her
abdomen as a trowel. In this way she made a solid plug (fig. 2)
as large as a dime and smoothed down to precise saucer shape,
and depressed just a little below the surface of the earth.

The turrets are low, (fig. 5) never more than one-half inch
above the surface of the soil. They are made of the first mouth-
fuls of mud taken from the burrow. The products of further
excavation are not carried out, but are kicked out in a very pretty
fashion. The bee backs up to the top of the turret, and just as
her hind legs reach the top, kicks out the pellet with a flip and
quick as a flash the mother is down in the hole again, biting out
another ball. These pellets are often shot out with such force
that they travel horizontally for a distance of from three to five
inches. Thus the little bee appears a quaint living shot-gun, as
one after another the pellets are catapulted from the burrow. By
watching closely, one may see the tip of the abdomen as the bee
slowly creeps upward until it is flush with the surface ; then as if
ejected by a trigger the pellet is suddenly shot out, and while one’s
eye momentarily follows the pellet the bee quickly slides down
and is out of sight. When there is no turret over the nest (nests
without turrets are often seen), the pellets ejected often accumu-
late close to the door-way, as seen in figure 3. She then clears
these away in a very practical manner, and by this method she
forms the “fairy ring” of pellets as seen in center of figure 1. She

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 31

proceeds by holding onto the inside rim of her burrow with her
forelegs, and while she stands horizontally on her middle legs on
top of the ground, she rapidly runs (while her front legs still cling
10 the orifice) around and around in “merry-go-round” fashion,
rapidly sweeping the pellets away with the hind legs as she makes
the circles. Since the strength of her kick is fairly uniform, the
pellets are thrown to about the same distance ; this results in the
pretty fairy ring of pellets already referred to.

The mothers leave their work at intervals to fill their gullets
with water. In this case their supply could not have been far
away, because each trip required only from two and one-half to
three and one-half minutes. The amount of water required varies
according to the nature of' the soil ; in some places the bees could
make six or seven loads of mud from one gulletful of water, and
in other dry situations, only three or four.

The St. Louis bees made distinct brood cups which could be
separated from the nest; those in the gumbo at Fish Lake, and
those in the sandy soil at Creve Coeur Lake did not make inde-
pendent cups, but merely widened the lower portion of the tun-
nel into a cup-shaped cell, which probably served all practical pur-
poses. The lining wall was wonderfully smooth and glossy, as
though finished with some water resisting varnish. But this cell
was only the well finished burrow, and not a separate cup within
the burrow. Those in the yellow clay were separate and distinct
from the tunnel, and were built in true pottery fashion. This
difference in the method of nesting of bees of the same species
in two localities (and they were actually the same species, because
specimens of both groups were submitted to Mr. S. A. Rohwer
for identification), is probably due to the two kinds of soil in
which they must dig. While this small detail is likely to be taken
lightly as a matter of course, yet it is significant in that it shows
that the bees actually can or do modify their behavior in ac-
cordance with environmental conditions.

When a bee emerges from her burrow to go for water, her man-
ner of exit, either tail first or head first, depends upon whether
she is only excavating the gallery or has nearly finished the cell ;
when the cell is far advanced, she has room enough to turn around
and emerges head first; otherwise she must back out.

A few nests that were opened showed the following details
of structure and dimensions : One nest had a total length of five

inches, which comprised the cell at the bottom, the mud plug at

Bull. B. E. S., XXV, No. 1

Plate II

Fig. 2. — The nesting site of Emphor bombiformis at the end of the season ; thousands of
mud pellets are strewn about and wherever a chimney once stood there is now a depression.

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 33

the top of this cell, and a filling of loose dirt up to the surface plug
of mud. One nest was sealed with a top plug 34 inch thick ; a
i34 inch tunnel below this was filled with dry bits of earth, and be-
low this were two mud plugs at intervals of 34 and 34 inch ; these
made two additional chambers and, like the first, contained loose
bits of earth. Below this was the brood chamber, fa inch in
depth. The total length of the nest was only 2fa inches. I have
no explanation to offer for the extra partitions. In one nest the
mother was discovered at the bottom of the gallery 1^2 inches
deep; below this was a mud plug and the brood cell, filled with
bee bread. Whether or not she was at work building a second
cell in the gallery I do not know.

Another nest had a total depth of 3 inches ; at the bottom were
two cells, one above the other and marked off by mud plugs, and
above these was a widening of the gallery which gave the appear-
ance of a cell fa inch deep, but this contained no separate brood-
cup, as did the others, but was sealed up empty with a heavy sur-
face plug. Four other nests in a group were dug up at Fish Lake.
All were about fa inch in diameter, and about 234 inches in total
depth. The brood chamber at the bottom of each measured fa\
by 34 inch, and was packed full of pollen, either yellowish-green
or rose-colored. These variations probably were due to the dif-
ferences in soil. The St. Louis colony worked in yellow clay, the
Fish Lake colony mined in a heavy gumbo soil and the Creve
Coeur Lake bees nested in hard-packed sandy earth near the lake.

The greater portion of the study was devoted to the Newstead
Ave. group. This colony was on a hilltop in a vacant lot, and
really comprised two groups ten feet apart. Each half covered
an area about three by four feet, and contained a few open bur-
rows in the ground, with chimneys on top, a dozen holes without
chimneys and about eighteen closed burrows, easily distinguish-
able by their saucer-like depressions (see fig. 1), and all over the
place the pellets were strewn about. The pellets are always inter-
esting because the mandible marks on each furnish a clear record
of the very definite manner in which the balls of moistened earth
have been manipulated by the jaws.

Not all of the pellets are scattered about, but those which are
brought out first, while they are still wet and plastic, are used in
making the chimney. This area of„yellow clay was covered with
a top layer of dark soil. Often the nests were very conspicuous

34 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

by virtue of a scattering of bright yellow pellets (dug from the
subsoil) on the dark gray surface.

In the heavy gumbo soil at Fish Lake, each nest was found to
contain only one cell. In the clay region in St. Louis, the nests
had from one to three cells each. We know that many digging
bees and wasps mine a shaft and use the bottom of the tunnel for
a nest ; but this bee is truly a mason, as well as a digger. The
plugs on top are solid pieces of mud masonry ; the partitions when
she has more than one cell are walls of made mud (fig. 4), and
the brood cups when present are distinct and separately fashioned,
and show the work of a fully qualified mason. Imbedded in the
bottom of these masses of bee bread was the egg, as though it
had been deposited first and the food packed on top of it. The
eggs were white, and about J4 by 1/32 inch in size.

Grossbeck1 has made notes on this species found in New Jersey.
He found them nesting in colonies near a cattail marsh, and says
they seem to prefer hard, shaly soil in which to nest. He also saw
the bees forcibly kick the pellets over the brim of the turrets,
sometimes as far as four inches. The New Jersey E. bombi-
formis probably make but one cell to the nest, for while Grossbeck
mentions nothing about the number of cells, his figures show but
one.

Some observations on the nesting habits of a species closely
akin to E. bombiformis were published by M. Louise Nichols.2
This bee, E. fuscojubatus, was discovered nesting in a mixture of
sand, clay and pebbles; it builds turrets, carries water, jerks out
the pellets with considerable force, tears down the turret and uses
the material for filling in and closing the nest, and finishes the
nest with a circular depression to mark the site. Thus the nest-
ing habits of this species observed at Cape May, New Jersey, dif-
fer in no wise from what has been recorded for E. bombiformis
by either Grossbeck or myself, and since fuscojubatus is so nearly
related to bombiformis that the distinguishing feature is only one
of color of pubescence and size of third submarginal cell,3 it does
seem that the bee is changing its taxonomy before or without
changing its habits.

1 Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 19: 283-244. 1911.

2 Psyche, 1913, p. 107-112.

3 Cockerell, Psyche, 1913, p. 107.

Bull. B. E. S., XXV, No. 1

Plate III

Fig. 3 (upper). — A single nest of Emphor bombiformis show-
ing the accumulation of pellets about the chimney; later they are
packed away.

Fig. 4 (lower left). — The mud partitions in a burrow of Em-
phor bombiformis.

Fig- 5 (lower right). — Two views of the turret over the nest of
Emphor bombiformis.

36 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

CATOCALA JUNCTURA IN THE OZARK REGION.

By Auburn E. Brower, Willard, Mo.

Of all the species of Catocalae in Eastern North America,.
Catocala junctura is in some ways the most interesting. Unlike
its congeners of the East but like some forms of the West, it seeks
caves, cliffs, ledges, banks, and buildings in which to pass the day,
only rarely being found upon tree trunks. Its nearest relatives
are all found in the Southwest or West, and Illinois seems to mark
its eastward extension as the only records from east of the Mis-
sissippi River are from that state. The locality (near Willard,
in Southwest Missouri) where Catocala junctura has been most
commonly found, has an elevation of 1100-1345 feet. The rolling
upland prairies of that section are now farmlands, but the broken
hilly regions are largely covered with oak and hickory timber, with
a great variety of trees in the bottoms.

One of the earliest of the larger species of Catocalae, junctura
has been taken as early as June 19th (1918), and it is regularly
expected by June 25. Emergence continues over a considerable
period of time, fresh specimens being taken in the latter part of
July. The latest record is September 14 (1919). The first spec-
imens each summer are found about buildings. As soon as it ap-
pears, the first thing to be done upon arising is to make a round
of the porches, cellar-house, and woodshed. Over the doors,
sometimes upon the wire-screen of screen doors, upon the ceiling
of the porches, and the stone walls of the cellar-house, they are
to be found, this is especially true after a stormy night. In the
woods they seek shallow caves in the rock, cliffs, ledges, banks,
and trees. It is most often found upon trees in rainy weather,
which fact suggests that possibly they are driven out of the higher
parts of trees or elsewhere by the rain. When frightened from
favored resting places, they often fly to nearby trees, and as a rule
are rather easily captured with the cyanide jar. They are very
rarely attracted by light, only some two or three specimens have
been so taken.

Caves, buildings, and some ledges, yield most of the specimens,
especially in the latter part of the season. One group of shallow
caves or large holes in the rock cliff beside a spring-fed stream
has always been by far the most productive locality for the spe-
cies. Ranging from niches in the rocks to holes four feet high
and extending inward for thirty feet, these holes in the dark gray,

Bull. B. E. S., XXV, No. 1

Plate IV

No. I. This is a view of a ledge formed by a very fine grained buffy gray sandstone. Water
flows over it only during wet weather, but it is always moist beneath. Nos. 2 and 3 show two caves
in the grayish, dolomitic limestone cliffs by a stream.

38 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

dolomitic limestone have always been the most desired resting
places. Most of the moths are found resting in a horizontal
position on the top but the position in which they orient themselves
seems to be of no moment. The remarkable thing about the insect
in connection with these caves is that it is found most commonly
in them after the period of emergence is over. All of the insects
may be captured one day and on the next none may be found but
sometimes six to eight will be found especially if it is stormy
weather. The caves continue to be productive for a considerable
period despite the fact that the supply of moths must constantly
be replenished from some unknown source.

A search of the country for miles around has not resulted in
the finding of any similarly attractive caves. Twenty-five miles
away, at Graydon Springs, are purplish-red sandstone cliffs whose
dark weathered surface forms a fairly attractive resting place.
Whether the moths in the caves represent the strays from the sur-
rounding country or inse.cts which have flown in from unknown
distances is a mystery.

The early stages are wholly unknown. It is presumed to be a
poplar and willow feeder like its nearest relatives. In this lo-
cality poplar is very rare except the scattering trees under culti-
vation and willow is confined to the streams, being almost wholly
black willow and smaller species on the sandbars. Many females
have been confined in an effort to secure eggs, but no moths have
ever deposited in captivity. A significant fact has been discovered
in this connection — nearly every female taken in the latter part of
the season is completely devoid of eggs, apparently all have been
deposited. Females of some other species of Catocala seem never
to deposit all of their ova. It seems highly probable that the
females deposit all of their eggs and afterwards roam about
widely, which will account for the fact that the caves continue to
be so productive. Catocala junctura is an interesting species in
so many ways, yet little is known about it.

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 39

CHARLES JACOB MARTIN.

1835-1929.

The Brooklyn Entomological Society records with deepest
regret the death of its oldest active member, Charles Jacob Mar-
tin, who was born at Alzey, Rhenish Hesse, Germany, on October
15, 1835. Mr. Martin immigrated to the United States in 1854,
following with success his calling of confectioner and caterer.
He served with distinction throughout the Civil War. Retiring
from active work about 1900, he devoted most of his leisure to
his life-long hobby — the collecting and study of insects. He be-
came a member of the Brooklyn Entomological Society at that
time. His collections, for the greater part obtained by personal
field work on Long Island and in Sullivan County, N. Y., are note-
worthy for the fine representation of Lepidoptera and Coleoptera,
all carefully labeled with locality and dates.

Good-natured, jolly, the picture of health, Mr. Martin made
friends wherever he went. Receiving and dispensing the joy of
living was his particular mission. Up to recent years he attended
meetings regularly, usually prepared with specimens and observa-
tions of interest. In 1928 the Society honored its patriarch by
electing him an honorary member.

Proud of his citizenship and his standing as a veteran of the
Grand Army, Mr. Martin’s love for the Fatherland never dimin-
shed. Twenty-six times he crossed the Atlantic to visit the old
home in Alzey. While there he sickened and died on July 27,
1929. Thus to the old town in the Rhineland, which had given
him birth, he returned for eternal rest. — G. P. E.

A PERSONAL NOTE.

In this number we publish the first article of a new student of
the Coleoptera. We draw attention to it not alone because it adds
to our knowledge of the distribution of beetles, with a number of
species new to the American Fauna, but because its author, Mr.
Kenneth Cooper, is still a young high school student. Our Society
is glad to number him in its membership, and looks to him to be
one of those to carry on its traditions in the years to come. — J. R.
T. B.

40 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

ADDITIONS TO THE NEW YORK STATE LIST OF
INSECTS. THE OXYBELINE WASPS
(SPHECIDAE, HYMEN.).

By V. S. L. Pate, Ithaca, N. Y.

In going over material of this group preparatory to monograph-
ing the forms known to occur in the New World, a number of
unrecorded species and localities not included in the recent New
York State List of Insects has come to hand. These wasps, usu-
ally found upon umbellifers or composites, nest in the sand and
provision their burrows with muscoid flies. They are frequently
parasitized by various species of Miltogrammine flies. Wherever
data relative to prey, parasites or flower records have been avail-
able they have been incorporated in the following list.

I am greatly indebted to Drs. O. A. Johannsen and J. M.
Aldrich for identification of the flies.

Tribe OXYBELINI.

Oxybelus Latreille.

O. emarginatus Say. Ithaca, J1 io-Sep 16, Rand ; Orient, Aug

19, Zab (AMNH) ; Mosholu, Aug 30 (AMNH) ; Little
France, Aug 19 (Pate-C U) ; Spring Lake, J1 22, Beq ; White
Plains, Aug 20, Beq ; S I, Aug 3, Beq ; L I : Long Beach, Je

20, Beq ; Cold Spring Harbor, J1 20 (AMNH) ; Gardiners I.,
Aug 17-23, Beq. Taken on flowers of Daucus carota and
Aego podium podagraria. Provisions its nest with Toxomerus
geminatus Say.

O. intermedins Baker. Ithaca, J1 29, Babiy ; Fishers I. Aug.

(AMNH). Taken on flowers of Daucus carota.

O. niger Robtn. Ithaca, J1 24-27, Babiy) Memphis, J1 3 (CU) ;

S I, J1 23, Beq. Taken on flowers of Daucus carota.

O. quadrinotatus Say. Ithaca, Je-Oct, Babiy) Memphis, J1 3
(CU) ; Rhinebeck, J1 27, Cy ; White Plains, J1 20, Beq ; Pots-
dam, J1 11 (CU) ; Wilmington, Aug 20 (CU) ; Michigan
Swamp, J1 11 (CU) ; Spencer Lake, Je 30 (CU) ; S I, May
15-Sep 21, Beq) L I : Gardiners I., Aug. 17-23, Beq. Taker
on flowers of Daucus carota, Aego podium podagraria, Achil-
lea millefolium and A. millefolium var. roseum. Provisions
its nest with Musca domestica. Parasitized by Phrosinella
fulvicornis (Coq.). The commonest species of the genus
throughout the Austral and especially the Transition zone,
reaching northward into Canada.

F eb. ,1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 41

O. sericeus Robtn. L I: Long Beach, Je 20, Beq ; Sea Cliff, Jl,
Bks; Gardiners I., Aug 17-23, Beq. Provisions its nest with
Chaetopsis aenea Wied.

O. subulatus Robtn. L I: Cold Spring Harbor, Je 14, Beq.

Banks has captured O. quadrinotatus at Falls Church, Virginia,
preying upon Musca domestica L., Ophyra leucostoma Wied., and
Sarcophaga sp. ; Parker, at Washington, has also noticed that
Musca domestica is stored by this wasp, while Sladen, at Ottawa,
Canada, has found Hylemyia cilicrura Rond, in their burrows.
At Washington, Parker has found Senotainia trilineata VdW.,
and S. rubriventris Macq., parasitic upon 0. quadrinotatus. Since
all these flies occur in New York it is not unlikely that upon
further observation and investigation they may be discovered in
the wasp’s burrows either as prey or parasites.

Cis frosti Dury. — A series of 15 or more specimens were
taken in a rotten fungus ( Polyporus betulinus) at Portaupique,
N. S. on July 25, 1929. These were submitted to Mr. Charles
Dury who made comparisons with the unique type, which he stated
was from Orono, Me., and not from Mass, as given in the Leng
list. Specimens from this series will be distributed to different
museums in this country and Canada. — C. A. Frost, Framingham,
Mass.

Ludius fulvipes Bland. — Some 15 years ago I sent a box of
specimens to Dr. Schwarz at the U. S. National Museum for
names ; I was then very ignorant of the amount of such work with
which he had to contend. They were recently returned with part
of the material labelled by the hand of the good coleopterist. In
this lot I found a specimen of the above species which I had taken
in Sherborn on Amelanchier flowers on May 3, 1913. It was de-
scribed from Virginia. Specimens have been taken at Nahant,
Mass., on May 19, 1926, by my friend Mr. P. J. Darlington, Jr.
It is certainly not a very common visitor to my hunting grounds in
this vicinity. — C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

42 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

A NEW MOTH FROM SIAM.

By T. D. A. Cockerell, Boulder, Colo.

Among the numerous insects sent by Mrs. Laura McKean from
the vicinity of Chiengmai, Siam, is a moth of unusual beauty,
allied to a Chinese species, but quite distinct.

Daseochaeta mckeanae n. sp.

$. Expanse about 33 mm. ; general characters as usual in
the genus (Warren says, abdomen without crests, but there
are small crests, as figured by Hampson for the genotype) ;
front and occiput with pale yellowish scales, vertex with yel-
lowish green; the rough vestiture of thorax above pale yel-
lowish green, flecked with yellowish; abdomen mainly pale
yellowish, the dorsal crests light green, tipped posteriorly
with white ; a black band across the whitish caudal tuft ; pri-
maries broad (apical margin about 7.5 mm.), pale green mot-
tled with whitish ; basal part of costa pale yellowish, inter-
rupted by a double black subbasal band, and about 1.7 mm.
beyond by a black spot, the first of five evenly spaced along
the costa before the broad subterminal band ; the branches of
the subbasal band uniting, the oblique downward extension
meets a brown patch which is joined above by a black one
beyond (above) which is a small black spot, the whole nar-
rowly margined outwardly with white ; if the outer part of
this more or less V-like pattern were continuous above, it
would join the first of the five costal spots cited above; the
second of the ‘five costal spots has below it two small black
spots, and the third is continuous with a large dusky shade
extending downward, and then outward to the margin of the
reniform stigma, which is outlined in pure white; below the
dusky shade is a small spot, and both it and the lower part of
the shade are bordered on the inner side by white ; below the
reniform is a black spot ; the subterminal band is broad,
nearly as in D. marmorea Leech, fuliginous, shaded with
black and green, irregularly bordered with white scales, end-
ing abruptly before the lower margin, except for a small band
from the outer corner ; fringes with black spots at intervals ;
hind wings yellowish, with a broad dusky apical suffusion,
and a dark spot on the fringe near the outer angle; tibiae on
outer side banded with green and black.

Doi Sutep, Siam, April, 1929 {Mrs. L. McKean). This beau-
tiful species appears to be nearest to the Chinese D. marmorea

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 43

Leech, but distinguished especially by the broad white outline of
the reniform stigma. It is also a smaller insect.

Warren in 1907 established the genus Daseochaeta for Agriopis
viridis Leech, a Japanese species, occurring at Yokohama. At the
same time, he proposed a genus Diphtherocoma for Diphtera 1 pal-
lida Moore, found from China to the Himalayas. These insects
are closely allied, D. viridis differing by the male antennae being
bipectinate with long branches almost to the apex. Hampson
(1909) united Warren’s genera under Daseochaeta , describing
fourteen species, and including the well-known European alpium
Osbeck ( orion Esper), known to British entomologists as Diph-
thera orion, “The scarce marvel-du-jour.” This beautiful spe-
cies occurs in the New Forest, and other parts of the south of
England, and ranges eastward to the Ussuri district in Siberia,
Japan and China. The genus as limited and defined by Hampson
appears to be a very compact and easily recognizable group, un-
like anything else, and remarkable for the delicate shades of green
and irregular dark markings on the anterior wings. The range is
right across the Palaearctic region, southward into the Oriental
region as far as Formosa (Z). pulchra Wileman) and Madras (D.
muscosa Hampson), and in the Ethiopian region to the Transvaal
(D. verbenata Distant) and Madagascar (D. malgassica Ken-
rick), while one species ( D . beryllodes Turner) occurs in Queens-
land. Species may be expected to occur in central Africa and the
Malay Archipelago.

The genus is new to Siam.

1 Diphtera was the original spelling (1816); altered later to
Diphthera, which was regarded as more correct. Warren placed
D. alpium in this genus, which would then take precedence over
Daseochaeta; but Hampson takes as the type of Diphthera the
rather similarly marked though very different Agriopis aprilina
(Linnaeus). Tutt placed aprilina in the genus Dichonia Hb., and
orion ( alpium ) in Moma Hb.

44 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

TWO NEW ALCONEURA (HOMOPTERA, CICADEL-
LIDAE) WITH NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES.

By Paul B. Lawson, Lawrence, Kans.1

There seems to, be some doubt whether the members of this
group should be placed in a distinct genus, as was done by Ball
and DeLong, or whether they simply constitute a subgenus of Di-
kraneura. The writer is inclined to feel that they make up a
quite definite genus for not only does the wing venation appear
to be quite characteristic and constant, but in all the known spe-
cies there is also a very definite black spot in either the third or
fourth apical cell of the elytra.

Alconeura fulminea n. sp. (Figs. 1-4.)

A beautiful green and brown species, perhaps allied to A.
planata more closely than to anything else in the genus.
Length 2.25-2.5 mm.

Form: Head as wide as pronotum. Vertex about as wide

as long, scarcely twice as long at middle as next the eye, an-
terior margin obtusely angulate. Pronotum a little longer
than vertex, twice as wide as long, lateral margins fairly long,
posterior margin shallowly concave. Scutellum moderately
large. Elytra distinctly exceeding pygofer; first and second
apical cells short, third decidedly longer, fourth longest. Sec-
ond closed submarginal cell of hind wing fully as long as
first.

Genitalia: Last ventral segment of female long, posterior

margin strongly produced medially. Last ventral segment of
male large ; valve small, posterior margin practically straight ;
plates tapering to acute apices when viewed ventrally, but
when viewed laterally ending in blunt upturned apices which
distinctly exceed the pygofer.

Color: Vertex, pronotum and scutellum rich golden brown.
Vertex with narrow brown submarginal line and broad white
marginal band which extends backward across eyes, sides of
pronotum, and along length of claval suture. Elytra olive
green with distinct black spot in fourth apical cell opposite
third cross vein. Underside for the most part greenish yel-
low. Abdomen sometimes largely fuscous.

Described from a male and female, holotype and allotype re-
spectively, taken in Cameron County, Texas, August 3, 1928, by

1 Contribution from the Department of Entomology, University
of Kansas.

F eb. ,1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 45

Dr. R. H. Beamer. A female and two male paratypes bear the
same data.

Types deposited in Snow Entomological Collection.

Alconeura quadrimaculata n. sp. (Figs. 5-8.)

A milky- white species, allied to A. unipuncta but recognized
by the four bright orange-red spots on clavus. Length 2.75-
3 mm.

Form: Head as wide as pronotum. Vertex about as wide
as long, one-half longer at middle than next the eye, anterior
margin broadly rounded. Pronotum distinctly longer than
vertex, scarcely twice as wide as long, lateral margins long,
posterior margin very shallowly concave. Scutellum moder-
ately large. Elytra greatly exceeding abdomen; first two
apical cells quite short, third and fourth subequal. Second
closed submarginal cell of hind wing triangular and nearly
as long as first submarginal cell.

Genitalia: Last ventral segment of female quite long, pos-
terior margin sinuately produced to large pointed median
lobe. Last ventral segment of male very large, posterior
margin slightly emarginate, showing none or but little of the
valve; plates, when viewed laterally, with rather large up-
turned apices which exceed the pygofer.

Color: Vertex, pronotum and scutellum milky white, with
traces of four yellow or orange-red lines on pronotum and
hints of color in basal angles of scutellum. Elytra with two
bright, well-separated, orange-red spots on each clavus, a yel-
low line between first and second sectors and sometimes a
suggestion of yellow laterad of this near the costal margin ;
some of apical veins margined with fuscous, particularly
along costal margin ; a small but distinct black spot near mid-
dle of third apical vein. Underside pale except for black
tarsal claws and tip of ovipositor.

Described from a female and a male, holotype and allotype
respectively, and a series of paratypes taken in Pima County,
Arizona, July 27, 1927, by Dr. R. H. Beamer. A single paratype
is at hand also from Gila County, Arizona, taken by Dr. Beamer,
August 6, 1927.

Types deposited in Snow Entomological Collection.

Alconeura unipuncta (Gillette).

A large series of this species is at hand from Gila County,
Arizona, and a specimen from the San Jacinto Mountains, Cali-
fornia.

46 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Var. dorsalis. A specimen of this variety from the Huachuca
Mountains, Arizona, shows its very close relationship with the
typical form. The writer cannot find the differences in genitalia
which McAtee describes and which led him to raise it to specific
rank. While the color markings are strikingly distinct, as de-
scribed by DeLong, it seems, nevertheless, to be clearly a darker
variety of the typical species described by Gillette.

Alconeura rotundata Ball & DeLong.

In addition to a specimen taken in Douglas County, Kansas,
the writer has before him a series of specimens of this species
from the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, and from the San Jacinto
Mountains, California. All these specimens agree with the de-
scription of the species as given by Ball & DeLong, except that the
black spot on the elytra is situated on the third apical vein instead
of in the inner angle of the fourth apical cell.

Addicted to Strong-Waters. — It may be of interest to record
the capture of my third specimen of Agabus erythropterus Say in
this locality in the outlet of a drain from the cattle barn of a large
dairy in Acton, Mass., on October 20, 1929. This small trickling
stream was highly impregnated with cattle urine and manure
seepage. It is probably only a coincidence that four specimens of
this species were taken in Penobsquis, N. B., on July 20, 1929, by
treading about in a springy, muddy area on the bank of a brook
which is here sunk 10 or 12 feet in a gully below the rest of the
pasture land. This place was kept saturated by springs from the
higher land and was covered with enlarged cattle tracks filled
with water and there were more or less droppings scattered about.

At Acton a number of Cere yon quisquilius L. were taken flying
about the dairy drain in late afternoon and many S phaeridium
bipustulatum Fabr. were found beneath the wet debris along it. —
C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

Bull. B. E. S., XXV, No. 1

Plate Y

48 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

NOTES ON ANCYLOXYPHA NITEDULA BUR-
MEISTER.

By E. L. Bell, Flushing, N. Y.

This small Argentine Ancyloxypha, of which the writer has a
number of specimens, collected at Cordova, by Mr. Eugenio
Giacomelli, of La Rioja, Argentine, seems to have been omitted
from recent works dealing generally with the American Hesperi-
idae.

It was first described by Burmeister, Descrip, phys. de la Rep.
Argentina, vol. 5, p. 247, 1878, as Thymelicus premnas Wallen-
gren, through his misidentification of that species, and in his de-
scription is included the statement that it is “nitedula Berg in lit-
teris.” Later, in the Atlas Section of the same work, pp. 55-56,
1880, he admits his error in identification of premnas Wallengren
and states that the species he described as premnas and the true
premnas of Wallengren are distinct and not even congeneric, and
to avoid the use of two like names, proposes Berg’s name nitedula
for the species. This course seems quite proper and justified,
for in using either name it must be accredited to Burmeister, and
there can be little point in applying the name premnas to the spe-
cies, particularly as its original use was through error.

Berg, in Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, Tomo V,
p. 253, 1896-1897, mentions the species as “ Ancyloxypha nitedula
(Burm.) Berg.” and places as synonym tucumanus Plotz. Plotz
described Thymelicus tucumanus, from Cordova, in Stett. Ent.
Zeit., p. 284, 1884, and figured it in his Hesperid plates, number
1503. Godman, in Annals and Magazine of Natural History,
vol. XX, 1907, p. 153, correctly refers tucumanus to the genus
Ancyloxypha with the statement that it probably equals the female
of arene Edwards, however, an examination of the male genitalia
proves that nitedula and arene are quite distinct.

Thymelicus tucumanus Plotz must not be confused with
Nisoniades tucumanus Plotz, described in Jahrb. d. Nass. Ver. f.
Nat., XXXVII, p. 37, 1884, and also from Cordova, and figure
number 1568 of his Hesperid plates; Godman, in the paper above
referred to, p. 154, says “Belongs to Staphylus or Bolla. Male
has a costal fold.”

In size nitedula averages somewhat smaller than arene Ed-
wards, the veins, on the upperside of both wings, are dark, either
entirely or on the outer half, beneath, the upper half of the

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 49

primaries is fulvous with dark veins, the lower half, black which
does not quite reach the outer margin except at the anal angle,
this black area is more extensive than that of arene ; the secondar-
ies are fulvous. The male genitalia differs from that of arene
in that the valvae terminate in a rather slender, upcurved arm
with a pointed tip.

NOTE ON THE VALIDITY OF CORIXA GEOFFROY
(1762) (HEMIP. CORIXIDAE).1

By G. Stuart Walley, Ottawa, Ont.

The contention of Schumacher (Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., 337, 1924)
that Sigara Fabr. (1775) obtains precedence over Corixa Geoff,
because the latter name was not validated in the original diagnosis
(Hist. Abreg. des Ins., 1, 447, 1762) but only in the year 1785 (in
Fourcroy, Ent. Paris, I, 221) is based on the premises that
Geoff roy did not employ binary nomenclature in the 1762 in-
stance. The facts involved are these —

Geoffroy (1762) erected the genus Corixa giving diagnostic
characters and below the generic description he appends the de-
scription of a single species to which must be applied the name
striata L. by virtue of the inclusion of the citation “Linn. Syst. nat.
edit. 10, p. 439, n. 2. Notonecta striata,” in the bibliography im-
mediately preceding the description. His procedure is almost
paralleled by present day nomenclatorial practise; and that he
recognized two distinct categories, genera and species, is clearly
indicated when following the generic description he remarks
“Nous ne connoissons qu’une seule espece de ce genre. . . .” In
this instance he was most certainly “binary” if not strictly
“binomial.” The application of Articles 2 and 25 of the “Inter-
national Rules” clearly validate the generic name Corixa Geoff.,
1762. Since only one species is mentioned the genotype becomes
C. striata^ Notonecta striata L. Sigara Fabr. (Syst. Ent., 691,
1 775 ) a monobasic genus with the same genotype ( i.e ., S. striata -
Notonecta striata L.) remains a synonym.

A comparable case is found in Opinion 20 rendered by the In-
ternational Commission, in which the validity of Gronow’s genera
is established.

1 Contribution from the Division of Systematic Entomology,
Entomological Branch, Dept, of Agric., Ottawa.

50 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society ToZ. XXV

BOOK NOTES.

The Problems of Applied Entomology, by Robert A. Wardle,

M. Sc. Pp. i-xii + 1-587, 1 plate and 31 figs. (McGraw-Hill

Book Co., New York, 1929. $5.)

Once in a while an entomological work appears which is a true
compendium of some branch of the science. Such is Wardle’s
Problems. His modest title would lead one to believe that it
merely posits the problems and envisages them. But he does far
more than that : he studies into the proposed solutions and sets
forth the best modern practice. Of course, in view of the vast-
ness of the subject, the matter is compressed to the last degree;
and so, it does not have the easy-reading quality of the much-
words-about-nothing school of readily read popularizers. Never-
theless, it is full of facts, with adequate references. Anyone who
needs to know the minute details can from this book readily refer
to the sources.

The work is divided into three parts, containing twenty chap-
ters and three sections. Part I treats of General Problems ; Part
II of Area Problems; and Part III contains the 43-page Bibliog-
raphy, and the Indices by author ancl subject. The ten chapters
(1-10) in Part I cover host resistance, climatic resistance, tropic
behavior, disease, parasites and predators, theory of insecticides,
stomach poisons, contact insecticides, fumigants and combination
insecticides, and cultural influence. In Part II, the chapters (11-
20) take up each a definite area, largely on a climatological basis.
These areas are divided into South Eastern Asia, Mediterranean
area, West Africa and Central America, North Western Europe,
Euro-Asiatic Plains, North America (this chapter excludes Mex-
ico, even though it is a part of continental North America, and
allied in its general problems with our Southwestern States, and
considers it later with that geographical expression, Central
America) ; South America, South Africa, Central and East
Africa, Hawaii and Australasia. The two concluding chapters
generalize on locality disinfection and locality protection, for
smaller units with what might be termed unified problems.

We may take as an example of the thoroughness of treatment
of the matters in this book, Chapter 6, The Theory of Insecticides.
The thought behind the entire chapter is “ that it becomes increas-
ingly evident that the economic entomologist should possess as an
important part of his professional equipment a fairly compre-
hensive grasp of chemical priciples, especially of those which con-

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 51

cern colloid chemistry,” which argument Dr. Wardle proceeds to
elaborate for a couple of pages. From this point on he discusses
the ideal insecticide, cost and complexity (including here govern-
ment standards of efficiency and purity), toxicity (with abstruse
mathematical formulae), miscibility, emulsions, cold mixed emul-
sions, adhesivity. All this is basic, but one thing is forgotten : the
entomologist as visualized by Dr. Wardle should also be a toxicol-
ogist of parts. For instance, Dr. Wardle would substitute fluo-
rides for arsenicals, but fluorides are quite as toxic to higher ani-
mals as arsenicals, which your new entomologist should know.
But the fact remains that the whole subject of the preparation
and reactions of insecticides stays what it always was — a chemical
problem per se, to be solved by chemists who are also entomolo-
gists. My view may be wrong, but twenty-five years’ service in
one of the great chemical companies of the United States has
shown me that only a life-time and a thorough-going acquaintance
with factory and use problems and with the literature of a par-
ticular branch of chemistry, is of any great avail. Dr. Wardle
proposes a counsel of perfection, because I fail to see how a har-
assed economic entomologist is going to partition off a good half-
section of his mind to dedicate to the contemplative pursuit of
theoretic chemistry. Nevertheless, the day of rule-of-thumb in
insecticides is assuredly gone by; and I agree heartily with Dr.
Wardle that the economic entomologist should know the chem-
istry of the materials he handles, at least in its elements. All eco-
nomic entomologists should read this chapter attentively; and de-
cide whether they are going to be entomologists or biological
chemists.

Of course, the problem of insecticides is fundamentally biolog-
ical, for what an insecticide does is to derange drastically the
regularity of biological processes, to the detriment of the insect
victims. But insecticides barely touch one edge of the vast field
of biological control of living beings. We have abolished verte-
brates by the simple process of hunting them and eating them,
which is not quite possible with the vast hordes of insects.

Fundamentally, the economic entomologist is a biologist work-
ing in a restricted field, whose function it is to discover the weak-
nesses of insect pests and use them to their destruction.

But all these considerations apart, which are indeed the per-
sonal reactions of the reviewer, this work of Dr. Wardle’s should
be not only in the hands of every economic entomologist as a book

52 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

for constant reference, but also in the laboratory of every chemist
and chemical plant concerned with the manufacture of insecti-
cides. Out of personal knowledge I may say that the second half
of this antithesis needs this book, if for no other purpose than to
bring home to them that chemists don’t know everything. — J. R.
T. B.

General Catalogue of the Hemiptera — Fascicle II — Mesoveli-
idae, by G. Horvath. Published by Smith College, Northamp-
ton, Mass., 1929. [Pp. 8 not numbered (title pages and Intro-
duction)-)- 1-15.]

The second Fascicle of what promises to be one day the finest
general catalogue of the Hemiptera was published in December,
1929.

As might be expected in so small a family as the Mesoveliidae,
the species are few, the genera only two ; and the generic synon-
ymy uncomplicated. This is doubtless due to the general neglect
of the group because of the very scant collections in it and the un-
striking nature of these little insects, all of which look much alike
in general aspect; and indeed, until a very recent time, were
scarcely distinguished from each other.

It seems hardly necessary to do more than to note this funda-
mental work. The generic and specific synonymies are full ; and
the bibliography of 129 titles is nearly complete. However, the
present writer (perhaps through amour propre) notes the absence
in the Bibliography of his extensive paper in 1925, in Spolia Zey-
lanica, vol. XIII, part 2, pp. 223 to 234. On page 225 of this
paper an analysis is made of the characters that distinguish Me so-
velia orientalis Kirk, from M. mulsanti (B. White) Dist., [-M.
bisignata (Uhl.) Dist.], to which Distant synonymized the former
in Fauna of British India, Rhynchota, vol. I, p. 169.

But be this omission as it may, this remains the first authorita-
tive and adequate catalogue of this small family, since Lethierry
and Severin in 1893. It should be made the basis for a thorough-
going revision of the family.

Incidentally, it is to be hoped that other hemipterists may take
heart of grace 'and clear up some of the other groups very soon.
The Editorial Board, of course, is anxious to go forward as fast
as possible and to complete the whole work in a relatively short
time. But it cannot do this without the cooperation of all hemip-
terists, each doing his immediate share. A catalogue from its

Feb., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 53

nature can never be a closed book — as soon as it is out changes
begin to be made. It can only hold up the mirror to the expres-
sion of the moment, as it were ; and let what comes after take
care of itself. If cataloguers-presumptive wait till all the possible
forms are described before setting forth what is known, then their
Ka will have to do the job.

(N. B. — No price is given for this fascicle.)

P. S. — As we go to press we learn (officially) that the parts
already published are as follows :

Fasc. I. Membracidae, by W. D. Funkhouser, 1927, 581 pp.

Price $3.50. Published June 29, 1927.

Fasc. II. Mesoveliidae, by G. Horvath, 1929, [4]+ 15 pp. Price
$0.50. Published December 4, 1929.

Fasc. III. Pyrrhocoridae, by R. F. Hussey and E. Sherman, 1929,
144 pp. Price $1.50. Published December 30, 1929.

Epiphanis cornutus Esch. — A specimen of this apparently
rare beetle was taken at South Paris, Maine, on July 11, 1929,
while sweeping bushes and weeds. My other two specimens were
also taken in the month of July: one at Mt. Washington, N. H., by
Mr. C. W. Johnson on the 28th of the month and the other at
Springville, Erie Co., N. Y., on the 12th of July; collector un-
known.— C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

Stenus retrusus Casey.— Two female specimens of this dis-
tinctly characterized species were taken at Westchester Lake,
near the Londonderry Mines in Nova Scotia, on July 26, 1929.
These ran down very nicely to this name in Col. Casey’s mono-
graph of the genus though it was described from a single female
specimen said to be from Vancouver Island, B. C. In the re-
marks it is stated that the species approaches the European
planatus Er. and comparison might prove interesting. — C. A.
Frost, Framingham, Mass.

54 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

EDITORIAL.

THE FUNCTION OF A DESCRIPTION.

A specific description is, briefly, the setting forth in words of
the structural and differential characteristics that serve to sepa-
rate one entity from others that resemble it, together with those
that show its affinities, in order than any person without previous
knowledge of the unit may be able to readily recognize it should
he meet with it.

A description is certainly not a means to furnish the cabinet
with types, nor an exercise in verbosity, nor a vehicle to exhibit
outstanding erudition. Neither is it an introduction to crypto-
grams, nor an example of the art of concealing thought.

The outstanding characteristics of far too many current de-
scriptions might appear to be a vagueness of purpose, and a hazy
idea of the end to be attained.

A description has one primary purpose : to make a category
known to those to whom it is unknown; to ticket it for future
reference. A modern description, of course, has other purposes
also, such as indicating the biological facts of the category and
establishing its taxonomic position. But from the very beginning,
its purpose has been to acquaint others with what the describer
had under his eyes and in his mind.

Now, describers, as a class, seem unable to exteriorize them-
selves ; and to understand that what to them, because of intense
study, is obvious and elementary, is quite obscure or unapparent
to another unfamiliar with the group or with its specific forms,
and with the methods of work of the describer.

Descriptions range from one or two lines, such as “ similis
alba , sed nigrior, alis pedibusque rufotestaceis,” to voluminous
and minute examinations of the most evanescent, variable and re-
condite structures — in short, a word picture of a unique individual
— and the more sesquipedalian the language and the less its sub-
stance, the better; or perhaps “resembles form quinta ab. naso-
pollifer, but primaries more suffused with melanic undertones.”
“ Ab. nasopollifer ” is represented by the unique type in Nome,
Alaska, snow fifteen feet deep, and Rin-Tin-Tin gathered to his
fathers. How is the student going to get it for comparison ? And
is it anything anyhow?

Feb., 1980 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 55

The three great desiderata of a good description are : clear un-
derstanding of the end to be attained, lucidity and exactness. The
end to be attained is indeed the basis, but to make a description
lucid the describer must have understanding and must put in
everything (in moderation), not alone the things obvious to the
eye, but also the things latent in his mind. His fellow-workers
have not attained that nice discrimination his own intensive study
has given him, and they must be told what to him is the trite detail.
For, if the readers know the form itself, the description to them
would be superfluous as a means to attain knowledge. The de-
scriber must not alone tell what is present ; he should also point
out what is absent, so long as it is a characteristic of some other
form in the aggregation. Each and every description should stand
by itself ; that is, no other descriptions nor specimens should be
required in order to understand it and apply it. Nevertheless, no
description is complete without due reference to neighboring
forms ; and direct statements of wherein the novelty resembles
and wherein it differs from its neighbors or from any other form
for which it might be mistaken. All these elements make for
lucidity and hence for comprehensibility.

Exactness is the third indispensable ingredient of a good de-
scription. The day of vague comparatives, such as “ broad,’’
“ long,” or, “ longer than 2d but shorter than 4th ” is past. How
much easier and .more exact to say “ 3 mm. long and 2 mm. wide” !
If the general run of the group is in the proportion of 2 : 1 in
length and breadth, then this of course, is broad. But an actual
number is concrete and definite and leaves nothing to the imagina-
tion or judgment. It is a fact stated factually! Why say “a
smaller form than the average in the group,” when it may just as
easily be put: “ the general run of the group exceed 10 mm. in
length, but this species averages less than 8 mm.” ?

In all this that precedes I am not overlooking the morphological
or taxonomic implications of a description, because a good de-
scription must be both in its essence. For while its utilitarian end
is the foundation of a description, morphology and taxonomy are
certainly the superstructure. — J. R. T. B.

56 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXV

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of November 14, 1929.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday evening, November
14, 1929, at 8.10 p. m.

President Davis in the chair, and ten members present, viz.,
Messrs. Ballou, Chapin, Cooper, Engelhardt, Notman, Pollard,
Schaeffer, Sheridan, Siepmann and Torre-Bueno, and three vis-
itors.

In the absence of the secretary, Mr. Siepmann acted as secre-
tary pro tern.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Mr. Engelhardt presented the monthly report of the treasurer,
and Mr. Torre-Bueno briefly reported progress for the publica-
tion committee.

Mr. Engelhardt proposed for membership Dr. Adam Boving,
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C., and Mr. Davis pro-
posed Mr. Herbert E. Wilford, 1747 E. 26th St., Brooklyn, N. Y.,
who was present. It was regularly moved and seconded that the
by-laws be suspended, and the secretary cast one ballot for their
election, which was accordingly done.

Mr. Torre-Bueno reported that he received a communication
from Mr. Pinney Schiffer, a member of the society, who was pre-
paring for a trip to the Guianas. He also commented upon and
exhibited a copy of the book “Flowers and Insects'’ by Charles
Robertson, which gives tables of our various wild flowers and the
species of insects recorded on each.

Mr. Notman reported that the past summer had been the best
collecting season he ever experienced. He made a trip to the
Rocky Mountains and California, stopping at the Adirondacks
on his return. Several thousand specimens of Carabidae and
other beetles were obtained.

Mr. Cooper exhibited a number of specimens of an European
colydid beetle, Bitoma crenata, taken beneath bark at Flushing, L.
I., on Nov. 9. According to Mr. Schaeffer this is a new record
not only for Long Island, but for North America as well. From
the number of specimens Mr. Cooper obtained it is evident that
the species is well established here. The beetle is a small,
elongate, black species, readily recognized by the two bright red
spots on each elytron.

Fed., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 57

Mr. Engelhardt spoke of the last years in the life of Franz. G.
Schaupp, also known as the father of the Brooklyn Entomological
Society.

In 884 Mr. Schaupp left for Texas where he remained until his
death in 1904. About the first half of his residence in Texas lit-
tle is known. Happy-go-lucky by nature, he moved about more
or less, easily making friends and a living by tutoring and by col-
lecting insects. A file of letters kindly submitted by Dr. J. G.
Needham, discloses that he lived at Shovel Mount, Burnett
County from 1897 to 1900 and that he proved himself while there
an excellent and resourceful collector and breeder of Odonata.
He mentions trips to the Rio Grande, to Galveston and a three
weeks vacation to Minnesota and also refers to collections made
for Professor Hagen and Dr. Calvert. In substance the letters
received by Dr. Needham deal with the breeding and the habits
of Odonata, carefully observed and interestingly recorded by Mr.
Schaupp.

Mr. Torre-Bueno spoke of the great services rendered to ento-
mology by amateurs, and commented that although the science
was tending to become a closed profession, open only to pro-
fessional men, the amateur alone has the time and independence
necessary for extensive collecting and the careful gathering to-
gether of entomological information. The professional and
specialized entomologist will always depend upon the work of the
amateur for the materials of his studies, and as long as this de-
pendence exists, the amateur will continue to hold his place in
entomology.

Mr. Schaeffer supported his statements, remarking that some of
the best American coleopterists, including Dr. Le Conte and Dr.
Horn were not professionals.

Mr. Davis exhibited a box of Cicadas collected by Mr. Engel-
hardt during the past summer in Missouri, New Mexico, and
Texas.

Adjourned at 10. 10 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann
Secretary pro tem.

Meeting of December 12, 1929.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on December 12, 1929, at 8.10 p. m.

58 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

President Davis in the chair, and io members present, viz.,.
Messrs. Anderson, Ballou, Cooper, Engelhardt, Lemmer, Schaef-
fer, Shoemaker, Siepmann, Torre-Bueno and Wilford.

In the absence of the secretary, Mr. Siepmann acted as secre-
tary pro tern.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved,
and Mr. Engelhardt presented the monthly report of the treasurer.

Mr. Torre-Bueno reported for the publication committee, stat-
ing that _the next issue of the Bulletin would be mailed shortly
after Christmas.

Mr. Davis proposed for membership Mr. Joseph F. Burke, 194
Clinton Street, Brooklyn, N. Y., and Mr. Cooper proposed Mr.
Howard Black, 26 South 27th Street, Flushing, N. Y. Both Mr.
Burke and Mr. Black being present, it was regularly moved and
seconded that the by-laws be suspended, and that the secretary
cast one ballot for their election, which was accordingly done.

Mr. Davis brought to the attention of the society the death of
Mr. George Notman, the father of Howard Notman, a member
of the society.

Mr. Torre-Bueno read a communication from the Zoological
Society of London, concerning the Zoological Record , a publica-
tion giving a complete record of all the writings pertaining to the
various branches of Zoology published during the calendar year.

Mr. Davis appointed Messrs. Sheridan, Shoemaker and Lemmer
as a nominating committee.

Mr. Shoemaker exhibited specimens of Carabidae taken at the
edge of the swamp at Piermont, N. Y., 26 miles up the Hudson.
Among the interesting species obtained were Casnonia ludoviciana,
Leptotrachelus dorsalis, Rembus laticollis, Chlaenius niger,
Chlaenius laticollis, and Oodes armericana.

Mr. Schaeffer spoke of 165 species of Coleoptera new to Long
Island or to New York, of which he exhibited specimens. A list
of the species will be published in the Bulletin.

Mr. Cooper exhibited specimens of Coleoptera new to Long
Island. He will continue his paper at the January meeting.

Adjourned at 10. 10 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,

Secretary pro tem.

Vol. XXV

APRIL. 1930

BULLETIN

No. 2

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomol
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la T ORRE-BUEN O, Editor

E. L. BELL GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed May 10, 1930

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

OFFICERS, 1930

Honorary President

CHARLES W. LEJSTG

President

W. T. DAVIS

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT

Vice-President

J. R. de LA TORRE-BUENO

Central Museum
Eastern Parkway

Recording Secretary
E. L. BELL
Corresponding Secretary
HOWARD NOTMAN

Librarian

DR. JOSEPH BEQUAERT

Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New York
Academy of Sciences

G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

GENERIC AND SUBGENERIC DIVISIONS OP VESPINAE,

Bequaert 59

NEW OR INSUFFICIENTLY KNOWN CRANE-FLIES FROM THE

NEARCTIC REGION, Alexander 71

ON THE NEST OF APHAENOGASTER FULVA. SUBSP. A QUIA,

Hendrickson . 78

ERRATUM, Rau 79

GENERIC REVISION OF EUCHLOINI, Klots 80

JAPANESE BEETLE ON STATEN ISLAND, Davis 95

POSITION OF STREPSIPTERA ON HOSTS, Robertson 96

ORCHESTES TESTACEUS, Frost 97

EARLY REFERENCES TO THE BEHAVIOR OF AMERICAN

SOLITARY WASPS, Dow 98

ULOMA IMBERBIS, Frost 101

BUGS AT LIGHT, Torre-Bueno 101

GENUS VIVIANIA, AND TWO NEW SPECIES, Reinhard 102

HETEROPTERA COLLECTED BY ENGELHARDT, Torre-Bueno 107

BIONOMICS OF BREMUS VAGANS, Frison 109

NESTING HABITS OF ISODONTIA, Bequaert 122

BOOK NOTES: GENERAL CATALOGUE OF THE HEMIPTERA—

FASCICLE III — PYRRHOCORRDAE, J. R. T.-B 124

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year; foreign, $2.75 in advance; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

38 De Kalb Avenue, White Plains, N. Y.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXV April, 1930 No. 2

ON THE GENERIC AND SUBGENERIC DIVISIONS
OF THE VESPINAE (HYMENOPTERA).

By J. Bequaert, Harvard University Medical School, Boston,

Mass.

The present paper is an outgrowth of a revision, which I am
now preparing for publication, of the North American species of
Vespa. When I came to consider the proper generic and sub-
generic names to use for these wasps, I found that no serious at-
tempt had been made to define or delimit the superspecific groups.
To do this involved a study of as many species as possible from
all over the world, for, in my opinion, genera and subgenera can-
not be properly defined with only the species of a limited geo-
graphical area. On the other hand, a taxonomic discussion of the
Vespinae as a whole would be out of place in a strictly faunistic
paper, so that I have decided to publish it separately.

The subfamily Vespinae, as here accepted, is a group of social,
monogynous wasps, which may be defined as follows (J. Be-
quaert, 1918, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXXIX, p. 17) : Cly-
peus broadly truncate at the apical margin, which is, as a rule,
slightly emarginate or ends in two rounded lateral teeth. Man-
dibles short and broad, folded over each other beneath the ante-
rior margin of the clypeus, with a broad, sharply toothed, apical
cutting edge. Labial palpi of 4, and maxillary palpi of 6 seg-
ments. Antennae with 12 segments in female and worker; with
13 segments in the male, the apical one normal. Tarsal claws
simple. Middle tibiae with two apical spurs. Wing venation of
the usual diplopterous type : three closed cubital cells ; both recur-
rent nervures received by the second cubital cell ; radial cell elon-
gate, pointed toward the apex which lies close to the costal mar-
gin ; hind wings entire and narrow at the base, without anal or
posterior lobe, but the preaxillary excision very deep ; fore wings

60 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

distinctly plaited longitudinally. Mesonotum without traces of
notauli (parapsidal furrows of authors). Mesepimerum com-
pletely separated by a suture from the mesepisternum ; but the
mesepisternum never subdivided by a median, oblique suture into
an upper and a lower plate and never with a prepectal suture.
Hind margin of postscutellum produced in the middle, forming a
long, triangular lobe wedged in the upper part of the propodeum.
First abdominal segment subsessile, not forming a podeon; the
tergite, as a rule, with a distinct edge or rounded angle between
the anterior, vertical and the posterior, horizontal face. Exten-
sory muscle of the abdomen inserted in a broad, oval valvula be-
tween the apical scales of the propodeum.

According to Bordas (1895, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (7), XX, p.
165), the internal male genital organs or testes of Vespa each
consist of numerous (200 to 350) tubular glands, whereas in all
other social and solitary Diploptera they comprise each 3 or 4
tubes only. This striking difference induced H. v. Ihering (1896,
Zool. Anzeiger, XIX, p. 453) to separate Vespa into a distinct
family, equivalent to the remainder of the social wasps. But the
whole morphology of Vespa agrees so perfectly with that of the
other Diploptera, that this extreme course seems hardly correct.

The Vespinae are defined by a combination of characters,
rather than by one or more peculiarities which they alone exhibit.
Their most exclusive features appear to be the absence of the anal
lobe and the deep preaxillary excision of the hind wing. Never-
theless, this subfamily is unusually well delimited and there are
no transitions whatsoever to any of the other living Diploptera.
As a distinct group it is probably very ancient geologically speak-
ing, although we have no positive paleontological proof of this.
Of course, I am well aware that a number of fossil insects have
been described as primitive Vespae, and I shall discuss them in
the appendix; but an examination of some of these fossils has
convinced me that their vespine nature is too problematical to be
used as a valid argument in support of the antiquity of the genus
Vespa.

At the present time the Vespinae are almost limited in their
distribution to the Holarctic and Oriental Regions. No spe-
cies are indigenous in the Neotropical and Ethiopian Regions,
Australia, New Zealand or Polynesia, although from time to
time specimens have been recorded from those parts of the
world. Where these records were based upon actual captures

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 61

(and not upon wrong labelling), they were due to accidental in-
troduction by man. In some cases such introductions have re-
sulted in the species becoming naturalized outside its original
range : thus, V. crahro Linnaeus has become established in the
eastern United States, V. vulgaris Linnaeus in New Zealand, and
V. occidentalis Cresson in the Hawaiian Islands.

Linnaeus’s genus Vespa (1758), although the type of the sub-
family, did not originally correspond to the Vespinae as defined
above. Of the 17 species included, 3 have not been recognized, 3
are Sphegoidea, and 8 are now placed in Odynerus, Eumenes and
Polistes. This leaves only 3 species in the Vespinae, viz., V. cra-
bro (the first species listed), V. vidgaris, and V. rufa. There has
been some difference of opinion as to which of these three spe-
cies should be taken as the genotype of Vespa. Apparently the
first selection was made by Lamarck in 1801 (Systeme des Ani-
maux sans Vertebres, I, p. 271) , who designated V. crabro as the
type. Latreille evidently accepted this selection in 1804 (Nouv.
Diet. Hist. Nat., XXIV, p. 181) and in 1810 (Consider. Gen.
Crust. Ins., pp. 330 and 438). Unfortunately in 1802 (Hist. Nat.
Crust. Ins., Ill, p. 364), Latreille cited V. vulgaris as the type of
Vespa, perhaps because he was not yet aware of Lamarck’s desig-
nation of a year before. Bingham (1897) and Ashmead (1902)
have followed Latreille’s designation of 1802, which would make
Vespula Thomson a synonym of Vespa Linnaeus, while Macro-
vespa Dalla Torre (1904) would have to be used for the group of
V. crabro. There is, however, no need for these disturbing
changes, since I am entirely in agreement with Morice and Dur-
rant [1915, Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1914), 3-4, pp. 399-400]
that Lamarck’s type selection was valid and must be regarded as
binding.

The first attempt at subdividing Vespa was made by C. G.
Thomson in 1869: he restricted Vespa , proper, to the species with
the head dilated behind the eyes ; he knew only one species of this
group, viz., V. crabro Linnaeus. With the species with short ver-
tex and posterior orbits, Thomson formed his subgenus Vespula,
containing V. media Retzius, V. saxonica Fabricius, V. norwegica
Fabricius, V. holsatica Fabricius, V. vulgaris Linnaeus, V. ger-
manica Fabricius, V. austriaca Panzer, and V. rufa Linnaeus ; no
subgenotype was selected. The first valid type designation for
Vespula appears to have been made by Ashmead in 1902 (Canad.
Entom., XXXIV, p. 164) : he raised it to generic rank and se-

62 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

lected as type Vespa austriaca Panzer, which automatically makes
Pseudovespa Schmiedeknecht (1881) a synonym of Vespula
Thomson. Ashmead’s designation must be accepted, even though
the characters he attributes to Vespa and Vespula are erroneous.
Both V. vulgaris (which he gives as the type of Vespa) and V.
austriaca (which he makes the type of Vespula) agree in having
“ the eyes extending to the base of the mandibles, or very nearly.”
Moreover, Rohwer in 1916 confirmed Ashmead’s designation of
V. austriaca as the genotype of Vespula. I conclude that Birula’s
recent (1927) designation of V. media Retzius as the type of
Vespida is invalid.

In 1903, Ashmead proposed the genus Prove spa for a species
of the Oriental Region, V. anomala de Saussure. Dalla Torre’s
new name Macrovespa (1904) covers the group of species with
the head swollen behind the eyes and corresponds to Thomson’s
Vespa, proper.

In 1916, Rohwer subdivided Vespula Thomson further: the
species with a long oculo-malar space he segregated in a subgenus
Dolichovespula, with V. maculata Linnaeus as the type, and left
those with a short oculo-malar space in Vespula, proper (type:
V. austriaca Panzer).1

I have been able, to study forty-one of the described species of
Vespinae. Of the twenty odd so-called “ species ” which I have
not seen, about one-half are probably either synonyms or slight
color variations. At first I was inclined to regard all these wasps
as forming only one genus ; but a more prolonged study has
brought me to recognize three natural groups that appear suffi-
ciently well circumscribed to deserve generic rank. My final de-
cision has been especially influenced by zoogeographical consid-
erations. Provespa is strictly Oriental; Vespa, proper, is dis-
tributed over the Palaearctic and Oriental Regions; while Ves-
pula is Holarctic. A number of sub-groups may be defined in
both Vespa and Vespula, but they seem to intergrade and, more-
over, are based on rather artificial combinations of characters, so
that I cannot regard them as of more than subgeneric value.

1. Provespa Ashmead, 1903, Entom. News, XIV, p. 182.
Type by monotypy: Vespa dorylloides H. de Saussure, 1853
= V. anomala H. de Saussure, 1853.

1 Paravespa Radoszkowsky (1886), placed by Ashmead (1902)
in the Vespinae, solely from the description, is one of the Eu-
meninae and a synonym of Odynerus subgenus Rygchium Spi-
nola.

April, 1930- Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 63

Head relatively small, with narrow outer orbits and very
short vertex, the posterior ocelli placed near the supraorbital
line of the eyes and only a little farther from the margin of
the occiput than from the eyes. Inner margins of the eyes
distinctly farther apart at the clypeus than on the vertex,
which is unusually narrow. Outer orbits rounded off be-
hind, not separated by a carina from the occiput. Ocelli
very large and close together, the posterior ones closer to the
inner orbits than to each other. Oculo-malar space very
short, almost absent. Third segment of labial palpi with a
strong, stiff seta on the inner side, before the apex. All
tibiae with long, erect hairs on the upper face. Sides of pro-
notum completely rounded off anteriorly in the upper part,
with a slight trace of a vertical carina in the lower part ;
humeral calli not separated from the sides by a carina or
suture. First abdominal segment cup-shaped, the tergite
bluntly rounded off between the horizontal, posterior and
vertical, anterior face. Basal vein reaching the subcosta
close to the stigma (the distance about equal to the length of
the stigma, or a little more) ; first cubital cell very long, as
long as the distance of its apex to the tip of the wing; sec-
ond and third cubital cells short and high ; apex of first dis-
coidal cell vertically truncate, the second section of the cubi-
tus forming a straight line with the first intercubitus ; stigma
large. Hamuli (or hooklets) of hind wing beginning close
to the tip of the subcostella.

This genus contains only two species of the Oriental Region :
P. anomala (H. de Saussure) (Syn. : Vespa dorylloides H. de
Saussure), of Sikkim, Burma, Tenasserim, Malacca, Java, Su-
matra, Borneo, and the Philippines ( ?) ; and P. barthelemyi (R.
du Buysson), of Bhutan, Burma, Siam, Cambodia, and Cochin-
china. Both species, of which I have seen specimens, are strictly
nocturnal.

The nearest approach to the enlarged ocelli of Provespa is
found in Vespa binghami R. du Buysson, of Tenasserim and Yun-
nan. In a female of V. binghami, from near Shanghai, kindly
given to me by Father Octave Piel, the ocelli are decidedly larger
than usual and slightly closer to the inner orbits than to each
other; in addition, the inner margins of the eyes are decidedly
closer on the vertex than at the clypeus. In all other characters,
however, this species is a typical Vespa, proper. I suspect, from
the pale brownish, slender appearance and the swollen ocelli, that
V. binghami also is a nocturnal or crepuscular wasp.

64 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

2. Vespa Linnaeus, 1758, ‘ Syst. Nat.’, 10th Ed., I, pp. 343 and
572. C. G. Thomson, 1869, f Opuscula Entom.’, I, p. 79; 1874,

‘ Skandinaviens Hymenoptera ’, III, 1, Vespa Lin., p. 8. Birula,
1925, Arch. f. Naturgesch., XC (1924), Abt. A, Heft 12, pp. 88
and 89. Type by designation of Lamarck (1801) : Vespa crabro
Linnaeus, 1758.

Macrovespa Dalla Torre, 1904, ‘ Gen. Insect., Vespidae/ p. 64.
Type by present designation: Vespa crabro Linnaeus, 1758.

Vespa, groupe des Frelons, R. du Buysson, 1905, Ann. Soc.
Ent. France, LXXIII, 3 (1904), pp. 487 and 501.

Head very large, swollen behind the eyes, with very wide
outer orbits and long vertex ; posterior ocelli placed close to
the middle of the upper lobes of the eyes and 3 to 6 times as
far from the occipital margin as from the eyes. Outer orbits
separated from the occiput by a carina, which, however, does
not run behind the vertex. Ocelli as a rule small, exception-
ally somewhat swollen, the posterior ones usually closer to
each other than to the eyes. Oculo-malar space either long
or short. Third segment of labial palpi (at least in the fe-
male and worker) with one or two strong, stiff setae on the
Inner side, before the apex. All tibiae with long, erect hairs
on the upper face. Sides of pronotum with a vertical carina,
running over the entire upper portion ; humeral calli sepa-
rated from the sides of the pronotum by a suture or carina.
First abdominal segment truncate anteriorly, the . tergite
more or less angular between the horizontal, posterior and
the vertical, anterior face. Basal vein reaching the subcosta
very far from the stigma, the distance nearly three times the
length of the stigma and twice or more the length of the last
section of the basal vein; first cubital cell shorter than the
distance between its apex and the tip of the wing; second
cubital cell broad ; the third high and narrow ; apex of first
discoidal cell oblique, the second section of the cubitus form-
ing an angle with the first intercubitus ; stigma small, often
inconspicuous. Hamuli of hind wing beginning before the
tip of the subcostella.

Vespa, as here delimited, is restricted to the Palaearctic and
Oriental Regions (including Malaysia as far as New Guinea).
One species was introduced into the Nearctic Region, some 75
years ago. The several species exhibit many, rather striking dif-
ferences in structure, on the strength of which it is possible to
arrange them into a number of groups as indicated below. If one
studies only a few of the extreme types, he might readily be

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 65

tempted to apply subgeneric names to these groups, and I do not
doubt that some entomologist will promptly rush in and do so.
In my opinion, however, these groups are highly artificial and not
of subgeneric value.

I have examined specimens of the following species :

Group i. Clypeus (of female and worker) with a small, more
or less distinct tooth in the middle of the apical emargination.
Oculo-malar space short but distinct. Ocelli small, the posterior
ones much closer to each other than to the eyes. In the male
(which I have not seen), the median tooth of the clypeus is said
to be either indistinct or replaced by a slight median carina run-
ning halfway up the clypeus. V. analis Fabricius, V. parallela
Andre, and V. nigrans R. du Buysson.

Group 2. Clypeus without median tooth in the apical emar-
gination. Oculo-malar space very short. Ocelli distinctly swol-
len, the posterior ones a little nearer the eyes than to each other.
V. hinghami R. du Buysson.

Group 3. Clypeus without median tooth in the apical emargi-
nation. Oculo-malar space long, in the female and worker about
the length of the penultimate antennal segment or longer. Ocelli
small, the posterior ones much closer to each other than to the
eyes. V. tropica Linnaeus (= V. cincta Fabricius and its var.
affinis Fabricius), V. deusta Lepeletier, V. basalis F. Smith, V.
magnifica F. Smith, V. ducalis F. Smith, and V. mandarinia F.
Smith.

Group 4. Clypeus and ocelli as in Group 3. Oculo-malar
space short, in the female and worker shorter than the penultimate
antennal segment. V. crabro Linnaeus, V. orientalis Linnaeus,
V. mongolica Andre, V. bicolor Fabricius, V. fervida F. Smith,
V. velutina Lepeletier, V. auraria F. Smith, V. bellicosa H. de
Saussure, V. luctuosa H. de Saussure, and V. oberthuri R. du
Buysson.

In the genus Vespa the relative length of the oculo-malar space
shows a gradual passage from the extreme case of V. mandarinia ,
where it is much longer than the penultimate antennal segment, to
that of V. bellicosa, where the eyes nearly touch the base of the
mandibles. The condition in V. crabro is just about midway and
that species could be placed equally well in Group 3. Moreover,
the oculo-malar space varies within the same species and is usu-
ally longer in the female and male than in the worker.

66 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

The following species, which I have not seen, also belong in the
genus Vespa, as here restricted: V. dyhowskii Andre, V. eule-
moides R. du Buysson, V. indosinensis ]. Perez (1910, Actes Soc.
Linn. Bordeaux, LXIV, p. 8. — Oriental Region), V. micado P.
Cameron, V. mocsaryana R. du Buysson, V. multimaculata J.
Perez (1910, loc. cit., p. 14. — Java),F. nigripennis H. de Saussure,
V. philip pine nsis H. de Saussure, V. ruhricans J. Perez (1910,
loc. cit., p. 10. — Supposedly from East Africa; probably based
upon introduced specimens of V. tropica), V. suprunenkoi Birula
[1925, Arch. f. Naturgesch., XC (1924), Abt. A, Heft 12, p. 89. —
Sakhalin and Korea], V. tyrannica F. Smith, V. unicolor F.
Smith, V. variabilis R. du Buysson, and V. wilemani Meade-
Waldo [1911, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), VII, p. 104. — Formosa].

3. Vespula C. G. Thomson. Ashmead, 1902, Canad. Entom.,
XXXIV, p. 164. Rohwer, 1916, ‘ The Hymenoptera, or Wasp-
like Insects, of Connecticut ’, p. 642.

Vespa subgenus Vespula C. G. Thomson, 1869, ‘ Opuscula
Entom.,’ I, p. 79; 1874, ‘ Skandinaviens Hymenoptera,’ III, 1,
Vespa Lin., p. 10. Type by designation of Ashmead (1902) :
Vespa austriaca Panzer, 1799.

Pseudovespa Schmiedeknecht, 1881, Entom. Nachrichten, VII,
pp. 314, 317 and 318. Monotypic for Vespa austriaca Panzer,
1799-

Head of moderate size, not swollen behind the eyes, with
the outer orbits of normal width and the vertex short ; poste-
rior ocelli placed close to or tangent with the supraorbital
line and at most as far from the occipital margin as from the
eyes (usually closer to the occipital margin). Outer orbits
with or without carina separating them from the occiput.
Ocelli small, the posterior ocelli closer to each other than to
the eyes. Oculo-malar space either long or short. Third
segment of labial palpi without a strong, stiff seta, sometimes
with a small hair. Tibiae with or without long hairs on the
upper face. Vertical carina on the sides of the pronotum
either complete, or indicated in the lower portion only, or
obsolete ; humeral calli not separated from the sides of the
pronotum. First abdominal segment truncate anteriorly, the
tergite more or less angular between the horizontal, posterior
and the vertical, anterior face. Distance between tip of basal
vein and stigma less than twice the length of the stigma and
about equal to the last section of the basal vein ; first cubital
cell shorter than the distance between its apex and the tip of
the wing; second cubital cell broad; the third high and nar-

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 67

row; apex of the first discoidal cell vertically truncate or
slightly oblique, the second section of the cubitus hardly
forming an angle with the first intercubitus ; stigma well-de-
veloped. Hamuli of hind wing beginning at the tip of the
subcostella.

Vespula is a Holarctic genus. In the Old World it is found all
over Europe, in Northern Africa, in the Canary Islands, and in
the Palaearrtic portion of Asia. It barely enters the Oriental Re-
gion in the mountains of. Assam, Sikkim and Tenasserim. In
North America it occurs throughout the Nearctic Region (north-
ward in Alaska to 70 ° N. lat.), but is very rare in Mexico. Two
species occur near Mexico City and one of these has even been
taken at Puerto Barrios, Guatemala.

As may be gathered from the generic description, the species of
Vespula are much less uniform in some of their characters than
those of Vespa, so that it is relatively easy to arrange them into a
number of groups. Rohwer (1916) has proposed a subgenus
Dolichovespula for the species with a long oculo-malar space.
Although this character in itself appears to be of little value, it is
to some extent correlated with other, more fundamental peculiari-
ties; so that Dolichovespula probably represents a natural group
of species, equivalent to the remainder of the Vespulae. Both
subgenera have the same general distribution.

1. Subgenus Vespula, proper. In a subgeneric sense the name
Vespula must be retained for any group of species containing the
genotype, Vespa austriaca Panzer. It therefore corresponds to
Schmiedeknecht’s Pseudovespa.

Oculo-malar space short, at most half the length of the
penultimate antennal segment (in female and worker) ; often
absent, the eye touching the mandible. Tibiae as a rule with
long hairs on the upper face (except in V. austriaca) . Ver-
tical carina of the sides of pronotum obsolete or faintly
marked in the lower portion only.

I have examined the following species of this subgenus d

V. austriaca (Panzer), V. squamosa (Drury), V. consobrina
(H. de Saussure), V. germanica (Fabricius), V. maculifrons (R.
du Buysson) (=V. communis H. de Saussure), V. occidentals
(Cresson), V. rufa (Linnaeus), V. saussurei (W. A. Schulz)

1 The nomenclature of the North American species of Vespula,
used in the present paper, is provisional, pending a critical study
of these names.

68 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxr

(= V. japonica H. de Saussure), V. sulphur ea (H. de Saussure),
V. vidua (H. de Saussure), and V. vulgaris (Linnaeus).

V. koreensis (Radoszkowsky), - V. orbata (R. du Buysson),
and V. structor (F. Smith), which I have not seen, also belong in
the subgenus Vespula, proper.

2. Subgenus Dolichovespula Rohwer, 1916, ‘ The Hymenop-
tera, or Wasp-like Insects, of Connecticut,’ p. 642. Type by orig-
inal designation: Vespa maculata Linnaeus, 1763.

Oculo-malar space long, nearly as long as the penultimate
antennal segment or longer (in female and worker). Tibiae
always with long, erect hairs on the upper face, especially
noticeable on the hind legs. Vertical carina of the sides of
pronotum complete, well-developed in the upper portion.

I have seen the following species of the subgenus Dolichoves-
pula: V. arctica Rohwer (= V. borealis Lewis, not of Kirby), V.
arenaria (Fabricius) (= V. diabolica H. de Saussure), V. macu-
lata (Linnaeus), V. media (Retzius), V. norwegica (Fabricius),
and V. sylvestris (Scopoli).

V. lama (R. du Buysson), which is unknown to me, also ap-
pears to be a Dolichovespula.

The following three species of Vespinae I am unable to place
in the proper genus: Vespa formosana Sonan (1927, Trans. Nat.
Hist. Soc. Formosa, XVII, p. 121. — Formosa), Vespa jurinei H.
de Saussure (probably a variety of V. crabro), and Vespa minuta
Dover [1925, Jl. Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, N. S., XX (1924),
No. 6, p. 304. — Tenasserim; this is possibly not one of the Ves-
pinae] .

In the foregoing definitions of genera and subgenera I have not
used secondary sexual characters of the males, mainly because I
have not been able to examine that sex for the majority of the
species. In my experience, the structure of the male antenna
affords excellent specific characters, but whether it is of generic
or subgeneric value is open to question. Thus, both species of
Provespa have the thirteenth segment squarely truncate ; but,
whereas the flagellum of P. anomalo is without “tyloides,” that of
P. barthelemyi shows them very distinctly as raised longitudinal
ridges (although R. du Buysson does not mention them).

Of Vespa I have seen males of V. ducalis , V. crabro, and V.
tropica only, all of which bear tyloides on the flagellum. Accord-
ing to R. du Buysson, they also occur in V. orientalis, V. man-
darinia, V . magnifica, V. nigrans , V. analis, V. walkeri, V. belli-
cosa, V. bicolor, V. basalis, V. velutina, V. auraria, and V. mon-

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 69

golica; but the males of the other species are either undescribed
or have not been examined.

The males of Vespula may be with or without tyloides. These
structures are absent in all the species of the subgenus Vespula,
proper, so far as known. The subgenus Dolichovespula, how-
ever, contains a few species with very distinct tyloides (V.
maculata and V. media), while in the majority these structures are
either small or obsolete.

Appendix: Supposed Fossil Vespinae.

In view of the evident antiquity of the Vespinae, as a group
distinct from the remainder of the Diploptera, any paleontologi-
cal data bearing on this subject would be of unusual interest. A
number of fossil insects have been either referred to “Vespa” or
described as closely allied to that genus. The following is a brief
discussion of these fossils.

The first mention of the occurrence of Vespa in the Baltic
amber (probably of Oligocene age) seems to be by Gravenhorst
(1835, Uebersicht Arb. Schlesis. Ges. Vaterl. Cult, im J. 1834, p.
92) in a mere list of amber insects. Menge (1856, Programm d.
Petrischule, Danzig, p. 26) later described a Vespa dasy podia
from the amber; but it is evident that this insect was not a diplop-
terous wasp ; more likely it was a bee.

Cockerell [1910, Schrift. Phys.-Oekon. Ges. Konigsberg, L, 1,
(1909), p. 5] referred an amber insect to his genus Palaeovespa
(based upon Miocene species of North America) and called it
P. baltica. Cockerell’s description shows that this fossil is un-
doubtedly one of the social Diploptera, and most probably one of
the Vespinae, although the figure of the second submarginal cell
rather suggests certain Polistinae or Polybiinae. It is un-
fortunate that the shape of the clypeus is unknown.

In a list of the genera recognized in a collection of fossil in-
sects from Aix in Provence (Lower Oligocene), F. W. Hope
(1847, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, IV, p. 252) mentions “a Vespa,
if not a Polistes,” but this fossil has never been described.

O. Heer’s Vespa attavina (1849, Neue Denkschr. Schweiz. Ges.
Naturwiss., XI, 1, p. 101, PI. VII, figs. 8 and 8b), from the Mio-
cene of Parschlug, in Steiermark, was based upon a fore wing,
apparently plaited lengthwise. Although the author compares it
with V. vulgaris, his description and figure hardly bear this out ;
they are much more like the fore wing of certain Polistes,

70 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

especially in the basal vein ending close to or at the stigma. The
lengthened first discoidal cell makes probable the diplopterous
nature of this fossil.

Vespa crabroniformis O. Heer (1867, Neue Denkschr. Schweiz.
Ges. Naturwiss., XXII, 4, p. 6; PI. Ill, fig. 15a), from the Lower
Miocene of Radoboj, Croatia, is very superficially described; the
body was badly crushed and the drawing of the wings is certainly
unreliable. Most probably this fossil was one of the Diploptera,
but to place it in one of the modern subfamilies would be a mere
guess.

Schoberlin (1888, Societas Entomologica, III, p. 61) mentions
the occurrence of Vespa in the Upper Miocene deposits of
Oeningen, in Baden; but this fossil has not yet been described.

Cockerell has proposed the generic name Palaeovespa (1906,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zook, L, 2, p. 54. Type by original designa-
tion: Palaeovespa florissantia Cockerell) for a series of fossil

insects from the (supposedly) Miocene shales of Florissant,
Colorado. In all he has described five species : P. florissantia
(1906, loc. cit., p. 54), P. scudderi (1906, loc. cit., p. 55), P.
gillettei (1906, loc . cit., p. 55), P. wilsoni [1915, Proc. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia, (1914), p. 640], and P. relecta (1923, Ent.
News, XXXIV, p. 270). I have recently examined some of these
fossils and reached the conclusion that they are probably
Diploptera, but that it is impossible to decide whether they belong
to the Vespinae rather than to one of the other subfamilies of
social wasps [See Psyche, 1930, XXXVI, (1929) p. 367].

I conclude that, with the possible exception of Palaeovespa
baltica, none of these fossils can be regarded as belonging to the
Vespinae or as ancestral to the living genera of this subfamily.

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 71

NEW OR INSUFFICIENTLY-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES
FROM THE NEARCTIC REGION.

(Tipulidae, Diptera.)

Part I.

By Charles P. Alexander, Amherst, Mass.1

The new species discussed at this time were for the most part
included in interesting collections sent to me for identification by
Dr. Mortimer D. Leonard and Mr. Millard C. Van Duzee. A
further addition to the paper was contained in the Canadian Na-
tional Collection, sent to me through the kind interest of Dr.
James McDunnough. I wish to express my thanks and apprecia-
tion to the above-named entomologists for their continued co-
operation in studying the Tipulid flies.

Limonia (Dicranomyia) erostrata n. sp.

General coloration ochreous ; rostrum and first segment of
antennae yellow ; mesonotal praescutum with a median brown
stripe ; male hypopygium with the dorsal dististyle a stout
pale rod that narrows gradually to an acute blackened tip ;
ventral dististyle a fleshy lobe that lacks a rostral prolonga-
tion.

Male. — Length about 6.5 mm. ; wing 6.6 mm.

Rostrum light yellow ; basal segments of palpi yellow, the
outer segments infuscated. Antennae with the basal seg-
ment and sometimes the second light yellow ; flagellum dark
brown ; flagellar segments oval, outer segments narrower.
Head ochreous, the vertex more infuscated.

Mesonotum ochreous, with a brown median stripe that is
subobsolete and more or less bifid behind, the lateral stripes
less evident; scutal lobes brownish gray. Pleura ochreous
yellow. Halteres destroyed by pests. Legs with the coxae
and trochanters yellow ; femora yellow, the tips slightly
darkened ; tibiae obscure yellow, darkened at tips ; tarsi pass-
ing into dark brown. Wings light yellow, the stigma lack-
ing; veins darker yellow. Venation: Sc1 ending opposite
origin of Rs, Sc2 some distance from its tip ; m-cu very
oblique, at the fork of M , subequal to the distal section of
Cu x.

1 Contribution from the Department of Entomology, Massa-
chusetts Agricultural College.

72 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXV

Abdomen, including the hypopygium, ochreous. Male
hypopygium with the caudal margin of the tergite deeply
notched, the lateral lobes conspicuously setiferous. Basistyle
with the ventro-mesal lobe relatively small, placed near the
base of the style. Dorsal dististyle a very stout, broad-based
rod, pale at base, gradually narrowed to an acute blackened
tip. Ventral dististyle without a rostral prolongation, ap-
pearing as a pale, gently arcuated lobe that is a little longer
than the dorsal dististyle, the surface with numerous scattered
setae that are longer and more abundant at apex of style.

Habitat: Utah.

Holotype: Saltair, May 21, 1926 (M. C. Van Duzee).

Paratopotypes, 1 male, 1 sex?, broken. Type returned to Mr.
Van Duzee.

I cannot identify this species with any of those described by
Doane. The male hypopygium has the same peculiar structure
found in L. (D.) signipennis (Coq.).

Tricyphona simplicistyla n. sp.

Male. — Length about 14 mm. ; wing 13.5 mm.

Close to T. constans (Doane), differing especially in the
structure of the male hypopygium.

Antennal scape dark brown, the flagellum yellowish brown.
Head pale, the vertex with a dusky area on either side of the
median line. Praescutum almost uniform ochreous, the
scutum conspicuously darker; scutellum pale; postnotal
mediotergite pale, margined laterally with brown. Legs yel-
low, only the terminal tarsal segments a little darkened.
Wings with the pattern quite as in constans. Venation: Rs
in alignment with R5 ; a supernumerary crossvein in cell Rz,
placed about its own length before R2 ; cell 1st M2 closed.
Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle broad, the apex
with abundant spinous setae. Inner dististyle a slender sim-
ple rod. Interbasal processes appearing as elongate, nearly
straight rods, the tips acute, before apex with a small lateral
spine.

T. constans has the outer dististyle very narrow at apex,
with relatively few spines. Inner dististyle conspicuously
bifid, the outer arm set with two powerful black spines.

It is possible that the supernumerary crossvein in cell R% is
not a constant character but it is identical in both wings of
the type.

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 73-

Habitat: California. Holotype: J1, Mill Valley, Marin Co.
March 13, 1926 ( M . C. Van Duzee). Type in the author’s col-
lection.

Rhaphidolabis (Rhaphidolabis) vanduzeei n. sp.

General coloration gray, the praescutum with three dark
brown stripes; antennae black throughout; wings whitish
subhyaline, with a conspicuous dark brown stigma; caudal
margins of abdominal segments narrowly pale; male
hypopygium with the dorsal interbase bifid at apex.

Male. — Length about 5.5 mm. ; wing 7.2 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout, 13-
segmented ; flagellar segments short-oval, gradually decreas-
ing in diameter outwardly. Head gray, the center of the
vertex slightly infuscated.

Mesonotum light gray, the praescutum with three con-
spicuous dark brown stripes ; posterior sclerites of mesonotum
more nearly immaculate. Pleura gray, the dorso-pleural
region more ochreous. Halteres pale, with darkened knobs.
Legs with the coxae gray; trochanters brown; remainder of
legs dark brown, the tarsi passing into black. Wings whitish
subhyaline, the stigma conspicuous, dark brown; a weak
dusky clouding along the cord; veins dark brown. Vena-
tion: Rs short, angulated at near midlength; R4+5 subequal
to the basal section of R5 ; R2 oblique, joined to R1 near outer
end ; cell Mx present ; m^cu shortly beyond fork of M.

Abdominal segments dark brown, the extreme caudal
margins of the segments pale; hypopygium dark. Male
hypopygium much as in cayuga; dististyle more slender;
dorsal interbase wider than in cayuga but narrower than in.
rubescens.

Habitat: California. Holotype: Mt. St. Helena, May 12,

1926 (M. C. Van Duzee). Type returned to Mr. Van Duzee.

I take great pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. Millard
C. Van Duzee, to whom I am indebted for many kindly favors
in the past. Rhaphidolabis vanduzeei much resembles R. stigma
Alexander but is really more closely allied to R. cayuga Alex-
ander, from which it is told most readily by the conspicuous dark
brown stigmal spot.

Eriocera alberta n. sp.

General coloration black, light gray pruinose ; antennae
(5) 7-segmented, black; knobs of halteres white; wings.

74 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

white, with grayish brown seams to the veins ; Rs angulated
and spurred at origin; cell R3 deep, parallel-sided for more
than two-thirds the length ; cell ist M2 rectangular ; m-cu at
or close to the fork of M; m-cu shorter than the distal sec-
tion of Cu1 ; ovipositor with fleshy valves.

Female. — Length about 7 mm. ; wing 9.2 mm.

Rostrum black, sparsely pruinose. Antennae 7-segmented,
black, the scapal segments slightly pruinose ; first flagellar
segment longer than the succeeding two taken together;
terminal segment oval, about one-half the length of the
penultimate. Head broad, the vertical tubercle low ; front
and sides of anterior vertex light gray, the remainder of head
dark gray.

Mesonotal praescutum light gray, with four blackish
stripes, the intermediate pair only narrowly separated ;
scutum gray, the centers of the lobes darkened ; scutellum
and postnotum dark, gray pruinose. Pleura gray. Halteres
dusky, the knobs white. Legs with the coxae and trochanters
black, pruinose ; femora brown, the tips broadly blackened,
most extensively so on the short fore legs ; remainder of
legs black. Wings white, with a distinct grayish brown pat-
tern that appears as narrow seams along the veins, including
the origin of Rs, Sc2, cord and outer end of cell ist. M2 ;
stigma and fork of i?2+3+4; small paler circular. clouds at ends
of longitudinal veins ; a circular cloud near center of cell
2nd M2 ; basal longitudinal veins with dark seams, most evi-
dent on vein 2nd A; veins brown. Venation: Sc1 ending
shortly beyond the fork of Rs, Sc2 a short distance from its
tip ; Rs relatively short, angulated and spurred at origin ;
Rz+3+4 more than one-half longer than i^2+3 ; R1+2 a little longer
than R2+ 3 ; cell R3 relatively deep, the enclosing veins parallel
for about three-fourths their length : cell ist M2 rectangular ;
m-cu at or just before the fork of M ; m-cu considerably
shorter than the distal section of Cux.

Abdomen black, sparsely pruinose, the sternites more
heavily so ; subterminal tergites polished black ; ovipositor
with fleshy valves. Tergal plate pruinose, with a V-shaped
notch ; sternal valves sheathing, dusky at base, the tips
broadly light yellow.

Habitat: Alberta. Holotype: 5, Lethbridge, June 24, 1929 (/.
H. Pepper). Type in the Canadian National Collection.

Eriocera alberta is readily told from E. longicornis (Walker),
the only other described Nearctic species with the fleshy type of
ovipositor above described, by the number of antennal segments

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 75

(the female of longicornis with n segments), coloration of the
wings and the venation. It seems highly probable that the male
of the present species will be found to have short antennae.

Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga) leonardi n. sp.

General coloration light yellow, handsomely patterned
with black, including three conspicuous stripes on the
praescutum ; vertex with a conspicuous blackened area.

Female. — Length about 7.5 mm. ; wing 6.5 mm.

Described from an alcoholic specimen.

Rostrum yellow, slightly darkened above ; palpi very re-
duced. Antennae with the basal segment light yellow, the
second and third segments black ; remaining segments broken ;
first flagellar segment smaller and scarcely longer than the
second scapal. Head light yellow, the vertex with a broad
black mark extending to the posterior margin, bordered on
the posterior vertex by more reddish.

Mesonotal praescutum light yellow with three conspicuous
black stripes, the median stripe weakly bifid behind and end-
ing far before the suture ; lateral stripes crossing the suture
onto the scutal lobes; pseudosutural foveae black; median
region of scutum blackened ; scutellum yellow ; postnotal
mediotergite yellow, weakly darkened medially, the posterior
portion with two approximated black oval areas. Pleura
yellow, handsomely variegated with small dark marks, includ-
ing the propleura, anepisternum, ventral sternopleurite and
meron, and ventral pleurotergite. Halteres pale, the knobs
light yellow. Legs with the coxae yellowish brown ; tro-
chanters pale ; remainder of legs broken. Wings grayish
subhyaline, the stigma barely indicated ; veins black, the
prearcular, costal, subcostal and radial veins light brown.
Venation: Sc1 ending about opposite two-thirds the length
of Rs , Sc2 far from its tip, Sc1 alone about one-third Rs; R3
short and nearly perpendicular; distance on costa between
R1+2 and R3 a little longer than the latter ; R4 gently arcuated,
a little shorter than the petiole of cell R3.

Abdomen light brown, the tergites vaguely darkened
basally, the genital segment more darkened medially.

Habitat: Montana. Holotype : alcoholic 5> Bozeman, July 19,
1929 ( M . D. Leonard). Type in the author’s collection.

Rhabdomastix leonardi is named in honor of my old friend and
co-worker on the Tipulidae, Dr. Mortimer D. Leonard. The
species is very distinct from the other described American species

76 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

of the genus. The highly contrasting yellow and black pattern of
the head and thorax is somewhat suggestive of that found in
many species of the Tipuline genus Nephrotoma. It is possible
that in fresh specimens the colors as above described may be
somewhat dulled by a pollinosity or pruinosity not evident in the
alcoholic type.

Erioptera (Ilisia) bispinigera n. sp.

General coloration obscure yellow, the praescutum with
three nearly confluent dark brown stripes ; pleura dark,
striped longitudinally with pale ; halteres pale yellow ; wings
with cell M2 open, vein 2nd A short and straight; male
hypopygium with the inner dististyle bidentate on lateral
margin ; gonapophyses entirely blackened, very unequally
bifid.

Male.- — Length about 4.5 mm. ; wing about 4.5 mm.

Described from an alcoholic specimen.

Rostrum and palpi brownish black. Antennae with the
scapal segments dark brown, the flagellum paler; flagellar
segments oval. Head chiefly dark brown.

Mesonotal praescutum yellow with three nearly confluent
dark brown stripes; pseudosutural foveae dark; scutum ob-
cure yellow, each lobe with the center dark brown ; scutellum
obscure yellow; postnotal mediotergite dark brown medially,
the lateral margins narrowly pale yellow. Pleura chiefly
dark brown, with a broad conspicuous yellowish longitudinal
stripe extending from behind the fore coxae to the base of
the abdomen ; dorso-pleural region pale. Halteres relatively
elongate, pale yellow throughout. Legs with the fore coxae
brownish yellow, the other coxae pale yellow; trochanters
pale yellow; remainder of legs broken. Wings grayish sub-
hyaline, the diffuse stigma vaguely darker; veins brown.
Venation: veins beyond the cord entirely as in the subgenus
Erioptera; cell M2 open ; vein 2nd A short and straight, as in
Ilisia.

Abdomen dark brown, the pleural region pale ; hypopygium
obscure brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with the outer
dististyle an expanded black structure, the dilated apical
portion with microscopic denticles. Inner dististyle shorter,
blackened, the outer or lateral margin with two conspicuous
black spines, one at near midlength, the second nearly apical
in position. Gonapophyses appearing as entirely blackened
plates, the basal half dilated, very unequally bifid, the outer
arm produced into a slender rod, the tip acute, with three or

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 77

four small appressed lateral teeth ; inner arm short and
stocky, set with conspicuous teeth.

Habitat: Montana. Holotype: alcoholic Bozeman, July 19,
1929 ( M . D. Leonard) . Type in the author’s collection.

Erioptera bispinigera is very doubtfully a member of Ilisia, in
which subgenus I am placing it merely on the course of vein 2nd
A. It may be remarked that all of the subgenera of Erioptera are
highly artificial and becoming more so with the constant accession
of new material.

Erioptera (Ilisia) laevis n. sp.

Male. — Length about ZI-.2-4.5 mm. ; wing 5-5.5 mm.

Very similar in the pattern of the wings and legs to E.
armillaris, differing especially in the structure of the male
hypopygium.

General coloration of body darker, especially the thoracic
notum which is dark grayish brown instead of yellowish
brown. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle relatively
small, the apex simply clavate, not emarginate on outer
margin. Gonapophyses appearing as simple black horns
that are slender, nearly straight, the margins quite smooth.

E. (I.) armillaris Osten Sacken has the outer dististyle
very large, the head with the outer margin conspicuously
emarginate to produce an obtuse lateral point. Gonapophyses
stout, abruptly narrowed to an acute point, the outer margin
before this apex microscopically spinulose.

E. (I.) indianensis Alexander has the outer dististyle small
and slender, the apex only feebly dilated, entire. Gonapo-
physes appearing as curved slender hooks, the long tips
acute, the margins entirely smooth.

Habitat: Northeastern North America. Holotype: J', Chester-
field Gorge, Massachusetts, altitude 850 feet, August 2, 1928 (C.
P. Alexander) . Paratypes , J1, Amherst, Massachusetts, July 18,
1928 (C. F. Clagg) ; J1, Hazleton, Pennsylvania, June 29-July 18,
1910 (IV. G. Dietz). Type in the author’s collection.

There can be no doubt but that there are three distinct species
confused under the name of armillaris. The wing-pattern is al-
most identical in all three but the structure of the male hypopy-
gium is very different in the various species.

78 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

OBSERVATIONS ON THE NEST OF APHAENO-
GASTER FULVA SUBSP. AQUIA BUCK.

(FORMICIDAE, HYMENOPTERA.)1

George O. Hendrickson, Ames, Iowa.

While collecting insects along a roadside five miles south of
Cedar Falls, Iowa, July 17, 1926, the author came across a nest
of the ant, Aphaenogaster fulva subsp. aquia Buck. Here a
strip of upland prairie vegetation about one rod wide and rela-
tively undisturbed was noticed at the south side of the road. The
narrow tract showed the typical aspect of a Stipa spartea-Andro-
pogon scoparius (needle grass-beard grass) association, and the
soil was a well-drained, brown, sandy loam occurring well toward
the top of a low hill. Because such prairie is very scarce in
Iowa at this date in her history our party of collectors decided
to sweep this vegetation thoroughly for typical insects.

Soon after he had begun to sweep the author’s attention was
drawn to a piece of rusted tin about ten inches wide and two feet
long lying on the ground among the grasses and about ten feet
from the wheel tracks. Because such an object might harbor a
desired insect or two the author felt prompted to turn the tin
over. Several large jawed ants met the approach of the author’s
hand and their pinches were not tokens of welcome ; but thereby
the observer’s curiosity was incited further. Beneath the tin a
colony of ants had excavated several shallow rooms that were
connected by runways. Three or four holes led from the rooms
of the north end deeper into the ground. At that end in a nursery
about six inches in diameter were seen approximately one hun-
dred larger larvae and pupae. Almost immediately the nurses
began to carry their charges out of sight into the holes which led
to a lower nursery. At the end of thirty minutes the larvae and
pupae were all out of the observer’s reach and sheltered from
the hot rays of the midday sun.

Toward the south end of the nest a granary four inches in
diameter contained a few seed coats and partially eaten achenes
of panic grass ( Panicum Scribnerianum Nash.). In a second
room of the same size as the granary occurred a small pile of the

1 Contribution from department of Zoology and Entomology,
Iowa State College.

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 79’

exoskeletons and appendages of some ants. The colors and
sizes of the remains suggested the species Formica fusca L. to the
author. This is a somewhat larger ant than A. fulva aquia, the
living inhabitants of the nest.

During these observations an open salve box containing a few
small dead insects was placed rather absentmindedly near the nest
of ants. Later when the box was noticed three members of the
colony were seen vigorously tugging at the fortunately located
food supply. Interference on the part of the author and owner
met with an attack by one of the foragers which stood up and
fought for the spoils. A second foraging ant could not be
persuaded to loosen its hold upon a small leafhopper. Hence
it went into a cyanide bottle as a specimen of the colony, but kept
its hold on the prey until death. After collecting several more
individuals the observer felt compelled to go on about other in-
sect business. The tin roof was placed back into its former
position in order that the ants might continue about their business.

The author is indebted to Dr. M. R. Smith for the identification
of the species.

Erratum. — On Plate III, fig. 3, the last line of legend should
read “ swept away.” — Phil Rau.

80 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

A GENERIC REVISION OF THE EUCHLOINI
(LEPIDOPTERA, PIERIDAE).

By Alexander B. Klots, Ithaca, N. Y.

Introduction.

Explanation of terms.

Generic synonymy and characters — Species lists.

Phylogeny.

Bibliography.

Explanation of figures.

Introduction.

Ever since entomologists first began to study the Euchloini with
the generic classification of the group in mind, there has been
much discussion on the subject, and there have been nearly as
many different combinations of the species into different genera
as there have been papers published. To one viewing all of this
in retrospect the reason is evident, namely that most of the work-
ers have placed their main reliance on the wing venation as a
guide in determining the limits and relationships of the genera.
Other workers in turn have realized that the venation was so
variable that it was not at all suitable as a character for generic
work, and these adopted the procedure of grouping all or nearly
all of the species into one or two large genera, discounting not
only the venation but also almost all other characters.

The writer undertook the study of the Euchloini in the hope
that a study of the male genitalia might bring to light reliable
generic characters. This has proved to be the case. These
structures show none of the individual variation that makes the
venation so untrustworthy. They furnish excellent grouping
characters and appear, in most cases, to show excellent though
never very great specific characters. The writer feels that in
view of this lack of variation more confidence is to be placed in
the structures of the genitalia than in the extremely variable vena-
tion, and has accordingly placed his main reliance in them. Other
characters, however, have been by no means excluded.

Considerable use has been made of subgenera in an attempt to
produce a system of classification which will seem in some degree
natural, and to do away with that bane of most taxonomists, the
long list of very small genera. Such use of subgenera can itself

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 81

be carried too far, of course, but when used in moderation it ap-
pears to offer undoubted advantages which are too obvious to
need discussion.

Explanation of Terms.

(See figures.)

In the structure of the male genitalia the Euchloini differ from
most of the other Pieridae in possessing a flat curved clasp er (cl)
located on the inner face of the harpe (h). The harpe is com-
paratively simple, and has a smooth rounded termination. In
many of the species its dorsal margin bears, at about the middle,
a dorsal spine (d. s.) which may extend dorsad or may be curved
inward and down between the harpes. The line of separation be-
tween the tegumen (t) and the uncus (u) is quite distinct. The
uncus is sometimes distinctly swollen laterally at the base. The
tegumen is occasionally swollen laterally just cephalad of the base
of the uncus (fig. 6). The vinculum (v) is dorsally entire,
though considerably narrowed. The saccus (sac) is in some
cases fairly long and slender (fig. 4), but in others is very short
and thick (figs. 7, 9). A small shield-shaped juxta (jux) is al-
ways present, although in some species very small. The penis
(p) is rather short and is basally curved, sometimes strongly so
(fig. 9). It bears near the base an area of heavier chitinization,
and may in addition have a small rounded basal prong (b. p. p. —
figs. 8-9) .

Generic Synonymy and Characters — Species Lists.

In the lists of species included in the various groups those
names preceded by a question mark are species which the writer
has not had the opportunity of examining, but which have been
included on the basis of similarity in color and pattern to species
which he has examined. No attempt has been made at revising
the synonymy of the species. The synonymy of Rober (1906,
1910) has been followed in this respect, even though changes in
synonymy have more recently been advocated, since his is the
most recent work treating of the entire group. Races have been
included in the list where there seems to be a possibility of their
constituting distinct species.

Bibliographic references will be found at the end of the article.
To avoid repetition none have been given in full in either the text
or the lists. Only the most important and complete revisions

82 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

have been included, since most of the local or fragmentary lists
published have no significance in a study of the group as a whole.

Anthocharis Boisduval 1832, type cardamines L.

Generic characters: Males with apex of primary with an
orange patch (except lanceolata Boisd.) ; R2 arising from
cell ; dorsal margin of harpe evenly curved, bearing no struc-
tures ; clasper simple, rounded ; uncus slender, slightly if at
all swollen at base, with no dorsal prominences ; saccus more
than twice as long as thick.

Subgenus Anthocharis Boisd. 1832, type cardamines L.

< Papilio Linnaeus 1761

< Euchloe Hubner 1816

< Anthocharis Boisduval 1832

< Anthocharis de Villiers & Guenee 1835

< Anthocharis Boisduval 1836

< Anthocharis sect. II Doubleday 1846

< Euchloe Butler 1870
=s Euchloe Kirby 1873
=== Euchloe Scudder 1875

< Euchloe Kirby 1875

< Anthocharis Schatz 1892

< Euchloe Beutenmuller 1898
> Euchloe Grote 1898

< Euchloe Butler 1898a

< Eu chlo]e Butler 1898b

< Euchloe Grote 1900

< Euchloe Verity 1905

< Anthocharis Rober 1906 & 1910

Subgeneric characters : Apex of primary rounded, never fal-
cate.

Species included :
cardamines L.

? hambusarum Oberthiir
gruneri Herrich-Schaffer
damone Boisduval
eupheno L.

euphenoides Staudinger
sara Boisduval
cethura Felder
pima Edwards

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 83

Subgenus Falcapica, nomen nov., type genutia Fabricius.

< Papilio Fabricius 1793

< Euchloe Hiibner 1816

< Anthocharis Boisduval 1836

< Anthocharis sect. II Doubleday 1846

> Midea Herrich-Schaffer 1867 (nee Midea Bruzelius 1854)

< Euchloe Butler 1870
= Euchloe Scudder 1872

= Anthocharis Scudder 1875

— Midea Scudder 1875

> Midea Kirby 1875
=3 Midea Schatz 1892

< Euchloe Beutenmiiller 1898

< Euchloe Holland 1898

< Euchloe Grote 1898

< Euchloe Butler 1899 a & b
= Midea Grote 1900

< Euchloe Staudinger & Rebel 1901

< Sync hide Dyar 1902

< Euchloe Verity 1905

— Midea Rober 1906-10

Subgeneric characters : Apex of primary falcate, sometimes
strongly so.

Species included:
genutia Fabricius
lanceolata Boisduval
bieti Oberthur
scolymus Butler

Anthocharis Boisduval was first proposed in 1832 with car-
damines as the sole species included, so that cardamines automati-
cally became the genotype. The genus was first based on larval
characters, which is possibly the reason for the fact that it has
been almost universally attributed to Boisduval in the “Species
General ” of 1836. In this latter work it includes a long list of
species of which genutia Fabr. is one. From this probably arose
Scudder’s belief that genutia was available for the genotype.

Midea Herrich-Schaffer was proposed with genutia as the sole
species included, so that genutia automatically became the geno-
type. Midea Herrich-Schaffer is, however, a homonym of Midea
Bruzelius 1854. See also Midea Walker 1863.

The species here included in the genus Anthocharis are all very
similar to each other in the structure of the genitalia. Specific

84 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

differences are present, but are slight. Previous authors who
have grouped these species into two or more genera or subgenera
have usually based their action on the venation. As pointed out
by Butler (1899b) and as a careful study of an adequate series
of specimens will show, such a proceeding is extremely unwise,
due to the great amount of individual variation found in the vena-
tion of a number of the species. The writer has therefore made
use of the falcate apex of the primary as being the only major
character not subject to variation and giving reasonable results.

Of the species here placed in the subgenus Ant hoc haris, the
females of cardamines, gruneri and damone lack orange on the
apex of the primary above, while the females of the other species
possess orange in this area. Obviously the use of this character,
which would separate gruneri and damone from eupheno and
euphenoides , is not to be considered.

Nor can use be made of the number of radials in the primary,
for in this respect sara is quite variable (Butler 1899b), cethura
and pima constantly possess four, and the other species five. Of
the species here placed in Falcapica , lanceolata varies considerably
in the number of the radials. About half of the specimens of this
species which the writer has examined possess five radials on
either one or both wings, although R5 is always very short. This
variation in lanceolata was also noticed and commented upon by
Butler (1899b).

Zegris Rambur 1836, type eupheme Esper.

Generic characters: Apex of primary of male with an
orange patch, usually very narrow; apical markings of pri-
mary extending never more than slightly over halfway from
apex to end of cell ; dorsal margin of harpe at about middle
produced dorsad in the form of a triangular flap or tooth ;
saccus never twice as long as thick, sometimes as thick as
long ; penis lightly bent near base, with a basal heavier chiti-
nization but no basal prong.

Subgenus Zegris Rambur 1836, type eupheme Esp.

< Papilio Esper 1805

< Anthoc haris de Villiers & Guenee 1835

> Zegris Rambur 1836

> Zegris Boisduval 1836

> Zegris Doubleday 1846

> Zegris Butler 1870
= Zegris Scudder 1875

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 85

> Zegris Kirby 1875
#3 Zegris Schatz 1892

< Zegris Butler 1899a

< Zegris Butler 1899b
=== Zegris Grote 1900

— Zegris Staudinger & Rebel 1901
=3 Zegris Verity 1905

< Zegris Rober 1906

Subgeneric characters : Primary with 5 radials, stalked
on Rs usually more than halfway from cell to base of R3 ; R2
usually stalked on Rs, very seldom arising from end of cell;
dorsal margin of harpe at middle produced to form a larger
flap than in subgenus Microzegris ; clasper somewhat nar-
rowed at middle ; saccus very short, little if any longer than
thick.

Species included :
eupheme Esper
fausti Christoph

Subgenus Microzegris Alpheraky 1913, type pyrothoe Evers-
mann.

< Pontia Eversmann 1832

< Anthocharis De Villiers & Guenee 1835

< Zegris Boisduval 1836

< Zegris Doubleday 1846

< Euchloe Butler 1870

< Euchloe Kirby 1875

< Anthocharis Schatz 1892

< Euchloe Staudinger & Rebel 1901

< Euchloe Verity 1905

< Euchloe Rober 1906 & 1910
= Microzegris Alpheraky 1913

— Pyrothoia Verity 1929

Subgeneric characters : Primary with 4 radials, R5 miss-
ing; M1 stalked on Rs usually less than halfway from cell to
base of R3 ; R2 usually arising from end of cell ; dorsal mar-
gin of harpe at middle bearing a very small tooth ; clasper
very slightly narrowed at middle ; saccus considerably longer
than thick.

Species included :

pyrothoe Eversmann

Zegris has been almost constantly held as a distinct genus, per-
haps more because of the peculiar structure of the pupa and ex-
traordinary method of pupation as described by Rambur (1836)

86 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

than because of any other characters. Recently some doubt has
arisen as to the accuracy of Rambur’s statements (Riley 1926),
although the writer is not aware of any definite proof one way or
the other. For this reason the pupal characters have been omitted
from the above list of subgeneric characters. The writer con-
siders that even should the pupation of Zegris be proven to be
normal the species would still be worthy of generic separation on
other grounds.

The shorter, more abruptly clubbed antennae, bushier palpi and
heavier vestiture have been also frequently cited as generic char-
acters for Zegris. These characters do not appear very distinct,
although worth passing mention. Butler (1899a) placed cethura
and pima in Zegris on the antennal character and (1899b) placed
olympia in Zegris for the same reason in addition to pattern simi-
larities. In his placing of olympia he has been followed by subse-
quent authors. Except in the matter of the antennae cethura and
pima are evidently closely related to the species of Anthocharis ,
where the present author has placed them. Olympia shows close
relationship to the species of Euchloe and accordingly has been
placed there for the present. It does, however, seem to be more
closely related to Zegris than are the other species of Euchloe ,
and probably represents somewhat of a transitional form. The
life history of olympia is perfectly normal, showing none of the
peculiarities described by Rambur for Zegris (Shull 1907).

Pyrothoe shows distinct differences from eupheme and fausti
as cited in the subgeneric characters. The writer accordingly
feels that Microzegris is worth retaining as a subgenus, although
it is certainly not to be regarded as a distinct genus. The original
proposal of Microzegris is, incidentally, very obscure, and ap-
pears to have been missed by all reviewers. It constitutes a beau-
tiful example of the fact that when new names are proposed the
author should emphasize the fact in every way possible.

Euchloe Hiibner 1816, type helia Cramer.

Generic characters : Apex of primaries never with orange
patch ; primary normally with five radials ; M1 normally aris-
ing halfway from cell to base of R3 ; middle discocellular of
primary normally short; dorsal margin of harpe at about
middle produced to form a strong pointed flap or tooth ; penis
strongly curved near base ; saccus always longer than thick.
Subgenus Euchloe Hiibner 1816, type helia Cramer.

< Papilio Cramer 1782

< Euchloe Hiibner 1816

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 87

< Anthocharis de Villiers & Guenee 1835

< Anthocharis Boisduval 1836

< Anthocharis sect. II Doubleday 1846

< Euchloe Butler 1870

< Euchloe Kirby 1875

< Phyllo charts Schatz 1892

< Euchloe Beutenmiiller 1898

< Euchloe Holland 1898

< Anthocharis Grote 1898

< Euchloe Butler 1899a

< Euchloe Butler 1899b

< Anthocharis Grote 1900

< Euchloe Staudinger & Rebel 1901

< Synchloe Dyar 1902

< Euchloe Verity 1905

< Euchloe Rober 1906-10

Subgeneric characters : Ground color of wings always
white (creamy white in some female forms) ; dark markings
of secondaries beneath not normally so heavy as to cover
practically all of wing; pointed flap of dorsal margin of
harpe long, heavily chitinized, projecting dorsad, then bent
mesad and ventrad with termination between harpes; penis
not so strongly bent basally as in subgenus Elphinstonia , with
no basal prong; larva apparently not so strongly tuberculate
as larva of Elphinstonia.

Species included:
belia Cramer
orientalis Bremer
daphalis Moore
? venosa Boisduval
ausonides Boisduval
creusa Doubleday & Hewitson
olympia Edwards
belemia Esper
? seitzi Rober
falloui Allard

Subgenus nov. Elphinstonia, type charlonia Donzel.

= Anthocharis Donzel 1842

< Anthocharis sect. II Doubleday 1846

< Euchloe Kirby 1875

< Phyllo charts Schatz 1892

< Euchloe Staudinger & Rebel 1901

88 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

< Euchloe Verity 1905

< Anthocharis Rober 1906-10

Subgeneric characters : Ground color of wings white or
yellow; dark markings of secondaries beneath heavy, often
covering practically all of wing; pointed flap of dorsal mar
gin of harpe shorter and less heavily chitinized than in sub<
genus Euchloe , extending above dorsal margin of harpe, not
bent mesad and ventrad ; penis very strongly bent basally,
with a short blunt basal prong; larva apparently somewhat
more heavily tuberculate than larva of Euchloe.

Species included :
charlonia Donzel
? c. tomyris Christoph
? c. pechi Staudinger
tagis Hiibner
? lucilla Butler

The first type specification for Euchloe which the writer has
been able to find is of belia Cramer by Butler (1870). Accord-
ingly belia is here placed as the genotype. The fact that previous
to this date various authors had used Euchloe to include carda-
mines alone in local lists does not fix cardamines as the genotype,
as was claimed by Kirby (1872) and Scudder (1875).

Schatz (1892) erected Phyllocharis with tagis as the genotype
to contain all of the species here placed in the genus Euchloe.
This genus is a homonym of Phyllocharis Dalman (1824). The
species here included in Elphinstonia appear to the writer well
worthy of subgeneric distinction from the other members of
Euchloe, because of the characters cited in the subgeneric de-
scription.

The male genitalia show very distinct specific differences be-
tween tagis and charlonia. Between the species of the subgenus
Euchloe these structures show less marked specific differences,
with the exception of belemia (figs. 10-12). The venation is
often exceedingly variable, and studied by itself would mean
little. As an example of this fact the writer has a very large
series of E. ausonides coloradensis, all of which were taken in one
field within a period of four days. From this series he can pick
out specimens which, under previous systems of classifying the
Euchloine genera by venation alone, would belong in at least three
genera. Several of these specimens have only four radials, and
one has five on one side and four on the other, with no other evi-
dence of distortion. Surely so variable a character is not worthy

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 89

of use for generic classification, especially when contrasted with
characters as constant as those shown by the genitalia.

Phylogeny of Genera.

It is evident that phylogenetic work based on the venation of
the Euchloini is not to be taken very seriously. Attempts at such
work have indeed produced strange results, as for example when
Tutt (1894b) postulated a rather close relationship between the
Euchloini and Leucophasia, a genus which undoubtedly belongs
in the Dismorphiinae. In this respect the work of Cockerell
(1889), Dyar (1894) and Tutt (1894a) is also to be noted.

The great amount of variation found in the venation does, how-
ever, point to the fact that the Euchloini must occupy more or
less of an intermediate position between groups which have a rela-
tively stable primitive venation and other groups which possess a
stable specialized venation.

The possession of a clasper in the male genitalia may be safely
regarded as primitive. In this respect the Euchloini, together
with the genera Cathaemia, Mylothris, Hehomoia, Hesperocharis
and Eroessa, differ from the rest of the Pieridae. Of these five
genera, Cathaemia, Hehomoia and Hesperocharis possess a
scaphium, or scaphium-like structure, which is very much like a
structure found in many Papilionidae and Nymphalidae. Eroessa
shows the closest relationship to the Euchloini in every respect.
The pupa of Hehomoia appears to be very similar to the Euchloine
pupa. That of Mylothris is entirely different, and shows a rela-
tionship to Pieris. The writer considers that Eroessa, Hespero-
charis and Hehomoia are closely related to the Euchloini, but that
the similarity of Mylothris and Cathaemia in possessing a clasper
is not to be regarded as evidence of any close relationship.

The pupa of the Euchloini, as pointed out by Tutt (1894), must
be considered as highly specialized because of its extreme rigidity.

Within the Euchloini a fairly close correlation is evident be-
tween reduction in venation and reduction in genitalia. The spe-
cies of Euchloe which have the most complicated genitalia all
possess five radials except in abnormal cases. The species of
Elphinstonia likewise possess five radials, but the genitalia show a
certain amount of reduction in the dorsal spine of the harpe. The
species of Zegris possess five radials, but the dorsal spine is still
further reduced. In Microzegris pyrothoe only four radials oc-
cur, and the dorsal spine is greatly reduced so that the genitalia ap-

90 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

proximate those of Falcapica and Antho charts. In these two latter
genera the genitalia are very simple, a simplicity often correlated
with the loss of R5. The writer therefore believes that the trend
of development in the Euchloini has been from a more compli-
cated genitalic structure to a simpler one, and from the posses-
sion of five radials to the possession of only four. One would, of
course, expect the groups to show evidence of sidewise develop-
ment from the main line of the development of the group, and as
such may be regarded the basal prong of the penis of Elphin-
stonia, the extremely short saccus of Zegris, the falcate apex of
the primary of Falcapica, and many minor structures. If Hebo-
moia and Eroessa are postulated as ancestral forms then the loss
of the orange patch on the primary in Euchloe and Elphinstonia
must represent a “ sidewise specialization ” in those groups, as
must the development of the yellow ground color in charlonia and
its allies. It is all pure speculation, in which one author’s guess is
quite as good as another’s.

Bibliography.

Alpheraky, S. 1913. Ouelques donnees sur les races de la
Zegris eupheme Esper. Etudes Lep. Comp. . . . 1913.
7:221-234. pi. cxciv.

Beutenmiiller, William. 1898. Revision of the species of
Euchloe inhabiting America north of Mexico. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist. New York, June 24, 1898. 10: 235-248. pi.
. I3“I4-

Boisduval, J. A. 1832. Collection iconographique et histor-
ique des chenilles d’Europe . . . [with Rambur & Graslin].
Paris, Roret, 1832-1843. 2e livraison, pi. 5, fig. 6 & 7.

1836* Histoire naturelle des insectes — species

general des Lepidopteres. Paris, Roret, 1836. 1 : 552-584.

Bruzelius, R. M. 1854. Beskrifnung ofver Hydrachniden, som
forekomma inom Skane. Akad. Abhandl. Lund. p. 35.
Butler, A. G. 1870. A revision of the genera of the subfamily
Pierinae. Cist. Ent. Sept. 12, 1870. 1 : 33-58. 4 pi.

. 1899a. Notes on the genus Euchloe, Hubner a

genus of the Pierinae. Entomologist. Jan. 1899. 32:1-3.

. 1899b. Notes on the American forms of Euchloe,

Hiibn. Can. Ent. Jan. 1899. 31 : J9-
Chretien, P. 1902. Note sur les premiers etats de trois
Euchloe ( Anthocharis ) [Lep. Pieridae] de Mauretanie.
Bull. Soc. ent. France. July, 1912. 302-304.

Cockerell, T. D. A. 1889. On the origin of the genus An-
thocharis Bdv. (= Euchloe, Hb.). Entomol. Amer. Feb.

1889- 5:33-35-

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 91

Cramer, P. 1782. Pap. Exot. IV. t. 39 7, A, B.

Donzel, H. F. 1842. Description de deux Lepidopteres nou-
veaux recuellis en Barbarie par le Capt. Charlon. Ann. Soc.
ent. France. 1842. 11:197-199. icol.pl.

Doubleday, E. 1846. The genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera.
[with O. Westwood.] 1846-50 London, Longman. Vol. 1.
Zegris p. 52-53, March, 1847. Anthocharis p. 55-58, April,
i847-

Dyar, H. G. 1894. Notes on Pieris and Anthocharis. Can.
Ent. April, 1894. 26: 100. fig’s.

. 1902. A list of North American Lepidoptera. . . .

Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. no. 52. 1902. p. 7.

Esper, E. J. C. 1805. Die Schmetterlinge in Abbildungen
nach der Natur mit Beschriebungen. Erlangen, Walther,
Teil I. Tagvogel. Bd. 2. taf. 113, fig. 2, 3. (1805.)
Eversmann, E. von. 1832. Lepidoptorum species nonnullae
novae Gubernium Orenburgense incolentes. Nouv. Mem.
Soc. Nat. Moscou. 1832. .2: 347-354. col. pi.

Fabricius, T. C. 1793. Entomologia Systematica. ... V. 3,
Pt. 1, 1793. p. 193, no. 601.

Grote, A. R. 1898. Specialization of the Lepidopterous wing,
the Pieri-Nymphalidae. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 1898.
37: 17-44. 3 pi.

. 1900. The descent of the Pieridae. Proc. Amer.

Philos. Soc. Jan. 1900. 39: 4-67.

Herrich-Schaffer, G. A. W. 1867. Prodr. Syst. Lep. 1867.
2 : 6.

Holland, W. L. 1898. The Butterfly Book. . . . Garden City,
Doubleday Page, 1898. Euchloe. p. 282-285. col. pi.
Hiibner, J. 1816. Verzeich. bek. Schmett. 1816- . p. 94.

Kirby, W. F. 1871. A synonomic catalogue of Diurnal Lepi-
doptera. . . . London, 1871. Zegris, p. 505; Euchloe, p.
505-508; Midea, p. 508-509.

. 1873. Zool. Record 1872 : 339.

Linnaeus, C. 1761. Faun. Suec. p. 271, no. 1039.

Rambur, J. 1836. Notice sur plusieurs Lepidopteres du midi
de l’Espagne, parmi lesquels se trouve le Papillon eupheme
d’Esper. Ann. Soc. ent. France. 1836. 5 : 573.

Riley, N. D. 1926. Pupation of Zegris eupheme. Proc. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1926. 1 : 26.

Rober, J. 1906. [in] Seitz, Adalbert. The Macrolepidoptera
of the World. Sect. 1, Vol. 1. Euchloe p. 51-53, Antho-
charis p. 53-55, Midea p. 55, Zegris p. 55.

1 — . 1910. [in] Seitz, Adalbert. The Macrolepidoptera

of the World. Sect. 2, Vol. 5. Euchloe p. 95, Anthocharis
p. 95-96, Midea p. 96, Zegris p. 96.

92 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Rothschild, W. 1914. A preliminary account of the Lepi-
dopterous fauna of Guelt-es-stel, Central Algeria. Nov.
Zool. 1914. 21 : 301-305.

Schatz, E. 1892. Die familien und gattungen der tagfalter.

. . . Exotische Schmetterlinge.' 2 Theil. Furth, 1892. An-
thocharis p. 70, Midea p. 70, Phyllo charts p. 71, Zegris p. 71.
plates.

Scudder, S. H. 1872. Systematic revision of North American
Butterflies. Rep’t. Peabody Acad. Science. 1872.

. 1875. Historical Sketch of the generic names pro-
posed for butterflies. Proc. Amer., Acad. Arts & Sciences.
Boston, 1875. 10: 91-293. Anthocharis p. 113, Euchloe p.

169, Midea p. 218, Zegris p. 290.

Shull, C. A. 1907. Life history and habits of Anthocharis
(Synchloe) olympia Edw. Ent. News. March, 1907. 18:

73-

Staudinger, O., & Rebel, H. 1901. Catalog der Lepidopteren
der Palearctischen faunengebietes. Berlin, May 1901. 3d
ed. Euchloe p. 12-14, Zegris p. 14.

Tutt, J. W. 1894a. The genera Pieris Schrk., and Euchloe,
Hb. Can. Ent. Feb. 1894. 26: 47.

. 1894b. Notes on the neuration and relationships

of Pieridi and Anthocharidi. Can. Ent. June 1894. 26:

166-169. fig’s.

Verity, Roger. 1905. Rhopalocera Palearctica. Papilionidae
& Pieridae. Florence, Verity, 1905-11. Zegris p. 168-70,
Euchloe p. 170-195.

* — . 1929. Essai sur les origens des Rhopaloceres

Europeens et Mediterraneens et particulierement des Antho-
charidi et des Lycaenidi du groupe d’Agestis Schiff. Ann.
Soc. Ent. France. 98 : 348.

Villiers, F. de, & Guenee, A. 1835. Tableaux Synoptiques
des Lepidopteres d’Europe. Paris, 1835. p. 8-14 & 128-
130.

Walker, F. 1863. List of the specimens of Lepidopterous in-
sects in the collections of the British Museum. Part 27.
Crambites and Tortrices. London, 1863. p. 21.

Plate VI.

Explanation of Figures.

Fig. 1. Lateral aspect, male genitalia, Anthocharis ( Antho-
charis) cardamines L. with left harpe removed, lateral aspect
of penis below, caudal aspect of juxta at left.

Fig. 2. Lateral aspect of male genitalia of Anthocharis ( An-
thocharis) eupheno L. with left harpe removed, lateral aspect
of penis below, caudal aspect of juxta at left.

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 93

Fig. 3. Lateral aspect of male genitalia of Anthocharis (An-
thocharis) cethura Felder with left harpe removed, lateral
aspect of penis below.

Fig. 4. Lateral aspect of male genitalia of Anthocharis ( Falca -
pica ) genutia Fabr. with left harpe removed, lateral aspect of
penis below, caudal aspect of juxta at left.

Fig. 5. Lateral aspect of male genitalia of Anthocharis ( Falca -
pica) scolymus Butler with left harpe removed, Lateral aspect
of penis below, caudal aspect of juxta at left.

Fig. 6. Lateral aspect of male genitalia of Zegris ( Microzegris )
pyrothoe Eversm. with left harpe removed, lateral aspect of
penis below, lateral aspect, enlarged, of dorsal spine (above)
and caudal aspect of juxta (below) at left.

Fig. 7. Lateral aspect of male genitalia of Zegris ( Zegris )
eupheme Esper with left harpe removed, lateral aspect of
penis below, lateral aspect, enlarged, of dorsal spine (above)
and caudal aspect of juxta (below) at left.

Fig. 8. Lateral aspect of male genitalia of Euchloe ( Elphin -
stonia) tagis belle zina Boisd. with left harpe removed, lateral
aspect of penis below.

Fig. 9. Lateral aspect of( male genitalia of Euchloe ( Elphin -
stonia) charlonia Donzel with left harpe removed, lateral
aspect of penis below, lateral aspect, enlarged, of dorsal spine
(above) and caudal aspect of juxta (below) at left.

Fig. 10. Lateral aspect of male genitalia of Euchloe ( Euchloe )
belemia Esper with left harpe removed, lateral aspect of
penis below, lateral aspect, enlarged, of dorsal spine straight-
ened dorsad (above) and caudal aspect of juxta (below) at
left.

Fig. 11. Lateral aspect of male genitalia of Euchloe ( Euchloe )
belia Cramer with left harpe removed, lateral aspect of penis
below, caudal aspect of juxta at left.

Fig. 1 2. Lateral aspect of male genitalia of Euchloe ( Euchloe )
olympia Edwards with left harpe removed, lateral aspect of
penis below.

Explanation of Abbreviations.

b.p.p. s= basal prong of penis
cl. — clasper

d.s. s= dorsal spine of harpe

h. = harpe

jux. t= juxta

p. t= penis

sac. == saccus

1. 1= tegumen

BULL. B. E. S., Yol. XXV, No. 2

Plate YI

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 95

u. — uncus

v. — vinculum

In preparing genitalia and drawing them with a projection ap-
paratus a certain amount of distortion cannot be avoided. The
efforts of the author have been firstly to have as little distortion
as possible, and secondly to have what distortion is present affect
the specimens in the same manner. For the sake of simplicity the
setae, hairs and scales on the harpes have been omitted. In some
cases these appear to offer specific characters.

THE JAPANESE BEETLE ON STATEN ISLAND.

By Wm. T. Davis, Staten Island, N. Y.

On the 31st of August, 1928, Mr. Charles W. Leng found a
Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman) in the Museum of
the Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences, that had some
time previously flown to one of the windows and died on the ledge
where the upper and lower sashes come together. This specimen
is recorded in the Proceedings of the Staten Island Nature Club
for September 22, 1928.

In 1929 Carol Baumann, 378 St. Mark’s Place, brought two of
the beetles to the Museum; one collected July 30 and the other
on September 5.

On August 26, 1929, K. Kessig brought another specimen to
the Museum, collected this time at 406 St. Mark’s Place. As three
living individuals came from that general locality in Tompkins-
ville, it would appear that the beetle was not uncommon some-
where in the vicinity.

A fifth specimen which may, however, have been imported in
fruit or vegetables, was found in a grocery store in Tompkins-
ville on August 29, 1929.

96 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

POSITION OF STREPSIPTERA ON HOSTS.

By Charles Robertson, Carlinville, Illinois.

In 3 it is stated that in Odynerus usually one set of parasites
falls under the 3rd segment and the other under the 4th ; in
Polistes usually the males are under 3 and 4, the females under 5 ;
in Chloralistus and Andrena the normal position is under 4. Sim-
ilar statements about Odynerus and Polistes are repeated in 4,
275 and credited to Salt (3).

These observations are not new. In 2, which relates exclusively
to this subject, I tabulated 100 parasites occurring on 18 species
of bees and 38 occurring on 17 species of wasps. In 30 cases
parasites of Odynerus fell into two sets, 14 under 3, and 10 under
4. Of 36 parasites of Chloralictus, 34 were under 4. Of 55 of
Andrenidae, all fell under 4. Of 8 of Panurgidae, 7 were under
4. My tables show that special mention of Chloralictus and An-
drenidae is irrelevant, for 96 out of 100 parasites of the short-
tongued bees in general fell under 4.

I also tabulated 467 cases of parasites of Polistes, given by
Pierce. Of 306 males, 146 were under 3, and 101 under 4. Of
161 females, 115 were under 5.

In 4 all account of 2 is avoided and it is excluded from the
“ References,” but mention is made of “ Odynerus ziziae mss.”
This is the same insect as Leionotus pedistris listed in 1.

To the dates of hosts mentioned in 1, add after Ptilandrena
erigeniae May 9; after Sphex vulgaris, add Inverness, Florida,
Nov. 18; after Odynerus erinnys, add Nov. 11, 13, 21.

Specimens of Proterospliex ichneumoneus, Leionotus forami-
natus , fundatus and Odynerus erinnys from me were not deter-
mined by Salt and Bequaert, as said in 3. These statements
cover up the fact that these cases were determined and recorded
by me in 1 and 2. Mr. Salt was instructed to turn over the speci-
mens loaned by me to the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The
specimens still show these determinations in my handwriting, ex-
cept L. foraminatus, the label of which was removed by Salt.

Papers Cited.

1. Robertson, C. 1910(10) . Hosts of Strepsiptera. Can. Ent.

42: 323"3°-

2. . 1918(10). Bees and Strepsiptera. Bull. Brook.

E. S. 13:83-5.

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 97

3. Salt, G. 1927(10). Strepsiptera & hymenopterous hosts.

Psyche 34 : 182-92.

4. Salt & Bequaert. .1929. Stylopized Vespidae. Psyche 36:

249-282.

ORCHESTES TESTACEUS MUL.

By C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

Four specimens of this beautiful little weevil have turned up
in recent years; one at South Paris, Maine, on June 11, 1925, one
at Westchester Lake, N. S. (near the old Londonderry Mines) on
July 29, 1927, and two at Portaupique, N. S., on July 22, 1929;
I once had a specimen from Ontario but this has been sacrificed
on the altar of science. I have not been able to compare my speci-
mens with European examples of the species and have accepted
the determination of a correspondent.

These specimens have the size and shape of pallicornis Say and
are of a brick-red color all over excepting the metasternum which
is black. On each elytron a denuded vitta runs from the humerus
obliquely back to the suture slightly behind the middle and there
is a denuded spot adjacent to the juncture and extending almost
or quite to the elyt'ral margin. The rest of the elytra is covered
with a spare vestiture of silvery pubescence.

I have often wondered whether these designs on so many of
the small Coleoptera are caused by the fugacious nature of the
pubescence on these particular areas or by abrasion in some pecu-
liar manner, possibly in emerging from their breeding places or
the pupal skin. Occasional examples of other species have been
taken without denuded areas, and I recall specimens of Elleschus
bipunctatus L. which were taken the past summer with the typi-
cally decorated forms.

98 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxr

EARLY REFERENCES TO THE BEHAVIOR OF
AMERICAN SOLITARY WASPS.*

By Richard Dow, Cambridge, Mass.

Among the early observers of natural history in North Amer-
ica, John Bartram was the first to write about the solitary wasps.
His observations were recorded in letters to Peter Collinson, of
London, who presented them before the Royal Society in 1745,
1749, and 1763. Each paper subsequently appeared in the worthy
Philosophical Transactions.

The first paper on “ Some very curious Wasps Nests made of
Clay ” describes the nests of what are probably Sceliphron cae-
mentarium (Drury) and Trypoxylon politum Say. “The plait}
Clay-Nest is fabricated by a small black Wasp, of the same Spe-
cies of that in Tab. III. Fig. 1. but less, that has a Speck or
Stripe of Yellow in its Tail; and the Cells are made four or five
together, joining Side by Side to each other. But the Clay-Nests
that are so elegantly wrought are built by a purplish black Wasp,
such as is figured Tab. III. Fig. 2. : After one Cell is formed,
they stop it up, and join another to its End, and then add another
to that ; which makes these wrought Clay Fabrics longer than the
plain ones.” Curiously enough, both of the figures referred to
seem to represent the same wasp (a member of the Sphecinae* 1).
The identification of the two species depends largely on the nests,
which are also figured and more carefully described.

The second paper of John Bartram is on the life history of the
Great Black Wasp from Pennsylvania, which stores its burrows
with “ a large Green Grasshopper.” Reinhard has quoted this
article in his recent book, The Witchery of Wasps, showing that
the wasp Bartram observed was Chlorion ( Ammohia ) pennsyl-
vanicum (Linn.).

The third and last paper describes the habits of the Yellowish
Wasp of Pennsylvania which feeds the larva from day to day,
until it is full-grown. This is one of the first accounts of pro-
gressive provisioning by a solitary wasp, and was discredited by

* Contributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bus-
sey Institution, Harvard University, No. 327.

1 As used by Kohl.

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 99

Westwood in his Introduction.2 3 Since the wasp is neither de-
scribed nor figured, it has to be determined from its behavior.
Ashmead thought it was a Bembicid, Parker included it in the
Bembicini, and according to Dr. Bequaert, it is probably Bemhix
spinolae Lep.

A second early observer was Mark Catesby, a friend of both
Bartram and Collinson. In 1731 and 1743, he published the first
and second volumes of The Natural History of Carolina, Florida
and the Bahama Islands. An appendix printed in 1748 contains
figures and descriptions of two mud-daubers, Vespa Ichneumon
and Vespa Ichneumon coerulea. In the “Linnaean Index of the
Animals and Plants” which appeared in the third edition of 1771
and was presumably written by George Edwards, the editor,
Vespa Ichneumon is not determined, but from the colored figure
and the fact that it provisions a clay nest with spiders, it can be
identified as Sceliphron caementarium.

Vespa Ichneumon coerulea is probably Chalyhion caeruleum
(Linn.), since it is determined in the Linnaean Index as Sphex
coerulea. Although Linnaeus described two different species
under that name, the index must refer to the second since the first
was described as a species with subsessile abdomen. Linnaeus
comments on the second Sphex caerulea as follows :3 <(Catesh.
car. 3. p. 5. t. 5? sed punctum nullum in alarum apice.” The
spots on the tips of the wings are very conspicuous in Catesby’s
figure, but cannot be explained unless Catesby confused the mud-
dauber with some other wasp, and drew, for example, a species
of Podium. Catesby says that coerulea builds clay nests which
he describes with sufficient detail to classify as those of Try-
poxylon politum. Although Chalybion does not build its own
nests, there is no record of its ever nesting in the cells of Try-
poxylon. Thus Catesby was not only the first to say that Chaly-
bion was a true mud-dauber, but he even associated it with the
wrong type of nest.

Over fifty years later, Benjamin Henry Latrobe, a prominent
architect of Philadelphia and Washington, also figured and de-
scribed two mud-daubers. His paper was read before the Ameri-
can Philosophical Society in 1803, and published in the Trans-
actions (1809). The same article was also published in England

2 Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects 2 : 207.

3 Sy sterna Naturae (12th edition) 1 (2) : 941. 1767.

100 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

in the Philosophical Magazine (1806), but the text was different
and without figures. The observations on which Latrobe based
his contribution were made while he was in Virginia, and recorded
in his journal along with brief notes on one or two other solitary
wasps, four social wasps, and one or two bees.

The mud-dauber which Latrobe calls Sphex pennsylvanica
Linn., is probably Sceliphron caementarium. The figure is rea-
sonably good and the yellow markings are described in the text.
The other mud-dauber which is classified as Sphex caerulea Linn.,
is obviously Trypoxylon politum. Part of the description reads
as follows: “From the scutum attached to the petiole, is ex-

tended a strong hook, which is very serviceable to him in secur-
ing his prey. His sting is not very painful, and soon ceases to
be troublesome.” Latrobe failed to notice any sexual differences
in the specimens he observed, or he would have found that the
wasp which captures the prey has no hook on the petiole, and that
the wasp with a hook on the petiole cannot sting. He would also
have discovered the presence of both sexes about the nest, a situa-
tion peculiar to the genus Trypoxylon.

In reviewing the contributions of these early naturalists, I have
attempted only to classify their material according to our present
nomenclature and bring their observations up to date. As a re-
sult, I have largely obscured both the scientific and historical im-
portance of their work.

Bibliography.

Bartram, J. 1745. An Account of some very curious Wasps
Nests made of Clay in Pensilvania; by Mr. John Bartram:
Communicated by Mr. Peter Collinson, F. R. S. Philos.
Trans. 43 : 363-366. PI. 3, figs. 1-8.

. 1750. A Description of the Great Black Wasp,

from Pensylvania, as communicated from Mr. John Bar-
tram to Mr. Peter Collinson, F. R. S. Philos. Trans. 46:
278-279. PI. 4, figs. 20-21.

. 1763. Observations made by Mr. John Bartram,

at Pensilvania, on the Yellowish Wasp of that Country: In a
Letter to Mr. Peter Collinson, F. R. S. Philos. Trans. 53:

37-38.

Catesby, M. 1748. The Natural History of Carolina, Florida
and the Bahama Islands, etc. Appendix: 5 and 13. Pis. 5
and 13.

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 101

Latrobe, B. H. 1806. On two Species of the Sphex or Wasp,
found in Virginia and Pennsylvania, and probably existing
through all the United States. Philos. Mag. 25: 236-241.

. 1809. On two species of Sphex, inhabiting Vir-
ginia and Pennsylvania, and probably extending through the
United States. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Philadelphia 6:
73-78. PL 1.

— . 1905. The Journal of Latrobe, Being the Notes

and Sketches of an Architect, Naturalist and Traveler in the
United States from 1796 to 1820. With an introduction by
J. H. B. Latrobe. New York, D. Appleton and Company.

Uloma imberbis Lee. — This seems to be a very scarce in-
habitant of this part of the country if my luck in their capture is
any criterion. One specimen from Framingham, April 12, 1905,
and one from Monterey, August 1, 1920, are all I have to record
for about 30 years of intensive collecting about here. Mr. H. C.
Fall writes me that he has no specimens from New England and
there is only one specimen in the collection of the Boston Society
of Natural History, which bears no locality and the date of Au-
gust 25, 1875. — C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

Bugs at Light. — During the summer of 1929, the following
Heteroptera flew into my house at night, attracted to light:
Myodochus serripes Oliv., Heraeus plehejus Uhler, Ligyrocoris
diffusus Uhler, Trigonotylus ruficornis Fall., Tr. brevipes Jak.,
Deraecoris ruber segusinus Reut., Adelphocoris rapidus Say. My
house is set almost at the top of a hill in the City of White Plains,
overlooking a damp meadow and a pond, in the grounds of Bloom-
ingdale, on Westchester Avenue. Doubtless this situation ex-
plains the coming of these Heteroptera. — J. R. de la Torre-
Bueno, White Plains, N. Y.

102 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

ON THE GENUS VIVIANIA WITH THE DESCRIP-
TION OF TWO NEW SPECIES FROM TEXAS.

(TACHINIDAE, DIPTERA.)

By H. J. Reinhard, College Station, Texas.

The genus Viviania Rondani ( Biomyia Rondani) includes
about nine described North American species. These constitute
a rather homogeneous and difficult group of muscoid flies, al-
though the three species from Texas, here under consideration,
are distinct and readily separable forms. I am indebted to Dr.
J. M. Aldrich for the determination of the new species described
herein as angustifrons and for pointing out that the not uncom-
mon lachnosternae Townsend is a synonym of georgiae Brauer
and Bergenstamm originally described from Georgia. The third
local species, which I have represented by only three female
specimens, is congeneric with Viciania but apparently is not as-
signable to any described form. It is herein described as noc-
turnalis new species.

Since the original description of georgiae Brauer and Bergen-
stamm is not easily accessible, and that of lachnosternae Town-
send is based upon a single female specimen, it appears desirable
to include a redescription of this species.

Viviania georgiae Brauer and Bergenstamm.

Viviania georgiae BB. Zweifl. d. Kaiserl. Mus., V, 1891, p.

3I2\

Viviania lachnosternae Tns. Tax. Mus. Flies, Smith. Misc.
Coll., LI, 1908, p. 106.

Male: Eyes bare; front narrow and prominent below, at
narrowest (before ocelli) 0.17 of the head width, (average
of three, 0.18, 0.16, 0.16) ; one pair of verticals (inner)
moderately strong; orbitals none; ocellars present, strongly
proclinate, hardly at all divergent ; frontals in a single row on
either side, lowest ones below middle of second antennal
joint, uppermost two reclinate; parafrontals gray pollinose,
with scattered short black hairs extending below the frontals ;
parafacials bare, covered with thick dull gray pollen, nearly
twice the width of third antennal joint; face not receding
much, long and narrow, ridges rather prominent, bare except
shortly above vibrissae ; the latter situated the length of sec-
ond antennal joint or more above the oral margin; antennae
not reaching the lowest third of face, wholly reddish-yellow,

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 103

third joint rather slender, straight or slightly concave on
anterior edge, about twice the length of second; arista yel-
low, long and very thin on apical half, slightly thickened
above base, penultimate joint hardly longer than broad;
cheeks about one-third the eye height, gray pollinose, the yel-
low ground color apparent above; proboscis short, fleshy,
labella large; palpi yellow, slender to tip, with black bristly
hairs below on apical half ; posterior orbits broad below and
greatly narrowed toward the vertex, covered with dense gray
pollen ; occiput with sparse pale gray hairs.

Thorax and scutellum black, densely gray pollinose, pleura
tinged with yellow along sutures ; mesonotum with five black
stripes ; the outer broad and interrupted at suture ; the in-
termediate ones ending shortly behind suture ; the middle one
narrow and less distinct, extending from base of scutellum
hardly to the suture. Chaetotaxy : humeral 3 ; posthumeral

2 (posterior one small) ; acrostichal 3, 3 (variable) ; dorso-
central 3, 3 (variable) ; notopleural 2; presutural 2; intraalar

3 ; supraalar 3 ; postalar 2 ; sternoplural 2, 1 ; pteropleural 1 to
3; scutellum with 4 or 5 laterals (normal 4), apicals none or
reduced to fine hairs; a preapical and a discal pair usually
present though often asymmetrical ; postscutellum normal ;
infrasquamal hairs black; calypters white with a faint yel-
low tinge, semitransparent.

Abdomen black, entirely covered with dull dense gray
pollen which is tinged with brown on the hind margins of the
intermediate segments ; a dark median stripe and an irregular
blackish spot on either side of third segment above apparent
in rear view ; first and second segments with one smallish
erect median marginal pair of bristles ; third with a marginal
row of somewhat larger bristles ; fourth with irregular discal
and marginal rows; intermediate segments without discals,
the hairs on the upper surface rather coarse evenly placed
and depressed; venter of segments three and four without
any modified vestiture; genital segments black, ordinary in
size ; fifth sternite with a deep U-shaped incision, the narrow
inner margins of the lobes slightly reflexed, shining black.

Legs stout, blackish except the basal joints and knees which
are yellow; claws and pulvilli moderately elongated; middle
tibia with one bristle on the outer front side ; hind tibia not
ciliated.

Wings normal, hyaline ; first posterior cell rather narrowly
closed well before wing tip ; all veins including costa yellow ;
third with two to four setules near base, others bare ; costal
spine short ; epaulets yellow.

104 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Female : Similar to male except as follows : front wider,

at narrowest (vertex) 0.25 of head width (average of six,
0.23, 0.26, 0.25, 0.25, 0.23, 0.28) ; the usu^l two pairs of pro-
clinate orbitals present ; outer verticals nearly half as large as
inner ones ; claws and pulvilli shorter, etc. Ovipositor short
and blunt, fitted for depositing macrotype eggs.

Length of male, 7 to 8.5 mm. ; of female, 8.5 to 10 mm.

Described from three males and six females collected at Col-
lege Station, Texas, June and July, 1917-1919, (H. J. Reinhard).

The type locality of this species is Georgia. It also appears to
be correctly reported from Mississippi, New Mexico, Illinois,
Washington, D. C., and New York. The host relationships are,
so far as known, with adults of the genus Phyllophaga.

Viviania nocturnalis n. sp.

Female: Like georgiae, but much smaller and with black
epaulets. Front not noticeably prominent below, 0.22 of
head width (average of three, 0.23, 0.20, 0.24) ; antennae
fully two-thirds the length of face, third joint black; arista
of moderate length, black ; thorax and scutellum as in
georgiae, but with thinner pollen and the pleura wholly black
in ground color; chaetotaxy as in georgiae , but the posterior
posthumeral is absent, only one pteropleural developed and
no preapicals present on scutellum ; abdomen black, dorsum
with thinner gray pollen, subshining in certain lights, a nar-
row interrupted median stripe visible in a flat rear view;
ovipositor blunt, retracted in tip of abdomen, in one specimen
with a large flat whitish egg attached; legs wholly black,
otherwise as in georgiae ; wings as in georgiae.

Length, 4.5 to 5 mm.

Type: Female, Cat. No. 42,882, U. S. N. M.

Described from two females collected at College Station, Texas,
April 15, 1927, June 26, 1929, at night (H. J. Reinhard) ; and one
female captured May 8, 1929, in light trap by S. E. Jones at Col-
lege Station, Texas.

This species is nocturnal in habit and has been taken in close
association with infestations of Phyllophaga spp. These observa-
tions may indicate the same general host relations as for georgiae.
It resembles the latter species closely except in size.

Viviania angustifrons n. sp.

Male: Front at narrowest (before ocelli) 0.14 of head
width, (average of four, 0.13, 0.15, 0.14, 0.14) ; parafrontals

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 105

narrow at vertex widening rapidly to base of antennae,
densely gray pollinose, with a few short black inconspicuous
hairs outside and extending below the frontal rows ; median
stripe reddish-brown, but slightly narrowed in front of tri-
angle extending on either side to vertex; inner verticals
moderately developed, outer ones hairlike; frontal bristles
short and rather weak, arranged in two rows extending to
middle of second antennal joint, the uppermost pair reclinate
and situated about on level with anterior ocellus ; ocellars
small, strongly proclinate and hardly at all divergent ; orbitals
none; parafacials bare, covered with dense gray pollen, at
narrowest only slightly wider than third antennal joint; face
gray pollinose, the yellow ground color apparent at vibrissal
angles; ridges somewhat rounded or flattened below, bare
except three or four short hairs above vibrissae; the latter
situated hardly the length of second antennal joint above the
level of oral margin ; antennae about three-fourths the length
of face, yellow, third joint sometimes slightly infuscated on
outer side, about two and one-half times the length of second
joint; arista of moderate length and distinctly pubescent,
thickened near base which is yellow, apical three-fourths
slender and blackish, penultimate joint short; proboscis short,
labella fleshy; palpi yellow, rather slender, with a few black
hairs beneath and shorter bristles at tips ; cheeks about one-
third the eye height, covered with thin pollen above through
which the yellow ground color is distinctly apparent, below
with denser gray pollen and numerous black hairs ; occiput
sparsely clothed with short black bristles which are inter-
mixed with longer pale hairs on lower extremity; eyes bare.

Thorax gray pollinose, mesonotum with four distinct black
stripes interrupted at suture, the outer thickened to triangular
spots in front and extending postsuturally for three-fourths
the distance to base of scutellum, inner ones narrower joined
by a transverse stripe just behind suture and obsolete shortly
posterior to anterior dorsocentral bristles ; scutellum black
(yellow in one specimen) covered with rather dense gray
pollen which becomes thinner towards base. Chaetotaxy:
acrostichal 2, 3 (anterior one small); dorsocentral 2, 3;
humeral 2; posthumeral 1; presutural 1; notopleural 2; in-
traalar 3; supraalar 3; postalar 2; sternopleural 2, 1 (lower
anterior one small) ; pteropleural 1 ; scutellum with three
lateral and one discal pair, apicals reduced to fine hairs;
calypters transparent, tawny, the rims whitish; infrasquamal
setules black, small and inconspicuous ; postscutellum normal.

Abdomen yellow, the narrow hind margin of segments one

106 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXF

and two, apical half of third, and all of fourth darker in
color; last three segments entirely covered with whitish
pollen above except on an interrupted dark median stripe,
on the intermediate segments the pollen fades at the sides and
toward the posterior margins which are subshining; bristles
on all segments rather weak; first with a median marginal
pair; second and third each with marginal rows, no discals;
fourth with a discal and marginal row ; venter of segments
three and four on each side with patches of pale, soft, very
short hairs ; genitalia small, inner forceps deeply divided but
not divergent, tips not narrowed, shining black ; outer forceps
very thin, pale-yellow, tips broadly rounded and slightly
bowed backward; penis short, the thickened distal portion
with a small recurved hook at apex; fifth sternite yellow,
deeply divided with a U-shaped incision, the lobes with black
hairs on the darker inner margins.

Legs slender, without any strong bristles, tarsi black, other
joints yellow, more or less infuscated; middle tibia with one
bristle on outer front side, hind tibia with three or four short
bristles on outer posterior side ; claws and pulvilli elongated.

Wings ordinary in form ; costa and all veins yellow ; fourth
with a rounded oblique bend, slightly concave near the tip
so that the first posterior cell is narrowly open about the
length of small cross vein before the exact wing tip; hind
cross vein slightly nearer bend than to small cross vein ; first
vein bare, third with two or three small hairs near base ;
costal spine inconspicuous ; epaulets black.

Female: Front narrowed before ocelli as in male, 0.16 of
head width (average of five, 0.16, 0.16, 0.15, 0.15, 0.16) ;
abdomen distinctly darker and but little or hardly at all yel-
low in ground color, the tip concealing a blunt egg-laying
organ; without the usual orbital bristles and only one pair
(inner) verticals developed; palpi larger and thickened
apically; calypters white; puvilli less elongated, otherwise
as in male.

Length of male, 5 to 7 mm. ; of female, 5.5 to 7 mm.

Type: Male, Cat. No. 42,881, U. S. N. M. One male and
four female paratypes also deposited in U. S. National
Museum.

Described from 6 males and 10 females including type collected
at College Station, Texas, April to July, 191 7-1929, (H. J. Rein-
hard) ; and 2 males collected at Havana, Cuba, (Baker) received
from Dr. J. M. Aldrich to whom they are returned.

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 107

The distinctly pubescent arista, greatly narrowed front in both
sexes, absence of orbitals in the female, and modified vestiture
on venter of third and fourth abdominal segments in the male are
the principal characters in which the species differs from both
georgiae and nocturnalis. The two males from Havana are some-
what larger and show less yellow on the abdomen but agree closely
in other details with the remainder of the type series. The host
relations are unknown.

ON THE HETEROPTERA COLLECTED BY GEORGE
P. ENGELHARDT IN THE SOUTH AND WEST.

By J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, White Plains, N. Y.

What few Heteroptera Mr. George P. Engelhardt has collected
in his various trips through the South and West during the last
three years, he has very amiably handed to me for study. The
records here given either extend the known distribution or con-
firm previous records.

In May, 1927, Mr. Engelhardt was in Texas, at College Station.
On the 19th of the month he secured there 4 Brochymena cariosa
Stal; one Hymenarcys nervosa Say; 3 Mezira lobata Say. At
Brownsville he took 4 Jadera haematoloma H. S. and 16 /. san-
guinolenta Fabr. According to Blatchley, sanguinolenta F. and
aeola Dallas are the same. At any rate, this appears to be quite
abundant at Brownsville. At San Antonio, he secured one Ly-
gaeus kalmii Stal, typical; and a couple of Solubea pugnax Fabr.

While in Florida, he visited Lake Okeechobee on March 28,
and secured 1 Mormidea lugens Fabr., 2 Solubea pugnax Fabr.,
3 Euthochtha galeator Fabr., 1 Namacus annulicornis Stal and 1
Oncocephalus geniculatus Stal. At Royal Palm Park, Dr. Blatch-
ley’s own preserve, Mr. Engelhardt collected on February 23,
1929, 3 Proxys punctulatus P. B., 1 Euschistus bifibulus P. B., 2
Edessa bifida Say, 3 Phthia picta Drury, 3 Triatoma sanguisuga
Lee., and one Zelus bilobus Say. At Marianna, on the 31st of
March, he secured one Thyanta calceata Say, one Leptoglossus
phyllopus and one Zelus exsanguis Stal.

Of these 22 records, those for Florida give new localities, as
follows: Thyanta calceata, Solubea pugnax, Proxys punctulatus,
Euschistus bifibulus, Leptoglossus phyllopus, Phthia picta, Na-

108 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

macus annulicornis, Oncocephalus geniculatus, Zelus bilobus.
The record of Zelus ex sanguis (a female, more or less teneral)
merits special mention. Dr. Blatchley states that the only Florida
record is that of Uhler, without any definite station. Here is one.

In general, these bugs are typically southern — in fact — Neo-
tropical— and distinctly American. Six, however, are very widely
spread — Mormidea lugens, Hymenarcys nervosa, Solubea pug-
nax, Euthochtha galeator, Lygaeus kalmii and Zelus exsanguis.

I sometimes wonder that more attention is not paid to insects as
key-forms in the theory of evolution. It is true that an elephant
has more bulk and is not so likely to get lost or lose a leg, but ele-
phants are not so abundant in numbers or in individuals as in-
sects. On the other hand, a sufficiently large series of species of
insects shows more variation; and, perhaps better, the course of
variation. By their distribution, also, one may come to some con-
firmatory evidence in regard to the ancient land-masses and their
connections. On the other hand, it may be urged that insects
migrate great distances in the upper air; or on bits of wood float-
ing on the ocean. But surely, the variation of species and their
abundance in given regions can clearly show what is their me-
tropolis and probably their point of origin.

At any rate, it would seem as though in insects one has keys to
faunal affinities, on the one hand ; and on the other, the evidences
of nascent and vanishing species.

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 1091

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE
BIONOMICS OF BREMUS VAGANS (F. SM.)

(HYMENOPTERA).

By Theodore H. Frison, Illinois State Natural History Survey,

Urbana, Illinois.

A. Introduction.

The present paper is the fourth of a series of papers dealing
with the biology of species of bumblebees found in Illinois. In
the first paper (1928), the prominent facts in the life history of
Bremus bimaculatus (Cress.) were recorded in detail. In a sec-
ond paper (1929b) similar information was published relating to
B. impatiens (Cress.), and a third paper concerning B. ameri-
canorum (Fabr.) is now in press. For details regarding how
much of the data used in this paper were obtained, the reader
should consult my previous papers, particularly that relating to
B. bimaculatus.

B. Systematic Notes.

Bremus vagans (F. Sm.) belongs to the subgenus Pratobombus
Vogt (1911); a subgenus of bumblebees ranging through the
Palaearctic, Oriental, Nearctic and northern part of the Neotrop-
ical faunal realms. In addition to being the most widely dis-
tributed subgenus of bumblebees, this subgenus contains more
species than any other subgenus and is readily, divisible into sev-
eral subordinate complexes. In North America, B. vagans is
most closely related to such species as flavifrons (Cress.) and cen-
tralis (Cress.) which have the tips of the sagittae of the genitalia
conspicuously dilated, the hypopygium somewhat carinate, and
with a long malar space. Pratobombus, together with the sub-
genus Terrestribombus Vogt (1911), form a section of bumble-
bees designated by Kruger (1917) as Anodontobombus.

This study of the biology of B. vagans conclusively shows that
the forms of Pratobombus occurring in Illinois, and recognized
as species by the writer, are biologically distinct unities ; thus,
confirming their separation into species on the basis of certain
structural characters.

In Illinois, B. vagans is abundant in the northern part of the
state, less common in the central part, and virtually absent in
southern Illinois. It ranges in North America through the lower
limits of the boreal zone of Merriam from British Columbia to

110 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Maine, throughout the transitional zone, and in the central and
eastern portions of the upper austral zone.

C. Specific Life History Studies.

The writer has examined two nests of this species started by
queens under natural conditions and studied in detail one colony
which was founded by a queen in an artificial nest.

i. Experiment 19, 1919.

This experiment, was started on June 8, 1919, with two queens
of B. vagans which were collected at Antioch, Illinois, on June 4,
1919. Previous to placing the queens in an artificial nest, they
were kept under conditions intended to cause them to become
“ broody.” The next day after placing the queens in the nest I
found one of them dead ; presumably killed by the living queen.
Another queen of the same species was introduced into the nest-
box on June 10, and on the following day one of them showed a
special interest in the pollen lump. Egg cells were constructed on
June 11 and eggs laid during the next few days. On June 18,
there was every indication that larvae were now in the cells, and
on June 19, I actually saw them. The larvae grew very rapidly
and by the twenty-first of June several of them had attained con-
siderable size.

During this early period in the development of the comb, both
of the queens took a great interest in the comb, but it was evident
that one of them — the largest queen — “ruled” supreme. The col-
ony had progressed so nicely by June 22 that a record of the de-
velopmental stages was begun. On this date several new egg cells
were found on the tops of recently spun cocoons. An examina-
tion of these cells showed that there were not more than two eggs
in each of them. On July 1, normal workers emerged and three
more came out during the next few days. On July 5, the smaller
queen was removed from the box and the nest left' to the care of
the larger queen.

The comb continued to grow and on July 20 two more workers
emerged. Previous to this date, new egg cells were laid from time
to time. Two of the cells examined on July 16 contained four
eggs each. These cells were laid contiguous to one another in a
horizontal position. The workers were allowed the privilege of
foraging for nectar and pollen on July 21. As the nest grew in
size additional honey-pots were constructed of wax and pollen on

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 111

the edge of the comb. Several of these cells averaged fifteen mil-
limeters in height by eight millimeters in breadth.

By August i the number of workers in the nest had increased
to twelve. At this date there was some surplus of pollen which
was stored in empty cocoons. No surplus of honey, however, was
found in the nest. It is interesting to note that the queen had now
become so interested in the comb that she could not be induced to
leave the comb while I examined the cells. Such was not the case,
however, with the workers which were ready to use their stings at
every opportunity. On August 9, another worker emerged and
it was noted that nearly twenty-four hours were required for her
pubescence to attain its normal color. On this same date many
egg cells were in evidence on the tops of cocoons and in the de-
pressions between them. The egg cells were made as usual from
wax and pollen. On the side of the comb nearest the entrance to
the nest-box, the bees had built up a protecting shield of wax-pol-
len composition. Another one of their performances during the
early part of August was the dragging into the nest-box from the
outside a large amount of oat-chaff.

During the remainder of August, the comb continued to grow
unretarded and the colony attained considerable size. On August
1 7, there were fourteen cocoons in the nest, about sixty larvae in
various stages of development, and many eggs. The number of
eggs in a cell varied from three to six. For the first time, too, in
the history of this colony, a surplus of honey was found in the
nest on this latter date. This was stored in large wax-pollen
honey-pots on the outer margin of the comb, whereas most of the
pollen was stored in renovated cocoons from which workers had
emerged. The old mother queen was still producing wax and I
frequently saw her scraping it from the dorsum of her abdomen.
Only ten workers were in the nest when it was examined on Au-
gust 17, but many others were foraging in the field. The first
males were found in the nest on September 4 and emerged from
cocoons which contained pupae on August 22. Workers were
also found in the nest on September 4, which had but recently
emerged. When the nest was next examined on September 16,
two young queens, fourteen workers and ten males were found.
The old mother queen was still active and looked almost as sleek
and trim as when her first eggs were laid. Two new egg cells
were present on cocoons, one of which contained eight eggs and
the other nine. These eggs were contiguous and horizontal as

112 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

before, but overlapped one another at one end. A queer find was
an old sealed-over male cocoon, partially filled with pollen. This
contained seven eggs which had been laid in an irregular manner.

I am quite certain that these eggs were laid by workers. Many
of the large larval cells plainly showed the presence of the small
hole through which food was supplied them by the workers. Fig-
ure i shows the nest as it appeared on September 16.

On September 21, the old queen was alive and active as ever.
The two young queens were still in the nest, besides fifteen males
and ten workers. One worker was found dead in the nest box,,
but no trace of parasitism was found. Additional egg cells had
been constructed and one of them contained seven eggs. The last *
week of September the old mother queen died. At this time there
still remained in the nest about fifteen male and four queen
cocoons from which the adults had not emerged. Because of the
lateness of the season and cool nights, I moved the colony indoors
so that other adults might emerge. From these cocoons two
queens and four males emerged indoors as late as October 4. The
males and queens produced by this colony were used in mating
experiments (Frison, 1927a).

2. Nest 23, ip 16.

At Hermon, New York, in 1916, I found a colony of B. vagans
in the loft of a barn. The nest itself was in a cavity in a roof-
joist, at a point where a side brace was joined to it. Evidently,
the joint was so poorly constructed that mice had been able to
enter the joist and gnaw out a cavity large enough for their nest.
This place had then been found by a searching queen and adopted
for her future home. The interesting feature of this nest was
that a queen had been able to find this desirable location. In order
for her to do so, it was necessary for her to enter the hay-loft of
the barn through a small door. When once in the hay-loft, it
must have required considerable searching on the part of the
queen to find this nesting site, unless she was instinctively guided
to the mouse nest by an olfactory sense.

When the nest was opened on August 18, it contained the old
queen, twenty-eight workers, twenty males, four young queens,
fifty-three cocoons containing pupae, six cocoons containing
larvae, thirty-four empty cocoons, twenty-seven larvae in various
stages of development, and five egg cells. Honey was stored both
in large wax-pollen cells and in sixty-four renovated cocoons.

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 113

Pollen was found in four cocoons and in several of the large wax-
pollen cells. One of these wax-pollen cells was three-fourths of
an inch in height. The egg cells contained from six to fifteen
eggs, the average number being' over eleven. Two dead workers
were found in the nest debris, but neither of them showed evi-
dence of insect parasitism.

3. Nest 1, 1920.

This nest was found near Grand Marsh, Wisconsin, on August
2 1, 1920. The colony was located in a mouse nest at the base of a
young cherry tree in a small orchard. The nest contained the old
queen, four young queens, fourteen males, twelve workers, about
fifty cocoons, nearly forty larvae in various stages of develop-
ment and two egg cells. Honey was stored in empty cocoons and
in special wax-pollen cells. Pollen was observed only in the reno-
vated cocoons. No parasites or inquilines were found in this nest.

, D. Biological Summary.

1. Resume of literature.

The first record of the occurrence of a nest of this species of
which I am aware is one by Putnam (1864), who mentions find-
ing a nest of B. vagans at Warwick, Massachusetts, in the summer
of 1862. This author says nothing concerning the habits of these
bees or the contents of the nest, except that the nest was made in
a deserted mouse nest. Packard (1864) says that the nest dis-
covered by Putnam in 1862 contained thirty workers and that no
special variation occurred among them except in the different
shades of yellow.

Franklin (1913), the next to report the finding of a nest of B.
vagans, records one situated on the surface of the ground in an
open field in what apparently was originally a mouse nest. “ It
contained two queens, eight workers and two males and was taken
in the day time of July 20, 1904. The workers of this nest were
the most vicious and ready to sting of any with which I have had
any experience.” In the collection of the American Museum of
Natural History, New York, is a nest of this species which Frank-
lin says “ was taken by Mr. Wm. Beutenmuller at Potato Knob
in the Black Mountains of North Carolina (elevation 6,420 feet)
about July 1, 1902. This nest was located in the hollow trunk of
a standing mountain ash and it contained two queens and eight
workers, but many bees escaped as it was taken in the day time.”

114 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

This nest, also, was apparently originally a mouse nest and was
made from dried grass.

The next reference of a biological nature concerning this spe-
cies is by Jackson (1920), who gives data regarding the time of
appearance of the various castes in the vicinity of Washington,
D. C., and plants they were observed to visit. Beginning in 1922,
Plath has published several papers of special importance. In the
first of these (1922a), this writer records the finding of nests of
B. vagans near Boston. “ Two of these were surface nests, while
the remaining four were subterrean.” This same author says
the largest nest that he examined contained the old queen, over
seventy workers and many brood cells. Another colony con-
tained the “ old queen, about fifty workers, and several males ”
and a queen of Psithyrus laboriosus. Shortly after this (1922b)
the presence of the social parasite, Psithyrus laboriosus (Fabr.)
in the nests of B. vagans is mentioned again in greater detail and
the behavior of its host under such conditions discussed.

In a third paper (1923), the successful rearing of the colonies
of this species in artificial nests is recorded. The fact that queens
of B. vagans do not enter hibernating quarters until August is
mentioned by Plath (1924). At a later date (1925), the same
author presents some evidence in support of the fact that the
variety citrinus (F. Sm.) of Psithyrus laboriosus (Fabr.) is par-
tial to the nests of B. vagans rather than the typical form of this
social parasite. In two still more recent papers B. vagans is re-
corded as a non-pocket maker (1927a) and that the queens are the
latest of the Pratorum group (= Pratobombus) of species to ap-
pear in spring in New England (1927b).

In several papers the writer has published facts regarding the
biology of B. vagans. In one paper (1927a) was recorded the
fact that queens and males of this species would mate under con-
trolled conditions, in a second paper (1927b) reference was made
to the variation in size of bumblebees of this species and explained
upon the basis of trophogeny, and in a third paper (1927c) evi-
dence was presented to show that B. vagans could be readily semi-
domesticated.

2. Anthophilous habits.

This bumblebee has been recorded as frequenting a large num-
ber of flowers and like all others thus far studied is polytropic.
Most of the records of the flowers visited by this bumblebee have

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 115

been listed by Lutz and Cockerell (1920), with the exception of
those of Jackson (1920) which are as follows: Pentstemon hir-
suta , Arctium minus, Monarda fistulosa and Brassica juncea.

3. Duration of the developmental stadia.

These deductions concerning the developmental stadia are based
upon a tabulated record of forty-two detailed examinations of the
comb in Experiment 19, 1919, between June 22 and October 4.
The data were secured by methods described in a previous article
(Frison, 1928). It should be mentioned here that my conclusions
regarding the length of time required for the three developmental
stadia are essentially in agreement with data presented for other
species ( B . himacidatus, B. impatiens and B. americanorum) .

The egg stage was found to be the shortest of the three develop-
mental stadia and lasts approximately four and one-half days for
queens, workers or males. The larval stage is variable within
certain limits even in the same caste. Larvae which produced
workers required between fourteen and nineteen days to complete
their development. The workers produced the latter part of Au-
gust required more time in the larval stage than those produced in
July and correlated with this lengthening of this stage of develop-
ment was an increase in the size of the workers. Queen larvae
required a longer time to complete their development than did
worker larvae and the males required at least as long a time as the
workers and sometimes longer.

The pupal period of the workers varied between six and eight
days. That of the queens was at least this long and there were
some data indicating it might be longer. The male pupal period
was not accurately determined, but available data show that it
could not have been less than that of the workers and in all prob-
ability was longer.

My data show that the first workers which emerged in Experi-
ment 19, 1919, required between nineteen and twenty-two days to
complete their development. Workers which emerged in August
required more than this amount of time and most of the records
indicate a period of about thirty days. The queens certainly re-
quired a month or possibly more. The males required less time
than did the queens to complete their immature development. Al-
though my records for this species are much less complete than
for B. bimaculatus (Frison, 1928), they are sufficient, however,
to permit of the above approximations and clearly show that B.

116 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

vagans does not present any great deviation in regard to the dura-
tion of the developmental stages from impatiens, bimaculatus, and
americanorum.

4. Seasonal appearance of the castes.

B. vagans is not sufficiently common in the vicinity of Urbana,
Illinois, to permit of a close study of the appearance of the over-
wintering queens in spring. The species, however, appears much
later than either B. bimaculatus or B. impatiens. At Antioch, in
northern Illinois, on June 3, 1919, queens of this species were
very abundant.

Data on pinned queens in various collections corroborates a late
appearance of the queens in spring in all parts of their range.
Most of the queens from New Jersey and Pennsylvania in the
collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
and of the American Entomological Society were collected in the
months of May and June. I have seen many queens in the same
collection, collected in Northern Michigan (Barago County) by
Mr. Morgan Hebard, which were captured from July 4 to July
20. I am certain, too, that these latter queens 'were ones that had
over-wintered. There are a large number of queens of this spe-
cies in the Nason Collection belonging to the Illinois State Nat-
ural History Survey which were collected at Algonquin, Illinois,
in May and June. In Champaign County, Illinois, I have cap-
tured the queens in the latter part of June. The earliest record
I have seen for a queen of this species is May 1, 1915. This spec-
imen was collected by Mr. C. A. Frost at Sherborn, Massachu-
setts. No doubt in certain years the queens appear earlier than
these records indicate, but it is quite evident that as a rule the
queens appear considerably later than most, if not all, other queens
of Pratobombus in central and eastern North America. Data by
Plath (1927b) and Jackson (1920) confirm my conclusions about
the seasonal adjustments of the queens of this species.

Because of the late appearance of the queens, the workers are
encountered much later than those of certain other species. In
Experiment 19, 1919, the first workers emerged on July 1. In the
collection of the Illinois State Natural History Survey are two
workers captured on July 9 and 13 at Urbana, Illinois. A study
of a large series of specimens of this caste from various parts of
its range shows that the workers are most commonly collected
from the middle of July to the middle of September. I have seen

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 117

workers collected in Maryland as late as October 6. Of course
the appearance of the workers varies somewhat according to the
lateness or earliness of the season and according to locality, but it
is most influenced by the late appearance of the queens in spring.

The first males to appear in Experiment 19, 1919, emerged be-
tween the last of August and first of September. Males continued
to emerge in this nest until the first part of October. The data
obtained from the study of a very large series of males from vari-
ous parts of the country show that the males are captured as a
rule in August and September. Males occur much earlier than
this, however, and I have taken them in 1920 as early as July 11,
at New London, Wisconsin. Such early males may be the product
of worker eggs in a nest which has lost its queen.

5. Caste ratio.

According to my studies and the figures given by Franklin and
Plath, the workers outnumbered the young queens anywhere from
three or seven to one. Apparently, as a rule, more males are pro-
duced than queens. In Experiment 19, 1919, nearly seven males
were produced for every queen, and nearly as many males as
workers. There are so many factors governing the numerical
abundance of the various castes, that at the best these figures are
but indications of what is generally encountered.

6. Size of colonies.

Judging by the records just given the colonies of this species
never attain very large size compared with species such as B. im-
patiens or B. americanorum. Nest 23, 1916, is undoubtedly a
good example of the colony of this species. Only seventy-three
adults were found in the nest. Adding to this figure the number
of workers probably foraging in the field when this nest was re-
moved, and the adults that might have emerged later in the season
(as indicated by cocoons and larvae), the colony could probably
not have produced more than one hundred and seventy-five adults.
If the colonies studied by Plath, Franklin and myself are truly
representative, few colonies of B. vagans produce over one hun-
dred and fifty adults.

7. Variation.

Franklin (1913) gives a table showing the variation in the
length of the malar space of this species which represents con-

118 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

siderable variation. In a recent paper (1929a) I have shown
that the vagans and subspecies sandersoni of Franklin was a mix-
ture of two species ; vagans with a comparative long malar space
and frigidus with a shorter malar space. Polymorphism in size,
particularly in the females, is considerable and is due to trophog-
eny (Frison, 1927b). Although this species is fairly constant in
color characters there are variations which merit recognition.
Males were produced in Experiment 19, 1919, which had some
ferruginous pubescence at the apex of the abdomen and specimens
about like these have been named by Bequaert and Plath (1925)
as variety coctus. Specimens with the apical abdominal segments
yellowish instead of black are common and have been assigned
the varietal name of helenae by the writer (1929). Both the vari-
eties coctus and helenae occur in the same nest with typical speci-
mens of vagans and hence are merely color varieties. Recently
the writer (1929a) has reduced the form bolsteri Franklin from
specific rank to the status of a subspecies of vagans. This is be-
cause no structural characters exist for the separation of bolsteri
from vagans and it seems that bolsteri is a color form of vagans
“ farther along nature’s path to species than a form differing but
slightly in color characters from the typical species.” Bolsteri
seems to be endemic to Newfoundland where typical vagans is not
known to occur.

8. Cocoons and food storage.

It was found that both pollen and honey were stored in cocoons
from which the adults have emerged. Special wax-pollen cells
are also constructed, usually on the edge of the comb, for the
storage of honey and pollen and in Experiment 19, 1919, most of
the honey was stored in these wax-pollen cells. In Nest 23, 1916,
however, which contained a large honey surplus, it was mostly
stored in renovated cocoons. Several wax-pollen storage pots in
Experiment 19, 1919, were fifteen millimeters in height by seven
millimeters in breadth. The cocoons when freed of wax and pol-
len usually have a pale yellow appearance and are thin in compari-
son with those of certain other species such as B. americanorum.
One worker cocoon was ten millimeters in height and eight mil-
limeters at its greatest diameter.

In agreement with B. bimaculatus and B. impatiens, both mem-
bers of the subgenus Pratobombus, this species belongs to the
“ Pollen-storer ” section in the terminology of Sladen (1912)

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 119

which is equivalent to the Anodontobomhus Kruger as now re-
stricted.

9. Mating.

There are no records in the literature concerning the mating
habits of this species. Young queens produced in Experiment 19,
1919, readily mated with males from the same colony under con-
trolled conditions during the last of September and early part of
October (Frison, 1927a). Undoubtedly under natural conditions
copulation takes place in late summer and fall.

10. Nest situations.

The queens of B. vagans will apparently nest almost any place
where a suitable protected situation can be found, either below or
above the surface of the ground. The nests of mice offer both
desirable nesting materials and favorable nesting sites and hence
are usually utilized by the queens in spring. Reference has al-
ready been made in this article under a heading of “ Resume of
literature ” to locations of nests reported by Franklin, Putnam
and Plath and will not be repeated here.

11. Miscellaneous.

The workers of this species are aggressive and this species must
be listed as vicious compared with such a docile species as B.
auricomus (Frison, 1918).

Records have already been published by the writer (1926)
showing that the larvae of B. vagans are subject to the attacks of
Brachycoma sarcophagina (Townsend), that the adult queens are
sometimes infested with the nematode S pherularia bombi Dufour,
the nest damaged by larvae of Vitula edmandsii (Packard), and
that various scavengers may lodge within the nests. No doubt
other parasites, such as Physocephala will be found to attack B.
vagans. Among the social-parasites, or Psithyrus, Plath (1922b)
has found that B. vagans is victimized by P. labdriosus.

12. Domestication.

Experiments of Plath (1923) and those of my own performed
in 1919 demonstrate that queens of this species may be readily in-
duced to start colonies under controlled conditions. Since the
males and females mate under controlled conditions (Frison,
1927a), this species may be semi-domesticated. Because vagans

120 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

has a wide distribution, a long malar space permitting the workers
legitimate access to many flowers, a fairly long seasonal adjust-
ment, and may be semi-domesticated, this species opens up possi-
bilities to the laboratory worker and is a fit subject for economic
exploitation.

Figure i. Comb of Bremus vagans in a small observation box,
showing chaff “ carded ” into box by the adults in order
to cover comb, and mother queen. September 16.

E. Bibliography.

In order to conserve space, references in this article identical
with those cited in my paper relating to Bremus impatiens , pub-
lished in a recent number of this same journal, are not repeated
and readers interested are referred to this recent paper for ad-
ditional bibliographic material.

Bequaert, J., and Plath, O. E. — 1925 — Description of a New
Psithyrusf with an Account of Psithyrus laboriosus, and notes
on Bumblebees. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zook, Vol. LXVII, No.
6, July, pp. 265-288.

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 121

Frison, T. H. — 1918 — -Additional Notes on the Life History of
Bombus auricomus Robt. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., Vol. 11,
pp. 43-48-

1926 — Contribution to the Knowledge of the Interrela-
tions of the Bumblebees of Illinois with their
Animate Environment. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer.,
Vol. XIX, No. 2, June, pp. 203-235, pi. XVII.

1927a — The Fertilization and Hibernation of Queen
Bumblebees under Controlled Conditions. (Brem-
idae : Hym.). Journ. Econ. Ent., Vol. XX, No. 3,
June, pp. 522-526, Table 1.

1927b — The Development of the Castes of Bumblebees
(Bremidae: Hym.). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., Vol.
XX, No. 2, June, pp. 156-180, pis. IX and X.

1927c — Experiments in Rearing Colonies of Bumblebees
(Bremidae) in Artificial Nests. Biol. Bull., Vol.
LII, No. 1, January, pp. 51-67, figs. 1-4, Table 1.

1929a — Additional Descriptions, Synonymy and Records
of North American Bumblebees ( Hym. -Bremidae) .
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. LV, No. 926, May 7,
pp. 103-118.

1929b — A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Bionom-
ics of Bremns impatiens (Cress.). (Hym.). Bull.
Brook. Ent. Soc., XXIV, No. 5, Dec., pp. 261-285,
pis. 24-26, figs. 1-7.

Packard, A. S. — 1864 — The Humble Bees of New England and
their Parasites. Proc. Essex Inst., Vol. 4, pp. 107-133.

Plath, O. E. — 1922a — Notes on the Nestihg Habits of Several
North American Bumblebees. Psyche, Vol. XXIX, Nos. 5-
6, pp. 189-202.

1922b — Notes on Psithyrus, with Records of Two New
American Hosts. Biol. Bull., Vol. XLIII, No. 1,
July, pp. 23-44.

1924 — Miscellaneous Biological Observations on Bum-
blebees. Biol. Bull., Vol. XLVII, No. 2, August,
pp. 65-78.

1927a — The Natural Grouping of the Bremidae (Bom-
bidae) with Special Reference to Biological Char-
acters. Biol. Bull., Vol. LII, No. 5, May, pp. 394-
410.

122 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

1927b — Notes on the Hibernation of Several North
American Bumblebees. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer.,
Vol. XX, No. 2, June, pp. 181-192.

Sladen, F. W. L. — 1912 — The Humblebee, Macmillan & Co., Lon-
don, p. 283.

Vogt, O 1911 — Studien uber das Artproblem. Teil 2. Ueber

das Variieren der Hummeln. Sitzungsber. Gesellsch. Na-
turforsch. Freunde Berlin, (1), pp. 31-74.

Nesting habits of Isodontia, a subgenus of Chlorion (Hy-
menoptera). — In the December, 1928, issue of this Bulletin,
Mr. Geo. P. Engelhardt has an interesting account of the breeding
habits of Chlorion harrisi Fernald, which he observed in Texas
with Mr. H. B. Parks. Their observations show that the nesting
of this wasp is unlike that of the majority of Chlorion, which dig
their own burrows in the soil. It is, however, similar to that of
Chlorion anripes Fernald ( tibialis Lepeletier), as observed in the
eastern United States by Angus and, more recently, by Phil and
Nellie Rau ; to that of Chlorion elegans (Smith), as described by
Davidson in California, by C. N. Ainslie in North Dakota, and by
S. A. Johnson in Colorado; and to that of the European Chlorion
splendidulum (Costa), according to P. Marchal and H. Nicolas.
These four species all agree in selecting pre-existing cavities for
the storing of their prey, which consists of tree-crickets or katy-
dids. The cavities may be old galleries made by carpenter-bees in
wood, abandoned burrows of Anthophora in adobe, hollow reeds
or plant stalks, or rolled up dry leaves. Inside the hollow, the
several cells are separated by plugs of dry grass or other plant
material. Chlorion harrisi has also been recorded by H, G. Hub-
bard and by F. M. Jones (under the name Isodontia Philadel-
phia) as nesting in the pitchers of Sarracenia flava. Moreover,
the four species mentioned belong, within the genus Chlorion, to
a peculiar group, or subgenus, Isodontia, characterized inter alia
by the absence of a tarsal comb of long spines on the fore legs of
the female. The lack of a comb is evidently correlated with the
aberrant nesting habits ; for in the other groups of Chlorion,
which dig burrows in the soil, the comb is strongly developed in
the female.

From these considerations one is naturally led to the conclusion
that all the fossorial wasps of the subgenus Isodontia will prove

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 123

to have nesting habits similar to those of the four species dis-
cussed above. I am therefore pleased to record one more species
of this group that strengthens this surmise. A short time ago I
received from Mr. G. B. Fairchild a female of Chlorion ( Iso -
dontia ) exornatum Fernald, obtained in Royal Palm State Park,
southern Florida, during December, 1920. As Mr. Fairchild tells
me, this wasp was captured while entering the hollow, broken
stalk of a tall herbaceous plant, probably one of the Umbelliferae.
— J. Bequaert, Boston, Massachusetts.

124 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

BOOK NOTES.

General Catalogue of the Hemiptera— -Fascicle III — Pyrrho-

coridae, by R. F. Hussey, with Bibliography by Elizabeth

Shermam — pp. 1-144. (Published by Smith College, $1.50).

This Fascicle III reached our desk just as we had gone to press
for our February number, too late for inclusion in our com-
mentary on Fascicle II.

Dr. Hussey has produced in this what is probably the most
complete and finished catalogue of any Family of the Heterop-
tera, whatever we may think of the form in which it appears. It
is an invaluable work of reference ; and no serious student of the
Heteroptera can consider his library adequate without it.

In the present state of knowledge of the family (we trust soon
to be enlarged and improved by Dr. Hussey), the arrangement
of genera in the Fascicle is in systematic order as near as may
be, within the subfamilies and tribes ; but the order of the species
is strictly alphabetical. Accordingly, collections of Pyrrhocoridae
will have to be arranged specifically according to the latest mono-
graphs (if any) ; or to the owner’s best critical knowledge. The
tribes — Euryophthalmini and Physopelltini — are new; and three
new names are proposed — a remarkable self-restraint in an author
working with a group so little known. Dr. Hussey’s study of the
Family shows that the subfamily Euryophthalminae genitalically
is near the Family Lygaeidae ; while the subfamily Pyrrhocorinae
shows distinct evidence of relationship with the Coreidae. These
findings set the Family Pyrrhocoridae definitely between the
Lygaeidae and the Coreidae.

Forty-three genera containing 361 species are in the family.
Lethierry and Severin, in 1894, gave a total of 33 genera and
272 species. This is an increase of over 1/3 in both categories
in the intervening 36 years.

All references and citations are arranged according to date,
under family, subfamilies, genera and species. Within the
genera, all synonyms are arranged alphabetically in the same
series as the valid species, in addition to the complete synonymy
under each species, in its proper place.

There are three appendices : A — genera wrongly included in

the Pyrrhocoridae ; B — list of pyrrhocorid species described under
generic names now assigned to other families and their present
nomenclature ; and C — list of species transferred by various au-

April, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 125

thors to genera other than those in which they appear in the
Catalogue.

The Bibliography, which is very extensive, was prepared by
Miss Elizabeth Sherman. It covers pp. 1 14-137. The Index
is arranged according to genera and higher groups; and species.

The editorial eye brings realization that proof-reading of
foreign languages as set by American typesetters, is a ticklish,
unchancy and unsatisfactory business at best. Meantime, one
also remembers the vengeful wish “Would that mine enemy would
write a book,” against the day of requital.

All in all, this fascicle continues the high standard set by the
first to appear; and despite any minor shortcomings which might
reveal themselves on a critical survey, it is at this writing easily
the best general catalogue of any family of the Heteroptera. No
institutional library of biology can afford to be without it ; and it
is indispensable to the serious worker in Heteroptera, however
restricted his specialty. J. R. T.-B.

N. B. — These remarks are dissociated from the reviewer’s func-
tion as one of the Board of Editors; and are completely realistic
and objective.

The American Entomological Company of Brooklyn,
N. Y., has come to Life again in the shape of
CARPOCAPSA, Pittsburgh, Pa.

INSECT PINS, ETC.

CARPOCAPSA

GEORGE FRANCK, JR.

Write for catalogue

375 Lehigh Avenue, East Liberty Station
Pittsburgh, Penna.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BROOKLYN ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY.

Explanation of all Technical Terms Used in Entomology.

By John B. Smith, Se.D. (The Glossary) Cloth $3.00

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society (un-
bound), vols. 4-8 (per vol.) 2.00

Vols. 9 to date 2.50

Entomologica Americana, vols. 1-6, each 4.00

“ “ vols. 7-10, each 4.00

Papilio, vols. 1 and 4, each 3.00

Monograph of Plusia, Ottolengui 50

Reprints

A Revision of the Genus Eurema Hubner — Part II — Alexander
B. Klots, 64 pp., 4 pts. $1.50.

A Review of the North American Species of Podabrus — H. C.
Fall, 48 pp. $1.25.

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Life History of Bremus
bimacidatus (Cresson) — T. H. Frison, 64 pp., 4 pis. $1.50.
The Biology of the White Pine Weevil, Pissodes strobi (Peck) —
Raymond L. Taylor, pp. 168, 10 pis. $3.50.

Orders for publications must be sent with remittance to Li-
brarian, Brooklyn Entomological Society, c/o Central Museum,
Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Vol. XXV

No. 3

JUNE. 1930

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

NEW SERIES

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

E. L. BELL GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed August 4, 1930

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

OFFICERS, 1930
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President Treasurer

W. T. DAVIS G. P. ENGELHARDT

Vice-President

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
E. L. BELL
Corresponding Secretary
HOWARD NOTMAN

Central Museum
Eastern Parkway
Librarian

DR. JOSEPH BEQUAERT

Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New York
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

TRICHOPTERA FROM CAPE BRETON, Banks 127

PAPILIO MONUSTE LINNAEUS (A CRITIQUE), Holland 133

, NOMENCLATURE OF NEOTROPICAL NOTONECTA, WITH N.

SP., Hungerford 138

DR. WILLIAM BARNES, Engelhardt * 143

CERATOCOMBUS VAGANS, Torre-Bueno 144

WRONGLY IDENTIFIED WATERS TRIDER) Drake 145

ANTHOXIA AENEOGASTER, Frost -. 146

SEEKING A BETTER CLIMATE, Frost 146

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA FROM WYOMING AND COLORADO,

Klots S 147

NEW SPECIES OF TENAGOBIA, Deay 171

BOOK NOTES: A HANDBOOK OF THE MOSQUITOES OF N. A.

Bequaert 182

GALL WASPS OF THE GENUS CYNIPS, J. R.

T. B 184

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Bell 185

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year; foreign, $2.75 in advance; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO , Editor,

38 De Kalb Avenue, White Plains, N. Y.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXV June, 1930 No. 3

TRICHOPTERA FROM CAPE BRETON, NOVA
SCOTIA.

By Nathan Banks, Cambridge, Mass.

During the past two summers Mr. Graham Fairchild has col-
lected a number of caddice flies on Cape Breton, Nova Scotia.
Among them are several that are new, and others of which I have
rarely received specimens. Most of the species were described by
Francis Walker, who had material from the southern part of
Nova Scotia.

Besides the 31 species recorded, there is a female of the genus
Lype, a genus not before recorded from America, but well known
in Europe.

Phryganeidae.

Neuroma, postica Walk.

Two from Baddeck, 4, 8 July.

Neuronia pardalis Walk.

One from Baddeck, 7 July. A rather small light-colored speci-
men, the hind wings partly light on basal portion ; we have a simi-
lar specimen from Anticosti.

Neuronia concatenata Walk.

Several specimens from Baddeck, 12, apd 29 July, and Pt.
Bevis, 10 July.

Phryganea cinerea Walk.

From Pt. Bevis, 10 July.

Limnephilidae.

Arctoecia consocia Walk.

One from Baddeck, 9 Aug.

Glyphotaelius hostilis Hag.

From Baddeck, 14, 15, and 24 July.

128 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Anabolia bimaculata Walk.

One from Baddeck, July.

Limnephilus combinatus Walk.

Several from Baddeck, 8, 17 July, 9 Aug.

Limnephilus ornatus Bks.

From Baddeck, 21 July, 1, 9, 13 Aug., and Ingonish, 7 Aug.
Limnephilus moestus Bks.

From Baddeck, 8, 10, 11, 12 July; Pt. Bevis, 10 July.
Limnephilus submonilifer Walk.

Many from Baddeck, 1, 3, and 14 Sept.

Platycentropus maculipennis Kol.

From Baddeck, 3 Sept.

Pycnopsyche scabripennis Rbr.

From Cape North, 1 Aug., also Englishtown.

Pycnopsyche guttifer Hag.

Two from Baddeck, 20 July, 14 Sept.

Caborius punctatissimus Walk.

From Baddeck, 3 Sept.

Anisogamus modestus Bks.

Four from Baddeck, 8 July.

Anisogamus diver gens Walk.

Many from Baddeck, 11 Aug., 4 Sept.

Drusus sparsus Bks.

Several from Baddeck, 5, 8 July.

Hyle psyche indistinctus Walk.

One from Baddeck, 18 July; a very pale specimen 14 Sept.;
both males with inner apical spur of hind tibia enlarged. A fe-
male from N. Sidney (Noble coll.) also has the spurs enlarged,
but genitalia appear different.

N eophylax ornatus Bks.

A female from Baddeck, 8 July; a male from Middle River, 11
July. The male is marked much as female, but the pale is more
broken by dark, so that in some of the pale cells or forks there
are dark cross-bands.

Sericostomatidae.

Alepomyia bryanti Bks.

A number of specimens from Pt. Bevis, 10 July, agree with
types from Grand Lake, Newfoundland.

Mormomyia vernalis Bks.

One male from Baddeck, 4 Sept., with the characteristic long
tufts of hair overhanging the genitalia.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 129

Arcadopsyche gen. nov.

A Sericostomatid in the section of Crunoecia. Antennae
widely separate at base, basal joint greatly elongate and en-
larged, near tip curved downward, densely clothed with
mostly erect, long hair. Vertex with a tuft of long hair each
side from a tubercle near the eye; palpi (of male) recurved,
densely clothed with long-stalked scales, forming a great
mask over face ; spurs 2, 4, 4. In fore wings the costal area
is very broad, the discal cell slender, forks 1, 2, and 5, fifth
connected beyond the forking to branch of medius ; anal vein
does not connect out to fork 5 ; the second anal (or axillary)
runs into anal long before tip. In hind-wings the venation is
similar to Crunoecia, but discal cell closed and smaller, and
the apparent fork 3 not as wide at tip.

Related to Olemira by palpi and antennae, and with very simi-
lar venation in both wings, but lacks scales on fore wings, and the
reflexed costal area.

Arcadopsyche prominens sp. nov.

Scales of palpi gray, iridescent and rather bluish at tips;
hair on basal joint of antennae mostly deep black, but some
white, beyond the antenna is pale, narrowly annulate with
dark ; vertex with mostly gray, but some black hair ; thorax
with mostly black hair; abdomen black toward tip, pale on
base and beneath; legs pale, tibiae and tarsi darker outside.
Wings fumose, with darker veins ; short hair mostly yellow-
ish, but some dark, large black patch just behind end of dis-
cal cell, smaller patches in area beyond, and some along anal
margin ; outer fringe largely black, but some patches of pale
hair. Hind wings fumose, with darker fringe. Discal cell
nearly as long as pedicel, lower branch of medius and fork 5
equally far basad, long cross-vein from fork 5 to branch of
medius, very short cross-vein from anal to cubitus, and placed
much before base of discal cell. Expanse 19 mm.

From Cape North, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia, 7 August.

Leptoceridae.

(Ecetina micans Hag.

From Pt. Bevis, 10 July; also darker specimens from Baddeck,
20 July. Probably the same as inconspicua Walk. Walker’s type
is rather larger, and I have not seen specimens from as far south.

130 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxr

Rhyacophilidae.

Rhyacophila atrata Bks.

From Middle River, n July.

Rhyacophila luctuosa Bks.

From Baddeck, 6 July, and North River, 13 July. Probably
the same as Walker’s invaria. From what I could see of the type
the venation was the same, and the broad, emarginate superior
process the same, but I could not see the shape of the apical part
of the inferior appendage, but the length and size of inferior ap-
pendage was about the same as luctuosa.

Rhyacophila fairchildi sp. nov.

Head brown, with yellow and black hair; antennae mostly
pale on basal part, beyond dark ; palpi dark on apical part ;
lateral ocelli only about three diameters from the eyes ;
thorax with mostly yellow hair; legs pale, darker on front
tibiae and tarsi, spurs dark; abdomen dark above, pale be-
neath, on upper sides with rather short, erect, pale hairs.
Wings fuscous, stigma darker, clothed with short black hair,
and many patches of golden hair, two large spots on anal
margin ; in apical half of wing the golden occupies most of
the space ; veins with long, erect black hair, some here and
there golden. In fore-wings fork 2 is a little before fork 1,
fork 3 scarcely as far basad as fork 1, cross-vein to radius
close to fork 1 ; a rounded hyaline spot over forking of me-
dian vein. Expanse 14 mm.

From Baddeck, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia, 4 Sept.

Hydropsychidae.

Hydropsyche indecisa Walk.

From Pt. Bevis, 10 July, and Baddeck, 31 July.

Dolophilus hreviatus Bks.

One from Pt. Bevis, 10 July.

Plectrocnemia aureola sp. nov.

Face with dark hair below antennae, above mostly yellow-
ish, but a tuft of black each side near eye; antennae pale,
faintly annulate with brown; thorax with mostly yellow hair;
abdomen dark above, pale beneath ; legs pale yellowish, front
tibiae and tarsi darker on outer side, spurs pale. Fore-wings
with mostly golden or yellowish hair, some patches of dark,
mostly along the veins and at their ends, larger dark spots
near end of anal, and over connection from anal to cubitus.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 131

Fore-wings fairly broad; fork i a little longer than its
pedicel, fork 2 a trifle back on discal cell, fork 3 and 4 sub-
equal, not near as far basad as fork, 2, fork 5 broad, as wide
before middle as at tip. In the hind-wings fork 1 shorter
than pedicel, fork 2 back a little on discal cell, fork 5 very
broad, broader before middle than at tip. Male appendages
show a very broad ventral plate, emarginate in middle. Ex-
panse 16 mm.

From Baddeck, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia, 20 July, and Hamp-
ton, N. H., 1 July (S. A. Shaw).

Plectrocnemia albipuncta sp. nov.

Below antennae mostly black hair, above mostly white, a
large patch of black on each side on vertex, thorax with
mostly black, but some patches of white hair; antennae
brown, annulate with pale ; legs pale, outer side of tibiae and
mostly beyond dark, spurs dark on outer side, pale beneath ;
abdomen dark above, paler beneath.

Fore- wings black, with many white spots, largely grouped,
some near base, others tending to form band near middle,
others near stigma and below, a few near tip, but marginal
fringe black, close to base of wing is some erect, black hair ;
hind-wings slightly fumose, darker on tips. Fore-wings
rather narrow for the genus ; fork 1 longer than its pedicel,
fork 2 back to cross-vein, forks 3 and 4 subequal, but not as
far basad as fork 2. In hind-wing discal cell faintly closed
(except in one specimen), fork 1 three times as long as ped-
icel, fork 2 scarcely back on cell ; male appendages show a
large curved plate each side. Expanse 15 mm.

From Pt. Bevis, 10 Aug., and Baddeck, 9 Aug., Cape Breton,
Nova Scotia.

Explanation of Plate.

Fig. 1. Arcadopsyche prominens, fore wing.

Fig. 2. Plectrocnemia aureola, genitalia, top.
Fig. 3. Plectrocnemia aureola, genitalia, side.
Fig. 4. Rhyacophila fairchildi, genitalia, side.
Fig. 5. Plectrocnemia aureola, ventral plate.

Fig. 6. Plectrocnemia albipuncta, genitalia, top.
Fig. 7. Rhyacophila fairchildi, genitalia, top.
Fig. 8. Arcadopsyche prominens, head and hair.
Fig. 9. Plectrocnemia albipuncta, genitalia, side.
Fig. 10. Arcadopsyche prominens, genitalia, side.

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXV, No. 3

Plate VII

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 133

PAPILIO MONUSTE LINNAEUS (A CRITIQUE).

By W. J. Holland, Pittsburgh, Pa.

I have been much interested in an article published in the Bul-
letin of the Hill Museum, Vol. Ill, No. i, pp. 52-56, entitled:
“The Identity of Papilio monuste Linne,” presumably from the
pen of Messrs. Joicey and Talbot. The authors identify Pieris
monuste (Linne) with Pieris cynis Hewitson, consistently mis-
spelling the specific name throughout their article as “cycnis”
Hewitson. There is no Pierid bearing the specific name “ cycnis,”
so far as I can ascertain. The article is prompted by the query
raised in 1879 by W. F. Kirby as to whether monuste has hitherto
been correctly identified.

After a careful examination of all the literature and all the
figures cited in the article I cannot agree with the conclusion that
Pieris monuste (L.) was misidentified by Fabricius, the pupil of
Linnaeus, and that it is identical with the insect named P. cynis
by Hewitson.

I have critically compared the figure given by Kleemann with
that given by Cramer and see no material difference between the
two, except that the figure of the upper side of the insect given by
Kleemann is decidedly better than the figure given by Cramer.
Kleemann was a miniature painter of renown and his figures are
exceedingly accurate, which cannot always be said for those of
Cramer.

Cramer cites Kleemann’s figure as being that of the same insect
which he himself depicts as monuste. After a careful examina-
tion of the two figures and several hundreds of male specimens
of what is known as P. monuste, I see no reason for thinking that
Cramer was wrong in identifying the insect, which he figures, as
being the same as that figured by Kleemann. I have hundreds of
specimens of what are undoubtedly P. monuste df, some of which
match Kleemann’s figure, and many of which match neither of
them. Even in these plain white things marked with black bor-
ders there is variety. Butler’s statement (C/. Cat. Fabr. Diurnal
Lepidoptera, 1869, p. 199) puts the matter quite too strongly. In
this I agree with the authors of the article I am reviewing.

The line of argument followed by my friends in seeking to
reach their conclusion does not commend itself to my mind as
being logical or even just.

134 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

They begin by attacking the competency of Fabricius as a wit-
ness in the case, when he under monuste cites Kleemann’s figure.
They say that Fabricius “obviously was writing from what he
saw in Kleemann, and did not know the insect himself. There is
therefore no question as to what Fabricius meant by his use of the
name. He founded it on a figure without any proof that this
figure represented the Linnaean insect, and no one can prove that
this was not a misidentification. His whole conception of the
Linnaean insect was obviously based on the Kleemann figure.”
To this statement I take exception as involving a petitio principii.
Fabricius was a pupil of Linnaeus. He gives abundant evidence
throughout his writings of thorough familiarity with the work of
his teacher and friend. He knew the collections of Linnaeus, and
was in a far better position to decide what Linnaeus intended
under the name monuste than any one at the present day. His
citation of Kleemann’s figure does not by any necessity imply
that he <( obviously was writing from what he saw in Kleemann,
and did not know the insect himself.” This statement is a purely
arbitrary assumption made by the writers, I fear without due re-
spect for the learning and accomplishments of Fabricius.

I object even more strongly to the next point made in the argu-
ment of the writers. They say: “Cramer . . . figures an insect
from a specimen, which thus becomes the type of his monuste.
His reference to Kleemann was apparently copied from Fabricius.
As the Cramer figure agrees much better with the Linnaean de-
scription than does the figure of Kleemann (note underside), we
consider he has proved that the Fabricius determination was
erroneous.”

Cramer was not unacquainted with the literature of the subject
upon which he wrote and published. In the Introduction to his
great work he cites Kleemann among other authors, with whose
writings he was familiar, and informs us that Kleemann was the
son-in-law of M. August J. Rosel von Rosenhof, who after the
death of his celebrated father-in-law took up and continued the
work of illustrating the more beautiful exotic butterflies. The
assertion made by the writers of the article that Cramer’s “refer-
ence to Kleemann was apparently copied from Fabricius,” is un-
just to Cramer. Cramer knew his subject and ke knew the entire
literature extant in his day. Any one who is careful to examine
will see that he constantly makes reference to Kleemann’s work

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 135

throughout his own. In Vol. I of the Papilio Exot., p. 35, he cites
Kleemann’s figure of P. oenone; on p. 86 under P. amphinome he
cites Kleemann’s figure, and so on passim throughout his entire
great work. He was not “copying Fabricius” and had no need to
copy Fabricius. There is not a shadow of doubt that he was
familiar with Kleemann’s work and that it was before him, while
he was carrying on his own. Cramer himself identifies the but-
terfly which he figures as being the same which was figured by
Kleemann. Both representations particularly that of Kleemann
are recognizable figures of the American insect monuste.

Linnaeus when describing monuste simply says “ Habitat in
exteris terris,” which means that the specimen came to him from
parts unknown. Kleemann’s figure of course was that of an in-
sect from Dutch Guiana, where monuste abounds. Cramer says
that the insect is found in China, but Pieris ( Phrissura ) cynis
Hewitson, which Joicey and Talbot try to make out to be what
Cramer figured, does not occur in China, but in regions further
south, Sumatra, Borneo, and the Malay Peninsula. Cramer was
undoubtedly mistaken in assigning China as the habitat of his
insect.

It is difficult to conceive how the learned gentlemen, who have
recently favored us with their views upon this subject, can by any
possibility have confounded the monuste of Fabricius, Kleemann,
and Cramer, with Phrissura cynis (Hewitson), or how they can
imagine that Linnaeus’' description fits the latter species. P.
cynis is well figured by Hewitson, Exot. Butt., Pieris, PI. VIII,
fig. 54, (not P. VII as cited by Joicey and Talbot), by Butler,
Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1871, PI. VII, fig. 1, and by Distant,
Rhop. Malayana, PL XXVI, figs. 5 and 6. It is also well figured
by Seitz, Vol. 9, PI. 62. c. We have an abundance of material rep-
resenting the species from Sumatra, the type-locality, and from
the Malay Peninsula. The argument given by the learned au-
thors of the article, which I am reveiwing, strikes me as extremely
labored and the conclusion pre-eminently unsatisfactory.

I shall persist in applying the specific name monuste to the well
known neotropical species, and the name cynis to the equally well
known oriental insect. They are wholly distinct. The Sumatran
insect may at once readily be distinguished from the American
monuste by the different form of the wings, its smaller size, the
wide black costal margin and the broad black apical area and by
the entire dissimilarity of the female from any form of monuste,

136 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vo l- XXV

ij, ever found. The two insects are totally different, and I can-
not imagine how the singular conclusion has been reached by my
learned friends, that Linnaeus’ description fits the Sumatran in-
sect. It fits the American insect far better than the Sumatran.
With all due respect to the “Father of Natural History,” his
descriptions of butterflies in many cases are hardly worth the
paper upon which they are printed. We honor him for starting
the good work of classification, and pointing out the lines along
which it should be carried ; but a great deal of paper and time is
being wasted in recent years in attempting laboriously to decide
that what he named was something else than what all his follow-
ers have up to the present time accepted as being the species in-
dicated by him.

The name proposed for the American insect by Messrs. Joicey
and Talbot, phileta Fabricius, is that of a melanic variety, common
in American collections, in which the upper surface is pale brown-
ish gray.

I am sorry to differ from friends, but in this case I cannot fail
to do so, having regard to what I think is the truth of things.

Bull. B. E. S., Yol. XXY, No. 3

Plate VIII

138 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xXV

A REPORT ON THE NOMENCLATURE OF SOME
NEOTROPICAL NOTONECTA WITH THE
DESCRIPTION OF SOME NEW SPECIES.

By H. B. Hungerford, Department of Entomology, University

of Kansas.

An examination of the types and historical materials in various
European Museums makes necessary certain changes in the
nomenclature of some of the American Notonecta. The confu-
sion of species in the past has led to errors in synonomy and to a
misconception of the faunal distribution of certain species. Thus
in Kirkaldy and Torre-Bueno’s Catalogue of American Aquatic
and Semi-aquatic Hemiptera (1909) we find the distribution of
Notonecta undulata Say which is a North American species given
as “^Vll over Canada and the United States; Mexico; Cuba; Ja-
maica ; Columbia ; Peru ; Chile.”' The above was based, doubtless,
on the conception of the species by the senior author who had
monographed the Notonecta of the world (1897). In the above
named catalogue we find the following statement of synonymy:
Notonecta undulata Say 1832.

= americana Gmelin 1789.

— scutellaris Fieb. (in part) 1852.

= punctata Fieb. (in part) 1852.

= variabilis Fieb. (in part) 1852.

— pallipes Fieb. 1852.

= maculata Fieb. 1852.

== unicolor Fieb. 1852.

= virescens Blanchard 1852.

= pallipes Lethierry 1881.

Mr. Kirkaldy’s conception of this species was just as confused
as his treatment of Notonecta glauca Linn, has been shown to be
by Delcourt and others or his inexplainable inclusion of his Noto-
necta kiangsis as a variety of Notonecta chinensis Fallou ! The
assumption that Kirkaldy had a reasonable understanding of spe-
cific identity led to the description of this Notonecta kiangsis
Kirkaldy erroneously as new by both Professor Esaki and me.
We described it almost simultaneously under the names Noto-
necta bergrothi Esaki and Notonecta suensoni Hungerford from
specimens from China which had come into our hands. Both of

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 139

us have since seen the specimens in the 'Paris Museum bearing the
locality labels as published by Kirkaldy and treated by him as a
variety of Notonecta chinensis and recognized the synonymy of
our names. For my part, however, I was unable to explain how
any one of Kirkaldy’s experience could have done it until I saw
the type of Notonecta virescens Blanchard and recalled that
Kirkaldy considered it under Notonecta undulata Say. Notonecta
virescens Blanchard is a small species described from Chile, South
America, and belongs to that group of small South American
Notonecta in which I have described several species. There is a
larger species in Chile, of which I have several hundred speci-
mens, that in Kirkaldy’s day, might with some justification have
.. been confused with Notonecta undulata Say merely because of
its size. From the description and drawing of Notonecta fazi sp.
n. given below it will be seen that it is specifically distinct from
Notonecta undulata Say. I have not seen any South American
specimen of Say’s species. Neither have I seen it from the
Antilles. It occurs throughout North America but is replaced
more and more as one goes south1 by a species with a broad black
band across the hemelytra which has been known to us in recent
years, as Notonecta howardii Bueno. This is the species which
comes to our collections in such numbers from the Islands of the
Antilles. It is Notonecta indica Linnaeus. Sometimes one finds
specimens with the scutellum margined with yellow — such, un-
fortunately, is the specimen in the Linnean collection in London.
This had resulted in confusing this species with another which
has a flavous margin on the scutellum and a similar black band
across the hemelytra, the species to which we have been giving the
name Notonecta indica and which is common in the Southwestern
part of the United States and in Mexico. It is readily separated
from the true Notonecta indica Linn, by the shape of the mesotro-
chanter which is angulate. (In Notonecta indica Linn. t=
Notonecta howardii Bueno the mesotrochanter is rounded). It
is Notonecta unifasciata Guerin — the type of which I have seen in
the Paris Museum. The three species of black and white
Notonecta in the United States should therefore be known by the
following names :

1 I have it from North Carolina, S. Carolina, Tennessee, Florida,
Georgia, Mississippi, Louisiana, Texas, Arizona, New Mexico,
California, Mexico, Colombia in South America, Cuba, Jamaica,
St. Thomas, St. Croix and Porto Rica.

140 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vo l- XXV

Notonecta undulata Say widely distributed and varying from
nearly white forms to some that are very dark.

Notonecta indica Linn. 1771.

= Notonecta americana Fabr. 1775.
t= Notonecta howardii Bueno 1905 et al. including my-
self— Southern U. S., insular America, Mexico
and Columbia.

N otonecta unifasciata Guerin.

= Notonecta indica of Kirkaldy et al. including myself
— Southwestern U. S. and Mexico.

One sometimes finds pale forms of any of the above labeled
Notonecta variabilis Fieb. This species does not occur in North
America but until recent years Notonecta raleighii Bueno and .
Notonecta lunata Hungerford have gone by that name.

Doctor Kirkaldy in his first paper on the “ Revision of the
Notonectidae” 1897 treated Notonecta bifasciata Guerin as a
valid species but in his “Ueber Notonectiden” 1904 unfortunately
reported that Notonecta bifasciata Guerin and Notonecta vari-
abilis Fieb. were only varieties of Notonecta undidata Say.
Neither is related to Say’s species.

An examination of the type of Notonecta bifasciata Guerin
shows it to be a different species from the one I figured in Psyche
Vol. XXXIII, Plate 2, Figure 5, 1926, which is probably
N otonecta sellata Fieb. In the above named paper I figured two
species which I then supposed had been described that I now know
to be new.

Notonecta confusa sp. n.

(See Psyche Vol. XXXIII, Plate 2, Figure 6).

Size: Length 12. mm. ; width of head 2.8 mm. ; greatest
width of thorax 4 mm.

Color: The color of this solitary specimen is pale yellow
throughout. It may be the leucochromatic form of a dark
species or merely teneral of a form colored as in N. undulata
Say.

Structural characteristics: Size and general appearance
might confuse this species with any of the Notonecta undulata
Say group. Vertex : synthlipsis :: 2 : 1. The head and
thorax shorter than in N. indica Linn. ( N . howardii Bueno).
The lateral margins of pronotum are straight. Trochanter
hook on front leg of male about as in N. undulata Say.
Mesotrochanter feebly angulate. Male genital clasper (as

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 141

shown in citation above) readily separates this species from
N. undulata Say. Described from a single male specimen
from “S.. Amer.” Type in the P. R. Uhler collection in U. S.
National Museum, Washington, D. C.

Notonecta distinctoidea sp. n.

(See Psyche Vol. XXXIII, Plate 2, Fig. 8).

Size: 10.8 to 12. mm. long; width of head 2.9 mm.; great-
est width of thorax 4.35 mm.

Color: General facies dark. Head, anterior part of pro-
notum and legs pale yellow to horn. Face, legs and lateral
margin of abdominal venter more or less marked with paris
green. Scutellum black. Hemelytra purplish black save
two oblique tan streaks near base of corium and clavus, and
tip of membrane which is pale.

Structural characteristics: While the color description
might apply to Notonecta indicoidea Hungerford this is a
plumper species — both deeper in body and broader across the
humeri, with a male genital clasper of quite different shape.
Head not prominent. Vertex: synthlipsis: : 13 : 6. Prono-
tum strongly convex, rear margin and scutellum much higher
than the head. Mesotrochanter rounded. Male genital cap-
sule and clasper as shown in citation above.

Described from three specimens, all males from Mexico
labeled as follows: 1st. specimen; “Mexique” “Museum

Paris” coll. Noualhier 1898. 2nd. specimen, “Museum Paris,
Mexique Etat de Jalisco, L. Diguet 1900.” 3rd. specimen,
“Mexique W. H. Ashm.” “Corixa mexican N. S.” <(Notonecta
americana Fab. var. det. Kkldy. ’97.” This also bears my
labels “H. B. H. No. 226 Genitalia” and “Europ. trip 1928
H. B. Hungerford.”

This third specimen is stained and misshappen and I therefore
make the first named specimen the type and Paris Museum its
depository.

Comparative notes: In comparing this species with Notonecta
indicoidea it may be noted that the species is plumper of body,
more like my Notonecta distincta, from which it differs in shape
of head and in lacking the basal protuberance of the anterior tro-
chanter of the male.

Notonecta fazi sp. n.

Size: Length 12 mm.; width of head 3.3 mm.; greatest
width of thorax 4 mm. Males a little smaller.

142 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Color: 'General facies dark. Head, anterior part of pro-
notum and legs pale yellow. Scutellum black. Hemelytra,
reddish brown to black marked with tan. Membrane dark
sometimes with a pale spot in distal half, sometimes with the
tips pale instead. The tan markings are variable, typically
as follows s=% on base of clavus and extending as indefinite
streak near the outer margin to near its tip. A small area
near base of corium sometimes lacking — another of various
form in outer half of corium sometimes but not usually reach-
ing membrane.

Structural characteristics: The short truncate head and the
shape of the male genital claspers distinguish this species
structurally from others of the same size. Anterior and
mesotrochanters as in N. undulata. The male genital clasper
shaped like a boot with the heel to the rear. Capsule rather
elongate.

Described from several hundred specimens from Chile,
South America, and were most kindly presented to me by
Doctor Alfredo Faz, in whose honor I name the species.
Some are labeled “ Limache,” some “ Santiago ” and others
“Termas Cauquenes.” The holotypes, allotype and para-
types are in the University of Kansas Collection. Some para-
types will be sent to U. S. National Museum and to Mr. J. R.
de la Torre-Bueno. I was quite surprised to find so few ex-
amples of this species in the European Museums.

In the Deutsches Entomologische Museum, Berlin-Dahlem :
i $ “Peru” “Cpll. Breddin.”

i $ “Valdevia, Chamelcha.” “Coll. Breddin.” This was det.

N. undulata Say by Kirkaldy 1899.

In the Paris Museum :

1 $ “Museum Paris Chili Valparaiso R. Martin 1922.”

In the Berlin Museum: 13 spec. “Fundort.”

Genital capsules of males.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 143

Fortunately it has been possible to recognize the specimens that
Doctor Kirkaldy studied and even where his conception of a spe-
cies had been very vague it will be possible to reassign his insects
to their proper species, thus correcting misconceptions of distribu-
tion and relationships. This work has been accomplished and
will be reported in my review of the genus Notonecta.

DR. WILLIAM BARNES.

By George P. Engelhardt, Brooklyn, N. Y.

The death of Dr. William Barnes, of Decatur, 111., on May ist,
at the age of seventy, was announced at the meeting of the Brook-
lyn Entomological Society on May 15 and received with deepfelt
regret. A life member of long standing, Dr. Barnes often timed
his visits to the east so as to connect with the entomological ses-
sions in Brooklyn, where he was assured of a hearty welcome by
his many friends and the members one and all. His presence al-
ways gave rise to intense enthusiastic discussions, mainly on the
North American Lepidoptera, a subject on which he was an inter-
nationally recognized authority.

Only those who have been privileged to visit Dr. Barnes at De-
catur, 111., can have an adequate idea of the size, composition and
scientific importance of his collection. Housed in a separate
building of fire-proof construction, the main collection is placed
in oak cabinets of some 1200 drawers, while reserve and ex-
change material is contained in 2000 or more so-called “Schmidt”
boxes arranged on shelves on the wall. Type specimens, includ-
ing Holotypes, Paratypes, Homotypes, etc., are represented to the
number of nearly 7000. Five hundred thousand would seem a
conservative estimate as to the total number of specimens in the
Barnes collection. To assemble such a collection has been the
work of a life time of indefatigable labor and unstinted expense.
Himself an enthusiastic worker in the field, Dr. Barnes also sup-
ported most liberally experienced collectors and dealers in Lepi-
doptera in all parts of the country and usually on terms which
gave him the first choice on the seasons captures or receipts.
Nearly every species in the Barnes collection has been finally de-
termined by comparison with the original type wherever located,

144 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

over here or abroad. By purchase he acquired in toto or in part
the collections of Taylor, Doll, Kearfott, Field, Merrick, Poling,
Hill, Longley, Spaulding, and many others. Of the famous
Oberthuer collection he secured all the North American Lepidop-
tera excepting the Sphingidae, Parnassius and Hesperidae.

As assistants in the upkeep and development of his collection,
Dr. Barnes employed for a number of years, successively, Dr. J.
H. McDunnough, Dr. F. H. Lindsey and Mr. F. H. Benjamin, all
trained entomologists of outstanding ability and accomplish-
ments. The Barnes Library, particularly as it applies to North
American Lepidoptera, is excelled hardly by any other in this
country.

To the fame of Dr. Barnes as the owner of the largest and most
important private collection of North American Lepidoptera must
be added his renown as one of the foremost surgeons in the state
of Illinois. His graduation from the Harvard Medical School in
1886 was followed by a several years’ sojourn in Europe resulting
in post-graduate courses at the Universities of Heidelberg and
Paris and a proficiency in the German and French languages. Re-
turning to Decatur, 111., he became one of the founders and prime
associates of the famous Decatur and Macon County Hospital, an
institution to which in 1920 he deeded the proceeds to be derived
from the sale of his collection upon his death.

The Barnes collection and Library are now for sale. It is in-
conceivable that they should be allowed to leave this country. Let
every entomologist join in the effort to secure it for a leading
home institution where it will be in safe-keeping, accessible to all
and stand as a lasting monument to the man who made it, Dr. Wil-
liam Barnes.

Ceratocombus vagans Me A. & Mall, in Westchester County,

N. Y. — The sole record for the State of New York of this minute
hemipteron is that in List of Insects of New York, from Keene
Valley. On May 31st last Mr. H. G. Barber and myself col-
lected the little species in the White Plains city watershed. In a
woodland by a swamp he sifted some 12 specimens in the course
of about one hour, both long and short winged individuals. They
were secured as usual in the upper layer of leaf mold below the
undecayed dried leaves. This is the second record from the
State ; and goes to show that the bug has a quite extensive dis-
tribution.— J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, White Plains, N. Y.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 145

A WRONGLY IDENTIFIED AMERICAN WATER-

STRIDER.

By C. J. Drake and H. M. Harris, Ames, Iowa.

Through the kindness of Mr. J. R. de la Torre-Bueno the writ-
ers have received European specimens of Gerris rufoscutellatus
Latreille, some of which were determined as such by the late Dr.
A. L. Montandon. A comparison of these specimens with ex-
amples of our common eastern gerrid determined heretofore as
G. rufoscutellatus shows our species to be quite distinct and un-
named. The writers propose the name of Gerris dissortis for this
common American water-strider. Published records of G.
rufoscutellatus in this country should be referred to G. notabilis
Drake and Hottes and G. dissortis, n. sp. In general the dis-
tribution of these two insects is throughout the northern portion
of the United States and extends into Canada. In the case of
the former the range is largely western, the species occurring as
far eastward as Iowa. On the other hand G. dissortis is an east-
ern species whose habitat reaches west to the Rocky Mountain
region, the range of the two species thus overlapping in the mid-
western states west of the Mississippi River.

Gerris dissortis n. sp.

Size, form, color and markings very similar to G. rufoscutel-
latus Latr. but readily separated from it by the plump first
genital segment of the male which lacks a distinct keel. In
G. rufoscutellatus the first genital segment is strongly, trans-
versely, depressed at the base and possesses a prominent
median keel on the apical portion, on each side of which there
is a strongly depressed area giving the terminal portion of
the segment a somewhat pinched appearance. The first
genital of the male of notabilis is quite similar to that of dis-
sortis but differs in having the apex almost truncate (Ohio
Jl. Sci. Vol. 28, 1928, p. 271, fig. 1, f and d.).

Legs much shorter than in G. notabilis; body as a rule con-
siderably shorter and less robust, spines at the end of con-
nexivum slenderer than in that species. Male genital seg-
ment slenderer; antennae proportionally shorter. Female
generally slightly larger than male with a little shorter legs.

Length, 12-14 mm.; width, 1.6-2.00 mm.

Holotype, male, Tiffin, Ohio, Aug. 26, 1916, C. J. Drake, col-
lector and allotype, female, taken with type, both in Drake collec-

146 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

tion. Paratypes, thirty specimens from Ohio, Illinois, Iowa, New
York and Eastern Canada, in the collections of Iowa State Col-
lege, U. S. National Museum, Canadian National Collection, J. R.
de la Torre-Bueno and the writers.

This species in its western limits closely approaches G. notabilis
in size of body, length of legs, and general appearance, but as
pointed out by Drake and Hottes (Ohio Journal Science, 25: p.
46, 1923) it seems best to treat the two forms as distinct. Both
species are known to occur only in the macropterous form. The
writers have not seen specimens of the true G. rufoscutellatus
from America.

Anthaxia aeneogaster Cast. — The first specimen of this spe-
cies I have ever taken in this locality was found on the flowers of
Amelanchier on May 4, 1930, in Acton, Mass. Near by was a
stand of white pines. — C. A. Frost, Framingham, Mass.

Seeking a Better Climate.- — An example of the transporta-
tion of insects by interstate commerce is probably presented by
the appearance of a fresh specimen of Myochrous longulus Lee.
on the floor of our front room the other evening; April 15, 1930.
So far as I know it is a native of Arizona and Southern Cali-
fornia and I have three specimens labelled “Yuma, Cal.” It
may have made the journey here in lettuce, shipments of which
are said to come from that region at this time of the year..

While I would not go so far as to assert that the insect was
seeking a better climate, we may, perhaps, expect deductions along
this line by some future expert on insect psychology. — C. A.
Frost, Framingham, Mass.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 147

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA FROM WYOMING AND
COLORADO.

Distribution, Life Zone and Habitat Notes — New Subspecies.

By Alexander B. Klots, Ithaca, N. Y.

Introduction.

Localities — descriptions and abbreviations used.

List of species and data.

List of Life Zones with characteristic species.

Figures.

Introduction.

The present paper represents an effort to make available some
data gathered by the author on collecting trips in Wyoming and
Colorado. These data are rather heterogeneous, but of a kind
which will probably prove of value to taxonomic and ecological
workers.

To the field naturalist and the ecologist a mere knowledge of the
name of the food-plant and the appearance of the early stages of a
species represent only a part of what should be known about the
life history of that species. In the case of a large proportion of
the species of Rocky Mountain diurnals even this little, however,
is still unknown. The author has therefore considered it worth
while to include many notes on habitat and local distribution, al-
though such information will be of little value to the majority
of present-day collectors. The student of the future, however,
who cannot spend all his time in frantically searching for some-
thing to name because everything that possibly could be named will
have been by that time, and who therefore will probably concen-
trate on biology and ecology just as mammalogists are doing now,
will probably find such information valuable.

It is surprising how few published records are available for de-
termining accurately the exact ranges of most of our insects. For
Wyoming especially the writer has been able to find practically
no data of this kind, yet Wyoming presents far more interesting
distributional problems than most of the States. In the East the
Great Plains area enters the state ; in the Southeast the Medicine
Bow Range of Colorado extends as far north as Elk Mountian,
bringing with it a distinct fauna; in the Southwest the Great Basin
fauna enters, both along the Uinta Mountains and in the Red
Desert; and in the North a very distinct fauna extends down from

148 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Montana. Yet with all these very different faunas entering the
state and mingling, Wyoming is entomologically one of the least
known areas in the country.

Very little work has been done in the Rocky Mountains in
checking insect distribution with the Life Zone work done by the
Biological Survey. In an attempt to do something of this sort
the writer has tried to analyze the different localities collected and
thus to gain some idea of the Life Zone ranges of the species
taken. The records here included must, of course, be regarded
as merely a small beginning of such a study, and are not intended
to be in any way conclusive. It is hoped that they may prove
suggestive of what can be done in this field, and be of use in the
future as well.

In Life Zone Work it is, of course, almost impossible to estab-
lish hard and fast boundaries between the Zones. There is much
overlapping of Zones, for reasons that vary with each locality.
In the mountains a study of Life Zones is largely a study of
“vertical distribution,” but many other very important elements
must be considered. Steepness of the mountains, quality of soil,
amount of water available, exposure to sunlight and prevailing
winds, early or late melting of snow, and many other such factors
must be considered both individually and together.

The occurrence of the food-plant is of course the most essential
factor in determining the distribution of Lepidoptera. Many
other factors undoubtedly play a large part, and can be learned
only by careful and detailed study of habitat and local distribu-
tion data.

The Life Zones of Colorado and Wyoming and their flora and
vertebrate fauna have been extensively studied by the Biological
Survey. The fundamental works on this subject are: Cary,

Merritt. Life Zone Investigations in Wyoming. North Ameri-
can Fauna No. 42, 1917; and, a Biological survey of Colorado.
North American Fauna No. 33, 1911. In these will be found
detailed information which it would be superfluous to repeat here.

Localities.

The following are localities where collections were made. To
avoid much useless repetition abbreviations have been used for
these in giving records in the species list, as shown below.

Bellevue = Bellevue, Larimer Cy., Colo. Alt. 5200 ft. Collecting
in arid grassy fields, in a few irrigated fields, and along a

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 149

small creek bottom. Upper Sonoran Zone, with Transition
Zone elements.

Brooklyn = Brooklyn Lake, Snowy Range west of Centennial,
Wyo. Alt. 10500 to 1 1000 ft. Barren, windswept upland
plateau with many small lakes, stunted spruces in irregular
patches and low Alpine vegetation. Typical Hudsonian
Zone.

Centennial .—Centennial, Wyo. Alt. 8000 ft. Collecting in arid
sagebrush flats east of town and in marshy bottom of Little
Laramie River. Transition Zone.

Foxpark= Foxpark, Wyo. Alt. 8500 ft. Collecting in grassy
meadows, along roads and on sagebrush flats at lower edge
of coniferous forest. Lower Canadian Zone with Transition
Zone elements.

Libby — Libby Lodge about 2 miles west of Centennial, Wyo.
Alt. 8500 ft. Collecting in grassy meadows and along road
in lower portion of Canadian Zone coniferous forest. Lower
Canadian Zone with a few Transition Zone elements.

Moose = Moose P. O., Jackson Hole, Wyo. A considerable area
was intensively collected, containing a number of very differ-
ent habitat zones. The vertical distribution is very marked,
three Life Zones being noted within a horizontal distance of
six miles.

Transition Zon<e.

Bottoms. In the Snake River bottom (alt. 6600 ft.) and ex-
tending up the bottom of its tributary Cottonwood Creek the
fauna and flora are dominantly Transition. Thick growths
of Salix are found on the gravel bars. Heavy groves of nar-
row leaved cottonwood ( Populus angustifolia) occur, shad-
ing a luxuriant undergrowth. There are occasional areas of
grassy marsh, and a few grassy meadows, where homestead-
ers have irrigated fields. Even in the bottoms, however,
Canadian Zone elements are found, mostly plainly marked by
growths of quaking aspen ( Populus tremuloides) .

Flats. The floor of the valley (alt. 6600-6800 ft.) is mostly
level, arid flats, where sagebrush ( Artemisia tridentata and
trifida) are the dominant plants. The flats are dominantly
Transition Zone, but there is a considerable mixture of Can-
adian Zone species, especially in the more grassy areas along
the border of the coniferous forest. The steep slopes by

150 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

which the flats descend to the river and creek bottoms show
not only a marked concentration of the normal flats species
but also a few species that are not found elsewhere in nearly
such abundance.

Canadian Zone.

Forest. The most typical Canadian Zone area is the broad
belt of coniferous forest which extends from the sagebrush
flats up the mountains to an elevation of 9,500-10,000 ft.
Along its lower edge the forest fauna is considerably diluted
with Transition species, especially in grassy meadows. A
few species appear to be characteristic of the forest proper.
Along its upper edge the forest is much broken up by grassy
meadows, growths of quaking aspen, and steep slopes un-
suited for tree growth. The lower portion of the forest is
dominantly Lodgepole Pine ( Pinus murrayana) with a mix-
ture of blue spruce ( Picea parryana), while in the upper
portion Engelmann spruce ( Picea engelmanni) becomes
dominant. The upper border of the Zone is much obscured
and mixed with Hudsonian Zone elements, owing to peculiar
features of the landscape such as the steepness of the moun-
tains, the occurrence of heavy “slides” in the Spring, and
the scanty soil on many rocks buttresses. As an example of
this mixture, the writer has taken the Pika ( Ochotona sp.),
a typical Hudsonian Zone mammal, in Bradley Canyon at
9000 ft. elevation, in the same place as Pleheius icarioides
and Papilio rutulus, normal Transition-Canadian Zone but-
terflies. In many places the Hudsonian Zone is almost en-
tirely obliterated by the presence of perpendicular cliffs or
extensive rock “slides.”

Most of the Moose records can be taken as fairly indica-
tive of the dates of emergence and periods of flight of the
species. No attempt has been made to collect in other parts
of Jackson Hole, although the writer is aware of the oc-
currence in the valley of species which he has not taken at
Moose.

Poudre = 23 miles up Little South Poudre River Canyon from
“The Forks.” Alt. about 6500 ft. Collecting in grassy
meadows and arid flats and along river banks. Transition
Zone with Canadian Zone elements.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 151

Red Desert = Red Desert, Wyo., on the Union Pacific R. R. west
of Wamsutter. Arid Upper Sonoran Zone.

Red Feathers Red Feather Lakes, Larimer Cy., Colo. Alt. 82-
8400 ft. Collecting in grassy meadows and fields along
streams and roadsides. Scattered growth of Pinus scopu-
lorum and Pinus murrayana. Lower Canadian Zone with
strong Transition Zone elements.

Spring— Spring Canyon, west of Forth Collins, Colo. Alt. 52-
5500 ft. Collecting in arid grassy foothills, with a few irri-
gated fields. Upper Sonoran Zone with Transition elements.
Univ. Camp. — University of Wyoming Summer Camp, Snowy
Range west of Centennial, Wyo. Alt. 9600 ft. Grassy mea-
dows at the upper edge of the Canadian Zone coniferous for-
est. Canadian Zone with Hudsonian Zone strays.

Virginia Dale — Virginia Dale, Larimer Cy., Colo. Grassy mead-
ows with scattered Pinus scopulorum. Transition Zone.

List of Species and Data.

In recording the Life Zone records the occurrence of a Zone
name in parentheses signifies that only weak elements of that
zone were present in the locality where the specimens were taken.

The synonomy used throughout is that of Barnes and Benjamin,
List of the Diurnal Lepidoptera of Boreal America north of
Mexico. Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci. Jan. 1926. 25 : 3 -27. Num-

bers are prefixed to names as in this list.

7 Papilio zelicaon Luc. Foxpark vi-28— ’29 ; Univ. Camp vii-
1, 2, 5— "29. The specimen vii-5-’29 may be P. hairdii Luc.
Found in open meadows and fields, and along roads.

Zones: (Upper Transition) Canadian (Lower Hudsonian) .

15 -P. r. rutulus Luc. Libby vi-26-’29, Foxpark vi-28-’29,
Univ. Camp vii-2-J29, Moose v-20-’24 to middle of August
or later. Within its range found almost everywhere except
in thick coniferous forest. Often found sucking up moisture
at muddy places.

Zones: Upper Transition, entire Canadian.

16 P. multicaudata Kirby. Moose vii- 14— ’29 to middle of Au-
gust or later. In river bottoms and along edges of flats. I
have never taken it in pure Canadian Zone.

Zones: Transition, (lower Canadian).

152 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxr

17 P. eurymedon Luc. Libby vi-26- 29, Foxpark vi-28-’29,
Moose vi-i2-’29 to middle of August or later. Mostly taken
along trails and in meadows in coniferous forest, less fre-
quently in river bottoms and along edges of flats. A female,
Moose xii-12-29 is of a yellow ground color, fully as deep
as many rutulus males.

Zones: Upper Transition, entire Canadian.

25 Parnassius clodius Men. Moose vi — 23^24 to latter part of
July. Moose specimens are a bit difficult to determine.
They appear to be somewhat intermediate between baldur
Edw. and gallatinus Stichel. One male matches perfectly
with gallatinus as figured in Elrod, M. J., The butterflies of
Montana, fig. 15, the plate from which Stichel described gal-
latinus. The species was taken mainly on the edges of the
flats along the edges of the bottoms. It appears either to
emerge earlier than smintheus or to become worn much more
easily, for by the end of the first week in July only very much
worn specimens of clodius are obtainable, while fresh
smintheus continue to emerge until well into August.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

26 P. smintheus Dbldy. &; Etew. Red Feather vi-i9~’29, Poudre
vU20-’29, Foxpark vi-27 & 28-^29, Univ. Camp vii-6-’29,
Moose vi-i2-’24 to end of August. Specimens from Red
Feather are most like hermodur F[y. Edw. but the female is
lighter. Specimens from Poudre are much like sayii Edw.
having a very light female and being larger. Only one speci-
men, a small dark male, was taken at Univ. Camp (alt. 9600
ft.). This agrees well with hermodur. The specimens from
Foxpark and Moose appear to be intermediate between sayii
and magnus Wright. The species swarms at Moose along the
edges of the flats, favoring flowers of Sedum and Saxifraga
(the food-plants) and paying little attention to the flowers of
Apocynum and Epilobium which most of the other butterflies
visit most eagerly.

Zones: Upper Transition, entire Canadian, lower Hudson-
ian.

33 Ascia sisymbrii (Bdv.) Moose v— 16— *24 -to middle of June.
Appears to have only this early Spring brood, as I have never
taken it later in the summer when the second brood of A.
occidentals is very common. On edges of the flats along
the bottoms.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 153

Zones: Upper Transition, lower Canadian.

34 A. occidentalis (Reak.) Bellevue vi-i8-’29, Univ. Camp vi-
29~,29 to vii-6-’29, Brooklyn vii-7 & 8-29, Moose v-18-24
(first brood), vi-29~r24, flies through August. First brood
specimens at Moose are uniformly very dark beneath as in
calyce (Edw.). Specimens of the second average much
larger and lighter in coloring. In all the localities collected
during July and August calyce — like specimens occurred con-
stantly, although toward the end of the season the lighter
forms predominated. These dark summer specimens, al-
though often as deeply colored as first brood calyce, average
larger. Conversely occasional specimens occur which
strongly resemble typical protodice. In view of the dom-
inance in numbers of typical occidentalis, with frequent in-
tergrades to these protodice-Yike specimens, these specimens
must be considered as merely light occidentalis. The species
appears to favor flowers of Saxifraga. At Moose it was
taken most commonly along the edges of the flats along the
bottoms, but was found in small numbers almost everywhere.
The species always prefers large open spaces.

Zones: Transition, Canadian, Hudsonian.

36 A. napi (L.) Libby vi-26-’29, Foxpark vi-27 & 28-^29,
Univ. Camp vi-29 to vii-6-’29. Moose v-i— *24 (first brood)
vii-9-24 (summer brood) to ix-2^24 (incomplete third
brood). All specimens taken appear to belong to race napi
pseudonapi (B. & McD.) Summer specimens are much
lighter beneath than specimens of the Spring brood, but are
not nearly all as immaculate as pallidissima (B. & McD.)
which appears to represent merely immaculate specimens of
this brood, and not the entire brood. Often taken in shaded
Cottonwood groves in the bottoms. Prefers damp environ-
ments.

* Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian, lower Hudsonian.

40 Euchloe creusa (Dbldy. & Hew.) Moose v-20-’24 (one
female). This is the only specimen I have taken in Colorado
or Wyoming that can by appearance be referred to creusa.
It is perfectly typical. All other specimens, many of them
taken flying with this one, are ausonides coloradensis, al-
though many of these show intergradation to the creusa con-
dition. A definite means of separating creusa and ausonides

154 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society v ol • ZXV

is badly needed. Moreover the life history differences be-
tween the two forms should be very carefully checked. I
personally consider that they represent no more than color
varieties within one species.

41 E. ausonides coloradensis (Hy. Edw.) Red Feather vi-19-
’29, Libby vi-26^29, Foxpark vi-28-29, Univ. Camp vi-26 to
vii^6-’29, Moose v-16-24 to end of June. The species ap-
pears to prefer the flowers of Saxifraga, The majority of
females show a marked yellow suffusion on the secondaries
above. There is much variation in the extent of the black
and green markings and the intensity of the pearly white
ground color on the secondaries beneath. Early Spring
specimens average considerably smaller in size than those
emerging later in the year, and in every way strongly resem-
ble creusa. At the University Camp this species fairly
swarmed in large open meadows at the upper edge of the
coniferous forest, but was never taken a short distance higher
up in typical Hudsonian Zone.

Zones: Upper Transition, entire Canadian.

47 Anthocharis sara julia Edw. Red Feather vi-i9-’29, Libby
vi-26-’29, Foxpark vi-27 & 28- 29, Univ. Camp vii— 3 & 6-
’29, Moose v— 20-’24 to vii-29-29. I have found this spe-
cies, unlike ausonides, preferring small shaded glades in the
forest. In Colorado and Wyoming all the females taken
were the yellow form to which Stella Edw. is probably appli-
cable. Efigh altitude specimens (Univ. Camp 9600 ft.) are
quite constantly smaller than those from lower altitudes, and
have the orange of the apex of the primaries lighter and the
subapical black bar more or less diffused and often not
broken. Some hair-splitters may consider this form worth a
name. I do not, especially as all intergrades to the condition
appear with ascending altitude. A male at Moose vii-29-’29
had evidently just emerged. Aside from this one specimen I
have never seen any other evidence of a second brood there.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

58 Eurymus m. meadii (Edw.) Univ. Camp viU5— ’29 (one
male), Brooklyn vii-6 to 8-29. Very definitely a Hudsonian
Zone species. The single male taken at the University Camp
was evidently a windblown stray. I have not found this
species so difficult to collect as some published accounts would

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 155

lead one to believe. It occurs in barren windswept areas at
and above timberline. In a strong wind, which is usually
present, the butterflies alight on the ground and invariably
sit sidewise to the wind, which blows them so that they are
nearly resting on their sides. They may then be easily
stalked.

Zones: (Upper Canadian), Hudsonian.

61 E. eury theme (Bdv.)

f . amphidusa (Bdv.) Red Feather vi-19 & 22-U9, Univ.
Camp vii-2 to 6-’29.

f. eriphyle (Edw.) Moose vii-29-’29 & viii-2-29.

gen. vern. autumnalis (Ckll.) Poudre vi-20-,29, Libby
vi-26-’29, Centennial vi~27-’29, Foxpark vi-27 & 28-’29,
Spring vi-i8-T29, Univ. Camp vii-i to vii-6-29, Brooklyn
viU7~’29, Moose viii-9-’24.

The great amount of variation shown by the yellow forms
of this species makes accurate identification somewhat dif-
ficult. Specimens of the Spring autumnalis brood intergrade
freely to eriphyle and f. eury theme. It is also practically
impossible to lay down any hard and fast rules for separating
autumnalis and eriphyle from philodice (Godt.). Speci-
mens of autumnalis also frequently approach scudderii
(Reak.) in appearance. The species favors large open
spaces, being very seldom found in small glades in the for-
est. At the University Camp many females were taken ovi-
positing on Astragalus alpinus, in the large open meadows
above the forest belt. At Moose there is a very definite
Autumn brood of autumnalis.

Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian, lower Hud-
sonian.

67 E. alexandra (Edw.) Foxpark vi-27 & 28-29. Quite com-
mon in open fields at the lower edge of the forest. Very
fond of puddles along roads. One white female ( hatui B. &
Benj . ?) was taken vi-27.

Zones: Upper Transition, lower Canadian.

68 E. scudderii (Reak.) Univ. Camp vii-6-’29, Moose vii-25
& 30^29. The University Camp specimens appear to be
typical scudderii. The Moose specimens are quite different.
In both sexes the under side of the secondaries lacks the

156 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

greenish suffusion characteristic of scudderii, resembling
rather that of pelidne. The female is fully as yellow above
as the male, and strongly resembles a female interior. These
specimens probably represent a form more or less inter-
mediate between scudderii, pelidne and interior, which three
forms are probably all conspecific. This may be pelidne skin-
neri Barnes.

85 Danaus menippe (Hbn.) Moose vi-i2~’24. One specimen
only.

106 Coenonympha ochracea Edw. Spring vi-i8-’29, Red
Feather vi-i9-’29, Poudre vi~20-’29, Libby vi-26-,29, Fox-
park vi-27 & 28-29, Univ. Camp vii-2-’29, Moose vi-17-24
to middle of August. Prefers large open spaces.

Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian.

108 C. haydenii (Edw.) Moose vii-25 to viii— 2— *29. Taken
only in open meadows and hillsides above the main forest
belt. A specimen was taken at 10,000 ft. up Bradley Canyon
in Lower Hudsonian. The Moose specimens show consider-
able tendency to reduction of the submarginal ocelli on the
secondaries beneath. In this they agree with specimens from
Yellowstone Park, the type locality, but differ from speci-
mens from further north in Montana.

Zones: Canadian, lower Hudsonian.

1 17 Cercyonis oetus (Bdv.) Moose vii-12^29 to end of August,
Red Desert viiR6-’29, Virginia Dale viii-7- 29. The species
is very common on sagebrush flats, where it is somewhat dif-
ficult to catch owing to its habit of flying close to the ground
between clumps of brush. It also occurs in open spaces
above the main forest belt.

Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian.

122 Oeneis uhleri (Reak.) Poudre vi-20-’29, one very poor
specimen. This was in Upper Transition Zone with Cana-
dian elements.

140 Erebia epipsodea Butl. Foxpark vi-28-29, Univ. Camp
vi-29-’29 to vii-6-’29. Only one specimen was taken at
Foxpark. At University Camp the species did not become at
all common until vii-3, so that these dates may be taken as
fairly indicative of the time of emergence. Found in small
glades in the forest, but most abundant in open meadows
above the forest belt.

Zones: Canadian (lower Hudsonian).

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 157

149 Euptoieta claudia (Cram.) Brooklyn vii-2^29. A very
much worn specimen in typical Hudsonian Zone.

157 Dry as aphrodite cypris (Edw.) Spring vi-23~’29 (2 fresh
males), Virginia Dale viii— 7— *29 (2 fresh females).

Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition.

161 D. hesperis (Edw.) Moose vii-9-24 to end of August.
Most of the specimens taken were either along the edges of
shaded bottoms or else along trails in the coniferous forest.
The adults appear to favor the flowers of a large Mint
(Monarda?) . There is a great deal of variation in the
amount of silver on the underside, with all intergrades be-
tween unsilvered and fully silvered specimens.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

167 D. hydaspe (Bdv.) Moose vii-8-29 and vii-27-’ 29, all
worn specimens. All were along trails in the forest and in
small open glades and favored flowers of Mint. The speci-
mens appear to be most like h. hydaspe, but are not typical.
In the present state of North American Argynnis no more
can safely be said.

Zones: Canadian.

170 D. nevadensis (Edw.) Foxpark Moose vi-25-

’24 through August, f. meadii (Edw.) Poudre V-20-U9.
Many specimens taken at Moose are very much like meadii,
which here evidently is no more than a color form. Many
other Moose specimens are very much like gallatini McDun-
nough, some females being almost a pale cream color. Very
common on open flats and meadows. Shows a strong
partiality for the flowers of Dogbane (Apocynum) . At
Moose also occurs in open meadows above the forest.

Zones: Upper Transition, entire Canadian.

1 71 D. edwardsii (Reak.) Spring vi-23-^9, Foxpark vi-28-’29,
Univ. Camp, vii-2 to 4U29.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian.

172 D. platina (Skin.) Moose \n-12-2g to end of August.
Swarms along the edges of the flats, being very fond of Dog-
bane flowers. It also occurs in open meadows above the
main forest.

Zones: Upper Transition, entire Canadian.

173 D. holey one (Edw.) Bellevue vi-18 & 21-29, Spring vi-
18 & 23-29.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, (lower Transition).

158 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

182 D. montivaga (Behr.) Moose vii-i4-’29. One specimen,
a fresh male, is possibly referable to this species. The basal
portion of the secondary beneath is, however, a deeper more
chocolate brown.

185 D. eurynome (Edw.) Univ. Camp vi-’29 to vii-6-’29.
Brooklyn vii-7~’29, Moose vii-i2-’29 to end of August.

f. clio (Edw.) Univ. Camp vii-1-29, Moose, vii-17 &
vii~23-’29.

Clio is here evidently a rare color form. One specimen has
the silver only about half gone. Like nevadensis and
platina the species is found very commonly on sagebrush
flats and meadows, and prefers the flowers of Dogbane. Of
the Argynnis taken at Moose hesperis and hydaspe may be
said to form one group in similarity of habitat and action,
while nevadensis, platina and eurynome form another and
are almost always associated together.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian, Lower Hudsonian.

186 Brent his myrina (Cram.) Moose vi— 25— ’24, vii— 17-’29, viii-
2— ’29. Taken both in bottoms in the valley proper, and in
the marsh at the head of Bradley Lake.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

194 B. freija (Thun.) Univ. Camp vi-26-r29 to vii-3-29,
Brooklyn, vii-7 & 8-2g. Uncommon in the meadows just
above the main forest. Comparatively common in typical
Hudsonian Zone. One specimen was contentedly sitting on
a snowbank.

Zones: Upper Canadian, Hudsonian.

212 Euphydryas editha (Bdv.) Univ. Camp vi-29 to vii~5-’29.
I cannot tell to what subspecies the specimens belong. Ac-
cording to Gunder (Pan-Pac. Ent. July 1929, 6: 1-8) they
should be nearest to montanus McD. They do not appear to
be so. Identification to species was made by examination of
the male genitalia. I am unable to separate the females from
those of the anicia form which was taken in the same local-
ity. Very common in open meadows above the forest belt.

Zones: Upper Canadian.

221 E. anicia (Dbldy. & Hew.) Eoxpark vi-27 & 28-U9, Univ.
Camp vii-2 to 6-U9, Moose V-24P24, vi-12-24, vii-i8-’29,
\m-2-2g. These records are for males only, as explained
above. The Moose specimens represent a distinct race from
those from southeastern Wyoming. The Moose specimen

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 159

viii-2-’29 was a very fresh male that had evidently just
emerged. The species appears to occur in much the same sort
of habitat as editha, although it is worthy of note that no
specimens of editha were taken at either Foxpark or Moose
in Lower Canadian or Transition Zone.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

222 E. gillettii (Barnes). Moose vii-i9~’29. In creek bottom.

Zones: Upper Transition.

227 Lemonias acastus (Edw.). Moose vii-i-’24 to end of July
or later. Specimens were taken along the edges of creek bot-
toms in strong Transition localities, and also in small glades
of the purely Canadian Zone forest.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

243 L. pola (Bdv.). Virginia Dale viii— 7— ’29. Common in
grassy fields.

Zones: Transition.

251 Phyciodes tharos pascoensis Wright. Poudre vi-29^’29,
Foxpark vi-27 & 28^29, Moose vi-4-24 (first brood), vii-
9-24 (second brood.) Tharos does not appear to extend as
far up the mountains at Moose as does camillus, never being
taken in any numbers in the purely Canadian Zone area.
Especially common on flats along edges of bottoms, prefer-
ring flowers of Apocynum and Epilohium.

Zones: Transition, Lower Canadian.

254 P. camillus Edw. Red Feather vi-19- 29, Poudre vi-20-’29,
Foxpark vi-27 & 28-29, Univ. Camp vi-29 to vii-5-29,
Moose vii-i2-J29 through August. Found throughout the
entire Canadian Zone.

Zones: Transition, Canadian, possibly lower Hudsonian.

245 P. ismeria (Bdv. & Lee.). Poudre vi-20-’29, Bellevue vi-
21— ’29.

Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition.

274 Polygonia satyrus (Edw.). Moose v-1-24 (appearance of
hibernators) viii-3-24 (year’s brood). Females show con-
siderable tendency to a reduction of the subterminal markings
as in f. chrysoptera Wright. A female was observed at
Moose ovipositing on Ribes, v-20-’24. The egg hatched v-
29. Most commonly taken in bottoms, but also occurs in
coniferous forest.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

276 P. hylas (Edw.). Foxpark VD28-29 (hibernator) Moose
vii-9~’24 (fresh specimen of year’s brood?).

160 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

277 P. zephyrus (Edw.). Red Feather vi-i9-’29, Libby vi-26-
’29, Univ. Camp vii-2-’29, Moose iv-22-24. All the preced-
ing records apply to hibernators.

Zones: Transition, Canadian.

280 P. oreas f. oreas (Edw.). Moose v-20-’24.

Zones: Upper Transition, Lower Canadian.

284 Hamadryas milherti (Godt.). Bellevue vi-2i-’29, Univ.
Camp vii-i-’29, Moose iv-7~’24 (appearance of hibernators),
vii-i2-’29 (year’s brood). Specimens may be referred to f.
sub pallida Ckll. but are not all typical. Most common in
bottoms, but occurs throughout entire Canadian.

Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian.

285 H. antiopa (L.). Moose iv-9-24 (hibernators), viii-2-24
(year’s brood). Pupae may be found under the eaves and
window casings of almost every cabin in the valley that is
located near willows. Most common in bottoms, but occurs
throughout entire Canadian.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

288 Cynthia cardui (L.). Univ. Camp vii-i to 5-^9, Moose v-
i~’24. Relatively uncommon at Moose.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

289 C. carye (Hbn.). Moose vii-12 & vii-i8-’29. Both are
worn specimens and are the only records I have for the
region.

Zones: Upper Transition, lower Canadian.

309 Basilarchia weidemeyerii (Edw.). Bellevue \1-21-2g,
Spring vi-23~’29, Moose vii-i-’24 to end of August. Pre-
fers shaded woods. Most common in bottoms, but often
found in coniferous forest. An individual often has a num-
ber of definitely preferred perches and when frightened flies
regularly from one of these to another. The Colorado speci-
mens show a reduction in width of the white band, represent-
ing a transitional stage to angustifascia B. & McD.

Zones: Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian.

357 Strymon melinus Hbn. Poudre vi-20-’29.

Zones: Transition.

363 S. titus (Fabr.). Moose vii-23~’29 to middle of August or
later. Both on flats along edges of bottoms and in forest

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 161

glades. Shows a strong preference for flowers of Apocynum
and Epilobium.

t Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

364 S. acadica (Edw.). Moose vii-29-29 to middle of August.
Both on flats along edges of bottoms and in forest glades.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

367 S. sylvinus (Bdv.). Moose vii-20-’29 to middle of August.
In bottoms, on flats along edges of bottoms, and in forest
glades.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

377 Mitoura spinetorum (Hew.). Libby vi-26-’29 (one female).
In a grassy marsh surrounded by coniferous forest.

Zones: Lower Canadian.

384 Incisalia augustinus (Westw.). Poudre vi-20-,29. Two
specimens very much worn.

Zones: Upper Transition.

392 I. eryphon (Bdv.). Red Leather vi-19-129, Loxpark vi-27-
’29, Moose V-12— ’24. In small glades and along roadsides.
Both the Red Leather and the Loxpark specimens showed a
distinct preference for perching on gooseberry bushes.

Zones: Upper Transition, lower Canadian.

396 Callophrys sheridani (Edw.). Red Leather vi-20-’29 (very
worn), Moose iv-30-’24 to middle of July. At Moose this
species is exceedingly common in the early Spring, on the
sagebrush flats. Moose specimens show more reduction of
the markings beneath than in typical sheridani, but less than
in neoperplexa B. & Benj.

Zones: Upper Transition, lower Canadian.

397 C. apama homoperplexa B. & Benj. Loxpark xi-2j-2C),
Centennial vi-28-’29, Moose v-2 0A24 to end of July. On
sagebrush flats.

Zones: Transition, lower Canadian.

400 Satyrium fuliginosa semiluna new subspecies (See Ligs. 5

&,6).

Differs from /. fuligiinosa from California, the type locality,
as follows :

Male (1) Upper side of wings grey tinged with brown;
stigma light grey, conspicuous ; fringes wide, very light grey
tigned with brown.

(2) Under side of wings light brownish grey; spots at ends

162 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

of discal cells light grey, conspicuous; postmedial rows of
spots large, well defined; all spots definitely pupiled with
black except in some cases the two immediately below costa
of the secondary; submarginal row of spots distinct on both
wings.

Female ( i ) Upper side of both wings light greyish brown ;
fringes wide, very light grey faintly tinged with brown.

(2) Under side of wings as in male, somewhat lighter grey
in color, especially on secondaries.

The race is characterized in general by the much greyer ground
color of the wings above, and the greater development of the
markings below. In this latter respect it may be considered as
more primitive than /. fuliginosa, showing the ancestral pattern
more distinctly. Females of semiluna, though greyer than males,
are still distinctly less brown above than males of /. fuliginosa.

Holotype male — Half Moon Ranch, Moose P. O. Jackson Hole,
Wyo. vii-23~’29 deposited in American Museum of Natural His-
tory.

Allotype female — Half Moon Ranch, Moose P. O. Jackson
Hole, Wyo. vii-22-29 deposited in American Museum of Natural
History.

Paratype no. 1, male — Half Moon Ranch, Moose P. O. Jackr
son Hole, Wyo. vii-31— ’29 deposited in Carnegie Museum.

Paratype no. 2, female — Half Moon Ranch, Moose P. O.
Jackson Hole, Wyo. vii-23~’29 deposited in Carnegie Museum.

Paratype no. 3, male — Half Moon Ranch, Moose P. O. Jackson
Hole, Wyo. \n-2y-2g in author’s collection.

Paratype no. 4, female — Half Moon Ranch, Moose P. O. Jack-
son Hole, Wyo. vii-27-’29 in author’s collection.

I am much indebted to Mr. E. Irving Huntington and the
American Museum of Natural History for the loan of California
fuliginosa for comparison with semiluna.

Specimens were taken in irrigated fields and along the edge
of the flats, just below the lower border of coniferous forest.

Zones: Upper Transition, lower Canadian.

408 Lycaena editha (Mead). Moose VU-6A24 to middle of
August. Common on sagebrush flats, especially along edges
of bottoms.

Zones: Upper Transition, lower Canadian.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 163

409 L. thoe (Guer.). Spring vi-23-29. In irrigated field.

Zones : Upper Sonoran.

410 L. mariposa (Reak.). Moose vii-25~’29 to end of August.
Taken only in small shaded glades in coniferous forest.

Zones: Canadian.

41 1 L. nivalis (Bdv.). Moose vi-25-24 to middle of August.
Mostly on flats, one specimen in meadow at Taggart Lake.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

412 L. helloides (Bdv.). Centennial vi-28-,29. Wet meadows
in river bottom.

f. florus (Edw.). Moose vii-6-’24 through August. The
great majority of the specimens are typical florus, but a num-
ber are very nearly as light in color as typical helloides.
Mostly in shaded areas in creek and river bottoms.

Zones: Transition, (lower Canadian).

418 L. rubidus (Behr). Moose vii-29-,29. One male in wet
meadow.

Zones: Upper Transition (Lower Canadian).

419 L. heteronea Bdv. Moose v— 20-’ 24 through August. Very
common on flats. More pugnacious than other species of the
genus.

Zones: Upper Transition, lower Canadian.

L. heteronea gravenotata new subspecies (see Figs. 1-4).

Differs from h. heteronea from California, the type locality, as

follows :

Size: Larger, the average wing-spread (sum of length of
primaries from base to apex) of holotype, allotype and 18
paratypes being 34 mm. as opposed to an average of 30 mm.
for the specimens of h. heteronea examined.

Markings beneath: heavier and more distinct; the sub-
marginal row of spots on both primaries and secondaries is
nearly always complete, while in h. heteronea the spots below
veins R5 and M± of the primaries and nearly all of those of
the secondaries are almost always absent ; postmedial row of
spots of both primaries and secondaries heavy, while in h.
heteronea these spots are usually very small on the primaries
and only faintly if at all indicated on the secondaries ; dis-
cocellular and basal spots of both wings always present as
shown in figures, clearly marked, while in h. heteronea these
spots are much smaller, the basal ones of the secondaries be-
ing often absent.

164 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Gunder (Ent. News. July 1925. 36: 194. PI. V, fig. 1.) has

applied the name coloradensis to an aberration of this race which
is characterized by the fusion of the black spots beneath. If
names applied to aberrations are considered as having any status
in nomenclature coloradensis will have to be used as the race
name and gravenotata for the normal form of this race. If aber-
rational names are considered as having no status in nomenclature
gravenotata will be used as the race name. The subject of the
status of sub-subspecific names will in the near future, it is hoped,
be considered by the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature and perhaps be ultimately settled.

Gravenotata appears to be limited to the Great Plains side of the
Front Range in Colorado. Specimens from Fort Collins and
Estes Park in Farimer County, and from Plainview in Jefferson
County are all gravenotata. Those from Fort Collins and Estes
Park are the most extreme. Specimens from Grant, Park County,
and Tolland, Gilpin County, are more or less intermediate between
h. heteronea and h. gravenotata. Specimens from Granby, Sul-
phur Springs, Tennessee Pass, Aspen, Cimarron and Ridgway
are h. heteronea with light specimens resembling h. clara.

Of a series of 4 males and 2 females from Glenwood Springs,
Garfield County, 3 males are h. heteronea while the other male and
the 2 females are distinct. In the more distinct spotting beneath
these specimens strongly resemble gravenotata, but the primaries
appear to be relatively shorter, and the females possess a very
distinct marginal row of orange brown lunules on the secondaries
above. I am inclined to think that they may represent a distinct
local form, but have insufficient data.

It is to be expected, in the case of a race as limited in range as
gravenotata that not only will a certain amount of intergrada-
tion occur around the borders of the race’s territory but also oc-
casional specimens will be found even in the center of distribution
which will not conform to type. It is only where extreme isola-
tion is possible that a race may become so distinct that it will show
no grading back to the ancestral form. In all other cases there
will be found intergrades, so that the race must be considered as
based, not on the characters as shown by one or two chance speci-
mens, but upon the average of a series of specimens. It is certain
that gravenotata is far from being completely isolated from
heteronea, and so the occasional atypical specimens which occur
even in the center of gravenotata territory (I have one perfectly

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 165

typical h. heteronea from Fort Collins) need not be taken too
seriously.

Holotype male and allotype female, Plainview, Jefferson
County, Colo. alt. 6783 ft. vii-9-27 and vii-12-27 respectively,.
Collection E. I. Huntington No. 87, deposited by Mr. Huntington
in American Museum of Natural History.

Paratype, males 1-9, Plainview, Colo, as above, Collection E. I.
Huntington No. 87, vii-6 to I3~’27, in collection Mr. Huntington.

Paratype male 10, Spring Canyon, west of Fort Collins, Colo,
alt. 52-5500 ft. vi-23~’29, in author’s collection.

Paratype male 11, Estes Park, Colo, vii-15-97, coll, by Emma
Gillette, No. 2684 in collection Dep’t. Entomology and Zoology,
State Agricultural College, Fort Collins, Colo.

Paratype male L2, Estes Park, Colo. vii-20-’i3, Acc. 4260 in
coll. American Museum of Natural History.

Paratype females 13-15, Plainview, Colo, vii-10 to 12-27,
Coll. E. I. Huntington No. 87, in collection Mr. Huntington.

Paratype female 16, Plainview, Colo, vii-9 to 14D22, alt. 7-
8000 ft. Coll. E. I. Huntington No. 39, in coll. Mr. Huntington.

Paratype female 17, Estes Park, Colo. vii-i6-’94, coll, by C. P.
Gillette, No. 1734 in coll. Dep’t. of Entomology and Zoology, State
Agricultural College, Fort Collins, Colo.

Paratype female 18, Fort Collins, Colo. iv-25~’92, coll, by C. F.
Baker, No. 317 in coll. Dep’t. of Entomology and Zoology, State
Agricultural College, Fort Collins, Colo.

The only specimen of gravenotata taken by the author, para-
type 10, was in Upper Upper Sonoran Zone.

430 Everes amyntula (Bdv.). Bellevue vi-21-29, Foxpark vi-

27-’29.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, Transition, lower Canadian.
432 Pleheius melissa (Edw.). Spring vi-18 & 23-^9, Poudre

vi- 20-’29, Bellevue vi-2i~’29, Foxpark vi-27 & 28-’29,
Moose vi-20-’24 to end of July. Dry meadows and flats.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, Transition, lower Canadian.
434 P. aquilo rustica (Edw.). Red Feather vi-19 & 22- 29,
Poudre vi-20-’29, Libby vi-26-’29, Foxpark vi-27 & 28-’29,
Univ. Camp vi-30 to vii-6-’29, Brooklyn vii-8-’29, Moose

vii- i5~’29. In grassy meadows and fields.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian, Hudsonian.

166 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

435 P- s- saepiolus (Bdv.). Spring vi-i8-’29, Red Feather vi-19-
’29, Libby vi-26-’29, Univ. Camp vi-29 to vii-6-’29, Brooklyn
vii-8-’29, Moose vii-12 to vii-29^’29. In open grassy
meadows and fields.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian, Hud-
sonian.

438 P. icarioides (Bdv.). Spring vi-18-29, Poudre vi-20-’29,
Bellevue vi-21- 29, Red Feather vi-22-29, Foxpark vi-27-
’29, Univ. Camp vii-2 to 6^29, Moose vii-6-’24 to middle of
August. In grassy fields and meadows. Specimens from
Colorado are referrable to race lycea. (Edw.). Those from
Wyoming are nearest to race pemhina (Edw.) but do not ap-
pear to be quite typical. Those from Moose are most like
pemhina, while those from Foxpark and yniv. Camp appear
almost like transitionals between pemhina and ardea (Edw.)

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian.

442 P. a. acmon (West & Hew.). Spring vi-i8-’29, Poudre vi-
20— *29, Foxpark Moose vi-20-’24 to the middle of

August. Grassy meadows and sagebrush fiats.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, Transition, lower Canadian.

450 P. enoptes ancilla B. & McD. Spring vi-18-29, Poudre vi-
27-29, Moose vii-12 to viii-2-29. Identification to species
was by examination of the male genitalia. The male speci-
mens show a great deal of variation in size, width of the
black border above, amount of orange at the anal angle of the
secondaries above, and in the markings beneath.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, Transition, (lower Ca-
nadian) .

455 Phaedrotes piasus (Bdv.). Spring vi-18 & 23-29.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran.

456 Glaucopsyche lygdamus (Dbldy.). Spring vi-18 & 23-29,
Red Feather vi-19-29, Poudre vi-20-’29, Bellevue \i-21-2g,
Libby vi-26^’29, Foxpark vi-27 & 28-29, Univ. Camp vi-29
to vii-6-J29, Moose v-20-’24 to middle of July.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian,
(lower Hudsonian).

458 Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus (Bdv. & Lee.). Univ. Camp vi—
26 to vii-2-’29, Moose v-io-’24 to end of June. These
specimens all appear to belong to p. pseudargiolus. Two
females, Univ. Camp vi-26 & vii-2-’29 are f. lucia (Kirby).

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 167

The latter of these has the dark discal patch of the seconda-
ries beneath very large, and the border of the same wing very
heavily and broadly fuscous.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

For the identification of the following Hesperiidae I am in-
debted to the kindness of Messrs. F. E. Watson and E. L. Bell.

467 Epargyreus tityrus (Fabr.). Spring vi-i8-’29.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran.

498 Urhanus ruralis (Bdv.). Red Feather vi-i9~’29, Foxpark
vi-27— ’29. In dry grassy fields.

Zones: Upper Transition, lower Canadian.

503 U. tessellata (Scud.). Bellevue vi-18 & 21- 2g, Spring vi-
i8-’29. In arid grassy fields.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, (Transition).

513 Pholisora catullus (Fabr.). Bellevue vi-18 & 2i-’29. Dry
grassy fields.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, (lower Transition).

523 Erynnis icelus (Scud. & Burg.). Moose v-24-24 to end of
June.

Zones: Upper Transition, (lower Canadian).

528 E. p. persius (Scud.). Red Feather vi-i9~’29, Bellevue
vi— 21— ’29, Libby vi-26-’29, Foxpark vi-27 & 28-29, Univ.
Camp vii— 5 & 6-29, Moose vi-7-24 to end of July. Grassy
fields and meadows.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, Transition, Canadian,
(lower Hudsonian).

548 Oarisma garita (Reak.). Bellevue vi-18 & 21-29, Spring
vi-18 & 23-29. Dry grassy fields.

Zones:, Upper Upper Sonoran, (lower Transition).

560 Hesperia uncas Edw. Cheyenne Wells, Colo, viii-9-29.
Arid grassy prairie.

Zones: Upper Sonoran.

568 H. comma Colorado (S cud.). Moose vii-9-’24 to end of
August. Virginia Dale viii— 7-U9. At Moose very abundant
on sagebrush flats, also occurring, though uncommon, in
meadows of Canadian Zone areas.

Zones: Transition, Canadian.

571 H. viridis (Edw.). Spring vi-18 & 23-29. Arid grassy
fields.

168 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, (lower Transition).

572 H. nevada (Scud.). Red Feather vi-i9-’29, Foxpark vi-27
to 28-^9, grassy fields.

Zones: Upper Transition, lower Canadian.

583 Ochlodes sylvanoides napa (Edw.). Moose viii-3-’29.
Common in grassy fields in river bottom, to which area it
appears to be restricted.

Zones: Upper Transition, (lower Canadian).

589 Polites manataaqua rhena (Edw.). Bellevue vi-2i-’29,
Spring vi-23~’29. In arid grassy fields.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, (lower Transition).

593 P. mystic dacotah (Edw.). Bellevue vi-21-29. In grassy
bottom of small creek.

Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, (lower Transition).

595 P. coras (Cram.). Moose vii-15-29 to middle of August.
Found only in wet grassy marsh in river bottom, where it is
very common.

Zones: Upper Transition, (lower Canadian).

597 P. draco (Edw.). Red Feather vi-i9~’29, Libby vi-26-’29,
Foxpark vi-27 & 28-29, Univ. Camp vii-i to 5-29, Moose
vi-i3~,24 (one female, only record). Grassy fields and road-
sides.

Zones: Upper Transition, Canadian.

605 A trytone vestris (Bdv.). Bellevue vi-21— 29. Grassy fields.
Zones: Upper Upper Sonoran, (lower Transition).

List of Life Zones With Characteristic Species.

In the following lists an attempt has been made to list those
species which appear to the writer to be sufficiently limited to one
Life Zone so that they may be considered as characteristic of that
zone. In the case of the majority of species this listing is not in
the least conclusive in view of the extremely small amount of data
available, and will probably not prove at all permanent. In the
case of a few species, however, the listing is undoubtedly accurate.
When a species has been taken in a zone or in zones other than
the one which is considered to be its main center of distribution
the initial letter or letters of the secondary zones are placed after
the species name.

The placing of a zone in parentheses signifies that the occur-
rence of the species in that zone is comparatively uncommon or
rare.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 169

Many species have been omitted from the list, either because
their zonal range is too great, or because the writer has insufficient
data about them.

Urbanus tessellata T.
Oarisma garita
Hesperia uncas

multicaudata

Upper Sonoran.

Hesperia viridis
Dryas halcyone

Papilio
(C.)

Dryas aphrodite cypris U. S.
Dryas nevadensis C.

Dryas platina C.

Brent his myrina C.

Euphydryas gillettii
Phyciodes tharos pascoensis C.
Phyciodes ismeria U. S.
Basilarchia weidemeyeri U. S.,
C.

Strymon melinus
Strymon titus C.

Strymon acadica C.

Strymon sylvinus C.

Incisalia augustinus

Papilio zelicaon (T., H.)
Papilio rutulus T.

Papilio eurymedon (T.)
Parnassius clodius (T.)
Parnassius smintheus T., (H.)
Ascia sisymbrii T.

Ascia occidentalis U. S., T., H.
Ascia napi T., H.

Euchloe ausonides (T).
Anthocharis sara julia T.
Eurymus alexandra (T.)
Eurymus scudderii (T.)
Coenonympha ochracea (U. S.)
T.

T ransition.

U. S., Incisalia eryphon C.

Callophrys sheridani
Callophrys apama homoper-
plexa

Lycaena editha C.

Lycaena nivalis C.

Lycaena helloides (C.)
Lycaena heteronea U. S., (C.)
Plebeius melissa U. S., (C.)
Plebeius acmon U. S., C.
Philotes enoptes U. S., (C.)
Urbanus ruralis C.

Hesperia comma Colorado C.
Hesperia nevada (C.)

Ochlodes sylvanoides napa (C.)
Polite s coras (C.)

Canadian.

Coenonympha haydenii (H.)
Erebia epipsodea
Dryas he s peris T.

Dryas hydaspe
Dryas eurynome (T.)
Euphydryas editha
Euphydryas anicia (T.)
Polygonia satyrus T.

Polygonia hylas T.

Polygonia zephyrus T.

Lycaena mariposa
Plebeius aquilo rustica T., H.
Plebeius icarioides U. S., T.
Plebeius saepiolus U. S., T., H.

170 Bulletin of the BrooMlyn 'Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Approximately x 3/4.

Fig. 1. Under side, holotype male, Lycaena heteronea graveno-
tata Kots.

Fig. 2. Under side, allotype, female, L. heteronea gravenotata
Klots.

Fig. 3. Under side, paratype male 10, L. heteronea gravenotata
Klots.

Fig. 4. Under side, paratype female 17, L. heteronea gravenotata
Klots.

Fig. 5. Upper side, holotype male, Satyrium fuliginosa semiluna
Klots.

Fig. 6. Under side, holotype male, Satyrium fuliginosa semiluna
Klots.

For data on specimens figured see text.

Glaucopsyche lygdamus U. S., Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus T.
T., H. Polite s draco (T.)

Hudsonian.

Eurymus meadii (C.) Brenthis freija C.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 171

SIX NEW SPECIES OF TENAGOBIA BERGROTH
(HEMIPTERA, CORIXIDAE).

By Howard O. Deay, Lafayette, Indiana.

In working over the Tenagobia material in the University of
Kansas Entomological collection, the writer found six species,
whose descriptions follow, which are new to science.

Tenagobia minuta sp. nov. (PI. I, figs, i, 4, 10, 14.)

Size: Length, male 1.8 mm.; female 1.8-2.0 mm. Width
of head, male 0.75.; female 0.78 mm.

Color: Above brownish yellow, marked with indistinct
fuscous irrorations ; eyes darker, sometimes crossed with light
bands ; front transparent yellowish grey with dark irrora-
tions ; scutellum sometimes with indistinct, broken, longi-
tudinal reddish stripes ; costal margins of hemelytra each
bearing three fuscous maculations. Underside of thorax and
legs uniformly yellowish grey; abdomen darker, sometimes
fuscous.

Structural characteristics: Head: Posterior margin of ver-
tex with median tubercle, caudo-lateral angles but little pro-
duced laterally; an eye about 3/4 as wide as interocular
space; posterior margin of eyes approximate the posterior
margin of head. Prothorax: No moustache-like bristles on
lateral margins, cephalic aspect ; pronotum 5 times wider than
its median length, 2^2 times wider than posterior margin of
vertex, 2 times wider than base of scutellum, anterior margin
angulate, posterior margin truncate in front of bases of
hemelytra and concavely arcuate in front of scutellum.
Scutellum: Relatively large, approximately twice as long as
median length of pronotum, i1/^ times wider than long, apex
very acutely angled. Hemelytra: Exceed abdomen about 0.2
mm. in male, slightly in female ; membranal suture distinct in
left hemelytron but not in right ; minute peg-like setae scat-
tered irregularly over hemelytra, more on posterior half of
right, distinct longitudinal impression along each costal mar-
gin. Ratio of lengths (dorsal aspect) of head, pronotum,
scutellum, and from apex of scutellum to apex of clavus is as
22: 21: 40: 70. Wings: present. Abdomen: 5th segment
with one spine-like seta on either side; 6th segment with 2
spine-like setae on either side ; 7th segment with 4 spine-like
setae on either side, a circular patch of minute setae in dextro-
cephalic angle of tergum; 8th segment with 3 lateral and 1

172 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

terminal spine-like setae on either side, the tergite-tongue
with 12 hair-like setae, the right half of segment with a hump-
like projection on mesal margin near caudal end which bears
a tuft of short bristle-like setae. Claspers: The left with a
membranous, club-shaped, weak distal end beset with papillae,
the basal and connective parts much stronger; the right the
same texture throughout, apex pointed, the dorsal margin
flattened in front of the apex and then curves down to join
the base, 5 short spinelike setae on right side. Legs: Front,
with 2 spine-like setae on inner underneath side of femur,
tarsus proportionately large, as long as tibia, 13 bristle-like
setae on lower edge, setae of inner row, except terminal ones,
very minute, 5 long hair-like setae in upper row ; tarsal-claw
large, disc-shaped, constricted into neck at base. Middle,
ratio of lengths of femur, tibia, tarsus and tarsal claws is as
32: 12: 15: 11.

Described from a series of 4 males and 3 females bearing the
label : Boqueron river, Panama, May, 1907. August Busck.

The Boqueron river is an inland stream east of the Canal Zone.
It flows into the Pequeni river which in turn empties into Rio
Chagres.

Holotype male. All types in the University of Kansas Ento-
mological collection.

Comparative notes : T. minuta is the smallest of the known spe-
cies of Tenagobia. It belongs to the group which has the pro-
notum truncate in front of the bases of the hemelytra. Four spe-
cies compose this group at present ; marmorata Bergroth, pulchra
Hungerford, minuta sp. nov. and truncata sp. nov. T. minuta
can be distinguished from marmorata by the fact that the scutel-
lum is twice as long as the pronotum instead of “ little longer.”
It can be distinguished from pulchra by the shape of the claspers
and the tergite-tongue of the 8th abdominal segment, and by the
fore-tarsus in pulchra being shorter than the tibia. The distin-
guishing characteristic of T. truncata sp. nov. will be given under
the discussion of that species.

Tenagobia truncata sp. nov. (PI. I, figs. 5, 7, 8, 11.)

Size: Length, male 2.17 mm.; female 2.3 mm. Width
across head, male 0.8 mm. ; female 0.9 mm.

Color: Uniformly brownish to fuscous above; front
lighter; no maculations on lateral margins of hemelytra;
bases of clavi lighter; scutellum sometimes with lighter lon-
gitudinal lines. Venter fuscous; legs uniformly greyish
yellow.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 173

Structural characteristics: Head : Posterior margin of ver-
tex with minute median tubercle, caudo-lateral angles but
little produced laterally; an eye about 4/5 as wide as inter-
ocular space ; posterior margin of eyes narrowly separated
from the posterior margin of head. Prothorax : No mous-
tache-like bristles on lateral margins, cephalic aspect ; pro-
notum 5 times wider than median length, maximum width a
little more than base of head, nearly 3 times wider than pos-
terior margin of vertex, 2j4 times wider than base of scutel-
lum, anterior margin angulate, posterior margin truncate in
front of bases of hemelytra and concavely arcuate in front of
scutellum. Scutellum : Approximately twice as long as me-
dian length of pronotum, about 1 1/6 times wider than long,
apex very acutely angled. Hemelytra: Exceeds abdomen
about 0.2 mm. in male, slightly in female ; membranal suture
distinct in left hemelytron but not in right ; minute peg-like
setae scattered irregularly over the hemelytra, rather numer-
ous along the lateral margins. Ratio of lengths (dorsal as-
pect) of head, pronotum, scutellum, and from apex of scutel-
lum to apex of clavus is as 28:28:55: 80. Wings: Present.
Abdomen: 5th segment with 3 short spine-like setae on either
side ; 6th segment with 4 short spine-like setae on either side ;
7th segment with 4 short spine-like setae on either side, cir-
cular patch of minute setae in dextro-cephalic angle of ter-
gum as in minuta ; 8th segment with 3 lateral and 1 terminal
short spine-like setae. Claspers: the left membranous and
spoon-shaped distally (the drawing is of the lateral aspect),
the basal and connective parts much stronger ; the right re-
sembles that of minuta, the. 6 minute spine-like setae are more
distad than in minuta, it differs in shape in that it tapers
gradually from the apex to the base dorsally. Legs: Front
rather slender, femur with two spines on inner underneath
side, tarsus noticeably shorter than tibia, 14 bristle-like setae
on lower edge, 1 1 hairs in inner row, 4 long hair-like setae in
upper row; tarsal claw large. Ratio of lengths of femur,
tibia, tarsus and tarsal claws of middle leg is as 32 : 10 : 15:9.

Described from a series of 2 males and 4 females bearing the
label: F. X. Williams, Tena, near Oriente, Ecuador, March 29-
April 10, 1923.

Holotype male. All types in the University of Kansas Ento-
mological collection.

Comparative notes: This species as the preceding belongs to the
group with the pronotum truncate in front of the bases of the
hemelytra. It is distinguished from marmorata Bergroth in that

174 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

the scutellum is twice as long as the pronotum instead of “ little
longer.” It differs from minuta in the shape of claspers, in that
the 5th abdominal segment bears 3 short spine-like setae on either
side while in minuta it bears only one, 6th abdominal segment in
truncata bears 4 short spine-like setae, in minuta two, fore-tarsus
in' truncata shorter than tibia, in minuta the fore-tarsus is as long
as tibia, the eighth abdominal segment in truncata is proportion-
ally much smaller than in minuta. T. truncata can be distin-
guished from pulchra by the shape of the claspers and the tergite-
tongue, and in the fact that pulchra has no circular patch of mi-
nute setae in the dextro-cephalic angle of the 7th abdominal
tergum.

Tenagobia mexicana sp. nov. (PI. I, figs, 2, 3, 12, 13.)

Size: Length, male 2.55-2.7 mm.; female 2.85-3.0 mm.
Width of head, male 0.97-1. mm.; female 1.12-1.17 mm.

Color: Brownish fuscous above; front and vertex usually
yellowish transparent ; lateral margins of hemelytra each with
4 dark maculations, transparent V-shaped figure near base of
each clavus, slender longitudinal transparent line in right
hemelytron caudad to claval suture. Venter yellowish, base
of abdomen a little darker; legs and antennae yellowish.

Structural characteristics : Head: Posterior margin of ver-
tex with a minute median tubercle, caudo-lateral angles pro-
duced laterally; an eye 4/5 as wide as interocular space; dis-
tinct, though narrow, space between the posterior margin of
the eyes and posterior margin of head. Prothorax : No

moustache-like bristles on lateral margins, cephalic aspect ;
pronotum 6 times wider than median length, 2^ times wider
than posterior margin of vertex, about 1 6/10 times wider
than base of scutellum, posterior margin not truncate in front
of bases of hemelytra, narrowed at ends. Scutellum: 3 times
longer than median length of pronotum, 1 1/3 times wider
than long. Hemelytra: Exceeds abdomen about 0.3 mm. in
male, slightly in female; membranal suture distinct in left
hemelytron, but not in right; minute peg-like setae scattered
over the outer half of corium, those on lateral margins ar-
ranged in a row. Ratio of lengths (dorsal aspect) of head,
pronotum, scutellum, and from apex of scutellum to apex of
clavus is as 2:2:6:11. Wings: Present. Abdomen: 5th,
6th, and 7th segments each with 2 short spine-like setae on
either side; 8th segment with 1 terminal and 3 lateral spine-
like setae on either side, the tergite-tongue with a few very
weak hair-like setae, the right half of segment with a hump-
like projection on mesal margin near caudal end which bears

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 175

a tuft of short bristles. Claspers: The right not serrate ven-
trally, heel acute, but little produced, slight excavation an-
terior to it on ventral margin, caudal margin deeply exca-
vated, toe much produced and rounded at apex ; the left very
striking, caudal part somewhat hammer shaped, the heel much
produced, the toe acutely angled and much produced. Legs:
Front, femur with a stiff spur which arises from a papilla-
like projection on lower side, above this on inner side is a row
of 4 spine-like setae; tarsus shorter than tibia, 14-15 bristle-
like setae in lower row, 15-17 hairs in inner row, 8 long hair-
like setae in upper row. Ratio of lengths of femur, tibia*
tarsus, and tarsal claws of middle leg is as 13 : 4: 5 : 4.2.

Described from a long series of males and females (about 250)
which bear the label: House of General Obregon, Naimari, So-
nora, Mexico, Aug. 8, 1927. Taken at light. A. Dampf.

Holotype male. All types in the University of Kansas Ento-
mological collection.

Comparative notes: This species, as well as the following one,
serrata sp. nov., belongs to the signata (White) group. This
group of Tenagobia is characterized by having a large spur on the
ventral side of the fore-femur. Up to the present three species,
signata and socialis (White), and incerta Lundblad, have com-
posed this group. To these the writer adds mexicana and serrata
sp. nov. These five species are very close to each other and can
be separately definitely only by examining the genital claspers of
the males. Fortunately the shape of the claspers is constant
within the species as well as being characteristic of the species.
Among the other characters which enable one to differentiate
among these species is the number of hair-like setae in the upper
row of the fore-tarsus and the bristle-like setae in the lower row.
T. mexicana is readily separated from the other species in this
group by the shapes of the right and left claspers.

Tenagobia serrata sp. nov. (PL I, figs. 6, 9.)

Size: Length, male 2.55 mm.; female 3.-3. 1 mm. Width
of head, male 1. mm. ; female 1.2 mm.

Color: Varies from uniform light brown to variegated dark
brown ; transparent V-shaped figure near base of each clavus ;
lateral margins of hemelytra each with 4 dark maculations;
slender, transparent, longitudinal line in right hemelytron
caudad to claval suture. Venter and legs uniformly yellow.

Structural characteristics: Head: The same as in mexicana
except that caudo-lateral angles of vertex are more acute.

176 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Prothorax : The same as mexicana. Scutellum: 2^2 times
wider than long. Hemelytra : The same as mexicana. Ratio
of lengths (dorsal aspect) of head, pronotum, scutellum, and
from apex of scutellum to apex of clavus is as 6:6: 15: 30.
Wings: Present. Abdomen: The shape of tergites and loca-
tion of the spine-like setae the same as in mexicana. Clasp-
ers: The right with a double row of serratures ventrally, the
heel very acute, a deep excavation immediately proximad to
it, the toe somewhat produced and rounded. The left rather
simple, heel not developed, toe pointed, resembles that of
signata (White) rather closely. Legs: Fore-leg is identical
with that of mexicana in shape and in the peg and row of
spine-like setae on femur, the number of setae on the tarsus
differs, however, there being 10 long hair-like setae in the
upper row in this species and but 8 in mexicana.

Described from a series of 1 male and 8 females bearing the
label: Lower Mamore River, December, 1913. Steinbach.

The Lower Mamore River is in central Bolivia north of Santa
Cruz.

Holotype male. All types in the University of Kansas Ento-
logical collection.

Comparative notes: This species, as was stated under the dis-
cussion of mexicana, belongs to the signata group. It is readily
distinguished from the other members of this group by the double
row of serratures on the ventral side and the shape of the right
clasper.

Tenagobia constricta sp. nov. (PI. II, figs. 1, 4, 6, 7, 10, 11.)

Size: Length, male 2.80 mm.; female 3.0 mm. Width of
head, male 1.05 mm.; female 1.20 mm.

Color: Uniformly fuscous brown above; front and vertex
transparent yellowish grey, posterior margin of vertex
darker; lateral* margins of hemelytra lighter, each with two
fuscous maculations. Ventral aspect of thorax yellowish,
abdomen darker ; legs yellowish, slightly darker at distal ends.

Structural characteristics: Head: Posterior margin of ver-
tex sinuate, caudo-lateral angles not produced laterally; an
eye i1/^ times wider than interocular space; posterior margin
of eyes distinctly separated from the; posterior margin of the
head. Prothorax : Moustache-like bristles on lateral margins,
cephalic aspect ; pronotum a little narrower than head, W/2
times wider than median length, 2 times wider than base of
scutellum ; posterior margin not truncate in front of bases of
hemelytra, narrowed at ends. Scutellum: Approximately

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 177

23/2 times longer than median length of pronotum, i 1/5 times
wider than long. Hemelytra: Same shape as those of T.
romani Lundblad ; exceed abdomen about 0.2 mm. in male,
slightly in female ; membranal sutures both distinct ; minute
peg-like setae scattered irregularly over the hemelytra; very
fine hair-like setae distally; distinct longitudinal impressions
on each lateral margin anteriorly, many bristle-like setae in
the impressions. Ratio of lengths (dorsal aspect) of head,
pronotum, scutellum and from apex of scutellum to apex of
clavus is as 50 : 21 : 50: 135. Wings: Present. Abdomen: 5th
and 6th segments each with two short spine-like setae on each
side; 7th segment relatively long, with 2 spine-like setae on
each side; 8th segment with 1 lateral and 1 terminal spine-
like setae on either side, tergite-tongue rather truncate at end,
bearing 15 long hair-like setae; Claspers: The right has a
membranous basal portion, the distal part shaped somewhat
like1 a sled-runner with a notch about mid-way of dorsal sur-
face ; the left with a membranous, hairy cap set on the up-
turned distal end. Legs: Front long and slender, femur with
2 weak spine-like setae on inner underneath side, 13 bristle-
like setae in lower row, about 14 hairs in inner row, 5 long
hair-like setae in upper row ; tarsal claw very slender. Ratio
of lengths of femur, tibia, tarsus and tarsal claws of middle
leg is as 62 : 18 : 25 : 15.

Described from a series of 2 males and 14 females bearing the
label: F. X. Williams, Tena, Ecuador, Feb. 28, 1923.

Holotype male. All types in the University of Kansas Ento-
mological collection.

Comparative notes: This species is very closely related to T.
romani Lundblad. They agree in being the only two known spe-
cies of Tenagobia that have such narrow interocular spaces, in the
shape of fore-legs, in the number of spine-like setae on fore-
femur, in shape of hemelytra, and the dorsal aspect of abdomen.
They can be readily distinguished by the shape of the claspers,
both of which are distinct ; by the fact that constricta is uniformly
colored and romani is not ; by the number of bristle-like setae on
the lower edge of the fore-tarsus, romani has about 22, constricta
only 13; and in romani there are 2 lateral spine-like setae on 8th
abdominal segment, in constricta only 1.

Tenagobia hungerfordi sp. nov. (PI. II, figs. 2, 3, 5, 8, 9.)

Size: Length, male 2.85 mm.; female 3-3.15 mm. Width
of head, male 1.05 mm.; female 1.2 mm.

178 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Color: Brownish fuscous above; eyes dark; vertex and
front greyish transparent; hemelytra with lateral margins
lighter and four dark maculations on each; the usual trans-
parent V-shaped figure at base of each clavus. Yellowish
beneath, hind legs darker distally.

Structural characteristics: Head: Posterior margin of ver-
tex without median tubercle, caudo-lateral angles obtuse ; an
eye slightly narrower than interocular space ; posterior mar-
gin of eyes widely separated from the posterior margin of
head. Prothorax : Moustache-like bristles present on lateral
margins, cephalic aspect ; pronotum about 7 times wider than
median length, 4 times wider than posterior margin of ver-
tex, 2 times wider than base of scutellum, posterior margin
not truncate in front of bases of hemelytra, narrowed at ends.
Scutellum: 2^4 times as long as median length of pronotum,
1 J4 times wider than long, apex very acutely angled. Heme-
lytra: Membranes well developed, the left transparent; many
minute peg-like setae scattered irregularly over entire heme-
lytra, numerous fine hair-like setae distally ; deep longitudinal
impression near each lateral margin in which there is a row
of larger setae. Ratio of lengths (dorsal aspect) of head,
pronotum, scutellum, and from apex of scutellum to apex of
clavus is as 55:20:50:120. Wings: Present. Abdomen:
5th, 6th, and 7th segments each with 2 spine-like setae on
either side, the 5th and 6th tergites excavated on right side
and projected on left; 8th segment with 1 lateral and 1 ter-
minal spine-like setae on either side, tergite-tongue bears 11
weak hair-line setae, mesal margin sinuate, right half of seg-
ment with a tuft of short bristle-like setae on mesal margin
near the caudal end. Claspers: The left with a brown pointed
projection near the base somewhat as in melini and schadei
Lundblad but is more pointed, the distal end is upturned ; in
the right the distal end is bent up nearly at right angles to the
basal part, ventrally there is a papilla-like projection. Legs:
Fore-leg with a row of 6 spine-like setae on inner under-
neath side of femur; tarsus large, longer than tibia, 12 bris-
tle-like setae in lower row, 13 hairs in inner row, 6 long hair-
like setae in upper row. Middle leg, ratio of lengths of
femur, tibia, tarsus, and tarsal claws is as 155 : 55 : 60: 45.

Described from a series of 1 male and 9 females bearing the
label: Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil, Dec. 14-22, 1919. R. G.
Harris.

Holotype male. All types in the University of Kansas Ento-
mological collection.

June’ 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 179

Comparative notes: This species is close to melini and schadei
Lundblad. It differs from melini in the shape of claspers, in that
it has but 12 bristle-like setae in lower row on fore-tarsus while
melini has 18, and in that it has 2 spine-like setae on each lateral
margin of 6th abdominal segment instead of 1 as melini has. It
is at once distinguished from schadei by the fact that schadei has
no minute peg-like setae on the hemelytra. The two species are
further distinguished by the shape of the claspers, and in that
schadei has but 5 hair-like setae in the upper row on the fore-
tarsus while hungerfordi has 6.

This species is named for Dr. H. B. Hungerford, of the Univer-
sity of Kansas.

Plate IX.

1. Left clasper, Tenagobia minuta sp. nov.

2. Left clasper, T. mexicana sp. nov.

3. Right clasper, T. mexicana.

4. Right clasper, T. minuta.

5. Left clasper, T. truncata sp. nov.

6. Left clasper, T. serrata sp. nov.

7. Left part of 8th abdominal segment, T. truncata.

8. Head and pronotum, T. truncata.

9. Right clasper, T. serrata.

10. Left part' of 8th abdominal segment, T. minuta.

11. Inner side of right fore-leg, T. truncata.

12. Inner side of left fore-leg, T. mexicana.

13. Left part of 8th abdominal segment, T. mexicana.

14. Inner side of left fore-leg, T. minuta.

Plate X.

1. Left clasper, Tenagobia constricta sp. nov.

2. Right clasper, T. hungerfordi sp. nov.

3. Left clasper, T. hungerfordi.

4. Right clasper, T. constricta.

5. Head, T. hungerfordi.

6. Left part of 8th abdominal segment, T. constricta.

7. Head, pronotum and scutellum, T. constricta.

8. Left part of 8th abdominal segment, T. hungerfordi.

9. Inner side of right fore-leg, T. hungerfordi.

10. Inner side of left fore-leg, T. constricta.

11. Tarsal claw, T. constricta.

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXV, No. 3

Plate IX

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXY, No. 3

Plate X

182 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

BOOK NOTES.

A Handbook of the Mosquitoes of North America. Their
Structure. How they Live. How they Carry Disease. How
they may be Studied. How they may be Controlled. How
they may be Identified. By Robert Matheson. Charles C.
Thomas, Springfield, 111., and Baltimore, Md., 1929, xvii -J- 268
pp., frontispiece, 25 plates and 23 text figures. (Price, $5.50.)
This new manual of the mosquitoes seems to differ from some
of the similar previous attempts, mainly in being written from the
entomologist’s point of view and consequently with a better un-
derstanding of the beginners’ real needs. The hope, however, ex-
pressed in the Preface, that even “ the average citizen ” may be
able to identify with it our common species, must have surged
from the heart of an optimist.

The general chapters dealing with the characteristics of mos-
quitoes, their biology, their relation to human welfare, their con-
trol, and the methods of their study, are excellent. They present
the fundamentals in a concise, yet clear, style, and are unusually
free from disputed and unnecessary technicalities, as well as from
dubious statements. The text illustrations that go with these
chapters are much better than the average and are worthy models
for the novice to follow. The same is true of the drawings shown
in the plates ; although it seems a pity that in a manual the line
drawings of the male genitalia should be crowded together in the
back of the book, instead of scattered for handy reference in the
text under the respective species. It is also rather unfortunate
that the elegant colored frontispiece bears no caption whatsoever
and is not even mentioned in the explanation of the plates. In-
deed, the reader will have to reach p. 83 before learning that it
represents an anopheline, and p. 87 before being told that it is
Anopheles quadrimaculatus. In the captions of Plates III to VII,
which show breeding places of certain common mosquitoes, we
miss a reference to the localities illustrated ; presumably the
photographs were taken in central New York.

The taxonomic part purports to cover the Culicinae of North
America ; at least we are told so in the Preface, p. vi. This is,
however, not strictly true. For, quite apart from any reduction in
the number of species due to synonymy, some twenty southern
and western species have not been included. A few of these have
nevertheless been mentioned in the keys and it would seem that

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 183

very little additional labor could have managed a place there for
the remainder too. This would certainly have increased the value
of the book to the student in the Southern States and in Cali-
fornia. The handbook seems to cover very fully the fauna of
northeastern America, as far south as Georgia and as far west as
the Rockies. I have noticed the absence of only one species
which is occasionally taken in Arkansas and Missouri. The key
to the genera covers all the forms known north of Mexico, includ-
ing even Deinocerites, which is not mentioned elsewhere in the
book.

The descriptions of the adults and larvae of the several species
appear quite adequate and are evidently based upon an original
study of actual specimens. In relatively few exceptions they have
been quoted from Dyar’s publications, as is clearly indicated in
each case. The diligent new descriptions of the older species are
most commendable. Obviously in Entomology we need more of
this type of critical and synthetic work and less of the perpetual
pursuit of supposed “ new species.” Perhaps a fuller characteri-
zation of the genera would have been welcome, since the only
characters given of these groups are contained in a very short key.
The beginner might thus get the erroneous idea that no other valid
differences separate the genera.

In a taxonomic handbook special care should, of course, be
given to the drawing up of workable keys ; for, if they are unduly
intricate or unreliable, they will only too often discourage the
novice. I have tested Professor Matheson’s keys with a number
of common species and was pleased to find them more serviceable
than some other published dichotomies. My only criticism would
be that in the key to the genera rather undue and, I believe, un-
necessary prominence is given to peculiarities of the thoracic
chaetotaxy. I do not wish to dispute the value of these charac-
ters, even though in some cases the very same condition is given
generic value, which in others serves only to separate the species
within one genus. I also realize the author’s obvious desire to
bring these characters to the foreground. Yet the addition of
more readily accessible characters could have given the student
an added sense of security in his identifications.

The book lacks the customary and seemingly unavoidable Er-
rata, which does not mean that it is free from printer’s errors.
The most unfortunate occurs on p. 204, where Megarhinus is mis-
spelled five times “ Megharinus although it is correctly spelled

184 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

on several other occasions, as well as in the Index. I was glad to
see that the author has taken pains to make the specific adjectives
agree in gender with their generic names, thus sparing us such
philological horrors as “ Me garhinus rutila” and (( Psorophora
horridus.”

The typographical presentation and the binding set better stand-
ards than those we have endured in some post-war manuals. I
fear, however, that the cost of the book will not make the study
of mosquitoes more popular than it has been heretofore. — J. Be-
quaert, Department of Tropical Medicine, Harvard Medical
School.

The Gall Wasps of the Genus Cynips — A Study in the Origin
of Species — by Alfred C. Kinsey. Indiana University Studies,
vol. xvi, Studies nos. 84, 85, 86, pp. 1-577, figs. 1-429.
(Waterman Institute Publication, no. 42, price $2.50.)

Here we have a study on one of the great principles of evolution
which has the validity of research and experimentation on a fixed
group by planned and controlled methods and means. The group
in itself is small enough in number of species and great enough
in number of individuals to make it possible to examine such large
numbers that the coefficient of error is diminished to so great a
degree as to become negligible. The author has examined no less
than 54,000 galls and 17,000 individuals in the course of his in-
quiry into “the nature of species, individual variation, mutation
and hybridization in nature, and the factors affecting the origin of
species.”

The nature of this work and its extensive character make it un-
wise to do more than strongly draw the attention of biologists
to it. Doubtless in time careful analyses and evaluations of the
results will appear, but this is no place for them.

From the point of view of the Hymenopterist, this is an excel-
lent piece of biological work, which puts the genus on an absolute
working basis. In addition to all the biological and genetical data,
there is a study of the systematics of Cynips, with descriptions of
48 heretofore unknown or unrecognized species.

At a later date we shall hope to publish a more extensive cri-
tique by a hymenopterist of standing. Meantime, as a serious
study of what species are and how they evolve, every biologist
should become acquainted with this work of Dr. Kinsey’s. — J.
R. T.-B.

June, 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 185

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of January 16, 1930.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum, o'n January 16, 1930, at 8.20 p. m.
President Davis in the Chair and ’18 members present, viz.:

Messrs. Anderson,
Ballou,

Bell,

Black,

Burke,

Chapin,

Cooper,

Eisenhardt,

Engelhart,

Lemmer,

Risch,

Schaeffer,

Sever,

Sheridan,

Siepmann,

Torre-Bueno,

Wilford and

Lersch; and several visitors.

Minutes of the previous meeting read and approved.

Mr. Engelhardt presented a detailed annual report of the
Treasurer, showing the Society to be in a very sound financial
condition, which is particularly gratifying in view of there having
been no donations from private sources or other outside help, the
only revenue other than that from dues, subscriptions and sales
of the Society’s publications being the receipt of $100 from the
sale of the excess material in the Weeks Collection.

Mr. Torre-Bueno stated that he would not make the formal
annual report of the Publication Committee at this time but would
present it at the February meeting.

Mr. Sheridan, as Chairman of the Nominating Committee,
presented for re-election the present officers of the Society, to
serve for the year 1930; and it was regularly moved, and seconded
and carried, that they be elected.

Mr. Englehardt proposed for membership :

Mr. Everett Lersch,

227 Union Avenue,

Mt. Vernon, N. Y.

As Mr. Lersch was present, it was regularly moved and seconded
that the by-laws be suspended and Mr. Lersch be elected to mem-
bership ; this was unanimously carried.

Mr. Engelhardt reported that he had been looking over the file
of Bulletins vols. 5 and 6 with the object in view of having the
missing numbers in these volumes reprinted in order to have

186 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Vol, xxv

about 50 complete volumes on hand to fill orders for them and
that he would get quotations as to the cost of having this done.

Mr. Cooper read a paper entitled “A List of Coleoptera Found
at Flushing, New to Long Island,” which will be published in full.

Mr. Eisenhardt presented his paper “Colias of the World” ; he
stated that there are 51 species and 193 variations from the typi-
cal form, known from the various regions of the World, except
the Torrid Zone; of these 33 species are found in the Palaearctic
Region ; 6 in the Indo-Australian Region, which are also included
in the 33 from the Palaearctic Region; 17 in North America, of
which 4 are included in those from the Palaearctic Region ; 4 from
South America ; and 1 from Africa. He exhibited two boxes of
specimens representing 32 species and a number of forms and
remarked at length on their habitat, color and variations. He
stated that most of the species are clover feeders and that there
are from one to three generations each year. A list of the species
and variations exhibited, giving their habitat, is attached. Mr.
Eisenhardt’s paper was discussed at length by the members.

Mr. Davis remarked on some cocoons of Callosamia promethea
Drury and Philosamia walkeri Felder, more familiarly known as
cynthia Drury from which the moths had failed to emerge at the
usual time and had carried over until the next year ; he exhibited
the specimens and remarked on their apparently normal appear-
ance in size and maculation and gave in detail the date of their
emergence. He will publish his paper in full.

Mr. Davis also read from a letter from Mr. Austin H. Clark
giving a list of the female forms of Papilio glaucus Linnaeus ;
there being six forms in the list instead of two usually recognized.

Adjourned at 10.15 P- m-

E. L. Bell,
Secretary.

Vol. XXV

OCTOBER, 1930

BULLETIN

No. 4

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor

E. L. BELL GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed October 25, 1930

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

OFFICERS, 1930
Honorary President
CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAYIS
Vice-President

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
E. L. BELL
Corresponding Secretary
HOWARD NOTMAN

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARDT

28 Club way
Hartsdale, N. Y.
Librarian

DR. JOSEPH BEQUAERT
Curator

J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New YorTc
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

NEW SPECIES OF CERATOCAPSUS, Knight 187

t TWO NEW N. AM. MUSCOID FLIES, Reinhard 199

A NEW ARCTOCORIXA WITH A NOTE ON SYNONYMY, Walley... 203

NEW MOTH COLLECTING GUN, Gunder 208

SYNONYMIES OF ANTILLEAN CHRYSOMELIDAE, WITH DE-
SCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES, Blake 209

COLLECTING CONTAINER FOR BUTTERFLIES, Gunder 225

POSTSCRIPT TO 1 1 STYLOPIZED YESPIDAE, ’ ’ Salt and Bequaert.. 226

EDITORIAL: WHAT IS A SPECIES, J. R. T. B 229

ENTOMOLOGICA AMERICANA, J. R. T. B 230

CHANGE OF ADDRESS OF TREASURER 230

BOOK NOTES: A MANUAL FOR THE STUDY OF INSECTS 231

STUDIES ON THE INSECT FAUNA OF IOWA

PRAIRIES 231

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Bell and Siepman 232

EXCHANGES 236

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year; foreign, $2.75 in advance; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

38 De Kalb Avenue, White Plains, N. Y.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXV October, 1930 No. 4

NEW SPECIES OF CERATOCAPSUS (HEMIPTERA,

MXRIDAE).1

By Harry H. Knight, Ames, Iowa.

Ceratocapsus camelus n. sp.

Distinguished by the slender form of the male, dark brown-
ish black in color with a silvery, sericeous, pubescent band
across middle of hemelytra ; female brachypterous, hemelytra
only extending to middle of abdomen, each corium strongly,
tumidly convex on middle.

Length 3.8 mm., width 1.08 mm. Head: width .73
mm., vertex .38 mm. ; vertex convexly rounded, basal edge
thin, slightly overlapping the collar; surface of the eyes con-
forming to the same surface plane as the frons and vertex ;
basal margin of vertex with four and frons with several erect,
pale, bristle-like hairs. Rostrum, length 1.34 mm., reaching
to base of hind coxae. Antennae : segment I, length .23 mm. ;
II, .75 mm., cylindrical, more slender at base, .apical half
slightly exceeding thickness of segment I ; III, .47 mm., equal
to thickness of segment I but more slender at base; IV,
.47 mm., equal to thickness of segment ClII ; clothed with
short, fine, pale pubescence. Pronotum: length .82 mm.,
width at base 1.08 mm.; nearly campanulate in form, lateral
margins sulcate, coxal clefts visible from above ; disk strongly
convex, smooth, shining, calli scarcely evident, collar flat and
overlapped by the vertex.

Color dark brown to blackish, more black on pronotal disk
and cuneus, shining ; ostiolar peritreme white, somewhat pro-
truding laterally. Hemelytra dark brown, translucent,
strongly shining, embolar margins sinuate ; with a silvery seri-
ceous pubescent band across middle of corium and crossing

1 Contribution from the Department of Zoology and Entomol-
ogy, Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa.

188 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

the clavus near apex, also with similar sericeous pubescence
at base of clavus and across middle of scutellum; beset with
several erect, moderately long, yellowish, bristle-like hairs on
scutellum, clavus and inner angles of corium, also intermixed
with fine, short, simple pubescent hairs; cuneus scarcely de-
flexed, uniformly brownish black, slightly paler at fracture.
Membrane uniformly dark fuscous, bordering the cuneus,
between and within the larger areoles except narrowly
bordering the paracuneus, pale. Legs dark brown, tips of
femora and the tarsi somewhat paler; coxae pale, darker on
base, front pair reddish brown on apical half ; hind femora
decurved on apical half. Genital structures distinctive, right
clasper bifurcate, each half curving in a semicircle, the tips
nearly in contact ; left clasper forked at base, dorsal prong
projecting distad, apex acuminate, curved like a claw, also
with a small spine beneath at base of claw, ventral half flat-
tened, broad, then narrowing to acuminate apex ; also third
prong arising from left clasper at inner side of base, slender,
sinuate, projecting distad, apical half curving to the right
side.

Length 2.8 mm. ; brachypterous, width across abdomen
1. 1 2 mm. Head : width .80 mm., vertex .52 mm. ; head large,
eyes rather small, frons, vertex and tylus forming an arcuate
line as viewed from the side. Rostrum, length 1.3 mm. ex-
tending slightly beyond middle of hind coxae. Antennae :
segment I, length .22 mm., pale brownish; II, 1.77 mm.,
slightly tapering from base to larger at apex, brownish black ;
III, broken. The other antenna apparently deformed, seg-
ment II only 1.6 mm. in length. Pronotum : length .65 mm.,
width at base .67 mm. ; disk strongly convex, base strongly
depressed to a point below level of anterior margin, sides
rounded and slightly sinuate, coxal clefts visible from above.
Scutellum depressed, small, triangular, the mesoscutum visi-
ble, sharply declivent. Hemelytra brachypterous, reaching
to middle of abdomen, depressed on base, corium tumidly
convex on apical area, shining, apical and inner margins
thickly clothed with silvery, sericeous pubescence, also beset
with several erect, fine long hairs, also with similar hairs on
the abdomen ; cuneus and membrane absent. Base of venter
with a frosted spot each side behind the coxa.

Holotype: $ August 21, 1926, Urbana, Illinois (Vera Smith) ;
author’s collection. Allotype: same data as the type.

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 189

Ceratocapsus fascipennis n. sp.

Allied to camelus and having much the same color aspect
but differs distinctly in structure of the genital structures ;
scutellum more convex, ostiolar peritreme with a reddish
brown, laterally projecting tubercle.

Length 4.3 mm., width 1.2 mm. Head: width .80
mm., vertex .37 mm.; form very similar to that of camelus.
Rostrum, length 1.43 mm., extending to middle of meta-
sternum. Antennae: segment I, length .28 mm., pale brown-
ish, a reddish mark on ventral aspect ; II, .86 mm., cylindrical,
more slender at base, apical half slightly exceeding thickness
of segment I ; III, .47 mm., slightly exceeding thickness of
first segment ; IV, .47 mm., equal in thickness to segment III ;
dark brown to blackish; clothed with short, fine, pale
pubescence. Pronotum: length .95 mm., width at base 1.21
mm. ; form nearly as in camelus, but disk somewhat more
strongly convex. Scutellum small, triangular, only very
slightly convex, with silvery, sericeous pubescence across
middle ; mesoscutum prominent, strongly declivent to base of
scutellum.

Color dark brown to blackish, shining, paler brown on
clavus and basal half of corium; ostiolar peritreme white,
with a reddish brown, laterally projecting tubercle; a silvery,
sericeous pubescent band across clavus at about half way
between apex and tip of scutellum, angling obliquely for-
ward across corium ; also with a similar but narrower serice-
ous band running obliquely across base of clavus and join-
ing with similar pubescence on middle of scutellum. Scutel-
lum with about eight, erect, pale bristles, and clavus with
about as many but less prominent bristles ; the whole dorsum
also clothed with rather fine, short, simple pubescence. Mem-
brane uniformly dark fuscous, areoles and narrowly border-
ing apex of cuneus, pale. Cuneus scarcely deflexed, embolar
margins sinuate. Legs dark brown, coxae and trochanters
pale, tarsi yellowish ; hind femora decurved apically, tips
pale; hind tibiae distinctly bowed.

Genital structures distinctive, base of left clasper with a
slender, dorsally projecting prong, and decurved apically;
right clasper with a simple, distally projecting process,
slightly curved and thicker on basal half, with a small spine
on inner side near base.

Holotype: June 20, 1928, alt. 6200 ft., Chiricahua Mts.,

Arizona (A. A. Nichol) ; author’s collection. Paratype : J' July
8, 1905, Huachuca Mts., Arizona (H. G. Barber).

190 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V 61. XXV

Ceratocapsus barberi n. sp.

Suggestive of fascipennis in having two transverse, silvery
pubescent bands across hemelytra, but differs in the scarcely
arched mesoscutum, flatter frons and vertex, straight femora,
and very different genital structures.

Length 4 mm., width 1.25 mm. Head: width .84 mm.,
vertex .30 mm. ; vertex and frons flat, dorsal extremity of
eyes extending very little above level of vertex. Rostrum
extending to near hind margins of posterior coxae (im-
bedded in glue.) Antennae: segment I, length .25 mm.; II,
.99 mm., slightly more slender on basal half ; III, .56 mm.,
equal in thickness to apex of segment II ; IV, .56 mm. equal
in thickness to segment III ; uniformly dark reddish brown,
segment I paler and marked with dark red. Pronotum:
length .69 mm., width at base 1.1 2 mm. ; disk moderately and
evenly convex, lateral margins slightly sulcate. Scutellum
only very slightly convex, mesoscutum normal, nearly cov-
ered by pronotal disk.

Color rather uniformly dark reddish brown, disk of pro-
notum somewhat darker, entire surface strongly shining.
Hemelytra with costal margins very slightly sulcate, with
silvery, sericeous pubescent band cross base of clavus and
middle of scutellum, also a second band crossing the corium
and apical third of clavus. Cuneus scarcely deflexed, red-
dish brown like the clavus. Membrane uniformly pale
fuscous, pale at base between larger areoles and bordering
tip of cuneus. Clothed with fine, simple, pale yellowish
pubescence, scutellum and clavus with several erect, bristle-
like hairs. Ostiolar peritreme white, reddish on the protrud-
ing tubercle. Legs uniformly reddish brown, tarsi pale
brownish. Genital claspers distinctive, right clasper short,
slightly thickened, dorsal margin extending as a long slender
hook, attaining dorsal median line of genital segment where
it is sharply decurved and slenderly acuminate at tip.

Holotype: J' July 12, 1905, Huachuca Mts., Arizona (H. G.
Barber), collected at light; author’s collection. Named for my
friend, Mr. H. G. Barber, who collected and presented the unique
specimen.

Ceratocapsus oculatus n. sp.

Runs in my key (Hemiptera Connecticut, 1923, p. 525) to
fuscinus Kngt., but differs from this and allied species by the

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 191

small size and short antennal segments ; the male differs in
the large eyes, narrow vertex and nearly obsolete genae, also
by the simple form of the genital claspers.

Length 2.6 mm., width 1.14 mm. Head: width .78
mm., vertex .17 mm. ; eyes large, raised somewhat above level
of vertex, extending below to near the rostrum, the genae
reduced to a mere trace. Rostrum, length .91 mm., reaching
to near hind margins of middle coxae. Antennae : segment
I, length ,20 mm.; II, .65 mm., nearly cylindrical, tapering
slightly on basal half ; III, .39 mm. ; IV, .35 mm. ; segments
of nearly equal thickness, yellowish brown, last two segments
dark brown. Pronotum: length .54 mm., width at base 1.01
mm.

Color rather uniformly yellowish brown, cuneus reddish
brown. Membrane and veins fuscous, paler within the
areoles. Dorsum distinctly punctate, punctures infuscated.
Clothed with simple yellowish pubescence and intermixed
with silvery, sericeous pubescence, the latter less abundant.
Genital claspers distinctive; right clasper in the form of a
small rounded knob ; left clasper thickened at the base but
without dorsal process, terminal portion curving about the
aedeagus, blade-like, acuminate at tip.

J. Length 2.8 mm., width 1.25 mm. Head: width .69
mm., vertex .30 mm. ; eyes much smaller and vertex broader
than in the male. Antennae: segment I, length .17 mm.; II,
.60 mm. ; III, .39 mm. ; IV, .38 mm. Pronotum : length .54
mm., width at base 1.05 mm. Pubescence and puncturation
very similar to that of the male.

Holotype: $ August 1, 1906, Brownsville, Texas, (A. B. Wol-
cott), “on Ebony at Old Fort Brown;” author’s collection. Allo-
type: same data as the type. Paratypes: taken with types. 2

Nov. 19, c? 2 5 Dec. 7, 1910, Brownsville, Texas.

Ceratocapsus fanseriae n. sp.

Allied to biformis Kngt. but size smaller and color more
brownish; differs in the more rounded curve of the ventral
hook of right genital clasper.

Length 4.1 mm., width 1.3 mm. Head: width .65
mm., vertex .24 mm. ; eyes moderate in size, vertex slightly
wider than dorsal width of an eye, with three or four fine
punctures on middle. Rostrum, length 1.22 mm., reaching to
near middle of hind coxae, pale to brownish. Antennae:
segment I, length .35 mm.; II, 1.25 mm.; Ill, .69 mm.; IV,

192 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

.39 mm. ; all segments of nearly equal thickness, length of
segment II greater than combined length of segments III
and IV. Pronotum: length .60 mm., width at base 1.04 mm.

Dorsum rather closely and evenly punctate, each puncture
infuscated ; clothed with both simple and sericeous pu-
bescence and intermixed with more sparsely placed, long,
erect hairs. Color pale yellowish to brownish, scutellum,
calli and cuneus dark brown to fuscous, the latter frequently
with reddish brown tinge. Membrane fuscous, areoles and
bordering cuneus pale. Legs fuscous brown, coxae and
basal half of femora pale. Sternum dark brown, shining;
ostiolar peritreme white, projecting as a blunt tubercle above
opening of the canal. Genital claspers distinctive, rather
similar to those of biformis, but ventral hook or right clasper
more rounded, not angulate, the dorsal hook nearly touching
the tip of the ventral hook.

Length 3.6 mm., width 1.3 mm. Head: width .67
mm., vertex .30 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .34 mm. ;
II, 1.21 mm. ; III, .69 mm. ; IV, .43 mm. Pronotum : length
.62 mm., width at base 1.08 mm. Slightly more robust than
the male but very similar in puncturation, pubescence and
coloration.

Holotype: February 12, 1928, alt. 3000 ft., Santa Catalina

Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allotype: same data as type.
Paratypes: 22 J, taken with the types on Fanseria xanthofolia
where the species was breeding as reported by Mr. Nichol.
July 1 2, 1917, Mesilla Park, New Mexico (H. H. Knight). 2 <£
July 20, 1917, Texas Pass, Arizona (H. H. Knight). J' June 7,
1924, Tucson; Oct. 21, 1928, Santa Cruz Co. ; Sept. 25, 1924,
Santa Catalina Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Ceratocapsus geminatus n. sp.

Allied to tricolor Kngt., but size smaller ; differs distinctly
in structure of the ostiolar peritreme and genital claspers.

<?. Length 3.9 mm., width 1.25 mm. Head: width .69
mm., vertex .32 mm. ; vertex convex, slightly higher than
dorsal margin of eyes. Rostrum (imbedded) apparently
reaching upon hind coxae. Antennae : segment I, length .28
mm., yellowish, fuscous on base; II, 1.2 mm., cylindrical,
more slender than I, brownish black, paler at base; III, .73
mm., black; IV, .56 mm., black. Pronotum: length .52 mm.,
width at base .97 mm.

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 193

Head and body uniformly dark brownish black, shining;
hemelytra fuscous black, outer half of clavus, inner half of
corium, and embolium except apically, pale; cuneus blackish,
but with reddish tinge. Membrane uniformly pale fuscous,
within areoles and bordering cuneus, pale. Legs dark red-
dish, tibiae pale reddish, tarsi pale, apices fuscous. Ostiolar
peritreme distinctive, broad and flat as compared with tri-
color. Clothed with fine, short pale yellowish pubescence,
but punctures not evident on hemelytra as in tricolor.
Genital structures distinctive; right clasper semicircular as
in tricolor, but ventral hook shorter and broader, the dorsal
hook with notch at tip forming two short spines which point
mesad.

Holotype I: J' July 21, 1898, Little Beaver, near Fort Collins, ’
Colorado (E. D. Ball) ; author’s collection. Paratypes: <§ July
14, £ July 21, type locality (E. D. Ball).

Ceratocapsus juglandis n. sp.

Allied to denticulatus Kngt., but differs in the thicker
antennal segments, more prominent eyes, darker scutellum
but paler pronotum.

Length 3.4 mm., width 1.25 mm. Head: width .78
mm., vertex .19 mm.; eyes prominent, projecting above level
of vertex. Rostrum, length .99 mm., reaching upon inter-
mediate coxae. Antennae : segment I, length .26 mm., pale
to dusky, with red mark an anterior aspect near base ; II, .95
mm., thickness .13 mm., nearly cylindrical, yellowish to
fuscous; III, .60 mm., thickness .10 mm., fuscous; IV, .52
mm., fuscous. Pronotum: length .56 mm., width at base 1.08
mm.

Color pale yellowish, scutellum, cuneus, oblique band
across apical half of corium and joining with inner angles of
cuneus, dark fuscous ; head and pronotum pale dusky brown.
Membrane pale, apical area pale fuscous. Legs pale, hind
tibiae fuscous brown. Clothed with fine, recumbent, yellow-
ish pubescence, with slight tendency to fine sericeous hairs on
clavus ; also a row of four or five erect hairs on clavus.
Genital claspers very similar to those of denticulatus, but
right clasper terminating as two short spines of about equal
length.

J. Length 3.7 mm., width 1.4 mm. Head: width .71
mm., vertex .34 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .27 mm. ;
II, .99 mm. ; III, .60 mm. ; IV, .53 mm. Pronotum : length

194 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.ZXV

.58 mm., width at base 1.1 7 mm. Very similar to the male
in coloration and pubescence.

Holotype : £ June 20, 1928, alt. 6200 ft., Chiricahua Mts.,
Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allotype: same data as the type. Para-
types: 14 $ 5, taken with the types on Juglans major by Mr.
Nichol. 4 c? ? May 16, 1928, alt. 4000 ft., Santa Rita Mts. ; 3 ?
May 27, 1928, alt. 3300 ft., Rincon Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol),
all taken on Juglans major. ? July 23, 5 Aug. 3, 1905, Huachuca
Mts., Arizona (H. G. Barber).

With the series of material at hand I am now able to determine
that the specimen I described as the allotype of denticulatus is in
reality a female of juglandis. This illutration should emphasize
the importance of describing and labeling the allotype of all
species.

Ceratocapsus decurvatus n. sp.

Allied to pumilus Uhler but with stronger pubescence; dif-
fers in the absence of any tubercle on dorsal margin of genital
segment ; also the basal prong of right genital clasper strongly
decurved ventrally.

c?. Length 3.7 mm., width 1.64 mm. Head: width .79
mm., vertex .216 mm.; eyes slightly larger and more promi-
nent than in pumilus. Rostrum, length 1.21 mm., only attain-
ing hind margins of middle coxae. Antennae : segment I,
length .30 mm.; II, 1.04 mm.; Ill, .52 mm.; IV, .39 mm.;
pale yellowish, segment I with the usual red mark near base,
segments III and IV reddish. Pronotum : length .67 mm.,
width at base 1.31 mm.

Yellowish to reddish brown, calli and propleura fuscous
brown, cuneus except outer margin reddish, legs uniformly
yellowish. Membrane pale fuscous with brownish tinge,
slightly paler across areoles and bordering tip of cuneus.
Clothed with prominent, nearly erect, yellowish pubescence
and intermixed on dorsum with silvery sericeous pubescence ;
more strongly pubescent than in pumilus although the
fuscous punctures on dorsum very similar. Genital struc-
tures distinctive ; basal prong of right clasper strongly de-
curved ventrally; without tubercle on dorsal margin of genital
segment.

'?. Length 3.8 mm., width .88 mm. Head : width .73
mm., vertex .32 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .30 mm. ;
II, 1.04 mm.; Ill, .52 mm.; IV, broken. Pronotum: length

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 195

.67 mm., width at base 1.32 mm. Very similar to the male in
color, pubescence and puncturation.

Holotype : July 23, 1909, Saugerties, New York (H. G. Bar-

ber) ; author’s collection. Allotype: same data as the type.
Paratype : July 6, 1919, Dauphin, Pennsylvania (T. L. Guy-

ton). Aug. 14, 1914, Beltsville, Maryland (W. L. McAtee).

Ceratocapsus truncatus n. sp.

Runs to pumilus Uhler in my key (Hemiptera Connecticut,
1923, p. 525), but differs structurally in the truncate tip on
basal process of the right genital clasper.

lCf. Length 3.7 mm., width 1.56 mm. Head: width .75
mm., vertex .24 mm. Rostrum, length 1.25 mm., attaining
posterior margins of hind coxae. Antennae : segment I,
length .30 mm., yellowish, with red mark near base on an-
terior aspect; II, 1.03 mm., yellowish to brownish; III, .56
mm., brown ; IV, .43 mm, brown. Pronotum : length .67
mm., width at base 1.25 mm.

Color rather uniformly brownish black, legs* except hind
femora, yellowish to brownish ; cuneus with reddish evident
on disk. Membrane uniformly fuscous, paler within areoles
and bordering tip of cuneus. Dorsum with fuscous punc-
tures as in pumilus; clothed with simple yellowish hairs and
closely intermixed with silvery to golden, sericeous pubes-
cence. Genital structures distinctive; basal process of right
clasper about as broad as long, truncate apically, the lower
apical angle produced slightly ventrally to a sharp point;
middle process of right clasper shorter and broader than in
pumilus, the terminal process also broader and irregularly
serrate; tubercle on the left side of dorsal margin of genital
segment large and more flattened than in pumilus.

J. Length 3.77 mm., width 1.7 mm. Head: width .71
mm., vertex .30 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .28 mm. ;
II, 1.04 mm.; Ill, .54 mm.; IV, .41 mm. Pronotum: length
.69 mm., width at base 1.29 mm. Very similar to the male in
color, puncturation and pubescence.

Holotype: J' May 23, 1918, Gainesville, Florida (C. J. Drake) ;
author’s collection. Allotype: same data as the type. Paratype:
<£, taken with the types “on Cephalanthus.”

196 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Ceratocapsus husseyi n. sp.

Allied to serious Kngt., but differs distinctly in the struc-
ture of the genital claspers ; perhaps can be separated by the
fuscous apex of the second antennal segment.

J1. Length 4 mm., width 1.57 mm. Head: width .79 mm.,
vertex .32 mm. Rostrum, length 1.43 mm., reaching to mid-
dle of hind coxae. Antennae : segment I, length .36 mm. ; II,
1.28 mm., yellowish, fuscous on apical one-third; III, .67
mm., fuscous, narrowly yellowish at base; IV, (broken);
second segment with slightly longer and more prominent pu-
bescence than in serious. Pronotum : length .78 mm., width
at base 1.3 mm.

Color dark brownish black, inner half of clavus, narrow
base of corium, embolium, and base of pronotum, more yel-
lowish ; legs uniformly pale yellowish. Membrane uniformly
fuscous, paler within areoles and bordering cuneus. Clothed
with two types of pubescence, dorsum set with rather long
erect hairs, scutellum, clavus, and corium also bearing closely
appressed, silvery scale-like pubescence. Genital claspers
distinctive; left clasper with an erect, incurved acuminate
hook at 'base; middle hook projecting distally, the apical half
curved upward, semicircular, tapering gradually to a sharp
point ; the third and ventral hook follows edge of genital seg-
ment and in form very similar to that in serious. Right
clasper differs very little from that found in serious.

Holotype: June 27, 1921, Ann Arbor, Michigan (R. F. Hus-

sey) ; author’s collection. This is the specimen that the writer
described as allotype of Ceratocapsus serious Kngt., but with the
study of more material I am convinced that the male of sericus is
the form described below.

Ceratocapsus sericus Knight, Hemiptera Conn., 1923, p. 530.

The male allotype is described as follows :

Length 3.85 mm., width 1.6 mm. Head: width .78
mm., vertex .30 mm. Antennae : segment I, length .34 mm.,
pale yellowish; II, 1.29 mm., pale yellowish brown; III, .69
mm., reddish brown, pale at base ; IV, .60 mm., dark reddish
brown. Pronotum: length .73 mm., width at base 1.3 mm.
Color, pubescence, and puncturation very similar to that of
female. Genital claspers distinctive ; left clasper with three
prongs, the middle and dorsal prongs arising some distance
from base, taking the form of a chela or pincer-like claw of
crustaceans, the tips of each fork acuminate and curved

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 197

slightly upward. Right clasper in the form of a simple hook,
without branches but curved on apical half.

Allotype: July 26, 1925, Huntington, Long Island, New York

(F. M. Schott) ; author’s collection.

Ceratocapsus pilophoroides n. sp.

Suggestive of Pilophorus in form of head and prothorax,
but differs from that genus in the thickened antennal seg-
ments and absence of scale-like bands.

J. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.38 mm. Head: width .80
mm., vertex .86 mm. ; eyes and form of head very suggestive
of the genus Pilophorus. Rostrum, length 1.34 mm., reach-
ing upon hind coxae. Antennae : segment I, length .26 mm.,
yellowish brown; II, 1.04 mm., tapering to slightly thicker
apically, brown, slightly paler at base; III, .67 mm., brown;
IV, .60 mm., dark brown. Pronotum : length .69 mm.,
width at base .97 mm. ; disk convex and sides strongly sul-
cate as in Pilophorus.

Color yellowish brown to dark brown, hemelytra paler, dull
to slightly pruinose, apical area of corium and the cuneus
dark brown and shining ; a moderately distinct pruinose band
across middle of clavus and basal angle of corium, but with-
out scales. Membrane pale or whitish, veins brown. Em-
bolar margins sinuate, broader on apical area. Mesoscutum
broadly exposed, declivent behind, scutellum small, convex
apically; ostiolar peritreme white, size moderate. Venter
dark brown, strongly shining. Clothed with simple, erect
pubescent hairs, a few hairs longer than others, but without
trace of scale-like pubescence.

Holotype: J, Topeka, Kansas (Popenoe) ; author’s collection.

This form is so distinct it may be recognized from the female sex.

Ceratocapsus neoboroides n. sp.

Resembles Neohorus in several respects, but distinguished
by the thickened antennal segments and converging type of
arolia.

Length 3.2 mm., width 1.56 mm. Head: width .73
mm., vertex .35 mm. ; frons granulate and finely punctate,
median line impressed, the whole closely matted with silvery
sericeous pubescence. Rostrum, length 1.08 mm., just attain-
ing posterior margins of middle coxae. Antennae : segment

198 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

I, length .25 mm. ; II, .67 mm., not equal to width of head ;
III, .39 mm. ; IV, .36 mm. ; yellowish to brownish. Pro-
notum: length .62 mm., width at base 1.25 mm. ; calli distinct,
granulate, darker in color than disk ; lateral margins distinct,
in fact the whole pronotum is very similar to that found in
Neoborus.

Dorsum rather finely and closely fusco-punctate, vertex
and calli granulate. Clothed with semi-erect, simple yellow-
ish pubescence and closely intermixed with more recumbent,
silvery, scale-like pubescence. Color yellowish to brown,
calli brownish black, margins of scutellum and clavus, and the
embolium paler. Legs yellowish, tibiae more brownish.
Membrane and veins pale fuscous brown, paler on central
area.

Holotype: 5 April 20, 1926, Santa Cruz river, Pima County,
Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

This species is so different from the known species of Cerato-
capsus that it may be easily recognized from the female characters.

Ceratocapsus pilosulus n. n.

A new name to replace Ceratocapsus pilosus Knight (Hemip-
tera Conn., 1923, p. 526) which is preoccupied by Ceratocapsus
pilosus Reuter (Ofversikt af Finska Vet.-Soc. Forhandlingar,
xlvii, 1905, no. 20, p. 34), a species described from Venezuela.

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 199

TWO NEW NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF MUS-
COID FLIES (TACHINIDAE, DIPTERA).

By H. J. Reinhard, College Station, Texas.

The two new species of Tachinidae described in the present
paper are provisionally referred to the genus Masicera to which
they trace in most available keys. Although Coquillett’s inter-
pretation of Masicera apparently is a complex, no satisfactory re-
vision of the related North American genera has been made since
his treatment of the subject in 1897.1 The allocation of species
belonging in this group remains uncertain until all of the geno-
types concerned are studied and the genera adequately redefined.

Masicera unispinosa n. sp.

Male: Front at narrowest (before ocelli) 0.25 of head

width (average of four, 0.26, 0.25, 0.25, 0.25) ; paraf rentals
gray pollinose, with fine black hairs outside of frontal rows ;
median stripe narrow above widening below to about one-
half the parafrontal width, brownish-black; frontal bristles
ten to twelve, the two (three in two specimens) uppermost
large, reclinate, the lower ones diverging toward the eyes and
extending nearly to middle of face ; no orbitals ; only one pair
verticals (inner) developed; ocellars large, proclinate; face
strongly receding, sides bare, densely gray pollinose, greatly
narrowed below ; antennae almost reaching oral margin,
black, second joint sometimes faintly reddish at apex, hardly
one-fourth the length of third; arista of moderate length,
slender, slightly thickened beyond the short basal joints, in-
distinctly short pubescent ; facial ridges strongly divergent,
bare except close to vibrissae which are situated at the oral
margin ; facial depression gray pollinose reflecting blackish ;
proboscis short, fleshy; palpi ordinary, yellow usually infus-
cated basally, with long black hairs beneath and short bristles
near apex above; cheeks gray pollinose on reddish ground
color, with numerous black hairs, about one-fifth the eye
height; occiput bearing fine pale hairs and black bristles on
lower outer margins ; eyes bare.

Thorax black, with gray pollen which has a slight yellow-
ish tinge on mesonotum; with four distinct dark stripes, the

1 Revision of the Tachinidae, Technical Series Bulletin, No. 7,
U. S. D. A., 1897, ’p. 1 13.

200 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

outer ones interrupted at suture; scutellum black, densely
gray pollinose except on basal third. Chaetotaxy: humeral,
3 ; posthumeral, 2 ; presutural, 2 ; notopleural, 2 ; acrostichal,
3, 2 to 4 (variable) ; dorsocentral, 3, 4; intraalar, 3; supra-
alar, 3 ; postalar, 3 (inner one small) ; pteropleural, 1 ; sterno-
pleural, 2, 1; scutellum with 1 discal, 3 lateral (anterior and
posterior ones large) and 1 small decussate horizontal apical
pair; halteres yellow, knobs pale above; calypters semitrans-
parent, white with a pale yellowish tinge.

Abdomen black, broad at base but distinctly narrowed
toward apex ; segments two to four gray pollinose except on
the shining hind margins and on a narrow but very distinct
dark median stripe ; second segment with the pollen extending
down the sides and across the venter, which is highly polished
posteriorly with dense patches of short black appressed hairs
on last two segments ; first segment wholly black, without
median marginals ; second with a median marginal pair ; third
with a marginal row of about ten ; fourth with a marginal and
irregular rows of shorter discals ; genital segments small,
yellowish, inner forceps shining black, slender with blunt tips,
deeply divided but not divergent, base with long black hairs
directed posteriorly; outer forceps lobelike with a broad yel-
low base, tapering beyond middle, tips black, broadly rounded,
bearing very minute short stubby spines ; fifth sternite yellow,
widely and deeply incised, the lobes with a few long black
hairs on the inner margins.

Legs black, claws and pulvilli elongated ; middle tibia with
one strong bristle on outer front side near the middle ; hind
tibia subciliate on outer posterior side with one long bristle
slightly beyond the middle.

Wings slightly darkened along the costal border; costal
spine indistinct ; third vein with one large bristle near base,
all others bare; fourth vein curving slightly inward beyond
bend, which is obliquely rounded ; first posterior cell narrowly
open a short distance before the wing tip ; hind cross vein
sinuous, oblique to fourth, tip nearer bend than to small cross
vein.

Length, 4.5 to 7.5 mm.

Described from nine males collected at College Station, Texas,
April and May, 1920-1929, (H. J. Reinhard). Type and two
paratypes deposited in the U. S. National Museum.

Masicera seticauda n. sp.

Male : Front 0.21 of head width, rather prominent below;

parafrontals gray pollinose, blackish and subshining before

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 201

vertex ; median stripe broad, black, slightly narrowed in front
of ocellar triangle extending as a line on either side to inner
vertical; frontal bristles in two rows which diverge on the
parafacials to a level with apex of second antennal joint, the
uppermost pair smaller than the two preceding reclinate
ones ; inner verticals rather weak, the outer short and hair-
like ; ocellars large, proclinate ; orbitals absent ; eyes bare ;
parafacials gray pollinose, bare, strongly divergent, not nar-
rowed below, distinctly wider than third antennal joint; face
concolorous with parafacials, the ridges rather high, with a
few bristles above the vibrissae, which are situated on the
oral margin ; antennae three-fourths the length of face, black
except near the base of third and at apex of second joints
which are yellowish; third joint slightly more than twice the
length of second ; arista bulbous at base, very slender beyond,
basal joints short but distinct; proboscis very short, fleshy;
palpi yellow, rather short and slender, with long black hairs
beneath on apical half ; cheeks about one-fourth the eye
height; occiput subshining with thin gray pollen and sparse
pale hairs intermixed with a few black bristles above and be-
low.

Thorax black, dorsum subshining, with two wide pollinose
stripes extending from a roundish spot at the anterior dorso-
central bristle to the base of the scutellum, the inner and
outer stripes less distinctly defined, humeri densely gray
pollinose; scutellum black, with reflecting thin gray pollen
except on narrow base. Chaetotaxy : humeral, 3 ; posthu-
meral, 2 (outer one hairlike) ; presutural, 1 ; acrostichal, 3, ?
3 (obscured by pin) ; dorsocentral, 3, 3; intraalar, 3; supra-
alar, 3 ; postalar, 2 ; notopleural, 2 ; pteropleural, 1 ; sterno-
pleural, 2, 1 ; scutellum with three pairs of lateral bristles,
the posterior largest, divaricate, situated almost at apex, with
fine hairs between them ; disk pilose, with a pair of weak
hairlike bristles shortly in front of the posterior marginals;
halteres brownish-yellow ; calypters white.

Abdomen slender, black tinged faintly with brown on the
sides and venter; basal two-thirds of segments two to four
with gray pollen, which on the intermediate segments extends
broadly on the venter ; an obscure median vitta present ; hairs
and bristles long and erect on dorsum; first segment with a
median marginal pair; second with a discal and marginal
pair; thiixi with a discal pair and marginal row; fourth with
a discal and a marginal row, and a dense series of long spiny
bristles underneath on each side of the genitalia ; in addition

202 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

to the usual marginal laterals each segment has a single
bristle in the middle forming a complete row on the sides
of the abdomen; genital segments black; fifth sternite with
a U-shaped incision, the lobes converging behind, black,
bearing short black hair on the margins.

Legs slender, black, tarsi brownish beneath ; claws and
pulvilli elongated ; middle tibia with one bristle on outer front
side ; hind tibia with a sparse row of short bristles on outer
posterior side with one long near the basal third, the middle,
and the apex.

Wings normal, slightly infuscated ; third vein with three
setules at base; fourth vein with a rounded obtuse bend,
straight beyond curving slightly outward near tip so that the
first posterior cell is narrowly open about half the length of
hind cross vein before exact wing tip ; hind cross vein sinuous,
tip nearer bend than to small cross vein; costal spine short
and indistinct.

Length, 6 mm.

Described from one male collected at College Station, Texas,
April 9, 1918, (H. J. Reinhard). Type deposited in the U. S.
National Museum.

The species is related to Masicera polita Coq. from which it
differs in having yellow palpi, facial ridges bristly on less than
lower fourth, three anterior acrostichals, etc. The dense row of
bristles on each side of the fourth segment below makes it easily
recognizable.

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 203

A NEW ARCTOCORIXA WITH A NOTE ON
SYNONYMY (HEMIPT., CORIXIDAE) *

By G. Stuart Walley, Ottawa, Ont.

There appear to be two known species of Arctorcorixa in
Northeastern America having the elytra conspicuously marked by
three longitudinal blackish lines. Both have been commonly re-
ferred to as A. trilineata Prov., but the writer recently pointed
out (Can. Ent., LXI, 34, 1929) that the true trilineata is re-
stricted to the form having the elongate male pala with the “pegs”
in a single row. The form with the shorter more rectangular
pala with the “pegs” in two rows is a distinct species and examples
studied by the writer differ in several important structural details
from the species described by Provancher.

In 1771 (Novae Species Insectorum, Cent. I, p. 70) Forster
described under the name Notonecta lineata a species of Arcto-
corixa having three longitudinal fuscous lines on the elytra. The
locality data given by Forster, “in aquis provinciae Noveboracen-
sis in America Septententrionali” is sufficiently vague to include
the range of both the above forms. A study of the essential char-
acters contained in Forster’s description has led the writer to be-
lieve that Provancher’s species is identical with A. lineata
(Forst.). Beyond the fact that specimens of trilineata are
slightly larger and strictly speaking have four to six instead
of three transverse pronotal black bands there are apparently no
distinguishing characters. Moreover the number of lines on the
prothorax has been shown to vary slightly in Arctocorixa, thus
in some specimens there are three broad median bands with nar-
rower and shorter anterior and posterior bands so that the general
aspect is distinctly three banded. The following synonymy is
therefore proposed.

•

Arctocorixa lineata (Forst.)

Notonecta lineata Forster, Nov. Spec. Ins. Cent. I, 70, 1771.

Notonecta noveboracensis Gmelin in Linnaeus, Syst. Nat.,
edn. 13, 1, pt. 4, p. 2119, 1788 (unnecessary n. n. for
lineata Forst.).

Turton, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edn. 13, II, p. 60s,
1806. Engl. tr.

* Contribution from the Division of Systematic Entomology,
Entomological Branch, Dept, of Agric., Ottawa.

204 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Corisa trilineata Provancher, Nat. Can, IV, p. 108, 1872
(New Synonymy).

Corisa trivittata Provancher, Pet. Faune Ent. Can., Ill, p.

203, 1888 (unnecessary change of name).

Arctocorixa trilineata (Prov.), Walley, Can. Ent. LXI, 34,
1929.

The three lined form with the short pala with the “pegs” in
two rows is a closely allied species but can scarcely be lineata
since the pronotum bears six or seven regular transverse blackish
bars and the yellow on the elytra is reduced so that the three
longitudinal blackish marks are less stripe-like and the general
aspect is scarcely pale flavous as stated by Forster. Since this
species is apparently without a valid name it is described as fol-
lows :

Arctocorixa impersonata n. sp. (Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.)

Male.- — Length 5.75 mm. Head from above broadly
rounded in front. Vertex from above slightly longer than
shortest distance between eyes. Inner posterior angles of
eyes remote from occipital margin. Front with median
oval depression almost as in lineata, just surpassing lower
margin of eyes, in width as broad as greatest interocular
space. Vertex smooth, shining, a few punctures as in
lineata. Apical antennal segment slender, three-fifths as
long as the much stouter sub-apical segment. Lateral lobe
of prothorax as in fig. 5. Exposed disk of pronotum twice
as wide as long, a short very faint carina at middle in front ;
posterior margin rather evenly curved with only a faint broad
angulation at middle, surface shining, with fine shallow
rastrations. Metaxyphus as in fig. 3, small, rather short with
apex forming an angle of almost 90 degrees. Front femora
oval in cr^ss-section, stridular area large, extending well be-
yond middle beyond which is a dispersed patch of short
stouter sub-erect setae. Tibiae about twice as long as broad,
only bluntly carinate above. Palae as in fig. 1, rather short,
sub-rectangular, thinner than tarsi without strong carina on
outer face and with pegs on inner face in two rows, about
eighteen in a row which begins near inner basal angle and runs
outward and gradually upward in an almost straight line to
end sub-marginally at about apical third of pala; a shorter
marginal row of six or seven slightly longer pegs beginning
on upper margin above and close to end of former row, con-
tinuing along curve of margin terminating distinctly before

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 205

apex. Clavus distinctly and evenly rastrate throughout ;
corium with finer more confused rastrations becoming only
obscurely roughened toward apex; corium with very fine
sparse appressed yellowish hairs. Strigil small with three
striae. Right clasper slender gradually curved, very slightly
broader before the short pointed apex.

Color pattern simulating A. lineata but with black mark-
ings predominant. Head, legs, thoracic pleura and venter
(except for brown mesosternum), dull yellow. Pronotum
with ground color dull yellow, disk narrowly blackish
margined behind and with six or seven almost regular trans-
verse blackish bars which are slightly broader than the yel-
lowish interspaces. Clavus predominantly blackish with the
yellowish intervals narrower than the transverse blackish
bars, the latter extending transversely from outer to inner
margins with their bases fused along inner margin. Corium
with three broad longitudinal blackish stripes separated by
narrower more broken series of vermiculate yellowish flecks.
Embolar margin broadly fuscous yellow; a yellow dash sep-
arating corium from membrane area, the latter with a circum-
ferential row of blackish flecks which fuse outwardly, also
a rather broad median longitudinal vermiculate blackish
patch joined in places with the marginal flecks. Venter of
abdomen yellowish brown with basal three and lobes of last
ventral darker brownish, pale margined.

Female. — Slightly more robust than the male. Palae stout,
not more than two and one-half times as long as broad.
Color pattern as in fig. 2.

Holotype. — J1, Fairy Lake, Que., Sept. 11, 1928, (G. S. Wal-
ley) ; No. 3180 in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ont.

Allotype. — §, same data as holotype.

Paratypes. — 3 c? 4 ? ?> Fairy Lake, Que., May 17, 1927,

(Walley) ; J1, Fairy Lake, Oct. 2, 1927, (Walley) ; 6 2 $ §,

Fairy Lake, Sept. 9-1 1, 1928, (Walley and Brown) ; 3 .J1 2 j $,

Rideau River, Ottawa, Ont., Apr. 16, 1927, (Walley) ; 5 c ? 2

5 2, Rideau River, Ottawa, Nov. 15, 1928, (Walley) ; 6 J $,
Merivale, Ont., May 9, 14, 1930, (Walley) ; <$, <j>, Orono, Maine,
Apr. 20, 1912, (H. M. Parshley) ; 2 J }, Orono, May 6, 1914,
(Parshley) ; J) Ithaca, N. Y., July 18, 1919.

Holotype, Allotype and Paratype in Canadian National Collec-
tion, Ottawa. Paratypes in collection of Mr. J. R. de la Torre-
Bueno, White Plains, N. Y.

206 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Notes. — Traces to A. trilineata (Prov.) = lineata (Forst.) in
keys to species of Arctocorixa. Differs from lineata in arrange-
ment of palar pegs ; the interocular space on vertex is noticeably
narrower in impersonata ; the apical antennal is three-fifths as
long as sub-apical not half as long as in lineata. The lateral
prothoracic lobe in lineata (fig. 7) is slightly narrower and more
elongate and the metaxyphus while not large in either species is
distinctly more acutely pointed in lineata (fig. 6). The front
femur of the male is broader basally and somewhat flattened on
inner basal area in lineata, in impersonata it is more ovate in cross-
section. The female pala of lineata is at least three times as
long as broad compared with two and one-half times in im-
personata. The male strigil of the latter has only three striae, in
lineata five. The male clasper (fig. 4) differs slightly and has
the apex broader than in Forster’s species which is usually as in
fig. 6 (Can. Ent. LXI, 35, 1929) though in some specimens of
lineata the small curved apex is less pronounced. The elytra of
lineata are a little more heavily rastrate and the blackish pronotal
bars a little less regular and slightly narrower. The elytral pat-
tern of impersonata differs in having the yellow markings much
less pronounced so that the three corial black stripes are not as
sharply delimited as in lineata. In impersonata the yellow is
reduced to longitudinal series of flecks not entire stripes as in
lineata. The mid tarsus also lacks the narrow brown apex found
in lineata.

Explanation of Figures.

Arctocorixa impersonata n. sp. 1. pala of male; 2. dorsal view
showing color pattern; 3. metaxyphus; 4. right clasper of male,
5. lateral lobe of prothorax. Arctocorixa lineata (Forst.) 6.
metaxyphus ; 7. lateral lobe of prothorax.

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXV, No. 4

Plate XI

208 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

A NEW MOTH COLLECTING GUN.

By J. D. Gunder, Pasadena, California.

The illustration shows the general principle and mechanical con-
struction of this moth collecting device probably better than a lot
of description. I have termed it a “gun” because of its suggestive
shape and single-handed operation. There is every reason to be-
lieve that it can be used for capturing specimens in certain other
orders of insects as well as Lepidoptera.

When a desired moth is seen resting on a lamp-post, wall or
lighted sheet, you simply put the mouth of the gun over the
specimen, having pressed the trigger which opens the trap-door of
the bottle and the insect flies inside. With the pressure on the
trigger a small electric bulb illuminates the object and the interior
of the bottle. The release of the trigger prevents the escape of
the catch. The object of the light is to view any individual be-
fore capture to see if you really want it and also to cause it to
flutter back into the gun and down into the bottle where it can be
seen in time for the release of the trigger. The electric lighting
feature is not intended to lure distant moths to a collector, but is
simply a great help in finding and examining specimens in dark
corners and in getting them unharmed into the killing jar. The
old way of bottling moths was to rapidly remove a big cork stop-
per and put the opening of the container sideways over a specimen
and then by a sleight-of-hand performance, get the cork back in
before the captive flew out. This operation required both hands
and sometimes valuable specimens escaped or were otherwise
damaged. The single-handed operation of this gun can be ap-
preciated because it leaves the left hand free for self support or
otherwise climbing around. Cyanide, ether or any killing agency
can be used in the bottle which readily unscrews from the base
of the gun. All metal parts are well constructed of light material
and lacquered black. Two standard dry cells are required and
are as easily replaceable as those in a flash light.

This gun will be found very useful to all collectors and especi-
ally to those going into the tropics or making short summer trips
to distant points where time is valuable and the best kind of an
entomological equipment required.

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXV^ No. 4

Plate XII

vXI iAp; £,

m i

^SMwM

■I

B/eclric LiyA A Bulb
Trap Door Closed

Door Open

- Dry Cells

Bnyp

-/Candle

Cyanide Boll l e

A New Moth Collecting Gun— Gander

[patent pending]

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 209

SYNONYMIES OF ANTILLEAN CHRYSOMELIDAE,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

By Doris H. Blake, Bureau of Entomology, United States De-
partment of Agriculture.

The Species of Disonycha now included under

D. PENSYLVANICA.

While identifying material of Cuban Chrysomelidae collected
by Mr. S. C. Bruner of Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, I was struck
by the resemblance of Disonycha costipennis to the Florida form,
Disonycha pensylvanica var. conjugata. Mr. H. S. Barber, to
whom I showed the specimens, informed me that he had long
thought the two were identical. The notes here presented are the
result of an attempt to dispel the confusion that has existed among
the species allied to D. pensylvanica, and at present wrongly
synonymized with it. The writer wishes to express her grati-
tude to Mr. K. G. Blair for searching for types of Disonycha in
the British Museum.

The present status of Disonycha pensylvanica as given in Leng’s
catalogue is that six names are listed as synonyms or varieties un-
der “ pennsylvanica.” Pensylvanica, as it was originally spelled
by Illiger,1 was described in 1807, and conjugata, included as a
variety, was described by Fabricius in 1801. 2 If the two were
only varietally distinct, conjugata would, of course, be the valid
name. The other names in the order of their publication are :
uniguttata Say 1825, 3 vicina Kirby 1837, 4 limbicollis LeConte
!857,5 pallipes Crotch 1875, 6 and procera Casey 1884.7

1 Illiger, Mag. f. Insek., vol. 6, 1807, p. 146. In the 18th cen-
tury the name Pennsylvania was ordinarily spelled “Pensylvania.”

2 Fabricius, Syst. Eleu, vol. 1, 1801, p. 405.

3 Say, Journ. Acad. Philadelphia, vol. 4, 1825, p. 88.

4 Kirby, Fauna Boreali Amer. vol. 4, 1837, p. 217.

5 LeConte, Rept. of Exp. & Surv. Miss, to Pac., vol. 12, pt. 3,
i860 (printed in June 1857), p. 67.

6 Crotch, Proc. Acad. Philadelphia, vol. 25, 1875, P- 64.

7 Casey, Cont. to Descr. and Syst. Coleop. of N. A., pt. 2, 1884,
p. 182.

210 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

These names were originally grouped under one species (pen-
sylvanica) by Horn, who has been followed by subsequent work-
ers, probably because the group as a whole possesses a single
rather striking feature, the costate, parallel-sided elytra. As
shown by the shape and structure of the aedeagus, as well as by
external characters, there are at least four distinct species besides
conjugata. The following key will assist in their identification.

Key to Species of Disonycha Formerly Included Under
Pensylvanica.

1. Elytra pale yellowish or reddish brown with paler yellow

vittae, often indistinct. “Carolina,” Florida, Cuba.

conjugata

Elytra black with pale yellow vittae 2

2. Front of head, with exception of socket of basal antennal

joint, black (in limbic ollis sometimes a narrow pale line at
base of front on clypeus) ; ventral surface, except for tip

of abdomen, and legs entirely black 3

Lower part of front of head, usually femora and margin of
abdomen pale or reddish 4

3. Small (4-6 mm.), elytra very finely punctate, sometimes al-

most impunctate, in female distinctly costate ; black vittae
usually joined at apex. East of Mississippi, frequent in

southern Atlantic States pensylvanica

Larger (6-7.5 mm-)> elytra distinctly punctate, in female not
costate or only very indistinctly so ; black vittae rarely joined
at apex. California limbic ollis

4. Prothorax usually with large median spot considerably wider

anteriorly, and two generally less pigmented lateral spots,
the two lateral spots on well-marked knobby callosities;
elytra distinctly punctate, only faint trace of eltyral costae
in female; aedeagus broad, not acutely tipped (see fig. 7) ;
larger (6-8 mm.). United States east of Rockies.

uniguttata

Prothorax usually with only faint traces of five small spots,
these occasionally darker and sometimes banded together;
only indistinct traces of callosities; elytra indistinctly
punctate, in female costae well marked; aedeagus acutely
tipped (see fig. 6); smaller (5-7.5 mm.). United States
east of Rockies pallipes

Pensylvanica, as described by Illiger, stands out as a distinct
species. He described it as 2 lines long, of the build of glabrata,
shining, black with the roots of the antennae, or its small sunken

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 211

base, and the last ventral segment pale ; the prothorax pale with a
black median spot, rounded in front, narrowed behind. The
elytra were unpunctured, black with two narrow pale vittae join-
ing at apex, the legs black. Although said to have been taken in
Pennsylvania, it was sent by Bose from Carolina with other
specimens. This description fits perfectly the small southern
Disonycha, specimens of which are in the National Museum from
Texas, Louisiana, Florida, Virginia and Maryland. The distinc-
tive characters separating it from other costate species in the
East are : The small size, the head entirely black except for the

pale circle about the base of the antenna, the median black spot
on pronotum, somewhat variable in size, the wide black elytral
vittae joining at the apex, the black ventral surface except for
the last ventral segment, and the black legs, and lastly the puncta-
tion, which is extremely fine, giving the insect the shiny appear-
• ance of glahrata. The aedeagus (see fig. 5) is unlike that of con-
jugata. This is probably the species mentioned by Horn as a
form of pensylvanica occurring in Florida and Louisiana. It is
probably also what Blatchley has described as var. parvap al-
though I have seen no specimens from as far north and inland as
Knox Co., Indiana.

D. conjugata Fabricius, described from “Carolina, Mus. Bose,”
is the most readily recognized species of the group on account of
its pale coloring. Fabricius described it as having the head,
thorax and elytra ferrugineous with two pale yellow elytral vittae
joined at the apex, and the antennae, metasternum and tibiae
black. Fabricius does not mention the costate elytra, but since
the costation is most marked in the female and in the male is
indistinct or obsolete, this omission is of slight significance.
Olivier's figure8 9 shows it to be what is commonly labelled con-
jugata in collections.

The Cuban D. costipennis , described by Duval under the genus
Monomacra10 is unquestionably identical with conjugata.
Duval’s description differs from that of Fabricius in that there
is no mention of the pale elytral vittae, and the color of the
antennae and tibiae is given as fuscous. Examination of a series
of specimens shows that the paler vittae are sometimes indis-

8 Blatchley, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 29, 1921, p. 16.

9 Olivier, Ent., vol. 6, 1808, pi. 2, fig. 30, p. 686.

10 Ramon de la Sagra, Hist, de la Isla de Cuba, vol. 7, 1856, p.
129.

212 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

tinguishable on the pale reddish brown elytra, particularly in
darker or more greasy specimens, and that the darker coloring of
the antennae, metasternum, and tibiae is a matter of individual
variation. Dissection shows the aedeagi to be the same in both
(see fig. 4). The species has been collected by E. A. Schwarz
on Polygonum, and is definitely known from Florida and Cuba,
in addition to Fabricius’ “ Carolina ” record.

Disonycha pallipes Crotch was briefly described as having the
elytra yellow with black vittae, the head black, and the “hind
femora at least and part of the body red.” No types seem to have
been labelled as such and no type locality was recorded. Mr.
Nathan Banks, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, reports
that there is no specimen under this name in the LeConte collec-
tion, and Mr. K. G. Blair, who has kindly searched through the
collection at the British Museum, reports that there is none there
or at Cambridge, England, where the Crotch collection is pre-
served. Dr. E. A. Schwarz, with whom Crotch was working at
the time he wrote his key to Disonycha, has labelled as var.
pallipes specimens in the National Museum from Michigan which
agree with Crotch’s brief key description, and Mr. Charles Schaef-
fer has labelled similar specimens as pallipes in the Brooklyn
Museum collection. The specimens so labelled are slightly larger
than pensylvanica (5-7 mm.), and the head is dark with a pale
lower front. The prothorax is often immaculate or with only
faint traces of five small spots, two lateral and three forming a
triangle medially, the middle lower one being elongate. Occasion-
ally all of these spots are well marked and sometimes even
coalesce. The elytra are very finely punctate, and in the female
the costae are well marked ; the black elytral vittae are not
ordinarily united at the apex as in pensylvanica. The femora and
margin of the abdomen are almost invariably pale or reddish.
The aedeagus (see fig. 6) resembles somewhat that of conjugata,
although quite distinct. This species occurs from Massachusetts
and New York southward to Florida and Texas and westward
through Indiana, Wisconsin and North Dakota, even to Nevada.
I have found it in Washington, D. C., feeding on Polygonum.

Disonycha procera Casey, described from Delaware, is identical
with pallipes.

Disonycha uniguttata was described by Say in a publication on
the insects collected on an expedition to the Rocky Mountains,
and the type locality is given as the “United States.” It is prob-

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 213

able that the specimens were collected somewhere between the
Mississippi and Colorado, possibly along the Platte River.11 Say
described the species as more than a quarter of an inch long, black,
with the front of the head and thorax rufous, the latter with a
large central spot sometimes connected with a smaller yellowish
or pale spot on each side ; the elytra obsoletely punctate with two
vittae joining at the tip, the femora and margin of the abdomen
rufous. This is the largest of the group (6-8 mm.), and the
elytral punctation, while not conspicuous, is very much more pro-
nounced than in any of the others except limbicollis Lee. Like
limbicollis, the prothorax has a distinct lateral callosity on either
side. The pale elytral vittae are wider than in pensylvanica, and
there is little indication of costae, even in the females. The
aedeagus (see fig. 7) is quite unlike that of conjugata , pensyl-
vanica or pallipes. In fact the aedeagus resembles closely that of
limbicollis, although differing in minor details from that species.
This species is widespread, occurring from Canada to Virginia
along the Atlantic coast, and west through Indiana, Illinois and
Michigan. It has been collected by C. A. Frost on Polygonum.

Disonycha vicina Kirby may from description be either uni-
guttata or pallipes, but must remain a doubtful species, since the
single specimen from which it was described is not to be found.
Mr. K. G. Blair of the British Museum writes as follows :

“Of this we should have the type, and we have a specimen
bearing the original registration label of the type, but without
any determination label. It does not agree with the descrip-
tion by Kirby, but is a normal specimen of D. caroliniana F.
It would appear that there has been some transference of the
registration label in the past, and that the type is now lost.”

Limbicollis LeConte was described (from Sacramento, Cali-
fornia) as black with pale margin, and with two pale elytral vit-
tae wider than in pensylvanica , and with the elytra not sulcate.
This description corresponds with specimens in the National
Museum collected in California. The head is entirely dark
(sometimes a narrow pale line extends along the clypeus at the
base of the front), a wide band leaving only a pale margin ex-
tends across the prothorax, and the ventral surface and legs are
black. The punctation is similar to that of uniguttata. The

11 Barber, Ent. News, vol. 39, 1928, p. 15.

214 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

aedeagus (see fig. 8), however, while similar, differs in several
details. It is probably a distinct race, although closely allied to
the eastern uniguttata. Limbicollis and uniguttata belong to a
totally distinct group from the others listed under pensylvanica.

On other species, the Central American species D. recticollis
Jacoby,12 belongs to this group with costate elytra. It is very
similar in size, coloring and punctation to D. pallipes , but usually
paler. The head has only a dark basal band across the occiput,
connecting narrowly with the eye on either side. The prothorax
is usually immaculate or with traces of two darker spots an-
teriorly, and occasionally vestiges of the other two lateral spots
and the median streak. The dark elytral vittae are narrower
than in pallipes , and in the male there is little or no trace of costae,
while in the female there is only one ridge, and that on the median
black vitta, in contrast to the several costae of pallipes. The
antennal joints are also different from those of pallipes. Like
conjugata, uniguttata , and pallipes, it has been collected on Poly-
gonum, specimens in the U. S. N. M. collection being labelled as
so found at Porto Bello, Panama, by E. A. Schwarz.

II.

New West Indian Chrysomelidae.

The present paper is mainly the result of an attempt to identify
a box of miscellaneous Chrysomelidae sent to me by Mr. S. C.
Bruner, of Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba. Mr. Bruner collected
most of the new species here described in the Sierra Maestra
in the Province of Oriente, Cuba, a region in which little or no
entomological collecting had been done before. The writer
wishes to express her gratitude to him for the generosity with
which he has supplied specimens and geographic data.

Metachroma adustum Suffrian.

Metachroma terminale Horn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol.

19, July, 1892, p. 215.

Specimens collected by E. A. Schwarz at Biscayne Bay and Key
West, Florida, were described by Horn as Metachroma terminale.
The substance of his short description differs in no way from the
long and detailed one of Suffrian,* 1 based on Cuban material, ex-

12 Jacoby, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Coleopt., vol. 6, pt. 1, 1884, p. 313.

1 Suffrian, Archiv. f. Naturg., vol. 32, 1866, p. 339.

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 215

cept that Horn described the head as “sparsely punctate, slightly
opaque,” and Suffrian as thickly and finely punctate. Both the
Cuban and Floridan specimens have the head moderately densely
punctate, with an alutaceous surface more pronounced on the
lower half of the front. The species apparently is known from
the mainland only at the very tip of Florida. Since working out
the identity of the two I have found that Dr. Schwarz had previ-
ously noted it on pinned labels in the collection. Specimens sent
by Mr. Bruner were collected at Hershey and Santiago, Cuba.

Chalcosicya new genus.

Oval, convex, with thin, usually coarse and appressed pale
pubescence and with coppery body luster. Head inserted
well into the prothorax, and eyes partially covered below by
thoracic episternum ; no supraorbital grooves ; eyes somewhat
emarginate. Antennae slender, gradually thickened apically,
about half the length of body, second joint not noticeably
shorter than third. Prothorax not quite twice as broad as
long, not contracted at the base, distinctly margined and not
dentate ; episternum with anterior margin usually a little pro-
duced, although sometimes nearly straight, but never emargi-
nate. Elytra broadly ovate, with lateral ridges behind humeri
in the female of some species, confusedly punctate, sometimes
obsoletely striate. Femora not toothed, tibiae not emargi-
nate, the claws acutely denticulate at base.

Type of genus : Chalcosicya maestrensis new species.

Because of its coarse, almost squamulose pubescence, its dis-
tinctly margined but not denticulate prothorax, and its produced
prothoracic episternum, this genus is most closely related to
Glyptoscelis. It differs from that genus by its much smaller size
and oval shape, its sparser pubescence, its wider prothorax, which
is not contracted at the base, its broader, more oval elytra, and
its differently shaped aedeagus. It is more like Colas pidea in
size, but differs from that genus in shape in the same way as from
Glyptoscelis. In both size and shape it resembles superficially the
genus Nodonota , but the deeply inserted head, the long second
antennal joint, and the pubescence, as well as other characters,
separate it from this genus. It is distinct from Graphops and
Metachroma on account of the lack of supraorbital grooves. The
South American genus Sphaeropis has an entirely differently

216 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

shaped episternum which does not at all cover the lower part of
the eyes.

Chalcosicya maestrensis new species (Fig. i.)

Oval, shining, coppery, head and prothorax with sparse
coarse pubescence, elytra less conspicuously pubescent, pro-
notum and elytra rather coarsely and thickly punctate. Head
without callosities, a rather indistinct vertical fovea ending in
a slight depression above clypeus ; pronouncedly alutaceous
with coarse punctation tending to become elongate and form
wrinkles on occiput ; with long coarse gray pubescence, not
dense. Antennae slender and extending about half length
of body, gradually thickened apically, the first three joints
pale, next four becoming darker brown, eighth and ninth
pale, and last two joints dark, second joint not noticeably
shorter than third. Prothorax not quite twice as broad as
long, with arcuate sides, not constricted at base, coarsely and
moderately densely punctate, distinctly alutaceous, yet shin-
ing; with scattered long pale pubescence, thicker at the sides
yet nowhere dense. Scutellum small, half elliptic. Elytra
convex, broadly oval, with lateral ridges behind the humeri
in female ; surface shining, coarsely and rather closely and
confusedly punctate, tending towards striation apically ; not
at all alutaceous ; with very short, pale, coarse pubescence
scarcely apparent on basal part of elytra, and becoming
slightly longer apically; longer closely appressed pale hairs
along lateral and basal margin and humeral depression, never
dense. Body beneath reddish brown with coppery glints on
femora and metasternum, metasternum coarsely punctate,
ventral surface and legs with long appressed pale, not dense,
pubescence. Claws with sharp basal tooth.

Length, 3.5 to 4.5 mm. ; width, 2 to 2.5 mm.

Type-locality. — Summit of Pico Turquino, Sierra Maestra,
altitude 1,375 to 1,525 m., Province of Oriente, Cuba, collected by
S. C. Bruner and C. H. Ballou, July, 1922.

Type (J) and 5 paratypes (2 §, 3 J').- — Cat. No. 431 14, U. S.
N. M. 1 paratype in collection of S. C. Bruner.

This is one of the largest of a group of several small species,
apparently confined to the West Indies, of which nana, hereby
assigned to the same genus, is the only one hitherto described.
Nana was placed by Suffrian under Heteraspis of LeConte. Le-
Conte afterwards, discovering the earlier use of the name Heter-
aspis by Blanchard for an oriental genus, replaced it by the name

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 217

Graphops. Nana can not be referred to LeConte’s genus Graph-
ops on account of the lack of any supraorbital sulcus on the
head, and Clavareau in Coleoptorum Catalogus has referred it to
the genus Glyptoscelis. The North American species of Glyptos-
celis and the Venezuelan G. aeneipennis , which also extends to
Trinidad and Grenada, are much larger insects, and in habitus
bear little resemblance to the small West Indian species. Neither
does the West Indian group resemble the small southwestern
genus which Horn has referred to the Mediterranean genus
Colaspidea. The prothorax is differently shaped from that of
either Colaspidea or Glyptoscelis. It is nearly twice as broad as
long, much wider than in typical Glyptoscelis, with lateral margins
broadly arcuate, and not contracted at the base, and the elytra
are wider and more oval, thus producing a more oval and less
oblong shaped insect.

Galerucella maculipes new species (Fig. 9.)

Elongate, subparallel, rather coarsely punctate and finely
pubescent, elytra with callosities at base, postmedianly and
anteapically ; pale yellow brown with dark antennae, head
with median dark line, pronotum 7-spotted, elytra with ten
narrow dark brown vittae, third and submarginal vittae more
or less evanescent, and all obscure at apex, femora and often
tibiae with dark median spot. Head densely and coarsely
punctate, with fine appressed pubescence, pale with darker
mouthparts, and with a median dark line down front, and
often a black spot behind the eye at base of head. Antennae
extending nearly to middle of elytra, dark brown, third joint
longer than the others. Prothorax barely twice as broad as
long, obtusely angulate on lateral margin ; densely and
coarsely punctate, with fine appressed pubescence ; spots
dark brown or piceous, small and usually seven in number,
often contingent, these probably representing three large
spots, one median, and two lateral, broken up. Scutellum
pale, truncate. Elytra subparallel, narrowed in apical fourth,
with blunt apex, a distinct basal callosity near scutellum on
each elytron, another slightly below middle near suture, and
the third at., apical fourth, the last the most pronounced ; sur-
face densely and coarsely punctate and densely pubescent
with short appressed hairs becoming very dense at apex ; pale,
with five narrow dark brown vittae on each elytron, suture
and margin pale, the third and submarginal vittae frequently
interrupted and all disappearing before apex, leaving apex

218 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

pale. Body beneath pale, the femora and often the tibiae
with a median dark spot.

Length, 5.2 to 6 mm. ; width, 2 to 2.3 mm.

Type-locality. — Summit of Pico Turquino, 1,100-1,300 m. alti-
tude, Sierra Maestra, Province of Oriente, Cuba, collected by S.
C. Bruner and C. H. Ballou, July, 1922.

Type (J1) and 3 paratypes (2 5, 1 J'). Cat. No. 43115, U. S.
N. M. 1 other paratype in collection of S. C. Bruner.

In shape, elytral callosities and markings this species is very
similar to Trirhabda obscurovittata Jacoby2 of Central America,
which was placed in the genus Trirhabda probably because the
third antennal joint was shorter than the fourth, although other
characters, among them the shape of the aedeagus, clearly indi-
cate that it does not belong to that genus. It is considerably
larger (8 mm. or more) and also has wider and fewer vittae than
the Cuban species. Maculipes has the third antennal joint dis-
tinctly longer than the fourth, and so for the present must be
referred to the genus Galerucella. It differs from other species
of Galerucella described from tropical America by the rather un-
usual maculation of the femora and tibiae.

Stoiba indivisa new species (Fig. 2.)

Oval, faintly shining; head, prothorax, antennae and legs
pale yellow, elytra deep blue, ventral surface black. Head
usually visible from above, pale yellow with darker mouth-
parts, surface alutaceous, with a few coarse punctures, a fine
median line down vertex. Antennae not longer than pro-
thorax, pale yellow, first four basal joints subglabrous and
slender, remaining joints gradually thickened and pubescent.
Prothorax somewhat emarginate anteriorly, sides not arcuate,
but much widened in a straight line three-quarters their
length, thence slightly narrowed to base, twice as broad as
long at widest point; explanate margin wide, basal margin
sinuate, disk slightly convex with fine median line; surface
alutaceous, with fine scattered punctures. Scutellum black,
polished. Elytra convex, rounded, widest before middle,
with prominent humeri but lacking the lateral sulcus and
margin characteristic of flavicollis; surface alutaceous, dimly
shining, with moderately coarse, dense punctation. Wings

2 Biol. Centr.-Amer. Coleopt., vol. VI, Pt. 1, 1886, p. 486.

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 219

fully developed, body beneath black, shining, legs except at
base entirely pale yellow, claws with distinct but short basal
tooth.

Length, 6 to 8 mm. ; width, 5 to 6 mm.

Type (5).— Cat. No. 43116, U. S. N. M. Paratype (J'), also
collected at Guantanamo, in collection of American Museum of
Natural History, New York.

Type locality. — Guantanamo, Cuba, collected by W. M. Mann.

This species, while closely related to flavicollis, differs from it
by its deep blue elytra, its coarser punctation, and by its lack of
elytral sulcus, which in flavicollis distinctly divides the rounded
arch of the elytra from the margin.

Stoiba bruneri new species. (Fig. 3.)

Head, prothorax, antennae except for the last joint, which
is deep brown, and legs reddish yellow, elytra deep purplish
blue, body beneath black ; not shining, prothorax and elytra
with broad rounded margin, elytra strongly convex. Head
barely perceptible from above in shallow emargination of an-
terior prothorax, pale reddish with dark mouthparts, aluta-
ceous with a few punctures bearing fine hairs, a median
vertical line and a supraorbital depression across vertex, eyes
widely set. Antennae slender, apical joints gradually thick-
ened, first and third joints longest, fourth shorter and a little
longer than fifth, these first five basal joints not heavily
pubescent, remaining joints broader and densely pubescent.
Prothorax over twice as broad as long, widest in the middle,
very slightly emarginate anteriorly with wide arcuate ex-
planate lateral margins, broadly curving upwards, disk
slightly convex with fine median line, basal margin sinuate,
pointing down at basal angles and at scutellum. Scutellum
shining black. Elytra strongly convex, with rounded ex-
planate margin widest before middle, diminishing to apex ;
surface alutaceous with fine not dense punctation; entirely
deep purplish blue. Wings vestigial. Body beneath dark
and shining, legs entirely pale except at base, claws with a
strongly marked basal tooth.

Length, 7.5 to 9 mm. ; width, 6 to 7.8 mm.

Type and 6 Paratypes. — Cat. No. 43117, U. S. N. M. 2 other
paratypes in collection of S. C. Bruner.

Type locality. — Sierra Maestra, altitude 1,380 m., Province of

220 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Oriente, Cuba, collected by S. C. Bruner and C. H. Ballou, July,
1922.

The identity of Klug’s Cassida flavicollis ( Himatidium nigri -
penne Sturm Catal.),3 the type of Spaeth’s genus Stoiha, is doubt-
ful. There are several very similar species of this group occur-
ring in Cuba. Suffrian, in his description of Chelymorpha flavi-
collis, mentioned another form, without naming it. Spaeth, in
describing the genus Stoiha from specimens of “flavicollis,” prob-
ably had in hand the small rounded species with very dark elytra
and pale yellow antennae, which is represented in the National
Museum collection by specimens from Havana and Pinar del Rio,
on the northwestern end of the island. It is quite probable that
this was the species originally described by Klug. Taking this to
be the case, the present species, while usually larger and not so
rounded, and with more angular elytral side margins, resembles
flavicollis somewhat in coloring, although the elytra are deep pur-
plish blue as contrasted with Klug’s description of black elytra,
and the color of the head, prothorax, antennae and legs is not pale
yellow but distinctly reddish. The shape of the prothorax is very
different also from that of flavicollis, in which the lateral margin
is not rounded anteriorly, and is widest near the base. Spaeth, in
the key in which he described the genus Stoiha distinguished the
genus by having the fifth antennal joint like the apical joints and
not slender and subglabrous like the basal joints. In Stoiha
hruneri the basal joints are longer and more slender than the
corresponding ones of flavicollis , and the fifth joint is not so thick
or so densely pubescent as the apical joints. The last joint is deep
brown. Neither hruneri nor the following species, decemmacu-
lata, if the genus is based entirely on the length and shape of the
antennal joints belongs to the genus Stoiha as Spaeth originally
described it. In his original description4 he stated that he had no
material of Cassida swartzii Thun, of Jamaica, or of Chelymorpha
angusticollis Suff. of Cuba, and he then included them somewhat
doubtfully, but later in Coleoptorum Catalogus he put them with-
out question in the genus Stoiha. Swartzii and flavicollis are sim-
ilar in having the fifth antennal joint short and pubescent and
more like the apical joints, but angusticollis, hruneri and the fol-

3 Klug included this name in his original description, but no
mention of its synonymy is found in Spaeth’s treatment of the
Cassidae in the Junk Catalogue.

4 Spaeth, Deut. Ent. Zeitschr., 1909, p. 720.

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Bi'ooklyn Entomological Society 221

lowing species, decemmaculata, have the fifth antennal joint in-
termediate in character between the basal and apical joints, and
neither as pubescent nor as thick as the apical joints. In all three
species, too, the wings are only vestigial, which is not true of all
the specimens of flavicollis. Two specimens doubtfully referred
to flavicollis in the National Museum collection with very bright
blue elytra are also wingless.

Stoiba decemmaculata new species. (Fig. n.)

Prothorax and elytra with wide lateral margin, elytra
strongly convex; not shining, pale yellow, each elytron with
two lateral-marginal and three median black spots, antennae,
mouthparts, coxae, trochanters, joints of legs, tarsi and last
ventral segment dark. Head somewhat apparent from above
in slight emargination of anterior prothorax, but the widely
separate eyes nearly concealed ; a distinct median groove
down front, and a supraorbital depression across vertex ; sur-
face alutaceous with a few coarse punctures, each one bear-
ing a pale silky hair. Antennae not longer than prothorax,
dark brown, basal joints slender, first and third joints about
equal and longest, fourth, fifth and sixth shorter and dimin-
ishing gradually in length, fifth and sixth becoming wider
and more pubescent, and remaining joints wider and densely
pubescent. Prothorax barely twice as broad as long, widest
in the middle, with broad lateral upward curving explanate
margin, anteriorly shallowly emarginate over occiput of head,
broadly arcuate on sides, and constricted somewhat at base,
forming a sharp basal angle, basal margin sinuate ; disk feebly
convex, an indistinct median line more evident in middle;
surface alutaceous with scattered, very fine punctation.
Scutellum small, polished. Elytra strongly convex with
broad explanate margin, widest behind basal angle, diminish-
ing to apex ; surface alutaceous with coarse dense punctation ;
each elytron marked by five black spots, the first elongate and
in middle of base, the second median on height of elytron, and
third on downward curve behind middle; the first lateral
extending from margin half up the arched side of elytron,
and second lateral near apex, also extending somewhat up the
side. Wings vestigial. Body beneath more shining and
lightly pubescent, the darkened coxae, joints, tarsi and last
ventral segment giving a spotted appearance to the lower sur-
face. Tarsal claws with a broad, blunt and short basal tooth,
not at all conspicuous.

Length, 7 to 8.5 mm. ; width, 6 to 7 mm.

222 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Type (5) and 2 paratypes (J', '§). — Cat. No. 431 18, U. S. N. M.
1 paratype in collection of American Museum of Natural History,
New York.

Type-locality. — Sierra Maestra, altitude 1,070 to 1,350 m.,
Province of Oriente, Cuba, collected by S. C. Bruner and C. H.
Ballou, July, 1922.

Other localities. — Pico Turquino, Cuba, altitude 1,525 m.

Like the preceding species, S. hruneri, this species does not fit
into the key in which Spaeth originally described the genus
Stoiba, because the fifth antennal joint is intermediate in character
between the basal and the apical joints. On the other hand, while
hruneri resembles flavicollis in coloration and sculpture, decem-
maculata and angusticollis are both pale yellow species with sim-
ilar coarse, dense elytral punctation, and both have the elytra
widest near the basal angle. There is one other closely related
genus, also confined to the West Indies, Elytrogona, of which de-
cemmaculata is suggestive in the pattern of its elytral spotting and
coarse punctation, although it is not nearly so coarsely punctate
as the species of Elytrogona. No spotted species of Stoiba has
previously been described. One is struck by the apparent inter-
gradation between these two genera as illustrated by decemmacu-
lata and the following species, Elytrogona gemmata.

This species has been doubtfully determined in the collection
of the American Museum of Natural History as Elytrogona bulla
Boh., but it can not very well be that since that species is described
as being red, with the elytra most coarsely punctate (“cribrose”),
and the elytral spots are differently placed from those of decem-
maculata.

Elytrogona gemmata new species. Fig. 10.

Red with pale yellow antennae, elytra with eight black
spots, somewhat shining; prothorax and elytra widely mar-
gined, elytra coarsely punctate, very convex, and with apices
produced. Head not visible from above, red with darker
mouthparts ; a median line down vertex ; surface alutaceous
with a few punctures. Antennae not longer than prothorax,
first five basal joints slender, subglabrous, first and third
joints longest, fourth and fifth subequal, the following joints
somewhat thickened but all longer than broad and pubescent.
Prothorax barely twice as broad as long at its widest point,
the middle; the anterior margin not at all emarginate, but

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 223

straight over the head, the sides explanate and broadly arcu-
ate, constricted at the base in a sharp basal angle, basal
margin lightly sinuate ; disk with fine median line ; surface
alutaceous, indistinctly punctulate. Scutellum very incon-
spicuous. Elytra strongly convex, with broad explanate
margin widest before middle and tapering to apex, apices
produced; surface shining with extremely coarse punctures
as in other species of Elytrogona; each elytron with four
large black spots, two placed near suture on arch of elytron
and two lateral, the one near the middle anteriorly extending
onto explanate margin. Wings vestigial ? Body beneath en-
tirely red. Claws with broad blunt basal tooth.

Length, 8.5 mm. ; width, 7 mm.

Type (<?).— Cat. No. 431 19, U. S. N. M.

Type-locality. — Haiti, collected by Emery C. Leonard in 1920.

This species, like Stoiha decemmaculata, presents an interesting
intergradation between the genera Stoiha and Elytrogona, but in
its bright red coloring, elytral spotting and very coarse punctation
it bears a closer relationship to Elytrogona. It resembles Stoiha
more in the shape of the prothorax and wider elytral wing. The
shape of the last six antennal joints is not like that of the other
species of Elytrogona, the joints being longer and more cylindrical.
Although in his description of Elytrogona Boheman distinctly
states that the elytral apices are not produced, there is a strong
indication of it in some specimens of E. quatuordecimmaculata
Latr. and E. bacca Boh. (? the males), and in the one specimen
of gemmata known this character is developed to a marked degree.
Possibly the female has less produced apices. The expansion of
the lateral margin in the elytra is also much greater in the present
species as contrasted with other species of Elytrogona. Except
for one which is reported from Cuba, all the species of Elytro-
gona have thus far been taken only in Haiti.

Bull. B. E. S., Yol. XXV, No. 4

Plate XIII

A. Disonycha coniudata

5. D. pensijl vanica

7. D. uni guttata

Plate XIY

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXV, No. 4

A Convenient Collecting Container for Butterflies— Gunder

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 225

A CONVENIENT COLLECTING CONTAINER FOR
BUTTERFLIES.

By J. D. Gunder, Pasadena, California.

Various ways are in vogue for handling and caring for freshly
caught butterflies while in the field. Some collecters use pretty
clumsy methods, such as stuffing extra cyanide bottles full or
patiently laying each catch in little pill boxes after killing or tedi-
ously pinning every newly caught individual in a voluminous con-
tainer which is difficult to keep in contact with if there is fast net-
ting over a wide area. Probably the prevalent fashion through-
out Eastern United States at the present time is to carry one
pocket full of empty envelopes and have the other ready to cram
full of filled ones. All these methods seem to me to be rather hard
on the collector and equally hard on his specimens, in addition to
taking up much time which could otherwise be employed in
search, etc. So, it is the object of this paper to explain a simple,
inexpensive and very satisfactory scheme which has been in use
for sometime on the Pacific Coast.

About ten years ago Mr. Hal Newcomb, of Los Angeles, con-
ceived the idea of hanging an empty Baker’s Cocoa tin on his
belt as a receptacle for butterfly specimens while collecting. The
bottom of the tin was filled with cyanide (see illustration) and
the rest with one, long, narrow, folded-back-and-forth, strip of
paper. The secret of success lay in the fact that the folds kept
the newly caught specimens in perfect shape (wings folded cor-
rectly), while they were being killed by the fumes and also after-
wards. As many as ioo specimens could be kept in the tin and
put in one at a time and there was never any rubbing; in other
words, a day’s catch in the field could be kept this way and later
sorted out upon returning home. The lid of the tin, being hinged
on the outer side, allowed the container to be opened and closed
at will with one hand which added to its convenience and also
kept the cyanide weak enough to prevent discoloration of speci-
mens. To save rusting the outside of the tin was painted black.
A pair of Denton forceps hung on a string around the neck was
found to be a necessary adjunct to this method of collecting. Be-
ing hung there, they could not get lost and were in immediate
reach to transfer the living butterflies directly from the net to the
tin. This little tin box hung on your belt is a splendid idea and
will keep your specimens in good shape until papered or mounted.

226 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

POSTSCRIPT TO “STYLOPIZED VESPIDAE,” IN
PSYCHE, VOL. 36, 1929, PP. 249-282.

By George Salt, Farnham Royal, Bucks., England,
and Joseph Bequaert, Boston Mass.

A note in the April , 1930, issue of this Bulletin, entitled
“Position of Strepsiptera on hosts,” tends to convey the idea that,
in the preparation of our joint paper on “Stylopized Vespidae,”
we overlooked some important data. The following remarks will
show how far this criticism is justified.

1. Our list of “References” was not intended to be a “bibliog-
raphy” of the subject. It lacks many other papers besides the
one selected by our critic. These, papers, in so far as they con-
tain records of stylopized wasps, are quoted directly in the text by
the abbreviated title of the periodical. The “References” are
only to papers so often quoted as to make worth while some
shorter method of citation.

2. The statement : “In 4 all account of 2 is avoided and it is

excluded from the References, but mention is made of Odynerus
zizice mss.,” is partly answered by the foregoing paragraph.
Moreover, so far as we could see, all the species of Vespidae listed
in our critic’s “2” (except Leionotus zizice) were included in his
earlier “1,” from which we had faithfully quoted them in our
account.

3. In the absence of any explanatory remark, we believed that
our critic’s record of “Leionotus zizice” was based upon a speci-
men not mentioned previously by him. We are now (1930) told
for the first time that “This is the same insect as Leionotus
pedestris listed in “1.” However grateful we must feel for this
bit of information, we regret to say that it is sadly inadequate.
Must we conclude that “Leionotus zizice” is a synonym pure and
simple of Odynerus pedestris H. de Saussure, or does the author
regard it as a distinct species? In the latter case a description
would be welcome or at least some indication of how “zizice” is
to be told apart from pedestris and the other related species of this
difficult group of Odynerus. Meanwhile, zizice, if not a synonym,
is a manuscript name, without standing in nomenclature.

4. On p. 274 of our paper we wrote: “In these and the fol-

lowing figures we have not thought it necessary to incorporate the

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 227

data so admirably summarized by Pierce, and have confined our-
selves to those in the above list.” It would seem that this state-
ment would preclude any claim to “priority” on our part with
regard to the several topics of general interest discussed at the end
of our article. At this late date, when so much has been written
on every conceivable subject, it is always a ticklish business to
claim “priority.” Thus our critic was by no means “the first” to
study the “position of Strepsiptera on hosts.” In his classic
paper on the effects of stylopization (1886), J. Perez devoted
several paragraphs to this topic. We beg leave to quote two pas-
sages only : “C’est d’ordinaire entre le quatrieme et le cinquieme

segment de l’abdomen de l’Andrene, qu’est fixe le Stylops, c’est-a-
dire sous le bord du quatrieme, que Ton voit saillir la tete de ce
dernier. La est son lieu d’election. Le parasite se voit quelque-
fois aussi sous le bord du troisieme segment, moins souvent sous
le cinquieme. Mais ce sont la des cas fort rares, car je ne les
ai pas observes plus de deux ou trois fois sur cent.” And later he
noted: “ Chez les Vespides, le nombre des Xenos que peut porter
le meme hote est plus considerable, et leur distribution sur l’ab-
domen de la guepe est loin de presenter la regularite qui se voit
chez les Andrenes.”

Moreover, as early as 1842 (Stettiner Ent. Zeitg., Ill, pp. 53-
57), Rosenhauer published a table essentially similar to that of our
critic. He tabulated 77 stylopized Polistes gallicus, caught near
Erlangen, Germany, and showed conclusively that the male para-
sites usually lie before, under the third or fourth segments (of 82
males, 1 was under 2, 17 were under 3, 57 under 4, and 7 under 5),
and the females usually lie behind, under the fourth or fifth (of
38 females, 1 was under 3, 14 were under 4, and 23 under 5).
Our critic’s observations on Polistes were therefore no more
“new” than our own. The senior author’s observation, published
in 1927, that in Odynerus the female parasites lie before and the
males lie behind, the opposite to the condition in Polistes, was not
previously published by our critic. He merely showed that “in
30 cases parasites of Odynerus fell into two sets, 14 under 3, and
10 under 4 but he did not say anything about the sex of the para-
sites or what he meant by “set.” Nor did he contrast the condi-
tion in Odynerus with that in Polistes.

5. The origin of our material was clearly stated in the intro-
duction to our paper as well as in the text. Every specimen, how-
ever, listed under “New records,” regardless of whether or not it

228 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

bore a species label, was identified by one of us (J. B.), and he
assumes full responsibility for the names. That in the four cases
mentioned by our critic, our identifications agree with his is not
surprising, since these species are readily recognizable. The fact
should please, rather than disturb him. How the label of “L.
foraminatus” became detached is a deep mystery, but we may as-
sure our critic that it was not “removed by Salt” for some dark
motive. More likely, the other member of our partnership was at
least an accessory to the crime.

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 229

EDITORIAL.

WHAT IS A SPECIES?

The question of biological categories lower than species is al-
ways with students of living forms ; and particularly presses upon
entomologists. Now, it might seem as though any form suffi-
ciently distinct structurally from others allied thereto, should
automatically be regarded as a species. What the ultimate de-
finitive structures to be considered are, is in many instances a pure
matter of opinion, of which opinions the best, because the more
carefully reasoned, is that of a monographer. With the discrimi-
nation born of intensive study and evaluation of morphological
and taxonomic characteristics of all 'sorts, such a monographer is
the one best fitted to have a valid opinion on what constitutes a
species in the group so monographed, and on what may be re-
garded as incipient or nascent species, or, at least, stable differen-
tiated categories, sufficiently distinct among themselves but agree-
ing in possessing the critical characters of the valid species.

Predicating these conditions, it may reasonably be deduced that
the publication of marooned two- or three-line characterizations
of subsp., vars., abs., forms, races, etc., is scarcely convincing in
the absence of a general discussion of the relationship and factors
of the category, which ought to be fully described.

Now, what is an incipient species? Undeniably, not a sport of
the moment, which is seen once and never again. If a species has
a certain variability or instability and gives rise to variations
from the norm in sufficient numbers and with sufficient differ-
ences, we may reasonably conclude that such a species is in a con-
dition of flux. We may also conclude that any one (or all) of
these differentiations is potent to perpetuate itself, if the evolu-
tionary factors operating to cause the sport to appear should be
stabilized, continuous and active ; or if the change is of biological
value to the new form of the old species.

The basic question, however, is, “ What is a species ? ” Is it a
stable biological unit? Or is it a group of forms about a norm?
And further, can we consider a species to be a fixed and un-
changeable entity, or is it but a distinct, recognizable and describ-
able static moment in the ceaseless flow of life ?

In a proper and adequate discussion of all these factors, the
description and discussion of such sub-specific categories is not
alone logical, but it is likewise imperative.

But the description of isolated minor forms from unique speci-
mens does not present itself as being logical ; and, far less, as im-
perative.— J. R. T.-B.

230 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Entomologica Americana.

Subscribers to our monographic journal are well aware that, of
late, its appearance has been irregular and is now much delayed.
We believe they should know why this is so.

As originally planned, Entomologica Americana was de-
signed to carry papers between 40 and 80 pages in length — that
is, those papers too long for the regular journals and too short
for individual publication. Our difficulty has been, and is, to
secure such papers. They are being written, but we do not get
them — neither, seemingly, does any other publication.

We have had at times under consideration lengthy and heavily
illustrated works of importance, but unfortunately, our small in-
come from this publication has put the expense of publishing them
out of the question.

It has been and is our purpose to make this publication self-
supporting. Our Society has neither income-producing endow-
ment nor legacies with which to finance its publications. It de-
pends entirely on the support of its subscribers. If this be lack-
ing, then no amount of good-will on our part will enable us to
meet expenses, for which cash is the indispensable requisite.

Neither can we publish with any degree of regularity unless we
have the material.

We hope that our Bulletin readers will give serious attention to
this matter, because without adequate cooperation it is not pos-
sible to achieve. — J. R. T.-B.

Change of Address. — The attention of our readers, particularly
of our Society members and subscribers, is directed to the perma-
nent new address of our Treasurer, Mr. Geo. P. Engelhardt.
This is 28 Clubway, Hartsdale, N. Y.

'Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 231

BOOK NOTES.

A Manual for the Study of Insects — Revised Edition — by John

Henry Comstock and Anna Botsford Comstock and Glenn W.

Herrick. 19th Edition, pp. i-xiii-1-401, plates I— III, figs.

i-633. (Comstock Publishing Co., 1930. $4.00.)

The appearance of the standard American Manual is always an
event in our entomological history. In this instance, the Manual
has been brought down to date and in accord with the latest ad-
vances in entomology by Dr. Herrick, one of Dr. Comstock’s old-
time students and now one of his colleagues at Cornell. No more
need be said to establish its authoritative characters.

No better note on this book can be found than these words from
the Introduction to this new edition: “The aim of this revision

has been to keep the Manual in form and arrangement practically
as it was first written. The attempt has been made to bring the
subject-matter down to date, to simplify it and to condense it
somewhat in order to bring it within the horizon of the beginning
student.”

Studies in the Insect Fauna of Iowa Prairies, by George O.

Hendrickson. Iowa State Journal of Science, vol. iv, no. 2, pp.

49-179. 1930.

This interesting essay is well-worth careful reading. It is an
intensive study in insect ecology, which should help entomologists
in the study of insect and plant associations, especially those en-
tomologists making their debut in the science. Naturally, this
work is rich in date of occurrence and food plants of the species
collected.

Necessarily, some of the occurrences noted are quite adventi-
tious, as where normally tree-inhabiting species, such as Chlor -
ochroa uhleri or Banasa dimidiata is swept from grasses. The
bulk of the other Heteroptera taken are such species as are nor-
mally found in grasses.

In general, as regards the Heteroptera, this study points to the
use of the sweeping net in grasses as the best means to secure
extensive collections of representative species fast and in abun-
dance. No less than 121 species were taken in the course of this
study. Of these, at least 42 are characteristic grass species.— J.
R. T.-B.

232 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of February 13, 1930.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society held
at the Brooklyn Museum, Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn, N. Y., on
Thursday evening, February 13, 1930, at 8.22 p. m.

President Davis in the Chair and 14 members present, viz. :
Messrs. Bell, Black, Burke, Chapin, Cooper, Lemmer, Lersch,
Notman, Rau, Schaeffer, Sheridan, Siepmann, Torre-Bueno and
Wilford.

Minutes of the previous meeting read and approved.

In the absence of Mr. Engelhardt, the report of the Treasurer
was presented by Mr. Torre-Bueno.

Mr. Torre-Bueno reported for the Publication Committee, that
the annual report was deferred until next meeting on account of
the lack of complete data.

The Secretary read reprints from the Daily Argosy , a Guiana
publication, under dates of December 31, 1929, and January 1,
1930, concerning the expedition of Pinney Schiffer, one of the
members of the Society, to French Guiana; the Secretary also
read a letter from Mr. Raymond H. Torrey with reference to joint
field excursions of the Torrey Botanical Club and the Brooklyn
Entomological Society; on motion duly seconded, Mr. Sheridan
was appointed the representative of the Society to confer with Mr.
Torrey and make whatever arrangements are necessary in this
respect.

Mr. Davis read a card from Mr. Engelhardt, sent from Cali-
fornia on the eve of his departure for Central America, on the
expedition to explore Mayan ruins.

Mr. Lemmer exhibited a branch of pitch-pine from Lakehurst,
N. J., showing the workings of Callidium antennatum Newn., a
Cerambycid beetle.

Mr. Torre-Bueno presented his paper “Heteroptera Collected
by George P. Engelhardt on His Western Trips,” published in full
in the Bulletin. Mr. Torre-Bueno’s paper was discussed by the
members.

Mr. Schaeffer exhibited and remarked on specimens of Calli-
grapha lunata Fabricius, a Chrysomelid beetle, and the forms
hybrida Say, latevittata Ach., bowditchi Ach., medisrupta Ach.,
these being arranged to show the variation from typical lunata
in more extensive or reduced maculation and color.

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 233

Mr. Davis exhibited and remarked on specimens of the Jap-
anese beetle from Staten Island, and will publish his notes.

Adjourned 9.30 p. m.

E. L. Bell,
Secretary.

Meeting of March 13, 1930.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held in the Brooklyn Museum, on Thursday evening, March 13,
1930, at 8.22 p. m.

President Davis in the Chair, and twelve members present, viz. ;
Messrs. Bell, Bowdoin, Burke, Cooper, Lemmer, Lersch, Mann,
Rau, Schaeffer, Sheridan, Siepmann, and Torre-Bueno.

Minutes of the previous meeting read and approved.

Mr. Torre-Bueno reported for the Publication Committee that
the Annual Report was postponed until the April meeting on ac-
count of the complete data not being at hand.

Mr. Torre-Bueno presented the Report of the Treasurer, in the
absence of Mr. Engelhardt.

Mr. Cooper proposed for membership Mr. Lawrence Bowdoin,
of 149-31 19th Avenue, Whitestone, N. Y.

It was reguarly moved and seconded, and passed, that the by-
laws be suspended and that Mr. Bowdoin be elected a member of
the Society.

The Secretary read letters from Dr. Rimsky Korsakow, Dr.
Karl Jordan, Dr. Walther Horn and Dr. E. L. Bouvier express-
ing their appreciation on being elected Honorary Members of the
Society.

Mr. William T. Davis showed the walking-stick insect 'Mano-
mera atlantica Davis collected at Greenport, Long Island, N. Y.,
September 11, 1929, and Sag Harbor, Long Island, September 21,
1929, by Mr. Roy Latham; also a map of Long Island in which
eleven other localities were marked where the insect has been
found. It is well distributed over the Island from Brooklyn to
the eastern part, and so far only females have been discovered.

Mr. Davis also showed the book “ The Gall Wasp Genus
Cynips, a Study in the Origin of Species,” by Alfred C. Kinsey,
Professor of Zoology, Indiana University; and also a box con-
taining specimens of the galls of Cynips centricola Osten-Sacken,
which he had collected at Larmingdale, Long Island, N. Y., on
post-oak, the record of which was in Prof. Kinsey’s book. Mr.
Davis also exhibited galls of Amphiholips inanis Osten-Sacken, a

234 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

smaller gall but of similar appearance to the one mentioned. Mr.
Davis’s remarks were discussed by the members.

Mr. Davis showed a circular by Henry Fox, published by the
Dept, of Agriculture of the State of New Jersey, on “ A Revised
Annotated List of the Dermaptera and Orthoptera of New Jer-
sey,” in connection with the walking-stick insect.

Mr. Torre-Bueno presented his paper on “ Life History of
Trepobates,” which will be published.

Mr. Lemmer exhibited a box containing a series of twenty
specimens of the moth Anticarsia gemmatilis Hubner, collected
by him at Lakehurst, N. J., in October, 1929, and which showed a
wide range of variation in maculation.

Adjourned, 9.25 p. m.

E. L. Bell,
Secretary.

Meeting of April 10, 1930.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday evening, April 10,
1930, at 8.10 p. m.

President Davis in the chair and nine members present, vis.,
Messrs. Ballou, Black, Cooper, Lemmer, Lersch, Schaeffer, Shoe-
maker, Siepmann, Torre-Bueno, and Wilford, and three visitors.

In the absence of the secretary, Mr. Siepmann acted as secre-
tary pro tern.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Mr. Torre-Bueno reported for the treasurer and for the publica-
tion committee.

Mr. Davis read a letter from Mr. Bell, reporting the death on
Tuesday, April 1, of Mr. Frank Haimbach, who was connected
with the staff of the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia.

Mr. Torre-Bueno proposed for membership Dr. J. D. Hood,
whose election was referred to the next meeting.

Mr. Davis read a communication from Mr. D. K. Duncan, of
Globe, Arizona, who is interested in selling or exchanging Arizona
Coleoptera.

Mr. Wurster exhibited a melanic specimen of the moth Telea
polyphemus.

Oct., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 235

Mr. Cooper exhibited specimens of Baeocera picea Csy. and
Scaphisoma repanda Csy. obtained by sifting at Flushing, L. I.
Both species are new to New York.

Mr. Lemmer exhibited specimens of the following new Lepi-
doptera collected by him at Lakehurst, N. J. :

Eriopyga lindseyi Benjamin.

Graptolitha lemmeri Barnes & Benjamin.

Chytonix sensilis form macdonaldi Benjamin.

Catocala gracilis form cinerea Mayfield.

Catocala gracilis form lemmeri Mayfield.

Catocala sordida form metalomus Mayfield.

Zanclognotha martha Barnes.

Olene aridensis Benjamin.

Olene lemmeri Barnes & Benjamin.

Paraphia esther Barnes.

Paraphia esther form lemmeri Barnes.

Mr. Schaeffer presented a paper on the North American species
of Calligrapha, of which he exhibited specimens. He stated that
the genus has not yet been properly studied, and that the earlier
authors, as Crotch and G. W. J. Angell underestimated the num-
ber of species, the latter figuring scalaris, philadelphica, amelia,
and rowena all as varieties of the same species. Judging by the
color pattern alone, one would suppose them to be mere color
varieties, but there are also differences in size, form, and struc-
ture, which are constant with each species.

Mr. Torre-Bueno commented on the damage done to wild life
of all kinds by forest and field fires, and by unthinking people
whose chief interest in nature is to kill the birds, tear up the
flowers, and in general destroy and disfigure every object of
nature. His discussion was continued by the other members.

Adjourned at 10.10 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,
Secretary pro tern.

236 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

EXCHANGES

Old notices will be discontinued as space for new ones is
needed.

PHOTOGRAPHS WANTED. — Entomologists, Naturalists,
and other Scientists are cordially invited to send us their photo-
graphs for publication purposes. Pinney Science Photos, 20 Girst
Avenue, New York, N. Y.

WE WISH to procure in exchange or on cash : Parnassius of
North- America, with its varieties and aberrations, well labelled,
spread or in papers (clodius, smitheus, eversmanni). Dr. Staud-
inger & A. Bang-Haas, Dresden-Blasewitz.

BUTTERFLY COLLECTORS— Have you butterflies which
look different in color or pattern from the average? (See adver-
tisement). Please write. Jeane Gunder, Pasadena, Calif.

CHRYSOMELID AE, CRYPTOCEPHALINI. Wish beetles
of this group from all over world. Will exchange local
Coleoptera or purchase for cash. Write me before shipping
material. Paul N. Musgrave, 514 Mt. Vernon Ave., Fairmont,
W. Va.

COLEOPTERA.- — Am interested in exchanging Coleoptera.
Carl G. Siepmann, R. F. D. No. 1, Box 92, Rahway, N. J.

VoLXXV DECEMBER, 1930 No. 5

BULLETIN

OF THE

Brooklyn Entomological
Society

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

J. R. de la T ORRE-BUEN O, Editor

E. L. BELL * GEO. P. ENGELHARDT

Published for the Society by the

Science Press Printing Co.,

Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.,

Price, 60 cents Subscription, $2.50 per year

Mailed January 6, 1931

Entered as second-class matter January 21, 1919, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of March 3, 1879

The Brooklyn Entomological Society

OFFICERS, 1930
Honorary President

CHARLES W. LENG

President
W. T. DAVIS
Vice-President

J. R. DE LA TORRE-BUENO
Recording Secretary
E. L. BELL

Treasurer

G. P. ENGELHARD T
28 Club way
Hartsdale, N. Y.
Librarian

DR. JOSEPH BEQUAERT

Corresponding Secretary Curator

HOWARD NOTMAN J. M. SHERIDAN

Delegate to Council of New Yorlc
Academy of Sciences
G. P. ENGELHARDT

CONTENTS

STRUCTURAL DETAILS OP THE LARVA OF PROTOPLASA,

Crampton 239

THE NAMES OF CERTAIN RI1YNCHOPHORA, Bradley 259

NOTICE: ENTOMOLOGICA AMERICANA 262

TEXAS BEES, Parks . 263

AMERICAN TINGITIDAE, Drake 268

A MELANIC TELEA POLYPHEMUS, Wurster ...'. 273

CRANE FLIES FROM THE NE ARCTIC REGION, Alexander 276

NEW ROBBER FLIES FROM MADAGASCAR, Bromley 283

/DISTRIBUTION NOTES ON CULICIDAE, Matheson 291

, NEW MIRIDAE FROM TEXAS, Johnston 295

EURYMUS EURYTHEME AUTUMNALIS, Cockerell 300

BOOK NOTES: FIELD BOOK OF PONDS AND STREAMS, J. R.

T.-B 301

BLATCHLEYANA, J. R. T.-B 302

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY, Bell and Siepmann 304

EXCHANGES .♦. 308

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society

Published in

February, April, June, October and December of each year

Subscription price, domestic, $2.50 per year; foreign, $2.75 in advance; single
copies, 60 cents. Advertising rates on application. Short articles, notes and
observations of interest to entomologists are solicited. Authors will receive 25
reprints free if ordered in advance of publication. Address subscriptions and
all communications to

J. R. de la TORRE-BUENO, Editor,

38 De Kalb Avenue, White Plains, N. Y.

BULLETIN

OF THE

BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Vol. XXV December, 1930 No. 5

A COMPARISON OF THE MORE IMPORTANT STRUC-
TURAL DETAILS OF THE LARVA OF THE
ARCHAIC TANYDERID DIPTERON PROTO-
PLASA FITCHII WITH OTHER HOLO-
METABOLA FROM THE STAND-
POINT OF PHYLOGENY.

By G. C. Crampton, Ph.D., Massachusetts Agricultural College,

Amherst, Mass.

In Vol. 55, p. 221, of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of
New South Wales, for 1930, Dr. C. P. Alexander has given an
excellent general account of the immature stages of the Tanyderid
Dipteron Protoplasa fitchii O. S., and to his general description of
the larva, I would add the following details from a Protoplasa 1
larva captured by me during an expedition to the Gaspe Penin-
sula, Quebec, undertaken by Dr. Alexander and myself, in the
hope of obtaining the hitherto unknown immature stages of the
Tanyderidae in the region where I had formerly encountered:
swarms of the rare and primitive Protoplasa (Can. Ent., 1929,,
Vol. 61, p. 70).

We had expected that the larva of Protoplasa would be an ex-
traordinary looking creature like the supposed larva of this insect
figured in Dr. Alexander’s “ Craneflies of New York”; but when
we finally found the larvae of Protoplasa on June 19, 1929, in
the shallow waters of the west branch of the Pabos River, two or
three miles west of the town of Chandler, Quebec, they turned out:
to be very Chironomus-V\ke, small, slender creatures, about 17 mm.
long and 1.5 mm. broad, eucephalous, with brown heads and pale
bodies, amphipneustic (but with the posterior spiracles on the
sides of the eighth abdominal segment), with a pair of posterior
“ pseudopods,” and with slender posterior gills instead of an anal
breathing tube (like that of the supposed larva of Protoplasa) .

239

240 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

The larvae were found in the sand and gravel of the shallower
waters (a few inches deep) a couple of feet from the shores of
the west bank of the Pabos River, a few yards- above the old
wooden bridge over the West Pabos River, which is about 120 feet
wide at this point. The stream was very sluggish, and workmen
who were repairing the old wooden bridge which had been broken
by the weight of a heavy automobile, informed us that the water
of the river was affected by the tides of the Bay of Chaleur, a few
miles away, but the river water was perfectly fresh to the taste,
and I could detect no difference in the level of the water of the
river during the hours we spent in searching for the larvae of
Protoplasa.

The Protoplasa larvae were so extremely small and difficult to
detect, that as soon as I had captured one specimen for study,
after hours of back-breaking work under a broiling sun, and amid
swarms of pestilential “ black flies ” and “ punkies ” which gave
us no peace, I gave up the discouraging search for more speci-
mens ; but Dr. Alexander persisted in the search until he had ob-
tained about eight larvae, two of which were allowed to pupate
(see description of the pupae by Alexander, 1930, 1. c., with
added details given by me in Vol. 32, p. 83, of the Proceedings of
the Entomological Society of Washington for 1930). Before dis-
tributing his material to various museums, etc., Dr. Alexander
gave me two more larvae for comparison with my specimen, and
very kindly allowed me to make the sketches of a very large and
well sclerotized larva from which Figures 6, 13 and 21 were
made, before this specimen was sent away. Unfortunately, all of
the specimens in my possession have the body so bent that the
under surface of the head capsule is not visible for study, and
since I do not wish to injure the valuable specimens by dissecting
them at this time, I shall confine my remarks to such of the struc-
tural details as were visible in the larva from which the sketches
were made.

In its general features, the type of head-capsule exhibited by
Protoplasa (see Fig. 13) is the most primitive one that I have
been able to find among the larvae of the Diptera, although in some
respects the head of a larval Bibionid (see Fig. 31) is extremely
primitive also, and in such features as the occurrence of perip-
neustic spiracles, etc., a Bibionid larva is even more primitive than
an amphipneustic Protoplasa larva. The Bibionid larva, however
(Fig. 31), has reduced antennae (like those of some Trichop-

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 241

terous larvae) a short coronal suture and other features indicat-
ing a greater degree of specialization than the larval Protoplasa
exhibits in its head structures, and there is no doubt that Proto-
plasa is very much more primitive than any Bibionid ; but none
the less, a larval Bibionid is of great interest in attempting to de-
termine the character of the primitive Dipterous head, and cannot
be ignored in such a study.

When the larvae of the Dipteron-like Mecopteron Nanno-
chorista are discovered, they will doubtless be extremely similar
to th,e larva of Protoplasa, particularly in the head region, but
until these larvae have been found, we must do the best we can
with the Mecopterous larvae available for study. Of these, the
larva of the Mecopteron Panorpa shown in Fig. 30 furnishes the
best prototype from which the dorsal structures of the larval
head-capsule of primitive Diptera could be derived, while the
larva of the Mecopteron Boreus shown in Fig. 32, will serve some-
what better for deriving the ventral structures of the head cap-
sule of the primitive Diptera. A study of the mouthparts of lar-
val Trichoptera is likewise very instructive in this connection,
while features encountered in the head capsule of larval Lepidop-
tera and Neuroptera are also of value (particularly in the ar-
rangement of the setae, etc.). The head-structures of larval Me-
coptera and Trichoptera are so suggestive of the prototypes of
the Dipterous structures that we must assume that the common
ancestors of the Mecoptera and Trichoptera were the forms from
which the Diptera were derived, instead of assuming that the
Mecoptera alone are the nearest representatives of the ancestors
of the Diptera.

Within the order Diptera, the larvae of the Chironomidae are
as much like the larvae of Protoplasa as any I have seen, in the
general appearance of the body, with its pair of posterior “pseudo-
pods,” etc., and this might be interpreted as lending some support
to the views of Lameere, who grouped together the Culicoids
(including the Chironomids) and Psychodoids (which include
the Tanyderids), or the view of Edwards who maintains that the
Psychodoids (including the Tanyderids) gave rise to the Culi-
coids (including the Chironomids) ; but the details of the head
structures, etc., of the larva of Protoplasa are not sufficiently
similar to those of a Chironomid larva to demonstrate this satis-
factorily. On the other hand, the larval structures do not seem

242 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

to lend much support to the evidence of rather close relationship
between the Ptychopteridae, Tanyderidae and Psychodidae (with
Nemopalpus and Bruchomyia) indicated by the thoracic sclerites
(see Vol. 37, p. 33, of the Entomological News for 1926), nor do
the larvae lend much support to the view of Edwards that the
Blepharocerids were descended from Tanyderid forebears (see
also thoracic resemblances between the adults mentioned on p. 63
of Vol. 19 of the Annals of the Entomological Society of America
for 1925), and it is a question as to which stages we shall con-
sider the most important, in grouping insects according to their
larval, pupal or adult characters.

While I would emphasize the fact that no source of information
should be ignored in attempting to arrange the orders and fam-
ilies, etc., of insects according to their natural affinities (i. e.,
phylogenetically or genealogically) I am inclined to give greater
weight to the evidence of relationship furnished by the structures
of the adult insects in such a study, for the following reasons.
The larval stages are usually very plastic and are evidently pro-
foundly modified in adaptation to their own individual (specific)
environmental conditions, becoming in this process extremely
modified away from the main evolutionary trends which are fol-
lowed more conservatively by the adults. In other words, the
larvae present many “ sidewise ” developments or caenogenic
modifications having no real evolutionary significance and fre-
quently representing individual (specific) adaptations each to its
own peculiar environmental conditions. They thus frequently
present broken series of isolated types not intergrading through
closely connected intermediates as is more frequently the case
when the adults are studied, and because of this fact, the evidence
of the adult structures is much more satisfactory for arranging
the groups according to their natural affinities. I realize that in
some cases, such as the classification of Culicids on the basis of
larval structures, the study of the larvae pointed the way for a
better arrangement of the groups than had been employed in ar-
ranging them according to the trivial characters used in the clas-
sification based upon the adults alone. In this case, however, the
details of structure had been better studied in the larvae, while
the structures of the adults were practically unknown to the stu-
dents of the group who fastened their attention upon such trivial
characters as the hairs and setae and what not, to the neglect

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 243

of the really fundamental features, upon which any real knowl-
edge of relationships is based. In fact it is usually the case that
a student of one group of insects does not know the entire anat-
omy (external) of any insect in that group and knows but little
of the comparative anatomy of the general features of the adults,
with the result that he frequently does not know what is funda-
mental or really important in contrast to the trivial features hav-
ing but little significance for indicating true relationships. On the
other hand, some of the accepted views regarding the arrangement
of the families, orders, etc., are quite superficial or erroneous, and
there is a great need of a thorough study of the comparative anat-
omy of adult insects as well as the comparative anatomy of the
immature forms to serve as a check on the findings based upon
the study of adults alone.

A phylogenetic or genealogical study of insects should not be
limited to the study of the relationships of the families within an
order of insects, but should be of such a character that it can
likewise be applied to the grouping of the orders themselves ac-
cording to their natural affinities, and the same kind of evidence
should be used in both cases, the evidence for the grouping of the
orders being merely more comprehensive or inclusive, instead of
being of a wholly different character from that used in grouping
the families. When we adopt this broader viewpoint in grouping
insects in the general scheme, it at once becomes apparent that the
larval characters are of much less value than the adult ones.
Thus, for example, we are unable to compare the larvae of even
the lowest Holometabola (which are still very different from the
corresponding adults) with the immature stages of the Psocoid
and Orthopteroid forms (which were like the forebears of the
Holometabola) since the immature stages of the Orthopteroids,
etc., are essentially like the adults ; and it is therefore necessary to
compare the adult Holometabola with the mature Orthopteroids
in order to get the intermediate stages indicating the paths of de-
velopment followed in deriving the Holometabola from their
Orthopteroid precursors. Thus when we work up from a com-
parison of the orders of Orthopteroid insects to a comparison of
the orders of Holometabolous insects and from this to a com-
parison of the families within these orders (using the same kind
of evidence) it is impractical to use larval characters, and the real
importance of the adult characters is impressed upon the student

244 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

having the wider viewpoint (and supposedly with a better back-
ground to enable him to determine what is really primitive or fun-
damental when he attempts to apply his knowledge to the smaller
groups also).

While giving greater weight to the adult characters, it would
be folly to ignore the evidence of relationship available from any
other source (even palaeontology, embryology, ecology and be-
havior, etc., should be called upon for testing the views based
upon the study of one type of evidence) but when the structures
of the larvae confirm the evidence of relationship indicated by the
structures of the adult insects we should feel that the views based
upon this wider study are more sound. On the other hand when
the larval structures offer no definite evidence of relationship, it
is preferable to depend upon that furnished by the adult struc-
tures. The larva of Protoplasa is of such an isolated type that
until we know more about the larvae of such forms as the primi-
tive Psychodoids (e. g., Nemo palpus or Bruchomyia, etc.) we
cannot definitely determine the closest relatives of the Tanyderids
from the larval characters as well as we can from the adult fea-
tures, such as the venation, etc., and in the present state of our
knowledge it is not possible to do more than to indicate wherein
the larval structures of Protoplasa confirm the evidence of rela-
tionship indicated by the structures of the adults.

Taking the dorsal view of the head of the larva of Panorpa
shown in Fig. 30 as the prototype from which the larval head cap-
sule of the Diptera was derived, we note that the coronal suture c
is proportionately quite long (i. e., the stem of the Y-shaped epi-
cranial suture is well developed), and the fact that the coronal
suture c of Protoplasa (Fig. 13) is longer than that of the Bibionid
larva shown in Fig. 31 indicates that the head capsule of the Pro-
toplasa larva is more primitive in this respect. On the other hand,
the frontal sutures fs of the Bibionid larva (Fig. 31) are more
specialized in being much longer proportionately than the frontal
sutures of Protoplasa (Fig. 13, fs) and those of the larva of
Panorpa (Fig. 30, fs). In the Culicid larva shown in Fig. 33, the
frontal sutures fs are greatly developed, and this likewise may be
taken as a specialized feature, although the eyes e of the Culicid
larva are compound, like those of Panorpa (Fig. 30, e) and are
therefore more primitive than are the eye spots e of Protoplasa

(Fig- J3)-

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 245

The antennae a of Protoplasa (Fig. 13) are three-segmented
and the proportions of the component segments are strikingly like
those of the three-segmented antennae a of Panorpa (Fig. 30),
and in this respect, the antennae of Protoplasa (Fig. 13) are much
more primitive than those of the Culicid shown in Fig. 33, despite
the fact that the antennae of this Culicid larva are very well devel-
oped. For some unknown reason, the antennae a of the Bibionid
larva shown in Fig. 31 are reduced to the merest rudiments (as in
some Trichopterous larvae) despite the fact that the head capsule
of the Bibionid larva is quite primitive, and its mouthparts are
very primitive for those of a Dipterous larva ; but this feature of
heterospecialization, or unequal specialization in different features
of the body, is a very common phenomenon among insects, and in
reconstructing the archetype or original condition of any body
part, we have to combine the primitive features retained by sev-
eral different insects instead of depending upon any one insect to
present all of the primitive features in a condition approaching
the original one.

The character of the labrum, Ir, anteclypeus, ac, and post-
clypeus, poc, in the larva of Panorpa shown in Fig. 30 may be
taken as representing the original condition from which these
sclerites were derived in the Diptera, and in these features the
Bibionid larva shown in Fig. 31 and Fig. 12 is fairly primitive,
although the labrum Ir is not clearly demarked in the Bibionid.
The larva of Protoplasa shown in Figs. 8 and 13 is disappointingly
specialized in this region of the head, since the labrum Ir in more
membranous than one would expect to be the case in such a primi-
tive Dipteron. The epipharyngeal brushes or labrobrustia
labelled es in Fig. 13, are borne on the epipharyngeal surface of
the labrum and doubtless are used to brush the food into the
mouth as the larva feeds. The posterior limits of the labrum in
the Protoplasa larva are indicated by the tormae labelled t in
Figs. 6 and 21 as in Orthopteroid insects, and there is also an
“ intertorma ” or small median transverse sclerite resembling the
“ intertorma ” described in Stenopelmatus (Pan-Pacific Entomol-
ogist, Vol. 6, p. 97, for 1930), since it lies just behind and between
the tormae. The “ clypeites ” cl or sclerites in the anteclypeal
region ac in the larva of Protoplasa (Fig. 8 and Fig. 13) are
other Orthopteroid structures resembling those described in Gryl-
lotalpa and Cylindracheta (Entomologische Mitteilungen, Vol. 17,

246 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

p. 252, for 1928) and I think that these “ clypeites ” form the an-
terior sclerites incorrectly called the “ tormae ” in the frontal
views of the head capsule of adult Diptera by Peterson, 1916 (Illi-
nois Biol. Monographs No. 2, Vol. 3, p. 177), because the tormae
are always borne on the buccal surface (or “roof of the mouth”),
while the “ clypeites ” are borne on the frontal surface of the
head, and I think that this distinction is not a purely academic
one, since the two types of structures are not actually homologous.
The postclypeus poc in Protoplasa and the other larvae shown in
Figs. 8, 13, 31, 30, etc., extends as far back as the imaginary line
across from one frontal pit (or frontocava) fp to the other, and
this postclypeus corresponds in a general way to the region called
the epistoma in Coleopterous larvae, and may be used as a syno-
nym for the latter term. Behind the postclypeus or epistoma poc
of the larvae shown in Figs. 30, 31, 13, etc., is the frontal region
/. Snodgrass, 1928 (Smithsonian Misc. Collections, Vol. 81, No.
3, p. 1) is inclined to use the muscle attachments for delimiting
the posterior boundaries of the clypeus (or its posterior region the
postclypeus), but I have followed Peterson, 1916 (l.c.), in using
the frontal pits to demark the posterior limits of the clypeus, and
have regarded the region behind the frontal pits fp (and bounded
posteriorly by the frontal sutures fs) in Figs. 30, 31, 13, etc., as
the frons. The curve in the frontal sutures fs near the frontal
pits fp in the Bibionid and Tanyderid larvae shown in Figs. 31
and 13 is very like that of the frontal sutures fs in the larva of
Panorpa shown in Fig. 30.

The nature of the thoracic sclerites of adult Ptychopteridae,
Tanyderidae and Psychodidae (including Nemopalpus and
Bruchomyia ) indicates that these insects are quite closely related
(see Ent. News for 1926, Vol. 37, p. 33) ; but the larvae that I
have been able to examine do not bear out the relationship indi-
cated by the adults, possibly due to the fact that such primitive
Psychodids as Nemopalpus and Bruchomyia are known only from
the adults, and if their larvae were found, they might furnish evi-
dences of relationships not indicated by the specialized larvae I
have seen. At any rate, the character of the anterior regions of
the heads of the Psychodid and Ptychopterid larvae shown in
Figs. 9 and 10 is no more suggestive of a Tanyderid larva (e.g.,
Figs. 8 and 13) than a Bibionid, for example (see Fig. 12), and
until the more primitive larvae of these Diptera are found, we

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 247

must depend largely upon the adult characters for determining the
closest affinities of the Ptychopteridae, Tanyderidae and Psy-
chodidae.

While the dorsal or frontal region of the head of a Protoplasa
larva (Fig. 13) is more like that of a larval Panorpa (Fig. 30),
the under or ventral surface of the head of Protoplasa (Fig. 6)
with its peculiar labial plate gm and paragular sclerites pg, is more
like the under side of the head of a larval Boreus (Fig. 32). On
the other hand, the mandible of a larval Protoplasa (Fig. 3) with
its mandibular brush b, and the mandible of the larval Bibionid
shown in Fig. 5, with its mandibular brush b, are much more like
the mandible of the Trichopterous larva shown in Fig. 7, with its
mandibular brush b (see also certain Coleopterous larvae) than
the mandibles of these Dipterous larvae resemble that of a
Panorpa larva, for example (see Fig. 1). Why the mandibles of
these primitive Dipterous larvae should resemble the mandibles of
a Trichopteron rather than a Mecopteron is not clear (though if
we had the larvae of the Dipteron-like Mecopteron Nannochorista
its mandibles would doubtless be more like those of the Diptera in
question).

As was mentioned above, the under side of the head of a Pro-
toplasa larva (Fig. 6), with its broad labial sclerite gm, apparently
homologous with the gular and submental regions (with the men-
tum also?) and its paragular sclerite pg, is more like the under
side of the head of the larva of the Mecopteron Boreus, shown
in Fig. 32 than it is like the head of the larval Panorpa shown in
Fig. 19, because the larva of Panorpa has no demarked paragular
sclerite and instead of having the typical labial plate gm of Fig. 6,
the ventral halves of the head are approximated to form the suture
mg (which was referred to as the “ midgular suture ” in the figure
of a larval Panorpa shown in Fig. 19, Plate 3, of Vol. 14 of the
Annals of the Entomological Society of America for 1921 — but
see discussion of this region in Vol. 20, p. 1 of the Journal of En-
tomology and Zoology, Claremont, Cal., for 1928, where the single
median suture is interpreted as an epigular suture, since it is
formed by the meeting of the lips of the folds lying upon the in-
folded gular region). The larva of the Psychodid shown in Fig.
23 has such a median gular suture, and is therefore not very like
the larva of the Ptychopterid shown in Fig. 17, which is more like
the Tanyderid larva (Fig. 6) in having a distinct basal labial scle-

248 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

rite. Some larval Leptocerid Trichoptera have a distinct basal
labial sclerite, while other rather closely related larvae have an
overgrowth of this region resulting in the formation of a single
suture in this region (somewhat as in the larva shown in Fig. 22),
and in some species of the genus Hydropsyche , for example, there
are two gular sutures (with a broader sclerite between) while in
other species of the same genus, there occurs an overgrowth of
the gular region resulting in the formation of a single suture in
this region, so that this feature is not one of importance in indi-
cating the relationships, or lack thereof, between the Trichop-
terous larvae, and consequently should not be given much weight
in studying the affinities of Dipterous larvae either.

The paragular region pg of Figs. 6, 21, and 15, of the larva of
Protoplasa, is a very unusual structure, and resembles the sclerite
I have referred to as the paragula in a Hepialid larva (Fig. 31,
PI. 4, Vol. 19, of the Annals Entomological Society of America
for 1921) though the region labelled pg in the Protoplasa larva
may possibly be connected with the cardo. The region labelled st
in the maxilla of Protoplasa (Fig. 15) is probably the stipes,
though it may represent the distal portion of the stipes ds of a
Trichopteron larva (Fig. 22) if the basal region of the stipes is
fused with the sclerite pg in Fig. 15. The lobe labelled m in the
maxilla of Protoplasa (Fig. 15) is probably largely the galea, since
the galea is the maxillary lobe best developed in the adult Diptera,
but for the sake of convenience, I shall refer to it simply as the
“ mala,” borrowing this usage from the Coleopterists.

In the Bibionid larva shown in Fig. 18, both the “ mala ” m and
the maxillary palp mp are borne on a region traversed by a nar-
row sclerite labelled ^ in Fig. 18. This sclerite may be a part of
the cardo (i.e., like the slender cardine sclerite labelled ca in the
Neuropteron larva shown in Fig. 20), but I am inclined to con-
sider that the slender sclerites labelled ^ in the Bibonid larva (Fig.
18) and in the larva of Panorpa also (Fig. 19) represent the slen-
der sclerite of the stipes region labelled s in the Trichopteron larva
shown in Fig. 22 ; and if this is the case, the cardo is obsolete in
the larvae shown in Figs. 18 and 19. The composition of the
maxilla of the Ptychopterid larva shown in Fig. 17 is more like
that of the Bibionid larva shown in Fig. 18, than it is like the
maxilla of Protoplasa (Fig. 15) or a Psychodid larva either, and
the maxillae are rather disappointing structures for studying the
affinities of Dipterous larvae. In fact the mouthparts in general

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 249

do not furnish the clews to the relationships of the lower Diptera,
or to their nearest relatives among the other Holometabola, that I
had hoped might be the case. I simply cannot understand why the
mandibles of Proto plasa (Fig. 3) should be more like those of a
Bibionid (Fig. 5) and both of these like a Trichopteron larva
(Fig. 7) when by all the adult indications, the Bibionid larva
should lead back to an Anisopodid and thence back to a Tricho-
cerid, and from this type to a Mecopteron, but the Bibionid man-
dible (Fig. 5) is not suggestive of that of a Trichocerid (Fig. 4),
though the Trichocerid has tufts of hair suggestive of the proto-
type of the brush h of the Bibionid (but not in the right position
to be the precursors of the brush b of the Bibionid), and the Pro-
to plasa mandible (Fig. 3) is not like the Panorpa mandible shown
in Fig. 1. In referring to the mandible of the larva of Protoplasa
(Fig. 3) it should be noted that one of the seta labelled /, has be-
come very scale-like (see / of Figs. 21 and 6 also), and is a promi-
nent feature of the mandibular surface that may prove to be of
some interest. The basal labial sclerite gm (Fig. 16) is rather
peculiar, and the narrow transverse sclerites behind it appear to
be connected with it beneath the membranous integument, so that
although at first sight these narrow transverse sclerites appear to
represent cervical sclerites, I am more inclined to regard them as
portions of the basal labial plate gm in Protoplasa (Figs. 16, 21
and 6). It is disappointing that the true labial portion of the
underlip, bearing the labial palpi, etc., is not sufficiently developed
to be readily detected in Protoplasa since I had hoped that the
larva would give some indication of the development of the labial
palpi, which are the main features of the pupal underlip in Proto-
plasa. The larva of the Ptychopterid shown in Fig. 17, exhibits
some indications of the development of the labial palpi in a rudi-
mentary condition (i.e., like those of some Trichopterous larvae,
such as the one shown in Fig. 22), and the larval Anisopodoids
show traces of the labial palpi, but none of the Diptera have them
as well developed as they are in the larva of Panorpa (Fig. 19)
or in certain Trichopterous larvae, and those of other Holometa-
bola. The labium of the Bibionid larva shown in Fig. 18, bears
latero-dorsal extensions ( le of Fig. 18) which are directed “ me-
sad ” and are hence not seen from the exterior. These appear to
be of some interest for the interpretation of the parts of the
labium in lower Diptera, but I have not as yet determined their
homologies definitely, since I have not as yet been able to obtain

250 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

the Trichopterous larval types which will probably aid in the iden-
tification of these structures in the Diptera.

In examining the distribution of the head setae in the larvae of
lower Diptera and related Holometabola, it is noteworthy that in
Protoplasa (Fig. 13) the setae near the frontal sutures fs seem to
lie laterad of these sutures, while in the Bibionid larva shown in
Fig. 31, and in the larva of Panorpa shown in Fig. 30, the setae
near the frontal sutures fs are situated within (mesad of) these
sutures, and in the larval Trichoptera this seems to be the case
also. There is some dispute as to which sclerites of the larval head
represent the clypeal region, the frontal region, etc. (the so-called
adfrons of Lepidopterous larvae is considered by Snodgrass as a
frontal region, while the so-called frons of these larvae is inter-
preted as the clypeus by him) and until the muscle attachment in
these regions has been more thoroughly investigated in the larvae
of lower Diptera, Mecoptera, Trichoptera, etc., and until more
intermediate types of larvae have been compared together, it will
not be possible to determine definitely the real homologies of the
sclerites of this region of the head, so that a comparison of the
setae of the head of Protoplasa with those of other larvae (par-
ticularly with those of the Lepidoptera) can be more advanta-
geously studied later. I would point out the fact that the “ fron-
tal-pit setae ” or “ frontocaval setae ” [i.e., those in the neighbor-
hood of the frontal pits fp (Figs. 13, 14, 12, etc.)] are very con-
stant, and may be of especial interest in a comparative study of
the setae of the various larvae. The setae of the thoracic region
of Protoplasa will be compared with those of other larvae in a
later paper, but I would mention at this time the pair of setae in
the neck or presternal area just behind the transverse sclerites
belonging to the basal labial plate (gm of Fig. 6), and also the
groups of ventral setae labelled as in Fig. 6. The ambulatory
setae as (usually in groups of three — occasionally four) may mark
the region homologous with the legs of the pupal Protoplasa, but
this is mere conjecture, and the interpretation of the areas about
these setae must await further investigation.

The “ pseudopods ” or posterior, leg-like structures of the lar-
val Protoplasa shown in Figs. 24 and 27 are of interest because
they are very similar to those of a Chironomid larva. These
posterior “ pseudopods ” of Protoplasa bear gills, labelled gi in
Figs. 24 and 27, but the most interesting features are the sixteen
lateral setae labelled ^ in Figs. 24 and 27, and the seven hooks

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 251

labelled h in Fig. 27. When the muscles attached to the central
region (represented by a central depression near the tip of the
pseudopod in Fig. 24) contract, the lateral setae ^ are drawn to-
gether, and the hooks h of Fig. 27 come into play. I think that
these hooks and setae are for creeping about, although the fan-
like arrangement of the long setae (when expanded) suggests a
swimming function or a structure for leaping backward. In the
two types of Chironomid larvae shown in Figs. 25 and 26, the
hooks h of Fig. 25 are replaced by the seta-like structures s of
Fig. 26 (all of these setae were not drawn), and this suggests that
the hooks are modified setae (or vice versa). The pseudopods of
the larvae of Protoplasa and the Chironomids are more nearly
alike than is the case in any other Dipterous larvae I have seen,
and this may be taken to indicate that the Chironomids were de-
rived from Protoplasa- like forebears, but I am not yet ready to
give up the idea that most of the Nematocerous Diptera (other
than the Psychodoids — Ptychopterids, Tanyderids and Psychodids
— and the Tipulids) were derived from Anisopus-like ancestors
leading back to the Tanyderidae, although it must be admitted
that this derivation is based for the most part on adult characters
alone (but a comparative study of the more inclusive groups, such
as the orders, etc., has indicated that the adult characters are the
most reliable and important).

I have not been able to determine the homologies of the “ pseu-
dopods ” of Protoplasa (Figs. 24 and 27) although Dr. Alexander
has suggested to me that they are homodynamous (serially ho-
mologous) with the crochet-bearing abdominal “ pseudopods ”
borne on abdominal segments three to seven (inclusive) in the
larva of the Tipulid Dicranota described by Miall, 1893, on page
235 of the Transactions of the Entomological Society of London
for 1893. These “ pseudopods ” are strikingly similar to those of
Lepidopterous larvae, and are probably homologous with them,
and if the posterior “ pseudopods ” of Protoplasa are homologous
with these, the posterior “ pseudopods ” of Protoplasa doubtless
represent the larval “ postpedes ” of caterpillars. In examining
the terminal structures of a larval Tipulid such as Eriocera
(Fig. 29) it occurred to me that the ventral pair of posterior
processes, which bear long setae as shown in Fig. 29, might be
homologous with the posterior “pseudopods ” of Protoplasa , and
this possibility should be further investigated with a view to bring-
ing these ventral processes with their setae, into line with the

252 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society vol. XXV

posterior “ pseudopods ” of Protoplasa and the abdominal “ pseu-
dopods ” of Dicranota. There are also protrusile, seta-bearing
structures borne at the end of the abdomen in Psychodid larvae,
but I do not think that these can be brought into line with the
other structures mentioned above. On the other hand, a sys-
tematic study of the terminal abdominal structures of larval Dip-
tera should lead to some interesting results, and would apparently
lend support to the view that Psychodid larvae (with their cylin-
drical posterior structures) are like the prototypes of the larvae
of Dixids, Culicids, etc., and on this account would be of consid-
erable importance from the standpoint of the phylogenetic ar-
rangement of the Dipterous families. I am hoping to be able to
complete my series of larvae illustrating the comparative anatomy
of the terminal abdominal structures in the near future.

Abbreviations.

a. . . .Antenna.

ac. . .Anteclypeus (anterior region of clypeus).
as. . .Ambulatory or podal setae.

b. . . .Brustia or gnathobrustia (homologous with prostheca?).

c. . . .Coronal suture (stem of epicranial suture),
ca. . .Cardo.

ce. . .Condyle of mandible (gnathocondyle).

cl. . . Clypeal sclerites (clypeites).

ds. . .Dististipes (distal region of stipes).

e. . . .Eye, larval eyes.

es. . . Epipharyngeal brushes (labrobrustia).
ex. . .Extensor tendon of mandible.

f . . . .Frons or front.

fl. . . .Flexor tendon of mandible.

fp... Frontal pits (frontocavae) marking position of anterior
arms of tentorium.

fs. . . Frontal sutures (arms of epicranial suture).

g. . . .Ginglymus.
gi. . . Gill.

gm. . Labial sclerite (gulamentum or postlabium),
gu . . .Gula.

h. . . .Hooks of pseudopod.

i. . . . Incisors of mandible.

1. . . . Mandibular scale (gnatholepis).
le. . . Dorso-lateral extension of labium.

Ir. . . Labrum.

Ip. . . Labial palpi.

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXV, No. 5

Plate XV

Bull. B. E. S., Yol. XXV, No. 5 Plate XYI

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 255

m. . . Maxillary mala (galea),
md. . Mandible.

mg. . Midgular or epigular suture.

mp. . Maxillary palpus.

pg. . .Paragula (postgena?).

poc. .Postclypeus (posterior region of clypeus).

s. . . .In maxillary region denotes stipital sclerite (transtipes).

s. . . .In pseudopod denotes long setae (longisetae) .
sm. . Submentum.

sp. . . Spiracle,
st. . . Stipes.

t. . . . Tormae.

Fig-

Fig.

IO.

Fig.

ii.

Fig.

12.

Fig.

13-

Fig.

14-

Fig.

i5-

Fig.

16.

Fig.

i7-

Fig.

18.

Fig.

19.

Fig.

20.

Fig.

21.

Explanation of Plates XV-XVIII.

Anterior view of sinistral mandible of a larva of the
Mecopteron Panorpa.

Posterior view of, the sinistral mandible of the larva of
Protoplasa.

Anterior view of same.

Mandible of larval Trichocerid.

Mandible of larval Bibionid.

Ventral view of head, prothorax and mesothorax of a
larval Protoplasa.

Mandible of larva of Phryganid (Trichopteron) .

Dorsal view of anterior region of head of Protoplasa ,
larva.

Same of Psychodid larva.

Same of Ptychopterid larva.

Same of caddice fly larva.

Same of Bibionid larva.

Dorsal view of head, prothorax and mesothorax of
Protoplasa larva.

Dorsal view of anterior region of head of Panorpa
larva.

Ventral view of dextral maxilla of Protoplasa larva.

Ventral view of labial sclerite of Protoplasa larva.

Ventral view of dextral maxilla and labium of Ptychop-
terid larva.

Ventral view of dextral maxilla, labium and portion of
ventral region of head capsule of Bibionid larva.

Same of larval Panorpa.

Same of larval Rhapidia (Neuropteron) .

Lateral view of head, prothorax and mesothorax of
larval Protoplasa.

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXV, No. 5

Plate XVII

Bull. B. E. S., Yol. XXV, No. 5

Plate XYIII

258 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Fig.

22.

Fig.

23-

Fig.

24.

Fig.

25-

Fig.

26.

Fig.

27.

Fig.

28.

Fig.

29.

Fig.

30.

Fig.

31-

Fig.

32.

Fig.

33-

Ventral view of dextral maxilla, labium and portion of
ventral region of head capsule of larval caddice fly.

Ventral view of median portion of head and basal por-
tion of labium of larval Psychodid.

Lateral view of sinistral “ pseudopod ” (one of the
“ postpedes ”) of larval Protoplasa.

Pseudopod of one type of Chironomid larva.

Pseudopod of another type of Chironomid larva.

Mesal view of sinistral “ pseudopod ” of larval Proto-
plasa.

Protrusile, seta-bearing posterior appendage of Psy-
chodid larva.

A ventral posterior process of a larval Eriocera.

Frontal view of head of larval Panorpa.

Frontal view of dextral half of head of larval Bibionid.

Ventral view of dextral maxilla and labium of larval
Mecopteron Boreus.

Frontal view of dextral half of head of larval Culicid.

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 259

THE NAMES OF CERTAIN RHYNCHOPHORA.

By J. Chester Bradley, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

Among other nomenclatorial changes that it has seemed neces-
sary to make in connection with the preparation of a forthcoming
Manual of the genera of beetles known to occur in America north
of Mexico, there are some which require explanation. These are
the cases which I here wish to discuss.

The Family and Subfamily Names of the Broad-nosed

Weevils.

Billberg, 1820, by the use of the name Anthribides, intended to
constitute A nthrihus the type genus of the broad-nosed weevils.
But Pierce, T6, has shown that Anthrihus Geoff roy, 1762, is not
identifiable as a rhynchophorid genus. Consequently it is not avail-
able as type genus of a family of weevils, and the designation of
Billberg, 1820, will not apply to the beetles under consideration.
So far as I am aware, the next type designation was by Thomson
in 1859. This author divided the family Anthrihidae as follows:

I. Subfamily Urodontides.

II. Subfamily Anthribides.

a. Tribe Choragina.

b. Tribe Brachytarsina.

c. Tribe Anthribina.

Although Urodon is retained in the family “ Anthribidae ” by
Wolf rum, ’29 (Coleopterorum Catalogus), Dr. Carl Jordan, ’24,
has shown abundant and conclusive evidence for removing it to
the Mylabridae. It therefore may be ruled out as a possible type
genus for the broad-nosed weevils.

There remain the Brachytarsina of which the type genus is
Brachytarsus Schonherr, 1826, and the Choragina of which the
type genus is Choragus Kirby, 1818. Each of these genera are
to-day recognized as valid and within the family. Each in fact
represents a distinct subfamily. As they are of the same date, the
only choice between them is by page precedence, and thereby falls
on Choragus and the family name will be Choragidae. This has
the advantage of not being an unfamiliar group name, Choragina
having been used after Thomson by Fowler, 1890, and Choragini
by Bedel, 1882, and Reitter, 1916, as subtribe, tribe or subfamily
names.

260 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Doctor Jordan, ’06, has been followed by Wolfrum, ’29, in
using Pleurocerinae and Anocerinae for the names of the two
subfamilies. But these are descriptive names, not based on a con-
tained genus, and hence unavailable under the code. On basis of
the facts stated in the preceding paragraph, Choraginae becomes
available and must be used in lieu of “ Anocerinae ” and Brachy-
tarsinae in lieu of “ Pleurocerinae.”

CHORAGIDAE.

(Anthribidae auctt.)

( Platyrrhinidae Bedel, ’82; Fowler, 1891, 1892; Everts,
’°3)

( Platystomidae and Choragidae Pierce, T6)

(Platystomidae Leng, ’19)

a. Subfamily Brachytarsinae.

(Tribe Brachytarsina Thomson, ’59)

(Pleurocerinae Jordan, ’06; Wolfrum, ’29)

(Anthribides pleuroceres Lacordaire, ’66)

(Anthribini Seidlitz, ’91 ; Reitter, T6)

(Tropiderini and Anthribini Leng, T9)

b. Subfamily Choraginae

(Tribe Choragina Thomson, ’59)

(Anocerinae Jordan, ’06; Wolfrum, ’29)

(Anthribides anoceres Lacordaire, T>6)

(Choragini Bedel, ’82; Reitter, T6)

(Araeocerini Seidlitz, ’91)

(Araeocerini and Xenorchestini Leng, T9)

The Rhinomacerinae, Rhynchitinae and Attelabinae.

Voss, ’22, has united the first two subfamilies under the name
of Rhynchitinae. This subfamily he divides into four tribes: 1.
Rhinomacerini, 2. Allocorynini, 3. Auletini, 4. Rhynchitini.

Des Gozis (Bull. Soc. Ent. de France, 1881, p. cxii) drew at-
tention to the fact that Rhinomacer Fabr., 1787, is a homonyn of
Rhinomacer Geoffroy, 1762, and proposed Cimheris as a substi-
tute name. Pierce, T6, accepts Cimheris as the valid name of the
genus. But in dealing with the higher group names based on
Rhinomacer , he has without warrant changed the type genus from
Rhinomacer Fabr., 1787, to Doydirhynchus Dejean, 1821. It is,
however, necessary to retain the original type genus, and under
Art. 5 of the Code, to change the higher group names to corre-
spond to the change in the genus name (which is a very different

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 261

matter from changing the genus). Rhinomacerini thus becomes
Cimberini, and Rhinomacerinae becomes Cimberinae.

If we unite the two subfamilies, as Voss has done, then we
must do so under the name Cimberinae, because the group dates
back to Leach, 1817 (Rhinomaceridae), whereas Rhynchites was
not made type of a higher group until by Thomson in 1859.

CURCULIONIDAE.

Subfamily Cimberinae.

(Rhinomacerinae auctt.)

(Doydirhynchoidea Pierce, T6, and Attelaboidea,
in part, Pierce, T6)

Tribe Cimberini.

(Rhinomacerini auctt.)

Doydirhynchoidea, in part, Pierce, T6)

The Tribes Ceutorhynchini and Cryptorhynchini.

Pierce, T9, has shown that Cryptorhynchus Schonherr, 1826,
is preoccupied by Cryptorhynchus Illiger, 1807. The latter is the
genus of the tribe Ceutorhynchini called Rhinoncus in Leng’s
Catalogue. On this account, and since Cryptorhynchus Illiger,
1807, is the oldest genus in the tribe, Pierce instead of using the
name Ceutorhynchidae for the including group, which he terms
family, uses Cryptorhynchidae. This course seems to be unneces-
sary. The genus contained within the limits that we assign to the
tribe which was first made a type genus for a tribe or higher group
was, so far as I am aware, Ceutorhynchus, which was used by
Thomson in 1859 for his group Ceutorhynchides. Ceutorhynchini
is therefore, in my view, the acceptable tribal name.

Since the type genus of Cryptorhynchini (in the sense used in
Leng’s Catalog) is a homonym, under Art. 5 of the Code we must
change the name of that tribe. The type genus remains the same,
and the tribe changes its name to correspond to the new name of
the type genus — in this case Cryptorhynchidius Pierce.

Ceutorhynchini auctt. remains Ceutorhynchini.
Cryptorhynchini auctt. becomes Cryptorhynchidiini, type
Cryptorhynchidius Pierce = Cryptorhynchus Schonherr,
1826, nec Illiger, 1807.

The Correct Generic Name of Pantomorus godmani Crotch.

On page 47 to the Supplement to Leng’s Catalogue of the Cole-
optera of America north of Mexico, Pantomorus godmani Crotch

262 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxr

is transferred to Asynonychus which is there ascribed to Cham-
pion, Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine, vol. 58, p. 162, 1922.

Asynonychus was described by Crotch, ’67, not by Champion.
Champion used Pantomorus and meant to refer to Asynonychus
Crotch as a synonym. Leng’s number 16659, godmani Crotch,
must therefore be restored to Pantomorus.

NOTICE.

Entomologica Americana.

As volume XI of Entomologica Americana we are publish-
ing a very full monograph by Dr. A. G. Boving and Dr. F. C.
Craighead, on certain beetle larvae, under the title “ An Illustrated
Synopsis of the Principal Larval Forms of the Order Coleoptera.”
It will consist of 125 (more or less) line plates of the larvae and
their structural details, with complete explanations. It is without
doubt a very extensive, and, we believe, very full work on these
immature forms. The names of the authors are a guarantee of
this. It represents the accumulated labors of years of Dr. Boving
and Dr. Craighead, dating from 1915.

This volume of Entomologica Americana will not be sold as
a single volume, but only to subscribers to the whole series of our
publication, at our stated subscription price of $4 per volume.

However, to meet any outside demand that may arise for this
important work, we will have on hand a limited supply of reprints
which will be for sale separately. For advance orders before pub-
lication, we have fixed a price of $5 per copy, unbound; and $6
per copy, bound ; postpaid. Orders will be filled at prepublication
prices up to the date of issue for March, 1931 — no. 4, volume XI
— of Entomologica Americana, which will contain the conclud-
ing part of the monograph and also the index. Deliveries of the
complete work will be made shortly after the issue of no. 4, vol.
XI.

Those interested in this important work should send in their
orders promptly to

Librarian, Brooklyn Entomological Society,

28 Clubway, Hartsdale, N. Y.,
accompanied by Check in full.

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 263

NOTES ON TEXAS BEES

By H. B. Parks, San Antonio, Texas.

Lithurgus.

During the spring of 1928 Mr. Geo. P. Engelhardt, of the
Brooklyn Museum, visited this Laboratory. While here he ex-
amined the local collection of Hymenoptera and suggested that he
take a selection from the group to Dr. Herbert F. Schwarz, of the
American Museum of Natural History, for identification. Under
the date of Dec. 11, 1928, Dr. Schwarz writes, that among the
bees sent is one male of Lithurgus bruesi Mitchell, a bee just de-
scribed by Dr. Theo. B. Mitchell, and as the female is unknown it
would be well to collect all of the species seen.

On the advice of Dr. Schwarz, the Megachile in the collection
here were sent to Dr. Mitchell for determination. In giving the
names of the bees sent, he writes on February 5, 1930:

“ The most interesting specimen in the lot is the male of
Lithurgus. It so happens that there was also a single male of this
same species in the lot which you sent me previously, and these
two are the only specimens other than the type which I have seen.
The type was collected at Austin by Professor Brues for whom I
named it. This may possibly be the long-tongued Megachilid you
mentioned seeing among your specimens, as the tongue of Lithur-
gus is extremely long/’

Accompanying Dr. Mitchell’s original description of L. bruesi
M. is this note.

“Type: Male (Type No. 15710, Mus. Com. Zook); Austin,
Texas (C. T. Brues collector).”

According to this information there were on February 5, 1930,
the followwing known specimens of L. bruesi:

1. The type.

2. A specimen collected at the Laboratory, but in the collection
of Dr. Mitchell.

3. Two specimens, one identified by Schwarz and one by
Mitchell in the collection here. The type and the two specimens
here bear no date, the one in the Mitchell collection has a date of
April 27, 1929. All specimens are males.

This information was the incentive for an intensive, prolonged,
but successful search. The local collections of insects as well as

264 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

those at the University of Texas and A. & M. College furnished
no other specimens. Dr. Mitchell suggested that as Lithurgus
gibhosus was found on cactus flowers, L. bruesi also might be
found there. A review of the literature showed that Cresson re-
ported three species, Lithurgus gibbosus Sm., L. compressus Sm.,
and L. apicalis Cress, from Texas, yet no species of Lithurgus is
listed in “Hymenoptera Texana,” the bulk of whose mentioned
species were collected in this part of Texas. It was therefore ap-
parent that there were two species to look for.

The first of the cacti comes into bloom here about March ist,
and a succession of species furnish continued bloom until June
15th. Preparation was made to collect specimens of all insects
visiting the cacti blooms during the spring of 1930. The spring
was backward. The weather report shows that the temperature
was much below normal and the number of cloudy days as well as
the number on which rain fell much above normal. Nevertheless,
the rainfall was far below normal. All these conditions were ad-
verse to bees and cacti, both of which like hot sunshine and lots
of it.

Although many bees were captured Lithurgus was not found
until May 12th, when Opuntia lindheimeri, our most numerous
cactus, was at the end of its bloom. The final count of its insect
visitors was being made to get the per cent, of Apis mellifca L.,
when late in the afternoon a number of specimens of Lithurgus
were captured. The next day no 0. lindheimeri flowers opened,
but Lithurgus was discovered collecting pollen on Opuntia ellisi-
ana, the cultivated spineless cactus. The afternoon of the same
day this bee was caught sucking nectar from Monarda and Vitex.
All species of plants in bloom were watched and all-day observa-
tions made. No new food plants were found. The last Lithurgus
was seen on June 4th, the same day O. ellisiana dropped its last
bloom.

Table 1 gives the list of plants observed, their blooming dates,
and number of species of insect visitors.

Table 2 the dates of capture of Lithurgus and the numbers of
each sex.

Table 3 the dates of blooming and capture of Lithurgus.

As soon as a series of Lithurgus was collected it was easily seen
that there were at least two and perhaps more species or forms

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 265

present. A selection sent to Dr. Mitchell confirmed this belief, as
L. gibbosus composed about half the material and L. bruesi the
remainder. L. compressus was thought to be present and was, as
Dr. Mitchell writes that this is a synonym for the male of gib-
bosus. Thus in this intensive search two species, one not taken
before, at this Laboratory, and the unknown female of bruesi have
been found.

The general appearance of the two species is so close that it is
impossible to tell them apart on the flowers. The female on alight-
ing in a cactus flower rests on the stamens for an interval then
pushes her head against the pistil column and goes down to the
nectary at the base. While in this position the legs and plates of
the abdomen are worked combing out the pollen. While thus oc-
cupied the bees are easily captured by placing the killing bottle
over the flower. In the series secured this spring the net was
never used on cactus flowers. The male will alight on the cactus
flowers, go around the pistil looking for a female, and if none is
present will clasp the pistil column, head up and remain motion-
less for several minutes. They too are most easily taken by plac-
ing the bottle over them. The pollen of cactus is mostly gone by
noon and the flowers close early. None or very few Lithurgus
were taken on cactus after 12 : 00 noon.

In the afternoon both males and females collected nectar on
Monarda and Vitex. On these plants they were very wild and
hard to catch. From the large amount of pollen collected, nests
must have occurred in the vicinity but a detailed search failed to
find them. These bees fly very rapidly and could not be “coursed”
like honey bees.

Owing to the fact that seven years of collecting here produced
only four males of this genus and that no specimens could be
found in nearby Texas collections, and that this year, in three
weeks’ time, one hundred and twenty-nine specimens representing
two species including the undescribed female of L. bruesi Mitchell
were taken, leads to the conclusion, supported by other evidence,
that certain insects are governed in their life activities by peculiar
optimum weather conditions, so that when this condition exists
they are present. When the condition does not exist they continue
in the pupal stage until the reoccurrence of this condition, be it
one or many years.

266 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V61.XXV

TABLE I.

List of Plants Observed, Blooming Dates and Insect Visitors.

•pi , In Bloom —

riant Out of Bloom

No. Species of
Insect Visitors

Mamillaria heyderi Muhleuff . . March 25- April 10
Echino cactus texensis Hoepf. . . . April 10-April 17
Echino cactus caespitosus Engl.

and Gray April 10-April 16

Opuntia macrorhiza Engelm. . . . April 25^May 10
Opuntia lindheimeri Engelm. . . . April 15-May 12

Opuntia leptocaulis D. C Mayi4-Junei5

Opuntia ellisiana Griff Mayi3-June4

Echinocactus setispinus Engelm. Junei-June4

Monarda punctata L April iG-May 23

Monarda citriodora Cerv April 16-May 23

Vitex negundo incisa April 20-June 5

8 including Lithurgus

7 including Lithurgus

TABLE II.

Distribution, Percent of Sex, and Weather Relation.

Lithurgus gibbosus Sm.

Lithurgus bruesi Mitchell

Date

Total

Weather

May 12

Cloudy

Part Cloudy

Cloudy

1 7

Cloudy, Rain

Part Cloudy, Rain

Clear

Part Cloudy

Clear

Part Cloudy

Clear

Part Cloudy

Rain, Cloudy

Cloudy

Part Cloudy

Cloudy

June 1

Clear

Part Cloudy

Clear

Part Cloudy

129

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 267

*->

3 s.

a> d

M 6

n?
aJ oS

53 y=j ,

Oh V

-g

E aP

rt "tj O

-S i3 £

u o .
c 3 Cj_J

o q,

£>
.2 &
hU

Vitex

negundo j?

incisa

No. Lithurgus ... i i 2 i i

* Opuntia leptocaules D. C. is carried in this table because it was in bloom during the flight of Lithurgus, but no specimens
were seen on this plant.

268 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

NOTES ON AMERICAN TINGITIDAE (HEMIPTERA).

By Carl J. Drake, Ames, Iowa.

Further study of collections of American Tingitidae has made
it necessary to erect two new genera, describe two new species,
rename one species, and suppress two species as synonyms. The
descriptions and notes on the homonym and synonyms are given
below.

Acalypta duryi n. name.

This name is proposed for Acalypta (— Drakella Bergroth
= Fenestrella Osborn and Drake) ovata Osborn and Drake, the
specific name of ovata being preoccupied and a homonym in the
genus Acalypta Stab As yet this species has been recorded only
from the type locality, Cincinnati, Ohio ; it is represented by three
brachypterous. specimens, collected by Mr. Chas. Dury.

Acalypta saundersi (Downes).

Many brachypterous examples, Puyallup, Washington, March,
1929, collected on moss, by Mr. Wm. W. Baker. Up to the pres-
ent time this remarkable species has been known only from a
brachypterous female, holotype, Goldstream, B. C., collected in a
low marsh area by Mr. L. G. Saunders. Male a little more slen-
der than the female ; claspers large and strongly curved ; other
characters very similar to female. It is most closely allied to the
foregoing species, A. duryi Drake, but very distinct as pointed out
by Downes in his original description. Allotype, brachypterous
male, Puyallup, Wash., in writer’s collection. The long-winged
form is unknown.

Corythaica bellula Bueno.

Corythaica bellula Bueno, Bull. Brookl. Ent. Soc., XII, 1917,
p. 19.

Corythaica bellula Blatchley, Heter. East. N. A., 1926, p. 471.

Corythaica floridana Blatchley, Heter. East. N. A., p. 471.

The holotype (brachypterous) in Blatchley’s collection has been
examined. It is identical with similar winged forms of bellula
from New York and should be treated as a synonym of Bueno’s
species. Bellula, as represented by brachypterous and macrop-
terous specimens, shows a considerable variation in size and color.
Through the kindness of J. R. de la Torre-Bueno and Chris.

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 269

Olsen many specimens, including the types of hellula, have been
studied. The species of Corythaica are greatly confused in the
literature, especially the species occurring in the West Indies and
South America.

Melanorhopala clavata Sta.

Melanorhopala clavata Stal, Enum. Hemip.,- in, 1873, p. 130.

Melanorhopala lurida Stal, Enum. Hemip., 111, 1873, p. 13 1.

Melanorhopala uniformis Stal, Enum. Hemip., 111, 1873, p.
I3i-

Melanorhopala obscura Parshley, Psyche, XXIII, 1916, p.
167.

Melanorhopala reflexa Blatchley, Heter. East. N. A., 1924,
p. 492.

Melanorhopala clavata Blatchley, Heter. East. N. A., 1926,
p. 492.

Melanorhopala clavata Drake, Ann. Carn. Mus., XVI, 1926,
p. 377, pi. XXIV, figs, a, b , c.

The holotype of reflexa in the Blatchley collection has been ex-
amined, and without a doubt it represents an extremely long-
winged form of clavata. Sexual dimorphism of the antennae and
pterygopolymorphism cause marked changes in general appear-
ance, size and modification of certain structures. Macropterous
individuals are represented by long-winged and extremely long-
winged individuals, the latter being very rare in collections and
identical with the form described by Blatchley as reflexa. The
three different types of wings are represented in a long series of
specimens collected on weeds near Chicago, Illinois, by Mr. Wil-
liam J. Gerhard. The writer has also collected this form in the
prairies at Ames, Iowa. However, most series of specimens con-
tain but two forms, either the short- or the usual type of long-
winged individuals. The third segment of the antennae is slightly
clavate in the male and strongly clavate in the female. In the
latter the fourth segment is also thicker at the base. In the
brachypterous specimens the elytra are acute posteriorly with their
tips distinctly separated.

Allotingis n. gen.

Head short, distinctly tumid above, with the three frontal

spines arranged as in related genera. Bucculae broad, long,

contiguous in front, extending anteriorly in front of head.

270 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Coxae widely separated; rostral laminae not strongly devel-
oped, almost cariniform; rostral channel broad, uninter-
rupted ; rostrum extending on the mesosternum. Antennae
long, slender, widely separated at base ; segment I very long,
longer than head, a little stouter than II ; III very slender,
rather long. Antenniferous tubercles very long, slender.

Pronotum moderatly swollen, finely and closely pitted, uni-
carinate; posterior projection short and rounded; collum
long, conspicuous; paranota reticulate, expanded laterally,
projecting anteriorly beyond collum. Elytra about one-third
longer than abdomen ; not overlapping, meeting in an almost
straight (very slightly rounded) line along the median line of
abdomen ; areolae moderately large, hyaline ; discoidal and
sutural areas not very clearly differentiated; costal and sub-
costal distinct. Wings greatly reduced or wanting.

Type of genus, Leptobyrsa binotata Drake and Bruner, from
Cuba. This genus is most closely allied to Leptobyrsa Stal, but
differs from it in the characters of bucculae, collum, pronotum,
shorter and more closely reticulated elytra, and longer basal seg-
ment of antennae. The bucculae project very strongly obliquely
forward and downward from the base of the tylus, thus extend-
ing considerably in front of the head. The male genital characters
are also quite different.

Liotingis n. gen.

Pronotum closely and finely pitted, slightly swollen,
strongly narrowed in front, tricarinate. Collum very large,
distinctly marked off, finely reticulate. Paranota projecting
almost laterally, scarcely reflexed, extending anteriorly a little
beyond collum. Antennae long, slender ; segment I long, con-
siderably thickened, longer than head, the second segment
very short; III very long, slender; IV long and slender. An-
tenniferous tubercles very long, slender, straight ; divaricat-
ing, spine-like in appearance. Head short, with five spines.
Bucculae large, closed in front not extending anteriorly in
front of head ; rostral channel uninterrupted, open behind,
the laminae widely separated on mesosternum. Orifice indis-
tinct. Legs long and slender. Elytra considerably longer
than abdomen, overlapping, the areas distinctly marked off ;
discoidal area reaching to middle of elytra. Wings present.

Genotype, Liotingis evidentis n. sp., from Brazil. This genus
belongs to the distinctly lacy group of Tingitidae. It is perhaps

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 271

most closely related to the genus Allotingis Drake, but readily
separated from it by the extremely long, divaricating, spine-like
antenniferous tubercles, the overlapping elytra, and character of
the bucculae. The antenniferous tubercles separate Liotingis
from Leptopharsa Stal and other closely related genera.

Liotingis evidentis n. sp.

Moderately large, almost flat in appearance, testaceous, the
head and body brown. Antennae very long, slender, with
long bristle-like hairs ; segment I very long, brown, moder-
ately swollen, thickest near the middle, between four and five
times as long as two ; III long, slender, slightly curved, testa-
ceous, about three and one-half times as long as four; IV
very long, slightly enlarged, mostly black. Rostrum extending
to middle of mesosternum. Antenniferous tubercles very long,
rather sharp, spine-like, divergent. Head with five sharp
spines; anterior pair long, directed anteriorly, contiguous at
apex ; median short, slender, not prominent ; posterior pair
longest, directed forward, contiguous with head, extending
to base of anterior pair. Eyes small, transverse, brown.

Collum very large, reticulate, subtruncate in front, slightly
raised in the middle. Paranota moderately broad, almost rec-
tilinear, uniseriate along humeri, bi-triseriate in front, acutely
produced in front and extending to middle of eyes ; outer
margins almost straight, converging anteriorly. Carinae in-
distinctly areolate; median slightly more elevated and more
strongly raised on collum ; lateral ending anteriorly at collum,
parallel. Elytra about one-third longer than abdomen,
broadly rounded behind, the tips separated; discoidal and
sutural area slightly and jointly elevated; costal area broad,
biseriate at base, triseriate at widest part, the areolae not very
regularly arranged; subcostal area rather narrow, uniseriate,
strongly sloping obliquely downward; discoidal area large,
almost elongate-elliptical, narrow at both ends, with four rows
of areolae at its widest part, with a black-fuscous spot a little
behind the middle on the costate nervure forming outer
boundary. The margins of elytra, paranota, carinae, and en-
larged nervures marking off areas of elytra indistinctly ser-
rate. Wings a little longer than abdomen, faintly clouded.
Legs long, slender, testaceous. Length 2.97 mm.; width 1.29
mm.

Holotype, female, Minas Geraes, Brazil, in collection of writer.

272 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Leptopharsa lenatis n. sp.

Elongate, fuscous-black. Antennae and legs dark fuscous-
black, somewhat polished ; areolae of hood and sutural and
discoidal areas clouded with fuscous; those of paranota,
carinae, and costal and subcostal areas translucent. Head
black, with five rather long, slender, dark brown spines, the
median longest. Antennae long, slender, indistinctly pilose;
segment I rather long, slightly curved, considerably swollen,
two and a half times as long as two, the latter shorter and
slenderer; III very long, three times as long as four; IV
long, slightly swollen, pilose, considerably longer than one
and two taken together. Bucculae black, margined with tes-
taceous, closed in front. Rostrum long, brownish, extending
to the end of metasternum. Rostral laminae strongly devel-
oped, reticulate, mostly testaceous, open at apex. Body be-
neath black.

Pronotum strongly narrowed anteriorly, coarsely pitted,
reticulate behind, tricarinate. Carinae strongly foliaceous,
each composed of one row of large areolae ; lateral carinae
parallel, rounded above, long, not touching sides of hood ;
median more strongly elevated, abruptly raised a little behind
the hood. Paranota moderately broad, biseriate, strongly re-
curved, the areolae rather large. Hood moderately large,
projecting slightly over base of head, sub-globose. Elytra
considerably longer than abdomen, rounded behind, widest a
little behind the base ; their tips not separated when at rest ;
costal area rather broad, mostly biseriate, triseriate at widest
part ; subcostal area broad, almost vertical, bi-triseriate ; dis-
coidal area large, widest near middle, the outer nervure cos-
tate and strongly raised, narrowed behind. Wings longer
than abdomen, somewhat clouded. Legs long, slender, pol-
ished. Length, 4.24 mm.; width, 1.41 mm.

Holotype, female, Peru, S. A., in writer’s collection. Paratype,
female, Santarem, Brazil, Carnegie Museum; is a little lighter in
color than the type. Differs from L. peruensis Drake and dis-
tinconis Drake in color, position of elytra when at rest and several
structural characters as noted in descriptions.

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 273

A MELANIC FORM OF TELEA POLYPHEMUS.

By C. Wm. Wurster, New York, N. Y.

The specimen of Telea polyphemus (Cramer), described here
as a new aberration, differs from the normal in having a large
portion of the ground color of all the wings, above and below,
black or blackish.

Telea polyphemus ab. fumosus n. ab. (PL XIX.)

Primaries, upperside : costal area and area, except as noted,
between the subbasal and submarginal bands, black, most in-
tense in costal and subapical areas. The distal portion of
veins basad of submarginal band are deeper black than
ground color. Area between subbasal and submarginal bands
from inner margin to Cu2, base of cellule Cu2 - Cu^ and in
the cell between subbasal band and ocellus buff, this color
weakening distad between A2 and Cu2 and in the cell. The
pink subbasal line normal, its outer black band more intense
than in normal individuals. Pink submarginal band distinct,
but thin, its inner black band nearly lost in the black ground
color. The two subapical black spots fused with the ground
color. Ocellus normal. Marginal area warm ochre-clay
color.

Secondaries, upperside: the black ground color extends
from the subbasal band to the submarginal band, but does not
include the cell nor the area behind the anal vein. The latter
and the basal areas are buff. The black area is weaker than
in the primaries, and very weak in the costal area. The veins
stand out blacker than the ground color as described above in
the primaries. The pink submarginal band somewhat nar-
rower than normal, its inner black band being more distinct
than in primaries. Ocellus and cell spot normal. Marginal
area as in primaries.

Underside, primaries : the dark area is not so intensely
black as on the upper side, and extends from the subbasal
band to the second submarginal band, and also includes the
cell. Inner marginal area pale. Costal area narrowly black-
ish. Veins with buff scaling, causing them to show distinctly
on the blackish ground color. Submarginal band blackish,
more distinct than in normal individuals. Ocellus normal, its
black outer ring lost in the ground color. Marginal area
brownish-buff.

274 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Secondaries, underside: the blackish area as in primaries,
but more intense. Costal area black. Area behind anal vein
blackish. Basal area brownish, due to a dusting of black
scales. Veins less distinct than in primaries. Ocellus, mar-
ginal band, and marginal area as in primaries.

Thorax and abdomen above buff. Collar black, narrowly
interrupted on the dorsal line with buff hairs. Thorax below,
about normal. Abdomen blackish, sutures outlined with buff
hairs, terminal segment buff.

Holotype: One female from central western United States, in
author’s collection. Emerged March 22, 1930.

This is but the second or third melanic polyphemus of which I
have knowledge. Dr. W. J. Holland, in his “ Moth Book,” page
89, makes the following statement : “ I have one or two fine me-
lanic specimens, in which the wings are almost wholly black on
the upper side.” As this aberration is apparently without a name,
the above, fumosus, is proposed.

This species, as is well known, is exceedingly variable, the
ground color being various shades of tan, yellow and gray. How-
ever, the characteristic light gray stripes along the costa and the
collar are always present, but in fumosus they are of the deepest
black.

This beautiful female emerged from a large consignment of
cocoons received from the central west. It is to be hoped that it
will be placed eventually in one of our large museums, where
those who appreciate a radical deviation from the normal, may be
able to study it, and where it will be accessible to future students.

Bull. B. E. S., Vol. XXV, No. 5

Plate XIX

276 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

NEW OR INSUFFICIENTLY-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES
FROM THE NEARTIC REGION (TIPULIDAE,
DIPTERA).

PART II.

By Charles P. Alexander, Amherst, Mass.*

The new species described at the present time were included in
material sent to me for identification by Miss Helen E. Sweet,
taken at and near Claremont, California, and discussed in detail
in her study on Artemisia and its ecological relationships (Journal
of Entomology and Zoology, Pomona College, 1930) ; in a large
and important collection of crane-flies taken in the highest moun-
tains of Colorado by Mr. Charles F. Clagg; and in a small but
highly interesting series of Tipulidae sent to me by Mr. Charles
W. Johnson. The types of the species, with the exception of Oro-
peza johnsonella, are preserved in the author’s collection.

Mr. Fred W. Edwards, of the British Museum of Natural His-
tory, has made a critical study of the hitherto unrecognizable spe-
cies of Nearctic Tipula described by Francis Walker in 1848 and
1856 and as a result the identity and synonymy of almost all of
these species has been settled. This study has resulted in the
changing of name of several of our best-known species of the
genus. I am very deeply indebted to Mr. Edwards for the oppor-
tunity of publishing these changes of names at this time. In the
following list, the earliest name is the correct one in all instances :

albilatus Walker (1848) = ahdominalis (Say) (1823).

borealis Walker (1848) =hebes Loew (1863).
disjuncta Walker (1856) = taughannock Alexander (1915).

dorsimacula Walker (1848) — angustipennis Loew (1863).
duplex Walker (1848) = cine tic ornis Doane (1901),

mingwe Alexander (1915).
furca Walker (1848) =bella Loew (1863).

glomerata Walker (1848) =arctica Curtis (1831).
platymera Walker (1856) =tesselata Loew (1863),

labradorica Alexander (1915).

* Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, Massachu-
setts Agricultural College.

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 277

simulata Walker (1856) = trivittata Say (1823).

triplex Walker (1848) = inermis Doane (1901),

( ?umbrosa Loew, 1863).

In addition to the above, Tipula resurgens Walker (1848) is
almost certainly T. latipennis Loew (1864).

Tipula jacobus n. n.

In 1848, Walker described Tipula filipes as new. In 1909,
Johnson identified filipes as being one of the larger and com-
moner species in Eastern North America and the name being pre-
occupied by Tipula filipes Fabricius (1805), he renamed the spe-
cies Tipula perlongipes. Mr. Edwards now informs me that the
crane-fly described by Walker and renamed by Johnson is an en-
tirely different species from the Eastern American species that has
been passing under the name of perlongipes. I therefore name
this well-known fly as above, the species being dedicated to my
friend and co-worker, Professor James Speed Rogers. The pres-
ent species has been earlier discussed and figured (Alexander,
Crane-flies of New York, I, p. 952, fig. 268; 1919).

Tipula mesotergata n. sp.

General coloration reddish brown, gray pruinose; male
hypopygium of moderate size; ninth tergite large, the lateral
angles produced caudad into short broad bispinous plates;
caudal margin of tergite between the lateral lobes nearly
transverse ; eighth sternite with the lateral lobes low.

Male. — Length about 16 mm. ; wing 14.5 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head long, yellow ; nasus small ;
palpi with the basal segment yellow, the remainder passing
into dark brown. Antennae with the scape yellow ; flagellum
broken. Head reddish brown, dusted with gray; a narrow
median brown vitta on anterior portion of vertex.

Mesonotum reddish brown, with a gray pruinosity ; median
region of scutum behind the suture with a semicircular yel-
low area ; postnotum yellowish gray. Pleura yellowish gray,
the dorsopleural region more yellowish. Halteres yellow,
the knobs infuscated. Legs with the coxae yellowish gray;
trochanters yellow ; femora yellow, the tips narrowly and
vaguely darkened ; terminal tarsal segments blackened.
Wings yellowish gray, the base and costal region more yel-
lowish ; stigma yellowish brown ; antestigmal obliterative
areas narrow but extensive, extending from before the stigma,
across cell 1st M2 into cell M3.

278 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Abdominal tergites yellow, with indications of three
darker longitudinal stripes, the caudal margins of the seg-
ments narrowly yellow, becoming broader and more conspic-
uous on the subterminal segments; hypopygium of moderate
size, reddish. Male hypopygium with the tergite large, the
lateral angles produced caudad into short broad plates, the
apices of which are obliquely truncated and unequally bi-
spinous, the outer spine stouter; caudal margin of tergite
between nearly transverse, the median portion elevated into
two barely evident yellow tubercles. Basistyle entire, the
dorsal portion greatly narrowed. Outer dististyle small and
slender. Inner dististyle with the basal portion separated
from the main body of the style by a deep notch, the apex of
this slender basal portion terminating in two or three spinous
points. Ninth sternite with a quadrate median notch. Eighth
sternite with the caudal margin subtransverse to broadly and
weakly emarginate, the lateral angles produced into low lobes
that are directed mesad and caudad; on either side of the
median line of the sternite a small brush of golden-yellow
setae, these decussate across the midline.

Habitat: California.

Holotype: lCf, Claremont, on Artemisia tridentata ( H . E.
Sweet) ; Collector’s No. 28.

Tipula mesotergata is apparently most closely related to T. ster-
nata Doane, differing in the structure of the male hypopygium.

Tipula sweetae n. sp.

Male. — Length about 13 mm.; wing 10-11 mm.

Female: — Length about 14 mm.; wing 11.5 mm.

Allied and generally similar to Tipida californica (Doane)
( Pachyrhina californica Doane, 1908), differing very con-
spicuously in the structure of the male hypopygium.

Size smaller. First flagellar segment entirely black. Head,
thorax, abdomen and wings almost exactly as in californica.

Male hypopygium with the tergite large, the caudal margin
with a narrow U-shaped median notch, the lateral angles of
each lobe further produced into an acute spine. Basistyle
entire. Lower dististyle conspicuously hairy, the distal third
narrowed into a spine. Eighth sternite produced medially
into two lobes that are separated by a deep V-shaped median
notch, the mesal edges of the lobes conspicuously fringed with
long yellow setae. T. californica has the hypopygium con-
spicuously larger, the tergite with a very broad U-shaped
notch, the lateral lobes thus formed blunt, on ventral margin

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 279

before apex with a small black spinous point. Lower disti-
style much longer, glabrous.

Habitat: California.

Holotype: J', Claremont, 1929 ( H . E. Sweet ) ; Collector’s No.
42. Allotopotype : 5, Paratopotypes , 4 J'-J'; Collector’s No. 32.

I take great pleasure in naming this species in honor of the col-
lector, Miss Helen E. Sweet.

Oropeza johnsonella n. sp.

Size small (wing, J) under 10 mm.) ; mesonotum reddish
brown, the brown praescutal stripes relatively indistinct ;
halteres dusky; legs pale brown, the tarsi a little paler; male
hypopygium with the inner dististyle a flattened blade, the
apex subtruncate, on outer margin near base with a small
setiferous tubercle ; gonapophyses recurved, tipped with
acute spines.

Male. — Length about 8 mm. ; wing 9.8 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head and palpi dark brown. An-
tennae (J1) relatively elongate, if bent backward extending
to beyond the base of abdomen; scape honey-yellow; first
flagellar segment short, the remaining segments passing into
brown. Head dark brown.

Mesonotum reddish brown, the praescutum with three in-
distinct darker brown stripes. Pleura light brown, with
vaguely indicated darker areas on anepisternum, ventral ster-
nopleurite and ventral pleurotergite. Halteres dusky, the
base of stem yellow. Legs with the coxae yellow, infuscated
at base; trochanters yellow; a single (posterior) leg remains,
pale brown, the tarsi a trifle paler, more yellowish brown.
Wings tinged with brown, the stigma darker brown; veins
brown. Venation: Cell M1 about one-half longer than its
petiole.

Abdominal segments ringed with brown and yellow, the
apices of the segments paler than the bases. Male hypo-
pygium with the lateral portions of the tergite produced into
conspicuous setiferous shoulders, the intermediate margin
very gently crenulate ; ventro-lateral arms of tergite strongly
curved, slender, not expanded outwardly, the apex acute or
subacute. Outer dististyle a little longer than the inner dis-
tistyle, cylindrical, not dilated at base. Inner dististyle a flat-
tened blade, near base on outer margin with a small tubercle
set with conspicuous setae ; apex of style subtruncate. Gona-
pophyses recurved, setiferous, the tips set with several acute
spines.

280 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Habitat: Eastern North America.

Holotype: J1, Riverton, New Jersey, August, 1911 (C. W. John-
son). Type returned to Mr. Johnson.

This interesting Oropeza is named in honor of Mr. C. W. John-
son, distinguished authority on the American species of the genus.
In its small size and general appearance, Oropeza johnsonella
agrees most closely with 0. rogersi Alexander, differing in the
structure of the male hypopygium, especially the inner dististyle,
which bears a setiferous tubercle on outer margin beyond base.

This type of structure is found in the Nearctic species only in
O. subalbipes Johnson, an otherwise very different fly.

Cylindrotoma pallescens n. sp.

General coloration pale yellow, the usual black areas en-
tirely replaced by very pale rufous, scarcely evident against
the ground-color; antennae pale yellow.

Female. — Length 11 mm.; wing 10 mm.

Antennae pale yellow, the terminal segment darkened;
flagellar segments a little shorter than in splendens. Head
brownish gray, more yellowish behind.

Thorax pale yellow, the very pale rufous areas scarcely in-
dicated against the ground-color. Halteres pale yellow.
Legs pale yellow, the femoral tips a little darkened ; last tar-
sal segment darkened. Wings yellow, stigma barely evident ;
veins pale brown, those in the prearcular and costal regions
clearer yellow. Venation: Rs relatively short, about one-
fifth longer than R3, arcuated at origin ; m at fork of M1 + 2
or beyond on M2.

Abdomen yellow.

Habitat: Colorado.

Holotype: §, Ute Pass, Williams Lork Range, Grand Co., alti-
tude 10,500 feet, July 16, 1929 (C. F. Clagg ).

Cylindrotoma pallescens is apparently most closely allied to C.
splendens Doane, being distinguished by the almost uniformly pale
yellow coloration, the dark areas being replaced by very pale
rufous. The wings are fully colored and the fly is apparently not ,
a teneral individual. The left wing of the type shows a weak
trace of an adventitious crossvein in cell R5, in alignment with m,
thus suggesting the condition found in Cyttaromyia.

Tricyphona claggi n. sp.

Belongs to the diaphana group ; general coloration gray,
the praescutum with four brown stripes ; antennae 12-seg-

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 281

merited ; wings cream-colored, with a restricted brown pat-
tern ; cell Mx lacking ; cell ist M2 closed.

Male.— Length about 7 mm. ; wing 7.5 mm.

Rostrum gray; palpi brownish black. Antennae 12-seg-
mented, black throughout ; flagellar segments nearly globu-
lar, gradually decreasing in size outwardly, the terminal seg-
ment smallest. Head light gray.

Pronotum gray, the anterior notum infuscated. . Meso-
notal praescutum light gray, with four conspicuous brown
stripes, the intermediate pair ending some distance before the
suture ; lateral stripes narrower, reaching the suture ; scutum
gray, the lobes with barely indicated dark markings ; posterior
sclerites of mesonotum gray, the parascutella darker. Pleura
gray. Halteres pale, the knobs infuscated. Legs with the
coxae pruinose; trochanters obscure yellow; femora obscure
yellow, passing into brown at tips ; tibiae and tarsi dark
brown, the outer segments of the latter blackened. Wings
cream-colored, with a restricted brown pattern, including a
cloud at origin of Rs, the stigma and anterior cord, narrower
seams on posterior cord and outer end of cell ist M2 ; radial
field beyond cord vaguely suffused with brown; veins much
darker than the ground-color, especially those beyond the
cord. Venation: R4 + 5 distinct; cell M1 lacking; cell ist M2
closed; m-cu just before midlength of cell ist M2.

Abdomen gray, the hypopygium somewhat brighter. Male
hypopygium with the lateral appendages of the tergite ap-
pearing as conspicuous curved flattened blades, the tips acute.
Interbasal spines about one-half the length, slender, strongly
curved.

Habitat: Colorado.

Holotype: <£, Bobtail Creek, Grand Co., altitude 11,000 feet,
July 20, 1929 (C. F. Clagg).

Tricyphona claggi is named in honor of the collector, Mr.
Charles F. Clagg, to whom I am greatly indebted for numerous
crane-flies from Colorado and the Philippines. The species is ob-
viously allied to T. diaphana (Doane), T. frigida Alexander, and
T. exoloma (Doane), differing conspicuously from all allied forms
by the lack of cell Mx of the wings.

Limnophila claggi n. sp.

Coloration of mesonotal praescutum and scutal lobes pol-
ished black; antennae of male elongate; thoracic pleura

282 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

heavily pruinose; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle
slender, the apex bidentate.

Male. — Length about 6 mm. ; wing 6.2 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae ( £) black throughout,
elongate, if bent backward extending about to the base of ab-
domen ; intermediate flagellar segments with the ventral face
protuberant; flagellar segments gradually decreasing in size
outwardly, the last segment small. Head black, pruinose.

Interspaces of mesonotal praescutum and the scutal lobes
polished black, the lateral margins of the former and median
area of the latter pruinose ; remainder of mesonotum black,
sparsely pruinose. Pleura black, heavily pruinose. Halteres
pale yellow. Legs with the coxae gray pruinose ; trochanters
black; femora yellow, the tips blackened, most extensive on
the fore legs where a little more than the outer third is in-
cluded, narrower on the middle and hind femora; tibiae
brownish bl^ck ; tarsi black. Wings whitish subhyaline, the
base and costal region more yellowish; stigma oval, pale
brown ; vague brown clouds along vein Cu and the cord ;
veins brown. Venation: Sc± ending just before the fork of
Rs, Sc2 at its tip ; Rs angulated at origin ; veins R3 and R4
strongly divergent, cell R3 at margin wider than cell R4 ; cell
M1 about twice its petiole ; m-cu at midlength of cell 1st M2.

Abdomen black, pruinose ; hypopygium black. Male hypo-
pygium with the outer dististyle a slender blackened rod, the
base wider, the apex bidentate, the lower tooth slightly
larger. Gonapophyses appearing as large flattened plates, the
margin with conspicuous appressed teeth. Aedeagus elongate.

Habitat: Colorado.

Holotype: J', Bobtail Creek, Grand Co., altitude 11,000 feet,
July 20, 1929 (C. F. Clagg). Paratopotype : lCJ.

Limnophila claggi is dedicated to the collector of the type ma-
terial, Mr. Charles F. Clagg. The species differs from the small
polished black species resembling munda Osten Sacken by the
elongate antennae of the male and the structure of the hypo-
pygium. The fly is doubtfully referable to the subgenus Prio-
nolabis Osten Sacken.

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 283

NEW ROBBER FLIES FROM MADAGASCAR.

(Diptera, Asilidae.)

By S. W. Bromley, M.Sc., Bartlett Tree Research Laboratories,

Stamford, Conn.

The following new species were in a collection obtained from
Prof. Charles Lamberton, Academie Malgache, Tananarive, Mad-
agascar.

The types of the species described are in the writer’s collection.

Dasypogoninae.

Microstylum Macquart.

This genus is abundant in Madagascar and in the material at
hand were discovered 5 new species.

Microstylum cinctum n. sp.

Length, 34 to 44 mm. (exclusive of the rostrum which is
3.5 to 5 mm. in length). A large, handsome species with the
wings extending nearly to or in some cases surpassing the
length of the abdomen. The species is largely black with a
band of yellow pile near the base of the abdomen. The
femora black and the tarsi and tibiae reddish.

Female. Antennae, palpi, rostrum and eyes black. Mystax
composed of golden yellow bristles confined to the oral mar-
gin with a few small, fine, black hairs intermingled. Palpal
hairs reddish gold toward the tip, yellowish at the base. A
few black hairs intermingled towards the tip of the palpi.
Hairs on antennae and vertex black, on occiput golden.
Beard thick, golden yellow. Face golden pruinose. Thorax
black with a brownish bloom. Hairs on pronotum and an-
terior portion of thorax blackish. On the posterior portion
of the mesonotum, these are intermingled with fine, golden
hairs. Scutellum with fine golden hairs and bristles. Coxae
with long golden pile. The posterior coxa with a few black
hairs. Hairs in front of the wings black ; under wings golden.
Wings dark brown with a purplish tinge. Halteres pale yel-
lowish brown. Femora black with black hairs. A few yel-
lowish brown bristles on the posterior femora. Tibiae red-
dish with reddish gold hairs and bristles. The anterior tibia
is darker on the inner distal portion. The middle tibia has
several stout, reddish spines at the ventral apex, but no en-
larged tubercle. The tarsi are reddish with reddish bristles.

284 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society vol. xxv

The ungues are black at the tips, reddish at the base. The
pulvilli are pale brownish yellow. The abdomen is black
with a light pollinose band around the middle of the second
segment. This band bears long, golden pile. Similar colored
pile occurs in lesser quantities on the first segment ; the first
four segments are velvety black, having very fine short, dark
hairs; the succeeding segments are black, shiny. The ovi-
positor is black with black bristles and fine black hairs.

Holotype. — $, Tananarive, Madagascar. 4 Paratopotypes. §¥•

Microstylum lambertoni n. sp.

Length, 40 to 47 mm. (exclusive of the rostrum which is
4 mm. in length). A large, black species with the thorax and
a large part of the abdomen covered with a grayish “bloom ”
and fine, grayish yellow pile. The beard is golden, the wings
almost hyaline with a black costal border. The femora and
most of the tibiae reddish ; the tarsi and tips of the tibiae
black.

Female. Eyes, palpi, rostrum black. The antennae are
broken, but the first two segments which remain are black
with blackish bristles. The face is silvery pruinose. The
hairs on the vertex are black. The occiput is thickly beset
with pale golden hairs. The beard is thick and composed of
similarly colored hairs. The palpal hairs are mostly black
with some pale hairs intermingled. The; mystax is composed
of black bristles and white bristles. In one specimen the black
predominates; in the other white. Thorax black with a
bluish gray bloom. Hairs on lateral portion of the cervical
region thick golden. Coxae with long, white pile. Fine hairs
of mesonotum black, with longer yellow ones on the posterior
portion and on the scutellum. Wings very light brownish,
nearly hyaline, with the costal border blackish. Halteres
dark brown. Femora reddish with short, fine, black and
whitish or yellowish hairs intermingled. Tibiae reddish,
darker, almost black, toward the extreme tip, thickly set with
black hairs and bristles. The tibiae are slightly enlarged
towards the tip, and the hairs become more thickly set in the
distal portion also. The ventral apex of the middle tibiae
bears several stout spurs, but there is no enlarged tubercle.
The tarsi are large and broad, thickly covered with black
hairs and bristles. The ungues are black and the pulvilli yel-
lowish. The abdomen is black. The first four segments cov-
ered with a thin, grayish bloom, while the remainder are shin-
ing black. The lateral anterior portions of the third and

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 285

fourth segments are shiny black also. The venter of the ab-
domen bears fine pile out to the very tip, while the sides of
the first two and the dorsum of a band on the second bears
quite thick, white pile. The ovipositor is shining black with
black bristles.

Holotype. — $, Tananarive, Madagascar, i Paratopotype. $.

Microstylum lucifer n. sp.

Length 33 mm. (exclusive of the rostrum which is 6 mm.
in length). A slender, black species with two reddish lines
on the dorsum of the thorax, an extremely long, black ros-
trum, and the face, vertex and occiput, golden pruinose. The
wings black with a yellowish area medio-basally.

Female. Rostrum, eyes, palpi, antennae black. Base of
palpi somewhat yellowish. Face, vertex and sides of occiput
golden. The upper portion of the occiput back of the upper
portion of each eye without this bloom, giving the appearance
of two black spots. Vestiture of head black. Thorax black,
vestiture black. On each side of the mesonotum is a reddish
line, extending from the humeral callus backward to three-
fourths the length of the mesonotum. There is a reddish
spot in the humeral callus and dorsally at the base of the
wing is another very pale area. The legs are black with
black bristles, the pulvilli yellowish brown, the middle tibiae
bear three stout, black spines, ventrally at the apex. Halteres
black ; wings black with a yellowish area medio-basally. Ab-
domen black. First three segments dull black, the remainder
shiny black. The ovipositor black with black spines.

Holotype. — J, Tananarive, Madagascar.

Microstylum umbrosum n. sp.

Length, 25 to 32 mm. A black species with the mesonotum
brownish pollinose. Four anterior tibiae and tarsi brownish
and the wings yellowish brown in the male, whitish towards
the base.

Male. Head and vestiture black. The third joints of the
antennae are missing. Vertex and face deep bronze pruinose.
Occiput reddish brown pruinose. Thorax deep black ; ves-
titure black. Mesonotum brownish pruinose with two median
lines where the pruinosity appears lighter. Femora black,
the extreme tip of the anterior femora yellowish. The four
anterior tibiae and tarsi yellowish with black bristles, and
some fine yellowish hairs. The middle tibiae has a decided
spur-like tubercle which bears two very short, black spurs.

286 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

The posterior tibiae and tarsi are reddish brown, with black
hairs and bristles. The ungues are black, yellowish at the
base, the pulvilli yellowish brown. 'Wings brown distally with
brown veins, the basal half whitish. Halteres pale yellowish
brown. Abdomen black. Third and fourth segments brown-
ish pollinose, remaining segments shiny black. Genitalia
black with blackish and pale reddish hairs intermingled.

Female. Similar, but the tarsi and tibiae more reddish.
The mesonotum is more broadly brownish pruinose with a
mid-dorsal blackish line. The wings are light reddish, brown,
becoming darker towards the tips. The abdomen is black.
The first three segments blackish pollinose and the remainder
shiny black. The sixth and seventh especially shining, and
the eighth segment is deep reddish with reddish and black
hairs intermingled. The spines on the ovipositor piceous.

Holotype. — J', Tananarive, Madagascar. Allotopotype §.
Paratopotype 5 §$.

Microstylum tananarivensis n. sp.

Length, 25 to 31 mm. (exclusive of rostrum, which is 2.5
mm. in length). A slender, reddish species with abdomen ex-
tending beyond the wings when folded, the thorax with three
broad dark lines, the median divided by a narrow, light-col-
ored line, and the legs reddish yellow with darker lines on the
anterior portions of the femora and tibiae.

Male. Rostrum black above, reddish beneath. All vesti-
ture of the head pale yellow, that of the vertex with a more
reddish tint. Occiput, vertex and face pale yellow pruinose.
Palpi reddish-yellow. Antennae reddish-yellow, third seg-
ment darkest. Vestiture of thorax and coxae yellowish, the
bristles on the posterior portion of mesonotum and on scu-
tellum pale reddish. Pleura pale yellow pruinose. Dorsum
pale reddish-yellow pruinose. Three broad black lines on
disc of mesonotum, the median divided into two by a very
thin, pale yellow line. Wings light brown; halteres yellow-
ish-brown. Legs light reddish-yellow with concolorous hairs
and bristles. The front and middle femora have a blackish
line on the anterior portion. The posterior femora is darker
distally. Ungues black with bases reddish-yellow. Pulvilli
reddish-yellow. Abdomen reddish-yellow with minute, con-
colorous hairs. A few bristles on the sides of the first seg-
ment, the same color. The anterior portion of the first seg-
ment is darker, nearly black. The genitalia from about the
same width as the seventh segment, reddish with lighter hairs.

Female. Differs in the following respects : wings are
lighter; the posterior femora has a dark anterior line similar

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 287

to that on the first and second, while all the tibiae are darker
on the anterior portion, and the abdomen bears blackish spots
along the sides. The ovipositor is reddish dorsally, black
laterally, spines reddish-brown.

Holotype. — Tananarive. Allotopotype §. Paratopo-
types 4 jy1; 9 ??•

Laphriinae.

Laphria Meigen.

One species is placed here on the basis of the venation and the
structure of the palpi and the ovipositor. The species approaches
both Andrenosoma Rondani and Nusa Walker ( Dasythrix Loew)
in that the thoracic markings resemble those of the first, while the
habitus in general is suggestive of the latter. The proboscis is not
truncate as in typical Laphria, but is slightly pointed in profile as
in Andrenosoma, not, however, upturned at the tip as is common
in that genus. On the contrary, it is very slightly downturned as
in Nusa. Not wishing to propose a new genus until a further
study of relationships may be made, I have referred it to the com-
mon repository for species of this sub-family — the genus Laphria.

Laphria nusoides n. sp.

Length, n to 18 mm. A dark, metallic blue species with
coxae and lower pleura whitish pruinose; wings nearly hya-
line, smoky at the tips ; face and spots on mesonotum yellow-
ish-brown pruinose.

Male. Head black. Antennal bristles, those of vertex, oc-
ciput and mystax black. Face and bristles below antennae
and those on upper portions of mystax golden. Beard, palpal
hairs and some of the bristles of the mystax near the base of
the palpi nearly white. Antennae black, the third segment
somewhat longer than the first two together. Thorax blue-
black. Mesonotum with two small, pale yellow, pruinose
spots on the wing and the posterior margin with a golden-
brown line. Hairs on dorsum, fine, black. Scutellum blue-
black with black hairs and four or five black bristles on mar-
gin directed backwards. Wings hyaline, smoky towards tips,
the first posterior cell open. Halteres pale brown. Legs blue-
black with whitish hairs and a few black bristles. Abdomen
blue-black, linear, gradually pointed toward tip. Genitalia
from above narrower than seventh segment; very suggestive
of Andrenosoma. The posterior lateral margins of the ab-
dominal segments bear small whitish pruinose spots. There

288 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society VoI.XXV

is a small amount of fine white, scattered pile along the sides.
Genitalia blue-black with black hairs, a few fine white hairs
toward the tip.

Female. Similar. Ovipositor short as in Laphria. Black
hairs at tip.

Holotype. — Tananarive. Allotopotype §. Paratopo-
types 2

Asilinae.

Promachus Loew.

Promachus lemur n. sp.

Length, 25 to 29 mm. A black species with black legs ; the
thorax pale grayish-yellow pruinose with a broad velvety
black median line, widening anteriorly, and two large spots
on each side, on the mesonotum. There is an area of long,
pale pile on the sides of the first three abdominal segments.

Male. Rostrum, palpi, antennae (third segment missing),
hairs of vertex, occiput, antennae, palpi and upper portion of
mystax black. Face and occiput, pale yellow-gray pollinose.
Beard and most of mystax pale yellowish, mystax more
golden. Thorax black with markings as described above.
Hairs and bristles of dorsum black. A tuft of golden hairs
below and in back of base of wings and a patch of black
bristles below this tuft. Wings light brown; a large dark
shadow in the first submarginal cell. Halteres pale yellowish-
brown. Scutellum yellowish pruinose with pale, yellow, up-
turned hairs and a few black bristles at margin. Front coxae
with yellowish bristles, second with black and yellow inter-
mingled and third with mostly black. Legs black, with scat-
tered yellowish hairs and black bristles. Ungues black, pul-
villi yellowish. First four segments of front tarsi with short,
thick silvery pile above. Abdomen black with a tuft of black
bristles on the sides of the first segment. There is a patch of
long whitish pile on the sides of the first three segments.
Genitalia rather small and narrow for a Promachus, black
with black hairs.

Female. Similar in coloration, but lacking the silvery hairs
on the front tarsi. Segments six to eight laterally compressed
to form the ovipositor.

. Holotype. — Tananarive. Allotopotype J. Paratopo -
type 5.

Promachus clavigerus n. sp.

Length, 28 to 31 mm. A whitish pruinose species with hy-
aline wings. A faint shadow in the first sub-marginal cell.

Bee., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 289

The legs with femora black and tibiae reddish with short, fine,
whitish pubescence. The genitalia broader than any segment
of the abdomen, except the first.

i Male. Antennae black with fine, black bristles. Palpi
black with black hairs at tip, whitish at base. A few bristles
on the occiput blackish ; rest of head thickly covered with
fine, pale hair. The beard whitish, the hairs of the mystax
with a pale yellowish tint. Thorax whitish pollinose on sides,
pale yellowish pollinose above. Vestiture whitish, except the
fine black hairs and some of the bristles on the dorsum black.
Scutellum with whitish bristles and hairs. Two brownish
median lines and two lateral spots of the same color on the
mesonotum. Humeral callus reddish-brown. Legs covered
with fine, white pubescence. Bristles black. Femora black
with the posterior portion of the first and the base of the last
reddish. Tibiae reddish, blackish towards the tips. Tarsi
black with black bristles. The anterior thickly covered with
fine, yellowish-white hairs above. Ungues black. Pulvilli
pale yellowish-brown. Abdomen black, thickly, pale yellow-
ish pruinose, except the seventh segment. Fine hairs along
the sides and on the first segment whitish. The sixth and
seventh segments bear black appressed hairs on the sides and
there are similarly colored hairs at the extreme margin of the
sides of the fifth segment, the seventh segment and genitalia
velvety black with blackish hairs on the sides and basal por-
tion of the latter, but the tips of the claspers with long, fine,
thickly set, white pile.

Female. Female similar in color, except the middle femora
bears a reddish line posteriorly. The abdomen long and slen-
der, projecting a considerable distance beyond the wings; the
ovipositor is only slightly compressed.

Holotype.—^, Tananarive. Allotopotype §. Paratopo-
type

Promachus parvus n. sp.

Length, 17 to 21 mm. A small, pale brownish pollinose
species with hyaline wings, slender, elongate abdomen and
reddish legs.

Female. Vestiture of head whitish, except mystax which
is pale straw-colored. A few bristles on the vertex, occiput
are blackish and the palpal hairs are blackish. Antennae,
proboscis, palpi black. Thorax pale brown pollinose above.
Whitish pollinose on the sides. Mesonotum with a broad
median line, and two lateral blackish spots on each side. Hu-
meral callus reddish. Vestiture of thorax mostly white with

290 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

a few fine black hairs and black bristles on the dorsum. Pos-
terior calli reddish, but covered with a pale brownish pollen.
Scutellum black, pale brownish pollinose. White bristles at
the margin. Wings hyaline, a very faint shadow, merely a
streak, in the sub-marginal cell. Halteres very pale brown-
ish. Veins black, yellowish at their bases. Legs reddish with
fine white pubescence, and black bristles. Tarsi black, middle
femora black on the upper side. Posterior femora and tibiae
blackish towards their tips. Ungues black. Pulvilli pale
yellowish. Abdomen pale brownish pollinose with brownish
dorsal triangular streaks and lateral spots on the second,
third and fourth segments. The remaining segments nar-
rower, blackish.

Holotype. — §, Tananarive. Paratopotype 4

H eligmoneura Bigot.

One species is referred to this genus.

Heligmoneura medianus n. sp.

Total length, 13 to 18 mm. A bare slender, pale yellowish,
gray pollinose species with a broad velvety, black median line
on the dorsum of the thorax, and three small black spots on
each side.

Male. Antennae brownish, third segment, occipital bristles
brownish. Mystax whitish with two or three darker bristles,
thin, confined to the slight prominence on oral margin. Palpi
very small, blackish with pale hairs. Head pale yellowish,
white pollinose. Thorax pale yellowish pollinose above, white
pollinose on sides. Posterior portion of mesonotum and mar-
gin of scutellum with a few black bristles, the latter with two.
Coxae with white hairs. Mesonotum with broad black
median line and three small blackish spots on each side.
Wings hyaline, pale yellowish toward tips. Legs yellow
with pale hairs and black bristles. Tarsi darker, a spot on
the median upper portion of the femora, and the apices of
the second and third femora and tibiae blackish. Ungues
black, brownish at base. Abdomen black, pale brownish pol-
linose, posterior margins of the segments paler. Genitalia
black, very slightly wider than seventh segment from above.

Female. Similar, ovipositor black, shorter than seventh
segment, the oviduct slender resembling a short spine.

Holotype. — -J1, Tananarive. Allotopotype §. Paratopo-
types 4 3 jj.

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 291

DISTRIBUTION NOTES ON CULICIDAE
(MOSQUITOES).

By Robert Matheson, Ithaca, N. Y.

During the summer of 1929 I had the opportunity of identifying
some 2,300 specimens of Culicidae (except the Anophelini) from
the museum of the Illinois State Natural History Survey. As
the data on mosquitoes from Illinois is very meagre it seems wise
to record some of the more interesting distribution notes. Fur-
thermore, a few interesting species from various parts of the
world were included and notes on some of these are also appended.

Chaoborinae.

Chaoborus albatus Johnson. 4 males from Clear Lake, Ind.,
July 17, 1914. The only other American records are by Johnson
— Mt. Tom and Brookline, Mass.

Chaoborus punctipennis Say. Males and females, Grand Junc-
tion, Mich., July 15, 1914, and Cedar Lake, Ind., July 17, 1914.
Females, Peoria, 111., June 15 and Dubois, April 24, 1914.

CULICIN AE.

Culex apicalis Adams. There seem to be very few definite rec-
ords of this common mosquito from Illinois. Males and females
from White Heath, 1906 ; Carbondale, May 30 and July 3, 1919 ;
Lake Villa, August 9, 1906; Vienna, August 16, 1905; Herrin,
September 27, 1920, and Algonquin, May, June and August are in
the collection.

Culex inhibitator Dyar and Knab. Dyar records this species
as extending from the Mississippi Valley and the southern states
south through Mexico and Central America to South America.
He gives only one record from Illinois (Herrin). The museum
collection contains males and females from Havana, August and
September; Herrin, August 27 and July 20, 1925; Pike, June 25,
1906, and Algonquin, September 10, 1914. Very little seems to be
known regarding the habits of this species. Coad took four
females at Havana at night (August 6 and 15, 1911) while in the
act of biting him.

Culex pipiens L. The distribution of this common house mos-
quito can only be definitely determined from an examination of

292 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society V ol- XXV

the males and the larvae. (It is very difficult to separate the larva
of this species from that of Culex quinquefasciatus). Males are
recorded from Herrin, August; Carbondale, October, and Mt.
Carmel, June. The Museum has also a long series of this species
collected in a school in Seoul, Korea (October and November,
I9l8)-

Culex quinquefasciatus Say ( fatigans Wied.). Males of this
species are recorded from Havana, July, September and October;
Carbondale, May 30, 1919, and Forest Glen, October 2, 1915.
There is a wide range of variation in the hypopygia of this and
the preceding species. In a region where the two species occur
there appears to be all sorts of gradations and the possibility of
interbreeding is indicated.

Culex salinarius Coq., Culex territans Walker, and Culex tar-
salis Coq. are widely distributed in Illinois.

Aedes campestris Dyar and Knab. The most eastern record of
this species is Minnesota. Four females were taken by Davis
along a railroad at Riverdale, 111., on April 9, 1910.

Aedes cataphylla Dyar. This species, according to Dyar, is
restricted to the Rocky Mountains, from Colorado north to the
Yukon. In the collection there is one male taken at Mt. Carmel,
111., on June 30, 1906. This would indicate a much wider range
for the species than that given by Dyar.

Aedes excrucians Walker. There appears to be no records of
this species from Illinois. I can record it from Ravinia, June 8,
1926; Glencoe, June 9, 1926; Urbana, October 29, 1926, and Al-
gonquin, May and June.

Aedes fitchii Felt and Young. New records are Urbana, May
12, 1887 (one male) ; Algonquin, June (3 males).

Aedes flavescens Muller. The most eastern record for this spe-
cies in the United States is Minnesota. In this collection there
are 4 males and 3 females from Algonquin, 111. (May and June).

Aedes hirsuteron Theobald. We have no records of this spe-
cies from Illinois. The following are new: Urbana, May and
June, 1906; Bishop, June 23, 1906; Prophetstown, July 19, 1927;
East St. Louis, July 18, 1906; Ravinia, July 9, 1926; Homer, May
14, 1906; Pike, May 26, 1906; Golconda, April 18, 1914; Pulaski,
April 21, 1909, and Havana, August and October, 1912.

Aedes sollicitans Walker. Dyar has always recorded this spe-
cies from the coastal areas from Maine to Florida and the Gulf

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 293

Coast. I have a long series collected at Syracuse, N. Y. In the
Illinois material there are 2 males and 3 females collected at Her-
rin, 111., by Chandler on May 21, 1925. This species certainly
occurs inland breeding in salt areas.

Aedes stimulans Walker. New records : Glencoe, June 9, 1926 ;
Ravinia, June 8, 1926; Bishop, June 23, 1906; Muncie, June 13,
1906; Algonquin, May, 1905; River Forest, July 11, 1913; North-
moor Woods, June 9, 1926. (All records are from Illinois.)

Aedes triseriatus Say. This species is widespread throughout
the state, being represented by 123 females. An interesting obser-
vation by Frison is worth recording. On June 30, 1927, while col-
lecting at a light he captured 27 females in the act of biting.

Aedes vexans Meig. This is undoubtedly the most abundant
‘and widespread species in the Illinois area. Out of 2,300 speci-
mens 900 proved to be this species.

Aedes canadensis Theo. is quite widely distributed in Illinois. I
can record it from Urbana, May and June; Mascoutah, July 17,
1906; Antioch, August 1, 1924; Danville, July 7, 1906; Golconda,
April 18, 1914; Scott Field, May 10, 1918; Carbondale, May 4,
1918, and Thebes.

Aedes dorsalis Meig. is represented by only three females from
Oak Park, May 22, 1909, and September 6, 1906.

Aedes trivittatus Coq. One female from Urbana, 111., Septem-
ber 29, 1929. Mr. J. Lyell Clarke records this species as rather
abundant and annoying around Ravinia Park, about twenty miles
north of Chicago along the shores of Lake Michigan.

Aedes nearcticus Dyar. This species is recorded from the
Arctic coast of the Canadian North West Territory, the Rocky
Mountains south to Montana (Glacier National Park). In the
Illinois collection are four perfect males taken at Cranbrook,
B. C., on May 5, 1921. I have also one male taken at Alamosa,
Colorado, by S. C. Bishop on June 17, 1930.

Aedes japonicus Theo. In the Museum collection there are 6
females and 5 males of this species collected at Seoul, Korea, on
October 18 and November 4, 1915. Edwards (Bull. Ent. Res., 7,
p. 212, 1917) described Aedes koreicus from a male and a female
collected in Korea. He states that this species is closely allied to
A. japonicus Theo., differing only in that the last two hind tarsal
joints are ringed with white. In the material before me there are
specimens with all the hind tarsal joints showing white rings (the
last one very faint), and the last joint without any white. The

294 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

markings of the other legs agree with Edwards’ description of A.
koreicus. As basal white bands on the tarsi are rather variable,
even in reared specimens of the same species, it would seem in-
advisable to maintain A. koreicus as a distinct species or even as
a variety.

Theobaldia impatiens Walker. In this collection there are sev-
eral records of interest : i female from Lake Delavan, Wis., col-
lected on a hotel porch on April 7, 1892 ; 2 females from Minoc-
cus, Wis., August, 1929 ; 1 male from Carbondale, 111., October 3,
1918; one female from Arrowhead Lake, B. C., Canada.

Theobaldia inornata Williston. This species appears to be
common and widespread in Illinois. The following records may
be noted: Muncie, June 8, 1916; Havana, April 3 and October 2;
Algonquin, April, May, June and October 27, 1903 ; Urbana, Sep-
tember 29, 1928; Makanda, April 16, 1927; Carbondale, Septem-
ber 1, 1918.

Psorophora columbiae Dyar and Knab. Males and females are
recorded from Grand Tower, July, 1906; Oak Park, July 28,
1900, and Carbondale, October 15, 1918.

Psorophora ciliata Labr. Only a single female taken by Lrison
at light at Homer Park on July 6, 1927, is in the collection.

Psorophora posticata Wied. This species can be recorded from
White Heath, April 7, 1915; Mascoutah, July 17, 1906; East St.
Louis, July 18, 1906, and Havana, September 18, 1895. (All
records from Illinois.)

Orthopodomyia signifer Coq. One male and one female col-
lected at Urbana, 111., on September 2 and July 31, 1916.

Mansonia ( Taeniorhynchus ) perturbans Walker. This species
may be recorded from Roxana, June 20, 1927; Danville, July 7,
1906, and Algonquin, June and July. These are the first known
records from Illinois. There were 27 specimens in the collection.

Uranotaenia sapphirina O. S. One female from Herrin, 111.,
August 26, 1920.

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 295

FOUR NEW SPECIES OF MIRIDAE FROM TEXAS
(HEMIPTERA).*

By H. G. Johnston, Ames, Iowa.

Phytocoris conspicuus n. sp.

This species is readily distinguished from other related
species by its conspicuous red markings and male genital
claspers.

Length 5.58 mm., width 1.93 mm. Head: width .96
mm., vertex .37 mm., clothed with silvery simple hairs and
sericeous pubescence ; yellow, frons marked with bright red
oblique lines ; tylus yellow, apical third bright red, basal two-
thirds with irregular red lines ; juga and lora more red than
yellow. In one dark specimen the head becomes uniformly
dark reddish brown, the oblique lines on frons nearly obso-
lete. Rostrum, length 2.31 mm., reaching upon third ventral
segment, yellowish, apical segment brownish to black. An-
tennae: segment I, length 1.21 mm., red, broad pale band an-
terior to middle, clothed with many pale yellowish bristles
which in length are equal to more than thickness of segment ;

II, 2.2 mm., reddish brown, with broad pale band at base, a
broader pale band anterior to middle but sometimes obscure ;

III, 1.5 mm., fuscous, pale at base; IV, 1.13 mm., uniformly
fuscous. Pronotum: length .92 mm., width at base 1.59 mm.

Dorsum clothed with simple brownish pubescence and in-
termixed with white sericeous pubescence, the latter more
abundant on mesoscutum, base of scutellum, transverse band
across middle of hemelytra and a rounded patch near apex
of corium. Dorsum yellowish and darkened with fuscous ;
pronotal disk slightly fuscous, an irregular darker area ex-
tending along lateral margins posterior to calli and across
posterior margin, interrupted by pale areas near humeral
angles and on middle of posterior margin ; calli and collar
uniformly yellow. Scutellum uniformly yellow, a dusky to
fuscous point on each margin near apex; mesoscutum be-
coming fuscous in dark specimens. Hemelytra yellowish,
clavus, inner margin of corium and obscure transverse band
near apex fuscous, base of cuneus reddish yellow, apex with
red extending along both margins nearly to base. In darker
specimens the apex becomes reddish brown and the base yel-

* Contribution from the Zoology and Entomology Department,
Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa.

296 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

lowish brown. Membrane dark fuscous, conspurcate with
irregular white spots, a white angular spot on margin at apex
of cuneus and a second somewhat smaller one about middle
of lateral margin; veins fuscous, pale around apices of
areoles. Ventral surface uniformly yellow; legs yellow, api-
cal half of femora red, marked with irregular yellow spots;
tibiae pale, annulate with broad unequal red bands ; tarsi pale,
base and apex fuscous. In darker specimens the red on the
legs becomes reddish brown.

J1. Length 5.46 mm., width 1.76 mm. Head: width .96
mm., vertex .33 mm. Rostrum, length 2.18 mm., reaching
upon the fourth ventral segment, reddish brown, apical seg-
ment black. Antennae : segment I, length 1.15 mm., color and
pubescence as in female; II, 2.12 mm., pale brownish, pale
bands, as in female, obscure; III, 1.38 mm., fuscous, pale at
base; IV, 1.09 mm., uniformly fuscous. Pronotum: length
.84 mm., width at base 1.55 mm., coloration and pubescence
similar to female ; pronotal disk fuscous, collar, calli, line
along middle and irregular line on posterior margin pale.
Genital claspers distinctive as shown by drawing. (Fig. 1.)

Fig. 1. Phytocoris conspicuus n. sp. A, left postero-lateral
view of genital segment showing left clasper and flattened
tubercle a; B, right postero-lateral view showing right clas-
per and outline of inner margin of genital segment.

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 297

Holotype: 5, October 12, 1928, College Station, Texas (S. E.
Jones) ; author’s collection.

Allotype: October 6, 1928, College Station, Texas (S. E.

Jones).

Paratypes : 2 J, October 5, 2 5 October 6, October 12, 1928,
topotypic (S. E. Jones). All the specimens were taken at a light
trap. 5 $, “ Colo.” (C. F. Baker) ; U. S. National Museum
collection.

Three of the paratypes are in Dr. H. H. Knight’s collection,
five of them in U. S. N. M. collection and the others in the
author’s collection.

Eustictus knighti n. sp.

Closely allied to albocuneatus Knight, but differs in being
larger, having longer membrane, and cuneus and antennal
segment I being devoid of long erect hairs.

J'. Length 6.7 mm., width 2.35 mm. Head: width 1.3
mm. ; vertex .21 mm., reddish brown; frons black. Rostrum:
length .31 mm., reaching slightly beyond posterior margins of
hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .96 mm., reddish
brown, marked with pale, irregular transverse bands, sparsely
covered with very short, fine, pale pubescence ; II, 2.64 mm.,
densely covered with very short, fine, pale pubescence, the
pale markings as in I, but somewhat obscure except in dark
colored specimens; III, 1.38 mm., markings and pubescence
as in II; IV, 1.13 mm., reddish brown, pubescence less dense
than on other segments. Pronotum: length 1.21 mm., width
at base 2.05 mm., black, the basal third often dark reddish
brown, very narrow white line extending across basal margin.

Dorsum with many rather uniformly spaced, long, erect
hairs on pronotum, scutellum, and hemelytra excepting
cuneus and embolium. Ground color reddish yellow to
brownish, head, except vertex, pronotum, scutellum, and in-
ner apical area of corium, dark brownish to black, apical
fourth of embolium reddish brown, its extreme edge black,
basal half of cuneus opaque white, apex dark brown. Legs
red, apex of femora and tibiae dark reddish brown. Venter
uniformly red except genital segment which is reddish brown.
Hind tibiae covered with very long erect hairs, also a few
long erect hairs on apex of hind femora.

5. Length 7.1 mm., width 2.6 mm. Head: width 1.26
mm., vertex .42 mm. Antennae : segment I, length 1.13 mm. ;
II, 2.89 mm.; Ill, 1.51 mm.; IV, 1.13 mm. Pronotum: length

298 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

1.34 mm., width at base 2.26 mm. Slightly larger but other-
wise very similar to the male.

Holotype: J', May 9, 1929, College Station, Texas (H. G.
Johnston) ; author’s collection.

Allotype: 2, May 22, 1930, College Station, Texas (H. G.
Johnston).

Paratypes >: 10 taken with the holotype. 3 J', taken with al-

lotype. J, October 6; J1, October 7; October 21, 1928, topo-
typic (S. E. Jones). lCJ, May 16, 1929; 2 May 7, 1930, topo-

typic (H. G. Johnston). All the specimens were taken at light
traps. 2> Texas (Belfrage) ; U. S. N. M. collection.

This beautiful species is named in honor of Dr. H. H. Knight,
who has so willingly given his time to make possible the correct
determination of the author’s collection of Miridae.

Labopidea geminata n. sp.

Allied to planifrons Knight, but readily distinguished by
longer antennal segments II and III, narrower vertex, longer
and more erect pubescence, and in the pale yellowish green
color ; male genitalia distinctive.

Length 3.9 mm., width 1.17 mm. Head: width .79
mm., vertex .44 mm. ; vertex and frons distinctly elevated,
not as flat as in planifrons. Rostrum, length .71 mm., reach-
ing well beyond the hind margins of front coxae. Antennae :
segment I, length .31 mm.; II, 1.13 mm.; Ill, 1 mm.; IV, .42
mm., very slender ; segments I and II uniformly pale yellow-
ish, covered with conspicuous, brownish hairs, segments III
and IV uniformly brown. Pronotum : length .37 mm., width
at base .92 mm. ; disk distinctly elevated.

Color pale yellowish green, head, pronotum, scutellum and
venter paler; membrane uniformly dusky brown. Clothed
with simple erect pubescence which is longer and coarser
than in planifrons. Male claspers distinctive, similar to
those of planifrons, but the lower margin of left clasper
forming a rather broadly curved hook (not tightly com-
pressed as in planifrons) , the extreme tip reaching back to a
point almost opposite the middle of clasper; right clasper
more slender than in planifrons, the distal margin forming an
acuminate spine which curves downward. Aedeagus very
short, scarcely extending beyond posterior margin of left
clasper.

2 (Macropterous) . Length 3.52 mm., width 1.33 mm.
Head: width .79 mm., vertex .48 mm. Rostrum, length .71

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 299

mm., reaching beyond posterior margins of front coxae. An-
tennae : segment I, length .29 mm. ; II, .92 mm. ; III, .79 mm. ;
IV, .42 mm. Pronotum: length .37 mm., width at base .96
mm. Shorter and broader than male but otherwise very sim-
ilar.

5 (Brachypterous) . Length 3.15 mm., width 1.34 mm.
Head: width .84 mm., vertex .52 mm. Rostrum, length .79
mm. Antennae : segment I, length .29 mm. ; II, .96 mm. ;
III, .84 mm. ; IV, .42 mm. Pronotum : length .37 mm., width
at base .94 mm. Coloration and pubescence as in macrop-
terous form ; form somewhat shorter and broader ; hemelytra
covering a little more than half the abdomen, completely de-
veloped excepting membrane which is practically absent, the
cuneus round at apex. This form occurs much more abun-
dantly than the macropterous form.

Holotype: <£, April 4, 1928, Huntsville, Texas (H. G. John-
ston) ; author’s collection.

Allotype: §, taken with the holotype.

Morphotype: J, taken with the holotype.

Paratypes: 31 J'J, taken with the types on wild garlic, Allium
canadense, where the species was breeding in abundance.

This species is another example of geminate species, geminata
being a southern twin of planifrons Knight which is known to
occur from Iowa westward to South Dakota.

Lepidopsallus nyssae n. sp.

Closely allied to miniatus Knight but distinguished by pale
brownish color and the relative lengths of antennal segments
I and II.

Length 3.02 mm., width 1.42 mm. Head: width .75
mm., vertex .31 mm. Rostrum, length 1.05 mm., just attain-
ing posterior margins of middle coxae. Antennae: segment
I, length .14 mm.; II, .79 mm.; Ill, .33 mm.; IV, .23 mm. ;
uniformly pale yellowish, two apical segments sometimes
dusky. Pronotum: length .63 mm., width at base 1.15 mm.

Color pale brown to fuscous, never reddish as in miniatus,
head, pronotum and scutellum dark fuscous to black, heme-
lytra pale brownish, sometimes becoming dark brownish, lat-
eral apical half of corium fuscous, cuneus uniformly pale
brownish, translucent, membrane fuscous, veins pale.
Clothed with silvery scale-like pubescence and intermixed
with pale yellowish to fuscous simple pubescence. Legs dark
brown, apex of femora, tibiae and tarsi pale; tibial spines

300 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

black, arising from brown spots which become obscure api-
cally. Ventral surface uniformly dark brownish.

$. Length 2.98 mm., width 1.59 mm. Head: width .79
mm., vertex .37 mm. Rostrum, length .96 mm., scarcely at-
taining posterior margins of middle coxae. Antennae : seg-
ment I, length .14 mm.; II, .67 mm.; Ill, .29 mm.; IV, .22
mm. ; uniformly pale yellowish. Pronotum, length .67 mm.,,
width at base 1.26 mm.

Color much paler than in male, dorsum uniformly pale
brownish except anterior half of pronotum and head which
are fuscous to black. Ventral surface pale brownish, meso-
sternum and genital segment brown, shining. Legs uniformly
pale, bases of fore coxae brown, shining. Pubescence as in
male.

Holotype: lCf, May 12, 1928, College Station, Texas (H. G.
Johnston) ; author’s collection.

Allotype: taken with the holotype.

Paratypes : 52 taken with the types on black gum, Nyssa
sylvatica , where the species was breeding.

The writer has taken a large series of Lepidopsallus miniatus
Knight at College Station, Texas, where the species breeds on post
oak, Quercus stellata. L. nyssae n. sp., although closely related,
is readily separated from miniatus Knight, the distinguishing char-
acteristics being very constant.

Note on Eurymus eurytheme autumnalis. — In Comstock’s
fine book on the Butterflies of California, p. 51, it is stated that
autumnalis is an early spring form, but is occasionally taken in
the fall, “probably as a result of an early cold spell influencing
the pupa.” However, it occurs quite regularly and commonly in
the fall at Boulder, Colorado. This year we are having a very
warm fall, and autumnalis, in quite characteristic form, is very
abundant, but by no means to the exclusion of true eurytheme . —
T. D. A. Cockerell, Boulder, Colo.

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 301

BOOK NOTES.

Field Book of Ponds and Streams. An Introduction to the

Life of Fresh Water, by Ann Haven Morgan, Ph.D. (G. P.

Putnam’s Sons, New York. $3.50.)

It was a great pleasure to the reviewer to read Dr. Morgan’s
book. It is one of those publications rare in our country, that es-
capes, on the one hand, the depths of professional terms ; and on
the other, the shallows of science and language, both so simplified
as to become inane. On occasion we have drawn attention to the
popular nature books published in England. These books, while
scientifically correct, are yet set forth in simple language and free
from a condensation that depends on the liberal use of portman-
teau words or of many-syllabled technicisms. These English
books adhere closely to demonstrated facts and are designed to
inform persons with an intelligent although non-technical interest
in the workings of nature. Dr. Morgan has achieved the same re-
sult signally well ; and sets a difficult standard for other authors
to follow.

The subject-matter embraces all the components of life in pond
and stream, from their water and pebbles to their vertebrate deni-
zens, through plants and protozoans to mollusks, fishes and rep-
tiles. There are 300 line cuts, 15 plates in black and white and 8
in color, all excellent and many in the most artistic spirit. The
correctness of these figures makes it easy to recognize the things
they represent.

Naturally, in such a work it is not possible, nor even wise or
desirable, to go at length into any one topic when (at a rough esti-
mate) nearly 400 forms are mentioned in a field book limited to
45° pages. Insects occupy about one-fourth of the book ; and of
these, Dr. Morgan’s favorite forms are referred to more in detail
than the others, which does not detract from the book. The re-
viewer’s own favorites, he feels, might have had a more extensive
treatment. Much that is known about waterbugs and their habits
is not mentioned, as, e.g., that the genus Buenoa is one among the
limited number of insects that have haemoglobin in their blood,
as shown by Dr. Hungerford; or the growth and development of
the tiny Microveliae ; or that the surface bugs have winged and
wingless forms in the adults of the same species. But this is al-
most captiousness, to point out these absences in a work which as
a whole is the best thing done in a popular way in this country on
the life of ponds and streams.

302 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

The bibliography is helpful, but uneven in its references. Un-
der some heads highly technical papers are listed, while under
others only one or two general works are mentioned, the aquatic
Heteroptera being among the sufferers. Since the date of Hun-
gerford’s Biology of Aquatic Hemiptera, numerous works on this
group have been published by him, which might well have been
included.

However, this work is to be judged as a fine whole; as such, it
is a credit to the author and to the publisher. In fact, no general
student of insects can well neglect it as a condensed source book
on habits and ecology of the aquatic forms.

The price may seem high, but unfortunately, the cost of print-
ing is heavy; and all the details that go to the making of a book
are so costly that publishers must set their values up to be able to
present such fine works as this to the public. Even so, it costs no
more than the price of one theatre ticket, which, strange to say, is
ungrudgingly bought to achieve an ephemeral and frequently
worthless pleasure.

J. R. T.-B.

Blatchleyana. A List of the Published Writings of W. S.
Blatchley, A.B., A.M., LL.D., of Indianapolis, Indiana, and
Dunedin, Florida. Together with a chronology of his life; the
fixation of types of new genera and species described by him,,
etc., etc. (Nature Publishing Co., Indianapolis. $1.10.)

The Editor has received from his friend, Dr. W. S. Blatchley,,
this brochure on his public life and labors — prepared, as he says,
“mainly as a time saver for posterity.” It contains in narrative
form the principal public events of his busy life, and a complete
list of all his publications.

Speaking as one of Dr. Blatchley’s contemporaries, his mar-
velous industry and single-hearted devotion to the sciences he
loves so well and has served so long, have made his fellows in
many fields his debtors. These labors have assuredly opened to
many vast horizons of the wonderful phenomena of nature and
the mind back of it all.

Beginning his productivity in 1885, he has maintained it with
scarce an interruption to this very day ; and in this long period he
has written six volumes and over 190 articles on Mollusca, geol-
ogy and entomology in its various phrases. Dr. Blatchley obviously
has put Indiana on the map of science because, from whatever

Bee., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 303

point, he has taught the love and appreciation of nature at all
times. His is surely an enviable record ; and these words are a
personal tribute to him from the writer, who believes that appre-
ciation in life is far better than posthumous eulogy.

Dr. Blatchley might well say, “ Si monumentum requires, 'cir-
cumspice.”

Meantime, he has produced something of great present use, for
which his fellows should be grateful ; and he has set an example
which might well be followed by some of our high-pressure pro-
ducers (including this one).

J. R. T.-B.

304 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY.

Meeting of May 15, 1930.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Entomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum on Thursday evening, May 15,
1930. President Davis in the chair, and twelve members present,
viz., Messrs. Anderson, Bowdoin, Burke, Chapin, Cooper, Engel-
hardt, Lemmer, Lerch, Shoemaker, Sheridan, Siepmann and
Torre-Bueno, and five visitors.

In the absence of the secretary, Mr. Siepmann acted as secre-
tary pro tern.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved,
and Mr. Engelhardt presented the monthly report of' the treasurer.

Mr. Torre-Bueno reported for the publication committee and
announced that the next issue of the Bulletin would be out in
two weeks.

Mr. Engelhardt moved that Dr. J. Douglas Hood, University
of Rochester, Rochester, New York, be elected a member of the
society, which was accordingly done.

He also1 read a communication concerning the death on May 1,
1930, of Dr. Barnes, of Decatur, Illinois, a member of the society
since its reorganization, and an outstanding collector of Lepidop-
tera. Mr. Engelhardt said that the Barnes collection contained
several thousand types of American species, and that it would be
highly desirable that the collection remain in the United States.

A clipping from a Danish newspaper was exhibited acknowl-
edging the bequest of a collection of Lepidoptera and Coleoptera
to the Danish Zoological Museum by the late Dr. Herman Maeske,
of Brooklyn, N. Y.

Mr. Cooper exhibited a large number of specimens of salt marsh
Pselaphidae collected by him at Flushing, L. I. He also reported
that he found Isolomalus histriatus (Histeridae) common beneath
oak bark at the same locality.

Mr. Davis exhibited a specimen of a hook tip moth, Drepana
arcuata Walker collected by Burke and Davis near Richmond Val-
ley, S. I., on April 20, 1930. This is an early date, other local
records being in May and June.

Mr. Engelhardt spoke of his trip aboard the yacht Peary.
Leaving San Francisco the first stop was Socorro, a small, rocky
volcanic island five hundred miles off the west coast of Mexico.
The island is uninhabited and occasional whalers are the only vis-

Dec., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 305

itors, the blue whale being common in these waters. An attempt
had once been made to raise sheep there, with the result that the
island is overrun with them. Owing to the lack of human beings
and predaceous animals on the island, the sheep are quite tame and
barely alarmed by the approach of man.

Insects were rather sparse on the island, but some Cicindelidae
and other insects were obtained. An attempt was made to ascend
Mt. Everman, a high peak in the center of the island, but consid-
erable difficulty was experienced due to lack of sufficient drinking
water.

Proceeding toward the Panama Canal, large numbers of marine
water striders of the genus Helobates were observed five to ten
miles from land. The striders were very active, and only one
specimen could be obtained. Flying fish were also common in
these waters, some of them flying a hundred or more feet before
touching the water. Thousands of Brentids, Brentus anchorago,
were found beneath bark at Balboa, Panama. Mr. Engelhardt ex-
hibited a large series of specimens which showed great variation
in size.

After passing through the canal, Mr. Engelhardt visited his
brother’s coffee plantation in Guatemala. Enormous oak trees
grow in this region, and he exhibited a large gall taken from one
of them, from which were bred some clearwinged moths ( Aegeri -
idae).

The meeting adjourned at 10.15 p. m.

Carl Geo. Siepmann,
Secretary pro tem.

Meeting of October 16, 1930.

A regular meeting of the Brooklyn Enomological Society was
held at the Brooklyn Museum, on Thursday evening, October 16,
1930, at 8.10 p. m.

President Davis in the Chair and 17 members present, viz.:
Messrs. Ballou, Bell, Bowdoin, Cooper, Engelhardt, Lemmer,
Lerch, Ruckes, Schaeffer, Sheridan, Shoemaker, Siepmann,
Torre-Bueno, Wilford, Wurster, Glanz, Dr. Risch, and 10 visitors.

Minutes of the previous meeting read and approved.

The report of the Treasurer was not presented.

Mr. Torre-Bueno reported briefly for the Publication Com-
mittee.

306 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.xxv

Mr. Schaeffer proposed for membership: Mr. A. Glanz, 1593
Bedford Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y.

Mr. Glanz being present, it was regularly moved and seconded
that the By-laws be suspended and the Secretary cast one ballot
for the election of Mr. Glanz. The motion being carried the Sec-
retary cast the ballot electing Mr. Glanz to membership.

Mr. C. W. Wurster, 15 West nth Street, New York City, was
next proposed for membership, and as he was also present the
same procedure was followed as with Mr. Glanz and Mr. Wurster
was duly elected to membership.

Mr. Cooper exhibited 21 species of Coleoptera, which he had
collected on Long Island, and which are new to the New York
State List. Mr. Cooper expects to later publish a paper record-
ing these species in detail.

Mr. Schaeffer exhibited specimens of the following species of
Coleoptera :

Dermestes peruvianus Cast. — A number of specimens taken on
dried caribou skins at the Brooklyn Museum; also a specimen
taken some years ago in Prospect Park, Brooklyn, by Mr. Schif-
fer. New to the United States.

Dermestes cadaverinus F. — A specimen was found in lower
Manhattan by Mr. Siepmann. New to the New York State List.

Gibhium psylloides Czemp. — A specimen on dried caribou hide ;
Mr. Cooper found a specimen at Flushing on seaweed. New to
Long Island.

Mezium americanum Lap. — Several specimens taken by Mrs
Blenderman in one of her rooms in Brooklyn. New to Long
Island.

Ptinus raptor Sturm. — Six specimens, 2 males and 4 females,
were found in one of the school loan collection boxes of the Chil-
dren’s Museum containing a very small nest of Vespa maculata L.
A European species new to the United States.

Mr. Pollard presented his paper “Collecting Insects on the
Amazon.” Mr. Pollard, as usual, gave a very interesting account
of his recent trip up the Amazon River as far as Iquitos, Peru.
He spoke particularly of his experiences collecting in the tropical
forest, and of the insects which came aboard the boat, and also
of his meeting the Rev. A. Miles Moss, of Para, Brazil, a keen
entomologist who is doing a great deal of work in the life-history
of the butterflies of that locality. Mr. Pollard is going to publish

Bee., 1930 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 307

in detail the story of his trip. He exhibited a number of speci-
mens from his captures.

At the conclusion of Mr. Pollard’s remarks, Mr. Wm. T. Davis
exhibited the following named four species of Cicadas, all of
which had been attracted by the light at night on the boat on which
Mr. Pollard proceeded on his journey on the Amazon : Proarna
insignis Distant, one specimen; Fidicina viridis Oliv., two speci-
mens ; F. bogotana Distant, ten speemens, and Fidicina mannifera
Fabr. two specimens. He further stated that the Cicada figured
by Madam Merian in 1705, and named tibicen by Linne in 1758
from the figure, was evidently quite closely related to mannifera,
and he showed a specimen from South America which he regarded
as Fidicina tibicen. The name tibicen was for many years applied
to several of our own native green and black species, and so has
a particular interest to us.

Mr. Wilford exhibited a male specimen of Celtiphaga celtis
Boisduval & LeConte, collected at Richmond, Staten Island, N. Y.,
on August 13, 1930. Celtis is locally of much less frequent oc-
currence than the allied species Celtiphaga clyton Boisduval &
LeConte.

Mr. Davis exhibited a dragon-fly which had been placed on a
thorn by a shrike. The specimen came from Florida.

Mr. Cooper remarked on a Cecropia larva which he had found
at Flushing, N. Y., impaled on a thorn, presumably by a shrike.

Mr. Torre-Bueno exhibited living specimens of Barce uhleri
Banks which he had obtained on October 13, 1930, while sifting at
White Plains, N. Y. This small species of Hemiptera catches
other small insects after the manner of a mantid.

Mr. Glanz reported having received a shipment of about 4,000
specimens of insects from Assam, India, a number of which he
exhibited.

Mr. Torre-Bueno exhibited a copy of “Field Book of Ponds and
Streams” by Ann Haven Morgan, published by G. P. Putnam’s
Sons, and remarked on the excellence of its treatment of the fauna
and flora of these places.

Adjourned: 10.30 p. m.

E. L. Bell,
Secretary.

TABLE OF CONTENTS TO VOLUME XXV.

(Arranged alphabetically throughout.)
Book Notes.

A Manual for the Study of In-
sects, J. R. T.-B., 231
Blatchleyana, J. R. T.-B., 302
Field Book of Ponds and
Streams, J. R. T.-B., 361
Gall Wasps of the Genus Cy-
nips, J. R. T.-B., 184
General Catalogue of the He-
miptera: Fascicle II, Meso-
veliidae, J. R. T.-B., 52

General Catalogue of the He-
miptera: Fascicle III, Pyr-
rhocoridae, J. R. T.-B., 124
Studies of the Insect Fauna of
Iowa Prairies, J. R. T.-B.,
231

The Mosquitoes of North
America, J. Bequaert, 183
The Problems of Applied En-
tomology, J. R. T.-B., 50

COLEOPTERA.

Addicted to Strong Waters, C.
A. Frost, 41

Anthaxia aeneogaster, C. A.
Frost, 146

Cis frosti, C. A. Frost, 41
English Sparrows Eating the
Japanese Beetle, E. L. Bell, 8
Epiphanis cornutus Esch., C. A.
Frost, 53

Ludius fidvipes Bland, C. A.
Frost, 41

Orchestes testaceus Mul., C. A.
Frost, 97

Seeking a Better Climate, C. A.
Frost, 146

S terms retrusus Casey, C. A.
Frost, 53

Synonymies of Antillean Chry-
somelidae, with Descriptions
of New Species, Doris H.
Blake, 209

The Japanese Beetle on Staten
Island, Wm. T. Davis, 95
The Names of Certain Rhyn-
chopora, J. Chester Bradley,
259

Diptera.

A Comparison of the More Im-
portant Structural Details of
the Larva of the Archaic
Tanyderid Dipteron Proto-
plasa fitchii with other Holo-
metabola from the Stand-
point of Phylogeny, G. C.
Crampton, 239

Distribution Notes on Culi-
cidae, Robert Matheson, 291
New or Insufficiently-known
Craneflies from the Nearctic

Region, C. P. Alexander, Pt.
I, 71 ; pt. 2, 276

New Robber Flies from Mada-
gascar, S. W. Bromley, 283
On the Genus Viviania with
the Description of Two New
Species from Texas, H . J.
Reinhard, 102

Two New North American
Muscoid Flies, H. J. Rein-
hard, 199

309

310 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

General Subject.

A New Moth Collecting Jar,
J. D. Gunder, 208
A Convenient Collecting Con-
tainer for Butterflies, J. D.
Gunder, 225

A Personal Note, J. R. T.-B.,
39

Charles Jacob Martin, 1935-
1929, G. P. E., 39
Change of Address, G. P.
Engelhardt, 143

Editorials : Entomologica
Americana, J. R.
T.-B., 230

The Function of a
Description, J. R.
T.-B., 54

What is a Species?
J. R. T. B., 230

Notice : Entomologica Ameri-
cana, 262

Proceedings of the Society, E.
L. Bell, Carl Geo. Siepmann,
56, 185, 232, 304

The Use of Paradichlorben-
zene in the Insect Collection,
J. R. de la Torre-Bueno, 27

Heteroptera.

A New Arctocorixa, with a
Note on Synonymy, A. Stuart
Walley, 203

A Report on the Nomenclature
of Some Neotropical Noto-
necta with the Description of
Some New Species, H. B.
Hungerford, 138

A Wrongly Identified American
Water Strider, Carl J. Drake
and H. M. Harris, 145

Bugs at Light, J. R. de la Torre-
Bueno, 101

Ceratocombus vagans McA. &
Mall, in Westchester County,
N. Y., J. R. de la Torre-
Bueno, 144

Four New Species of Miridae
from Texas, H. G. Johnston,
295

New Species of Ceratocapsus ,
Harry H. Knight, 187

New Species of Pseudo psallus
Van D. with an Allied New
Genus Described, Harry H.
Knight, 1

Notes on American Tingitidae,
Carl J. Drake, 268
Note on the Validity of Corixa
Geoffroy (1762), G. Stuart
Walley, 49

On the Heteroptera Collected
by G. P. Engelhardt in the
South and West, J. R. de la
Torre-Bueno, 107
Records of Anthocoridae, par-
ticularly from New York, J.
R. de la Torre-Bueno, 11
Six New Species of Tenagobia
Bergroth, G. Stuart Walley,

U1 *

Some Tingitidae from Brazil,
Carl J. Drake, 25

Homoptera

Two New Alconeura with Notes on the Species, Paul B. Law-
son, 44

Vol. XXV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 311

Hymenoptera.

A Contribution to the Bionom-
ics of Bremus vagans (F.
Sm.), Theodore A. Frison,
109

Additions to the New York
State List of Insects. The
Oxybeline Wasps, V. S. L.
Pate, 40

Early References to the Be-
havior of American Solitary
Wasps, Richard Dow, 98
Erratum, Phil Rau, 79
Nesting Habits of Isodontia, a
Subgenus of Chlorion, J. Be-
quaert, 122

Notes on Texas Bees, H. B.
Parks, 263

On the Generic and Subgeneric
Divisions of the Vespinae, J.
Bequaert, 59

Position of Strepsiptera on
Hosts, Charles Robertson, 96
Postscript to “ Stylopized Ves-
pidae ” in Psyche, vol. 36,
1929, pp. 249-282, George
Salt and J. Bequaert, 226
The Nesting Habits of Emphor
B ombiformis Cresson, Phil
Rau, 28

Lepidoptera.

A Convenient Collecting Con-
tainer for Butterflies, J. D.
Gunder, 225

A Generic Revision of the
Euchloini, Alex B. Klots, 80
A New Melanie Form of Telea
polyphemus, C. Wm. Wurs-
ter, 273

A New Moth Collecting Gun,
T. D. Gunder, 208
A New Moth from Siam, T. D.

A. Cockerell, 42
Catocala junctura in the Ozark
Region, Auburn E. Brower,
36

Copaeodes minima Edwards
from Florida, E. L. Bell, 8
Diurnal Lepidoptera from Wy-
oming and Colorado, Alex-
ander B. Klots, 147
Note on Eurymus eurytheme
autumnalis, T. D. A. Cocke-
rell, 9

Notes on Anxyloxypha nitedula
Burmeister, E. L. Bell, 48
Papilio monuste, Linnaeus, W.
J. Holland, 133

Variation in Lepidoptera, T. D.
A. Cockerell, 9

The Smaller Orders.

Position of Strepsiptera on Postscript to “ Stylopized Ves-
Hosts, Charles Robertson, 96 pidae ” in Psyche, vol. 36,

1929, pp. 249-282, George
Salt and J. Bequaert, 226

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES OF INSECTS,
OTHER ANIMALS AND PLANTS.

New forms in bold face; valid genera and species in Roman;
synonyms in italics ; * indicates plants ; f Long Island records ;
$ other animals. For extensive list of Coleoptera from Long
Island, see pp. 21-24; for Diurnal Lepidoptera from Wyoming
and Colorado, see pp. 147-170; for mosquitoes from Illinois, see
pp. 291-294. Species named in these articles not included in the
alphabetical index following.

* Abronia elliptica, 5
Acalypta duryi, 268

ovata, 268
saundersi, 268

* Achillea millefolium, 40

var. roseum, 40
Adelphocoris rapidus, 101

* Aegopodium podagraria, 40
Agabus erythropterus, 46
Alconeura fulminae, 44

quadrimaculata, 45
rotundata, 46
unipuncta, 45

var. dorsalis, 46

* Allium canadense, 299
Allotingis, 269, 271

binotata, 278
Alepomyia bryanti, 128

* Amelanchier, 41, 146
Amphibolips inanis, 233
Amphorophora rubi, 18
Anabolia bimaculata, 128
Andrena, 96
Andrenosoma, 287

* Andropogon scoparius, 78
Anisogamus modestus, 128
Anisops, 251

Anopheles quadrimaculatus, 182
Anodontobombus (see Bremus)

* Anogra coronopifolia, 4
Anthaxia aeneogaster, 146
Anthocharis, 82, 83, 84, 85, 87,

88, 90

?bambusarum, 82

cardamines, 82, 83, 84, 88
cethura, 82, 84, 86
damone, 82, 84
eupheno, 82, 84
euphenoides, 82, 84
gruneri, 82, 84
pima, 82, 84, 86
sara, 82, 84

(s. g. Falcapica), 83, 84, 90
bieti, 83
genutia, 83
lanceolata, 82, 83, 84
scolymus, 83
Anthocoris, 16

antevolens, 18
borealis, 16, 17
musculus, 16, 17
nemorum, 17
Anthophora, 122
Anthrenus, 27
Anthribus, 259
Anticarsia gemmatilis, 234
Anxyloxypha arene, 48
nitedula, 48
premnas, 48
tucumanus, 48

Aphaenogaster fulva subsp.

aquia, 78, 79
Apis mellifica, 264

* Apocynum, 152, 157, 159
Aradus cinnamomeus, 19
Arcadopsyche, 129

prominens, 129

* Arctium minus, 115
312

Vol.XXV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 313

Arctocorixa impersonata, 204,
206

lineata, 203, 204, 205, 206
noveboracensis, 203
trilineata, 203, 204
Arctoecia consocia, 127

* Artemisia, 276

filifolia, 3
tridentata, 149, 278
trifida, 149
Asthenidea, 12, 16

temnostethoides, 16

* Astragalus alpinus, 155
Asynonychus, 262

Baeocera picea, 235
Banasa dimidiata, 231
Barce uhleri, 307
Bifidungulus, 1
puberus, 2
viridicans, 1, 2
Biomyia, 102
Bitoma crenata, 56
Bella, 48
Boreus, 241, 247
Brachycoma sarcophagina, 119
Brachytarsus, 259

* Brassica juncea, 115
Bremus americanorum, 109, 115

bimaculatus, 109, 115, 116,
X17

centralis, 109
flavifrons, 109
frigidus, 116

impatiens, 109, 115, 116,
117

vagans, 109 et seqq.

subsp. bolsteri, 118

saudersoni, 118
var. coctus, 118
helenae, 118
Brentus anchorago, 305
Brochymena cariosa, 107
Bruchomyia, 242, 244, 246
Buenoa, 301

Caborius punctatissimus, 128
Callidium antennatus, 232
Calligrapha amelia, 235
lunata, 232

f. bowditchi, 232
hybrida, 232
latevittata, 232
medisrupta, 232
philadelphica, 235
rowena, 235
scalaris, 235

Callosamia promethea, 186
Cardiastethus, 20
luridellus, 20
pergandei, 20

Cassida flavicollis, 220, 221
swartzii, 220
Cathaemia, 89

Catocala gracilis f. cinerea, 235
f. lemmeri, 235
junctura, 36, 38
sordida f. metalomus, 235
f Cecropia, 307
Celtiphaga celtis, 307
clyton, 307
* Cephalanthus, 195
Ceratocapsus barberi, 190
biformis, 191
camelus, 187, 189
denticulatus, 193
denticulatus, 194
decurvatus, 194
fanseriae, 191
fascipennis, 189, 190
geminatus, 192
husseyi, 196
juglandis, 193
neoboroides, 197
oculatus, 190
pilophoroides, 197
pilosus, 198
pilosus, 198
pilosulus, 198
pumilus, 194, 195
sericus, 196

314 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vo l-

tricolor, 192, 193
truncatus, 195
Ceratocombus vagans, 144
Cercyon quisquilius, 46
Ceutorhynchus, 261
Chalcosicya, 215

maestrensis, 215, 216
nana, 216

Chalibion coeruleum, 99
Chelymorpha angusticollis, 220
Chironomus, 239
Chitonix sensilis f. macdonaldi,
235

Chlaenius laticollis, 58
niger, 58
Chloralictus, 96
Chlorion (Isodonta), 122
auripes, 122
elegans, 122
exornatum, 123
harrisi, 122
splendidulum, 122
tibialis, 122

Chlorochroa uhleri, 231
Choragus, 259
Cimberis, 260
Cis frosti, 41
Colaspidea, 215, 217
Copaeodes minima, 8
Corisa trilineata, 204
trivittata, 204
Corixa striata, 49
Corythaica bellula, 268, 269
floridana, 268

Corythucha fuscomaculata, 25
Crumoecia, 129
Cryptorhynchidius , 261
Cryptorhynchus, 261
Cylindracheta, 245
Cylindrotoma pallescens, 280
splendens, 280
Cynips, 184

centricola, 233
fCyttaromyia, 280

Daseochaeta alpium, 43
beryllodes, 43
malgassica, 43
marmorata, 43
mckeanae, 43
muscosa, 43
orion, 43
pallida, 43
pulchra, 43
verbenata, 43
viridis, 43
Dasythrix, 2Sy
* Daucus carota, 40
Deinocerites, 183
Deraecoris ruber, 1

var. segusinus, 101
Dermestes cadaverinus, 306
f peruvianus, 306
Dichonia, 43

Dicranomyia (see Limonia)
Dicranota, 251, 252
Dikraneura, 44
Diphtera, 43
Diphthera, 43
aprilina, 43
Diphtherocorna , 43
Disonycha caroliniana, 2x3
conjugata, 209, 210, 21 1
212

costipennis, 209, 21 x
glabrata, 210, 21 1
limbicollis, 209, 210, 2x3
pallipes, 209, 210, 213
“ pennsylvanica,” 209
pensylvanica, 209, 2x0, 2x2
213

var. parva, 21 1
procera, 209, 212
recticollis, 214
uniguttata, 210, 2x2, 2x3
Dolichovespula, 62, 67
arctica, 68
arenaria, 68
borealis, 68

Vol.XXV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 315

diabolica, 68
lama, 58

maculata, 62, 68, 69
media, 68, 69
norvegica, 68
sylvestris, 68
Dolophilus breviatus, 130
Doydirhynchus, 260
Drakella, 268
Drepana arcuata, 304
Drusus sparsus, 128
Dufouriellus, 20
ater, 20

* Echinocactus caespitosus, 266

setispinus, 266
texensis, 266
Edessa bifida, 107
Elleschus bipunctatus, 97
Elytrogona, 222
bacca, 223
gemmata, 222, 223
quatuordecimmaculata, 223
Emphor bombiformis, 28 et
seqq.

fuscojubatus, 34

* Epilobium, 152, 159
Epiphanis cornutus, 53
Eriocera, 251

alberta, 73, 74
longicornis, 74, 75
Erioptera (Ilisia) armillaris, 77
bispinigera, 76
indianensis, 77
laevis, 77

Eriopya lindseyi, 235
Eroessa, 89, 90
Euchloe, 86, 87
ausonides, 87

coloradensis, 88
belemia, 87, 88
belia, 86, 87, 88
creusa, 87
daphalis, 87
falloui, 87
olympia, 86, 87

orientalis, 87
? seitzi, 87
? venosa, 87
Euchloe, 82, 83, 85, 90

(subg. Elphinstonia), 87,
88, 89, 90
charlonia, 87, 88
c. pechi, 88
c. tomyris, 88
? lucilla, 88
tagis, 88
Eumenes, 61

Eurymus eurytheme autum-
nalis, 300

Euschistus bifibulus, 107
Eustictus albocuneatus, 297

knighti, 297

Euthochtha galeator, 107, 108

Falcapica (see Anthocharis)

* Fanseria xanthofolia, 192
Fenestrella, 268
Fidicina bogotana, 307

mannifera, 307
tibicen, 307
viridis, 307
Formica fusca, 79

Galerucella maculipes, 217
Gargaphia concursa, 25
trichoptera, 25, 26

* Gauva coccinea, 8

parvifolia, 2
Gerris dissortis, 145
notabilis, 145, 146
rufoscutellatus, 145, 146
f Gibbium psylloides, 306
Glyphosaelius hostilis, 127
Glyptoscelis, 215, 217
aeneipennis, 217
Graphops, 215, 217
Graptolitha lemmeri, 235
Gryllotalpa, 245

Halobates, 305
Hebomoia, 89, 90

316 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vol.XXV

Heligmoneura medianus, 290
Heraeus plebejus, 101
Hesperocharis, 89
Heteraspis, 216
Heteraspis, 216
Himatidium nigripenne, 220
J Homo sapiens, 9
Hydropsyche, 248
indecisa, 128
Hylemyia cilicrura, 41
Hylopsyche indistinctus, 128
Hymenarcys nervosa, 107, 108

Ilisia (see Erioptera)

Isodontia, 122

philadelphica , 122
f Isolomalus bistriatus,

Jadera aeola, 107

haematoloma, 107
sanguinolenta, 107
* Juglans major, 194

Labopidea geminata, 298, 299
planifrons, 298, 299
sericata, 3

Laphria nusoides, 287
Lasiochilus, 12

fusculus, 13, 14
pallidulus, 13

Leionotus foraminatus, 96, 226
fundatus, 96
pedestris, 96, 226
ziziae, 226

Lepidopsallus miniatus, 299,
300

nyssae, 299
Leptobyrsa, 270
Leptoglossus phyllopus, 107
Leptopharsa, 271
distinconis, 272
illudens, 25

var. variantis, 25
lenatis, 272
peruensis, 272

Leptotrachelus dorsalis, 58
Leucophasia, 89
Ligyrocoris diffusus, 101
Limnophila claggi, 281
munda, 282

Limonia (Dicranomyia) ero-
strata, 71
signipennis, 71
Liotingis, 270

evidentis, 270
Lithurgus apicalis, 264
bruesi, 263 et seqq.
compressus, 264, 265
gibbosus, 264 et seqq.
Ligyrocoris diffusus, 101
Ludius fulvipes, 41
Lycaena heteronea graveno-
tata, 163

Lyctocoris campestris, 12, 13
canadensis, 13
elongatus, 13
stali, 12, 13

Lygaeus kalmii, 107, 108
Lymnephilus combinatus, 128
moestus, 128
ornatus, 128
submonilifer, 128
Lype, 127

Macrotrachelliella, 16, 19
nigra, 19

Macrovespa, 61, 62, 64
Mamillaria heydeni, 266
f Manomera atlantica, 233
Masicera polita, 202
seticauda, 200
unispinosa, 199
Megarhinus, 183
Mesovelia bisignata, 52
mnlsanti, 52
orientalis, 52

Melanorhopala clavata, 269
lurida, 269
obscura, 269
reflexa, 269

VoI.XXV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 317

Metachroma, 215
adustum, 214
terminalis, 214
Metriosteles, 12
Mezira lobata, 107
f Mezium americanum, 306
Microstylum cinctum, 283
lambertoni, 284
lucifer, 285
tananarivensis, 286
umbrosus, 285
Microvelia, 301
Microzegris, 85, 86

pyrothoe, 85, 86, 89
Microzegris, 85
Midea, 83

genutia, 83
Moma, 43

Monanthia parmata, 25
* Monarda, 264, 265
citriodora, 266, 267
fistulosa, 1 1 5, 157
punctata, 266, 267
Monomacra, 21 1
Mormidea lugens, 107, 108
Mormomyia vernalis, 128
Musca domestica, 40, 41
Mylothris, 89
Myochrous longulus, 146
Myodochus serripes, 101

Namacus annulicornis, 107
Nannochorista, 241, 247
Nemopalpus, 242, 244, 246
Neoborus, 197
Neophylax ornatus, 128
Nephrotoma, 76
Neuronia concatenata, 127
pardalis, 127
postica, 127

Nisoniades tucumanus, 48
Nodonota, 215

Notonecta americana, 138, 141
bergrothi, 138
bifasciata, 140
chinensis, 138, 139

confusa, 140

distincta, 141
distinctoidea, 141
fazi, 139, 141
glauca, 138
howardii, 139, 140
indica, 139, 140
indie a, 140
indicoidea, 141
kiangsis, 138
lunata, 140
maculata, 138
pallipes, 138
punctata, 138
raleighi, 140
scutellaris, 138
sellata, 140
suensoni, 138
unicolor, 138
unifasciata, 139
undulata, 138, 139, 140,

141,142
variabilis, 140
virescens, 138, 139
Notonecta (see Corixa)
lineata, 203
. noveboracensis, 203
striata, 49
Nusa, 287

* Nyssa sylvatica, 300

X Ochotoma sp., 150
Odynerus, 61, 96, 227
dorsalis, 28
erinnys, 96
geminus, 28
pedestris, 221
“ ziziae mss.,” 96, 226
Oecetina inconspicua, 129
micans, 129
Olemira, 129
Olene aridensis, 235
lemmeri, 235

Oncocephalus geniculatus, 107,
108

Oncotylus puberus, 2

318 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society Vo l-

Oodes americana, 58

* Opuntia ellisiana, 264, 266,

267

leptocaulis, 266, 267
lindheimeri, 264, 266, 267
macrorhiza, 266
Ophyra leucostoma, 41
Orchestes pallicornis, 97
testaceus, 97
Onus, 16, 19

insidiosus, 19

var. tristicolor, 19, 20
Oropeza johnsonella, 276, 279
rogersi, 280
subalbipes, 280
Orthotylus, 1

demensus, 8

Oxybelus emarginatus, 40
intermedius, 40
niger, 40

quadrinotatus, 40, 41
sericeus, 41
subulatus, 41

Pachyrhina californica, 278
Palaeovespa baltica, 69
florissantia, 70
gillettei, 70
relecta, 70
scudderi, 70
wilsoni, 70

* Panicum scribnerianum, 78
Panorpa, 24 et seqq.
Pantomorus godmani, 261, 262
Papilio, 10

amphinome, 135
cynis, 133
glaucus, 186
monuste, 133 et seqq.
oenone, 135
phileta, 136
Papilio, 82, 83, 86
Paracalocoris deleticus, 3
Paraphia esther, 235

f. lemmeri, 235

Paravespa, 62

* Penstemon hirsutum, 115
Philosamia cynthia, 186

walkeri, 186
Phrissura cynis, 135
Phrosinella fulvicornis, 40
Phryganea cinerea, 127
Phthia picta, 107
Phyllocharis, 87, 88
tagis, 88

Phyllophaga, 104
Physocephala, 119
Phytocoris conspicuus, 295,
296

* Picea engelmanni, 150

parryana, 150
Pieris, 89

“ cycnis,” 133
cynis, 133
monuste, 133
Piezostethus, 14
Pilophorus, 197

* Pinus murrayana, 150, 151

scopulorum, 151
Platycentropus maculipennis,
128

Plectrocnemia albipuncta, 131
aureola, 130

Polistes, 69, 96
gallicus, 227

* Polyporus betulinus, 41

* Polygonum, 212, 214
Polystes, 61

Popillia japonica, 95

* Populus angustifolia, 149

tremuloides, 149
Pontia, 85

Pratobombus (see Bremus)
Prionolabis, 282
Proarna insignis, 307
Promachus clavigerus, 288
lemur, 288
parvus, 288

Proterosphex ichneumoneus, 96
Protoplasa fitchii, 239 et seqq.

Vol.XXV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 319

Provespa, 62, 63

anomala, 62, 63, 68
barthelemyi, 63, 68
dorylloides, 62, 63
Proxy s punctulatus, 107
Pseudopsallus, 1
abroniae, 5
anograe, 4
artemisicola, 2, 4
davisi, 6
demensus, 7, 8
nicholi, 7

sericatus, 2, 3, 5, 6
tanneri, 5, 6, 7

Pseudovespa, 62, 66
Psithyrus laboriosus, 114, 119
var. citrinus, 114
“ Psorophora horridus,” 184
Ptilandrena erigeniae, 96
f Ptinus raptor, 306
Pycnopsyche guttifer, 128
scabripennis, 128
Pyrothoia, 85

*Quercus stellata, 300

Rembus laticollis, 58
Reduvius musculus, 16
Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga)
leonardi, 75

Rhaphidolabis (R.) cayuga, 73
rubescens, 73
stigma, 73
vanduzeei, 73
Rhinomacer, 260
Rhyacophila atrata, 130
fairchildi, 130
invaria, 130
luctuosa, 130

* Rubus sp., 17

Sacandaga (see Rhabdomastix)

* Salix, 149

* Sarracenia flava, 122

Sarcophaga sp., 41
Satyrium fuliginosa semiluna,
161

* Saxifraga, 152, 153

f Scaphisoma repanda, 235
Sceliphron cementarium, 98, 99,
100

i Scolopendrella, 15
Scoloposcelis, 20
flavicornis, 20

* Sedum, 1 52

Senotainia rubriventris, 41
trilineata, 41
Sigara striata, 49
Solubea pugnax, 107, 108
Sphaeridium bipustulatum, 46
Sphaerocysta globifera, 25
Sphaeropis, 215
Sphaerularia bombi, 119
Sphex caendea, 99, 100
pennsylvanica, 100
vulgaris, 96
Staphylus, 48
Stenopelmatus, 245
Stenus planatus, 53
retrusus, 53

* Stipa spartea, 78
Stoiba bruneri, 219, 220

decemmaculata, 220, 221,
223

flavicollis, 219, 220
indivisa, 218

Synchloe, 83
Synchloe, 87

Telea polyphemus, 234

ab. fumosus, 273
Teleonemia aterrima, 25
morio, 25
scrupulosa, 25

Tenagobia constricta, 176, 1 77
hunger fordi, 177, 179
incerta, 175
marmorata, 172, 173
melini, 177

320 Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society v ol . XXV

mexicana, 174, 175, 176
minuta, 171, 172, 173
pulchra, 172, 174
romani, 177
schadei, 177
serrata, 175
signata, 175, 176
socialis, 175
truncata, 172, 174
Terrestribombus (see Bremus)
f Tetranychus telarius, 18
Tetraphleps, 16

americana, 18, 19
canadensis, 19
osborni, 18
uniformis, 18, 19
Thyanta calceata, 107
Thymelicus premnas, 48
tucumanus, 48
Tigava bondari, 25
mollicula, 25
Tipula abdominalis, 276
alhilatus, 276
angustipennis, 276
arctica, 276
hella, 276
borealis, 276
californica, 278
cincticornis, 276
disjuncta, 276
dorsimacula, 276
duplex, 276
filipes, 277
furca, 276
glomerata, 276
hehes, 276
inermis, 277
jacobus, 277
labradorica, 276
latipennis, 277
mesotergata, 277, 278
mingwe, 276
perlongipes, 277
platymera, 276
resurgens, 277
simulata, 277

sternata, 278
sweetae, 278
taughannock, 276
tesselata , 276
triplex, 277
trivittata, 277
?umbrosa, 277
Triatoma sanguisuga, 107
Tricyphona claggi, 280
constans, 72
diaphana, 280, 281
exoloma, 281
frigida, 281
simplistyla, 72
Trigonotylus brevipes, 101
ruficornis, 101

Trirhabda obscurivittata, 218
Trypoxylum politum, 98, 99,
IOO

Uloma imberbis, 101
Urodon, 259

Vanessa antiopa, 9

var. hygiaea, 9
cardui, 9

var. elymi, 9

io, 9

ab. antigone, 9
polychoros, 9

ab. testudo. 9
urticae, 9

ab. ichnusoides, 9
Vespa, pp. 59 et seqq.
analis, 65, 68
anomala, 62
auraria, 65, 68
austriaca, 61, 62
basalis, 65, 68
bellicosa, 65, 68
bicolor, 65, 68
binghami, 63, 65
cincta, 65

var. affinis, 65
crabro, 61, 65, 68
crabroniformis, 70

Vol. XXV Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society 321

dasy podia, 69
deusta, 65
ducalis, 65, 68
dybowskii, 66
eulemoides, 66
fervida, 65
formosana, 68
germanica, 61
holsatica, 61
indosinensis, 66
jurinei, 68
luctuosa, 65
maculata, 62
magnifica, 65, 68
mandarina, 65, 68
media, 61, 62
micado, 66
minuta, 68
mocsaryana, 66
mongolica, 65, 68
multimaculata, 66
nigrans, 65, 68
norwegica, 61
nigripennis, 66
oberthuri, 65
occidentalis, 61
orientalis, 65, 68
parallela, 65
philipinnensis, 66
rufa, 61
rubricans, 66
saxonica, 61
suprunenkoi, 66
tropica, 65, 66
tyrannica, 66
unicolor, 66
variabilis, 66
velutina, 65, 68
vulgaris, 61, 62, 69
wilemani, 66
Vespa coerulea, 99
ichneumon, 99

New Genera in

Vespula, 61, 62, 66, 67
austriaca, 66, 67
communis, 67
consobrina, 67
germanica, 67
japonica, 68
koreensis, 68
maculifrons, 67
occidentalis, 67
orbata, 68
rufa, 67
saussurei, 67
squamosa, 67
structor, 68
sulphurea, 68
vidua, 68
vulgaris, 68
* Vitex, 264, 265
negundo, 266
incisa, 267
Vitula edmansii, 119
Viviania, 102

angustifrons, 102, 104
georgiae, 102, 104, 107
lachnosternae, 102
nocturnalis, 102, 104, 107

Xenotrachelliella inimica, 11
Xylocoris, 12, 14
americanus, 16
betulinus, 14
cursitans, 14, 16
galactinus, 14, 15
sordidus, 14, 15
vicarius, 14, 15
Xylocoris, 20

Zanclognotha martha, 235
Zegris, 84, 85, 86, 89, 90
eupheme, 84, 86
fausti, 84, 86
Zelus bilobus, 107, 108
exsanguis, 107, 108
this Index, 6

New Species in this Index, 72
Other New Forms in this Index, 4

3 9088 01262 6651

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society"

See other formats